Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
This Division is a simplified outline of the capital gains and capital losses provisions, commonly referred to as capital gains tax ( CGT ). It will help you to understand your current liabilities, and to factor CGT into your on-going financial affairs.
This Division is a *Guide.
Note:
In interpreting an operative provision, a Guide may be considered only for limited purposes: see section 950-150 .
CGT affects your income tax liability because your assessable income includes your net capital gain for the income year. Your net capital gain is the total of your capital gains for the income year, reduced by certain capital losses you have made.
See later in this Guide (section 100-50) for more detail.
100-10(2)
When you prepare your income tax return, you need to check whether you have made any capital gains for the income year.
You also need to check whether you have made any capital losses. You cannot deduct a capital loss from your assessable income, but it will reduce your capital gain in the current income year or later income years.
100-10(3)
You will also need to consider the impact of CGT when doing your financial planning. In particular, you will need adequate record-keeping to deal most effectively with any immediate or future CGT liability.
To give you a sense of the range of things affected by CGT, if you are involved with any of the following, you may have a CGT liability now or at some time in the future:
• leases | • marriage or relationship breakdown |
• inheritance | • working from home |
• subdividing land | • shares |
• goodwill | • a civil court case |
• contracts | • trusts |
• options | • bankruptcy |
• a company liquidation | • incorporating a company |
• leaving Australia |

Note:
Capital proceeds and cost base are not relevant for some CGT events, for example CGT event K7 or any of the CGT events created by Subdivision 104-L .
You can make a capital gain or loss only if a CGT event happens.
100-20(2)
There are a wide range of CGT events. Some happen often and affect many different taxpayers. Others are rare and affect only a few.
Some examples of CGT events | ||
Situation | Event | Which CGT event? |
You own shares you acquired on or after 20 September 1985 | You sell them | CGT event A1 |
. | ||
You sell a business | You agree with the purchaser not to operate a similar business in the same area | CGT event D1 |
. | ||
You are a lessor | You receive a payment for changing the lease | CGT event F5 |
. | ||
You own shares in a company | The company makes a payment (not a dividend) to you as a shareholder | CGT event G1 |
A summary of all the CGT events is in section 104-5 .
Identifying the time of a CGT event
100-20(3)
The specific time when a CGT event happens is important for various reasons: in particular, for working out whether a capital gain or loss from the event affects your income tax for the current or another income year.
If a CGT event involves a contract, the time of the event will often be when the contract is made , not when it is completed.
The time of each CGT event is explained early in the relevant section in Division 104 .
SECTION 100-25 What are CGT assets? 100-25(1)
Most CGT events involve a CGT asset. (For many, there is an exception if the CGT asset was acquired before 20 September 1985.) However, many CGT events are concerned directly with capital receipts and do not involve a CGT asset.
See the summary of the CGT events in section 104-5 .
100-25(2)
Some CGT assets are reasonably well-known:
100-25(3)
Other CGT assets are not so well-known. For example:
For a full explanation of what things are CGT assets: see Division 108 .
SECTION 100-30 Does an exception or exemption apply? 100-30(1)
Once you identify a CGT event which applies to you, you need to know if there is an exception or exemption that would reduce the capital gain or loss or allow you to disregard it.
100-30(2)
There are 4 categories of exemptions:
1. exempt assets: for example, cars;
2. exempt or loss-denying transactions: for example, compensation for personal injury or your tenancy comes to an end;
3. anti-overlap provisions (that reduce your capital gain by the amount that is otherwise assessable);
4. small business relief.
Note:
Most of the exceptions are in Division 104 . You will find most of the possible exemptions in Division 118 . The small business relief provisions are in Division 152 .
Some exemptions are limited
100-30(3)
Take the family home for example. Generally, you are exempt from CGT when you make a capital gain on disposing of your main residence.
But this can change depending on how you came to own the house and what you have done with it. For example, if you rent it out, you may be liable to CGT when you sell it.
For the limits on the general exemption of your main residence: see Subdivision 118-B .
Roll-overs allow you to defer or disregard a capital gain or loss from a CGT event. They apply in specific situations. Some require a choice (for example, where an asset is compulsorily acquired: see Subdivision 124-B ) and some are automatic (for example, where an asset is transferred because of marriage or relationship breakdown: see Subdivision 126-A ).
100-33(2)
There are 2 types of roll-over:
1. a replacement-asset roll-over allows you to defer a capital gain or loss from one CGT event until a later CGT event happens where a CGT asset is replaced with another one;
2. a same-asset roll-over allows you to disregard a capital gain or loss from a CGT event where the same CGT asset is involved.
Note:
The replacement-asset roll-overs are listed in section 112-115, and the same-asset roll-overs are listed in section 112-150 .
SECTION 100-35 100-35 What is a capital gain or loss?
For most CGT events:
Capital proceeds
100-40(1)
For most CGT events, the capital amounts you receive (or are entitled to receive) from the event are called the capital proceeds .
To work out the capital proceeds: see Division 116 .
Cost base and reduced cost base
100-40(2)
For most CGT events, your total costs associated with the event are worked out in 2 different ways:
One of the main differences is that the costs may be indexed for inflation occurring before 1 October 1999 in working out a capital gain for a CGT asset acquired at or before 11.45 am on 21 September 1999 (which reduces the size of the gain), but not in working out a capital loss .
To work out the cost base and reduced cost base: see Division 110 .
SECTION 100-45 100-45 How to calculate the capital gain or loss for most CGT events
1. Work out your capital proceeds from the CGT event.
2. Work out the cost base for the CGT asset.
3. Subtract the cost base from the capital proceeds.
4. If the proceeds exceed the cost base, the difference is your capital gain .
5. If not, work out the reduced cost base for the asset.
6. If the reduced cost base exceeds the capital proceeds, the difference is your capital loss .
7. If the capital proceeds are less than the cost base but more than the reduced cost base, you have neither a capital gain nor a capital loss .
SECTION 100-50 100-50 How to work out your net capital gain or loss
1. Reduce your capital gains for the income year, in the order you choose, by your capital losses for the income year. (If the capital losses for the income year exceed the capital gains, the difference is your net capital loss. You cannot deduct a net capital loss from your assessable income.)
2. Reduce any remaining capital gains, in the order you choose, by any unapplied net capital losses for previous income years.
3. Reduce any remaining discount capital gains by the discount percentage.
To find out what is a discount capital gain and the discount percentage: see Division 115 .
4. If you carry on a small business, apply the small business concessions in further reduction of your capital gains (whether or not the gains are discount capital gains).
For the small business concessions: see Division 152 .
5. Add up:
(a) any remaining capital gains that are not discount capital gains; and
The total is your net capital gain.
(b) any remaining discount capital gains.
For the rules on working out your net capital gain or loss: see Division 102 .
Declare any net capital gain as assessable income in your income tax return.
Defer any net capital loss to the next income year for which you have capital gains that exceed the capital losses for that income year.
SECTION 100-60 100-60 Why keep records?
1. To ensure you do not disadvantage yourself.
2. To comply as easily as possible.
3. To plan for your CGT position in future income years.
4. The law requires you to: see Division 121 .
Keeping full records will make it easier for you to comply. For example, keep records of:
The law requires you to keep records for 5 years after a CGT event has happened.
This Division tells you how to work out if you have made a net capital gain or a net capital loss for the income year. A net capital gain is included in your assessable income. However, you cannot deduct a net capital loss. (Amounts otherwise included in your assessable income do not form part of a net capital gain.)
Concessional rules apply to working out the net capital gain of some entities (see subsection (2)) if:
(a) they have a capital gain (a discount capital gain ) from a CGT asset acquired at least 12 months before the CGT event that caused the capital gain; and
(b) they have not chosen to include indexation in the cost base of the asset for working out the capital gain (if relevant).
Note 1:
Division 115 explains what is a discount capital gain.
Note 2:
Under Division 110 , the entity can choose to include indexation in the cost base of a CGT asset acquired at or before 11.45 am on 21 September 1999.
102-3(2)
Only these entities get the concession:
(a) individuals;
(b) complying superannuation entities;
(c) trusts;
(d) life insurance companies, in relation to discount capital gains for CGT events in respect of CGT assets that are complying superannuation assets.
Note:
Shareholders in a listed investment company can also receive a concession equivalent to a discount capital gain: see Subdivision 115-D .
102-3(3)
The concession is that the net capital gain includes only part of the amount of the discount capital gain left after applying capital losses and net capital losses from earlier income years.
See subsection 102-5(1) .
Operative provisions | |
102-5 | Assessable income includes net capital gain |
102-10 | How to work out your net capital loss |
102-15 | How to apply net capital losses |
102-20 | Ways you can make a capital gain or a capital loss |
102-22 | Amounts of capital gains and losses |
102-23 | CGT event still happens even if gain or loss disregarded |
102-25 | Order of application of CGT events |
102-30 | Exceptions and modifications |
Your assessable income includes your net capital gain (if any) for the income year. You work out your net capital gain in this way: Working out your net capital gain
Step 1.
Reduce the *capital gains you made during the income year by the *capital losses (if any) you made during the income year.
Note 1:
You choose the order in which you reduce your capital gains. You have a net capital loss for the income year if your capital losses exceed your capital gains: see section 102-10 .
Note 2:
Some provisions of this Act (such as Divisions 104 and 118 ) permit or require you to disregard certain capital gains or losses when working out your net capital gain. Subdivision 152-B permits you, in some circumstances, to disregard a capital gain on an asset you held for at least 15 years.
Step 2.
Apply any previously unapplied *net capital losses from earlier income years to reduce the amounts (if any) remaining after the reduction of *capital gains under step 1 (including any capital gains not reduced under that step because the *capital losses were less than the total of your capital gains).
Note 1:
Section 102-15 explains how to apply net capital losses.
Note 2:
You choose the order in which you reduce the amounts.
Step 3.
Reduce by the *discount percentage each amount of a *discount capital gain remaining after step 2 (if any).
Note:
Only some entities can have discount capital gains, and only if they have capital gains from CGT assets acquired at least a year before making the gains. See Division 115 .
Step 4.
If any of your *capital gains (whether or not they are *discount capital gains) qualify for any of the small business concessions in Subdivisions 152-C , 152-D and 152-E , apply those concessions to each capital gain as provided for in those Subdivisions.
Note 1:
The basic conditions for getting these concessions are in Subdivision 152-A .
Note 2:
Subdivision 152-C does not apply to CGT events J2, J5 and J6. In addition, Subdivision 152-E does not apply to CGT events J5 and J6.
Step 5.
Add up the amounts of *capital gains (if any) remaining after step 4. The sum is your net capital gain for the income year.
Note:
For exceptions and modifications to these rules: see section 102-30 .
102-5(2)
However, if during the income year:
(a) you became bankrupt; or
(b) you were released from debts under a law relating to bankruptcy;
any *net capital loss you made for an earlier income year must be disregarded in working out whether you made a *net capital gain for the income year or a later one.
102-5(3)
Subsection (2) applies even though your bankruptcy is annulled if:
(a) the annulment happens under section 74 of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 ; and
(b) under the composition or scheme of arrangement concerned, you were, will be or may be released from debts from which you would have been released if instead you had been discharged from the bankruptcy.
SECTION 102-10 How to work out your net capital loss 102-10(1)
You work out if you have a net capital loss forthe income year in this way: Working out your net capital loss
Step 1.
Add up the *capital losses you made during the income year. Also add up the *capital gains you made.
Step 2.
Subtract your *capital gains from your *capital losses.
Step 3.
If the Step 2 amount is more than zero, it is your net capital loss for the income year.
Note:
For exceptions and modifications to these rules: see section 102-30 .
102-10(2)
You cannot deduct from your assessable income a *net capital loss for any income year.
SECTION 102-15 102-15 How to apply net capital losses
In working out if you have a * net capital gain, your * net capital losses are applied in the order in which you made them.
Note 1:
A net capital loss can be applied only to the extent that it has not already been utilised: see subsection 960-20(1) .
Note 2:
For applying a net capital loss for the 1997-98 income year or an earlier income year, see section 102-15 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
You can make a *capital gain or *capital loss if and only if a *CGT event happens. The gain or loss is made at the time of the event.
Note 1:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
Note 2:
The gain or loss may be affected by an exemption, or may be able to be rolled-over. For exemptions generally, see Division 118 . For roll-overs, see Divisions 122 , 123 , 124 and 126 .
Note 3:
You may make a capital gain or capital loss as a result of a CGT event happening to another entity: see subsections 115-215(3) , 170-275(1) and 170-280(3) .
Note 4:
You cannot make a capital loss from a CGT event that happens to your original interests during a trust restructuring period if you choose a roll-over under Subdivision 124-N .
Note 5:
The capital loss may be affected if the CGT asset was owned by a member of a demerger group just before a demerger: see section 125-170 .
Note 6:
Under subsection 230-310(4) gains and losses are taken to arise from a CGT event in particular circumstances.
Note 7:
This section does not apply in relation to the capital gain mentioned in paragraph 294-120(5)(b) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Most *CGT events provide for calculating a *capital gain or *capital loss by comparing 2 different amounts. The amount of the gain or loss is the difference between those amounts.
A *CGT event still happens even if:
(a) it does not result in a *capital gain or *capital loss; or
(b) a capital gain or capital loss from the event is disregarded.
Example:
Lindy sells a car. Section 118-5 says that any capital gain or loss from a CGT event happening to a car is disregarded. However, the sale is still an example of CGT event A1.
Work out if a *CGT event (except *CGT events D1 and H2) happens to your situation. If more than one event can happen, the one you use is the one that is the most specific to your situation.
102-25(2)
However, there are 3 exceptions: one for *CGT event J2, one for CGT event K5 and one for CGT event K12.
102-25(2A)
If the circumstances that gave rise to *CGT event J2 constitute another CGT event, CGT event J2 applies in addition to the other event.
Example:
CGT event J2 happens because a replacement asset for a small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E becomes your trading stock (in circumstances where CGT event K4 happens). Both CGT events apply.
102-25(2B)
*CGT event K5 happens if CGT event A1, C2 or E8 happens. CGT event K5 applies in addition to the other event.
102-25(2C)
If:
(a) *CGT events happen for which you make *capital gains or *capital losses; and
(b) the capital gains or losses are taken into account in working out a *foreign hybrid net capital loss amount; and
(c) the foreign hybrid net capital loss amount is itself taken into account in determining that *CGT event K12 happens;
CGT event K12 applies in addition to the other CGT events.
102-25(3)
If no *CGT event (except *CGT events D1 and H2) happens:
(a) work out if CGT event D1 happens and use that event if it does; and
(b) if it does not, work out if CGT event H2 happens and use that event if it does.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
SECTION 102-30 102-30 Exceptions and modifications
Provisions of this Act are in normal text. The other provisions, in bold , are provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Special rules affecting capital gains and capital losses | ||||
Item | For this kind of entity: | There are these special rules: | See: | |
1 | All entities | You can subtract capital losses from collectables only from your capital gains from collectables. | section 108-10 | |
. | ||||
2 | All entities | Disregard capital losses you make from personal use assets. | section 108-20 | |
. | ||||
2AA | Beneficiary of trust that makes a capital gain taken into account in working out the net income of the trust | The beneficiary is treated as having an extra capital gain corresponding to the beneficiary ' s share of the capital gain (taking into account adjustments in respect of the CGT discount and small business concessions). | Subdivision 115-C | |
. | ||||
2A | (Repealed by No 165 of 1999) | |||
2B | (Repealed by No 165 of 1999) | |||
. | ||||
3 | All entities | If any of your commercial debts have been forgiven in the income year, your net capital losses (including net capital losses from collectables) may be reduced. | sections 245-130 and 245-135 | |
. | ||||
4 | A company | If it has a change of ownership or control during the income year, and has not satisfied the business continuity test, it works out its net capital gain and net capital loss in a special way. | Subdivision 165-CB | |
. | ||||
5 | A company | It cannot apply a net capital loss unless: | Subdivision 165-CA | |
• | the same people owned the company during the loss year, the income year and any intervening year; and | |||
• | no person controlled the company ' s voting power at any time during the income year who did not also control it during the whole of the loss year and any intervening year; | |||
or the company has satisfied the business continuity test. | ||||
. | ||||
6 | A company | If one or more of these things happen: | Division 175 | |
• | a capital gain or loss is injected into it; | |||
• | a tax benefit is obtained from its available net capital losses or current year capital losses; | |||
• | a tax benefit is obtained because of its available capital gains; | |||
the Commissioner can disallow its net capital losses or current year capital losses, and it may have to work out its net capital loss in a special way. | ||||
. | ||||
7 | A company | A company can transfer a surplus amount of its net capital loss to another company so that the other company can apply the amount in the income year of the transfer. (Both companies must be members of the same wholly-owned group.) | Subdivision 170-B | |
. | ||||
7A | The head company of a consolidated group or a MEC group | The head company of a consolidated group or a MEC group must apply the capital loss from CGT event L1 over at least 5 income years | section 104-500 | |
. | ||||
8 | A PDF | If it is a PDF at the end of an income year for which it has a net capital loss, it can apply the loss in a later income year only if it is a PDF throughout the last day of the later income year. | section 195-25 | |
. | ||||
9 | A PDF | If it becomes a PDF during an income year, it works out its net capital gain and net capital loss for the income year in a special way. | section 195-35 | |
. | ||||
10 | Body that has ceased to be an STB | Net capital losses made before cessation disregarded. Special rules apply in cessation year where net capital gain before cessation and net capital loss after cessation. | section 24AX | |
. | ||||
10A | All entities | Division 316 contains special rules affecting capital gains and capital losses connected with demutualisation of friendly society health or life insurers. | Division 316 | |
. | ||||
11 | A life insurance company | Division 320 contains special rules that apply to capital gains and capital losses | Division 320 | |
. | ||||
12 | A company | The capital gain or capital loss a company makes from a CGT event that happened to a share in a company that is a foreign resident may be reduced. | Subdivision 768-G | |
. | ||||
13 | A PDF | Sections 102-5 and 102-10 do not apply to the calculation of net capital gains and losses. Capital gains and losses are instead allocated to separate classes of income. | Subdivision C of Division 10E of Part III | |
. | ||||
14 | A CFC | In calculating the CFC ' s attributable income, pre-1 July 1990 capital losses are disregarded. | section 409 |
This Division sets out some general rules that apply to the provisions dealing with capital gains and capital losses.
There are a number of provisions in this Part and Part 3-3 that say that a payment, cost or expenditure can include giving property.
To the extent that such a provision does say that a payment, cost or expenditure can include giving property, use the *market value of the property in working out the amount of the payment, cost or expenditure.
This Part and Part 3-3 apply to you as if you had received money or other property if it has been applied for your benefit (including by discharging all or part of a debt you owe) or as you direct.
103-10(2)
Those Parts apply to you as if you are entitled to receive money or other property:
(a) if you are entitled to have it so applied; or
(b) if:
(i) you will not receive it until a later time; or
(ii) the money is payable by instalments.
SECTION 103-15 103-15 Requirement to pay money or give property
This Part and Part 3-3 apply to you as if you are required to pay money or give other property even if:
(a) you do not have to pay or give it until a later time; or
(b) the money is payable by instalments.
(Repealed by No 133 of 2003)
A choice you can make under this Part or Part 3-3 must be made:
(a) by the day you lodge your *income tax return for the income year in which the relevant *CGT event happened; or
(b) within a further time allowed by the Commissioner.
[
CCH Note:
No 42 of 2009, s 3 and Sch 2 item 48 contains the following transitional provision:
48 Transitional: choice
]
48(1)
Subitem (2) applies in relation to:
(a)
a CGT event that happened before 23 June 2009; and
(b)
an entity who becomes eligible to make a choice under Division
152
of the
Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
in relation to that event because of this Schedule.
48(2)
Despite subsection
103-25(1)
of the
Income Tax Assessment Act 1997
, any such choice must be made by the entity by the latest of:
(a)
the day the entity lodges its income tax return for the income year in which the relevant CGT event happened; and
(b)
12 months after 23 June 2009; and
(c)
a later day allowed by the Commissioner of Taxation.
103-25(2)
The way you (and any other entity making the choice) prepare your *income tax returns is sufficient evidence of the making of the choice.
103-25(3)
However, there are some exceptions:
(aa) subsection 115-230(3) (relating to assessment of *capital gains of resident testamentary trusts) requires a trustee to make a choice by the time specified in subsection 115-230(5) ; and
(a) (Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(b) subsections 152-315(4) and (5) (relating to the small business retirement exemption) require a choice to be made in writing.
(c) (Repealed by No 55 of 2007 )
Note:
This section is modified in calculating the attributable income of a CFC: see section 421 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
SECTION 103-30 103-30 Reduction of cost base etc. by net input tax credits
Reduce the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset, and any other amount that could be involved in the calculation of an entity's *capital gain or *capital loss, by the amount of any *net input tax credit of the entity in relation to that amount.
Example:
The other amount could be expenditure in the case of some CGT events (see, for example, CGT event D1).
Note:
Subsection 116-20(5) deals with the effect of net GST on supplies for the purposes of capital proceeds.
This Division sets out all the CGT events for which you can make a capital gain or loss. It tells you how to work out if you have made a gain or loss from each event and the time of each event. It also contains exceptions for gains and losses for many events (such as the exception for CGT assets acquired before 20 September 1985) and some cost base adjustment rules.
CGT events | |||
Event number and description | Time of event is: | Capital gain is: | Capital loss is: |
A1 Disposal of a CGT asset | when disposal contract is entered into or, if none, when entity stops being asset ' s owner | capital proceeds from disposal less asset ' s cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-10 ] | |||
. | |||
B1 Use and enjoyment before title passes | when use of CGT asset passes | capital proceeds less asset ' s cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-15 ] | |||
. | |||
C1 Loss or destruction of a CGT asset | when compensation is first received or, if none, when loss discovered or destruction occurred | capital proceeds less asset ' s cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-20 ] | |||
. | |||
C2 Cancellation, surrender and similar endings | when contract ending asset is entered into or, if none, when asset ends | capital proceeds from ending less asset ' s cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-25 ] | |||
. | |||
C3 End of option to acquire shares etc. | when option ends | capital proceeds from granting option less expenditure in granting it | expenditure in granting option less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-30 ] | |||
. | |||
D1 Creating contractual or other rights | when contract is entered into or right is created | capital proceeds from creating right less incidental costs of creating it | incidental costs of creating right less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-35 ] | |||
. | |||
D2 Granting an option | when option is granted | capital proceeds from grant less expenditure to grant it | expenditure to grant option less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-40 ] | |||
. | |||
D3 Granting a right to income from mining | when contract is entered into or, if none, when right is granted | capital proceeds from grant of right less expenditure to grant it | expenditure to grant right less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-45 ] | |||
. | |||
D4 Entering into a conservation covenant | when covenant is entered into | capital proceeds from covenant less cost base apportioned to the covenant | reduced cost base apportioned to the covenant less capital proceeds from covenant |
[ See section 104-47 ] | |||
. | |||
E1 Creating a trust over a CGT asset | when trust is created | capital proceeds from creating trust less asset ' s cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-55 ] | |||
. | |||
E2 Transferring a CGT asset to a trust | when asset transferred | capital proceeds from transfer less asset ' s cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-60 ] | |||
. | |||
E3 Converting a trust to a unit trust | when trust is converted | market value of asset at that time less its cost base | asset ' s reduced cost base less that market value |
[ See section 104-65 ] | |||
. | |||
E4 Capital payment for trust interest | when trustee makes payment | non-assessable part of the payment less cost base of the trust interest | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-70 ] | |||
. | |||
E5 Beneficiary becoming entitled to a trust asset | when beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled | for trustee - market value of CGT asset at that time less its cost base; for beneficiary - that market value less cost base of beneficiary ' s capital interest | for trustee - reduced cost base of CGT asset at that time less that market value; for beneficiary - reduced cost base of beneficiary ' s capital interest less that market value |
[ See section 104-75 ] | |||
. | |||
E6 Disposal to beneficiary to end income right | the time of the disposal | for trustee - market value of CGT asset at that time less its cost base; for beneficiary - that market value less cost base of beneficiary ' s right to income | for trustee - reduced cost base of CGT asset at that time less that market value; for beneficiary - reduced cost base of beneficiary ' s right to income less that market value |
[ See section 104-80 ] | |||
. | |||
E7 Disposal to beneficiary to end capital interest | the time of the disposal | for trustee - market value of CGT asset at that time less its cost base; for beneficiary - that market value less cost base of beneficiary ' s capital interest | for trustee - reduced cost base of CGT asset at that time less that market value; for beneficiary - reduced cost base of beneficiary ' s capital interest less that market value |
[ See section 104-85 ] | |||
. | |||
E8 Disposal by beneficiary of capital interest | when disposal contract entered into or, if none, when beneficiary ceases to own CGT asset | capital proceeds less appropriate proportion of the trust ' s net assets | appropriate proportion of the trusts ' s net assets less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-90 ] | |||
. | |||
E9 Creating a trust over future property | when entity makes agreement | market value of the property (as if it existed when agreement made) less incidental costs in making agreement | incidental costs in making agreement less market value of the property (as if it existed when agreement made) |
[ See section 104-105 ] | |||
. | |||
E10 Annual cost base reduction exceeds cost base of interest in AMIT | when reduction happens | excess of cost base reduction over cost base | no capital loss |
[See section 104-107A] | |||
. | |||
F1 Granting a lease | for grant of lease - when entity enters into lease contract or, if none, at start of lease; for lease renewal or extension - at start of renewal or extension | capital proceeds less expenditure on grant, renewal or extension | expenditure on grant, renewal or extension less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-110 ] | |||
. | |||
F2 Granting a long term lease | for grant of lease - when lessor grants lease; for lease renewal or extension - at start of renewal or extension | capital proceeds from grant, renewal or extension less cost base of leased property | reduced cost base of leased property less capital proceeds from grant, renewal or extension |
[ See section 104-115 ] | |||
. | |||
F3 Lessor pays lessee to get lease changed | when lease term is varied or waived | no capital gain | amount of expenditure to get lessee ' s agreement |
[ See section 104-120 ] | |||
. | |||
F4 Lessee receives payment for changing lease | when lease term is varied or waived | capital proceeds less cost base of lease | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-125 ] | |||
. | |||
F5 Lessor receives payment for changing lease | when lease term is varied or waived | capital proceeds less expenditure in relation to variation or waiver | expenditure in relation to variation or waiver less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-130 ] | |||
. | |||
G1 Capital payment for shares | when company pays non-assessable amount | payment less cost base of shares | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-135 ] | |||
. | |||
G2 (Repealed by No 90 of 2002) | |||
. | |||
G3 Liquidator or administrator declares shares or financial instruments worthless | when declaration was made | no capital gain | shares ' or financial instruments ' reduced cost base |
[ See section 104-145 ] | |||
. | |||
H1 Forfeiture of a deposit | when deposit is forfeited | deposit less expenditure in connection with prospective sale | expenditure in connection with prospective sale less deposit |
[ See section 104-150 ] | |||
. | |||
H2 Receipt for event relating to a CGT asset | when act, transaction or event occurred | capital proceeds less incidental costs | incidental costs less capital proceeds |
[ See section 104-155 ] | |||
. | |||
I1 Individual or company stops being an Australian resident | when individual or company stops being Australian resident | for each CGT asset the person owns, its market value less its cost base | for each CGT asset the person owns, its reduced cost base less its market value |
[ See section 104-160 ] | |||
. | |||
I2 Trust stops being a resident trust | when trust ceases to be resident trust for CGT purposes | for each CGT asset the trustee owns, its market value of asset less its cost base | for each CGT asset the trustee owns, its reduced cost base less its market value |
[ See section 104-170 ] | |||
. | |||
J1 Company stops being member of wholly-owned group after roll-over | when the company stops | market value of asset at time of event less its cost base | reduced cost base of asset less that market value |
[ See section 104-175 ] | |||
. | |||
J2 Change in relation to replacement asset or improved asset after a roll-over under Subdivision 152-E | when the change happens | the amount mentioned in subsection 104-185(5) | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-185 ] | |||
. | |||
J3 (Repealed by No 55 of 2007 ) | |||
. | |||
J4 Trust fails to cease to exist after a roll-over under Subdivision 124-N | when the failure happens | market value of asset less asset ' s cost base | reduced cost base of asset less asset ' s market value |
[ See section 104-195 ] | |||
. | |||
J5 Failure to acquire replacement asset and to incur fourth element expenditure after a roll-over under Subdivision 152-E | at the end of the replacement asset period | the amount of the capital gain that you disregarded under Subdivision 152-E | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-197 ] | |||
. | |||
J6 Cost of acquisition of replacement asset or amount of fourth element expenditure, or both, not sufficient to cover disregarded capital gain | at the end of the replacement asset period | the amount mentioned in subsection 104-198(3) | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-198 ] | |||
. | |||
K1 As the result of an incoming international transfer of a Kyoto unit or an Australian carbon credit unit from your foreign account or your nominee
'
s foreign account, you start to hold the unit as a registered emissions unit
[See section 104-205] |
when you start to hold the unit as a registered emissions unit | market value of unit less its cost base | reduced cost base of unit less its market value |
. | |||
K2 Bankrupt pays amount in relation to debt | when payment is made | no capital gain | so much of payment as relates to denied part of a net capital loss |
[ See section 104-210 ] | |||
. | |||
K3 Asset passing to tax-advantaged entity | when individual dies | market value of asset at death less its cost base | reduced cost base of asset less that market value |
[ See section 104-215 ] | |||
. | |||
K4 CGT asset starts being trading stock | when asset starts being trading stock | market value of asset less its cost base | reduced cost base of asset less its market value |
[ See section 104-220 ] | |||
. | |||
K5 Special capital loss from collectable that has fallen in market value | when CGT event A1, C2 or E8 happens to shares in the company, or an interest in the trust, that owns the collectable | no capital gain | market value of the shares or interest (as if the collectable had not fallen in market value) less the capital proceeds from CGT event A1, C2 or E8 |
[ See section 104-225 ] | |||
. | |||
K6 Pre-CGT shares or trust interest | when another CGT event involving the shares or interest happens | capital proceeds from the shares or trust interest (so far as attributable to post-CGT assets owned by the company or trust) less the assets ' cost bases | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-230 ] | |||
. | |||
K7 Balancing adjustment occurs for a depreciating asset that you used for purposes other than taxable purposes | When balancing adjustment event occurs | Termination value less cost times fraction | Cost less termination value times fraction |
[ See section 104-235 ] | |||
. | |||
K8 Direct value shifts affecting your equity or loan interests in a company or trust | the decrease time for the interests | the gain worked out under section 725-365 | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-250 and Division 725 ] | |||
. | |||
K9 Entitlement to receive payment of a carried interest | when you become entitled to receive payment | capital proceeds from entitlement | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-255 ] | |||
. | |||
K10 You make a forex realisation gain covered by item 1 of the table in subsection 775-70(1) | when the forex realisation event happens | the forex realisation gain | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-260 ] | |||
. | |||
K11 You make a forex realisation loss covered by item 1 of the table in subsection 775-75(1) | when the forex realisation event happens | no capital gain | the forex realisation loss |
[ See section 104-265 ] | |||
. | |||
K12 Foreign hybrid loss exposure adjustment | just before the end of the income year | no capital gain | the amount stated in subsection 104-270(3) |
[ See section 104-270 ] | |||
. | |||
L1 Reduction under section 705-57 in tax cost setting amount of assets of entity becoming subsidiary member of consolidated group or MEC group | Just after entity becomes subsidiary member | no capital gain | amount of reduction |
[ See section 104-500 ] | |||
. | |||
L2 Amount remaining after step 3A etc. of joining allocable cost amount is negative | Just after entity becomes subsidiary member | amount remaining | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-505 ] | |||
. | |||
L3 Tax cost setting amounts for retained cost base assets exceed joining allocable cost amount | Just after entity becomes subsidiary member | amount of excess | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-510 ] | |||
. | |||
L4 No reset cost base assets against which to apply excess of net allocable cost amount on joining | Just after entity becomes subsidiary member | no capital gain | amount of excess |
[ See section 104-515 ] | |||
. | |||
L5 Amount remaining after step 4 of leaving allocable cost amount is negative | When entity ceases to be subsidiary member | amount remaining | no capital loss |
[ See section 104-520 ] | |||
. | |||
L6 Error in calculation of tax cost setting amount for joining entity ' s assets: CGT event L6 | start of the income year when the Commissioner becomes aware of the errors | the net overstated amount resulting from the errors, or a portion of that amount | the net understated amount resulting from the errors, or a portion of that amount |
[ See section 104-525 ] | |||
. | |||
L7 (Repealed by No 56 of 2010) | |||
. | |||
L8 Reduction in tax cost setting amount for reset cost base assets on joining cannot be allocated | Just after entity becomes subsidiary member | no capital gain | amount of reduction that cannot be allocated |
[ See section 104-535 ] |
Note:
Subsection 230-310(4) (which deals with hedging financial arrangements) provides that in certain circumstances a CGT event is taken to have occurred in relation to a hedging financial arrangement at the same time as a CGT event actually occurs in relation to a hedged item covered by the arrangement.
CGT event A1 happens if you *dispose of a *CGT asset.
104-10(2)
You dispose of a *CGT asset if a change of ownership occurs from you to another entity, whether because of some act or event or by operation of law. However, a change of ownership does not occur if you stop being the legal owner of the asset but continue to be its beneficial owner.
Note:
A change in the trustee of a trust does not constitute a change in the entity that is the trustee of the trust (see subsection 960-100(2) ). This means that CGT event A1 will not happen merely because of a change in the trustee.
104-10(3)
The time of the event is:
(a) when you enter into the contract for the *disposal; or
(b) if there is no contract - when the change of ownership occurs.
Example:
In June 1999 you enter into a contract to sell land. The contract is settled in October 1999. You make a capital gain of $50,000.
The gain is made in the 1998-99 income year (the year you entered into the contract) and not the 1999-2000 income year (the year that settlement takes place).
Note 1:
If the contract falls through before completion, this event does not happen because no change in ownership occurs.
Note 2:
If the asset was compulsorily acquired from you: see subsection (6).
104-10(4)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the disposal are more than the asset ' s *cost base. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Exceptions
104-10(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if:
(a) you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985; or
(b) for a lease that you granted:
(i) it was granted before that day; or
(ii) if it has been renewed or extended - the start of the last renewal or extension occurred before that day.
Note 1:
You can make a gain if you dispose of shares in a company, or an interest in a trust, that you acquired before that day: see CGT event K6.
Note 2:
A capital gain or loss you make because you assign a right under or in relation to a general insurance policy you held with an HIH company to the Commonwealth, the trustee of the HIH Trust or a prescribed entity is also disregarded: see section 322-15.
Note 3:
A capital gain or loss made by a demerging entity from CGT event A1 happening as a result of a demerger is also disregarded: see section 125-155 .
Note 4:
A capital gain or loss you make because of section 16AI of the Banking Act 1959 is disregarded: see section 253-10 of this Act. Section 16AI of the Banking Act 1959 :
Note 5:
A capital gain or loss you make because, under section 62ZZL of the Insurance Act 1973 , you dispose of a CGT asset consisting of your rights against a general insurance company to APRA is disregarded: see section 322-30 of this Act.
Compulsory acquisition
104-10(6)
If the asset was *acquired from you by an entity under a power of compulsory acquisition conferred by an *Australian law or a *foreign law, the time of the event is the earliest of:
(a) when you received compensation from the entity; or
(b) when the entity became the asset ' s owner; or
(c) when the entity entered it under that power; or
(d) when the entity took possession under that power.
Note:
You may be able to choose a roll-over if an asset is compulsorily acquired: see Subdivision 124-B .
104-10(7)
(Repealed by No 119 of 2013)
Subdivision 104-B - Use and enjoyment before title passes SECTION 104-15 Use and enjoyment before title passes: CGT event B1 104-15(1)
CGT event B1 happens if you enter into an agreement with another entity under which:
(a) the right to the use and enjoyment of a *CGT asset you own passes to the other entity; and
(b) title in the asset will or may pass to the other entity at or before the end of the agreement.
Note:
Division 240 provides for the inclusion of amounts under hire purchase agreements in assessable income.
104-15(2)
The time of the event is when the other entity first obtains the use and enjoyment of the asset.
104-15(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the agreement are more than the asset ' s *cost base. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Exceptions
104-15(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if:
(a) title in the asset does not pass to the other entity at or before the end of the agreement; or
(b) you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
Subdivision 104-C - End of a CGT asset SECTION 104-20 Loss or destruction of a CGT asset: CGT event C1 104-20(1)
CGT event C1 happens if a *CGT asset you own is lost or destroyed.
Note:
This event can apply to part of a CGT asset: see section 108-5 (definition of CGT asset ).
104-20(2)
The time of the event is:
(a) when you first receive compensation for the loss or destruction; or
(b) if you receive no compensation - when the loss is discovered or the destruction occurred.
104-20(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the loss or destruction are more than the asset ' s *cost base. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Exception
104-20(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
CGT event C2 happens if your ownership of an intangible *CGT asset ends by the asset:
(a) being redeemed or cancelled; or
(b) being released, discharged or satisfied; or
(c) expiring; or
(d) being abandoned, surrendered or forfeited; or
(e) if the asset is an option - being exercised; or
(f) if the asset is a *convertible interest - being converted.
104-25(2)
The time of the event is:
(a) when you enter into the contract that results in the asset ending; or
(b) if there is no contract - when the asset ends.
104-25(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the ending are more than the asset ' s *cost base. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Note:
The capital proceeds referred to in this subsection are reduced if the gain or loss was for shares and an amount was taken into account as a capital gain for the shares under former section 160ZL of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for the 1997-98 income year or an earlier income year: see section 104-25 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-25(4)
A lease is taken to have expired even if it is extended or renewed.
Exceptions
104-25(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if:
(a) you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985; or
(b) for a lease that you granted:
(i) it was granted before that day; or
(ii) if it has been renewed or extended - the start of the last renewal or extension occurred before that day.
Note 1:
There are other exceptions if:
Note 2:
A company can agree to forgo any capital loss it makes as a result of forgiving a commercial debt owed to it by another company where the companies are under common ownership: see section 245-90 .
Note 3:
A capital gain or loss a company makes because shares in its 100% subsidiary are cancelled (an example of CGT event C2) on the liquidation of the subsidiary may be reduced if there was a roll-over for a CGT asset under Subdivision 126-B : see section 126-85 .
Note 5:
Cost base adjustments are made only under Subdivision 125-B if there is a roll-over under that Subdivision for CGT event C2 happening as a result of a demerger.
Note 6:
A capital gain or loss made by a demerging entity from CGT event C2 happening as a result of a demerger is also disregarded: see section 125-155 .
Note 7:
A capital gain or loss you make from the meeting of your entitlement under Division 2AA (Financial claims scheme for account-holders with insolvent ADIs) of Part II of the Banking Act 1959 or Part VC (Financial claims scheme for account-holders with insolvent general insurers) of the Insurance Act 1973 is disregarded: see sections 253-10 and 322-30 of this Act.
CGT event C3 happens if an option a company or a trustee of a unit trust granted to an entity to *acquire a *CGT asset that is:
(a) *shares in the company or units in the unit trust; or
(b) *debentures of the company or unit trust;
ends in one of these ways:
(c) it is not exercised by the latest time for its exercise;
(d) it is cancelled;
(e) it is released or abandoned.
104-30(2)
The time of the event is when the option ends.
104-30(3)
The company or trustee makes a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the grant of the option are more than the expenditure incurred in granting it. It makes a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
104-30(4)
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, it does not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of it and that is not included in your assessable income.
Exception
104-30(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the company or trustee makes is disregarded if it granted the option before 20 September 1985.
Note:
This subsection is modified for the purpose of calculating the attributable income of a CFC: see section 418 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
CGT event D1 happens if you create a contractual right or other legal or equitable right in another entity.
Example:
You enter into a contract with the purchaser of your business not to operate a similar business in the same town. The contract states that $20,000 was paid for this.
You have created a contractual right in favour of the purchaser. If you breach the contract, the purchaser can enforce that right.
104-35(2)
The time of the event is when you enter into the contract or create the other right.
104-35(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from creating the right are more than the *incidental costs you incurred that relate to the event. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
Example:
To continue the example: If you paid your lawyer $1,500 to draw up the contract, you make a capital gain of:
$20,000 − $1,500 = $18,500
104-35(4)
The costs can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, they do not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of them and that is not included in your assessable income, or an amount to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
Exceptions
104-35(5)
CGT event D1 does not happen if:
(a) you created the right by borrowing money or obtaining credit from another entity; or
(b) the right requires you to do something that is another *CGT event that happens to you; or
(c) a company issues or allots *equity interests or *non-equity shares in the company; or
(d) the trustee of a unit trust issues units in the trust; or
(e) a company grants an option to acquire equity interests, non-equity shares or *debentures in the company; or
(f) the trustee of a unit trust grants an option to acquire units or debentures in the trust; or
(g) you created the right by creating in another entity a right to receive an *exploration benefit under a *farm-in farm-out arrangement.
Example:
You agree to sell land. You have created a contractual right in the buyer to enforce completion of the transaction. The sale results in you disposing of the land, an example of CGT event A1. This means that CGT event D1 does not happen.
SECTION 104-40 Granting an option: CGT event D2 104-40(1)
CGT event D2 happens if you grant an option to an entity, or renew or extend an option you had granted.
Note:
Some options are not covered: see subsections (6) and (7).
104-40(2)
The time of the event is when you grant, renew or extend the option.
104-40(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the grant, renewal or extension of the option are more than the expenditure you incurred to grant, renew or extend it. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
104-40(4)
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, it does not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of it and that is not included in your assessable income, or an amount to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
Exceptions
104-40(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the grant, renewal or extension of the option is disregarded if the option is exercised.
Note 1:
Section 134-1 sets out the consequences of an option being exercised.
Note 2:
A capital gain or capital loss you made for the 1997-98 income year or an earlier income year under former Part IIIA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 is also disregarded where the option is exercised in the 1998-99 income year or a later one: see section 104-40 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-40(6)
This section does not apply to an option granted, renewed or extended by a company or the trustee of a unit trust to *acquire a *CGT asset that is:
(a) *shares in the company or units in the unit trust; or
(b) debentures of the company or unit trust.
Note:
Section 104-30 deals with this situation.
104-40(7)
Nor does it apply to an option relating to a *personal use asset or a *collectable.
CGT event D3 happens if you own a *prospecting entitlement or *mining entitlement, or an interest in one, and you grant another entity a right to receive *ordinary income or *statutory income from operations permitted to be carried on by the entitlement.
Note:
If this event applies, there is no disposal of the entitlement.
104-45(2)
The time of the event is:
(a) when you enter into the contract with the other entity; or
(b) if there is no contract - when you grant the right to receive *ordinary income or *statutory income.
104-45(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the grant of the right are more than the expenditure you incurred in granting it. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
104-45(4)
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, it does not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of it and that is not included in your assessable income, or an amount to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
SECTION 104-47 Conservation covenants: CGT event D4 104-47(1)
CGT event D4 happens if you enter into a *conservation covenant over land you own.
104-47(2)
The time of the event is when you enter into the covenant.
104-47(3)
You make a *capital gain if the *capital proceeds from entering into the covenant are more than that part of the *cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant. You make a *capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the part of the *reduced cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant.
Note:
The capital proceeds from entering into the covenant are modified if you do not receive anything for entering into the covenant: see section 116-105 .
104-47(4)
The part of the *cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant is worked out in this way:
*Cost base of land | × |
*Capital proceeds from entering into the covenant
Those capital proceeds plus the *market value of the land just after you enter into the covenant |
The part of the *reduced cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant is worked out similarly.
104-47(5)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of the land are reduced by the part of the cost base or reduced cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant.
Example:
Lisa receives $10,000 for entering into a conservation covenant that covers 15% of the land she owns. Lisa uses the following figures in calculating the cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant:
The cost base of the entire land is $200,000.
The market value of the entire land before entering into the covenant is $300,000, and its market value after entering into the covenant is $285,000.
Lisa calculates the cost base of the land that is apportioned to the covenant to be:
$200,000 × 10,000 ÷ [ 10,000 + 285,000] = $6,780
She reduces the cost base of the land by the part that is apportioned to the covenant:
$200,000 − $6,780 = $193,220
Exceptions
104-47(6)
*CGT event D4 does not happen if:
(a) you did not receive any *capital proceeds for entering into the covenant; and
(b) you cannot deduct an amount under Division 31 for entering into the covenant.
Note:
In this case, CGT event D1 will apply.
104-47(7)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the land before 20 September 1985.
CGT event E1 happens if you create a trust over a *CGT asset by declaration or settlement.
Note:
A change in the trustee of a trust does not constitute a change in the entity that is the trustee of the trust (see subsection 960-100(2) ). This means that CGT event E1 will not happen merely because of a change in the trustee.
104-55(2)
The time of the event is when the trust over the asset is created.
104-55(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the creation are more than the asset ' s *cost base. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Cost base rule
104-55(4)
If you are the trustee of the trust and no beneficiary is absolutely entitled to the asset as against you (disregarding any legal disability), the first element of the asset ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base in your hands is its *market value when the trust is created.
Exceptions
104-55(5)
CGT event E1 does not happen if you are the sole beneficiary of the trust and:
(a) you are absolutely entitled to the asset as against the trustee (disregarding any legal disability); and
(b) the trust is not a unit trust.
104-55(6)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
CGT event E2 happens if you transfer a *CGT asset to an existing trust.
Note:
A change in the trustee of a trust does not constitute a change in the entity that is the trustee of the trust (see subsection 960-100(2) ). This means that CGT event E2 will not happen merely because of a change in the trustee.
104-60(2)
The time of the event is when the asset is transferred.
104-60(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the transfer are more than the asset ' s *cost base. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
104-60(4)
If you are the trustee of the trust and no beneficiary is absolutely entitled to the asset as against you (disregarding any legal disability), the first element of the asset ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base in your hands is its *market value when the asset is transferred.
Exceptions
104-60(5)
CGT event E2 does not happen if you are the sole beneficiary of the trust and:
(a) you are absolutely entitled to the asset as against the trustee (disregarding any legal disability); and
(b) the trust is not a unit trust.
104-60(6)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
CGT event E3 happens if:
(a) a trust (that is not a unit trust) over a *CGT asset is converted to a unit trust; and
(b) just before the conversion, a beneficiary under the trust was absolutely entitled to the asset as against the trustee (disregarding any legal disability the beneficiary is under).
104-65(2)
The time of the event is when the trust is converted.
104-65(3)
The beneficiary makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (when the trust is converted) is more than the asset's *cost base. The beneficiary makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset's *reduced cost base.
Exception
104-65(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the beneficiary makes is disregarded if it *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
CGT event E4 happens if:
(a) the trustee of a trust makes a payment to you in respect of your unit or your interest in the trust (except for *CGT event A1, C2, E1, E2, E6 or E7 happening in relation to it); and
(b) some or all of the payment (the non-assessable part ) is not included in your assessable income.
To avoid doubt, in applying paragraph (b) to work out what part of the payment is included in your assessable income, disregard your share of the trust ' s net income that is subject to the rules in subsection 115-215(3).
Note 1:
Subsections 104-71(1) (tax-exempted amounts), 104-71(3) (tax-free amounts) and 104-71(4) (CGT concession amounts) can affect the calculation of the non-assessable part.
Note 2:
The non-assessable part includes amounts (tax-deferred amounts) associated with the small business 50% reduction, frozen indexation, building allowance and accounting differences in income.
Note 3:
A payment made to you after you stop owning the unit or interest in the trust forms part of the capital proceeds for the CGT event that happened when you stopped owning it.
104-70(1A)
However, CGT event E4 does not happen if the unit or interest mentioned in subsection (1) is a unit or interest in an *AMIT.
104-70(2)
The payment can include giving property (see section 103-5).
104-70(3)
The time of the event is:
(a) just before the end of the income year in which the trustee makes the payment ; or
(b) if another *CGT event (except CGT event E4) happens in relation to the unit or interest or part of it after the trustee makes the payment but before the end of that income year - just before the time of that other CGT event.
104-70(4)
You make a capital gain if the sum of the amounts of the non-assessable parts of the payments made in the income year made by the trustee in respect of the unit or interest is more than its *cost base.
Note:
You cannot make a capital loss.
104-70(5)
If you make a *capital gain, the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the unit or interest are reduced to nil.
Note:
A capital gain under former section 160ZM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 is also taken into account for the purposes of this subsection: see subsection 104-70(3) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-70(6)
However, if that sum is not more than the *cost base:
(a) the cost base is reduced by that sum; and
(b) the *reduced cost base is reduced by that sum (without the adjustment in subsection 104-71(3)).
Example:
Mandy owns units in a unit trust that she bought on 1 July 1998 for $10 each. During the 1999-2000 income year the trustee makes 4 non-assessable payments of $0.50 per unit. If at the end of the income year Mandy ' s cost base for each unit (including indexation) would otherwise be $10.10, the payments require that it be reduced by $2, giving a new cost base of $8.10. If Mandy sells the units (CGT event A1) in the 2000-01 year for more than their cost base at that time, she will make a capital gain equal to the difference.
Note:
Cost base adjustments are made only under Subdivision 125-B if there is a roll-over under that Subdivision for CGT event E4 happening as a result of a demerger.
Exceptions
104-70(7)
A *capital gain you make from *CGT event E4 is disregarded if you *acquired the *CGT asset that is the unit or interest before 20 September 1985.
104-70(8)
CGT event E4 does not happen to the extent that the payment is reasonably attributable to a *LIC capital gain.
104-70(9)
CGT event E4 does not happen for a payment made to a foreign resident to the extent that the payment is reasonably attributable to *ordinary income or *statutory income from sources other than an *Australian source. However, this exception does not apply if the trust is a *public trading trust.
In working out the non-assessable part referred to in section 104-70 , disregard any part of the payment that is:
(a) *non-assessable non-exempt income; or
(b) (Omitted by No 66 of 2003)
(c) paid from an amount that has been assessed to the trustee; or
(d) paid from an amount that is *personal services income included in your assessable income, or another entity ' s assessable income, under section 86-15 ; or
(da) a payment to which paragraph 118-37(1)(ba) applies (about compensation paid through a trust); or
(db) a payment to which subsection 118-300(1A) applies (about insurance and annuity payments paid through a trust); or
(e) repaid by you; or
(f) compensation you paid that can reasonably be regarded as a repayment of all or part of the payment; or
(g) an amount referred to in section 152-125 (which exempts a payment of a small business 15-year exemption amount) as an exempt amount.
The payment can include giving property (see section 103-5 ).
104-71(2)
However, the non-assessable part is not reduced by any part of the payment that you can deduct.
104-71(3)
The amount of the non-assessable part referred to in section 104-70 is adjusted to exclude any part of it that is attributable to:
(a) an amount that is not included in the assessable income of an entity because of section 124ZM or 124ZN (which exempt income arising from *shares in a *PDF) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(aa) an amount that is not included in the assessable income of an entity because of section 51-52 or subsection 51-54(1) or (1A) of this Act; or
(b) *capital proceeds from a *CGT event that happens in relation to *shares in a company that was a *PDF when that event happened; or
(c) capital proceeds from a CGT event if:
(i) the CGT event relates to an *eligible venture capital investment; and
(ii) the share of a partner in an ESVCLP in a *capital gain or *capital loss from the CGT event is disregarded under section 118-407 ; or
(d) that part of the capital proceeds from a CGT event, relating to an eligible venture capital investment, for which there is a partial exemption under section 118-408 ; or
(e) capital proceeds from a CGT event if a capital gain made from the event may be disregarded under subsection 360-50(4) .
104-71(4)
The amount of the non-assessable part referred to in section 104-70 for an entity shown in the table is adjusted to exclude the amount or amounts applicable to the entity under the table.
Adjustment of non-assessable part | |||
Item | Entity | Amount excluded | |
1 | Any entity | So much of the amount of a *discount capital gain excluded from the *net capital gain of the trust making the payment because of step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) and that is reflected in the payment to the entity | |
2 | Individual, company or trust that has a *capital loss or *net capital loss to reduce its *capital gain described in paragraph 115-215(3)(b) where the trust gain referred to in subsection 115-215(3) is reduced under Subdivision 152-C | ½ of the amount of the capital loss or net capital loss | |
3 | Individual or trust that has a *capital loss or *net capital loss to reduce its *capital gain described in paragraph 115-215(3)(c) | ¼ of the amount of the capital loss or net capital loss | |
4 | Company that has a *capital loss or *net capital loss to reduce its *capital gain described in paragraph 115-215(3)(c) where: | The excess of the reduction amount over the Subdivision 152-C reduction to the paragraph 115-215(3)(c) amount | |
(a) | that capital loss or net capital loss is more than ½ of the trust gain referred to in subsection 115-215(3); and | ||
(b) | that trust gain is reduced by an amount (the reduction amount) under Subdivision 152-C | ||
5 | *Complying superannuation entity that has a *capital loss or *net capital loss to reduce its *capital gain described in paragraph 115-215(3)(b) where: | ½ of the amount of the capital loss or net capital loss | |
(a) | that capital loss or net capital loss is more than ½ of the trust gain referred to in subsection 115-215(3); and | ||
(b) | that trust gain is reduced under Subdivision 152-C | ||
6 | *Complying superannuation entity that has a *capital loss or *net capital loss to reduce its *capital gain described in paragraph 115-215(3)(c) where: | The excess of the reduction amount over the Subdivision 152-C reduction to the paragraph 115-215(3)(c) amount | |
(a) | that capital loss or net capital loss is more than ¼ of the trust gain referred to in subsection 115-215(3); and | ||
(b) | that trust gain is reduced by an amount (also the reduction amount) under Subdivision 152-C | ||
7 | Any entity receiving the payment where the trust making the payment, or another trust that is part of the same *chain of trusts, has a *capital loss or *net capital loss to reduce its *capital gain described in subsection 115-215(3) | The proportion of the capital loss or net capital loss reflected in the payment |
Example:
Claude is paid $100 by the trustee of a unit trust. The trustee advises that the amount comprises $50 CGT discount, $25 small business 50% reduction and $25 net income from a capital gain made by the trust.
In applying the rules in Subdivision 115-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 , Claude reduces his capital gain of $100 by a $20 net capital loss from an earlier year. He then reduces the remaining $80 gain by $40 (CGT discount) and $20 (small business 50% reduction) leaving a net capital gain of $20.
In applying the rules in CGT event E4, the $100 payment is reduced by $25 (being the amount assessed under section 97 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ). It is further reduced by $50 under item 1 of the table and $5 under item 3. Claude ' s non-assessable part is $20.
Effectively, CGT event E4 applies to the $20 small business 50% reduction allowed to Claude in applying Subdivision 115-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 .
Note 1:
Step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) (see table item 1) reduces by 50% the trust ' s discount capital gains remaining after applying capital losses and earlier net capital losses. That 50% is excluded from the trust ' s net capital gain.
Note 2:
Subdivision 152-C (small business 50% reduction - see table items 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7) reduces by 50% the trust ' s capital gains or discount capital gains remaining after applying step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) . That 50% is also excluded from the trust ' s net capital gain.
Note 3:
Paragraph 115-215(3)(b) or (c) (see table items 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6) treats a beneficiary as having an extra capital gain if an amount of the trust ' s net income that is included in the beneficiary ' s assessable income is attributable to trust gains that were reduced by step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) and/or the small business 50% reduction.
104-71(5)
A chain of trusts consists of 2 or more trusts where at least one of these conditions is satisfied for each of the trusts:
(a) the trustee of the trust owns units or interests in another of the trusts; or
(b) the trustee of another of the trusts owns units or interests in the trust.
104-71(6)
Item 7 of the table in subsection (4) does not apply if the entity making the payment is a *managed investment trust.
A *capital gain you make under subsection 104-70(4) is reduced if:
(a) you are the trustee of another trust that is a *fixed trust and is not a *complying superannuation entity; and
(b) you are taken to have a *capital gain under paragraph 115-215(3)(b) or (c) (your notional gain ) in respect of a corresponding trust gain (the trust gain ); and
(c) some or all (the attributable amount ) of the total of the non-assessable parts referred to in subsection 104-70(4) is attributable to proceeds from the trust gain.
104-72(2)
The *capital gain is reduced (but not below 0) by the lesser of:
(a) your notional gain; and
(b) the attributable amount.
SECTION 104-75 Beneficiary becoming entitled to a trust asset: CGT event E5 104-75(1)
CGT event E5 happens if a beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled to a *CGT asset of a trust (except a unit trust or a trust to which Division 128 applies) as against the trustee (disregarding any legal disability the beneficiary is under).
Note:
Division 128 deals with the effect of death.
104-75(2)
The time of the event is when the beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled to the asset.
Trustee makes a capital gain or loss
104-75(3)
The trustee makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the event) is more than its *cost base. The trustee makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Exception for trustee
104-75(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee makes is disregarded if it *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
Note:
There is also an exception for employee share trusts: see section 130-80 .
Beneficiary makes a capital gain or loss
104-75(5)
The beneficiary makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the event) is more than the *cost base of the beneficiary ' s interest in the trust capital to the extent it relates to the asset.
The beneficiary makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the *reduced cost base of that beneficiary ' s interest in the trust capital to the extent it relates to the asset.
Exceptions for beneficiary
104-75(6)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the beneficiary makes is disregarded if:
(a) the beneficiary *acquired the *CGT asset that is the interest (except by way of an assignment from another entity) for no expenditure; or
(b) the beneficiary acquired it before 20 September 1985; or
(c) all or part of the capital gain or capital loss the trustee makes from the *CGT event is disregarded under Subdivision 118-B (about main residence).
Expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note 1:
For provisions affecting the application of Subdivision 118-B to the trustee, see sections 118-215 to 118-230 .
Note 2:
There are also exceptions for employee share trusts: see sections 130-80 and 130-90 .
SECTION 104-80 Disposal to beneficiary to end income right: CGT event E6 104-80(1)
CGT event E6 happens if the trustee of a trust (except a unit trust or a trust to which Division 128 applies) *disposes of a *CGT asset of the trust to a beneficiary in satisfaction of the beneficiary's right, or part of it, to receive *ordinary income or *statutory income from the trust.
Note:
Division 128 deals with the effect of death.
104-80(2)
The time of the event is when the disposal occurs.
Trustee makes a capital gain or loss
104-80(3)
The trustee makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the disposal) is more than its *cost base. It makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset's *reduced cost base.
Exception for trustee
104-80(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee makes is disregarded if it *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
Beneficiary makes a capital gain or loss
104-80(5)
The beneficiary makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the disposal) is more than the *cost base of the right, or the part of it. The beneficiary makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the *reduced cost base of the right or part.
Note:
If the beneficiary did not pay anything for the right, the market value substitution rule does not apply: see section 112-20 .
Exception for beneficiary
104-80(6)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the beneficiary makes is disregarded if it *acquired the *CGT asset that is the right before 20 September 1985.
CGT event E7 happens if the trustee of a trust (except a unit trust or a trust to which Division 128 applies) *disposes of a *CGT asset of the trust to a beneficiary in satisfaction of the beneficiary's interest, or part of it, in the trust capital.
Note:
Division 128 deals with the effect of death.
104-85(2)
The time of the event is when the disposal occurs.
Trustee makes a capital gain or loss
104-85(3)
The trustee makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the disposal) is more than its *cost base. It makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset's *reduced cost base.
Exception for trustee
104-85(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee makes is disregarded if it *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
Beneficiary makes a capital gain or loss
104-85(5)
The beneficiary makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the disposal) is more than the *cost base of the interest, or the part of it, being satisfied. The beneficiary makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the *reduced cost base of that interest or part.
Exceptions for beneficiary
104-85(6)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the beneficiary makes is disregarded if:
(a) the beneficiary *acquired the *CGT asset that is the interest (except by way of an assignment from another entity) for no expenditure; or
(b) the beneficiary acquired it before 20 September 1985; or
(c) all or part of the capital gain or capital loss the trustee makes from the *CGT event is disregarded under Subdivision 118-B (about main residence).
Expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note 1:
For provisions affecting the application of Subdivision 118-B to the trustee, see sections 118-215 to 118-230 .
Note 2:
There is also an exception for employee share trusts: see section 130-90 .
CGT event E8 happens if:
(a) you are the beneficiary under a trust (except a unit trust or a trust to which Division 128 applies); and
(b) you did not give any money or property to *acquire the *CGT asset that is your interest in the trust capital and you did not acquire it by assignment; and
(c) you *dispose of the interest, or part of it (but not to the trustee).
Note:
Division 128 deals with the effect of death.
104-90(2)
The time of the event is:
(a) when you enter into the contract for the *disposal; or
(b) if there is no contract - when you stop owning the interest or part.
Note 1:
You work out if you have made a capital gain or capital loss under sections 104-95 and 104-100 .
Note 2:
There is a special indexation rule for this event: see section 114-10 .
SECTION 104-95 Making a capital gain
You are the only beneficiary
104-95(1)
If you are the only beneficiary with an interest in the trust capital and you *dispose of that interest, you work out if you have made a *capital gain in this way: Working out your capital gain
Step 1.
Work out the *capital proceeds from the *disposal.
Step 2.
Work out the *net asset amount.
Step 3.
If the Step 1 amount is greater , you make a capital gain equal to the difference.
104-95(2)
The net asset amount is worked out in this way: Working out the net asset amount
Step 1.
Work out the total of the *cost bases (at the time of the disposal) of the *CGT assets that the trustee *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 and that formed part of the trust capital at that time.
Step 2.
Work out the total of the *market values (at the time of the disposal) of the *CGT assets that the trustee *acquired before 20 September 1985 and that formed part of the trust capital at that time.
Step 3.
Work out the amount of money that formed part of the trust capital at the time of the disposal.
Step 4.
Add up the Step 1, 2 and 3 amounts.
Step 5.
Subtract from the Step 4 amount any liabilities of the trust at the time of the disposal.
Step 6.
The result is the net asset amount .
Example:
You dispose of your interest in the trust capital for $10,000 (the capital proceeds).
The total of the cost bases of the CGT assets that the trustee acquired on or after 20 September 1985 is $6,000.
The total of the market values of the CGT assets that the trustee acquired before 20 September 1985 is $2,500.
There is $1,000 in the trust. The trust liabilities are $500.
The net asset amount is:
$6,000 + $2,500 + $1,000 − $500 = $9,000 You make a capital gain of:
$10,000 − $9,000 = $1,000
104-95(3)
If you *dispose of only part of that interest, any *capital gain is worked out using the method statement in subsection (1), except that the Step 2 amount is replaced by:
The net asset
amount |
× |
The part of the interest
you are disposing of (expressed as a fraction) |
Example:
To vary the example in subsection (2), suppose you dispose of 50% of your interest for $5,000 (the capital proceeds).
The Step 2 amount becomes:
$9,000 × 50% = $4,500 You make a capital gain of:
$5,000 − $4,500 = $500
There is more than one beneficiary
104-95(4)
If you are not the only beneficiary with an interest in the trust capital and you *dispose of your interest, any *capital gain is worked out using the method statement in subsection (1), except that the Step 2 amount is replaced by:
The net asset
amount |
× | Your interest in the trust capital
(expressed as a fraction) |
Example:
To vary the example insubsection (2), suppose you have a 20% interest in the trust capital and you dispose of it for $4,000 (the capital proceeds).
The Step 2 amount becomes:
$9,000 × 20% = $1,800 You make a capital gain of:
$4,000 − $1,800 = $2,200
104-95(5)
If you are not the only beneficiary with an interest in the trust capital and you *dispose of part of your interest, any *capital gain is worked out using the method statement in subsection (1), except that the Step 2 amount is replaced by:
The net asset
amount |
× | Your interest in
the trust capital (expressed as a fraction) |
× | The part of the interest
you are disposing of (expressed as a fraction) |
Example:
To vary the example in subsection (2), suppose you have a 50% interest in the trust capital. You dispose of 20% of it for $1,000 (the capital proceeds).
The Step 2 amount becomes:
$9,000 × 50% × 20% = $900 You make a capital gain of:
$1,000 − $900 = $100
Exception
104-95(6)
A *capital gain you make is disregarded if you *acquired the *CGT asset that is the interest in the trust capital before 20 September 1985.
Note:
You can make a gain if you dispose of an interest in a trust that you acquired before that day: see CGT event K6.
You are the only beneficiary
104-100(1)
If you are the only beneficiary with an interest in the trust capital and you *dispose of that interest, you work out if you have made a *capital loss in this way: Working out your capital loss
Step 1.
Work out the *capital proceeds from the *disposal.
Step 2.
Work out the *reduced net asset amount.
Step 3.
If the Step 1 amount is less , you make a capital loss equal to the difference.
104-100(2)
The reduced net asset amount is worked out in this way: Working out the reduced net asset amount
Step 1.
Work out the total of the *reduced cost bases (at the time of the disposal) of the *CGT assets that the trustee *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 and that formed part of the trust capital at that time.
Step 2.
Work out the total of the *market values (at the time of the disposal) of the *CGT assets that the trustee *acquired before 20 September 1985 and that formed part of the trust capital at that time.
Step 3.
Work out the amount of money that formed part of the trust capital at the time of the disposal.
Step 4.
Add up the Step 1, 2 and 3 amounts.
Step 5.
Subtract from the Step 4 amount any liabilities of the trust at the time of the disposal.
Step 6.
The result is the reduced net asset amount .
104-100(3)
If you *dispose of only part of that interest, any *capital loss is worked out using the method statement in subsection (1), except that the Step 2 amount is replaced by:
The reduced net asset amount | × | The part of the interest
you are disposing of (expressed as a fraction) |
There is more than one beneficiary
104-100(4)
If you are not the only beneficiary with an interest in the trust capital and you *dispose of your interest, any *capital loss is worked out using the method statement in subsection (1), except that the Step 2 amount is replaced by:
The reduced net asset amount | × | Your interest in the trust capital
(expressed as a fraction) |
104-100(5)
If you are not the only beneficiary with an interest in the trust capital and you *dispose of part of your interest, any *capital loss is worked out using the method statement in subsection (1), except that the Step 2 amount is replaced by:
The reduced net
asset amount |
× | Your interest in
the trust capital (expressed as a fraction) |
× | The part of the interest
you are disposing of (expressed as a fraction) |
Exception
104-100(6)
A *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the *CGT asset that is the interest in the trust capital before 20 September 1985.
CGT event E9 happens if:
(a) you agree for consideration that when property comes into existence you will hold it on trust; and
(b) at the time of the agreement, no potential beneficiary under the trust has a beneficial interest in the rights created by the agreement.
104-105(2)
The time of the event is when you made the agreement.
104-105(3)
You make a capital gain if the *market value the property would have had if it had existed when you made the agreement is more than any *incidental costs you incurred that relate to the event. You make a capital loss if that market value is less .
104-105(4)
The costs can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, they do not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of them and that is not included in your assessable income, or an amount to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
SECTION 104-107A AMIT - cost base reduction exceeds cost base: CGT event E10 104-107A(1)
CGT event E10 happens if:
(a) you are a *member of an *AMIT in respect of an income year because you have a *CGT asset that is your unit or your interest in the AMIT; and
(b) either:
(i) the *cost base of that asset is reduced under subsection 104-107B(2) during the income year; or
(ii) the cost base of that asset is nil at the start of the income year; and
(c) the asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year is the excess mentioned in paragraph 104-107C(a) ; and
(d) the asset ' s AMIT cost base net amount for the income year exceeds the cost base of the asset.
104-107A(2)
The time of the event is:
(a) if subparagraph (1)(b)(i) applies - the time at which the reduction occurs under section 104-107B ; or
(b) if subparagraph (1)(b)(ii) applies - the time at which the *cost base would have been reduced under subsection 104-107B(2) during the income year if the cost base had been greater than nil at the start of the income year.
104-107A(3)
You make a capital gain equal to:
(a) if the *cost base of the asset is nil - the excess mentioned in paragraph 104-107C(a) ; or
(b) if the cost base of the asset is not nil - the excess mentioned in paragraph (1)(d) of this section.
Note 1:
If you make a capital gain, the cost base and reduced cost base of the CGT asset are reduced to nil (see paragraph 104-107B(2)(a) ).
Note 2:
You cannot make a capital loss.
Exceptions
104-107A(4)
A *capital gain you make from *CGT event E10 is disregarded if you *acquired the *CGT asset that is the unit or interest before 20 September 1985.
This section applies if you are a *member of an *AMIT in respect of an income year because you have a *CGT asset that is your unit or your interest in the AMIT.
104-107B(2)
If the *CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year is the excess mentioned in paragraph 104-107C(a):
(a) in a case where that AMIT cost base net amount exceeds the *cost base of the asset - reduce the cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset to nil; or
(b) otherwise - reduce the cost base and reduced cost base of the asset by that AMIT cost base net amount.
Note:
If that AMIT cost base net amount exceeds the cost base of the asset, CGT event E10 will happen (see section 104-107A ).
104-107B(3)
If the *CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year is the shortfall mentioned in paragraph 104-107C(b) , increase the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset by that AMIT cost base net amount.
104-107B(4)
The time of the reduction or increase is:
(a) unless paragraph (b) applies - just before the end of the income year; or
(b) if a *CGT event happens to the *CGT asset at a time when you hold it before the end of the income year - just before the time of that CGT event.
The *CGT asset ' s AMIT cost base net amount for the income year is:
(a) if the CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base reduction amount for the income year exceeds the CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base increase amount for the income year - the amount of the excess; or
(b) if the CGT asset ' s AMIT cost base reduction amount for the income year falls short of the CGT asset ' s AMIT cost base increase amount for the income year - the amount of the shortfall.
The *CGT asset ' s AMIT cost base reduction amount for the income year is the total of:
(a) money, and the *market value of any property, if:
(i) you start to have a right to receive the money or property from the trustee of the *AMIT in the income year; and
(ii) that right is indefeasible (disregarding section 276-55 ) or is reasonably likely not to be defeated; and
(b) all amounts of *tax offset that you have for the income year in respect of the AMIT because of the operation of section 276-80 ;
to the extent that the total is reasonably attributable to the CGT asset.
104-107D(2)
If:
(a) *CGT event A1, C2, E1, E2, E6 or E7 happens to the *CGT asset before the end of the income year; and
(b) as a result, the time of the reduction or increase mentioned in subsection 104-107B(4) is just before the time of that CGT event;
do not include in the CGT asset ' s AMIT cost base reduction amount for the income year any *capital proceeds from that CGT event.
The *CGT asset ' s AMIT cost base increase amount for the income year is the total of the 2 amounts set out in the following subsections.
First amount - total of amounts not related to capital gains
104-107E(2)
The first amount is the total of all of the following amounts included in your assessable income or *non-assessable non-exempt income for the income year in respect of the *AMIT, to the extent that they are reasonably attributable to the *CGT asset:
(a) amounts so included because of the operation of section 276-80 ;
(b) amounts so included otherwise than because of the operation of section 276-80 (as reduced in accordance with section 276-100 ).
104-107E(3)
For the purposes of subsection (2), disregard the *AMIT ' s *net capital gain (if any) for the income year.
Second amount - total of amounts related to capital gains
104-107E(4)
The second amount is the total of each *determined member component of a character relating to *capital gains that:
(a) you have for the income year in respect of the *AMIT; and
(b) is taken into account under section 276-80 .
Residence assumption
104-107E(5)
For the purposes of working out amounts under subsections (2) and (4), assume that you are an Australian resident.
Subsections (2) and (3) apply if:
(a) you start to have a right to receive any money or any property from the trustee of an *AMIT in an income year; and
(b) the right is indefeasible (disregarding section 276-55 ) or is reasonably likely not to be defeated; and
(c) the right is not remuneration or consideration for you providing finance, services, goods or property to the trustee of the AMIT or to another person; and
(d) the right is reasonably attributable to a *CGT asset that is a *membership interest in the AMIT; and
(e) the CGT asset is neither *trading stock nor a *Division 230 financial arrangement; and
(f) as a result of you starting to have the right, the CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base reduction amount for the income year is increased because of the operation of section 104-107D .
104-107F(2)
These provisions do not apply to you starting to have the right:
(a) sections 6-5 (about *ordinary income), 8-1 (about amounts you can deduct), 15-15 and 25-40 (about profit-making undertakings or plans);
(b) sections 25A and 52 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about profit-making undertakings or schemes).
104-107F(3)
Section 6-10 (about *statutory income) does not apply to you starting to have the right except so far as that section applies in relation to section 102-5 (about net capital gains).
This section applies if:
(a) you are a *member of an *AMIT in respect of an income year because you have a *CGT asset that is your unit or your interest in the AMIT; and
(b) the CGT asset is a *revenue asset; and
(c) the CGT asset is not a *Division 230 financial arrangement.
104-107G(2)
Make the adjustments in subsection (3) for the purposes of working out an amount included in your assessable income (or working out an amount treated as a deduction) under any of these provisions:
(a) sections 6-5 (about *ordinary income), 8-1 (about amounts you can deduct), 15-15 and 25-40 (about profit-making undertakings or plans);
(b) sections 25A and 52 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about profit-making undertakings or schemes).
104-107G(3)
If the *CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year is the excess mentioned in paragraph 104-107C(a) :
(a) in a case where that AMIT cost base net amount exceeds the cost of the asset - reduce the cost of the asset to nil; or
(b) otherwise - reduce the cost of the asset by that AMIT cost base net amount.
Note:
If the AMIT cost base net amount exceeds the cost of the asset, see section 104-107H .
104-107G(4)
If the *CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year is the shortfall mentioned in paragraph 104-107C(b) , increase the cost of the asset by that AMIT cost base net amount.
104-107G(5)
The time of the reduction or increase is:
(a) unless paragraph (b) applies - just before the end of the income year; or
(b) if a *CGT event happens to the *CGT asset at a time when you hold it before the end of the income year - just before the time of that CGT event.
104-107G(6)
For the purposes of this section and section 104-107H , in working out the *CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year, disregard any right that you start to have in the income year if:
(a) the right is for you to receive any money or any property from the trustee of the *AMIT; and
(b) the right is remuneration or consideration for you providing finance, services, goods or property to the trustee of the AMIT or to another person.
104-107G(7)
For the purposes of section 118-20 , treat this section as being outside of this Part.
Note:
Section 118-20 deals with reducing capital gains if an amount is otherwise assessable.
Subsection (2) applies if:
(a) paragraph 104-107G(3)(a) applies in respect of the *CGT asset ' s *AMIT cost base net amount for the income year; and
(b) that AMIT cost base net amount exceeds the cost of the *CGT asset just before the time mentioned in subsection 104-107G(5) .
104-107H(2)
Include in your assessable income for the income year in which that time occurs:
(a) if the cost of the *CGT asset was nil just before that time - the cost reduction amount; or
(b) otherwise - the excess mentioned in paragraph (1)(b).
104-107H(3)
Subsection (2) applies despite subsection 104-107F(3) .
104-107H(4)
For the purposes of section 118-20 , treat this section as being outside of this Part.
Note:
Section 118-20 deals with reducing capital gains if an amount is otherwise assessable.
CGT event F1 happens if a lessor grants, renews or extends a lease.
Note 1:
Other CGT events can apply to leases. An assignment of a lease is an example of CGT event A1.
Note 2:
There are special rules that apply to some lease transactions: see Division 132 .
104-110(2)
The time of the event is:
(a) for the grant of a lease:
(i) when the contract for the lease is entered into; or
(ii) if there is no contract - at the start of the lease; or
(b) for a renewal or extension - at the start of the renewal or extension.
104-110(3)
The lessor makes a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the grant, renewal or extension are more than the expenditure it incurred on the grant, renewal or extension. It makes a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
104-110(4)
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, it does not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of it and that is not included in your assessable income, or an amount to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
Exception
104-110(5)
The lessor can choose to apply section 104-115 to certain long term leases. If it does so, this section does not apply.
CGT event F2 happens if:
(a) a lessor grants a lease over land (whether or not the lessor owns an estate in fee simple in the land), or renews or extends a lease over land; and
(b) the lease, renewal or extension is for at least 50 years and:
(i) at the time of the grant, renewal or extension, it was reasonable to expect that it would continue for at least 50 years; and
(ii) the terms of the lease, renewal or extension as they apply to the lessee are substantially the same as those under which the lessor owned the land or held a lease of the land; and
(c) the lessor chooses to apply this section instead of section 104-110 .
Note:
Section 103-25 tells you when the choice must be made.
104-115(2)
The time of the event is when the lessor grants the lease, or at the start of the renewal or extension, as appropriate.
104-115(3)
The lessor makes a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the event are more than the *cost base of the lessor ' s interest in the land. The lessor makes a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less than the *reduced cost base of that interest.
Exceptions
104-115(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the lessor makes is disregarded if:
(a) it *acquired the *CGT asset that is the land, or the lease to the lessor was granted, before 20 September 1985; or
(b) the lease to the lessor has been renewed or extended and the last renewal or extension started before that day.
Note:
For any later CGT event that happens to the land or the lessor ' s lease of it: see section 132-10 .
CGT event F3 happens if a lessor incurs expenditure in getting the lessee's agreement to vary or waive a term of the lease. The lessor makes a capital loss equal to the amount of expenditure it incurred. (The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .)
104-120(2)
The time of the event is when the term is varied or waived.
Exception
104-120(3)
However, this event does not apply to expenditure for a lease to which the lessor has chosen to apply section 104-115 .
CGT event F4 happens if a lessee receives a payment from the lessor for agreeing to vary or waive a term of the lease.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
104-125(2)
The time of the event is when the term is varied or waived.
104-125(3)
The lessee makes a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the event are more than the lease's *cost base (at the time of the event). If the lessee makes a *capital gain, the lease's cost base is also reduced to nil.
Note:
The lessee cannot make a capital loss.
104-125(4)
On the other hand, if those *capital proceeds are less , the lease's *cost base is reduced by that amount at the time of the event.
Example:
On 1 January 1999 a lessee enters a lease. On 1 May 1999 the lessee agrees to waive a term. The lessor pays the lessee $1,000 for this.
If the lease's cost base at the time of the waiver is $2,500, it is reduced from $2,500 to $1,500.
On 1 September 1999 the lessee agrees to waive another term. The lessor pays the lessee $2,000 for this.
If the lease's cost base at the time of the waiver is $1,500, the lessee makes a capital gain of $500, and the cost base is reduced to nil.
Exceptions
104-125(5)
A *capital gain the lessee makes is disregarded if:
(a) the lease was granted before 20 September 1985; or
(b) for a lease that has been renewed or extended - the start of the last renewal or extension occurred before that day.
CGT event F5 happens if a lessor receives a payment from the lessee for agreeing to vary or waive a term of the lease.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
104-130(2)
The time of the event is when the term is varied or waived.
104-130(3)
The lessor makes a capital gain if the *capital proceeds from the event are more than the expenditure the lessor incurs in relation to the variation or waiver. The lessor makes a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
Example:
You own a shopping centre. The lessee of a shop in the centre pays you $10,000 for agreeing to change the terms of its lease. You incur expenses of $1,000 for a solicitor and $500 for a valuer. You make a capital gain of $8,500.
104-130(4)
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, it does not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of it and that is not included in your assessable income.
Exceptions
104-130(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the lessor makes is disregarded if:
(a) the lease was granted before 20 September 1985; or
(b) for a lease that has been renewed or extended - the start of the last renewal or extension occurred before that day.
CGT event G1 happens if:
(a) a company makes a payment to you in respect of a *share you own in the company (except for *CGT event A1 or C2 happening in relation to the share); and
(b) some or all of the payment (the non-assessable part ) is not a *dividend, or an amount that is taken to be a dividend under section 47 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and
(c) the payment is not included in your assessable income.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
104-135(1A)
In working out the non-assessable part, disregard any part of the payment that is:
(aa) *non-assessable non-exempt income; or
(a) repaid by you; or
(b) compensation you paid that can reasonably be regarded as a repayment of all or part of the payment; or
(c) an amount referred to in section 152-125 (which exempts a payment of a small business 15-year exemption amount) as an exempt amount.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
104-135(1B)
However, the non-assessable part is not reduced by any part of the payment that you can deduct.
104-135(2)
The time of the event is when the company makes the payment.
104-135(3)
You make a capital gain if the amount of the non-assessable part is more than the *share ' s *cost base. If you make a *capital gain, the share ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base are reduced to nil.
Note 1:
You cannot make a capital loss.
Note 2:
A capital gain under former section 160ZL of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 is also taken into account for the purposes of this subsection: see section 104-135 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-135(4)
However, if the amount of the non-assessable part is not more than the *share ' s *cost base, that cost base and its *reduced cost base are reduced by the amount of the non-assessable part.
Note:
Cost base adjustments are made only under Subdivision 125-B if there is a roll-over under that Subdivision for CGT event G1 happening as a result of a demerger.
Exceptions
104-135(5)
A *capital gain you make is disregarded if you *acquired the *CGT asset that is the *share before 20 September 1985.
104-135(6)
You disregard a payment by a liquidator for the purposes of this section if the company ceases to exist within 18 months of the payment.
Note:
The payment will be part of your capital proceeds for CGT event C2 happening when the share ends.

104-135(7)
You also disregard a payment that is *personal services income included in your assessable income, or another entity ' s assessable income, under section 86-15 .
104-140 (Repealed) SECTION 104-140 Shifts in share values: CGT event G2
(Repealed by No 90 of 2002)
CGT event G3 happens if you own *shares in a company, or financial instruments issued by or created by or in relation to a company, and a liquidator or administrator of the company declares in writing that the liquidator or administrator has reasonable grounds to believe (as at the time of the declaration) that:
(a) for shares - there is no likelihood that shareholders in the company, or shareholders of the relevant class of shares, will receive any further distribution for their shares; or
(b) for financial instruments - the instruments, or a class of instruments that includes instruments of that kind, have no value or have only negligible value.
104-145(2)
The time of the event is when the declaration was made.
104-145(3)
Examples of financial instruments referred to in subsection (1) are:
(a) *debentures, bonds or promissory notes issued by the company; and
(b) loans to the company; and
(c) futures contracts, forward contracts or currency swap contracts relating to the company; and
(d) rights or options to acquire an asset referred to in a preceding paragraph of this subsection; and
(e) rights or options to acquire *shares in the company.
104-145(4)
You can choose to make a capital loss equal to the *reduced cost base of your *shares or financial instruments (as at the time of the declaration).
104-145(5)
If you make the choice, the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the *shares or financial instruments are reduced to nil just after the declaration was made.
Note:
This is for the purpose of working out if you make a capital gain or loss from any later CGT event in relation to the shares or financial instruments.
Exceptions
104-145(6)
You cannot choose to make a *capital loss if:
(a) you *acquired the shares or financial instruments before 20 September 1985; or
(b) the shares or financial instruments were *revenue assets at the time when the declaration was made.
104-145(7)
You cannot choose to make a *capital loss for a *share, or a right to acquire a beneficial interest in a share, if:
(a) you acquired the beneficial interest (the ESS interest ) in the share or right under an *employee share scheme; and
(b) subsequent to an amount being included in your assessable income under Division 83A (about employee share schemes) in relation to the ESS interest, section 83A-310 (about forfeiture) applies in relation to ESS interest.
104-145(8)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2009)
Subdivision 104-H - Special capital receipts SECTION 104-150 Forfeiture of deposit: CGT event H1 104-150(1)
CGT event H1 happens if a deposit paid to you is forfeited because a prospective sale or other transaction does not proceed.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Example:
You decide to sell land. Before entering into a contract of sale, the prospective purchaser pays you a 2 month holding deposit of $1,000.
The negotiations fail and the deposit is forfeited.
104-150(1A)
The amount of the deposit is reduced by any part of the deposit that is:
(a) repaid by you; or
(b) compensation you paid that can reasonably be regarded as a repayment of all or part of the deposit.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
104-150(1B)
However, the deposit is not reduced by any part of the payment that you can deduct.
104-150(2)
The time of the event is when the deposit is forfeited.
104-150(3)
You make a capital gain if the deposit is more than the expenditure you incur in connection with the prospective sale or other transaction. You make a capital loss if the deposit is less .
104-150(4)
The expenditure can include giving property: see section103-5 . However, it does not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of it and that is not included in your assessable income.
Example:
To continue the example: if you gave a lawyer wine worth $400 in connection with the prospective sale, you make a capital gain of:
$1,000 − $400 = $600
SECTION 104-155 Receipt for event relating to a CGT asset: CGT event H2 104-155(1)
CGT event H2 happens if:
(a) an act, transaction or event occurs in relation to a *CGT asset that you own; and
(b) the act, transaction or event does not result in an adjustment being made to the asset ' s *cost base or *reduced cost base.
Example:
You own land on which you intend to construct a manufacturing facility. A business promotion organisation pays you $50,000 as an inducement to start construction early.
No contractual rights or obligations are created by the arrangement.
The payment is made because of an event (the inducement to start construction early) in relation to your land.
Note:
This event does not apply if any other CGT event applies: see section 102-25 .
104-155(2)
The time of the event is when the act, transaction or event occurs.
104-155(3)
You make a capital gain if the *capital proceeds because of the *CGT event are more than the *incidental costs you incurred that relate to the event. You make a capital loss if those capital proceeds are less .
104-155(4)
The costs can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, they do not include an amount you have received as *recoupment of them and that is not included in your assessable income.
Exceptions
104-155(5)
CGT event H2 does not happen if:
(a) the act, transaction or event is the borrowing of money or the obtaining of credit from another entity; or
(b) the act, transaction or event requires you to do something that is another *CGT event that happens to you; or
(c) a company issues or allots *equity interests or *non-equity shares in the company; or
(d) the trustee of a unit trust issues units in the trust; or
(e) a company grants an option to acquire equity interests, non-equity shares or *debentures in the company; or
(ea) a company grants an option to dispose of *shares in the company to the company; or
(f) the trustee of a unit trust grants an option to acquire units or debentures in the trust; or
(g) a company or a trust that is a member of a *demerger group issues new *ownership interests under a *demerger.
Note:
For demergers, see Division 125 .
Subdivision 104-I - Australian residency ends SECTION 104-160 Individual or company stops being an Australian resident: CGT event I1 104-160(1)
CGT event I1 happens if you stop being an Australian resident.
104-160(2)
The time of the event is when you stop being one.
104-160(3)
You need to work out if you have made a *capital gain or a *capital loss for each *CGT asset that you owned just before the time of the event, except one that is *taxable Australian property:
(a) covered by item 1 or 3 of the table in section 855-15 ; or
(b) covered by item 4 of that table because it is an option or right to *acquire a *CGT asset covered by item 1 or 3 of that table.
104-160(4)
You make a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the event) is more than its *cost base. You make a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
104-160(4A)
If the asset is an *indirect Australian real property interest, or an option or right to acquire such an interest, this Part and Part 3-3 apply to the asset as if the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset (just after the time of the event) were its *market value at the time of the event.
104-160(4B)
Subsection (4A) does not apply if the *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded under subsection (5) or (6), or subsection 104-165(2) .
Exceptions
104-160(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
104-160(6)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2009)
SECTION 104-165 Exception for individuals 104-165(1)
(Repealed by No 32 of 2006)
Choosing to disregard making a gain or loss
104-165(2)
If you are an individual, you can choose to disregard making a *capital gain or a *capital loss from all *CGT assets covered by *CGT event I1.
104-165(3)
If you do so choose, each of those assets is taken to be *taxable Australian property until the earlier of:
(a) a *CGT event happening in relation to the asset, if the CGT event involves you ceasing to own the asset;
(b) you again becoming an Australian resident.
Note:
If you are an individual who was in Australia on 6 April 2006, and you remain an Australian resident from that day until you stop being one, and you were an Australian resident for less than 5 years during the 10 years before you stopped being one, see section 104-166 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-166 (Repealed) SECTION 104-166 Subsection 104-165(1) still applies if you continue to be a short term Australian resident
(Repealed by No 168 of 2006 )
CGT event I2 happens if a trust stops being a *resident trust for CGT purposes.
104-170(2)
The time of the event is when the trust stops being one.
104-170(3)
The trustee needs to work out if it has made a *capital gain or a *capital loss for each *CGT asset that it owned (in the capacity as trustee of the trust) just before the time of the event except one that is *taxable Australian property:
(a) covered by item 1 or 3 of the table in section 855-15 ; or
(b) covered by item 4 of that table because it is an option or right to *acquire a *CGT asset covered by item 1 or 3 of that table.
104-170(4)
The trustee makes a capital gain if the *market value of the asset (at the time of the event) is more than the asset ' s *cost base. The trustee makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
104-170(4A)
If the asset is an *indirect Australian real property interest, or an option or right to acquire such an interest, this Part and Part 3-3 apply to the asset as if the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset (just after the time of the event) were its *market value at the time of the event.
104-170(4B)
Subsection (4A) does not apply if the *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee makes is disregarded under subsection (5).
Exception
104-170(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee makes is disregarded if it *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
CGT event J1 happens if:
(a) there is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-B for a *CGT event (the roll-over event ) that happens in relation to a *CGT asset (the roll-over asset ) involving 2 companies that are members of the same *wholly-owned group; and
(b) the company (the recipient company ) that owns the roll-over asset just after the roll-over stops being a 100% subsidiary of a company in the group in the circumstances set out in subsection (2) or (3); and
(c) at the time of the roll-over, the recipient company was a *100% subsidiary of:
(i) the other company involved in the roll-over event (the originating company ); or
(ii) another member of the same *wholly-owned group.
Note:
If the roll-over was under former section 160ZZO of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , CGT event J1 does not happen if there would not have been a deemed disposal and re-acquisition under that Act: see section 104-175 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-175(2)
This condition applies if there has been only one roll-over within the *wholly-owned group under Subdivision 126-B involving the roll-over asset.
The recipient company must stop, at a time (the break-up time ) when it still owns the roll-over asset, being a *100% subsidiary of a member of the group (the ultimate holding company ) that is not a 100% subsidiary of any other member of the group at the time of the roll-over event.
104-175(3)
This condition applies if the roll-over event was the last in a series of *CGT events involving the roll-over asset and there was a roll-over within the *wholly-owned group under Subdivision 126-B for all the events.
The recipient company must stop, at a time (also the break-up time ) when it still owns the roll-over asset, being a *100% subsidiary of another member of the group (also the ultimate holding company ) that was not a 100% subsidiary of any other member of the group at the time of the first of the events.
104-175(4)
The time of the event is the break-up time.
104-175(5)
The recipient company makes a capital gain if the roll-over asset ' s *market value (at the break-up time) is more than its *cost base. It makes a capital loss if that market value is less than its *reduced cost base.
Exceptions
104-175(6)
CGT event J1 does not happen if the conditions in section 104-180 or 104-182 are satisfied.
104-175(7)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the recipient company makes is disregarded if the roll-over asset is taken to have been *acquired by it before 20 September 1985 under Subdivision 126-B (except where the roll-over asset has stopped being a *pre-CGT asset, for example, because of Division 149 ).
Note:
CGT event J1 does not happen to a demerged entity or a member of a demerger group if CGT event A1 or C2 happens to a demerging entity under a demerger: see section 125-160 .
Acquisition rule
104-175(8)
The recipient company is taken to have *acquired the roll-over asset at the break-up time.
Cost base adjustment
104-175(9)
The first element of the recipient company ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base of the roll-over asset (just after the break-up time) is its *market value (at the break-up time).
SECTION 104-180 Sub-group break-up 104-180(1)
The condition in subsection (2) must have been satisfied at each time when there is a roll-over within the *wholly-owned group under Subdivision 126-B for a *CGT event happening in relation to the roll-over asset.
104-180(2)
The originating company and the recipient company must have been members of a group of 2 or more companies (the sub-group ) within the *wholly-owned group (excluding the ultimate holding company) for which one of these is satisfied:
(a) if the sub-group consists of 2 companies, either the recipient company is a 100% subsidiary of the other company (the holding company ), or the other company is a 100% subsidiary of the recipient company (also the holding company );
(b) if the sub-group consists of 3 or more companies:
(i) the recipient company is a 100% subsidiary of one of those other companies (also the holding company ) and so are the other companies (except the holding company) in the sub-group; or
(ii) each of the companies in the sub-group (except the recipient company) is a 100% subsidiary of the recipient company (also the holding company ).
104-180(3)
If the roll-over event was the last in a series of *CGT events involving the roll-over asset and there was a roll-over within the *wholly-owned group under Subdivision 126-B for all the events, each company that was the originating company or the recipient company for the purposes of that Subdivision for one of those roll-overs must have been members of the sub-group at the time of each of the roll-overs.
104-180(4)
The conditions in subsection (5) or (6) must be satisfied just after the break-up time.
104-180(5)
If the recipient company was the holding company of the sub-group, none of its *shares can be owned by:
(a) the ultimate holding company; or
(b) a company that is a *100% subsidiary of the ultimate holding company just after the break-up time.
104-180(6)
If the recipient company was not the holding company of the sub-group, no *shares in it or in the holding company can be owned by:
(a) the ultimate holding company; or
(b) a company that is a *100% subsidiary of the ultimate holding company just after the break-up time.
SECTION 104-182 104-182 Consolidated group break-up
*CGT event J1 does not happen if the recipient company ceases to be a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group at the break-up time (whether or not it becomes a subsidiary member of another consolidated group at that time).
CGT event J2 happens if you choose a small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E for a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset in an income year and:
(a) you *acquire a replacement asset (the replacement asset ), or you incur *fourth element expenditure in relation to a CGT asset (also the replacement asset ), or you do both, by the end of the *replacement asset period; and
(b) the replacement asset is your *active asset at the end of the replacement asset period; and
(c) if the replacement asset is a *share in a company or an interest in a trust, at the end of the replacement asset period:
(i) either you, or an entity *connected with you, is a *CGT concession stakeholder in the company or trust; or
(ii) CGT concession stakeholders in the company or trust have a *small business participation percentage in you of at least 90%; and
(d) a change of a kind specified in subsection (2) or (3) happens after the end of the replacement asset period.
Note 1:
The replacement asset period may be modified or extended, see section 104-190 .
Note 2:
There is an exception: see subsection (8).
Note 3:
There may be 2 or more replacement assets.
Note 4:
CGT event J2 can also happen in relation to a capital gain you rolled-over under Division 17A of former Part IIIA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 or Division 123 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 if the status of the replacement asset changes: see section 104-185 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-185(2)
For any replacement asset that satisfied paragraph (1)(b) and, if applicable, paragraph (1)(c), the change is:
(a) the asset stops being your *active asset; or
(b) the asset becomes your *trading stock; or
(c) (Repealed by No 12 of 2012)
(d) you start to use the asset solely to produce your *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income.
104-185(3)
In addition, for a *share in a company or an interest in a trust, the change is:
(a) *CGT event G3 or I1 happens in relation to it; or
(b) paragraph (1)(c) stops being satisfied.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
104-185(4)
The time of the event is when the change happens.
104-185(5)
You make a capital gain equal to:
(a) if there is only one replacement asset that satisfied paragraph (1)(b) and, if applicable, paragraph (1)(c) - the amount of the capital gain that you disregarded under Subdivision 152-E (the 152-E amount ); or
(b) if there are 2 or more replacement assets that satisfied paragraph (1)(b) and, if applicable, paragraph (1)(c) and a change of a kind specified in subsection (2) or (3) occurs for all of them - the 152-E amount; or
(c) if there are 2 or more replacement assets that satisfied paragraph (1)(b) and, if applicable, paragraph (1)(c) and such a change occurs for one or more but not all of them - so much (if any) of the 152-E amount as exceeds the sum of the following:
(i) the first element of the *cost base of each of those replacement assets *acquired;
(ii) the *incidental costs you incurred to acquire each of those replacement assets (which can include giving property, see section 103-5 );
in relation to which such a change did not occur.
(iii) the amount of *fourth element expenditure incurred in relation to each of those replacement assets;
104-185(6)
If *CGT event J6 has happened in relation to the small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E , subsection (5) applies to the 152-E amount reduced by the amount of the capital gain under that event.
104-185(7)
If *CGT event J2 happens again in a later income year in relation to the small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E , subsection (5) applies to any remaining part of the 152-E amount reduced by the amount of the capital gain under the earlier event.
104-185(8)
CGT event J2 does not happen because of paragraph (2)(a) for a *share in a company or an interest in a trust if the share or interest ceased to be an *active asset only because of changes in the *market values of assets that were owned by the company or trust when you *acquired the share or interest or incurred the *fourth element expenditure.
104-185(9)
You incur fourth element expenditure in relation to a *CGT asset if you incur capital expenditure that is included, under subsection 110-25(5) , in the fourth element of the *cost base of the asset.
If you choose a small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E for a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset in an income year, the replacement asset period is the period:
(a) starting one year before the last CGT event in the income year for which you obtain the roll-over; and
(b) ending at the later of:
(i) 2 years after that last CGT event; and
(ii) if the first-mentioned CGT event happened because you *disposed of the CGT asset - 6 months after the latest time a possible *financial benefit becomes or could become due under a *look-through earnout right relating to the CGT asset and the disposal.
104-190(1)
The replacement asset period is modified if your *capital proceeds for the *CGT event are increased under subsection 116-45(2) or 116-60(3) after the end of that period. Instead, you have until 12 months after you receive those additional proceeds to *acquire a replacement asset, or incur *fourth element expenditure in relation to a *CGT asset, or do both.
Note:
Section 116-45 applies if you do not receive your capital proceeds despite having taken all reasonable steps to get them, and section 116-60 applies if your capital proceeds are misappropriated by your employee or agent.
104-190(2)
The Commissioner may extend the replacement asset period , or that period as modified by subsection (1).
CGT event J4 happens if:
(a) there is a roll-over under Subdivision 124-N for a trust *disposing of a *CGT asset to a company under a trust restructure; and
(b) the trust fails to cease to exist:
(i) within 6 months after the start of the *trust restructuring period; or
(ii) if that is not possible because of circumstances outside the control of the trustee - as soon as practicable after the end of that 6 month period; and
(c) the company owns the asset when the failure happens.
Example:
Circumstances would be outside the control of the trustee if the trustee is involved in litigation concerning the trust and cannot wind up the trust until the litigation is finished.
104-195(2)
CGT event J4 also happens if:
(a) there is a roll-over under Subdivision 124-N for an entity (the shareholding entity ) receiving a *share in a company in exchange for a unit or interest in a trust under a trust restructure; and
(b) the trust fails to cease to exist:
(i) within 6 months after the start of the *trust restructuring period; or
(ii) if that is not possible because of circumstances outside the control of the trustee - as soon as practicable after the end of that 6 month period; and
(c) the shareholding entity owns the share when the failure happens.
104-195(3)
The time of the event is when the failure to cease to exist happens.
104-195(4)
The company makes a capital gain if the *CGT asset ' s *market value at the time the company *acquired the asset is more than its *cost base at that time. The company makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base at that time.
104-195(5)
This Part and Part 3-3 apply to the company from just after the time of the event as if the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset were its *market value at the time the company *acquired the asset.
104-195(6)
The shareholding entity makes a capital gain if the *share ' s *market value at the time the entity *acquired the share is more than its *cost base at that time. The shareholding entity makes a capital loss if that market value is less than the share ' s *reduced cost base at that time.
104-195(7)
This Part and Part 3-3 apply to the shareholding entity from just after the time of the event as if the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the *share were its *market value at the time the entity *acquired the share.
Exception
104-195(8)
This section does not apply to a *CGT asset acquired under a trust restructure that happened before the day on which the Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 4) 2002 received the Royal Assent.
SECTION 104-197 Failure to acquire replacement asset and to incur fourth element expenditure after a roll-over under Subdivision 152-E: CGT event J5 104-197(1)
CGT event J5 happens if you choose a small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E for a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset in an income year and, by the end of the *replacement asset period:
(a) you have not *acquired a replacement asset (the replacement asset ), and have not incurred *fourth element expenditure in relation to a CGT asset (also the replacement asset ); or
(b) the replacement asset does not satisfy the conditions set out in subsection (2).
Note:
You do not have to satisfy the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A for the gain in relation to CGT event J5 (see subsection 152-305(4) ).
104-197(2)
The conditions are:
(a) the replacement asset must be your *active asset; and
(b) if the replacement asset is a *share in a company or an interest in a trust:
(i) you, or an entity *connected with you, must be a *CGT concession stakeholder in the company or trust; or
(ii) CGT concession stakeholders in the company or trust must have a *small business participation percentage in you of at least 90%.
Example:
Joseph owns 50% of the shares in Company A and Company B. He is therefore a CGT concession stakeholder in the companies: see section 152-60 . The companies are connected with Joseph (see section 328-125 ) because he controls both of them.
Company A owns land which it leases to Joseph for use in a business. It sells the land at a profit and buys shares in Company B.
Subsection (2) is satisfied for the shares because Joseph is connected with Company A and is a CGT concession stakeholder in Company B.
104-197(3)
The time of the event is at the end of the *replacement asset period.
104-197(4)
You make a capital gain equal to the amount of the *capital gain that you disregarded under Subdivision 152-E .
104-197(5)
The *replacement asset period may be modified or extended as mentioned in section 104-190 .
CGT event J6 happens if you choose a small business roll-over under Subdivision 152-E for a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset in an income year and:
(a) by the end of the *replacement asset period, you have done either or both of the following:
(i) *acquired a replacement asset (the replacement asset );
(ii) incurred *fourth element expenditure in relation to a CGT asset (also the replacement asset ); and
(b) at the end of the replacement asset period, the replacement asset is your *active asset; and
(c) if the replacement asset is a *share in a company or an interest in a trust, at the end of the replacement asset period:
(i) you, or an entity *connected with you, are a *CGT concession stakeholder in the company or trust; or
(ii) CGT concession stakeholders in the company or trust have a *small business participation percentage in you of at least 90%; and
(d) the total (the amount incurred ) of the following, in relation to each replacement asset that satisfied paragraph (b) and, if applicable, paragraph (c), is less than the amount of the capital gain that you disregarded:
(i) the first element of the *cost base;
(ii) the *incidental costs you incurred (which can include giving property, see section 103-5 );
(iii) the amount of fourth element expenditure incurred.
Note:
You do not have to satisfy the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A for the gain in relation to CGT event J6 (see subsection 152-305(4) ).
104-198(2)
The time of the event is at the end of the *replacement asset period.
104-198(3)
You make a capital gain equal to the difference between:
(a) the amount of the *capital gain that you disregarded under Subdivision 152-E ; and
(b) the amount incurred.
104-198(4)
The *replacement asset period may be modified or extended as mentioned in section 104-190 .
CGT event K1 happens if:
(a) any of the following conditions is satisfied:
(i) - (ii) (Repealed by No 83 of 2014)
(iii) a *Kyoto unit is transferred from your foreign account (within the meaning of the Australian National Registry of Emissions Units Act 2011 ) to your Registry account (within the meaning of that Act) or your nominee ' s Registry account (within the meaning of that Act);
(iv) a Kyoto unit is transferred from your nominee ' s foreign account (within the meaning of the Australian National Registry of Emissions Units Act 2011 ) to your Registry account (within the meaning of that Act) or your nominee ' s Registry account (within the meaning of that Act);
(v) an *Australian carbon credit unit is transferred from your foreign account (within the meaning of the Carbon Credits (Carbon Farming Initiative) Act 2011 ) to your Registry account (within the meaning of the Australian National Registry of Emissions Units Act 2011 ) or your nominee ' s Registry account (within the meaning of the Australian National Registry of Emissions Units Act 2011 );
(vi) an *Australian carbon credit unit is transferred from your nominee ' s foreign account (within the meaning of the Carbon Credits (Carbon Farming Initiative) Act 2011 ) to your Registry account (within the meaning of the Australian National Registry of Emissions Units Act 2011 ) or your nominee ' s Registry account (within the meaning of the Australian National Registry of Emissions Units Act 2011 ); and
(b) as a result of the transfer, you start to *hold the unit as a *registered emissions unit; and
(c) just before the transfer, the unit was neither your *trading stock nor your *revenue asset.
104-205(2)
The time of the event is when you start to *hold the unit as a *registered emissions unit.
104-205(3)
You make a capital gain if the unit ' s *market value (just before you started to *hold the unit as a *registered emissions unit) is more than its *cost base. You make a capital loss if that market value is less than its *reduced cost base.
CGT event K2 happens if:
(a) you made a *net capital loss for an income year that, because of subsection 102-5(2) , cannot be applied in working out whether you made a *net capital gain for the income year or a later one; and
(b) you make a payment in an income year (the payment year ) in respect of a debt that was taken into account in working out the amount of that net capital loss; and
(c) ignoring subsection 102-5(2) , some part of the net capital loss (the denied part ) would have been applied (if you had made sufficient *capital gains) in working out whether you had made a *net capital gain for the payment year.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
104-210(2)
The time of the event is when you make the payment.
104-210(3)
You make a capital loss equal to the smallest of:
(a) the amount you paid; or
(b) that part of it that was taken into account in working out the denied part; or
(c) the denied part less the sum of *capital losses you made as a result of previous payments you made in respect of the debt that was taken into account in working out the denied part.
104-210(4)
In calculating that capital loss , disregard any amount you have received as *recoupment of the payment and that is not included in your assessable income.
SECTION 104-215 Asset passing to tax-advantaged entity: CGT event K3 104-215(1)
CGT event K3 happens if you die and a *CGT asset you owned just before dying *passes to a beneficiary in your estate who (when the asset passes):
(a) is an *exempt entity; or
(b) is the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity; or
(c) is a foreign resident.
(d) (Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
(e) (Repealed by No 41 of 2005)
104-215(2)
If the asset passes to a beneficiary who is a foreign resident, CGT event K3 happens only if:
(a) you were an Australian resident just before dying; and
(b) the asset (in the hands of the beneficiary) is not *taxable Australian property.
104-215(3)
The time of the event is just before you die.
104-215(4)
A capital gain is made if the *market value of the asset on the day you died is more than the asset ' s *cost base. A capital loss is made if that market value is less than the asset ' s *reduced cost base.
Note:
The trustee of the estate must include in the date of death return any net capital gain for the income year when you died.
Exception
104-215(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss is disregarded if you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
Note:
There is also an exception for certain philanthropic testamentary gifts: see section 118-60 .
CGT event K4 happens if:
(a) you start holding as *trading stock a *CGT asset you already own but do not hold as trading stock; and
(b) you elect under paragraph 70-30(1)(a) to be treated as having sold the asset for its *market value.
Note 1:
Paragraph 70-30(1)(a) allows you to elect the cost of the asset, or its market value, just before it became trading stock.
Note 2:
There is an exemption if you elect its cost: see section 118-25 .
104-220(2)
The time of the event is when you start.
104-220(3)
You make a capital gain if the asset ' s *market value (just before it became *trading stock) is more than its *cost base. You make a capital loss if that market value is less than its *reduced cost base.
Exception
104-220(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985.
CGT event K5 happens if the requirements in subsections (2), (3) and (4) are satisfied.
104-225(2)
There is a fall in the *market value of a *collectable of a company or trust.
104-225(3)
*CGT event A1, C2 or E8 happens to:
(a) *shares you own in the company (or in a company that is a member of the same *wholly-owned group); or
(b) an interest you have in the trust;
and there is no roll-over for that CGT event.
104-225(4)
As a result of the *capital proceeds from that event being replaced under section 116-80 :
(a) you make a *capital gain that you would not otherwise have made; or
(b) you do not make the *capital loss you would otherwise have made; or
(c) you make a capital loss that is less than you would otherwise have made.
Note:
The capital proceeds from that event are replaced with the market value of the shares or the interest in the trust as if the fall in the market value of collectables and personal use assets had not occurred: see section 116-80 .
104-225(5)
The time of CGT event K5 is the time of *CGT event A1, C2 or E8.
104-225(6)
You make a capital loss from a *collectable equal to:
less:
Example:
You own 50% of the shares in a company. You bought them in 1999 for $60,000. The company owns a painting worth $100,000 and another asset worth $20,000. The painting falls in value to $50,000.
In 1999 you sell your shares for $35,000 (the actual capital proceeds). You would otherwise make a capital loss of $25,000.
However, the actual capital proceeds are replaced with $60,000 (the market value of the shares if the painting had not fallen in value). You do not make a capital loss from selling the shares.
You do make a collectable loss equal to:
$60,000 − $35,000 = $25,000
Note:
You can subtract capital losses from collectables only from your capital gains from collectables: see section 108-10 .
SECTION 104-230 Pre-CGT shares or trust interest: CGT event K6 104-230(1)
CGT event K6 happens if:
(a) you own *shares in a company or an interest in a trust you *acquired before 20 September 1985; and
(b) *CGT event A1, C2, E1, E2, E3, E5, E6, E7, E8, J1 or K3 happens in relation to the shares or interest; and
(c) there is no roll-over for the other CGT event; and
(d) the applicable requirement in subsection (2) is satisfied.
104-230(2)
Just before the other event happened:
(a) the *market value of property of the company or trust (that is not its *trading stock) that was *acquired on or after 20 September 1985; or
(b) the market value of interests the company or trust owned through interposed companies or trusts in property (except trading stock) that was *acquired on or after 20 September 1985;
must be at least 75% of the *net value of the company or trust.
104-230(5)
The time of CGT event K6 is when the other event happens.
104-230(6)
You make a *capital gain equal to that part of the *capital proceeds from the *share or interest that is reasonably attributable to the amount by which the *market value of the property referred to in subsection (2) is more than the sum of the *cost bases of that property.
Note:
You cannot make a capital loss.
104-230(7)
This section applies to property that a company that is a foreign resident *acquired after 15 August 1989 from another company as if it were acquired before 20 September 1985 if:
(a) the other company acquired it before 20 September 1985; and
(b) the companies are members of the same *wholly-owned group; and
(c) the property is not *taxable Australian property.
104-230(8)
In working out the *net value of a company or trust for the purposes of subsection (2), disregard:
(a) the discharge or release of any liabilities; or
(b) the *market value of any *CGT assets acquired;
if the discharge or release, or the *acquisition, was done for a purpose that included ensuring that the requirement in subsection (2) would not be satisfied in a particular situation.
Exceptions
104-230(9)
CGT event K6 does not happen if:
(a) for a company referred to in subsection (2) - some of its *shares were listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or a foreign country at the time of the other event and at all times in the period of 5 years before the time of the other event; or
(b) for a trust referred to in subsection (2) that is a unit trust - some of its units were so listed, or were ordinarily available to the public for subscription or purchase, at the time of the other event and at all times in that period.
104-230(9A)
Paragraph (9)(a) applies to a case where:
(a) the company referred to in subsection (2) is a *demerged entity; and
(b) *shares in the demerged entity do not satisfy the test referred to in that paragraph; and
(c) the demerger happened not more than 5 years before the other CGT event happened;
as if shares in the demerged entity were listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or a foreign country at all times when some of the shares in the *head entity of the *demerger group were so listed.
Example:
Louise owns shares in a company which has been listed for 3 years. The company is the head entity of a demerger group. As part of a demerger, she receives new interests in a demerged entity. The demerged entity then lists in its own right.
Since the head entity was listed for only 3 years, the demerged entity must remain listed for 2 years before Louise ' s new interests become eligible for the exception from CGT event K6.
104-230(9B)
Paragraph (9)(b) applies to a case where:
(a) the trust referred to in subsection (2) is a *demerged entity and a unit trust; and
(b) units in the demerged entity do not satisfy the test referred to in that paragraph; and
(c) the demerger happened not more than 5 years before the other CGT event happened;
as if units in the demerged entity were listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or a foreign country, or were ordinarily available to the public for subscription or purchase, at all times when some of the units in the *head entity of the *demerger group were so listed or available.
104-230(10)
A *capital gain is disregarded for a *share in a company or an interest in a trust to the extent that, had you *acquired it on or after 20 September 1985, you could have chosen a roll-over for the other *CGT event under Subdivision 124-M (scrip for scrip roll-over).
Example:
Bill owns a unit in a trust that he acquired before 20 September 1985. He exchanges the unit for a unit in another trust worth $60 and $40 cash. He makes a capital gain of $50 because of CGT event K6.
Had the unit been acquired after 20 September 1985, Bill would have been entitled to a partial roll-over of the capital gain under Subdivision 124-M to the extent that his capital proceeds constituted a replacement unit.
Bill can therefore disregard 60/100 of the $50 gain ($30). The cost base of Bill ' s replacement unit is reduced by this amount. Bill must include the remaining $20 of the CGT event K6 gain in the calculation of his net capital gain or loss for the year.
Note:
A capital gain or loss made by a demerging entity from CGT event K6 happening as a result of a demerger is also disregarded: see section 125-155 .
SECTION 104-235 Balancing adjustment events for depreciating assets and certain assets used for R & D: CGT event K7 104-235(1)
CGT event K7 happens if:
(a) a *balancing adjustment event occurs for a *depreciating asset you *held; and
(b) at some time when you held the asset, you used it, or had it *installed ready for use, for:
(i) a purpose other than a *taxable purpose; or
(ii) the purpose to which paragraphs 40-27(2)(a) and (b) relate (about second-hand assets in residential property).
104-235(1A)
However, subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) you are an *R & D entity and you could deduct an amount under section 40-25 for the *depreciating asset if the following assumptions were made:
(i) despite paragraph 40-30(1)(c) and subsection 40-30(2) , all intangible assets were excluded from the definition of depreciating asset in section 40-30 ;
(ii) subsection 40-45(2) did not, except in the case of buildings, prevent Division 40 from applying to capital works to which Division 43 applies, or to which Division43 would apply but for expenditure being incurred, or capital works being started, before a particular day;
(iii) you satisfied any relevant requirement for deductibility under Division 40 ; or
(b) there is roll-over relief for the *balancing adjustment event under section 40-340 of this Act; or
(c) the asset is one for which you or another entity has deducted or can deduct amounts under Subdivision 40-F or 40-G .
104-235(1AA)
Without limiting subsection (1A), if the asset is a vessel for which:
(a) you have a * shipping exempt income certificate; or
(b) you have at any time had such a certificate;
subsection (1) does not apply in relation to the asset to the extent that you are using, or at any time have used, it to produce income that is exempt under section 51-100 .
104-235(1B)
CGT event K7 also happens if:
(a) you are an *R & D entity; and
(b) a *balancing adjustment event occurs for a *depreciating asset you *held; and
(c) when you held the asset, you could deduct an amount under section 40-25 for the asset if the assumptions set out in paragraph (1A)(a) were made; and
(d) at some time when you held the asset:
(i) you used it other than for a taxable purpose or for the purpose of conducting *R & D activities for which you were registered under section 27A of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 ; or
(ii) you had it installed ready for use other than for a taxable purpose.
Note:
For subparagraph (d)(i), disregard any use of the asset for the purpose of carrying on research and development activities (within the meaning of former section 73B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ): see section 104-235 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
104-235(2)
The time of *CGT event K7 is when the *balancing adjustment event occurs.
104-235(3)
Any *capital gain or *capital loss is worked out:
(a) under section 104-240 ; or
(b) under section 104-245 if the *depreciating asset was allocated to a low-value pool.
104-235(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if:
(a) the *depreciating asset covered by subsection (1) or (1B) is a *pre-CGT asset; or
(b) you can deduct an amount for the asset under Division 328 (about the small business entities) for the income year in which the *balancing adjustment event occurred.
SECTION 104-240 Working out capital gain or loss for CGT event K7: general case 104-240(1)
You make a capital gain if the *termination value of the *depreciating asset covered by subsection 104-235(1) or (1B) is more than its *cost. The amount of the *capital gain is:

where:
sum of reductions
is the sum of:
(a) if the *depreciating asset is covered by subsection 104-235(1) - the reductions in your deductions for the asset under sections 40-25 and 40-27 ; or
(b) if the depreciating asset is covered by subsection 104-235(1B) - the reductions that would have been required under section 40-25 on the assumption that using the asset for a *taxable purpose included using it for the purpose of conducting *R & D activities for which you were registered under section 27A of the Industry Research and Development Act 1986 .
total decline
is the decline in value of the *depreciating asset since you started to *hold it.
Note 1:
This subsection applies in a modified way if you used the asset for the purpose of carrying on research and development activities (within the meaning of former section 73B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ): see section 104-235 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 2:
The CGT concepts of cost base and capital proceeds are not relevant for this event.
104-240(2)
You make a capital loss if the *cost of the *depreciating asset covered by subsection 104-235(1) or (1B) is more than its *termination value. The amount of the *capital loss is:

where:
sum of reductions and total decline have the same meanings as in subsection (1).
104-240(3)
In applying subsection (1) or (2) , reduce the *termination value of the *depreciating asset by so much of an amount misappropriated by your employee or *agent (whether by theft, embezzlement, larceny or otherwise) as represents an amount applicable to you under:
(a) item 8 of the table in subsection 40-300(2) ; or
(b) item 1, 3, 4 or 6 of the table in subsection 40-305(1) ;
in relation to the *balancing adjustment event.
104-240(4)
If you later receive an amount as *recoupment of all or part of the amount misappropriated, the amount applicable under subsection (3) is increased by the amount received.
104-240(5)
Section 170 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not prevent the amendment of an assessment for the purposes of giving effect to this section for an income year if:
(a) you discover the misappropriation, or you receive an amount as *recoupment of all or part of the amount misappropriated, after you lodged your *income tax return for the income year; and
(b) the amendment is made at any time during the period of 4 years starting immediately after you discover the misappropriation or receive the amount.
SECTION 104-245 Working out capital gain or loss for CGT event K7: pooled assets 104-245(1)
You make a capital gain if the *depreciating asset ' s *termination value is more than its *cost. The amount of the *capital gain is:
[*Termination value − *Cost] × [1 − Taxable use fraction] |
where:
taxable use fraction
is the taxable use percentage (expressed as a fraction) that you estimated for the asset when you allocated it to the pool.
Note:
The CGT concepts of cost base and capital proceeds are not relevant for this event.
104-245(2)
You make a capital loss if the *depreciating asset ' s *cost is more than its *termination value. The amount of the *capital loss is:
[*Cost − *Termination value] × [1 − Taxable use fraction] |
where:
taxable use fraction
has the same meaning as in subsection (1).
104-245(3)
In applying subsection (1) or (2) , reduce the *termination value of the *depreciating asset by so much of an amount misappropriated by your employee or *agent (whether by theft, embezzlement, larceny or otherwise) as represents an amount applicable to you under:
(a) item 8 of the table in subsection 40-300(2) ; or
(b) item 1, 3, 4 or 6 of the table in subsection 40-305(1) ;
in relation to the *balancing adjustment event.
104-245(4)
If you later receive an amount as *recoupment of all or part of the amount misappropriated, the amount applicable under subsection (3) is increased by the amount received.
104-245(5)
Section 170 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not prevent the amendment of an assessment for the purposes of giving effect to this section for an income year if:
(a) you discover the misappropriation, or you receive an amount as *recoupment of all or part of the amount misappropriated, after you lodged your *income tax return for the income year; and
(b) the amendment is made at any time during the period of 4 years starting immediately after you discover the misappropriation or receive the amount.
SECTION 104-250 Direct value shifts: CGT event K8 104-250(1)
CGT event K8 happens if there is a *taxing event generating a gain for a *down interest under section 725-245 .
Note:
That section sets out some of the CGT consequences of a direct value shift for affected owners of down interests. See also the rest of Division 725 .
104-250(2)
The time of the event is the *decrease time for the *down interest.
104-250(3)
You make a capital gain equal to the gain generated for the taxing event.
Note:
You cannot make a capital loss.
104-250(4)
If, because of the same *direct value shift, there are 2 or more *taxing events generating a gain that are covered by subsection (1), CGT event K8 happens for each of those taxing events, and you make a separate capital gain for each.
Exceptions
104-250(5)
A *capital gain is disregarded if the *down interest is a *pre-CGT asset.
CGT event K9 happens if you become entitled to receive a *payment of a *carried interest of a *general partner in a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP or an *AFOF or a *limited partner in a *VCMP.
104-255(2)
The time of the event is the time you become entitled to receive the *payment.
104-255(3)
You make a capital gain equal to the *capital proceeds from the *CGT event.
Note:
You cannot make a capital loss.
Meaning of carried interest
104-255(4)
The carried interest of a *general partner in a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP or an *AFOF is the partner ' s entitlement to a distribution from the VCLP, ESVCLP or AFOF, to the extent that the distribution is contingent upon the attainment of profits for the *limited partners in the VCLP, ESVCLP or AFOF.
[ CCH Note: Act No 78 of 2007 , s 3 and Sch 8 item 111 inserts " , ESVCLP " after " VCLP " , in s 104-255(4), however there are two instances of " VCLP " in s 104-255(4). CCH has inserted " , ESVCLP " in both instances as it is presumed that this was the intention.]
104-255(5)
The carried interest of a *limited partner in a *VCMP is the partner ' s entitlement to a distribution from the VCMP, to the extent that the distribution is contingent upon the attainment of profits for the *limited partners in the VCLP, ESVCLP or AFOF in which the VCMP is a *general partner.
104-255(6)
The carried interest does not include:
(a) any part of the partner ' s entitlement to that distribution that is attributable to a fee (by whatever name called) for the management of the *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *VCMP; or
(b) any part of the partner ' s entitlement to that distribution that is attributable to the partner ' s *equity interest in the VCLP, ESVCLP, AFOF or VCMP.
Meaning of payment of carried interest
104-255(7)
Payment , of a *carried interest, includes:
(a) a payment that is attributable to the carried interest; or
(b) the giving of property in satisfaction of the carried interest: see section 103-5 ; or
(c) the giving of property in satisfaction of an entitlement that is attributable to the carried interest: see section 103-5 .
CGT event K10 happens if:
(a) you make a *forex realisation gain as a result of forex realisation event 2; and
(b) item 1 of the table in subsection 775-70(1) applies.
104-260(2)
The time of the event is when the forex realisation event happens.
104-260(3)
You make a capital gain equal to the *forex realisation gain.
Note:
You cannot make a capital loss under CGT event K10. However, if you make a forex realisation loss covered by item 1 of the table in subsection 775-75(1) , you will make a capital loss under CGT event K11 (see section 104-265 ).
SECTION 104-265 Certain short-term forex realisation losses: CGT event K11 104-265(1)
CGT event K11 happens if:
(a) you make a *forex realisation loss as a result of forex realisation event 2; and
(b) item 1 of the table in subsection 775-75(1) applies.
104-265(2)
The time of the event is when the forex realisation event happens.
104-265(3)
You make a capital loss equal to the *forex realisation loss.
Note:
You cannot make a capital gain under CGT event K11. However, if you make a forex realisation gain covered by item 1 of the table in subsection 775-70(1) , you will make a capital gain under CGT event K10 (see section 104-260 ).
SECTION 104-270 Foreign hybrids: CGT event K12 104-270(1)
CGT event K12 happens if, in accordance with paragraph 830-50(2)(b) or (3)(b), you make a *capital loss under this section for an income year.
104-270(2)
The time of the event is just before the end of the income year.
104-270(3)
You make a capital loss equal to the amount applicable under paragraph 830-50(2)(b) or (3)(b).
Subdivision 104-L - Consolidated groups and MEC groups
CGT event L1 happens if, under section 705-57 (including in its application in accordance with Subdivisions 705-B to 705-E ), there is a reduction in the *tax cost setting amount of assets of an entity that becomes a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group.
104-500(2)
The time of the event is just after the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group.
104-500(3)
For the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) , the *head company makes a capital loss equal to the reduction.
104-500(4)
The amount of the capital loss that can be applied to reduce the head company ' s *capital gains for the first income year ending after the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group (the first income year ) cannot exceed ⅕ of the *capital loss.
104-500(5)
The amount of the *net capital loss from the first income year, to the extent the amount is attributable to the *capital loss (the extent being the event L1 attributable loss ), that can be applied to reduce the head company ' s *capital gains for a later income year cannot exceed the amount worked out for the year using the following table:
Limit on applying event L1 attributable loss | ||
Item | For this income year: | The amount of the event L1 attributable loss that can be applied cannot exceed: |
1 | For the second income year ending after the entity became a *subsidiary member | The difference between:
(a) ⅖ of the *capital loss; and (b) the amount of the capital loss that was applied in accordance with subsection (4) for the first income year. |
2 | For the third income year ending after the entity became a *subsidiary member | The difference between:
(a) ⅗ of the *capital loss; and (b) the sum of the amount mentioned in paragraph (b) of item 1 and the amount of the event L1 attributable loss that was applied to reduce the entity ' s *capital gains for the next income year after the first income year. |
3 | For the fourth income year ending after the entity became a *subsidiary member | The difference between:
(a) ⅘ of the *capital loss; and (b) the sum of the amount mentioned in paragraph (b) of item 1 and the amounts of the event L1 attributable loss that were applied to reduce the entity ' s *capital gains for earlier income years ending after the first income year. |
4 | For the fifth income year ending after the entity became a *subsidiary member, or for any later income year | The difference between:
(a) the *capital loss; and (b) the sum of the amount mentioned in paragraph (b) of item 1 and the amounts of the event L1 attributable loss that were applied to reduce the entity ' s *capital gains for earlier income years ending after the first income year. |
SECTION 104-505 Where pre-formation intra-group roll-over reduction results in negative allocable cost amount: CGT event L2 104-505(1)
CGT event L2 happens if:
(a) an entity becomes a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group; and
(b) in working out the group ' s *allocable cost amount for the entity, the amount remaining after applying step 3A of the table in section 705-60 is negative.
104-505(2)
The time of the event is just after the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group.
104-505(3)
For the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) , the *head company makes a capital gain equal to the amount remaining.
SECTION 104-510 Where tax cost setting amounts for retained cost base assets exceeds joining allocable cost amount: CGT event L3 104-510(1)
CGT event L3 happens if:
(a) an entity becomes a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group; and
(b) the sum of the *tax cost setting amounts for all *retained cost base assets that are taken into account under paragraph 705-35(1)(b) in working out the tax cost setting amount of each reset cost base asset of the entity exceeds the group ' s *allocable cost amount for the entity.
104-510(2)
The time of the event is just after the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group.
104-510(3)
For the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) , the *head company makes a capital gain equal to the excess.
SECTION 104-515 Where no reset cost base assets and excess of net allocable cost amount on joining: CGT event L4 104-515(1)
CGT event L4 happens if:
(a) an entity becomes a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group; and
(b) in working out the *tax cost setting amount for assets of the entity in accordance with section 705-35 (including in its application in accordance with Subdivisions 705-B to 705-D ), there is an amount that results after applying paragraphs 705-35(1)(b) and (c) (including in their application in accordance with those Subdivisions); and
Note:
Section 705-35 is about the tax cost setting amount for reset cost base assets.
(c) it is not possible to allocate, in accordance with the latter paragraph, the amount that results because there are no reset cost base assets of the kind mentioned in that paragraph.
104-515(2)
The time of the event is just after the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group.
104-515(3)
For the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) , the *head company makes a capital loss equal to the amount that results.
SECTION 104-520 Where amount remaining after step 4 of leaving allocable cost amount is negative: CGT event L5 104-520(1)
CGT event L5 happens if:
(a) an entity ceases to be a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group; and
(b) in working out the group ' s *allocable cost amount for the entity, the amount remaining after applying step 4 of the table in section 711-20 is negative.
104-520(2)
The time of the event is when the entity ceases to be a *subsidiary member of the group.
104-520(3)
For the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) , the *head company makes a capital gain equal to the amount remaining.
Note:
The amount remaining may be reduced under section 707-415 .
SECTION 104-525 Error in calculation of tax cost setting amount for joining entity ' s assets: CGT event L6 104-525(1)
CGT event L6 happens if:
(a) you are the *head company of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group; and
(b) the conditions in section 705-315 (about errors in tax cost setting amounts) are satisfied for a *subsidiary member of the group; and
(c) you have a *net overstated amount or a *net understated amount for the subsidiary member.
104-525(2)
The time of the event is the start of the income year in which the Commissioner becomes aware of the errors.
104-525(3)
You work out whether you have a net overstated amount or net understated amount using this table:
Meaning of net overstated amount and net understated amount | ||
Item | In this situation: | There is this result: |
1 | There are one or more overstated amounts under section 705-315 for the *subsidiary member but no understated amount under that section for the subsidiary member | There is a net overstated amount . It is the overstated amount, or the sum of the overstated amounts. |
2 | There are one or more understated amounts under section 705-315 for the *subsidiary member but no overstated amount under that section for the subsidiary member | There is a net understated amount . It is the understated amount, or the sum of the understated amounts. |
3 | There are both one or more overstated amounts and one or more understated amounts under section 705-315 for the *subsidiary member and the sum of the overstated amounts exceeds the sum of the understated amounts | There is a net overstated amount . It is the difference between those sums |
4 | There are both one or more overstated amounts and one or more understated amounts under section 705-315 for the *subsidiary member and the sum of the overstated amounts is less than the sum of the understated amounts | There is a net understated amount . It is the difference between those sums |
104-525(4)
If the time when the Commissioner becomes aware of the errors is within the period within which the Commissioner may amend all of the assessments necessary to correct the errors, then, for the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) :
(a) if you have a *net overstated amount - you make a capital gain equal to that amount; or
(b) if you have a *net understated amount - you make a capital loss equal to that amount.
104-525(5)
If the time when the Commissioner becomes aware of the errors is not within that period, then, for the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) :
(a) if you have a *net overstated amount - you make a capital gain of the amount worked out under subsection (6); or
(b) if you have a *net understated amount - you make a capital loss of the amount worked out under subsection (6).
104-525(6)
The amount of the *capital gain or *capital loss is worked out as follows:
Stated amount | × |
Current asset setting amount
Original asset setting amount |
where:
current asset setting amount
means the *tax cost setting amount for all assets referred to in subsection
705-315(2)
as reset cost base assets that the *head company of the *consolidated group or the *MEC group held continuously from the time when the *subsidiary member joined the group until the start of the head company
'
s income year that is the earliest income year for which the Commissioner could amend the head company
'
s assessment to correct any of the errors.
original asset setting amount
means the *tax cost setting amount for all assets referred to in subsection
705-315(2)
as reset cost base assets that the *subsidiary member held at the time it joined the group.
stated amount
means the *net overstated amount or the *net understated amount, as the case requires.
104-530 (Repealed) SECTION 104-530 Discharged amount of liability differs from amount for allocable cost amount purposes: CGT event L7
(Repealed by No 56 of 2010)
CGT event L8 happens if:
(a) an entity becomes a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group; and
(b) the *tax cost setting amount for a reset cost base asset of the entity is reduced under subsection 705-40(1) (including in its application in accordance with Subdivisions 705-B to 705-D ); and
(c) some or all (the unallocated amount ) of the reduction cannot be allocated as mentioned in subsection 705-40(2) .
104-535(2)
The time of the event is just after the entity becomes a *subsidiary member of the group.
104-535(3)
For the head company core purposes mentioned in subsection 701-1(2) , the *head company makes a capital loss equal to the unallocated amount.
Division 106 - Entity making the gain or loss
This Division sets out the cases where a capital gain or loss is made by someone other than the entity to which a CGT event happens.
The entities affected are:
Any *capital gain or *capital loss from a *CGT event happening in relation to a partnership or one of its *CGT assets is made by the partners individually.
Each partner ' s gain or loss is calculated by reference to the partnership agreement, or partnership law if there is no agreement.
Example 1:
A partnership creates contractual rights in another entity (CGT event D1). Each partner ' s capital gain or loss is calculated by allocating an appropriate share of the capital proceeds from the event and the incidental costs that relate to the event (according to the partnership agreement, or partnership law if there is no agreement).
Example 2:
Helen and Clare set up a business in partnership. Helen contributes a block of land to the partnership capital. Their partnership agreement recognises that Helen has a 75% interest in the land and Clare 25%. The agreement is silent as to their interests in other assets and profit sharing.
When the land is sold, Helen ' s capital gain or loss will be determined on the basis of her 75% interest. For other partnership assets, Helen ' s gain or loss will be determined on the basis of her 50% interest (under the relevant Partnership Act).
106-5(2)
Each partner has a separate *cost base and *reduced cost base for the partner ' s interest in each *CGT asset of the partnership.
106-5(3)
If a partner leaves a partnership, a remaining partner *acquires a separate *CGT asset to the extent that the remaining partner acquires a share of the departing partner ' s interest in a partnership asset.
Note:
The remaining partners would not be affected if the departing partner sells its interests to an entity that was not a partner.
Example:
(Indexation is ignored for the purpose of this example).
John, Wil and Patricia form a partnership (in equal shares).
John contributes a building (which is a pre-20 September 1985 asset) having a market value of $200,000. Wil and Patricia contribute $200,000 each in cash.
The partnership buys another asset for $400,000.
John is taken to have disposed of 2/3 of his interest in the building (1/3 to Wil and 1/3 to Patricia). His remaining 1/3 share in the building remains a pre-CGT asset. The 1/3 shares that Wil and Patricia acquire are post-CGT assets.
Wil retires from the partnership when the partnership assets have a market value of $1,200,000 ($500,000 for the building and $700,000 for the other asset). John and Patricia pay Wil $400,000 for his interest in the partnership.
Wil has a capital gain of $100,000 on the building and $100,000 on the other asset. John and Patricia each acquire an additional 1/6 interest in the partnership assets. These additional interests are separate assets and post-CGT assets.
106-5(4)
If a new partner is admitted to a partnership:
(a) the new partner *acquires a share (according to the partnership agreement, or partnership law if there is no agreement) of each partnership asset; and
(b) the existing partners are treated as having *disposed of part of their interest in each partnership asset to the extent that the new partner has acquired it.
Example:
(Indexation is ignored for the purpose of this example).
Lyn and Barry form a partnership, each contributing $15,000 to its capital. The partnership buys land for $30,000.
The land increases in value to $300,000.
Andrew is admitted as an equal partner, paying Lyn and Barry $50,000 each to acquire a 1/3 share in the land. His cost base is $100,000.
Lyn and Barry have each disposed of 1/3 of their interest in the land. Each has a cost base for that interest of $5,000, and capital proceeds of $50,000, leaving them with a capital gain of $45,000 each on Andrew ' s admission to the partnership.
The land is sold for its market value.
Andrew has no capital gain on the land.
Lyn and Barry have disposed of their remaining 2/3 original interest in the land for capital proceeds of $100,000, leaving each of them with a capital gain of:
$100,000 − ($15,000 − $5,000) = $90,000
106-5(5)
(Repealed by No 119 of 2002)
Subdivision 106-B - Bankruptcy and liquidation SECTION 106-30 Effect of bankruptcy 106-30(1)
For the purposes of this Part and Part 3-3 (about capital gains and losses) and Subdivision 328-C (What is a small business entity), the vesting of the individual ' s *CGT assets in the trustee under the Bankruptcy Act 1966 or under a similar foreign law is ignored.
106-30(2)
This Part, Part 3-3 and Subdivision 328-C apply to an act done in relation to a *CGT asset of an individual in these circumstances as if the act had been done by the individual (instead of by the trustee etc.):
(a) as a result of the bankruptcy of the individual by the Official Trustee in Bankruptcy or a registered trustee, or the holder of a similar office under a *foreign law;
(b) by a trustee under a personal insolvency agreement made under Part X of the Bankruptcy Act 1966 , or under a similar instrument under a foreign law;
(c) by a trustee as a result of an arrangement with creditors under that Act or a foreign law.
Example:
A CGT asset of an individual vests in a trustee because of the bankruptcy of the individual. No CGT event happens as a result of the vesting.
The trustee later sells the CGT asset. Any capital gain or loss is made by the individual, not the trustee.
SECTION 106-35 Effect of liquidation 106-35(1)
For the purposes of this Part and Part 3-3 (about capital gains and losses) and Subdivision 328-C (What is a small business entity), the vesting of a company ' s * CGT assets in a liquidator, or the holder of a similar office under a * foreign law , is ignored.
106-35(2)
This Part, Part 3-3 and Subdivision 328-C apply to an act done by a liquidator of a company, or the holder of a similar office under a * foreign law , as if the act had been done by the company (instead of by the liquidator etc.).
Example:
Ben, a liquidator of a company, sells a CGT asset of the company. Any capital gain or loss is made by the company, not by Ben.
Subdivision 106-C - Absolutely entitled beneficiaries
For the purposes of this Part and Part 3-3 (about capital gains and losses) and Subdivision 328-C (What is a small business entity), from just after the time you become absolutely entitled to a * CGT asset as against the trustee of a trust (disregarding any legal disability), the asset is treated as being your asset (instead of being an asset of the trust).
106-50(2)
This Part, Part 3-3 and Subdivision 328-C apply, from just after the time you become absolutely entitled to a * CGT asset as against the trustee of a trust (disregarding any legal disability), to an act done in relation to the asset by the trustee as if the act had been done by you (instead of by the trustee).
Example:
An individual becomes absolutely entitled to a CGT asset of a trust. The trustee later sells the asset. Any capital gain or loss from the sale is made by the individual, not the trustee.
Subdivision 106-D - Securities, charges and encumbrances
For the purposes of this Part and Part 3-3 (about capital gains and losses) and Subdivision 328-C (What is a small business entity):
(a) the vesting of a * CGT asset in an entity is ignored, if:
(i) the vesting is for the purpose of enforcing, giving effect to or maintaining a security, charge or encumbrance over the asset; and
(ii) the security, charge or encumbrance remains over the asset just after the vesting; and
(b) a CGT asset is treated as vesting in an entity at the time a security, charge or encumbrance ceases to be over the asset, if:
(i) the entity holds the asset just after that time because the asset vested in the entity at an earlier time; and
(ii) that earlier vesting was ignored under paragraph (a) because it was for the purpose of enforcing, giving effect to or maintaining the security, charge or encumbrance.
106-60(2)
This Part, Part 3-3 and Subdivision 328-C apply to an act done by an entity (or an * agent of the entity) in relation to a * CGT asset for the purpose of enforcing, giving effect to or maintaining a security, charge or encumbrance over the asset as if the act had been done by the entity that provided the security (instead of by the first-mentioned entity or its agent).
Example:
A CGT asset of a borrower vests in a lender as security for a loan. No CGT event happens as a result of the vesting.
If the borrower fails to make payments on the loan and the lender sells the CGT asset under the security arrangement, any capital gain or loss is made by the borrower, not the lender.
Division 108 - CGT assets
This Division defines the various categories of assets that are relevant to working out your capital gains and losses. They are CGT assets, collectables and personal use assets.
It also tells you how capital losses from collectables and personal use assets are relevant to working out your net capital gain or loss.
It also sets out when land, buildings and capital improvements are taken to be separate CGT assets.
A CGT asset is:
(a) any kind of property; or
(b) a legal or equitable right that is not property.
108-5(2)
To avoid doubt, these are CGT assets :
(a) part of, or an interest in, an asset referred to in subsection (1);
(b) goodwill or an interest in it;
(c) an interest in an asset of a partnership;
(d) an interest in a partnership that is not covered by paragraph (c).
Note 1:
Examples of CGT assets are:
Note 2:
An asset is not a CGT asset if the asset was last acquired before 26 June 1992 and was not an asset for the purposes of former Part IIIA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 : see section 108-5 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
SECTION 108-7 108-7 Interest in CGT assets as joint tenants
Individuals who own a *CGT asset as joint tenants are treated as if they each owned a separate CGT asset constituted by an equal interest in the asset and as if each of them held that interest as a tenant in common.
Note:
Section 128-50 contains rules that apply when a joint tenant dies.
In working out your *net capital gain or *net capital loss for the income year, *capital losses from *collectables can be used only to reduce *capital gains from collectables.
Note:
You choose the order in which you reduce your capital gains from collectables by your capital losses from collectables.
Example:
Your capital gains from collectables total $200 and your capital losses from collectables total $400. You have other capital gains of $500. You have a net capital gain of $500 and a net capital loss from collectables of $200.
The losses from collectables cannot be used to reduce the $500 capital gain.
108-10(2)
A collectable is:
(a) *artwork, jewellery, an antique, or a coin or medallion; or
(b) a rare folio, manuscript or book; or
(c) a postage stamp or first day cover;
that is used or kept mainly for your (or your *associate's) personal use or enjoyment.
108-10(3)
These are also collectables :
(a) an interest in any of the things covered by subsection (2); or
(b) a debt that arises from any of those things; or
(c) an option or right to *acquire any of those things.
Note:
Collectables acquired for $500 or less are exempt. However, you get an exemption for an interest in one only if the market value of all the interests combined is $500 or less: see Subdivision 118-A .
108-10(4)
If some or all of a *capital loss from a *collectable cannot be applied in an income year, the unapplied amount can be applied in the next income year for which your *capital gains from *collectables exceed your *capital losses (if any) from collectables.
Example:
You have a capital gain from a collectable for the income year of $200 and a capital loss from another collectable of $600.
Your capital loss from one collectable reduces your capital gain from the other to zero. You cannot apply the remaining $400 of the capital loss in this income year, but you can apply it in a later income year.
108-10(5)
If you have 2 or more unapplied *net capital losses from *collectables, you must apply them in the order you made them.
SECTION 108-15 Sets of collectables 108-15(1)
This section sets out what happens if:
(a) you own *collectables that are a set; and
(b) they would ordinarily be *disposed of as a set; and
(c) you dispose of them in one or more transactions for the purpose of trying to obtain the exemption in section 118-10 .
Example:
You buy a set of 3 books for $900. You apportion the $900 among each book: see section 112-30 . If the books are of equal value, you have acquired each one for $300.
If you dispose of each book individually, you would ordinarily obtain the exemption in section 118-10 , because you acquired each one for less than $500.
108-15(2)
The set of *collectables is taken to be a single *collectable and each of your *disposals is a disposal of part of that collectable.
Example:
To continue the example, the 3 books are taken to be a single collectable. You will not obtain the exemption in section 118-10 , because you acquired the set for more than $500.
You work out if you make a capital gain or loss from a disposal of part of an asset by comparing the capital proceeds from it with the cost base or reduced cost base (as appropriate) of the disposed part.
Note 1:
Section 112-30 tells you how to apportion the cost base and reduced cost base of a CGT asset on a disposal of part of an asset.
Note 2:
This section does not apply to a collectable you last acquired before 16 December 1995: see section 108-15 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
SECTION 108-17 108-17 Cost base of a collectable
In working out the *cost base of a *collectable, disregard the third element (about costs of ownership).
In working out your *net capital gain or *net capital loss for the income year, any *capital loss you make from a *personal use asset is disregarded.
108-20(2)
A personal use asset is:
(a) a *CGT asset (except a *collectable) that is used or kept mainly for your (or your *associate's) personal use or enjoyment; or
(b) an option or right to *acquire a *CGT asset of that kind; or
(c) a debt arising from a *CGT event in which the *CGT asset the subject of the event was one covered by paragraph (a); or
(d) a debt arising other than:
(i) in the course of gaining or producing your assessable income; or
(ii) from your carrying on a *business.
Note 1:
There is an exemption for a personal use asset you acquire for $10,000 or less: see section 118-10 .
Note 2:
A debt arising from a CGT event involving a CGT asset kept mainly for your personal use and enjoyment is a personal use asset to prevent any loss arising from the debt being a normal capital loss.
108-20(3)
A personal use asset does not include land, a *stratum unit or a building or structure that is taken to be a separate *CGT asset because of Subdivision 108-D .
SECTION 108-25 Sets of personal use assets 108-25(1)
This section sets out what happens if:
(a) you own *personal use assets that are a set; and
(b) they would ordinarily be *disposed of as a set; and
(c) you dispose of them in one or more transactions for the purpose of trying to obtain the exemption in section 118-10 .
108-25(2)
The set of *personal use assets is taken to be a single *personal use asset and each of your *disposals is a disposal of part of that asset.
SECTION 108-30 108-30 Cost base of a personal use asset
In working out the *cost base of a *personal use asset, disregard the third element (about the costs of ownership).
SECTION 108-50 What this Subdivision is about
For CGT purposes, there are:
Note:
In addition to the circumstances set out in this Subdivision, separate asset treatment can apply under section 124-595 (about a roll-over for a Crown lease) and section 124-725 (about a roll-over for a prospecting or mining entitlement).
Operative provisions | |
108-55 | When is a building a separate asset from land? |
108-60 | Depreciating asset that is part of a building is a separate asset |
108-65 | Land adjacent to land acquired before 20 September 1985 |
108-70 | When is a capital improvement a separate asset? |
108-75 | Capital improvements to CGT assets for which a roll-over may be available |
108-80 | Deciding if capital improvements are related to each other |
108-85 | Meaning of improvement threshold |
SECTION 108-55 When is a building a separate asset from land? 108-55(1)
A building or structure on land that you *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 is taken to be a separate *CGT asset from the land if one of these balancing adjustment provisions applies to the building or structure (whether or not there is a balancing adjustment):
(a) Subdivision 40-D ; or
(b) section 355-315 or 355-525 (about R & D).
Example:
You construct a timber mill building on land you own. The building is subject to a balancing adjustment on its disposal, loss or destruction. It is taken to be a separate CGT asset from the land.
108-55(2)
A building or structure that is constructed on land that you *acquired before 20 September 1985 is taken to be a separate *CGT asset from the land if:
(a) you entered into a contract for the construction on or after that day; or
(b) if there is no contract - the construction started on or after that day.
Example:
You bought a block of land with a building on it on 10 August 1984. On 1 December 1999 you construct another building on the land. The other building is taken to be a separate CGT asset from the land.
A *depreciating asset that is part of a building or structure is taken to be a separate *CGT asset from the building or structure.
Example:
You own a factory from which you carry on a business. You install rest rooms for your employees. The plumbing fixtures and fittings are depreciating assets. These are taken to be a separate CGT asset from the factory.
Land that you *acquire on or after 20 September 1985 that is adjacent to land (the original land ) you acquired before that day is taken to be a separate *CGT asset from the original land if it and the original land are amalgamated into one title.
Example:
On 1 April 1984 you bought a block of land. On 1 June 1999 you bought another block of land adjacent to the first block. You amalgamate the titles to the 2 blocks into 1 title.
The second block is treated as a separate CGT asset. You can make a capital gain or loss from it if you sell the whole area of land.
Improvements to land
108-70(1)
A capital improvement to land is taken to be a separate *CGT asset from the land if one of the balancing adjustment provisions set out in subsection 108-55(1) applies to the improvement (whether or not there is a balancing adjustment).
Example:
You own land that you use for pastoral operations. You build some fences that are destroyed by fire. The fences are depreciating assets and are subject to a balancing adjustment on their destruction under Division 40 . The fences are taken to be a separate CGT asset from the land.
Unrelated improvements to pre-CGT assets
108-70(2)
A capital improvement to a *CGT asset (the original asset ) that you *acquired before 20 September 1985 (that is not related to any other capital improvement to the asset) is taken to be a separate *CGT asset if its *cost base (assuming it were a separate CGT asset) when a *CGT event happens (except one that happens because of your death) in relation to the original asset is:
(a) more than the *improvement threshold for the income year in which the event happened; and
(b) more than 5% of the *capital proceeds from the event.
Example:
In 1983 you bought a boat. In 1999 you install a new mast (a capital improvement) for $30,000. Later, you sell the boat for $150,000.
If the cost base of the improvement in the sale year is $41,000 and the improvement threshold for that year is $96,000, the improvement will not be treated as a separate asset.
Note 1:
Section 108-80 sets out the factors for deciding whether capital improvements are related to each other.
Note 2:
If the improvement is a separate asset, the capital proceeds from the event must be apportioned between the original asset and the improvement: see section 116-40 .
Related improvements to pre-CGT assets
108-70(3)
Capital improvements to a *CGT asset (the original asset ) that you *acquired before 20 September 1985 that are related to each other are taken to be a separate *CGT asset if the total of their *cost bases (assuming each one were a separate CGT asset) when a *CGT event happens in relation to the original asset is:
(a) more than the *improvement threshold for the income year in which the event happened; and
(b) more than 5% of the *capital proceeds from the event.
Note:
If the improvements are a separate asset, the capital proceeds from the event must be apportioned between the original asset and the improvements: see section 116-40 .
Some improvements not relevant
108-70(4)
This section does not apply to a capital improvement:
(a) that took place under a contract that you entered into before 20 September 1985; or
(b) if there is no contract - that started or occurred before that day.
108-70(5)
Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply if the capital improvement is made to:
(a) a *Crown lease; or
(b) a *prospecting entitlement or *mining entitlement; or
(c) a *statutory licence; or
(d) a *depreciating asset to which Subdivision 124-K applies.
Note:
Section 108-75 deals with this situation.
108-70(6)
This section does not apply to a capital improvement consisting of repairs to or restoration of a *CGT asset *acquired before 20 September 1985 in circumstances where there is a roll-over under Subdivision 124-B .
This section is relevant only if a *CGT event happens in relation to a *CGT asset that is:
(a) a *Crown lease; or
(b) a *prospecting entitlement or *mining entitlement; or
(c) a *statutory licence; or
(d) a *depreciating asset to which Subdivision 124-K applies.
You must have *acquired it before 20 September 1985.
Note:
Division 124 treats you as having acquired a CGT asset before that day in some situations.
108-75(2)
There are possible consequences if there has been one or more capital improvements to:
(a) the *CGT asset the subject of the *CGT event; or
(b) any *CGT assets of the same kind that were in existence before the CGT asset and came to an end where a roll-over was obtained under a provision set out in this table:
Roll-over provisions | ||
Item | For this CGT asset: | Roll-over is obtained under this provision: |
1 | A *Crown lease | Subdivision 124-J |
. | ||
2 | A prospecting or mining entitlement | Subdivision 124-L |
. | ||
3 | A *statutory licence | Subdivision 124-C or former Subdivision 124-O |
. | ||
4 | A *depreciating asset | Subdivision 124-K |
Note:
Roll-overs under former sections 160ZWA , 160ZZF , 160ZZPE and 160ZWC of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 are also relevant: see section 108-75 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Example:
In 1984 you acquired a commercial fishing licence. In 1986 you paid $62,000 to get an extra right (a capital improvement) attached to the licence.
In June 1999 the licence expired and you got a new licence. You obtained a roll-over for the old licence expiring. In April 2000 you sold the new fishing licence for $200,000.
108-75(3)
Any capital improvement that is not related to another capital improvement is taken to be a separate *CGT asset if its *cost base (assuming it were a separate CGT asset) when the *CGT event happens is:
(a) more than the *improvement threshold for the income year in which the event happened; and
(b) more than 5% of the *capital proceeds from the event.
Example:
To continue the example, suppose the cost base of the right is $101,000 and the improvement threshold for the 1999-2000 income year is $96,000.
Since the cost base of the right is more than the improvement threshold and more than 5% of the capital proceeds, the right is taken to be a separate CGT asset.
Note 1:
Section 108-80 sets out the factors for deciding whether capital improvements are related to each other.
Note 2:
If the improvement is a separate asset, the capital proceeds from the event must be apportioned between the asset and the improvement: see section 116-40 .
108-75(4)
Any capital improvements that are related to each other are taken to be a separate *CGT asset if the total of their *cost bases (assuming each one were a separate CGT asset) when the *CGT event happens is:
(a) more than the *improvement threshold for the income year in which the event happened; and
(b) more than 5% of the *capital proceeds from the event.
Note:
If the improvements are a separate asset, the capital proceeds from the event must be apportioned between the asset and the improvements: see section 116-40 .
108-75(5)
This section does not apply to any capital improvement:
(a) that took place under a contract that you entered into before 20 September 1985; or
(b) if there is no contract - that started or occurred before that day.
SECTION 108-80 108-80 Deciding if capital improvements are related to each other
In deciding whether capital improvements are related to each other, the factors to be considered include:
(a) the nature of the *CGT asset to which the improvements are made; and
(b) the nature, location, size, value, quality, composition and utility of each improvement; and
(c) whether an improvement depends in a physical, economic, commercial or practical sense on another improvement; and
(d) whether the improvements are part of an overall project; and
(e) whether the improvements are of the same kind; and
(f) whether the improvements are made within a reasonable period of time of each other.
The improvement threshold for the 1997-98 income year is $89,992.
108-85(2)
The *improvement threshold is indexed annually.
Note:
Subdivision 960-M shows you how to index amounts.
108-85(3)
The Commissioner must publish before the beginning of each *financial year the *improvement threshold for that year.
[ CCH Note: The following table sets out the improvement threshold for the specified financial years:
Financial year | Threshold ($) |
1998/99 | 89,992 |
1999/2000 | 91,072 |
2000/01 | 92,802 |
2001/02 | 97,721 |
2002/03 | 101,239 |
2003/04 | 104,377 |
2004/05 | 106,882 |
2005/06 | 109,447 |
2006/07 | 112,512 |
2007/08 | 116,337 |
2008/09 | 119,594 |
2009/10 | 124,258 |
2010/11 | 126,619 |
2011/12 | 130,418 |
2012/13 | 134,200 |
2013/14 | 136,884 |
2014/15 | 140,443 |
2015/16 | 143,392 |
2016/17 | 145,401 |
2017/18 | 147,582 |
2018/19 | 150,386 |
2019/20 | 153,093 |
2020/21 | 155,849 |
2021/22 | 156,784 |
2022/23 | 162,899 |
2023/24 | 174,465 |
2024/25 | 182,665] |
This Division sets out the ways in which you can acquire a CGT asset and the time of acquisition.
The time of acquisition is important for indexation, and for the exemption of assets acquired before 20 September 1985.
Generally, you acquire a CGT asset when you become its owner. You can also acquire a CGT asset:
This Division also directs you to special acquisition rules in other Divisions.
In general, you acquire a *CGT asset when you become its owner. In this case, the time when you *acquire the asset is when you become its owner.
109-5(2)
This table sets out specific rules for the circumstances in which, and the time at which, you acquire a *CGT asset as a result of a *CGT event happening.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
Acquisition rules (CGT events) | |||
Event Number | In these circumstances: | You acquire the asset at this time: | |
A1
(case 1) |
An entity *disposes of a CGT asset to you (except where you compulsorily acquire it) | when the disposal contract is entered into or, if none, when the entity stops being the asset's owner | |
. | |||
A1
(case 2) |
You compulsorily acquire a *CGT asset from another entity | the earliest of: | |
(a) | when you paid compensation to the entity; or | ||
(b) | when you became the asset's owner; or | ||
(c) | when you entered the asset under the power of compulsory acquisition; or | ||
(d) | when you took possession of it under that power | ||
. | |||
B1 | You enter into an agreement to obtain the use and enjoyment of a *CGT asset | when you first obtain the use and enjoyment of the asset (unless title does not pass to you at or before the end of the agreement) | |
. | |||
D1 | An entity creates contractual or other rights in you | when the contract is entered into or the right created | |
. | |||
D2 | An entity grants an option to you | when the option is granted | |
. | |||
D3 | An entity grants you a right to receive *ordinary income from mining | when the contract is entered into or, if none, when the right is granted | |
. | |||
D4 | You enter into a *conservation covenant as a covenantee | when the covenant is entered into | |
. | |||
E1 | An entity creates a trust over a *CGT asset and you are the trustee | when the trust is created | |
. | |||
E2 | An entity transfers a *CGT asset to a trust and you are the trustee | when the asset is transferred | |
. | |||
E3 | A trust over a *CGT asset is converted to a unit trust and you are the trustee | when the trust is converted | |
. | |||
E5 | You as beneficiary under a trust become absolutely entitled to a *CGT asset of the trust as against the trustee (disregarding any legal disability) | when you become absolutely entitled | |
. | |||
E6 | Trustee *disposes of a *CGT asset of the trust to you to satisfy a right you had to receive *ordinary income from the trust | when the *disposal occurs | |
. | |||
E7 | Trustee *disposes of a *CGT asset of the trust to you to satisfy your interest, or part of it, in trust capital | when the *disposal occurs | |
. | |||
E8 | Beneficiary under a trust *disposes of its interest, or part of it, in trust capital to you | when disposal contract is entered into or, if none, when beneficiary stops being interest's owner | |
. | |||
E9 | An entity creates a trust over future property and you are the trustee | when the entity makes the agreement to create the trust | |
. | |||
F1 | A lessor grants a lease to you, or renews or extends a lease | for grant of lease
-
when the contract is entered into or, if none, at the start of lease;
for lease renewal or extension - at the start of renewal or extension |
|
. | |||
F2 | A lessor grants a lease to you, or renews or extends a lease, and term is at least 50 years | for grant of lease
-
when lessor grants the lease;
for lease renewal or extension - at the start of renewal or extension |
|
. | |||
K1 | (Repealed by No 77 of 2001) | ||
. | |||
K3 | An individual dies and a *CGT asset of the individual *passes to you (as a tax advantaged entity) | when the individual dies | |
. | |||
K6 | A *CGT event happens to *shares or an interest in a trust you own | when the other CGT event happens |
Note 1:
For CGT events E1, E2 and E3, if the circumstances specified in the second column of the table happened to an asset before 12 January 1994, there may be no acquisition: see section 109-5 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 2:
The acquisition rule for CGT event E9 in the table does not apply to you as trustee if the agreement to create the trust was made before 12 noon on 12 January 1994: see section 109-5 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
SECTION 109-10 109-10 When you acquire a CGT asset without a CGT event
This table sets out some specific rules for the circumstances in which, and the time at which, you acquire a *CGT asset otherwise than as a result of a *CGT event happening.
Acquisition rules (no CGT event) | ||
Item | In these circumstances: | You acquire the asset at this time: |
1 | You (or your *agent) construct or create a *CGT asset, and you own it when the construction is finished or the asset is created | when the construction, or work that resulted in the creation, started |
. | ||
2 | A company issues or allots *equity interests or *non-equity shares in the company to you | when contract is entered into or, if none, when equity interests or non-equity shares issued or allotted |
. | ||
3 | A trustee of a unit trust issues units in the trust to you | when contract is entered into or, if none, when units issued |
(Repealed by No 119 of 2013)
This Subdivision is a *Guide.
This table sets out other acquisition rules in this Part and Part 3-3. Some of the rules have effect only for limited purposes.
Other acquisition rules | ||||
Item | In these circumstances: | You acquire the asset at this time: | See: | |
1 | A CGT asset devolves to you as legal personal representative of a deceased individual | when the individual died | section 128-15 | |
. | ||||
2 | A CGT asset passes to you as beneficiary in the estate of a deceased individual | when the individual died | sections 128-15 and 128-25 | |
. | ||||
3 | A surviving joint tenant acquires deceased joint tenant ' s interest in a CGT asset | when the deceased died | section 128-50 | |
. | ||||
4 | You get only a partial exemption under Subdivision 118-B for a CGT event happening to a CGT asset that is a dwelling, but you would have got a full exemption if the CGT event had happened just before the first time the dwelling was used for that purpose | at that time | section 118-192 | |
. | ||||
5 | The trustee of a deceased estate acquires a dwelling under the deceased ' s will for you to occupy, and you obtain an interest in it | when the trustee acquired it | section 118-210 | |
. | ||||
6 | You obtain a replacement-asset roll-over for replacing an asset you acquired before 20 September 1985 | before 20 September 1985 | Divisions 122 and 124 | |
. | ||||
6A | (Repealed by No 109 of 2014) | |||
. | ||||
7 | You obtain a replacement-asset roll-over for a Crown lease, or a prospecting or mining entitlement that is renewed or replaced and part of the new entitlement relates to a part of the old one that you acquired before 20 September 1985 | before 20 September 1985 (for that part of the new entitlement that relates to the pre-CGT part of the old one) | sections 124-595 and 124-725 | |
. | ||||
7A - 7B | (Repealed by No 109 of 2014) | |||
. | ||||
8 | You obtain a same-asset roll-over for a CGT asset the transferor acquired before 20 September 1985 | before 20 September 1985 | Subdivision 124-N and Divisions 122 and 126 | |
. | ||||
8A | There is a same-asset roll-over for a CGT event that happens to a CGT asset (acquired on or after 20 September 1985) because the trust deed of a fund is changed and you are the fund that owns the asset after the CGT event | at the time of the CGT event | Subdivision 126-C | |
. | ||||
8B | There is a same-asset roll-over for a CGT event that happens to a CGT asset | when the entity that owned the asset before the roll-over acquired it | section 115-30 | |
. | ||||
8C | You obtain a replacement-asset roll-over (other than a roll-over covered by section 115-34) for replacing a CGT asset | when you acquired the original asset involved in the roll-over | section 115-30 | |
. | ||||
8D | A CGT asset devolves to you as legal personal representative of a deceased individual | when the deceased acquired the asset (unless it was a pre-CGT asset just before his or her death) | section 115-30 | |
. | ||||
8E | A CGT asset passes to you as beneficiary in the estate of a deceased individual | when the deceased acquired the asset (unless it was a pre-CGT asset just before his or her death) | section 115-30 | |
. | ||||
8F | A surviving joint tenant acquires a deceased joint tenant ' s interest in a CGT asset | when the deceased acquired the interest | section 115-30 | |
. | ||||
8G | You hold a membership interest in the receiving trust involved in a roll-over under Subdivision 126-G | when you acquired the corresponding membership interest in the transferring trust involved in the roll-over | section 115-30 | |
. | ||||
9 | A company or trustee of a unit trust issues you with bonus equities and no amount is included in your assessable income | if the original equities are post-CGT assets, or are pre-CGT assets and fully paid
-
when you acquired the original equities; or
if the original equities are pre-CGT assets and you had to pay an amount for the bonus equities - when the liability to pay arose |
section 130-20 | |
. | ||||
10 | You own shares in a company or units in a unit trust and you exercise rights to acquire new equities in the company or trust | for the rights if you acquired them from the company or trustee
-
when you acquired the original equities; or
for the new equities - when you exercise the rights |
section 130-40 | |
. | ||||
11 | You acquire shares in a company or units in a unit trust by converting a convertible interest | when the conversion of the convertible interest happened | section 130-60 | |
. | ||||
11A | You acquire shares in a company in exchange for the disposal of an exchangeable interest, and the disposal of the exchangeable interest was to: | when the disposal of the exchangeable interest happened | section 130-105 | |
(a) | the issuer of the exchangeable interest; or | |||
(b) | a connected entity of the issuer of the exchangeable interest | |||
. | ||||
11B | You acquire shares in a company in exchange for the redemption of an exchangeable interest | when the redemption of the exchangeable interest happened | section 130-105 | |
. | ||||
12 | (Repealed by No 133 of 2009) | |||
. | ||||
13 | You (as a lessee of land) acquire the reversionary interest of the lessor and there is no roll-over for the acquisition | if term of lease was for 99 years or more
-
when the lease was granted or assigned to you; or
if term of lease less than 99 years - when the reversionary interest acquired |
section 132-15 | |
. | ||||
14 | You acquired a CGT asset before 20 September 1985, and there has since been a change in the majority underlying interests in the asset | at the time of the change | Division 149 | |
. | ||||
15 | You become an Australian resident (but not a temporary resident) and you owned a CGT asset that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985 and that was not *taxable Australian property | when you become an Australian resident (but not a temporary resident) | section 855-45 | |
. | ||||
15A | You are a temporary resident, you then cease to be a temporary resident (but remain, at that time, an Australian resident) and you owned a CGT asset that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985 and that was not *taxable Australian property | when you cease to be a temporary resident | section 768-955 | |
. | ||||
16 | A trust of which you are trustee becomes a resident trust for CGT purposes and you owned a CGT asset that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985 and that was not *taxable Australian property | when the trust becomes a resident trust for CGT purposes | section 855-50 | |
. | ||||
17 | There is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-B for a CGT event and you are the company owning the roll-over asset just after the roll-over and you stop being a 100% subsidiary of another company in the wholly-owned group | when you stop | section 104-175 |
Note:
Section 115-34 sets out other acquisition rules for certain cases involving replacement-asset roll-overs covered by that section.
[ CCH Note: Act No 173 of 2000, s 3 and Sch 4 item 30, provides for the amendment of s 109-55 (table) by omitting " not " from the column referring to " circumstances " in item 9. This amendment could not be consolidated, as it was previously effected by No 58 of 2000, s 3 and Sch 8 item 19.]
This table sets out other acquisition rules outside this Part and Part 3-3.
Provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 are in bold .
Other acquisition rules | |||
Item | In these circumstances: | The asset is acquired at this time: | See: |
1 | CGT event happens to Cocos (Keeling) Islands asset | 30 June 1991 | subsection 102-25(1) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 |
. | |||
1A | (Repealed by No 20 of 2016) | ||
. | |||
2 | Lender acquires a replacement security | before 20 September 1985 | subsection 26BC(6A) |
. | |||
3 | Trust ceases to be a resident trust for CGT purposes and there is an attributable taxpayer | when it ceases | section 102AAZBA |
. | |||
4 | CGT event happens to CGT asset in connection with the demutualisation of an insurance company except a friendly society health or life insurer | on the demutualisation resolution day | section 121AS |
. | |||
5 | CGT event happens to assets of NSW State Bank | at the first taxing time | section 121EN |
. | |||
6 | You own shares in a company that stops being a PDF | just after it stops | section 124ZR |
. | |||
7 | (Repealed by No 23 of 2018) | ||
. | |||
8 | A CGT asset of a CFC (that it owned on its commencing day) | on the CFC ' s commencing day | section 411 |
. | |||
9 | A CGT asset is owned by a tax exempt entity and it becomes taxable | at the transition time | section 57-25 in Schedule 2D |
. | |||
10 | CGT event happens to CGT asset in connection with the demutualisation of a mutual entity other than an insurance company, health insurer and friendly society health or life insurer | on the demutualisation resolution day | Division 326 in Schedule 2H |
. | |||
11 | You stop holding an item as trading stock | when you stop | paragraph 70-110(1)(b) |
. | |||
11A | You acquire an *ESS interest and Subdivision 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the interest | at the *ESS deferred taxing point for the interest | section 83A-125 |
. | |||
12 | CGT event happens to 30 June 1988 asset of a complying superannuation entity | 30 June 1988 | section 295-90 |
. | |||
13 | You are issued with a share or right under a demutualisation of a health insurer except a friendly society health or life insurer | the time the share or right is issued | sections 315-80, 315-210 and 315-260 |
. | |||
14 | You are transferred a share or right by a lost policy holders trust under a demutualisation of a health insurer except a friendly society health or life insurer | the time the share or right is issued | sections 315-145, 315-210 and 315-260 |
. | |||
14A | You are issued with a share, or a right to acquire shares, under a demutualisation of a friendly society health or life insurer | the time the share or right is issued | section 316-105 |
. | |||
14B | You are transferred a share, or right to acquire shares, by a lost policy holders trust under a demutualisation of a friendly society health or life insurer | the time the share or right is issued to the trustee | section 316-170 |
. | |||
15 | A CGT asset is transferred to or from a life insurance company ' s complying superannuation asset pool | at the time of the transfer | Division 320 |
. | |||
16 | A CGT asset is transferred to or from the segregated exempt assets of a life insurance company | at the time of the transfer | Division 320 |
. | |||
17 | Entity becomes a subsidiary member of a consolidated group | at the time it becomes a subsidiary member | 701-5 |
. | |||
18 | Entity ceases to be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group | at the time it ceases | 701-40 |
This Division tells you how to work out the cost base and reduced cost base of a CGT asset. You need to know these to work out if you make a capital gain or loss from most CGT events.
110-5 | Modifications to general rules |
110-10 | Rules about cost base not relevant for some CGT events |
After you have read the general rules, you need to know if there are any modifications to them. Division 112 lists each situation that may result in a modification and tells you where you can find the detailed provisions for each situation.
This table sets out each CGT event for which you do not need to know what the cost base or reduced cost base of a CGT asset is to work out if you make a capital gain or loss. The section describing the event tells you what amount is relevant instead.
Rules about cost base not relevant for some CGT events | |||
Event Number | Description of event: | See section: | |
C3 | End of option to acquire shares etc. | 104-30 | |
. | |||
D1 | Creating contractual or other rights | 104-35 | |
. | |||
D2 | Granting an option | 104-40 | |
. | |||
D3 | Granting a right to income from mining | 104-45 | |
. | |||
E9 | Creating a trust over future property | 104-105 | |
. | |||
F1 | Granting a lease | 104-110 | |
. | |||
F3 | Lessor pays lessee to get lease changed | 104-120 | |
. | |||
F5 | Lessor receives payment for changing lease | 104-130 | |
. | |||
H1 | Forfeiture of deposit | 104-150 | |
. | |||
H2 | Receipt for event relating to a CGT asset | 104-155 | |
. | |||
J5 | Failure to acquire replacement asset and to incur fourth element expenditure after a roll-over | 104-197 | |
. | |||
J6 | Cost of acquisition of replacement asset or amount of fourth element expenditure, or both, not sufficient to cover disregarded capital gain | 104-198 | |
. | |||
K2 | Bankrupt pays amount in relation to debt | 104-210 | |
. | |||
K7 | Balancing adjustment event happens to depreciating asset | 104-235 | |
. | |||
K9 | Carried interests | 104-255 | |
. | |||
K10 | You make a forex realisation gain covered by item 1 of the table in subsection 775-70(1) | 104-260 | |
. | |||
K11 | You make a forex realisation loss covered by item 1 of the table in subsection 775-75(1) | 104-265 | |
. | |||
K12 | Foreign hybrid loss exposure adjustment | 104-270 | |
. | |||
L1 | Reduction under section 705-57 in tax cost setting amount of assets of entity becoming subsidiary member of consolidated group or MEC group | 104-500 | |
. | |||
L2 | Amount remaining after step 3A etc. of joining allocable cost amount is negative | 104-505 | |
. | |||
L3 | Tax cost setting amounts for retained cost base assets exceed joining allocable cost amount | 104-510 | |
. | |||
L4 | No reset cost base assets against which to apply excess of net allocable cost amount on joining | 104-515 | |
. | |||
L5 | Amount remaining after step 4 of leaving allocable cost amount is negative | 104-520 | |
. | |||
L6 | Errors in tax cost setting amounts for entity joining consolidated group or MEC group | 104-525 | |
. | |||
L7 | (Repealed by No 56 of 2010) | ||
L8 | Reduction in tax cost setting amount for reset cost base assets on joining cannot be allocated | 104-535 |
The cost base of a *CGT asset consists of 5 elements.
Note 1:
You need to keep records of each element: see Division 121 .
Note 2:
The cost base is reduced by net input tax credits: see section 103-30 .
Note 3:
An amount that makes up all or part of an element of the cost base of an asset may be determined under section 230-505 , if the amount is provided for acquiring a thing, and you start or cease to have a Division 230 financial arrangement as consideration for the acquisition of the thing.
5 elements of the cost base
110-25(2)
The first element is the total of:
(a) the money you paid, or are required to pay, in respect of *acquiring it; and
(b) the *market value of any other property you gave, or are required to give, in respect of acquiring it (worked out as at the time of the acquisition).
Note 1:
There are special rules for working out when you are required to pay money or give other property: see section 103-15 .
Note 2:
This element is replaced with another amount in many situations: see Division 112 .
110-25(3)
The second element is the *incidental costs you incurred. These costs can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
There is one situation to do with options in which the incidental costs relating to the CGT event are modified: see section 112-85 .
110-25(4)
The third element is the costs of owning the *CGT asset you incurred (but only if you *acquired the asset after 20 August 1991). These costs include:
(a) interest on money you borrowed to acquire the asset; and
(b) costs of maintaining, repairing or insuring it; and
(c) rates or land tax, if the asset is land; and
(d) interest on money you borrowed to refinance the money you borrowed to acquire the asset; and
(e) interest on money you borrowed to finance the capital expenditure you incurred to increase the asset ' s value.
These costs can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
This element does not apply to personal use assets or collectables: see sections 108-17 and 108-30 .
110-25(5)
The fourth element is capital expenditure you incurred:
(a) the purpose or the expected effect of which is to increase or preserve the asset ' s value; or
(b) that relates to installing or moving the asset.
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
There are 3 situations involving leases in which this element is modified: see section 112-80 .
110-25(5A)
Subsection (5) does not apply to capital expenditure incurred in relation to goodwill.
110-25(6)
The fifth element is capital expenditure that you incurred to establish, preserve or defend your title to the asset, or a right over the asset. (The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .)
110-25(7)
(Repealed by No 32 of 2006)
110-25(8)
(Repealed by No 32 of 2006)
110-25(9)
(Repealed by No 32 of 2006)
110-25(10)
(Repealed by No 32 of 2006)
110-25(11)
(Repealed by No 32 of 2006)
Assume a CGT event for purposes of working out cost base at a particular time
110-25(12)
If:
(a) it is necessary to work out the *cost base at a particular time; and
(b) a *CGT event does not happen in relation to the asset at or just after that time;
assume, for the purpose only of working out the cost base at the particular time, that such an event does happen in relation to the asset at or just after that time.
Note 1:
For example, in order to apply subsection 110-37(1) , it is necessary for there to be a CGT event.
Note 2:
The assumption that a CGT event happens does not have any consequence beyond that stated. For example, it does not mean that the asset is afterwards to be treated as having been acquired at the particular time with a first element of cost base equal to all of its former cost base elements.
110-30 (Repealed) SECTION 110-30 Cost base of partnership assets
(Repealed by No 16 of 1999)
There are a number of incidental costs you may have incurred. Except for the ninth , they are costs you may have incurred:
(a) to *acquire a *CGT asset; or
(b) that relate to a *CGT event.
110-35(2)
The first is remuneration for the services of a surveyor, valuer, auctioneer, accountant, broker, *agent, consultant or legal adviser. However, remuneration for professional advice about the operation of this Act is not included unless it is provided by a *recognised tax adviser.
Note:
Expenditure for professional advice about taxation incurred before 1 July 1989 does not form part of the cost base of a CGT asset: see section 110-35 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
110-35(3)
The second is costs of transfer.
110-35(4)
The third is stamp duty or other similar duty.
110-35(5)
The fourth is:
(a) if you *acquired a *CGT asset - costs of advertising or marketing to find a seller; or
(b) if a *CGT event happened - costs of advertising or marketing to find a buyer.
110-35(6)
The fifth is costs relating to the making of any valuation or apportionment for the purposes of this Part or Part 3-3.
110-35(7)
The sixth is search fees relating to a *CGT asset.
110-35(8)
The seventh is the cost of a conveyancing kit (or a similar cost).
110-35(9)
The eighth is borrowing expenses (such as loan application fees and mortgage discharge fees).
110-35(10)
The ninth is expenditure that:
(a) is incurred by the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group to an entity that is not a *member of the group; and
(b) reasonably relates to a *CGT asset *held by the head company; and
(c) is incurred because of a transaction that is between members of the group.
Example:
Land is transferred by one company to another company. The companies are members of a consolidated group. Stamp duty is payable as a result of the transaction.
The transaction has no taxation consequences because of its intra-group nature.
The stamp duty is included in the cost base and reduced cost base of the land.
Note:
Intra-group assets are not held by the head company because of the operation of subsection 701-1(1) (the single entity rule). An example of an intra-group asset is a debt owed by a member of the consolidated group to another member of the group.
110-35(11)
The tenth is termination or other similar fees incurred as a direct result of your ownership of a *CGT asset ending.
SECTION 110-36 Indexation 110-36(1)
The cost base of a *CGT asset *acquired at or before 11.45 am (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 21 September 1999 also includes indexation of the elements of the cost base (except the third element) if the requirements of Division 114 are met.
110-36(2)
However, for the purposes of working out the *capital gain of an entity mentioned in an item of the table from a *CGT event happening after 11.45 am (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 21 September 1999, the cost base includes indexation only if the entity mentioned in the item chooses that the cost base includes indexation.
Choice of indexation | ||
Item | For the purposes of working out the capital gain of this entity: | The cost base includes indexation only if this entity chooses so: |
1 | An individual | The individual |
2 | A *complying superannuation entity | The trustee of the complying superannuation entity |
3 | A trust | The trustee of the trust |
4 | A listed investment company | The company |
Note 1:
Section 103-25 specifies when you must make the choice and provides that the way you prepare your income tax return is evidence of your choice.
Note 2:
For each CGT asset whose cost base you need to work out, you may either choose to index the expenditure included in the asset ' s cost base or not make that choice. If you do not choose to index the expenditure, your net capital gain includes only part of your capital gain on the CGT asset as worked out on the basis of the cost base not including indexation and reduced by your capital losses.
110-36(3)
Also, for the purpose of working out the *capital gain of a *life insurance company from a *CGT event happening after 30 June 2000 in respect of a *CGT asset that is a *complying superannuation asset, the cost base includes indexation only if the life insurance company chooses that the cost base includes indexation.
Note:
Section 110-25 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 provides that, in working out the capital gain from a CGT event after 11.45 am on 21 September 1999 and before 1 July 2000 in respect of an asset of a life insurance company or registered organisation, the cost base includes indexation only if the company or organisation chooses it.
SECTION 110-37 Expenditure forming part of cost base or element 110-37(1)
If a later provision of this Subdivision says that:
(a) certain expenditure does not form part of the *cost base of a *CGT asset; or
(b) the cost base is reduced by certain expenditure;
the expenditure is initially included in the cost base, which is then reduced by the amount of the expenditure just before a *CGT event happens in relation to the asset.
Note:
This has the effect of recognising in the cost base any indexed component relating to the expenditure.
110-37(2)
On the other hand, if such a provision says that:
(a) certain expenditure does not form part of one or more elements of the *cost base of a *CGT asset; or
(b) one or more elements of the cost base are reduced by certain expenditure;
the expenditure is never included in the relevant elements of the cost base.
Note:
This has the effect of not recognising to any extent this expenditure in the cost base.
SECTION 110-38 Exclusions 110-38(1)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section 26-54 prevents it being deducted (even if some other provision also prevents it being deducted).
Note:
Section 26-54 prevents deductions for expenditure related to certain offences.
110-38(2)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that it is a *bribe to a foreign public official or a *bribe to a public official.
110-38(3)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that it is in respect of providing *entertainment.
110-38(4)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section 26-5 prevents it being deducted (even if some other provision also prevents it being deducted).
Note:
Section 26-5 denies deductions for penalties.
110-38(4A)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section 26-31 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-31 denies deductions for travel related to the use of residential premises as residential accommodation.
110-38(5)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section26-47 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-47 denies deductions for the excess of boat expenditure over boat income.
110-38(6)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section 26-22 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-22 denies deductions for political contributions and gifts.
110-38(7)
Expenditure does not form any part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section 26-97 prevents it being deducted (even if some other provision also prevents it being deducted).
Note:
Section 26-97 denies deductions for National Disability Insurance Scheme expenditure.
110-38(8)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that section 26-100 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-100 denies deductions for certain expenditure on water infrastructure improvements.
110-38(9)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent that a provision of Division 832 (about hybrid mismatch rules) prevents it being deducted.
SECTION 110-40 Assets acquired before 7.30 pm on 13 May 1997 110-40(1)
This section prevents some expenditure from forming part of one or more elements of the *cost base of a *CGT asset *acquired at or before 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 13 May 1997. (The expenditure mentioned in this section can include giving property: see section 103-5 .)
Note:
For the cost base of a partnership interest you acquire at or before that time, see section 110-43 .
110-40(2)
Expenditure does not form part of the second or third element of the cost base to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
110-40(3)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent of any amount you have received as *recoupment of it, except so far as the amount is included in your assessable income.
110-40(4)
Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to amounts that you have deducted or can deduct under Division 243 .
SECTION 110-43 Partnership interests acquired before 7.30 pm on 13 May 1997 110-43(1)
This section prevents some expenditure from forming part of one or more elements of the *cost base of your interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership if you *acquired the interest at or before 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 13 May 1997. (The expenditure mentioned in this section can include giving property: see section 103-5 .)
110-43(2)
Expenditure does not form part of the second or third element of the cost base to the extent that you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, have deducted or can deduct it.
110-43(3)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent of any amount that you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, have received as *recoupment of the expenditure, except so far as the amount is included in your assessable income or the partnership's assessable income.
110-43(4)
Subsection (2) does not apply in relation to amounts that you have deducted or can deduct under Division 243 .
SECTION 110-45 Assets acquired after 7.30 pm on 13 May 1997 110-45(1)
This section prevents some expenditure from forming part of the *cost base, or of an element of the cost base, of a *CGT asset *acquired after 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 13 May 1997. (The expenditure mentioned in this section can include giving property: see section 103-5 .)
For the cost base of interests in partnership assets acquired after that time, see section 110-50 .
For exceptions to the application of this section, see section 110-53 .
110-45(1A)
This section also applies to expenditure incurred after 30 June 1999 on land or a building if:
(a) the land or building was *acquired at or before the time mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) the expenditure forms part of the fourth element of the *cost base of the land or building.
Deductible expenditure excluded from second and third elements
110-45(1B)
Expenditure does not form part of the second or third element of the cost base to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it.
Other deductible expenditure
110-45(2)
Expenditure (except expenditure excluded by subsection (1B)) does not form part of the cost base to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it for an income year, except so far as:
(a) the deduction has been reversed by an amount being included in your assessable income for an income year by a provision of this Act (outside this Part and Part 3-3 and Division 243 ); or
Note:
Division 20 contains some of the provisions that reverse deductions. Section 20-5 lists some others.
(ab) the deduction is under Division 243 ; or
(b) the deduction would have been so reversed apart from a provision listed in the table (relief from including a balancing charge in your assessable income).
Provisions for relief from including a balancing charge in your assessable income | ||
Item | Provision | Subject matter |
1 | section 40-340 | Roll-over relief for *depreciating asset |
. | ||
2 | section 40-365 | Involuntary disposal of *depreciating asset |
. | ||
3 | (Repealed by No 93 of 2011) |
Recouped expenditure
110-45(3)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent of any amount you have received as *recoupment of it, except so far as the amount is included in your assessable income.
110-45(3A)
(Repealed by No 95 of 2004)
Capital expenditure by previous owner that you can deduct after acquisition
110-45(4)
The cost base is reduced to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct for an income year capital expenditure incurred by another entity in respect of the *CGT asset. (This rule does not apply so far as the deduction is covered by paragraph (2)(a) or (b).)
Example:
Under Division 43 you can deduct expenditure incurred by a previous owner of capital works you own.
Landcare and water facility expenditure giving rise to a tax offset
110-45(5)
Expenditure does not form part of the cost base to the extent that you choose a *tax offset for it under the former section 388-55 (about the landcare and water facility tax offset) instead of deducting it.
Heritage conservation expenditure giving rise to a tax offset
110-45(6)
Expenditure does not form part of the cost base to the extent that:
(a) it is eligible heritage conservation expenditure (as determined under former section 159UO of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ); and
(b) you could have deducted it for an income year under any of these Divisions (about capital works):
(i) Division 43 of this Act;
but for the exclusions in paragraph 43-70(2)(h) of this Act and former subsections 124ZB(4) and 124ZG(5) of that Act.
(ii) former Division 10C or 10D of Part III of that Act;
Note:
Because eligible heritage conservation expenditure is the subject of a tax offset, it is also not deductible.
SECTION 110-50 Partnership interests acquired after 7.30 pm on 13 May 1997 110-50(1)
This section prevents some expenditure from forming part of the *cost base, or of an element of the cost base, of your interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership if you *acquired the interest after 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 13 May 1997. (The expenditure mentioned in this section can include giving property: see section 103-5 .)
For exceptions to the application of this section, see section 110-53 .
110-50(1A)
This section also applies to expenditure incurred after 30 June 1999 on land or a building if:
(a) the land or building was *acquired at or before the time mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) the expenditure forms part of the fourth element of the *cost base of the land or building.
Deductible expenditure excluded from second and third elements
110-50(1B)
Expenditure does not form part of the second or third element of the cost base to the extent that you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, have deducted or can deduct it.
Other deductible expenditure
110-50(2)
Expenditure (except expenditure excluded by subsection (1B) does not form part of the cost base to the extent that you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, have deducted or can deduct it for an income year, except so far as:
(a) the deduction has been reversed by an amount being included in your assessable income for an income year, or in the assessable income of a partnership in which you are or were a partner, by a provision of this Act (outside this Part and Part 3-3 and Division 243 ); or
Note:
Division 20 contains some of the provisions that reverse deductions. Section 20-5 lists some others.
(ab) the deduction is under Division 243 ; or
(b) the deduction would have been so reversed apart from a provision listed in the table in subsection 110-45(2) (relief from including a balancing charge in your assessable income).
Recouped expenditure
110-50(3)
Expenditure does not form part of any element of the cost base to the extent of any amount that you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, have received as *recoupment of it, except so far as the amount is included in your assessable income or the partnership's assessable income.
110-50(3A)
(Repealed by No 95 of 2004)
Capital expenditure by previous owner of the asset
110-50(4)
The cost base is reduced to the extent that you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, have deducted or can deduct for an income year capital expenditure incurred by another entity in respect of the *CGT asset. (This rule does not apply so far as the deduction is covered by paragraph (2)(a) or (b).)
Example:
Under Division 43 an entity can deduct expenditure incurred by a previous owner of capital works that the entity owns.
Landcare and water facility expenditure giving rise to a tax offset
110-50(5)
Expenditure does not form part of the cost base to the extent that you choose a *tax offset for it under the former section 388-55 (about the landcare and water facility tax offset) instead of deducting it.
Heritage conservation expenditure giving rise to a tax offset
110-50(6)
Expenditure does not form part of the cost base to the extent that:
(a) it is eligible heritage conservation expenditure (as determined under former section 159UO of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ); and
(b) you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, could have deducted it for an income year under any of these Divisions (about capital works):
(i) Division 43 of this Act;
but for the exclusions in paragraph 43-70(2)(h) of this Act and former subsections 124ZB(4) and 124ZG(5) of that Act.
(ii) former Division 10C or 10D of Part III of that Act;
Note:
Because eligible heritage conservation expenditure is the subject of a tax offset, it is also not deductible.
SECTION 110-53 Exceptions to application of sections 110-45 and 110-50 110-53(1)
Subsection 110-45(2), (4), (5) or (6) or 110-50(2), (4), (5) or (6) does not prevent expenditure from forming part of the cost base to the extent that the deduction mentioned in that subsection could reasonably be regarded as arising before 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 13 May 1997, or as relating to a period before that time.
110-53(2)
Subsections 110-45(5) and (6) and 110-50(5) and (6) do not apply to expenditure incurred before the day on which the Bill that became the Taxation Laws Amendment Act (No. 1) 1999 was introduced into the House of Representatives.
110-53(3)
(Repealed by No 114 of 2000)
SECTION 110-54 110-54 Debt deductions disallowed by thin capitalisation rules
Expenditure does not form part of the third element of the cost base to the extent that Division 820 (Thin capitalisation rules) prevented or prevents you, or a partnership in which you are or were a partner, from deducting it.
The reduced cost base of a *CGT asset consists of 5 elements. It does not include indexation of those elements.
Note:
The reduced cost base is reduced by net input tax credits: see section 103-30 .
5 elements of the reduced cost base
110-55(2)
All of the elements (except the third one) of the reduced cost base of a *CGT asset are the same as those for the *cost base.
110-55(3)
The third element is:
(a) any amounts worked out under whichever of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) if Division 58 does not apply to the asset - any amount included in your assessable income for any income year because of a balancing adjustment for the asset;
(ii) if Division 58 applies to the asset and an amount has been included in your assessable income for an income year because of a balancing adjustment for the asset - any part of that amount that was attributable to amounts you have deducted or can deduct for the decline in value of the asset; and
(b) any amount that would have been so included apart from any of these (which provide relief from including a balancing charge in your assessable income):
(i) section 40-365 ; or
(ii) any of these former sections - section 42-285 , 42-290 or 42-293 ; or
(iii) former subsection 59(2A) or (2D) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
What does not form part of the reduced cost base
110-55(4)
The reduced cost base does not include an amount to the extent that you have deducted or can deduct it (including because of a balancing adjustment) or could have deducted apart from paragraph 43-70(2)(h) .
Note:
That paragraph excludes from deductibility under Division 43 expenditure that qualifies for the heritage conservation rebate.
110-55(5)
The reduced cost base does not include an amount that you could have deducted for a *CGT asset had you used it wholly for the *purpose of producing assessable income.
110-55(6)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent of any amounts you have received as *recoupment of it. However, this rule does not apply to the extent that the amounts are included in your assessable income.
110-55(6A)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that you chose a *tax offset for it under the former section 388-55 (about the landcare and water facility tax offset) instead of deducting it.
110-55(7)
If your *CGT asset is a *share in a company, its reduced cost base is reduced by the amount calculated under subsection (8) if:
(aa) you are a *corporate tax entity; and
(a) the company makes a distribution to you under an *arrangement; and
(b) an amount (the attributable amount ) representing the distribution or part of it is reasonably attributable to profits *derived by the company before you *acquired the share; and
(c) you are entitled to a *tax offset under Division 207 on the part of the distribution that is a *dividend (the dividend amount ); and
(d) you were a *controller (for CGT purposes) of the company, or an *associate of such a controller, when the arrangement was made or carried out.
110-55(8)
The amount of the reduction is:
Attributable amount | × |
Amount of *tax offset
Dividend amount × *Corporate tax rate |

110-55(9)
The reduced cost base is to be reduced by any amount that you have deducted or can deduct, or could have deducted except for Subdivision 170-D , as a result of a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset. However, do not make a reduction for an amount that relates to a cost that could never have formed part of the reduced cost base or is excluded from the reduced cost base as a result of another provision of this section.
110-55(9A)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-54 prevents it being deducted (even if some other provision also prevents it being deducted).
Note:
Section 26-54 prevents deductions for expenditure related to certain offences.
110-55(9B)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that it is a *bribe to a foreign public official or a *bribe to a public official.
110-55(9C)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that it is in respect of providing *entertainment.
110-55(9D)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-5 prevents it being deducted (even if some other provision also prevents it being deducted).
Note:
Section 26-5 denies deductions for penalties.
110-55(9E)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-47 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-47 denies deductions for the excess of boat expenditure over boat income.
110-55(9F)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-22 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-22 denies deductions for political contributions and gifts.
110-55(9G)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-100 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-100 denies deductions for certain expenditure on water infrastructure improvements.
110-55(9H)
Expenditure does not form any part of any element of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-97 prevents it being deducted (even if some other provision also prevents it being deducted).
Note:
Section 26-97 denies deductions for National Disability Insurance Scheme expenditure.
110-55(9J)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that section 26-31 prevents it being deducted.
Note:
Section 26-31 denies deductions for travel related to the use of residential premises as residential accommodation.
110-55(9K)
Expenditure does not form part of the reduced cost base to the extent that a provision of Division 832 (about hybrid mismatch rules) prevents it being deducted.
Assume a CGT event for purposes of working out reduced cost base at a particular time
110-55(10)
If:
(a) it is necessary to work out the *reduced cost base at a particular time; and
(b) a *CGT event does not happen in relation to the asset at or just after that time;
assume, for the purpose only of working out the reduced cost base at the particular time, that such an event does happen in relation to the asset at or just after that time.
SECTION 110-60 Reduced cost base for partnership assets 110-60(1)
The third element of an entity ' s reduced cost base for its interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership is the entity ' s share of:
(a) any amounts worked out under whichever of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) if Division 58 does not apply to the asset - any amount included in the assessable income of the partnership for any income year because of a balancing adjustment for the asset;
(ii) if Division 58 applies to the asset and an amount has been included in the assessable income of the partnership for an income year because of a balancing adjustment for the asset - any part of that amount that was attributable to amounts that the partnership has deducted or can deduct for depreciation of the asset; and
(b) any amount that would have been so included apart from any of these (which provide relief from including a balancing charge in your assessable income):
(i) section 40-365 ; or
(ii) any of these former sections - section 42-285 , 42-290 or 42-293 ; or
(iii) former subsection 59(2A) or (2D) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
calculated according to the entity ' s share in the partnership net income or net loss.
110-60(2)
Expenditure does not form part of an entity ' s reduced cost base for its interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership to the extent that a partnership in which the entity is or was a partner has deducted or can deduct it (including because of a balancing adjustment), or could have deducted it apart from paragraph 43-70(2)(h) .
110-60(3)
Expenditure does not form part of an entity ' s reduced cost base for its interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership to the extent that a partnership in which the entity is or was a partner could have deducted an amount for the asset if it had used it wholly for the *purpose of producing assessable income.
110-60(4)
Expenditure does not form part of an entity ' s reduced cost base for its interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership to the extent of any amounts that a partnership in which the entity is or was a partner has received as *recoupment of it and that are not included in the assessable income of the partnership.
110-60(4A)
Expenditure does not form part of an entity ' s reduced cost base for its interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership to the extent that the entity chose a *tax offset for the expenditure under the former section 388-55 (about the landcare and water facility tax offset) instead of deducting it.
110-60(5)
(Repealed by No 23 of 2005)
110-60(6)
(Repealed by No 23 of 2005)
110-60(7)
The reduced cost base of an entity ' s interest in a *CGT asset of a partnership is to be reduced by the entity ' s share of any amount that the partnership has deducted or can deduct, or could have deducted except for Subdivision 170-D , as a result of a *CGT event that happens in relation to the asset. However, a reduction is not to be made for an amount that relates to a cost that could never have formed part of the reduced cost base or is excluded from the reduced cost base as a result of another provision of this section.
Division 112 - Modifications to cost base and reduced cost base
This Division tells you the situations that may modify the general rules about the cost base and reduced cost base of a CGT asset.
Modifications can occur from the time you acquired the CGT asset to when a CGT event happens in relation to it.
Note:
You should keep records of the modifications: see Division 121 .
112-5(2)
Most modifications replace the first element (what you paid for a CGT asset) of the cost base and reduced cost base of the asset.
112-5(3)
Subdivision 112-A contains operative provisions setting out the general situations that may result in a modification to the general rules.
112-5(4)
Subdivision 112-B (which is a guide) has a number of tables (each one covering a specialist topic) that tell you each situation that may result in a modification to the general rules.
112-5(5)
Subdivision 112-C (which is a guide) explains what a replacement-asset roll-over is and how it can modify the cost base or reduced cost base.
112-5(6)
Subdivision 112-D (which is a guide) explains what a same-asset roll-over is and how it can modify the cost base or reduced cost base.
112-5(7)
Section 230-505 provides special rules for working out the amount of consideration for an asset if the asset is a *Division 230 financial arrangement or a Division 230 financial arrangement is involved in that consideration.
If a cost base modification replaces an element of the *cost base of a *CGT asset with an amount, this Part and Part 3-3 apply to you as if you had paid that amount.
Example:
An individual pays $10,000 to acquire an option. The individual dies and the option devolves to his legal personal representative, who exercises the option.
Section 134-1 applies to the legal personal representative as if the representative had paid $10,000 for the option.
The first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset you *acquire from another entity is its *market value (at the time of acquisition) if:
(a) you did not incur expenditure to acquire it, except where your acquisition of the asset resulted from:
(i) *CGT event D1 happening; or
(ii) another entity doing something that did not constitute a CGT event happening; or
(b) some or all of the expenditure you incurred to acquire it cannot be valued; or
(c) you did not deal at *arm ' s length with the other entity in connection with the acquisition.
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
112-20(2)
Despite paragraph (1)(c), if:
(a) you did not deal at *arm ' s length with the other entity; and
(b) your *acquisition of the *CGT asset resulted from another entity doing something that did not constitute a CGT event happening;
the *market value is substituted only if what you paid to acquire the CGT asset was more than its market value (at the time of acquisition).
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
112-20(3)
There are some situations in which the rule in subsection (1) does not apply. They include the situations set out in this table:
Exceptions to the market value substitution rule | ||||
Item | You *acquired this CGT asset: | ...in this situation: | ||
1 | A right to receive *ordinary income or *statutory income from a trust (except a unit trust or a trust that arises because of someone ' s death) | (a) | you did not pay or give anything for the right; and | |
(b) | you did not acquire the right by way of an assignment from another entity | |||
2 | A decoration awarded for valour or brave conduct | you did not pay or give anything for it | ||
3 | A contractual or other legal or equitable right resulting from *CGT event D1 happening | you did not pay or give anything for it | ||
4 | Rights to *acquire: | you did not pay or give anything for the rights | ||
(a) | *shares, or options to acquire *shares, in a company; or | |||
(b) | units, or options to acquire units, in a unit trust; | |||
in a situation covered by Subdivision 130-B | ||||
5 | A *share in a company or a right to *acquire a share or *debenture in a company | it was issued or allotted to you by the company and you did not pay or give anything for it | ||
6 | A unit in a unit trust or a right to *acquire a unit or debenture in a unit trust | it was issued to you by the trustee of the unit trust and you did not pay or give anything for it | ||
7 | A right to *dispose of a *share in a company | it was issued to you by the company and was exercised by you or by another entity who became the owner of the right |
Note 1:
Disregard subsections (2) and (3) for shares or units that you acquired before 16 August 1989: see section 112-20 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 2:
This section does not apply to ESS interests acquired under employee share schemes: see subsection 130-80(4) .
SECTION 112-25 Split, changed or merged assets
Split or changed assets
112-25(1)
This section sets out what happens if:
(a) a *CGT asset (the original asset ) is split into 2 or more assets (the new assets ); or
(b) a *CGT asset (also the original asset ) changes in whole or in part into an asset (also the new asset ) of a different nature;
and you are the beneficial owner of the original asset and each new asset.
Example:
You subdivide a block of land into 3 separate blocks. Each of those blocks is a new asset .
112-25(2)
The splitting or change is not a *CGT event.
112-25(3)
You work out the *cost base and *reduced cost base of each new asset as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out each element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the original asset at the time of the event referred to in subsection (1).
Step 2.
Apportion in a reasonable way each element to each new asset. The result is each corresponding element of the new asset's *cost base and *reduced cost base.
Merged assets
112-25(4)
If 2 or more *CGT assets (the original assets ) are merged into a single asset (the new asset ) and you are the beneficial owner of the original assets and the new asset:
(a) the merger is not a *CGT event; and
(b) each element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the new asset (at the time of the merging) is the sum of the corresponding elements of each original asset.
Apportionment on acquisition of an asset
112-30(1)
If you *acquire a *CGT asset because of a transaction and only part of the expenditure you incurred under the transaction relates to the acquisition of the asset, the first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset is that part of the expenditure that is reasonably attributable to the acquisition of the asset.
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Apportionment of expenditure in other elements
112-30(1A)
If you incur expenditure and only part of it relates to another element of the *cost base or *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset, that element includes that part of the expenditure that is reasonably attributable to that element.
Apportionment for CGT asset that was part of another asset
112-30(2)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset is apportioned if a *CGT event happens to some part of the asset, but not to the remainder of it.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
112-30(3)
The *cost base for the *CGT asset representing the part to which the *CGT event happened is worked out using the formula:
Cost base of the asset | × |
Capital proceeds for the CGT event
happening to the part Those capital proceeds plus the market value of the remainder of the asset |
The *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
112-30(4)
The remainder of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset is attributed to the part that remains.
Example:
You acquire a truck for $24,000 and sell its motor for $9,000. Suppose the market value of the remainder of the truck is $16,000.
Under subsection (3), the cost base of the motor is:
$24,000 × $9,000
$9,000 + $16,000= $8,640 Under subsection (4), the cost base of the remainder of the truck is:
$24,000 − $8,640 = $15,360
112-30(5)
However, an amount forming part of the *cost base or *reduced cost base of the asset is not apportioned if, on the facts, that amount is wholly attributable to the part to which the *CGT event happened or to the remaining part.
If you *acquire a *CGT asset from another entity that is subject to a liability, the first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset includes the amount of the liability you assume.
Example:
You acquire a block of land for $150,000. You pay $50,000 and assume a liability for an outstanding mortgage of $100,000. The first element of your cost base and reduced cost base is $150,000.
Note:
The first element of cost base is dealt with in subsection 110-25(2) . The first element of reduced cost base is the same: see subsection 110-55(2) .
Consequences for cost base and reduced cost base
112-36(1)
If you *acquire a *CGT asset because an entity *disposes of the CGT asset to you, and that disposal causes *CGT event A1 (the first CGT event ) to happen:
(a) neither the *cost base nor the *reduced cost base of the CGT asset includes the value of any *look-through earnout right relating to the CGT asset and the acquisition; and
(b) include in the first element of the CGT asset ' s cost base and reduced cost base any *financial benefit that you provide under such a look-through earnout right; and
(c) reduce the first element of the CGT asset ' s cost base and reduced cost base by an amount equal to the amount of any financial benefit that you receive under such a look-through earnout right.
Remaking choices affected by the look-through earnout right
112-36(2)
Despite section 103-25 , you may remake any choice you made under this Part or Part 3-3 for a later *CGT event involving the *CGT asset if:
(a) after the later CGT event, you provide or receive a *financial benefit under such a *look-through earnout right; and
(b) you remake the choice at or before the time you are required to lodge your *income tax return for the income year in which the financial benefit is provided or received.
Amending assessments affected by the look-through earnout right
112-36(3)
The Commissioner may amend an assessment of a *tax-related liability if:
(a) an entity provides or receives a *financial benefit under such a *look-through earnout right; and
(b) the amount of the tax-related liability:
(i) depends on that entity ' s taxable income for an income year in which a *CGT event, involving the *CGT asset, happens after the first CGT event but before the financial benefit is provided or received; or
(ii) is otherwise affected by that right ' s character as a look-through earnout right; and
(c) the Commissioner makes the amendment before the end of the 4-year period starting at the end of the income year in which the last possible financial benefit becomes or could become due under the look-through earnout right.
The tax-related liability need not be a liability of that entity.
Note:
Subparagraph (b)(ii) covers changes to the amount of that tax-related liability that happen directly or indirectly because of subsection (1) or (2).
112-36(4)
If at a particular time a right is taken never to have been a *look-through earnout right because of subsection 118-565(2) , the Commissioner may amend an assessment of a *tax-related liability for up to 4 years after that time if:
(a) an entity provides or receives a *financial benefit under the right; and
(b) the amount of the tax-related liability:
(i) depends on that entity ' s taxable income for an income year in which a *CGT event, involving the *CGT asset, happens after the first CGT event but before the financial benefit is provided or received; or
(ii) was otherwise affected by that right ' s character as a look-through earnout right before subsection 118-565(2) applied.
The tax-related liability need not be a liability of that entity.
Note:
Subsection 118-565(2) restricts look-through earnout rights to rights to financial benefits over a period not exceeding 5 years from the end of the income year in which the first CGT event happens.
112-36(5)
If, after providing or receiving a *financial benefit under a right referred to in subsection (3) or (4):
(a) you are dissatisfied with an assessment referred to in that subsection; and
(b) the Commissioner notifies you that the Commissioner has decided under that subsection not to amend your assessment;
you may object against the assessment, to the extent that it does not take account of that right ' s character (as a *look-through earnout right or not such a right), in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a right to *dispose of a *share in a company that you *acquire as a result of *CGT event D2 happening to the company is the sum of:
(a) the amount that is included in your assessable income as ordinary income as a result of your acquisition of the right; and
(b) the amount (if any) that you paid to acquire the right.
(Repealed by No 96 of 2014)
This Subdivision is a *Guide.
Note:
In interpreting an operative provision, a Guide may be considered only for limited purposes: see section 950-150 .
112-40(2)
It sets out which element of the cost base or reduced cost base of a CGT asset is affected by various situations.
SECTION 112-45 CGT events
CGT events | |||
Event number | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
D4 | A conservation covenant is entered into over land | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 104-47 |
. | |||
E1 | A trust is created over a CGT asset | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 104-55 |
. | |||
E2 | A CGT asset is transferred to a trust | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 104-60 |
. | |||
E4 | A trustee makes a capital payment to you in relation to units or an interest in the trust | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 104-70 |
. | |||
F4 | A lessee receives payment for changing lease | The total cost base | 104-125 |
. | |||
G1 | A company makes a capital payment to you in relation to your shares | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 104-135 |
. | |||
G2 | (Repealed by No 90 of 2002) | ||
. | |||
G3 | A liquidator or administrator declares shares or financial instruments to be worthless | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 104-145 |
. | |||
J4 | Trust fails to cease to exist after a roll-over under Subdivision 124-N | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 104-195 |
. | |||
K1 | (Repealed by No 77 of 2001) | ||
. | |||
K8 | Direct value shifts affecting your equity or loan interests in a company or trust | The total cost base and reduced cost base | Subdivision 725-D |
Annual cost base adjustment for member ' s unit or interest in AMIT | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Annual cost base adjustment for member ' s unit or interest in AMIT | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 104-107B |
Gifts acquired by associates | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | A gift of property is covered by subsection 118-60(1) or (2) and the property is later *acquired by an associate for less than market value | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 118-60 |
Main residence | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | A dwelling that is your main residence begins to be used for the first time for the purpose of producing assessable income | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 118-192 |
Scrip for scrip roll-over | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Interest is acquired by an entity where there is a roll-over under Subdivision 124-M and there is a significant or common stakeholder under an arrangement | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-782 |
. | |||
2 | Equity or debt is acquired by a member of a wholly-owned group under that arrangement from another member of the group | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-784 |
. | |||
2A | Interest is acquired by an entity where there is a roll-over under Subdivision 124-M and the arrangement is taken to be a restructure | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-784B |
. | |||
3 | You exchange an interest you acquired before 20 September 1985 for an interest in another entity | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 124-800 |
New statutory licence | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | New statutory licences | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-150, 124-155 and 124-160 |
Change of incorporation | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Shares in company that has changed its incorporation or has ownership not significantly different from that of a former body incorporated under another law | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-530 |
MDO roll-over | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Exchange of an interest in an MDO for an interest in another MDO | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-985 |
Exchange of stapled ownership interests for units in a unit trust | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Exchange of stapled ownership interests | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-1055 and 124-1060 |
Roll-over for water entitlements | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | You replace one or more water entitlements with one or more new water entitlements | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-1120 and 124-1130 |
2 | You have a reduction in one or more water entitlements that you own | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-1145 and 124-1150 |
3 | A CGT event happens to an asset you own as a result of the replacement of water entitlements | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 124-1165 |
Demergers | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | There is a roll-over under Subdivision 125-B after a demerger | First element of cost base and reduced cost base of new interests and remaining original interests | 125-80 |
2 | There is a CGT event under a demerger but no roll-over under Subdivision 125-B | First element of cost base and reduced cost base of new interests and remaining original interests | 125-85 |
3 | There is a cost base adjustment under Subdivision 125-B but no CGT event under a demerger | First element of cost base and reduced cost base of new interests and remaining original interests | 125-90 |
Transfer of assets between certain trusts | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See sections: |
1 | There is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-G relating to the transfer of a CGT asset between certain trusts | First element of cost base and reduced cost base of the CGT asset | 126-240 |
2 | There is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-G relating to the transfer of a CGT asset between certain trusts | Cost base and reduced cost base of membership interests in each trust | 126-245 and 126-250 |
Effect of an individual dying | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | CGT asset devolves to the legal personal representative | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 128-15 |
. | |||
2 | CGT asset passes to a beneficiary | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 128-15 |
. | |||
3 | CGT asset passes to a trustee of a complying superannuation entity | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 128-25 |
. | |||
4 | Surviving joint tenant acquires deceased joint tenant's interest in CGT asset | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 128-50 |
Bonus shares or units | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | A company issues you with bonus shares | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-20 |
. | |||
2 | A unit trust issues you with bonus units | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-20 |
Exercise of rights | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | You exercise rights to acquire shares, or options to acquire shares, in a company | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-40 |
. | |||
2 | You exercise rights to acquire units, or options to acquire units, in a unit trust | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-40 |
Convertible interests | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | You acquire shares, or units in a unit trust, by converting a convertible interest | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-60 |
(Repealed by No 133 of 2009)
Exchangeable interests | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | You acquire shares in a company in exchange for the disposal of an exchangeable interest, and the disposal of the exchangeable interest was to: | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-105 |
(a) the issuer of the exchangeable interest; or | |||
(b) a connected entity of the issuer of the exchangeable interest | |||
2 | You acquire shares in a company in exchange for the redemption of an exchangeable interest | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 130-105 |
Exploration investments | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | An exploration investment in the form of a share is disposed of | The total reduced cost base | 130-110 |
Leases | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | A lessee incurs expenditure in obtaining the lessor's agreement to vary or waive a term of the lease | Fourth element of cost base and reduced cost base | 132-1 |
. | |||
2 | A lessor pays an amount to the lessee for improvements made by the lessee to the property | Fourth element of cost base and reduced cost base | 132-5 |
. | |||
3 | A lessor of a long-term lease incurs expenditure in obtaining the lessee's agreement to vary or waive a term of the lease or to forfeit or surrender the lease | Fourth element of cost base and reduced cost base | 132-10 |
. | |||
4 | A lessee of land acquires the reversionary interest of the lessor | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 132-15 |
Exercise of options | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Grantee of option acquires the CGT asset the subject of the option | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 134-1 |
. | |||
2 | Grantor of option acquires the CGT asset the subject of the option | For the grantor
-
the first element of cost base and reduced cost base;
For the grantee - the second element of cost base and reduced cost base |
134-1 |
Residency | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | An individual or company becomes an Australian resident (but not a temporary resident) | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 855-45 |
. | |||
1A | A temporary resident ceases to be a temporary resident (but remains, at that time, an Australian resident) | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 768-955 |
. | |||
2 | A trust becomes a resident trust for CGT purposes | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | 855-50 |
An asset stops being a pre-CGT asset | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | An asset of a non-public entity stops being a pre-CGT asset | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 149-35 |
. | |||
2 | An asset of a public entity stops being a pre-CGT asset | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 149-75 |
Demutualisation of certain entities | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | Just before the mutual entity known in New Zealand as Tower Corporation ceased to be a mutual entity, you had membership rights in that entity | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 118-550 |
Transfer of tax losses and net capital losses within wholly-owned groups of companies | |||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See section: |
1 | An amount of a tax loss is transferred and a company has a direct or indirect equity interest in the loss company | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 170-210 |
. | |||
2 | An amount of a tax loss is transferred and a company has a direct or indirect debt interest in the loss company | The reduced cost base | 170-210 |
. | |||
3 | An amount of a tax loss is transferred and a company has a direct or indirect equity or debt interest in the income company | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 170-215 |
. | |||
4 | An amount of a net capital loss is transferred and a company has a direct or indirect equity interest in the loss company | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 170-220 |
. | |||
5 | An amount of a net capital loss is transferred and a company has a direct or indirect debt interest in the loss company | The reduced cost base | 170-220 |
. | |||
6 | An amount of a net capital loss is transferred and a company has a direct or indirect equity or debt interest in the gain company | The total cost base and reduced cost base | 170-225 |
This table sets out other cost base modifications outside this Part and Part 3-3.
Provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 are in bold .
Modifications outside this Part and Part 3-3 | |||||
Item | In this situation: | Element affected: | See: | ||
1A | You receive, under a *farm-in farm-out arrangement, an *exploration benefit or an entitlement to an exploration benefit | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | Section 40-1120 | ||
1 | You stop holding an item as trading stock | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | Paragraph 70-110(1)(b) | ||
. | |||||
2 | CGT event happens to Cocos (Keeling) Islands asset | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 102-25(1) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 | ||
. | |||||
2AA | (Repealed by No 20 of 2016) | ||||
. | |||||
2A | Lender acquires a replacement security | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 26BC(6B) | ||
. | |||||
3 | CGT event happens by the borrower disposing of the borrowed security to a third party | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | paragraph 26BC(9)(a) | ||
. | |||||
4 | CGT event happens to replacement security and compensatory payment was incurred by the borrower | Second element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 26BC(9A) | ||
. | |||||
5 | CGT event happens to CGT asset in connection with the demutualisation of an insurance company except a friendly society health or life insurer | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 121AS | ||
. | |||||
5A | CGT event happens to CGT asset in connection with the demutualisation of a mutual entity other than an insurance company, health insurer and friendly society health or life insurer | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | Division 326 in Schedule 2H | ||
. | |||||
6 | CGT event happens to assets of NSW State Bank | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 121EN | ||
. | |||||
7 | Trust ceases to be a resident trust for CGT purposes and there is an attributable taxpayer | The total cost base and reduced cost base | section 102AAZBA | ||
. | |||||
8 | You own shares in a company that stops being a PDF | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 124ZR | ||
. | |||||
9 | (Repealed by No 23 of 2018) | ||||
. | |||||
10 | CGT event happens to CGT asset used in gold mining | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 112-100 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 | ||
. | |||||
11 | (Repealed by No 101 of 2006 ) | ||||
. | |||||
12 | Shares in a holding company are cancelled | The total cost base and reduced cost base | section 159GZZZH | ||
. | |||||
12A | (Repealed by No 4 of 2018) | ||||
. | |||||
12B | Entity has interest in loss company immediately before alteration time | The total reduced cost base | sections 165-115ZA and 165-115ZB | ||
. | |||||
13 | CGT event happens to 30 June 1988 asset of a complying superannuation entity | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 295-85 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 | ||
. | |||||
14 | CGT event happens to CGT asset of a complying superannuation entity | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 295-100 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 | ||
. | |||||
15 | A CGT asset of a CFC is taken into account in calculating its attributable income | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 412 | ||
. | |||||
16 | A CGT asset of a CFC is taken into account in calculating its attributable income | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 413(2) | ||
. | |||||
17 | A CGT asset of a CFC is taken into account in calculating its attributable income | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 413(3) | ||
. | |||||
18 | A CGT asset of a CFC is taken into account in calculating its attributable income | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 414 | ||
. | |||||
18A | You cease to hold a registered emissions unit as the result of an outgoing international transfer of a Kyoto unit | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | Section 420-35 | ||
. | |||||
19 | A commercial debt is forgiven | The total cost base and reduced cost base of certain CGT assets of the debtor | sections 245-175 to 245-190 | ||
. | |||||
20 | A tax exempt entity becomes taxable | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 57-25 in Schedule 2D | ||
. | |||||
20A | An entity becomes or ceases to be a foreign hybrid | The total cost base and reduced cost base | Sections 830-80 and 830-85 | ||
. | |||||
21 | A CGT asset is transferred to or from a life insurance company ' s complying superannuation asset pool | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 320-200(2) | ||
. | |||||
22 | A CGT asset is transferred to or from the segregated exempt assets of a life insurance company | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 320-255(2) | ||
. | |||||
22A | A CGT event happens in relation to forestry interest in a forestry managed investment scheme for a subsequent participant | The total cost base and reduced cost base | Subsection 394-30(9) | ||
. | |||||
22B | You start or cease to have a *Division 230 financial arrangement as consideration for the acquisition of a thing | All elements of cost base and reduced cost base | section 230-505 | ||
. | |||||
23 | The arrangement period for the tax preferred use of an asset ends | The total cost base and reduced cost base | subsection 250-285(3) | ||
24 | An entity becomes a subsidiary member of a consolidated group | The total cost base and reduced cost base for the head company of the subsidiary ' s assets | Section 701-10 | ||
24A | An entity ceases to be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group | The total cost base and reduced cost base for the head company of membership interests in the subsidiary | Section 701-15 | ||
24B | An entity ceases to be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group | The total cost base and reduced cost base for the head company of liabilities owed by the subsidiary | Section 701-20 | ||
24C | An entity ceases to be a subsidiary member of a consolidated group and an asset becomes an asset of the entity because the single entity rule ceases to apply | The total cost base and reduced cost base for the entity of a liability owed to the entity | Section 701-45 | ||
24D | 2 or more entities cease to be subsidiary members of a consolidated group | The total cost base and reduced cost base of the membership interests that one subsidiary member holds in another | Section 701-50 | ||
24E | Determining an asset ' s tax cost setting amount | The total cost base and reduced cost base of the asset | Section 701-55 | ||
24F | Eligible tier-1 company ceases to be a subsidiary member of a MEC group or a CGT event happens to a pooled interest in the company | The total cost base and reduced cost base | Section 719-565 | ||
. | |||||
24 | (Repealed by No 41 of 2005) | ||||
. | |||||
25 | You make a forex realisation gain as a result of forex realisation event 4, and: | total cost base and reduced cost base | section 775-70 | ||
(a) | you incurred the obligation to pay foreign currency: | ||||
(i) | in return for the acquisition of a CGT asset; or | ||||
(ii) | as the second, third, fourth or fifth element of the cost base of a CGT asset; and | ||||
(b) | the foreign currency became due for payment within 12 months after the time when: | ||||
(i) | in the case of the acquisition of a CGT asset - you acquired the CGT asset; or | ||||
(ii) | in the case of the second, third, fourth or fifth element of the cost base of a CGT asset - you incurred the relevant expenditure | ||||
. | |||||
26 | You make a forex realisation loss as a result of forex realisation event 4, and: | total cost base and reduced cost base | section 775-75 | ||
(a) | you incurred the obligation to pay foreign currency: | ||||
(i) | in return for the acquisition of a CGT asset; or | ||||
(ii) | as the second, third, fourth or fifth element of the cost base of a CGT asset; and | ||||
(b) | the foreign currency became due for payment within 12 months after the time when: | ||||
(i) | in the case of the acquisition of a CGT asset - you acquired the CGT asset; or | ||||
(ii) | in the case of the second, third, fourth or fifth element of the cost base of a CGT asset - you incurred the relevant expenditure | ||||
. | |||||
27 | You acquire foreign currency as a result of forex realisation event 2 | first element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 775-125 | ||
28 | On 10 May 2005, a foreign resident holds certain membership interests | first element of *cost base and *reduced cost base | subsection 855-25(3) | ||
29 | You are issued with an asset under a demutualisation of a health insurer except a friendly society health or life insurer | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | sections 315-80, 315-210 and 315-260 | ||
30 | You are transferred an asset by a lost policy holders trust under a demutualisation of a health insurer except a friendly society health or life insurer | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | sections 315-145, 315-210 and 315-260 | ||
30A | A CGT event occurs under a demutualisation of a friendly society health or life insurer and the capital proceeds from the event include money | All elements of cost base | section 316-60 | ||
30B | You are issued with an asset under a demutualisation of a friendly society health or life insurer | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 316-105 | ||
30C | A CGT event happens to an interest in a lost policy holders trust and the capital proceeds from the event include money | All elements of cost base | section 316-165 | ||
30D | You are transferred a share, or right to acquire shares, by a lost policy holders trust under a demutualisation of a friendly society health or life insurer | The total cost base and reduced cost base | section 316-170 | ||
31 | An entitlement arises under Division 2AA of Part II of the Banking Act 1959 in connection with an account holder ' s account with an ADI | The total cost base, and reduced cost base, of the entitlement and of the remainder (if any) of the right to be paid by the ADI in connection with the account | Section 253-15 | ||
32 | You acquire an *ESS interest and Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the interest | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | sections 83A-30 and 83A-125 | ||
33 | An entity chooses a roll-over under Subdivision 310-D and the entity chooses section 310-55 to apply to assets | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 310-55 | ||
34 | An entity chooses a roll-over under Subdivision 310-D, but the entity does not choose section 310-55 to apply to assets | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | section 310-60 | ||
35 | A CGT asset is held by a company that has ownership not significantly different from that of a former body that held the asset and was incorporated under another law | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | Section 620-25 | ||
36 | (Repealed by No 89 of 2013) | ||||
37 | The issuing of a share gives rise to an entitlement to a tax offset under Subdivision360-A | First element of cost base and reduced cost base | Sections 360-50, 360-55, 360-60 and 360-65 |
This Subdivision is a *Guide.
Note:
In interpreting an operative provision, a Guide may be considered only for limited purposes: see section 950-150 .
A replacement-asset roll-over allows you to defer the making of a capital gain or a capital loss from one CGT event until a later CGT event happens.
112-105(2)
It involves your ownership of one CGT asset (the original asset ) ending and you acquiring another one (the replacement asset ).
112-105(3)
All replacement-asset roll-overs are set out in the table in section 112-115 .
SECTION 112-110 112-110 How is the cost base of the replacement asset modified?
If you acquired the original asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the replacement asset ' s cost base is replaced by the original asset ' s cost base at the time you acquired the replacement asset; and
(b) the first element of the replacement asset ' s reduced cost base is replaced by the original asset ' s reduced cost base at the time you acquired the replacement asset.
Note 1:
Some replacement-asset roll-overs involve other rules that affect the cost base or reduced cost base of the replacement asset.
Note 2:
If you acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired the replacement asset before that day: see Subdivision 124-A .
Note 3:
The reduced cost base may be further modified if the replacement asset roll-over happens after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
This table sets out all the replacement-asset roll-overs and tells you where you can find more detail about each one.
Provisions of this Act are in normal text. The other provisions, in bold , are provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Replacement-asset roll-overs | ||
Item | For the rules about this roll-over: | See: |
1 | Disposal or creation of assets by individual or trustee to a wholly-owned company | sections 122-40 to 122-65 |
. | ||
2 | Disposal or creation of assets by partners to a wholly-owned company | sections 122-150 to 122-195 |
. | ||
3 | (Repealed by No 55 of 2007 ) | |
. | ||
4 | Asset compulsorily acquired, lost or destroyed | Subdivision 124-B |
. | ||
5 | New statutory licences | Subdivision 124-C |
. | ||
6 | Strata title conversion | Subdivision 124-D |
. | ||
7 | Exchange of shares in the same company or units in the same unit trust | Subdivision 124-E |
. | ||
8 | Exchange of rights or options to acquire shares in a company or units in a unit trust | Subdivision 124-F |
. | ||
9 | (Repealed by No 133 of 2014) | |
. | ||
10 | (Repealed by No 133 of 2014) | |
. | ||
11 | Change of incorporation | Subdivision 124-I |
. | ||
12 | Crown leases | Subdivision 124-J |
. | ||
13 | Depreciating assets | Subdivision 124-K |
. | ||
14 | Prospecting and mining entitlements | Subdivision 124-L |
. | ||
14A | Scrip for scrip | Subdivision 124-M |
. | ||
14B | Exchange of interests in a trust as a result of a trust restructure | Subdivision 124-N |
. | ||
14BA | (Repealed by No 109 of 2014) | |
. | ||
14BB | Exchange of an interest in an MDO for an interest in another MDO | Subdivision 124-P |
. | ||
14BC | Exchange of stapled ownership interests | Subdivision 124-Q |
. | ||
14BD | Water entitlements | Subdivision 124-R |
. | ||
14C | Demergers | Division 125 |
. | ||
14D | Exchange of shares in one company for shares in an interposed company | Division 615 |
14E | Exchange of units in a unit trust for shares in a company | Division 615 |
15 | Disposal of a security under a securities lending arrangement | section 26BC |
This Subdivision is a *Guide.
Note:
In interpreting an operative provision, a Guide may be considered only for limited purposes: see section 950-150 .
A same-asset roll-over allows one entity (the transferor ) to disregard a capital gain or loss it makes from disposing of a CGT asset to, or creating a CGT asset in, another entity (the transferee ). Any gain or loss is deferred until another CGT event happens in relation to the asset (in the hands of the transferee).
All same-asset roll-overs are set out in the table in section 112-150 .
If the transferor acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the asset ' s cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is replaced by the asset ' s cost base at the time the transferee acquired it; and
(b) the first element of the asset ' s reduced cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is replaced by the asset ' s reduced cost base at the time the transferee acquired it.
Note 1:
If the transferor acquired the asset before 20 September 1985, the transferee is taken to have acquired it before that day: see Subdivision 126-A .
Note 2:
The reduced cost base may be further modified if the same asset roll-over happens after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
This table sets out all the same-asset roll-overs and tells you where you can find more detail about each one.
Same-asset roll-overs | ||
Item | For the rules about this roll-over: | See: |
1 | Transfer of a CGT asset from one spouse to the other because of a marriage or relationship breakdown | Subdivision 126-A |
. | ||
2 | Transfer of a CGT asset from a company or trust to a spouse because of a marriage or relationship breakdown | Subdivision 126-A |
. | ||
3 | Transfer of a CGT asset to a wholly-owned company | sections 122-70 and 122-75 |
. | ||
4 | Transfer of a CGT asset of a partnership to a wholly-owned company | sections 122-200 and 122-205 |
. | ||
4A | Transfer of a CGT asset of a trust to a company under a trust restructure | Subdivision 124-N |
. | ||
5 | Transfer of a CGT asset between certain related companies | Subdivision 126-B |
. | ||
6 | CGT event happens because a trust deed of a complying approved deposit fund, a complying superannuation fund or a fund that accepts worker entitlement contributions is changed | Subdivision 126-C |
. | ||
7 | Transfer of a CGT asset from a small superannuation fund to another complying superannuation fund because of a marriage or relationship breakdown | Subdivision 126-D |
. | ||
7 | (Repealed by No 58 of 2006) | |
. | ||
8 | Beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled to a share following a roll-over under Subdivision 124-M | Subdivision 126-E |
. | ||
9 | (Repealed by No 109 of 2014) | |
. | ||
10 | Transfer of a CGT asset between certain trusts | Subdivision 126-G |
. | ||
11 | Corporations covered by Subdivision 124-I | sections 620-10, 620-15, 620-20 and 620-25 |
In working out the *cost base of a *CGT asset *acquired at or before 11.45 am (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 21 September 1999, index expenditure incurred at or before that time in each element. (The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 ).
Note 1:
Subdivision 960-M shows you how to index amounts. The indexation does not take account of inflation after 30 September 1999.
Note 2:
You have to work out the cost base of a CGT asset if a CGT event happens in relation to it or if there is a cost base modification.
Note 3:
You cannot index expenditure in the third element (costs of ownership): see subsection 960-275(4) .
Note 4:
Indexation is not relevant to expenditure incurred after 11.45 am on 21 September 1999 or any expenditure relating to a CGT asset acquired after that time.
Example:
Peter purchases a building as an investment on 1 January 1994 for $250,000. This amount forms the first element of his cost base.
He sold the building on 1 February 1996.
The index number for the quarter in which he sold the building (the March quarter 1996) is 119.0. The index number for the quarter in which he purchased the building (the March quarter 1994) is 110.4.
Applying section 960-275 , work out the indexation factor as follows:
119.0
110.4= 1.078 The indexed first element of Peter ' s cost base is:
$250,000 × 1.078 = $269,500
Indexation is only relevant if the *cost base of a *CGT asset is relevant to a *CGT event.
Note 1:
The table in section 110-10 sets out the CGT events for which cost base is not relevant.
Note 2:
Indexation is not relevant to the reduced cost base of a CGT asset.
Indexation for some entities only if indexation chosen
114-5(2)
Indexation is not relevant to the *capital gain of an entity mentioned in an item of the table from a *CGT event happening after 11.45 am (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 21 September 1999, unless the relevant entity mentioned in that item has chosen that the *cost base include indexation:
Entities for which indexation is not relevant unless chosen | ||
Item | Indexation is not relevant to the capital gain of this entity: | Unless this entity has chosen that the cost base include indexation: |
1 | An individual | The individual |
. | ||
2 | A *complying superannuation entity | The trustee of the complying superannuation entity |
. | ||
3 | A trust | The trustee of the trust |
. | ||
4 | A listed investment company | The company |
114-5(3)
Indexation is not relevant to the *capital gain of a *life insurance company from a *CGT event happening after 30 June 2000 in respect of a *CGT asset that is a *complying superannuation asset unless the company has chosen that the *cost base include indexation.
Note:
Section 114-5 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 provides that indexation is not relevant to the capital gain of a life insurance company or registered organisation from a CGT event after 11.45 am on 21 September 1999 and before 1 July 2000 unless the company or organisation chooses it.
You only index expenditure in the *cost base of a *CGT asset for a *CGT event happening in relation to the asset if you, or the entity whose cost base is being worked out, had *acquired the asset at or before 11.45 am (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 21 September 1999 and at least 12 months before the time of that *CGT event.
Note:
Generally, expenditure is indexed from when it is incurred: see subsection 960-275(2) . The exception is when there is an acquisition that did not result from a CGT event. The first element in this case is indexed from when the expenditure was paid: see subsection 960-275(3) .
114-10(2)
There are 5 exceptions:
CGT event E8
114-10(3)
For *CGT event E8, the beneficiary indexes the *cost bases of the *CGT assets of the trust only if the beneficiary *acquired the *CGT asset that is the interest in the trust capital at least 12 months before *disposing of it.
It does not matter (for indexation from the beneficiary ' s point of view) how long the trustee owned any of the assets of the trust.
Same asset roll-overs
114-10(4)
The 12 month rule is satisfied for both the entity that owned a *CGT asset before a *same-asset roll-over and the entity that owned it after the roll-over if the sum of their periods of ownership of the asset (and the sum of the periods of ownership of the asset of other entities involved in an unbroken series of roll-overs) is at least 12 months.
Replacement asset roll-overs
114-10(5)
The 12 month rule is satisfied for an entity obtaining a *replacement-asset roll-over for a *CGT event happening in relation to a *CGT asset if the period of the entity ' s ownership of the original asset (and of other assets for an unbroken series of replacement-asset roll-overs) and of the replacement asset are together at least 12 months.
Example:
Company A transfers a CGT asset to Company B (which is a member of the same wholly-owned group and a foreign resident) 5 months after acquiring it. There is a roll-over for the transfer under Subdivision 126-B .
Company B sells the asset 8 months after the transfer.
Company A indexes expenditure in its cost base up to the transfer. That cost base becomes the first element of Company B ' s cost base. Company B indexes its cost base from the transfer to the sale.
Deceased estates
114-10(6)
If a *CGT asset you owned just before dying devolves to your *legal personal representative or *passes to a beneficiary in your estate, the 12 month rule applies to the legal personal representative or the beneficiary as if that entity had *acquired the asset when you acquired it.
Surviving joint tenant
114-10(7)
If individuals own a *CGT asset as joint tenants and one of them dies, the 12 month rule applies to the surviving joint tenant as if the surviving joint tenant had *acquired the deceased ' s interest in the asset when the deceased acquired it.
Note:
The surviving joint tenant is taken to have acquired the deceased ' s interest in the asset: see section 128-50 .
CGT event J1
114-10(8)
If *CGT event J1 happens, the company that owns the roll-over asset ignores (for indexation purposes) the acquisition rule in subsection 104-175(8) .
There are a number of modifications to the *cost base of *CGT assets (see sections 112-20 and 112-35 and Subdivisions 112-B , 112-C and 112-D ). These affect the way indexation works.
114-15(2)
If a cost base modification replaces an element of the *cost base of a *CGT asset with an amount, or includes an amount in such an element, you index the element or the amount as if expenditure equal to the amount had been incurred in the *quarter in which the modification occurred.
Example:
A trust is declared over a CGT asset (an example of CGT event E1). The first element of the cost base in the hands of the trustee is its market value. The trustee indexes that market value from the quarter in which the trust was declared.
114-15(3)
A different rule applies if a cost base modification reduces the total *cost base of a *CGT asset. Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the *cost base (all elements) of the asset as at the *quarter in which the modification occurred.
Step 2.
Subtract the amount of the reduction.
Step 3.
The Step 2 amount forms a new first element of your *cost base, and is later indexed as if you had incurred expenditure equal to that amount in the *quarter in which the modification occurred.
Example:
Margaret receives a capital payment of $1,000 for shares (an example of CGT event G1). The first element of her cost base is $10,250 (indexed to the quarter in which the payment was made) and the second element (similarly indexed) is $210. Add those amounts ($10,460) and subtract the $1,000. Her new first element of the cost base is $9,460. There are no other elements at that time.
114-15(4)
Despite subsection (2), there are different rules for the exercise of an option or the conversion of a *convertible interest.
Exercise of options
114-15(5)
The amount you paid for the option, and the amount you paid to exercise it, are indexed from the *quarter in which the liabilities to pay the amounts were incurred.
Example:
On 1 April 1997, Robyn grants Andrew an option to buy land she owns. The option fee is $10,000, and the option is to buy the land on 30 June 1998 for $100,000.
Andrew exercises the option and acquires the land on 30 June 1998. To work out whether there is a capital gain when Andrew disposes of the land, indexation is available if the land is disposed of 12 months or more after its acquisition.
The $10,000 option fee can be indexed from 1 April 1997 (when the liability to pay it was incurred). The $100,000 exercise price can be indexed from 30 June 1998 (when the liability to pay the price was incurred).
Convertible interests
114-15(6)
If you *acquire *shares in a company or units in a unit trust by converting a *convertible interest, the amount paid for the convertible interest, and the amount paid to convert it, are indexed from the *quarter in which the liabilities to pay the amounts were incurred.
Note:
If shares or units are acquired as a result of the exercise of the option or the conversion of the convertible interest, and an amount is paid to the company or trust on the shares or units after the day of acquisition, that amount is indexed from the time it is paid: see subsection 960-275(3) .
SECTION 114-20 114-20 When expenditure is incurred for roll-overs
If there is a roll-over for a *CGT event happening in relation to a *CGT asset and the first element of the *cost base of the asset is the whole of the cost base of:
(a) for a *replacement-asset roll-over, the original asset; or
(b) for a *same-asset roll-over, the CGT asset;
you index that element as if expenditure equal to the amount in that element had been incurred in the *quarter in which the CGT event happened.
A discount capital gain remaining after the application of any capital losses and net capital losses from previous income years is reduced by the discount percentage when working out your net capital gain.
A capital gain from a CGT asset is a discount capital gain only if the entity making the gain acquired the asset at least a year before the CGT event causing the gain and no choice has been made to include indexation in the cost base of the asset.
Special rules apply to the net income of trusts with net capital gains, to ensure that the appropriate discount percentage is applied and to let beneficiaries apply their capital losses against their share of the trust's capital gains.
Special rules apply to certain capital gains made by listed investment companies to enable shareholders receiving dividends that include these gains to obtain benefits similar to those conferred by the CGT discount.
SECTION 115-5 115-5 What is a discount capital gain ?
A discount capital gain is a *capital gain that meets the requirements of sections 115-10 , 115-15 , 115-20 and 115-25 .
Note:
Sections 115-40 , 115-45 and 775-70 identify capital gains that are not discount capital gains, despite this section.
To be a *discount capital gain, the *capital gain must be made by:
(a) an individual; or
(b) a *complying superannuation entity; or
(c) a trust; or
(d) a *life insurance company in relation to a *discount capital gain from a *CGT event in respect of a *CGT asset that is a *complying superannuation asset.
To be a *discount capital gain, the *capital gain must result from a *CGT event happening after 11.45 am (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 21 September 1999.
To be a *discount capital gain, the *capital gain must have been worked out:
(a) using a *cost base that has been calculated without reference to indexation at any time; or
(b) for a capital gain that arose under *CGT event K7 - using the *cost of the *depreciating asset concerned.
Note:
A listed investment company must also calculate capital gains without reference to indexation in order to allow its shareholders to access the concessions in Subdivision 115-D .
115-20(2)
For the purposes of working out whether the *capital gain is a *discount capital gain and the amount of that gain, the *cost base taken into account in working out the capital gain may be recalculated without reference to indexation if the cost base had an element including indexation because of another provision of this Act. This subsection has effect despite that other provision.
Note:
This lets a capital gain of an entity (the gain entity ) on a CGT asset be a discount capital gain even if:
Example:
In 1995 Elizabeth acquired land from her ex-husband under an order made by a court under the Family Law Act 1975 . Former section 160ZZM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 treated her as having paid $56,000 for the land, equal to her ex-husband ' s indexed cost base for it. His cost base for the land then was $40,000.
In 2000, she sold the land for capital proceeds of $150,000.
Her discount capital gain on the land is $110,000 (equal to the capital proceeds less the cost base for the land without indexation).
115-20(3)
This section does not apply to a *capital gain worked out under subsection 104-255(3) (about carried interests).
SECTION 115-25 Discount capital gain must be on asset acquired at least 12 months before 115-25(1)
To be a *discount capital gain, the *capital gain must result from a *CGT event happening to a *CGT asset that was *acquired by the entity making the capital gain at least 12 months before the CGT event.
Note 1:
Even if the capital gain results from a CGT event happening at least a year after the CGT asset was acquired, the gain may not be a discount capital gain, depending on the cause of the CGT event (see section 115-40 ) and the nature of the asset (see sections 115-45 and 115-50 ).
Note 2:
Section 115-30 or 115-34 may affect the time when the entity is treated as having acquired the CGT asset.
115-25(2)
To avoid doubt, subsection (1) applies to the *CGT asset shown in the table for a *CGT event listed in the table.
CGT assets to which subsection (1) applies | ||
Item | CGT event | CGT asset to which subsection (1) applies |
1A | D4 | the land over which the *conservation covenant is entered into |
1 | E8 | the interest or part interest in the trust capital |
2 | K6 | the *share or interest *acquired before 20 September 1985 |
115-25(2A)
If the *capital gain results from a *CGT event K9 happening:
(a) subsection (1) does not apply; and
(b) to be a *discount capital gain, the *carried interest to which the CGT event relates must arise under a partnership agreement entered into at least 12 months before the CGT event.
115-25(3)
A *capital gain from one of these *CGT events is not a discount capital gain (despite section 115-5 ):
(a) *CGT event D1;
(b) *CGT event D2;
(c) *CGT event D3;
(d) *CGT event E9;
(e) *CGT event F1;
(f) *CGT event F2;
(g) *CGT event F5;
(h) *CGT event H2;
(ha) *CGT event J2;
(hb) *CGT event J5;
(hc) *CGT event J6;
(i) *CGT event K10.
Note:
Capital gains from the CGT events mentioned in paragraphs (3)(a) to (f) are not discount capital gains because the CGT asset involved in the CGT event comes into existence at the time of the event, so it is impossible to meet the requirement in this section that the asset have been acquired at least 12 months before the event.
SECTION 115-30 Special rules about time of acquisition
Entity is treated as acquiring some CGT assets early
115-30(1)
Sections 115-25 , 115-40 , 115-45 , 115-105 , 115-110 and 115-115 (the affected sections ) apply as if an entity (the acquirer ) had acquired a *CGT asset described in an item of the table at the time mentioned in the item:
When the acquirer is treated as having acquired a CGT asset | ||||
Item | The affected sections apply as if the acquirer had acquired this CGT asset: | At this time: | ||
1 | A *CGT asset the acquirer *acquired in circumstances giving rise to a *same-asset roll-over | (a) | when the entity that owned the CGT asset before the roll-over *acquired it; or | |
(b) | if the asset has been involved in an unbroken series of roll-overs - when the entity that owned it before the first roll-over in the series *acquired it | |||
. | ||||
2 | A *CGT asset that the acquirer *acquired as a replacement asset for a *replacement-asset roll-over (other than a roll-over covered by paragraph 115-34(1)(c)) | (a) | when the acquirer acquired the original asset involved in the roll-over; or | |
(b) | if the acquirer acquired the replacement asset for a roll-over that was the last in an unbroken series of replacement-asset roll-overs (other than roll-overs covered by paragraph 115-34(1)(c)) - when the acquirer acquired the original asset involved in the first roll-over in the series | |||
. | ||||
3 | A *CGT asset the acquirer *acquired as the *legal personal representative of a deceased individual, except one that was a *pre-CGT asset of the deceased immediately before his or her death | When the deceased *acquired the asset | ||
. | ||||
4 | A *CGT asset that *passed to the acquirer as the beneficiary of a deceased individual ' s estate, except one that was a *pre-CGT asset of the deceased immediately before his or her death | When the deceased *acquired the asset | ||
. | ||||
5 | A *CGT asset that: | When the deceased died | ||
(a) | the acquirer *acquired as the *legal personal representative of a deceased individual; and | |||
(b) | was a *pre-CGT asset of the deceased immediately before his or her death | |||
. | ||||
6 | A *CGT asset that: | When the deceased died | ||
(a) | *passed to the acquirer as the beneficiary of a deceased individual ' s estate; and | |||
(b) | was a *pre-CGT asset of the deceased immediately before his or her death | |||
. | ||||
7 | The interest (or share of an interest) the acquirer is taken under section 128-50 to have *acquired in another *CGT asset that the acquirer and another individual held as joint tenants immediately before he or she died | When the deceased *acquired his or her interest in the other CGT asset | ||
. | ||||
8 | (Repealed by No 133 of 2009) | |||
. | ||||
9 | A *CGT asset that: | |||
(a) | is a *membership interest in the receiving trust involved in a roll-over under Subdivision 126-G; and | (a) | when the acquirer *acquired the corresponding membership interest (or membership interests) in the transferring trust involved in the roll-over; or | |
(b) | is held by the acquirer just after the transfer time for the roll-over | (b) | if the roll-over asset for the roll-over has been involved in an unbroken series of roll-overs under Subdivision 126-G - when the acquirer acquired the corresponding membership interest (or membership interests) in the transferring trust involved in the first roll-over in the series | |
. | ||||
9A | A *share the acquirer *acquires by exercising an *ESS interest if: | When the acquirer *acquired the *ESS interest | ||
(a) | section 83A-33 (about start ups) reduces the amount to be included in the acquirer ' s assessable income in relation to the ESS interest; and | |||
(b) | exercising the ESS interest causes Subdivision 130-B or Division 134 to apply | |||
10 | A *CGT asset that the acquirer *acquired as a received asset for a roll-over under Subdivision 310-D | (a) when the transferring entity for the roll-over acquired the corresponding original asset for the roll-over; or
(b) if that original asset (or any asset corresponding to it) has been involved in an unbroken series of roll-overs - when the entity that owned the applicable asset before the first roll-over in the series acquired it |
||
. | ||||
11 | (Repealed by No 89 of 2013) |
Note:
Under section 128-50 , the acquirer is taken to acquire the interest of a deceased individual in a CGT asset the acquirer and the deceased held as joint tenants immediately before the deceased ' s death (or an equal share of that interest if there are other surviving joint tenants).
115-30(1A)
For the purposes of sections 115-105 , 115-110 and 115-115 , item 2 of the table in subsection (1) applies in relation to all * replacement-asset roll-overs, including those covered by paragraph 115-34(1)(c) .
115-30(1B)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2009)
CGT event E8
115-30(2)
For the purposes of applying sections 115-25 and 115-40 in relation to *CGT event E8 and the *CGT asset consisting of a beneficiary ' s interest in trust capital, it does not matter how long the trustee owned any of the assets of the trust.
Note:
Section 115-45 limits the effect of this subsection in some cases.
Relationship with Subdivision 109-A and Division 128
115-30(3)
This section has effect despite Subdivision 109-A and Division 128 (which contain rules about the time when you *acquire a *CGT asset).
This section applies if:
(a) a *CGT event happens to:
(i) your *share in a company; or
(ii) your *trust voting interest, unit or other fixed interest in a trust; and
(b) you *acquired the share or interest as a replacement asset for a *replacement-asset roll-over (other than a roll-over covered by paragraph 115-34(1)(c) ); and
(c) at the time of the CGT event, the company or trust:
(i) owns a *membership interest in an entity (the original entity ); and
(ii) has owned that membership interest for less than 12 months; and
(d) that membership interest is the original asset for the roll-over.
Note:
This section does not affect the time when you are treated as having acquired the replacement asset. That time is worked out under item 2 of the table in subsection 115-30(1) .
Application of tests about the assets of the company or trust
115-32(2)
Subsection 115-45(4) applies as if the company or trust had *acquired the original asset at least 12 months before the *CGT event, if the condition in that subsection would not be met were it to be applied to the original entity and the CGT event.
115-32(3)
Subsection 115-45(6) applies as if the company or trust had *acquired the original asset at least 12 months before the *CGT event, if the condition in subsection 115-45(5) would not be met were it to be applied to the original entity and the CGT event.
This section applies if:
(a) a *CGT event happens to your *share in a company; and
(b) at the time of the CGT event, you had owned the share for less than 12 months; and
(c) you *acquired the share as a replacement asset for:
(i) a *replacement-asset roll-over under Subdivision 122-A (disposal of assets by individuals or trustees to a wholly-owned company) for which you *disposed of a *CGT asset, or all the assets of a *business, to the company; or
(ii) a replacement-asset roll-over under Subdivision 122-B (disposal of assets by partners to a wholly-owned company) for which you disposed of your interests in a CGT asset, or your interests in all the assets of a business, to the company; or
(iii) a replacement-asset roll-over under Subdivision 124-N (disposal of assets by trusts to a company) for which a trust of which you were a beneficiary disposed of all of its CGT assets to the company.
Application of tests about when you acquired the share
115-34(2)
Sections 115-25 and 115-40 apply as if you had *acquired the *share at least 12 months before the *CGT event.
Application of tests about the company's assets
115-34(3)
For each asset mentioned in subparagraph (1)(c)(i), subsections 115-45(4) and (6) apply as if the company had *acquired that asset when you acquired it.
115-34(4)
For each asset mentioned in subparagraph (1)(c)(ii), subsections 115-45(4) and (6) apply as if the company had *acquired that asset when you acquired your interests in it.
115-34(5)
For each asset mentioned in subparagraph (1)(c)(iii), subsections 115-45(4) and (6) apply as if the company had *acquired that asset when the trust acquired it.
Relationship with Subdivision 109-A
115-34(6)
This section has effect despite Subdivision 109-A (which contains rules about the time of acquisition of CGT assets).
SECTION 115-40 115-40 Capital gain resulting from agreement made within a year of acquisition
Your *capital gain on a *CGT asset from a *CGT event is not a discount capital gain (despite section 115-5 ) if the CGT event occurred under an agreement you made within 12 months of *acquiring the CGT asset.
Note:
Section 115-30 or 115-34 may affect the time when you are treated as having acquired the CGT asset.
Purpose of this section
115-45(1)
The purpose of this section is to deny you a *discount capital gain on your *share in a company or interest in a trust if you would not have had *discount capital gains on the majority of *CGT assets (by cost and by value) underlying the share or interest if:
(a) you had owned them for the time the company or trust did; and
(b) *CGT events had happened to them when the CGT event happened to your share or interest.
When a capital gain is not a discount capital gain
115-45(2)
Your *capital gain from a *CGT event happening to:
(a) your *share in a company; or
(b) your *trust voting interest, unit or other fixed interest in a trust;
is not a discount capital gain if the 3 conditions in subsections (3), (4) and (5) are met. This section has effect despite section 115-5 and subsection 115-30(2) .
Note:
This section does not prevent a capital gain from being a discount capital gain if there are at least 300 members or beneficiaries of the company or trust and control of the company or trust is not and cannot be concentrated (see section 115-50 ).
You had at least 10% of the equity in the entity before the event
115-45(3)
The first condition is that, just before the *CGT event, you and your *associates beneficially owned:
(a) at least 10% by value of the *shares in the company (except shares that carried a right only to participate in a distribution of profits or capital to a limited extent); or
(b) at least 10% of the *trust voting interests, issued units or other fixed interests (as appropriate) in the trust.
Cost bases of new assets are more than 50% of all cost bases of entity ' s assets
115-45(4)
The second condition is that the total of the *cost bases of *CGT assets that the company or trust owned at the time of the *CGT event and had *acquired less than 12 months before then is more than half of the total of the *cost bases of the *CGT assets the company or trust owned at the time of the event.
Note:
Sections 115-30 and 115-32 , or section 115-34 , may affect the time when the company or trust is treated as having acquired a CGT asset.
Net capital gain on entity ' s new assets would be more than 50% of net capital gain on all the entity ' s assets
115-45(5)
The third condition is that the amount worked out under subsection (6) is more than half of the amount worked out under subsection (7).
115-45(6)
Work out the amount that would be the *net capital gain of the company or trust for the income year if:
(a) just before the *CGT event, the company or trust had *disposed of all of the *CGT assets that it owned then and had *acquired less than 12 months before the *CGT event; and
(b) it had received the *market value of those assets for the disposal; and
(c) the company or trust did not have any *capital gains or *capital losses from *CGT events other than the disposal; and
(d) the company or trust did not have a *net capital loss for an earlier income year.
Note:
Sections 115-30 and 115-32 , or section 115-34 , may affect the time when the company or trust is treated as having acquired a CGT asset.
115-45(7)
Work out the amount that would be the *net capital gain of the company or trust for the income year if:
(a) just before the *CGT event, the company or trust had *disposed of all of the *CGT assets that it owned then; and
(b) it had received the *market value of those assets for the disposal; and
(c) all of the *capital gains and *capital losses from those assets were taken into account in working out the net capital gain, despite any rules providing that one or more of those capital gains or losses are not to be taken into account in working out the net capital gain; and
(d) the company or trust did not have any *capital gains or *capital losses from *CGT events other than the disposal; and
(e) the company or trust did not have a *net capital loss for an earlier income year.
Capital gain from share in company with 300 members
115-50(1)
Section 115-45 does not prevent a *capital gain from a *CGT event happening to a *share in a company with at least 300 *members from being a *discount capital gain, unless subsection (3) or (6) applies in relation to the company.
Capital gain from interest in fixed trust with 300 beneficiaries
115-50(2)
Section 115-45 does not prevent a *capital gain from a *CGT event happening to an interest in a trust from being a *discount capital gain if:
(a) entities have *fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the trust; and
(b) the trust has at least 300 beneficiaries; and
(c) neither subsection (4) nor subsection (6) applies in relation to the trust.
No discount capital gain if ownership is concentrated
115-50(3)
Section 115-45 may prevent a *capital gain from a *share in a company from being a *discount capital gain if an individual owns, or up to 20 individuals own between them, directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) and for their own benefit, *shares in the company:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to:
(i) at least 75% of the company's income; or
(ii) at least 75% of the company's capital; or
(b) carrying at least 75% of the voting rights in the company.
115-50(4)
Section 115-45 may prevent a *capital gain from an interest in a trust from being a *discount capital gain if an individual owns, or up to 20 individuals own between them, directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) and for their own benefit, interests in the trust:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to:
(i) at least 75% of the trust's income; or
(ii) at least 75% of the trust's capital; or
(b) if beneficiaries of the trust have a right to vote in respect of activities of the trust - carrying at least 75% of those voting rights.
115-50(5)
Subsections (3) and (4) operate as if all of these were a single individual:
(a) an individual, whether or not the individual holds *shares in the company or interests in the trust (as appropriate);
(b) the individual's *associates;
(c) for any *shares or interests in respect of which other individuals are nominees of the individual or of the individual's associates - those other individuals.
No discount capital gain if rights can be varied to concentrate ownership
115-50(6)
Section 115-45 may prevent a *capital gain from a *share in a company, or from an interest in a trust, from being a *discount capital gain if, because of anything listed in subsection (7), it is reasonable to conclude that the rights attaching to any of the *shares in the company or interests in the trust (as appropriate) can be varied or abrogated in such a way that subsection (3) or (4) would be satisfied.
115-50(7)
These are the things:
(a) any provision in the constituent document of the company or trust, or in any contract, agreement or instrument:
(i) authorising the variation or abrogation of rights attaching to any of the *shares in the company or interests in the trust (as appropriate); or
(ii) relating to the conversion, cancellation, extinguishment or redemption of any of those shares or interests;
(b) any contract, *arrangement, option or instrument under which a person has power to acquire any of those shares or interests;
(c) any power, authority or discretion in a person in relation to the rights attaching to any of those shares or interests.
115-50(8)
It does not matter for the purposes of subsection (6) whether or not the rights attaching to any of the *shares or interests are varied or abrogated in the way described in that subsection.
Your *capital gain from a *CGT event is not a discount capital gain if it is affected by section 316-60 or 316-165 .
Note:
Those sections affect capital gains involving the receipt of money as a result of the demutualisation of a friendly society health or life insurer.
(Repealed by No 168 of 2001)
The discount percentage for an amount of a *discount capital gain is:
(a) 50% if the gain is made:
(i) by an individual and neither section 115-105 nor 115-110 (about foreign or temporary residents) applies to the gain; or
(ii) by a trust (other than a trust that is a *complying superannuation entity) and section 115-120 (about foreign or temporary residents) does not apply to the gain; or
(b) 33 ⅓ % if the gain is made:
(i) by a complying superannuation entity; or
(iia) (Repealed by No 70 of 2015)
(ii) by a *life insurance company from a *CGT asset that is a *complying superannuation asset; or
(c) the percentage resulting from section 115-115 if section 115-105 or 115-110 applies to the gain; or
(d) the percentage resulting from section 115-120 if that section applies to the gain; or
(e) the percentage resulting from section 115-125 if that section applies to the gain.
Object
115-105(1)
The object of this section (with section 115-115) is to adjust the discount percentage so as to deny you a discount to the extent that you accrued a * capital gain while a foreign resident or * temporary resident.
When this section applies
115-105(2)
This section applies to a * discount capital gain if:
(a) you are an individual; and
(b) you * acquire a * CGT asset; and
(c) you make the discount capital gain from a * CGT event happening in relation to the CGT asset; and
(d) the period (the discount testing period ):
(i) starting on the day you acquired the CGT asset; and
ends after 8 May 2012; and
(ii) ending on the day the CGT event happens;
(e) you were a foreign resident or * temporary resident during some or all of so much of that period as is after 8 May 2012.
Note:
Section 115-30 has special rules about when assets are acquired.
Changed residency status
115-105(3)
For the purposes of this section and section 115-115 , if:
(a) another individual owned the * CGT asset on a particular day before the discount testing period ends; and
(b) on that day, that individual was one of the following (that individual ' s residency status ):
(i) an Australian resident (but not a * temporary resident);
(ii) a temporary resident;
(iii) a foreign resident; and
(c) section 115-30 treats you as having * acquired the CGT asset when that individual, or an earlier owner of the CGT asset, acquired it;
you are treated as having the same residency status on that day as that individual had on that day.
SECTION 115-110 Foreign or temporary residents - individuals with trust gains
Object
115-110(1)
The object of this section (with section 115-115 ) is to adjust the discount percentage so as to deny you a discount for a * capital gain you make because of section 115-215 to the extent that the gain was accrued while you were a foreign resident or * temporary resident.
When this section applies
115-110(2)
This section applies to a * discount capital gain if:
(a) you are an individual and a beneficiary of a trust ( your trust ); and
(b) because of section 115-215 , Division 102 applies to you as if you had made the discount capital gain on a particular day ( your gain day ) for a * capital gain (the relevant trust gain ) of the trust estate; and
(c) the period (the discount testing period ) worked out from the following table ends after 8 May 2012; and
(d) you were a foreign resident or * temporary resident during some or all of so much of that period as is after 8 May 2012.
Working out the discount testing period | |||
Item | Column 1 | Column 2 | |
If this is the case: | the discount testing period is: | ||
1 | your trust is a * fixed trust | the period: | |
(a) | starting on the most recent day (before your gain day) that you became a beneficiary of your trust; and | ||
(b) | ending on your gain day. | ||
2 | your trust is not a *fixed trust and the relevant trust gain: | the period: | |
(a) | is made because a * CGT event happened in relation to a * CGT asset * acquired by the trustee of your trust; or | (a) | starting on the day of that acquisition; and |
(b) | is referable (either directly or indirectly through one or more interposed trusts that are not fixed trusts) to a * capital gain made by the trustee of another trust that is not a fixed trust because a CGT event happened in relation to a CGT asset acquired by that trustee | (b) | ending on your gain day. |
3 | your trust is not a * fixed trust and the relevant trust gain is referable (either directly or indirectly through one or more interposed trusts that are not fixed trusts) to a * capital gain made by a fixed trust | the period: | |
(a) | starting on the most recent day (before your gain day) that the trust whose capital gain is directly referable to the capital gain made by the fixed trust became a beneficiary of the fixed trust; and | ||
(b) | ending on your gain day. |
Note:
Section 115-30 has special rules about when assets (including membership interests in trusts) are acquired.
Changed residency status
115-110(3)
For the purposes of this section and section 115-115 , if:
(a) your trust is a * fixed trust and another individual owned your * membership interest in your trust on a particular day before the discount testing period ends; and
(b) on that day, that individual was one of the following (that individual ' s residency status ):
(i) an Australian resident (but not a * temporary resident);
(ii) a temporary resident;
(iii) a foreign resident; and
(c) section 115-30 treats you as having * acquired your membership interest in your trust when that individual, or an earlier owner of that membership interest, acquired it;
you are treated as having the same residency status on that day as that individual had on that day.
SECTION 115-115 Foreign or temporary residents - percentage for individuals 115-115(1)
This section applies if section 115-105 or 115-110 applies to a * discount capital gain.
Periods starting after 8 May 2012
115-115(2)
If the discount testing period starts after 8 May 2012, the following (expressed as a percentage) is the percentage resulting from this section:
Number of days during discount testing period that you
were an Australian resident (but not a *temporary resident) |
2 × Number of days in discount testing period |
Note 1:
The percentage will be 0 % if you were a foreign resident or temporary resident during all of the discount testing period.
Note 2:
Subsection 115-105(3) or 115-110(3) may change your residency status for this formula.
Periods starting earlier - Australian residents
115-115(3)
If:
(a) the discount testing period starts on or before 8 May 2012; and
(b) you were an Australian resident (but not a * temporary resident) on 8 May 2012;
the following (expressed as a percentage) is the percentage resulting from this section:
.gif)
where:
apportionable day
means a day, after 8 May 2012, during the discount testing period.
Note:
Subsection 115-105(3) or 115-110(3) may change your residency status for this formula.
Periods starting earlier - other residents may choose market value
115-115(4)
The percentage resulting from this section is worked out from the following table if:
(a) the discount testing period starts on or before 8 May 2012; and
(b) you were a foreign resident or * temporary resident on 8 May 2012; and
(c) the most recent * acquisition (before the * CGT event) of the * CGT asset happened on or before 8 May 2012; and
(d) the CGT asset ' s * market value on 8 May 2012 exceeds the amount that was its * cost base at the end of that day; and
(e) you choose for this subsection to apply.
Note 1:
The CGT event and CGT asset are those expressly or impliedly referred to in section 115-105 or 115-110 .
Note 2:
Section 115-30 has special rules about when assets are acquired.
Percentage using market value | ||
Item | Column 1 | Column 2 |
If the excess from paragraph (d): | then, the percentage is: | |
1 | is equal to or greater than the amount of the * discount capital gain | 50 % . |
2 | falls short of the amount of the * discount capital gain | worked out under subsection (5). |
115-115(5)
For the purposes of table item 2 in subsection (4), the following (expressed as a percentage) is the percentage resulting from this section:

where:
apportionable day
means a day, after 8 May 2012, during the discount testing period.
eligible resident
means an Australian resident who is not a
*
temporary resident.
excess
means the excess from paragraph (4)(d).
shortfall
means the amount that the excess falls short of the amount of the
*
discount capital gain.
Note:
Subsection 115-105(3) or 115-110(3) may change your residency status for this formula.
Periods starting earlier - other residents not choosing market value
115-115(6)
If:
(a) the discount testing period starts on or before 8 May 2012; and
(b) you were a foreign resident or * temporary resident on 8 May 2012; and
(c) subsection (4) does not apply;
the following (expressed as a percentage) is the percentage resulting from this section:
Number of apportionable days that you were an
Australian resident (but not a *temporary resident) |
2 × Number of days in discount testing period |
where:
apportionable day
means a day, after 8 May 2012, during the discount testing period.
Note 1:
The percentage will be 0 % if you were a foreign resident or temporary resident on each of the apportionable days.
Note 2:
Subsection 115-105(3) or 115-110(3) may change your residency status for this formula.
SECTION 115-120 Foreign or temporary residents - trusts with certain gains 115-120(1)
The object of this section is to adjust the discount percentage so as to deny a trustee a discount for a * capital gain for which the trustee is liable:
(a) to be assessed; and
(b) to pay tax;
under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the trust estate in respect of a beneficiary to the extent that the beneficiary was a foreign resident or * temporary resident.
115-120(2)
This section applies to a * discount capital gain of a trust estate if:
(a) you are the trustee of that trust; and
(b) section 115-220 applies to you in relation to the discount capital gain and a beneficiary of the trust who is an individual.
115-120(3)
The percentage resulting from this section is the same as the * discount percentage for the corresponding * discount capital gain the beneficiary would have made for the purposes of Division 102 had section 115-215 applied to the beneficiary.
SECTION 115-125 Investors disposing of property used for affordable housing
Object
115-125(1)
The object of this section is to increase the discount percentage to the extent that the *discount capital gain relates to a *dwelling used to *provide affordable housing.
When this section applies
115-125(2)
This section applies to a *discount capital gain if:
(a) you are an individual; and
(b) either:
(i) you make the discount capital gain from a *CGT event happening in relation to a *CGT asset that is your *ownership interest in a *dwelling; or
(ii) because of section 115-215 , Division 102 applies to you as if you had made the discount capital gain for a *capital gain of a trust covered by subsection (3); and
(c) where subparagraph (b)(ii) applies - the trust ' s capital gain was made directly, or indirectly through one or more entities that are all covered by subsection (3), from a CGT event happening in relation to a CGT asset that is an ownership interest in a dwelling; and
(d) the dwelling was used to *provide affordable housing on at least 1095 days:
(i) before the CGT event; and
(ii) during your, or the relevant trustee ' s or partner ' s, *ownership period of that dwelling; and
(iii) on or after 1 January 2018.
The days mentioned in paragraph (d) need not be consecutive.
Note:
1095 days is the same as 3 years.
115-125(3)
This subsection covers the following:
(a) a trust, other than a *superannuation fund or a public unit trust (within the meaning of section 102P of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 );
(b) a *managed investment trust;
(c) a partnership.
Discount percentage
115-125(4)
The percentage resulting from this section is the sum of:
(a) the *discount percentage that would apply to the *discount capital gain apart from this section; and
(b) the result (expressed as a percentage) of subsection (5).
115-125(5)
Work out the following:
*Discount percentage that would apply to the *discount capital gain apart from this section | × | Affordable housing days |
5 | Total ownership days |
where:
affordable housing days
means the number of days during that *ownership period (see paragraph (2)(d)) of the *dwelling, and on or after 1 January 2018, on which:
(a) the dwelling was used to *provide affordable housing; and
(b) you were neither a foreign resident nor a *temporary resident.
total ownership days
meansthe number of days during that *ownership period (see paragraph (2)(d)) of the *dwelling, less the number of days after 8 May 2012 during that ownership period that you were a foreign resident or a *temporary resident.
SECTION 115-200 What this Division is about
This Subdivision sets out rules for dealing with the net income of a trust that has a net capital gain. The rules treat parts of the net income attributable to the trust ' s net capital gain as capital gains made by the beneficiary entitled to those parts. This lets the beneficiary reduce those parts by any capital losses and unapplied net capital losses it has.
If the trust ' s capital gain was reduced by either the general 50% discount in step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) or by the small business 50% reduction in Subdivision 152-C (but not both), then the gain is doubled. The beneficiary can then apply its capital losses to the gain before applying the appropriate discount percentage (if any) or the small business 50% reduction.
If the trust ' s capital gain was reduced by both the general 50% discount and the small business 50% reduction, then the gain is multiplied by 4. The beneficiary can then apply its capital losses to the gain before applying the appropriate discount percentage (if any) and the small business 50% reduction.
Division 6E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 will exclude amounts from the beneficiary ' s assessable income if necessary to prevent it from being taxed twice on the same parts of the trust ' s net income.
Operative provisions | |
115-210 | When this Subdivision applies |
115-215 | Assessing presently entitled beneficiaries |
115-220 | Assessing trustees under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
115-222 | Assessing trustees under section 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
115-225 | Attributable gain |
115-227 | Share of a capital gain |
115-228 | Specifically entitled to an amount of a capital gain |
115-230 | Choice for resident trustee to be specifically entitled to capital gain |
SECTION 115-210 When this Subdivision applies 115-210(1)
This Subdivision applies if a trust estate has a *net capital gain for an income year that is taken into account in working out the trust estate's net income (as defined in section 95 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) for the income year.
115-210(2)
If the trust estate has a beneficiary that is a *complying superannuation entity that is a trust, this Subdivision applies in relation to the complying superannuation entity as a beneficiary but not as a trust estate. This Subdivision does not apply otherwise to a *complying superannuation entity that is a trust.
SECTION 115-215 Assessing presently entitled beneficiaries
Purpose
115-215(1)
The purpose of this section is to ensure that appropriate amounts of the trust estate ' s net income attributable to the trust estate ' s *capital gains are treated as a beneficiary ' s capital gains when assessing the beneficiary, so:
(a) the beneficiary can apply *capital losses against gains; and
(b) the beneficiary can apply the appropriate *discount percentage (if any) to gains.
115-215(2)
(Repealed by No 62 of 2011)
Extra capital gains
115-215(3)
If you are a beneficiary of the trust estate, for each *capital gain of the trust estate, Division 102 applies to you as if you had:
(a) if the capital gain was not reduced under either step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) (discount capital gains) or Subdivision 152-C (small business 50% reduction) - a capital gain equal to the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) ; and
(b) if the capital gain was reduced under either step 3 of the method statement or Subdivision 152-C but not both (even if it was further reduced by theother small business concessions) - a capital gain equal to twice the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) ; and
(c) if the capital gain was reduced under both step 3 of the method statement and Subdivision 152-C (even if it was further reduced by the other small business concessions) - a capital gain equal to 4 times the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) .
Note:
This subsection does not affect the amount (if any) included in your assessable income under Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 because of the capital gain of the trust estate. However, Division 6E of that Part may have the effect of reducing the amount included in your assessable income under Division 6 of that Part by an amount related to the capital gain you have under this subsection.
115-215(4)
For each *capital gain of yours mentioned in paragraph (3)(b) or (c):
(a) if the relevant trust gain was reduced under step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) - Division 102 also applies to you as if your capital gain were a *discount capital gain, if you are the kind of entity that can have a discount capital gain; and
(b) if the relevant trust gain was reduced under Subdivision 152-C - the capital gain remaining after you apply step 3 of the method statement is reduced by 50%.
Note:
This ensures that your share of the trust estate ' s net capital gain is taxed as if it were a capital gain you made (assuming you made the same choices about cost bases including indexation as the trustee).
115-215(4A)
To avoid doubt, subsection (3) treats you as having a *capital gain for the purposes of Division 102 , despite section 102-20 .
Section 118-20 does not reduce extra capital gains
115-215(5)
To avoid doubt, section 118-20 does not reduce a *capital gain that subsection (3) treats you as having for the purpose of applying Division 102 .
115-215(6)
(Repealed by No 62 of 2011)
This section applies if:
(a) you are the trustee of the trust estate; and
(b) on the assumption that there is a share of the income of the trust to which a beneficiary of the trust is presently entitled, you would be liable to be assessed (and pay tax) under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the trust estate in respect of the beneficiary.
115-220(2)
For each *capital gain of the trust estate, increase the amount (the assessable amount ) in respect of which you are actually liable to be assessed (and pay tax) under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the trust estate in respect of the beneficiary by:
(a) unless paragraph (b) applies - the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) in relation to the beneficiary; or
(b) if the liability is under paragraph 98(3)(b) or subsection 98(4) , and the capital gain was reduced under step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) (discount capital gains) - twice the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) in relation to the beneficiary.
115-220(3)
To avoid doubt, increase the assessable amount under subsection (2) even if the assessable amount is nil.
Subsection (2) applies if:
(a) you are the trustee of the trust estate; and
(b) section 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not apply in relation to the trust estate in relation to the relevant income year.
115-222(2)
For each *capital gain of the trust estate, increase the amount (the assessable amount ) in respect of which you are liable to be assessed (and pay tax) under section 99 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the trust estate by the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) .
115-222(3)
Subsection (4) applies if:
(a) you are the trustee of the trust estate; and
(b) subsection (2) does not apply.
115-222(4)
For each *capital gain of the trust estate, increase the amount (the assessable amount ) in respect of which you are liable to be assessed (and pay tax) under section 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to the trust estate by:
(a) if the capital gain was not reduced under either step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) (discount capital gains) or Subdivision 152-C (small business 50% reduction) - the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) ; and
(b) if the capital gain was reduced under either step 3 of the method statement or Subdivision 152-C but not both (even if it was further reduced by the other small business concessions) - twice the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) ; and
(c) if the capital gain was reduced under both step 3 of the method statement and Subdivision 152-C (even if it was further reduced by the other small business concessions) - 4 times the amount mentioned in subsection 115-225(1) .
115-222(5)
To avoid doubt, increase the assessable amount under subsection (2) or (4) even if the assessable amount is nil.
The amount is the product of:
(a) the amount of the *capital gain remaining after applying steps 1 to 4 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) ; and
(b) your *share of the capital gain (see section 115-227 ), divided by the amount of the capital gain.
115-225(2)
Subsection (3) applies if the net income of the trust estate (disregarding the amount of any *franking credits) for the relevant income year falls short of the sum of:
(a) the *net capital gain (if any) of the trust estate for the income year; and
(b) the total of all *franked distributions (if any) included in the assessable income of the trust estate for the income year (to the extent that an amount of the franked distributions remained after reducing them by deductions that were directly relevant to them).
115-225(3)
For the purposes of subsection (1), replace paragraph (a) of that subsection with the following paragraph:
(a) the product of:
(i) the amount of the *capital gain remaining after applying steps 1 to 4 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) ; and
(ii) the *net income of the trust estate for that income year (disregarding the amount of any *franking credits), divided by the sum mentioned in subsection (2); and
An entity that is a beneficiary or the trustee of a trust estate has a share of a *capital gain that is the sum of:
(a) the amount of the capital gain to which the entity is *specifically entitled; and
(b) if there is an amount of the capital gain to which no beneficiary of the trust estate is specifically entitled, and to which the trustee is not specifically entitled - that amount multiplied by the entity ' s *adjusted Division 6 percentage of the income of the trust estate for the relevant income year.
A beneficiary of a trust estate is specifically entitled to an amount of a *capital gain made by the trust estate in an income year equal to the amount calculated under the following formula:
*Capital gain | × |
Share of net financial benefit
Net financial benefit |
where:
net financial benefit
means an amount equal to the *financial benefit that is referable to the *capital gain (after any application by the trustee of losses, to the extent that the application is consistent with the application of capital losses against the capital gain in accordance with the method statement in subsection
102-5(1)
).
share of net financial benefit
means an amount equal to the *financial benefit that, in accordance with the terms of the trust:
(a) the beneficiary has received, or can be reasonably expected to receive; and
(b) is referable to the *capital gain (after application by the trustee of any losses, to the extent that the application is consistent with the application of capital losses against the capital gain in accordance with the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) ); and
(c) is recorded, in its character as referable to the capital gain, in the accounts or records of the trust no later than 2 months after the end of the income year.
Note:
A trustee of a trust estate that makes a choice under section 115-230 is taken to be specifically entitled to a capital gain.
115-228(2)
To avoid doubt, for the purposes of subsection (1), something is done in accordance with the terms of the trust if it is done in accordance with:
(a) the exercise of a power conferred by the terms of the trust; or
(b) the terms of the trust deed (if any), and the terms applicable to the trust because of the operation of legislation, the common law or the rules of equity.
115-228(3)
For the purposes of this section, in calculating the amount of the *capital gain, disregard sections 112-20 and 116-30 (Market value substitution rule) to the extent that those sections have the effect of increasing the amount of the capital gain.
Purpose
115-230(1)
The purpose of this section is to allow a trustee of a resident trust to make a choice that has the effect that the trustee will be assessed on a *capital gain of the trust if no trust property representing the capital gain has been paid to or applied for the benefit of a beneficiary of the trust.
Trusts for which choice can be made
115-230(2)
A trustee can only make a choice under this section in relation to a trust estate that is, in the income year in respect of which the choice is made, a resident trust estate (within the meaning of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ).
Circumstances in which choice can be made
115-230(3)
If:
(a) a *capital gain is taken into account in working out the *net capital gain of a trust for an income year; and
(b) trust property representing all or part of that capital gain has not been paid to or applied for the benefit of a beneficiary of the trust by the end of 2 months after the end of the income year;
(c) (Repealed by No 62 of 2011)
the trustee may, no later than the deadline in subsection (5), make a choice that subsection (4) applies in respect of the capital gain.
Consequences if trustee makes choice
115-230(4)
These are the consequences if the trustee makes a choice that this subsection applies in respect of a *capital gain:
(a) sections 115-215 and 115-220 do not apply in relation to the capital gain;
(b) for the purposes of this Act, the trustee is taken to be *specifically entitled to all of the capital gain.
Deadline for making choice
115-230(5)
The deadline for the purposes of subsection (3) is:
(a) the day 2 months after the last day of the income year; or
(b) a later day allowed by the Commissioner.
Note:
This deadline is an exception to the general rule about choices in section 103-25 .
This Subdivision allows shareholders of certain listed companies to obtain benefits similar to those conferred by discount capital gains.
The benefits accrue where dividends paid by those companies represent capital gains that would be discount capital gains had they been made by an individual, a trust or a complying superannuation entity.
SECTION 115-280 Deduction for certain dividends 115-280(1)
You can deduct an amount for a *dividend paid to you by a company (the payment company ) if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual, a *complying superannuation entity, a trust or a partnership; or
(ia) (Repealed by No 70 of 2015)
(ii) a *life insurance company where the dividend is in respect of *shares that are *complying superannuation assets; and
(b) when the dividend is paid, either you are an Australian resident or you are an individual who is a foreign resident and carries on business in Australia at or through your permanent establishment in Australia, being a permanent establishment within the meaning of:
(i) a double tax agreement (as defined in Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) that relates to a foreign country and affects the individual; or
(ii) subsection 6(1) of that Act, if there is no such agreement; and
(ba) if, when the dividend is paid, you are an individual who is a foreign resident and has in Australia such a permanent establishment - the dividend is attributable to the permanent establishment; and
(c) all or some part of the dividend is reasonably attributable to a *LIC capital gain made by a *listed investment company; and
(d) in a case where the LIC capital gain was made by a company other than the payment company - the payment company was a listed investment company when it received a dividend part of which is attributable to the LIC capital gain.
Note:
The concession is available for LIC capital gains made directly by a listed investment company, and for LIC capital gains that company receives as a dividend through one or more other listed investment companies.
115-280(2)
The amount you can deduct is:
(a) 50% of your share of the amount (the attributable part ) worked out under subsection (3) if you are an individual, a trust (except a trust that is a *complying superannuation entity) or a partnership; or
(b) 33 ⅓ % of your share of the attributable part if you are a complying superannuation entity or a *life insurance company.
Note 1:
The listed investment company will advise you of your share of the attributable part.
Note 2:
If a shareholder in a listed investment company is a trust or partnership, a beneficiary of the trust or a partner in the partnership has no share of the attributable part.
115-280(3)
The attributable part is worked out using this formula:

where:
after tax gain
is the after tax *LIC capital gain.
Example:
A listed investment company (which is not a base rate entity) disposes of a CGT asset for $30,000. The asset had a cost base of $10,000. The capital gain is therefore $20,000. The company applies a capital loss of $10,000 against the gain. Its net capital gain is $10,000.
The net capital gain is subject to tax at 30%. The after tax gain is therefore $7,000.
The company pays a fully franked dividend to Daryl, one of its shareholders. It advises Daryl that his share of the attributable part of the dividend is:
$7 + [ ($7 × 0.3) ÷ (1 − 0.3)] = $10
Daryl, being an individual, can deduct 50% of $10, which is $5.
115-280(4)
An amount is included in your assessable income if:
(a) a deduction is allowed under subsection (1) to a trust or a partnership; and
(b) you are a beneficiary of the trust or a partner in the partnership and you are not an individual; and
(c) the income of the trust or partnership is reduced by an amount because of that deduction; and
(d) a part of the deduction (the reduction amount ) is reflected in your share of the net income of the trust or partnership.
115-280(5)
The amount included is:
(a) the reduction amount if you are a company, a trust (except a trust that is a *complying superannuation entity) or a partnership; or
(b) one-third of the reduction amount if you are a complying superannuation entity or a *life insurance company.
Example:
The Burnett Partnership received a dividend from a listed investment company. The dividend statement advised that the dividend included a $100 attributable part. The partnership deducted $50 under this section in calculating its net income.
The partnership has 2 equal partners, Amy Burnett and Burnett Consulting Pty Ltd.
Burnett Consulting ' s assessable income includes its share of the net income of the partnership plus $25 (being that part of the $50 deduction allowed to the partnership that is reflected in the company ' s share of the partnership net income).
Subsections (4) and (5) do not apply to Amy because she is an individual.
A LIC capital gain is a *capital gain:
(a) from a *CGT event that happens on or after 1 July 2001; and
(b) that is made by a company that is a *listed investment company from a *CGT asset that is an investment to which paragraph 115-290(1)(c) applies; and
(c) that meets the requirements of sections 115-20 and 115-25 ; and
(d) that is not a capital gain that could not be a *discount capital gain had it been made by an individual because of section 115-40 or 115-45 ; and
(e) that is included in the *net capital gain of the company; and
(f) that is reflected in the taxable income of the company for the income year in which the company had the net capital gain.
Note 1:
The listed investment company must be able to demonstrate that at least some part of the LIC capital gain, whether made by the company itself or by another listed investment company, remains after claiming deductions and losses against that income for the income year.
Note 2:
Section 115-30 may affect the date of acquisition of a CGT asset for the purposes of sections 115-25 , 115-40 and 115-45 .
115-285(2)
However, a *capital gain made by a company is not a LIC capital gain if the company:
(a) became a *listed investment company after 1 July 2001; and
(b) *acquired the *CGT asset concerned before the day on which it became a listed investment company.
115-285(3)
In applying subsection (2), a *CGT asset is treated as if it had been *acquired by the company before it became a *listed investment company if the asset would otherwise be treated as being acquired after that time because of one of these provisions:
(a) section70-110 (about trading stock);
(b) Subdivision 124-E or 124-F (replacement asset roll-overs for exchange of *shares, units, rights or options);
(ba) Subdivision 124-Q (exchange of stapled ownership interests);
(c) Subdivision 126-B (same-asset roll-over for transfers within certain wholly-owned groups).
SECTION 115-290 Meaning of listed investment company 115-290(1)
A listed investment company is a company: (a) that is an Australian resident; and (b) *shares in which are listed for quotation on the official list of ASX Limited or an *approved stock exchange; and (c) at least 90% of the *market value of whose *CGT assets consists of investments permitted by subsection (4) .
115-290(2)
A company is also a listed investment company if: (a) it is a 100% subsidiary of a company that is a *listed investment company because of subsection (1) ; and (b) the subsidiary would be a listed investment company because of subsection (1) if it were able to comply with paragraph (1)(b) .
115-290(3)
This Subdivision applies to a company that does not comply with paragraph (1)(c) as if it did comply if the failure: (a) was of a temporary nature only; and (b) was caused by circumstances outside its control.
115-290(4)
The permitted investments are: (a) *shares, units, options, rights or similar interests to the extent permitted by subsections (5) , (6) , (7) and (8) ; or (b) financial instruments (such as loans, debts, debentures, bonds, promissory notes, futures contracts, forward contracts, currency swap contracts and a right or option in respect of a share, security, loan or contract); or (c) an asset whose main use by the company in the course of carrying on its *business is to *derive interest, an annuity, rent, royalties or foreign exchange gains unless:
(i) the asset is an intangible asset and has been substantially developed, altered or improved by the company so that its *market value has been substantially enhanced; or
(d) goodwill.
(ii) its main use for deriving rent was only temporary; or
115-290(5)
The company can own a *100% subsidiary if the subsidiary is a listed investment company because of subsection (2) .
115-290(6)
The company can own (directly or indirectly) any percentage of another *listed investment company that is not the company's *100% subsidiary.
115-290(7)
Otherwise, the company cannot own (directly or indirectly) more than 10% of another company or trust.
115-290(8)
In working out whether a company indirectly owns any part of another company or trust: (a) disregard any ownership it has indirectly through a *listed public company or a *publicly traded unit trust; and (b) if the company owns not more than 50% of another *listed investment company - disregard any ownership it has indirectly through the other company.
SECTION 115-295 115-295 Maintaining records
A *listed investment company must maintain records showing the balance of its *LIC capital gains available for distribution.
This Division tells you how to work out what the capital proceeds from a CGT event are. You need to know this to work out if you made a capital gain or loss from the event.
Section 116-20 sets out the general rules about capital proceeds. They are relevant to each CGT event that is listed in the table in section 116-25 .
There are 6 modifications to the general rules that may be relevant. The table in section 116-25 lists which ones may be relevant to each CGT event listed in the table.
Explanation of modifications
116-10(2)
The first is a market value substitution rule. It is relevant if:
116-10(3)
The second is an apportionment rule. It is relevant if a payment you receive in connection with a transaction relates in part only to a CGT event.
Example:
You sell 3 CGT assets for a total of $100,000. The $100,000 needs to be apportioned between the 3 assets.
116-10(4)
The third is a non-receipt rule. It is relevant if you do not receive, or are not likely to receive, some or all of the capital proceeds from a CGT event.
116-10(5)
The fourth is a repaid rule. It is relevant if you are required to repay some or all of the capital proceeds from a CGT event.
116-10(6)
The fifth is relevant only if another entity assumes a liability in connection with a CGT event.
116-10(7)
The sixth relates to misappropriation by an employee or agent. It is relevant if your employee or agent misappropriates all or part of the capital proceeds from a CGT event.
Note 1:
Also, these provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 modify capital proceeds:
Note 2:
Section 230-505 of this Act (Division 230 financial arrangement as consideration for provision or acquisition of a thing) also modifies capital proceeds.
General rules SECTION 116-20 General rules about capital proceeds 116-20(1)
The capital proceeds from a *CGT event are the total of:
(a) the money you have received, or are entitled to receive, in respect of the event happening; and
(b) the *market value of any other property you have received, or are entitled to receive, in respect of the event happening (worked out as at the time of the event).
Note 1:
The timing rules for each event are in Division 104 .
Note 2:
In some situations you are treated as having received money or other property, or being entitled to receive it: see section 103-10 .
Note 3:
If you dispose of shares in a buy-back, the capital proceeds are worked out under Division 16K of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
116-20(2)
This table sets out what the capital proceeds from *CGT events F1, F2, H2 and K9 are:
General rules about capital proceeds | |||
Event number | Description of event: | The capital proceeds are: | |
F1 | Granting, renewing or extending a lease | Any premium paid or payable to you for the grant, renewal or extension | |
. | |||
F2 | Granting, renewing or extending a long-term lease | The greatest of: | |
(a) | the *market value of the estate in fee simple or head lease (worked out when you grant, renew or extend the lease); and | ||
(b) | what would have been that market value if you had not granted, renewed or extended the lease; and | ||
(c) | any premium paid or payable to you for the grant, renewal or extension | ||
. | |||
H2 | Receipt for event relating to a CGT asset | The money or other consideration you received, or are entitled to receive, because of the act, transaction or event | |
. | |||
K9 | Entitlement to receive payment of a *carried interest | The amount of the payment, to the extent that it is a payment of the *carried interest |
116-20(3)
In working out the *market value of the property the subject of the grant, renewal or extension of a long-term lease:
(a) include the market value of any building, part of a building, structure or improvement that is treated as a separate *CGT asset from the property; and
(b) disregard any *depreciating assets for whose decline in value the lessor has deducted or can deduct an amount under this Act.
Note:
Subdivision 108-D sets out when a building, structure or improvement is treated as a separate CGT asset.
116-20(4)
In working out the amount of any premium paid or payable to the lessor for the grant, renewal or extension of a long-term lease, disregard any part of it that is attributable to a *depreciating asset of that kind.
The payment of any premium can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
116-20(5)
In working out the proceeds of a *CGT event that is a *supply, disregard the amount of your *net GST (if any) on the supply.
Modifications to general rules SECTION 116-25 116-25 Table of modifications to the general rules
There are 6 modifications to the general rules that may be relevant to a *CGT event. This table tells you:
Capital proceeds modifications | |||
Event number | Description of event: | Only these modifications can apply: | Special rules: |
A1 | Disposal of a CGT asset | If the *disposal is because another entity exercises an option: see section 116-65
If the disposal is of *shares or an interest in a trust: see section 116-80 If the disposal is a gift for which a section 30-212 valuation is obtained: see section 116-100 If a roll-over under Subdivision 310-D applies: see section 116-110 If the disposal is a disposal of part of an interest in a *mining, quarrying or prospecting right under a *farm-in farm-out arrangement: see section 116-115 If the disposal involves a *look-through earnout right: see section 116-120 |
|
. | |||
B1 | Use and enjoyment before title passes | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 | None |
. | |||
C1 | Loss or destruction of a CGT asset | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
C2 | Cancellation, surrender and similar endings | 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 | See sections 116-75, 116-80, 116-110 and 116-115 |
. | |||
C3 | End of option to acquire shares etc. | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
D1 | Creating contractual or other rights | 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
D2 | Granting an option | 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 | See section 116-70 |
. | |||
D3 | Granting a right to income from mining | 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
D4 | Entering into a conservation covenant | 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 | 116-105 |
. | |||
E1 | Creating a trust over a CGT asset | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 | None |
. | |||
E2 | Transferring a CGT asset to a trust | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 | If a roll-over under Subdivision 310-D applies: see section 116-110 |
. | |||
E8 | Disposal by beneficiary of capital interest | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 | See section 116-80 |
. | |||
F1 | Granting a lease | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
F2 | Granting a long-term lease | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
F4 | Lessee receives payment for changing lease | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
F5 | Lessor receives payment for changing lease | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
H2 | Receipt for event relating to a CGT asset | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
. | |||
K1 | (Repealedby No 77 of 2001) | ||
. | |||
K6 | Pre-CGT shares or trust interest | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 | None |
. | |||
K7 | (Repealed by No 119 of 2002) | ||
. | |||
K9 | Entitlement to receive payment of a *carried interest | 2, 3, 4, 6 | None |
No capital proceeds
116-30(1)
If you received no *capital proceeds from a *CGT event, you are taken to have received the *market value of the *CGT asset that is the subject of the event. (The market value is worked out as at the time of the event.)
Example:
You give a CGT asset to another entity. You are taken to have received the market value of the CGT asset.
There are capital proceeds
116-30(2)
The *capital proceeds from a *CGT event are replaced with the *market value of the *CGT asset that is the subject of the event if:
(a) some or all of those proceeds cannot be valued; or
(b) those capital proceeds are more or less than the market value of the asset and:
(i) you and the entity that *acquired the asset from you did not deal with each other at *arm ' s length in connection with the event; or
(ii) the CGT event is CGT event C2 (about cancellation, surrender and similar endings).
(The market value is worked out as at the time of the event.)
116-30(2A)
Subsection (2) does not apply if there is a partial roll-over for the *CGT event because of section 124-150 .
116-30(2B)
Subsection (2) does not apply to a situation that would otherwise be covered by paragraph (2)(b) if the *CGT event is *CGT event C2 (about cancellation, surrender and similar endings) and the *CGT asset that is the subject of the event is:
(a) a *share in a company that has at least 300 *members and isnot a company that is covered by section 116-35 ; or
(b) a unit in a unit trust that has at least 300 unit holders and is not a trust that is covered by section 116-35 .
Note:
So, for one of these assets, the capital proceeds for the cancellation will be what you actually received.
116-30(2C)
Subsection (2) does not apply if: (a) you are a *complying superannuation fund, a *complying approved deposit fund or a *pooled superannuation trust; and (b) the *capital proceeds from the *CGT event exceed the *market value of the *CGT asset; and (c) assuming the capital proceeds were your *statutory income, the proceeds would be *non-arm ' s length income.
Market value for CGT events C2 and D1
116-30(3)
Subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) these examples of *CGT event C2:
(i) the expiry of a *CGT asset you own;
(ii) the cancellation of your *statutory licence; or
(b) *CGT event D1 (about creating contractual or other rights).
116-30(3A)
If you need to work out the *market value of a *CGT asset that is the subject of *CGT event C2, work it out as if the event had not occurred and was never proposed to occur.
Example:
A company cancels shares you own in it. You work out the market value of the shares by disregarding the cancellation.
CGT assets the subject of certain events
116-30(4)
To avoid doubt, the *CGT asset that is the subject of a *CGT event specified in this table is the asset so specified.
*CGT assets the subject of certain events | |
For this *CGT event: | This asset is the subject of the event: |
D1 | the right you created |
. | |
D2 | the option you granted |
. | |
D3 | the right you granted |
. | |
E8 | your interest or part interest in the trust capital |
. | |
K1 | (Repealed by No 77 of 2001) |
. | |
K6 | the *share or interest you *acquired before 20 September 1985 |
Carried interests
116-30(5)
This section does not apply to *CGT event A1 or C2 to the extent that the CGT event is constituted by ceasing to own:
(a) the *carried interest of a *general partner in a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP or an *AFOF or a *limited partner in a *VCMP; or
(b) an entitlement to receive a payment of such a carried interest.
Note:
This section does not apply to ESS interests acquired under employee share schemes: see subsection 130-80(4) .
SECTION 116-35 Companies and trusts that are not widely held
Coverage
116-35(1)
A company is covered by this section if subsection (3) or (5) applies to the company.
116-35(2)
A unit trust is covered by this section if subsection (4) or (5) applies to the trust.
Concentrated ownership
116-35(3)
This subsection applies to a company if an individual owns, or up to 20 individuals own between them, directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) and for their own benefit, *shares in the company:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to at least 75% of the company ' s income or at least 75% of the company ' s capital; or
(b) carrying at least 75% of the voting power in the company.
116-35(4)
This subsection applies to a trust if an individual owns, or up to 20 individuals own between them, directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) and for their own benefit, units in the trust:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to at least 75% of the trust ' s income or at least 75% of the trust ' s capital; or
(b) if unit holders of the trust have a right to vote in respect of activities of the trust - carrying at least 75% of the voting power in the trust.
Possible variation of rights
116-35(5)
This subsection applies to a company or trust if, because of:
(a) any provision in the entity ' s constituent document, or in any contract, agreement or instrument:
(i) authorising the variation or abrogation of rights attaching to any of the *shares or units in the entity; or
(ii) relating to the conversion, cancellation, extinguishment or redemption of any of those shares or units; or
(b) any contract, *arrangement, option or instrument under which a person has power to acquire any of those shares or units; or
(c) any power, authority or discretion in a person in relation to the rights attaching to any of those shares or units;
it is reasonable to conclude that the rights attaching to any of those shares or units are capable of being varied or abrogated in such a way (even if they are not in fact varied or abrogated in that way) that, directly or indirectly, subsection (3) or (4) would apply to the entity.
Single individual
116-35(6)
For the purposes of subsections (3) and (4) , all of the following are taken to be a single individual:
(a) an individual, whether or not the individual holds *shares or units in the entity concerned;
(b) the individual ' s *associates;
(c) for any shares or units in respect of which other individuals are nominees of the individual or of the individual ' s associates - those other individuals.
If you receive a payment in connection with a transaction that relates to more than one *CGT event, the capital proceeds from each event are so much of the payment as is reasonably attributable to that event.
Example:
You sell a block of land and a boat for a total of $100,000. This transaction involves 2 CGT events.
The $100,000 must be divided among the 2 events. The capital proceeds from the disposal of the land are so much of the $100,000 as is reasonably attributable to it. The rest relates to the boat.
116-40(2)
If you receive a payment in connection with a transaction that relates to one *CGT event and something else, the capital proceeds from the event are so much of the payment as is reasonably attributable to the event.
Example:
You are an architect. You receive $70,000 for selling a block of land and giving advice to the new owner. This transaction involves one CGT event: the disposal of the land.
The capital proceeds from the disposal of the land is so much of the $70,000 as is reasonably attributable to that disposal.
116-40(3)
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
SECTION 116-45 Non-receipt rule: modification 3 116-45(1)
The *capital proceeds from a *CGT event are reduced if:
(a) you are not likely to receive some or all (the unpaid amount ) of those proceeds; and
(b) this is not because of anything you (or your *associate) have done or omitted to do; and
(c) you took all reasonable steps to get the unpaid amount paid.
The capital proceeds are reduced by the unpaid amount.
Note:
This rule exists because the general rules treat you as having received an amount when you are entitled to receive it.
Example:
You sell a painting to another entity for $5,000 (the capital proceeds). You agree to accept monthly instalments of $100.
You receive $2,000, but then the other entity stops making payments. It becomes clear that you are not likely to receive the remaining $3,000. The capital proceeds are reduced to $2,000.
116-45(2)
There is a further consequence if:
(a) those proceeds are reduced by the unpaid amount; but
(b) you later receive a part of that amount.
Those proceeds are increased by that part.
116-45(3)
This Part and Part 3-3 apply to the debt owed to you (the unpaid amount) as if it were not a *CGT asset.
SECTION 116-50 Repaid rule: modification 4 116-50(1)
The *capital proceeds from a *CGT event are reduced by:
(a) any part of them that you repay; or
(b) any compensation you pay that can reasonably be regarded as a repayment of part of them.
However, the capital proceeds are not reduced by any part of the payment that you can deduct.
Example:
You sell a block of land for $50,000 (the capital proceeds). The purchaser later finds out that you misrepresented a term in the contract. The purchaser sues you and the court orders you to pay $10,000 in damages to the purchaser.
The capital proceeds are reduced by $10,000.
116-50(2)
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
SECTION 116-55 116-55 Assumption of liability rule: modification 5
The *capital proceeds from a *CGT event are increased if another entity *acquires the *CGT asset (the subject of the event) subject to a liability by way of security over the asset.
They are increased by the amount of the liability the other entity assumes.
Example:
You sell land for $150,000. You receive $50,000 (the capital proceeds) and the buyer becomes responsible for a $100,000 liability under an outstanding mortgage. The capital proceeds are increased by $100,000 to $150,000.
The *capital proceeds from a *CGT event are reduced if your employee or *agent misappropriates (whether by theft, embezzlement, larceny or otherwise) all or part of those proceeds.
Note:
This rule exists because the general rules treat you as having received an amount when you are entitled to receive it.
116-60(2)
The *capital proceeds are reduced by the amount misappropriated.
116-60(3)
There is a further consequence if:
(a) those proceeds are reduced by the amount misappropriated; and
(b) you later receive an amount as *recoupment of all or part of the amount misappropriated.
Those proceeds are increased by the amount received.
116-60(4)
This Part and Part 3-3 apply to the debt owed to you (the amount misappropriated) as if it were not a *CGT asset.
116-60(5)
Section 170 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not prevent the amendment of an assessment for the purposes of giving effect to this section for an income year if:
(a) you discover the misappropriation, or you receive an amount as *recoupment of all or part of the amount misappropriated, after you lodged your *income tax return for the income year; and
(b) the amendment is made at any time during the period of 4 years starting immediately after you discover the misappropriation or receive the amount.
This section applies if:
(a) you granted, renewed or extended an option to create (including grant or issue) or *dispose of a *CGT asset; and
(b) another entity exercises the option; and
(c) because of the exercise of the option, you create (including grant or issue) or dispose of the CGT asset.
116-65(2)
The *capital proceeds from the creation (including grant or issue) or disposal include any payment you received for granting, renewing or extending the option.
116-65(3)
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
This section applies if:
(a) you granted, renewed or extended an option; and
(b) the option requires you both to *acquire, and to create (including grant or issue) or *dispose of, a *CGT asset.
116-70(2)
The option is treated as 2 separate options and half of the *capital proceeds from the grant, renewal or extension is attributed to each option.
The *capital proceeds from the expiry, surrender or forfeiture of a lease include any payment (because of the lease ending) by the lessor to the lessee for expenditure of a capital nature incurred by the lessee in making improvements to the leased property.
The payment or expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
This section sets out what happens if:
(a) there is a fall in the *market value of a *personal use asset (other than a car, motor cycle or similar vehicle) or a *collectable of a company or trust; and
(b) *CGT event A1, C2 or E8 happens to:
(i) *shares you own in the company (or in a company that is a member of the same *wholly-owned group); or
(ii) an interest you have in the trust.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
116-80(2)
The *capital proceeds from the event are replaced with the *market value of the *shares, or the interest in the trust.
The market value is worked out as at the time of the event as if the fall in market value of the *personal use asset or *collectable had not occurred.
Note:
You may also make a collectable loss: see CGT event K5.
SECTION 116-85 Section 47A of 1936 Act applying to rolled-over asset 116-85(1)
You reduce the *capital proceeds from a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset you have if the conditions in this table are satisfied.
Conditions for reduction | ||
Item | Condition | |
1 | You must have *acquired the asset from a company or *CFC | |
2 | Either: | |
(a) | the company obtained a roll-over for the *CGT event that resulted in your *acquisition of the asset; or | |
(b) | the *CFC obtained a roll-over for that event in applying Division 7 of Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for the purpose of working out the *attributable income of a company in relation to any entity except a roll-over under Subdivision 124-J (about Crown leases), 124-K (about depreciating assets) or 124-L (about prospecting and mining entitlements) | |
3 | The company or *CFC is taken, under section 47A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , to have paid you a dividend in relation to that event, and some or all of the dividend is included in your assessable income under section 44 of that Act |
Note:
For roll-overs: see Divisions 122 , 124 and 126 .
116-85(2)
The reduction is the lesser of:
(a) the amount of the dividend; and
(b) the amount of any *capital gain that, apart from the roll-over, the company or *CFC would have made from the *CGT event if its *capital proceeds from the event had been the asset's *market value (at the time of the event).
Note:
This section is disregarded in calculating the attributable income of a CFC: see section 410 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
116-85(3)
(Repealed by No 96 of 2004)
This section sets out what happens if:
(a) a *CFC ceases at a time (the residency change time ) to be a resident of an *unlisted country and becomes a resident of a *listed country; and
(aa) subsection 457(3) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not apply to the change of residence; and
(b) because of the change in its residency status, an amount is included in an entity ' s assessable income under section 457 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (including because of paragraph 58(1)(d) of the Taxation Laws Amendment (Foreign Income) Act 1990 ); and
(c) a *CGT event happens in relation to a *CGT asset (the CFC asset ) that is *taxable Australian property and that the CFC owned since the residency change time.
116-95(2)
If the conditions in subsection (3) are satisfied, the *capital proceeds from the *CGT event are reduced by the amount worked out under subsection (4). If the conditions in subsection (5) are satisfied, those capital proceeds are increased by the amount worked out under subsection (6).
Reduction of capital proceeds
116-95(3)
If all the *CFC ' s assets were *disposed of at the residency change time for their *market values in the circumstances mentioned in subparagraph 457(2)(a) (ii) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 :
(a) *distributable profits of the CFC of a particular amount (thedistributable profit amount ) would be created, or its distributable profits would be increased by an amount (also the distributable profit amount ); and
(b) the CFC would have made a profit (the CFC asset profit ) on the disposal of the CFC asset.
116-95(4)
The *capital proceeds are reduced by:
Distributable profit amount | × |
CFC asset profit
Total asset profits |
where:
total asset profits
is the sum of the profits that the CFC would have made if all its assets were *disposed of at the residency change time for their *market values (ignoring disposals that would not result in a profit).
Increase in capital proceeds
116-95(5)
If all the *CFC ' s assets were *disposed of at the residency change time for their *market values in the circumstances mentioned in subparagraph 457(2)(a) (ii) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 :
(a) the *distributable profits of the CFC would be reduced by an amount (the distributable profit reduction amount ); and
(b) the CFC would have made a loss (the CFC asset loss ) on the disposal of the CFC asset.
116-95(6)
The *capital proceeds are increased by:
Distributable profit
reduction amount |
× |
CFC asset loss
Total asset losses |
where:
total asset losses
is the sum of the losses that the CFC would have made if all its assets were *disposed of at the residency change time for their *market values (ignoring disposals that would not result in a loss).
Note:
This section is disregarded in calculating the attributable income of a CFC: see section 410 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
If CGT event A1 is the giving of a gift of property by you for which a valuation under section 30-212 is obtained, you may choose that the *capital proceeds from the event are replaced with the value of the property as determined under the valuation.
116-100(2)
You can only make this choice if the valuation was made no more than 90 days before or after the CGT event.
SECTION 116-105 116-105 Conservation covenants
If *CGT event D4 happens because you enter into a *conservation covenant over land you own and you can deduct an amount under Division 31 because you enter into the covenant, the *capital proceeds from the event are the amount you can deduct.
Note:
To get a deduction under Division 31 , you must not receive money, property or other material benefit for entering into the covenant.
If a roll-over is chosen under Subdivision 310-D in relation to *CGT event A1, C2 or E2, the *capital proceeds of the transferring entity (within the meaning of that Division) from the event are the amount worked out under subsection 310-55(1) or 310-60(3) .
If:
(a) *CGT event A1 is the *disposal of part of your interest in a *mining, quarrying or prospecting right; and
(b) the part is disposed of under a *farm-in farm-out arrangement; and
(c) you have received an *exploration benefit in respect of the event happening;
in working out the *capital proceeds for the CGT event, treat as zero the *market value of the exploration benefit.
116-115(2)
If:
(a) *CGT event C2 arises as a result of an *exploration benefit being provided to you; and
(b) the exploration benefit is provided under a *farm-in farm-out arrangement;
in working out the *capital proceeds for the CGT event, treat as zero the *market value of the exploration benefit.
Consequences for capital proceeds
116-120(1)
If *CGT event A1 happens because you *dispose of a *CGT asset, your *capital proceeds from the disposal:
(a) do not include the value of any *look-through earnout right relating to the CGT asset and the disposal; and
(b) are increased by any *financial benefit that you receive under such a look-through earnout right; and
(c) are reduced by any financial benefit that you provide under such a look-through earnout right.
Remaking choices affected by the look-through earnout right
116-120(2)
Despite section 103-25 , you may remake any choice you made under this Part or Part 3-3 in relation to the *CGT event if:
(a) you provide or receive a *financial benefit under such a *look-through earnout right; and
(b) you remake the choice at or before the time you are required to lodge your *income tax return for the income year in which the financial benefit is provided or received.
Amending assessments affected by the look-through earnout right
116-120(3)
The Commissioner may amend an assessment of a *tax-related liability if:
(a) an entity provides or receives a *financial benefit under such a *look-through earnout right; and
(b) the amount of the tax-related liability:
(i) depends on that entity ' s taxable income for the income year in which the *CGT event happens; or
(ii) is otherwise affected by that right ' s character as a look-through earnout right; and
(c) the Commissioner makes the amendment before the end of the 4-year period starting at the end of the income year in which the last possible financial benefit becomes or could become due under the look-through earnout right.
The tax-related liability need not be a liability of that entity.
Note:
Subparagraph (b)(ii) covers changes to the amount of that tax-related liability that happen directly or indirectly because of subsection (1) or (2).
116-120(4)
If at a particular time a right is taken never to have been a *look-through earnout right because of subsection 118-565(2) , the Commissioner may amend an assessment of a *tax-related liability for up to 4 years after that time if:
(a) an entity provides or receives a *financial benefit under the right; and
(b) the amount of the tax-related liability:
(i) depends on that entity ' s taxable income for the income year in which the *CGT event happens; or
(ii) was otherwise affected by that right ' s character as a look-through earnout right before subsection 118-565(2) applied.
The tax-related liability need not be a liability of that entity.
Note:
Subsection 118-565(2) restricts look-through earnout rights to rights to financial benefits over a period not exceeding 5 years from the end of the income year in which the CGT event happens.
116-120(5)
If, after providing or receiving a *financial benefit under a right referred to in subsection (3) or (4):
(a) you are dissatisfied with an assessment referred to in that subsection; and
(b) the Commissioner notifies you that the Commissioner has decided under that subsection not to amend your assessment;
you may object against the assessment, to the extent that it does not take account of that right ' s character (as a *look-through earnout right or not such a right), in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
This Division sets out various exemptions for many capital gains and losses.
There are other provisions that provide exemptions from CGT liability, for example, Division 104 (exceptions from CGT events), Division 152 (small business relief) and Division 50 (exempt entities).
Note 1:
There are also these exemptions in the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 :
Note 2:
There are also exemptions in Division 54 .
Note 3:
There are also exemptions in Divisions 315 and 316 (about demutualisation of certain insurers).
SECTION 118-5 118-5 Cars, motor cycles and valour decorations
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from any of these *CGT assets is disregarded:
(a) a *car, motor cycle or similar vehicle;
(b) a decoration awarded for valour or brave conduct (unless you paid money or gave any other property for it).
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *collectable is disregarded if the first element of its *cost base, or the first element of its *cost if it is a *depreciating asset, is $500 or less.
Example:
On 10 July 2001, Gayle buys a print for $450 and hangs it in her home. On 30 November 2001 she takes the print to her office and hangs it in the lobby. Gayle self assesses the effective life of the print to be 7 years.
Gayle sells the print to Anna for $700 on 2 January 2002.
How much can Gayle deduct for the 2001-02 income year?
The cost of the print is $450. Gayle chooses to use the prime cost method to calculate its decline in value.
The print's decline in value is:
$450 × 177
365× 100%
7 years= $31 Gayle can deduct $6 as the taxable use portion of the decline in value under Division 40 :
34
177× 31 Due to the balancing adjustment event that occurred on 2 January 2002, $54 is included in Gayle's assessable income for the 2001-02 income year under section 40-285 . The amount is reduced for non-taxable use by section 40-290 .
A capital gain of $202 is disregarded under this section because the asset is a collectable acquired for less than $500.
118-10(2)
However, there is a special rule if the *collectable is an interest in one of these *CGT assets:
(a) *artwork, jewellery, an antique, or a coin or medallion;
(b) a rare folio, manuscript or book;
(c) a postage stamp or first day cover.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the interest is disregarded only if the *market value of the asset (when you *acquired the interest) is $500 or less.
Note:
If you last acquired the interest before 16 December 1995, a capital gain or loss is disregarded if you acquired the interest for $500 or less: see section 118-10 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
118-10(3)
A *capital gain you make from a *personal use asset, or part of the asset, is disregarded if the first element of the asset's *cost base, or the first element of its *cost if it is a *depreciating asset, is $10,000 or less.
Note:
A capital loss you make from a personal use asset is disregarded: see subsection 108-20(1) .
SECTION 118-12 Assets used to produce exempt income etc. 118-12(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT asset that you used solely to produce your *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income is disregarded.
118-12(2)
However, the exemption does not apply if the asset was used to gain or produce an amount that is *non-assessable non-exempt income because of:
(a) any of these provisions of this Act:
(i) section 59-15 (mining payments);
(ia) section 59-35 (amounts that would be mutual receipts but for prohibition on distributions to members or issue of MCIs);
(ii) subsection 70-90(2) (disposing of trading stock outside the ordinary course of business);
(iii) section 86-30 (income of a personal services entity);
(iv) subsection 86-35(1) (payment by a personal services entity);
(v) subsection 86-35(2) (share of personal services entity ' s net income);
(vi) section 240-40 (treatment of arrangement payments);
(via) section 242-40 (about luxury car lease payments);
(vib) section 768-5 (foreign equity distributions on participation interests);
(vii) section 802-15 (foreign residents - exempting CFI from Australian tax);
(viii) section 840-815 (foreign residents - final withholding tax on managed investment trust income); or
(b) any of these provisions of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 :
(i) section 23AH (foreign branch profits of Australian companies);
(ii) section 23AI (amounts paid out of attributed income);
(iii) (Repealed by No 110 of 2014)
(iv) section 23AK (attributed foreign investment fund income);
(v) subsection 23L(1) (fringe benefits);
(vi) subsection 99B(2A) (attributed trust income);
(vii) section 128D (dividends, royalties and interest subject to withholding tax);
(viii) subsection 271-105(3) in Schedule 2F (amounts subject to family trust distribution tax).
(ix) (Repealed by No 79 of 2010 )
Note:
These provisions make amounts non-assessable non-exempt income to prevent them being double taxed rather than to remove them entirely from the taxation system. Therefore, the policy reason for disregarding gains and losses does not apply to assets used to produce those amounts.
SECTION 118-13 118-13 Shares in a PDF
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event happening in relation to *shares in a *PDF is disregarded.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *registered emissions unit is disregarded.
118-15(2)
(Repealed by No 83 of 2014)
118-15(3)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a right to receive an *Australian carbon credit unit is disregarded.
SECTION 118-20 Reducing capital gains if amount otherwise assessable 118-20(1)
A *capital gain you make from a *CGT event is reduced if, because of the event, a provision of this Act (outside of this Part) includes an amount (for any income year) in: (a) your assessable income or *exempt income; or (b) if you are a partner in a partnership, the assessable income or exempt income of the partnership.
118-20(1A)
Subsection (1) applies to an amount that, under a provision of this Act (outside of this Part), is included in: (a) your assessable income or *exempt income; or (b) if you are a partner in a partnership, the assessable income or exempt income of the partnership;
in relation to a *CGT asset as if it were so included because of the *CGT event referred to in that subsection if the amount would also be taken into account in working out the amount of a *capital gain you make.
Note:
An example is an amount assessable under Division 16E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , which deals with accruals taxation of certain securities.
118-20(1B)
The rule in subsection (1) does not apply to: (a) an amount that is taken to be a dividend under section 159GZZZP of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which relates to buy-backs of *shares); or (b) an amount included in assessable income under subsection 207-20(1) , 207-35(1) or 207-35(3) of this Act (which relate to franked distributions).
118-20(2)
The gain is reduced to zero if it does not exceed: (a) the amount included; or (b) if you are a partner, your share (the partner ' s share ) of the amount included in the assessable income or *exempt income of the partnership (calculated according to your entitlement to share in the partnership net income or loss).
Example:
Liz bought some land in 1990, as part of a profit-making scheme. In December 1998 she sells it.
Her profit from the sale is $40,000 and is included in her assessable income under section 6-5 (about ordinary income).
Suppose she made a capital gain from the sale of $30,000. It is reduced to zero because it is does not exceed the amount included.
118-20(3)
The gain is reduced by the amount included, or the amount of the partner ' s share, if the gain exceeds that amount.
Note:
These rules are modified for complying superannuation funds that become non-complying and for foreign superannuation funds that become Australian superannuation funds: see Division 295 .
118-20(4)
A *capital gain you make from a *CGT event is reduced by the extent that a provision of this Act (except sections 59-40 and 316-255 ) treats: (a) an amount of your *ordinary income or *statutory income from the event as being *non-assessable non-exempt income; or (b) if you are a partner, your share of the ordinary income or *statutory income of the partnership from the event (calculated according to your entitlement to share in the partnership net income or loss) as being non-assessable non-exempt income of the partnership.
118-20(4A)
A *capital gain the trustee of a *superannuation fund makes from a *CGT event happening in relation to a *CGT asset in an income year is reduced if the asset ' s *market value was taken into account in working out the fund ' s income from previous years under section 295-325 or 295-330 .
118-20(4B)
The gain is reduced to zero if it does not exceed the amount that would have been the *capital gain from the *CGT event if the *capital proceeds from the event were the asset ' s *market value that was taken into account in working out that net previous income.
If the gain exceeds that amount, it is reduced by that amount.
Exceptions
118-20(5)
The gain is not reduced if an amount is included in your assessable income, or the assessable income of the partnership, for any income year because of a balancing adjustment.
118-20(6)
The gain is not reduced if an amount is included in your *non-assessable non-exempt income under section 768-5 (about foreign equity distributions on participation interests) because a company makes a *foreign equity distribution that is: (a) debited against a *share capital account of the company; or
(b) (Omitted by No 63 of 1998) (c) debited against an asset revaluation reserve of the company; or (d) directly or indirectly attributable to amounts transferred from such an account or reserve of the company.
SECTION 118-21 Carried interests
CGT events relating to carried interests not to be treated as income
118-21(1)
The modifications in subsections (2) and (3) apply if *CGT event K9 happens in relation to your entitlement to receive a payment of the *carried interest of a *general partner in a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP or an *AFOF or a *limited partner in a *VCMP.
118-21(2)
These provisions do not apply to the CGT event:
(a) sections 6-5 (about *ordinary income), 8-1 (about amounts you can deduct), 15-15 and 25-40 (about profit-making undertakings or plans) and 118-20 (reducing capital gains if amount otherwise assessable);
(b) sections 25A and 52 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about profit-making undertakings or schemes).
118-21(3)
Section 6-10 (about *statutory income) does not apply to the *CGT event except so far as that section applies in relation to section 102-5 (about net capital gains).
In applying section 118-20 , treat a *superannuation lump sum or an *employment termination payment that you receive as being included in your assessable income.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event (that is also a *balancing adjustment event) that happens to a *depreciating asset is disregarded if the asset was:
(a) an asset you *held; or
(b) if you are a partner, an asset of the partnership; or
(c) if you are absolutely entitled to the asset as against the trustee of a trust (disregarding any legal disability), an asset of the trustee;
where the decline in value of the asset was worked out under Division 40 (including that Division as it applies under Division 355 ), or the deduction for the asset was calculated under Division 328 , or would have been if the asset had been used.
118-24(2)
However, subsection (1) does not apply to:
(a) a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from *CGT event J2 or *CGT event K7 happening; or
(b) a *depreciating asset for which you or another entity has deducted or can deduct amounts under Subdivision 40-F or 40-G .
SECTION 118-25 Trading stock 118-25(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT asset is disregarded if, at the time of the *CGT event, the asset is:
(a) your *trading stock; or
(b) if you are a partner, trading stock of the partnership; or
(c) if you are absolutely entitled to the asset as against the trustee of a trust (disregarding any legal disability), trading stock of the trustee.
118-25(2)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make in these circumstances is disregarded:
(a) you start holding as *trading stock a *CGT asset you already own but do not hold as trading stock; and
(b) you elect under paragraph 70-30(1)(a) to be treated as having sold the asset for its cost (worked out under that section).
Note 1:
Paragraph 70-30(1)(a) allows you to elect the cost of the asset, or its market value, just before it became trading stock.
Note 2:
You may make a capital gain or loss if you elect its market value: see CGT event K4.
SECTION 118-27 Division 230 financial arrangements and financial arrangements to which Subdivision 250-E applies 118-27(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make:
(a) from a *CGT asset; or
(b) in creating a CGT asset; or
(c) from the discharge of a liability;
is disregarded if, at the time of the *CGT event, the asset or liability is, or is part of, a *Division 230 financial arrangement.
Note 1:
Paragraph (b) is relevant for CGT event D1.
Note 2:
Paragraph (c) is relevant for CGT event L7.
118-27(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply to the following:
(a) a gain or loss that subsection 230-310(4) (which deals with hedging financial arrangements) provides is to be treated as a *capital gain or *capital loss;
(b) a loss that is reduced under subsection 230-465(2) , to the extent of that reduction (this is the extent to which the loss is of a capital nature).
Subsection (1) does not apply if the situation that gives rise to the *CGT event does not result in a gain from the arrangement being included in your assessable income under Division 230 , or in a loss from the arrangement entitling you to a deduction under Division 230 .
118-27(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT asset is disregarded if, at the time of the *CGT event, the asset is, or is part of, a *financial arrangement to which Subdivision 250-E applies.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event relating to your interest in the copyright in a film is disregarded if an amount is included in your assessable income under section 26AG (about film proceeds) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 because of the event.
118-30(2)
If you are a partner in a partnership, a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event relating to the partnership's interest in the copyright in a film is disregarded if an amount is included in the assessable income of a partner (including you) under section 26AG of that Act because of the event.
118-30(3)
If you are absolutely entitled to an interest in the copyright in a film as against the trustee of a trust (disregarding any legal disability), a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event relating to the interest is disregarded if an amount is included in your assessable income or the net income of the trust under section 26AG of that Act because of the event.
Disregard a *capital gain or *capital loss from a *CGT event if an amount is included in your assessable income in any income year under section 355-410 (about disposal of R & D results) because of that CGT event.
SECTION 118-37 Compensation, damages etc. 118-37(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event relating directly to any of these is disregarded:
(a) compensation or damages you receive for:
(i) any wrong or injury you suffer in your occupation; or
(ii) any wrong, injury or illness you or your *relative suffers personally;
(b) compensation or damages you receive as the trustee of a trust (other than a trust that is a *complying superannuation entity) for:
(i) any wrong or injury a beneficiary of the trust suffers in his or her occupation; or
(ii) any wrong, injury or illness a beneficiary of the trust, or the beneficiary ' s relative, suffers personally;
(ba) a *CGT asset you receive, as a beneficiary of a trust, from the trustee of the trust to the extent that the CGT asset is attributable to compensation or damages that the trustee receives as described in paragraph (b) for:
(i) any wrong or injury you suffer in your occupation; or
(ii) any wrong, injury or illness you or your relative suffers personally;
(c) gambling, a game or a competition with prizes;
(d) (Repealed by No 13 of 2014)
(e) (Repealed by No 123 of 2008)
(f) (Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(g) a tobacco industry exit grant that you receive under the program known as the Tobacco Growers Adjustment Assistance Programme 2006 if, as a condition of receiving the grant, you entered into an undertaking not to become the owner or operator of any agricultural *enterprise within 5 years after receiving the grant;
(ga) a * water entitlement, to the extent that the CGT event happens because an entity * derives a * SRWUIP payment that is * non-assessable non-exempt income under section 59-65 ;
(gb) a * SRWUIP payment you derive that is non-assessable non-exempt income under section 59-65 ;
(h) a right or entitlement to a *tax offset, a *deduction, or a similar benefit under an *Australian law, a *foreign law or a law of part of a foreign country;
(i) a variation, transfer or revocation of an allocation (within the meaning of the National Rental Affordability Scheme Act 2008 );
(j) anything of economic value provided to you (whether directly or indirectly, such as through an *NRAS consortium of which you are a *member) by:
(i) a Department of a State or Territory; or
in relation to your participation in the *National Rental Affordability Scheme.
(ii) a body (whether incorporated or not) established for a public purpose by or under a law of a State or Territory;
118-37(2)
A *capital gain or *capital loss is disregarded if you make it as a result of receiving a payment or property as reimbursement or payment of your expenses, or receiving or using a voucher or certificate, under:
(a) a scheme established by an *Australian government agency, a *local governing body or a *foreign government agency under an enactment or an instrument of a legislative character; or
(b) the General Practice Rural Incentives Program or the Rural and Remote General Practice Program; or
(c) the Sydney Aircraft Noise Insulation Project; or
(d) the M4/M5 Cashback Scheme; or
(e) the Unlawful Termination Assistance Scheme or the Alternative Dispute Resolution Assistance Scheme.
118-37(3)
A *capital gain you make from compensation you receive under the *firearms surrender arrangements is disregarded.
118-37(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a payment you receive is disregarded if:
(a) you are an Australian resident; and
(b) you receive the payment:
(i) under the program known as the " German Forced Labour Compensation Programme " ; and
(ii) from the Foundation known as " Remembrance, Responsibility and Future " or any of the Foundation ' s partner organisations; and
(c) the payment is in the nature of compensation for:
(i) any wrong or injury; or
that you, or another person, suffered as a result of injustices committed during the National Socialist period.
(ii) any loss of, or damage to, property;
118-37(5)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make as a result of receiving a payment or property is disregarded if:
(a) you are an individual who is an Australian resident; and
(b) you receive the payment or property from a source in a foreign country; and
(c) you do not receive the payment or property directly or indirectly from an *associate of yours; and
(d) the payment or property you receive is in connection with:
(i) any wrong or injury; or
(ii) any loss of, or damage to, property; or
that you, or another individual, suffered as a result of:
(iii) any other detriment;
(iv) persecution by the National Socialist regime of Germany during the National Socialist period; or
(v) persecution by any other enemy of the Commonwealth during the Second World War; or
(vi) persecution by an enemy-associated regime during the Second World War; or
(vii) flight from persecution mentioned in subparagraph (iv), (v) or (vi); or
(viii) participation in a resistance movement during the Second World War against forces of the National Socialist regime of Germany; or
(ix) participation in a resistance movement during the Second World War against forces of any other enemy of the Commonwealth.
118-37(6)
For the purposes of subsection (5), the duration of the Second World War includes:
(a) the period immediately before the Second World War; and
(b) the period immediately after the Second World War.
118-37(7)
For the purposes of subsection (5), a regime is an enemy-associated regime if, and only if, it was:
(a) in alliance with; or
(b) occupied by; or
(c) effectively controlled by; or
(d) under duress from; or
(e) surrounded by;
either or both of the following:
(f) the National Socialist regime of Germany;
(g) any other enemy of the Commonwealth.
118-37(8)
Subsection (5) applies to a payment or property received by the *legal personal representative of an individual in a corresponding way to the way in which that subsection would have applied if the payment or property had been received by the individual.
118-37(9)
Subsection (5) applies to a payment or property received by:
(a) the *legal personal representative of a deceased individual; or
(b) the trustee of atrust established by the will of a deceased individual;
in a corresponding way to the way in which that subsection would have applied if:
(c) the individual had not died; and
(d) the payment or property had been received by the individual.
SECTION 118-40 118-40 Expiry of a lease
A *capital loss a lessee makes from the expiry, surrender, forfeiture or assignment of a lease (except one granted for 99 years or more) is disregarded if the lessee did not use the lease solely or mainly for the *purpose of producing assessable income.
If:
(a) you own land on which there is a building; and
(b) you subdivide the building into *stratum units; and
(c) you transfer each unit to the entity who had the right to occupy it just before the subdivision;
a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from transferring the unit is disregarded.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the sale, transfer or assignment of your rights to mine in a particular area in Australia is disregarded if you have *exempt income for the income year (because of the former section 330-60 ) from the sale, transfer or assignment.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a contract you entered into solely to reduce the risk of financial loss you may suffer from currency exchange rate fluctuations is disregarded if the contract relates to:
(a) a liability you have to make a payment under another contract; or
(b) a *CGT asset that is a right you *acquired before 20 September 1985 to receive money under another contract.
A *capital gain or *capital loss made from a testamentary gift of property that would have been deductible under section 30-15 if it had not been a testamentary gift is disregarded.
118-60(1A)
If the only reason the gain or loss is not disregarded under subsection (1) is because the property has not been valued by the Commissioner at more than $5,000, then, for the purposes of that subsection, it is taken to have been so valued.
118-60(2)
A *capital gain or *capital loss made from a gift of property that is deductible under section 30-15 because of item 4 or 5 in the table in that section is disregarded.
118-60(3)
However, subsection (2) does not apply if the gift was not a testamentary gift and the property is later *acquired for less than *market value by the person who made the gift or an *associate of that person.
118-60(4)
If the gift was a testamentary gift and the property is later *acquired for less than *market value by the deceased person ' s estate or a person (the deceased ' s associate ) who:
(a) is an *associate of the deceased person ' s estate; or
(b) was an associate of the deceased person immediately before the deceased person ' s death;
the *cost base and the *reduced cost base of the property in the hands of the estate or the deceased ' s associate is worked out under section 128-15 as if the property had passed in the estate to the estate or the deceased ' s associate.
SECTION 118-65 118-65 Later distributions of personal services income
A *capital loss you make from a payment is disregarded if it is a payment to any entity of:
(a) *personal services income included in an individual's assessable income under section 86-15 ; or
(b) any other amount that is attributable to that income.
A *capital loss made by an entity is disregarded if it was an *exempt entity at the time it made the loss.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make as a result of *CGT event C2 happening is disregarded if:
(a) you make the gain or loss in relation to a right that directly relates to the breakdown of a relationship between *spouses; and
(b) at the time of the CGT event:
(i) you and your spouse or former spouse are separated; and
(ii) there is no reasonable likelihood of cohabitation being resumed.
Example:
Maude receives an amount from Claude by way of a settlement directly related to the breakdown of their marriage. CGT event C2 would happen to Maude on satisfaction of her legally enforceable right to the amount. Any capital gain or loss that Maude makes in these circumstances is disregarded.
118-75(2)
For the purposes of this section, the question whether *spouses or former spouses have separated is to be determined in the same way as it is for the purposes of section 48 of the Family Law Act 1975 (as affected by sections 49 and 50 of that Act).
A * capital gain or * capital loss you make is disregarded if:
(a) you are an * Indigenous person or an * Indigenous holding entity; and
(b) you make the gain or loss because one of the following things happens in relation to a * CGT asset mentioned in subsection (2):
(i) you transfer the CGT asset to one or more entities that are either Indigenous persons or Indigenous holding entities;
(ii) you create a trust, that is an Indigenous holding entity, over the CGT asset;
(iii) your ownership of the CGT asset ends, resulting in * CGT event C2 happening in relation to the CGT asset.
118-77(2)
The * CGT assets are as follows:
(a) * native title;
(b) the right to be provided with a * native title benefit.
Note:
Paragraph (a) does not require a determination of native title under the Native Title Act 1993 .
SECTION 118-80 118-80 Reduction of boat capital gain
A *capital gain you make from a *CGT event happening in relation to a boat for an income year is reduced by an amount that is a quarantined amount for you for the income year under subsection 26-47(2) .
Note:
Section 26-47 denies deductions for the excess of boat expenditure over boat income.
SECTION 118-85 Special disability trusts 118-85(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make is disregarded if you make it from transferring a *CGT asset for no consideration to:
(a) a *special disability trust; or
(b) a trust that becomes a special disability trust as soon as practicable after the transfer.
118-85(2)
In working out whether the transfer was for consideration, disregard any interest in the trust.
You can ignore a capital gain or capital loss you make from a CGT event that happens to a dwelling that is your main residence.
However, this exemption may not apply if you are a foreign resident, and may not apply in full if:
There are special rules for dwellings passed from, or owned by a trustee of, a deceased estate.
There is a similar exemption for a CGT event that is a compulsory acquisition (or similar arrangement) happening to adjacent land but not also to the dwelling itself.

Note:
The exemption may not be available for the main residence of a foreign resident.
SECTION 118-110 Basic case 118-110(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *CGT asset that is a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it is disregarded if:
(a) you are an individual; and
(b) the dwelling was your main residence throughout your *ownership period; and
(c) the interest did not *pass to you as a beneficiary in, and you did not *acquire it as a trustee of, the estate of a deceased person.
Note 1:
You may make a capital gain or capital loss even though you comply with this section if the dwelling was used for the purpose of producing assessable income: see section 118-190 .
Note 2:
There is a separate rule for beneficiaries and trustees of deceased estates: see section 118-195 .
Note 3:
There is a separate rule for a CGT event that is a compulsory acquisition (or similar arrangement) happening to adjacent land but not also to the dwelling itself: see section 118-245 .
118-110(2)
Only these *CGT events are relevant:
(a) CGT events A1, B1, C1, C2, E1, E2, F2, K3, K4 and K6 (except one involving the forfeiting of a deposit); and
(b) a CGT event that involves the forfeiting of a deposit as part of an uninterrupted sequence of transactions ending in one of the events specified in paragraph (a) subsequently happening.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
118-110(3)
However, this section does not apply if, at the time the *CGT event happens, you:
(a) are an *excluded foreign resident; or
(b) are a foreign resident who does not satisfy the *life events test.
118-110(4)
You are an excluded foreign resident , at a particular time, if:
(a) you are a foreign resident at that time; and
(b) the continuous period ending at that time for which you have been a foreign resident is more than 6 years.
118-110(5)
You satisfy the life events test , at the time a *CGT event happens, if:
(a) the continuous period ending at that time for which you have been a foreign resident is 6 years or less; and
(b) you are covered by any of the following subparagraphs:
(i) you or your *spouse has had a *terminal medical condition that existed at any time during that period of foreign residency;
(ii) your *child has had a terminal medical condition that existed at any time during that period of foreign residency, and that child was under 18 years of age at at least one such time;
(iii) your spouse, or your child who was under 18 years of age at death, has died during that period of foreign residency;
(iv) the CGT event happens because of a matter referred to in a paragraph of subsection 126-5(1) involving you and your spouse (or former spouse).
A dwelling includes:
(a) a unit of accommodation that:
(i) is a building or is contained in a building; and
(ii) consists wholly or mainly of residential accommodation; and
(b) a unit of accommodation that is a caravan, houseboat or other mobile home; and
(c) any land immediately under the unit of accommodation.
118-115(2)
However, except as provided in section 118-120 , a dwelling does not include any land adjacent to a building.
SECTION 118-120 Extension to adjacent land etc.
Adjacent land
118-120(1)
This Subdivision applies to a *dwelling ' s *adjacent land (if the same *CGT event happens to that land or your *ownership interest in it) as if it were a dwelling.
118-120(2)
Land adjacent to a *dwelling is its adjacent land to the extent that the land was used primarily for private or domestic purposes in association with the dwelling.
118-120(3)
The maximum area of *adjacent land covered by the exemption for the *CGT event (the current event ) is 2 hectares, less the area of the land immediately under the *dwelling.
118-120(4)
However, if subsection 118-245(2) applied to you for an earlier *CGT event that happened in relation to:
(a) other land that was part of the *dwelling ' s *adjacent land at the time of the earlier CGT event; or
(b) your *ownership interest in that other land at that time;
the maximum area of land covered by the exemption for the current event is the *maximum exempt area for the current event and the dwelling.
Adjacent structures
118-120(5)
This Subdivision applies to an *adjacent structure of a flat or home unit (if the same *CGT event happens to that structure or your *ownership interest in it) as if it were a *dwelling.
118-120(6)
A garage, storeroom or other structure associated with a flat or home unit is an adjacent structure of the flat or home unit to the extent that the structure was used primarily for private or domestic purposes in association with the flat or home unit.
Your ownership period of a *dwelling is the period on or after 20 September 1985 when you had an *ownership interest in:
(a) the dwelling; or
(b) land (*acquired on or after 20 September 1985) on which the dwelling is later built.
You have an ownership interest in land or a *dwelling if:
(a) for land - you have a legal or equitable interest in it or a right to occupy it; or
(b) for a dwelling that is not a flat or home unit - you have a legal or equitable interest in the land on which it is erected, or a licence or right to occupy it; or
(c) for a flat or home unit - you have:
(i) a legal or equitable interest in a *stratum unit in it; or
(ii) a licence or right to occupy it; or
(iii) a *share in a company that owns a legal or equitable interest in the land on which the flat or home unit is erected and that gives you to a right to occupy it.
118-130(2)
For land or a *dwelling that you *acquire under a contract, you have an ownership interest in it from:
(a) the time when you obtain legal ownership of it; or
(b) if the contract or a related contract gives you a right to occupy it at an earlier time - the earlier time.
118-130(3)
For land or a *dwelling where you have a contract for the happening of the *CGT event, you have an ownership interest in it until your legal ownership of it ends.
Rules that may extend the exemption
SECTION 118-135 118-135 Moving into a dwelling
If a *dwelling becomes your main residence by the time it was first practicable for you to move into it after you *acquired your *ownership interest in it, the dwelling is treated as your main residence from when you acquired the interest until it actually became your main residence.
If you *acquire an *ownership interest in a *dwelling that is to become your main residence and you still have your ownership interest in your existing main residence, both dwellings are treated as your main residence for the shorter of:
(a) 6 months ending when your ownership interest in your existing main residence ends; or
(b) the period between the acquisition of the new ownership interest and the time when the ownership interest referred to in paragraph (a) ends.
118-140(2)
Subsection (1) only applies if:
(a) your existing main residence was your main residence for a continuous period of at least 3 months in the 12 months ending when your ownership interest in it ends; and
(b) your existing main residence was notused for the *purpose of producing assessable income in any part of that 12 month period when it was not your main residence.
SECTION 118-145 Absences 118-145(1)
If a *dwelling that was your main residence ceases to be your main residence, you may choose to continue to treat it as your main residence.
118-145(2)
If you use the part of the *dwelling that was your main residence for the *purpose of producing assessable income, the maximum period that you can treat it as your main residence under this section while you use it for that purpose is 6 years. You are entitled to another maximum period of 6 years each time the dwelling again becomes and ceases to be your main residence.
118-145(3)
If you do not use the *dwelling for that purpose, you can treat it as your main residence under this section indefinitely.
118-145(3A)
This section does not apply if the *dwelling was your main residence because of section 118-147 and ceases to be your main residence because of subsections 118-147(3) and (4) .
118-145(4)
If you make the choice, you cannot treat any other *dwelling as your main residence while you apply this section, except if section 118-140 (about changing main residences) applies.
Example:
You live in a house for 3 years. You are posted overseas for 5 years and you rent it out during your absence. On your return you move back into it for 2 years. You are then posted overseas again for 4 years (again renting it out). You then move back into it for 3 years, after which you sell the house.
You have not treated any other dwelling as your main residence during your absences.
You may choose to continue to treat the house as your main residence during both absences because each absence is less than 6 years.
You can make this choice when preparing your income tax return for the income year in which you sold the house.
This section applies if:
(a) a *dwelling (the old dwelling ) is treated as your main residence because of your choice under section 118-145 ; and
(b) because of an event (the key event ) described in subsection 124-70(1) :
(i) you cease to have any *ownership interest in the old dwelling; or
(ii) the old dwelling is lost or destroyed; and
(c) after the key event you have an ownership interest (the substitute property interest ) in:
(i) a dwelling (the substitute dwelling ); or
(ii) land (the substitute land ) that did not have a dwelling on it at the later of the time just after the key event and the time you *acquired the interest; and
(d) you acquired the substitute property interest at a time (the substitute property acquisition time ) no later than one year, or within such further time as the Commissioner allows in special circumstances, after the end of the income year in which the key event happens.
Note 1:
Subsections 124-70(1) deals with compulsory acquisitions, disposals in circumstances involving powers of compulsory acquisition, expiry of leases granted by Australian government agencies and loss or destruction of a CGT asset.
Note 2:
The substitute property acquisition time may be before, at or after the time the key event happened. The old dwelling and the substitute dwelling may be different or the same. The land on which the old dwelling is erected and the substitute land may be different or the same.
118-147(2)
You may choose to treat the substitute dwelling, or a *dwelling you built on the substitute land within 4 years after the later of the time of the key event and the substitute property acquisition time, as your main residence from the later of the following times (or from either of them if they are the same):
(a) the substitute property acquisition time;
(b) the time one year before the key event happened.
118-147(3)
Subsection (4) limits the time you can treat a *dwelling as your main residence under this section if you use all or part of it or the substitute land, after the later of the key event and the substitute property acquisition time, for the *purpose of producing assessable income.
118-147(4)
The maximum period you can treat the *dwelling that way while you use it or the substitute land as described in subsection (3) is:
(a) 6 years; or
(b) if, just before the key event, you used all or part of the old dwelling for that purpose - so much of the period of 6 years described in subsection 118-145(2) in relation to the old dwelling as had not passed before the event.
118-147(5)
If you do not use the *dwelling or substitute land as described in subsection (3) you can treat the dwelling as your main residence under this section indefinitely.
118-147(6)
If you make the choice:
(a) you cannot treat any other *dwelling as your main residence while you apply this section; and
(b) section 118-140 does not apply in relation to your *acquisition, while you still have an *ownership interest in the old dwelling, of an ownership interest in the dwelling you choose to treat as your main residence under this section; and
(c) section 118-150 does not apply after the key event to the land on which the old dwelling is erected or the substitute land; and
(d) section 118-155 does not apply after the key event in relation to the old dwelling, the substitute dwelling or a dwelling built on the substitute land.
118-147(7)
Paragraph (6)(a) does not prevent the old dwelling from being your main residence at any time before the key event happened.
This section applies to land in which you have an *ownership interest (except a life interest) if you build a *dwelling on the land, or repair, renovate or finish building a dwelling on the land.
118-150(2)
You can choose to apply this Subdivision as if the *dwelling that you are building, repairing or renovating on the land were your main residence from the time you *acquired the *ownership interest.
118-150(3)
You can make the choice only if:
(a) a *dwelling on the land that you construct, repair or renovate becomes your main residence (except because of section 118-147 ) as soon as practicable after the work is finished; and
(b) it continues to be your main residence for at least 3 months.
118-150(4)
There is a time limit during which the choice can operate. This is the shorter of:
(a) 4 years, or a longer time allowed by the Commissioner, before the *dwelling becomes your main residence; and
(b) the period starting when you *acquired your *ownership interest in the land and ending when the dwelling becomes your main residence.
118-150(5)
If there was already a *dwelling on the land when you *acquired your *ownership interest and you or someone else occupied it after that time, the period in subsection (2) and paragraph (4)(b) starts when the dwelling ceased to be occupied.
118-150(6)
Once you make the choice, no other *dwelling can be treated as your main residence during the period referred to in subsection (4), except if section 118-140 (about changing main residences) applies.
SECTION 118-155 Where individual referred to in section 118-150 dies 118-155(1)
This section applies if the individual referred to in subsection 118-150(1) dies:
(a) after the work began, or the individual entered into a contract for it to be done, but before it was finished; or
(b) after the work was finished but before it was practicable for the *dwelling to become the individual's main residence; or
(c) during the period of 3 months referred to in paragraph 118-150(3)(b) .
118-155(2)
If the individual owned the interest in the land as a joint tenant, the surviving joint tenant or, if none, the trustee of the individual's estate, can choose to apply this Subdivision as if the *dwelling were the main residence of the individual:
(a) when the individual died; and
(b) for the shorter of:
(i) 4 years before the individual's death; or
(ii) the period starting when the individual *acquired the interest in the land and ending when the individual died.
118-155(3)
If there was already a *dwelling on the land when the individual *acquired the interest in the land and someone occupied it after that time, the period in subparagraph (2)(b)(ii) starts when the dwelling ceased to be occupied so that it could be repaired or renovated.
118-155(4)
If the *dwelling is treated as the deceased's main residence under this section, no other dwelling can be treated as the deceased's main residence at the same time.
118-155(5)
However, this section does not apply if, just before the individual ' s death, the individual was an *excluded foreign resident.
This section applies if a *dwelling that is your main residence is accidentally destroyed and a *CGT event happens in relation to the land on which it was built without you erecting another dwelling on the land.
118-160(2)
You can choose to apply this Subdivision to the land as if, from the time of the destruction until your *ownership interest in the land ends, the *dwelling had not been destroyed and were your main residence.
118-160(3)
If you do so, you cannot treat any other *dwelling as your main residence during that period, except under section 118-140 (about changing main residences).
Rules that may limit the exemption
SECTION 118-165 118-165 Separate CGT event foradjacent land or other structures
The exemption does not apply to a *CGT event that happens in relation to land, or a garage, storeroom or other structure, to which the exemption can extend under section 118-120 (about adjacent land) if that event does not also happen in relation to the *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it.
Note:
There is a separate rule for a CGT event that is a compulsory acquisition (or similar arrangement) happening to adjacent land but not also to the dwelling itself: see section 118-245 .
If, during a period, a *dwelling is your main residence and another *dwelling is the main residence of your *spouse (except a spouse living permanently separately and apart from you), you and your spouse must either:
(a) choose one of the dwellings as the main residence of both of you for the period; or
(b) nominate the different dwellings as your main residences for the period.
118-170(2)
If you nominate the different *dwellings as your main residences for the period, you split the exemption in accordance with subsections (3) and (4).
118-170(3)
If your interest in the *dwelling you chose was not, during the period, more than half of the total interests in the dwelling, the dwelling is taken to have been your main residence during the period. Otherwise, the dwelling is taken to have been your main residence for half of the period.
118-170(4)
If your *spouse ' s interest in the *dwelling your spouse chose was not, during the period, more than half of the total interests in the dwelling, the dwelling is taken to have been your spouse ' s main residence during the period. Otherwise, the dwelling is taken to have been your spouse ' s main residence for half of the period.
Example:
You and your spouse (who are Australian residents) own a town house as tenants in common in equal shares. You and your spouse also own a beach house as tenants in common, with your interest being 30% and your spouse ' s 70%. From 1 July 1999, you live mainly in the town house and your spouse lives mainly in the beach house. On 1 July 2000 you and your spouse dispose of both dwellings.
For the period 1 July 1999-30 June 2000 you nominate the town house as your main residence and your spouse nominates the beach house. The town house is taken to be your main residence during the period. The beach house is taken to be your spouse ' s main residence during half the period.
If, at a particular time, a *dwelling is your main residence and another *dwelling is the main residence of a *child of yours who is under 18 and is dependent on you for economic support, you must choose one of them as the main residence of both of you.
SECTION 118-178 Previous roll-over under Subdivision 126-A 118-178(1)
This section applies to you if:
(a) you *acquired an *ownership interest in a *dwelling from another person (your former partner ) as a result of a *CGT event (the earlier event ); and
(b) your former partner acquired the ownership interest on or after 20 September 1985; and
(c) there was a roll-over under Subdivision 126-A (marriage or relationship breakdown roll-over) for the earlier event; and
(d) a CGT event (the later event ) happens in relation to the ownership interest.
118-178(2)
This Subdivision applies to the later event in the way that it would if:
(a) your *ownership interest had commenced when your former partner ' s ownership interest commenced (the acquisition time ); and
(b) from the acquisition time until the time your former partner ' s ownership interest ended:
(i) you had used the *dwelling in the same way that your former partner used it; and
EXAMPLES
(ii) the dwelling had been your main residence for the same number of days as it was your former partner ' s main residence.
Example 1:
Peter (the transferor spouse) is the 100% owner of a dwelling that he uses only as a main residence before transferring it to Susan (the transferee spouse). Susan uses the dwelling only as a rental property.
Susan will be eligible for a partial main residence exemption having regard to how both Peter and Susan used the dwelling if, at the time the dwelling is sold, Susan is an Australian resident.
Example 2:
Caroline (the transferor spouse) is the 100% owner of a dwelling that she uses only as a rental property before transferring it to David (the transferee spouse). David uses the dwelling only as a main residence.
David will be eligible for only a partial main residence exemption having regard to how both Caroline and David used the dwelling if, at the time the dwelling is sold, David is an Australian resident.
This Subdivision applies to you as if you owned an *ownership interest in land or a dwelling during a period when it was actually owned by a company or trustee if:
(a) you *acquired the interest from the company or trustee; and
(b) it was acquired by the company or trustee on or after 20 September 1985; and
(c) a roll-over was available to the company or trustee under Subdivision 126-A .
118-180(2)
If subsection (1) applies to a *dwelling, it cannot be treated as your main residence during the period, despite other provisions of this Subdivision that would allow you to treat it as your main residence during the period.
SECTION 118-185 Partial exemption where dwelling was your main residence during part only of ownership period 118-185(1)
You get only a partial exemption for a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it if:
(a) you are an individual; and
(b) the dwelling was your main residence for part only of your *ownership period; and
(c) the interest did not *pass to you as a beneficiary in, and you did not *acquire it as a trustee of, the estate of a deceased person.
118-185(2)
You calculate your *capital gain or *capital loss using the formula:
CG or CL amount | × |
Non-main residence days
Days in your *ownership period |
where:
CG or CL amount
is the *capital gain or *capital loss you would have made from the *CGT event apart from this Subdivision.
non-main residence days
is the number of days in your *ownership period when the *dwelling was not your main residence.
Note:
The capital gain or loss may be further adjusted if the dwelling was used to produce assessable income: see section 118-190 .
Example:
You bought a house in July 2020 and moved in immediately. In July 2023, you moved out and began to rent it. You sold it in July 2030, making (apart from this Subdivision) a capital gain of $10,000. At the time you sold the house, you were an Australian resident.
You choose to continue to treat the dwelling as your main residence under section 118-145 (about absences) for the first 6 of the 7 years during which you rented the house out.
Under this section, you will be taken to have made a capital gain of:
$10,000 × 365
3,650= $1,000
118-185(3)
However, this section does not apply if, at the time the *CGT event happens, you:
(a) are an *excluded foreign resident; or
(b) are a foreign resident who does not satisfy the *life events test.
You get only a partial exemption for a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it if:
(a) apart from this section, because the dwelling was your main residence or someone else's during a period:
(i) you would not make a *capital gain or *capital loss from the event; or
(ii) you would make a lesser capital gain or loss than if this Subdivision had not applied; and
(b) the dwelling was used for the *purpose of producing assessable income during all or a part of that period; and
(c) if you had incurred interest on money borrowed to *acquire the dwelling, or your ownership interest in it, you could have deducted some or all of that interest.
Example:
You acquire a house as a beneficiary in a deceased estate, rent it out for 12 months and sell it within 2 years of the deceased's death. You can ignore the rental because the exemption does not require the house to be your main residence during the 2 years after the death.
118-190(2)
The *capital gain or *capital loss that you would have made apart from this section from the *CGT event is increased by an amount that is reasonable having regard to the extent to which you would have been able to deduct that interest.
118-190(3)
However, you ignore any use of the *dwelling for the *purpose of producing assessable income during any period that you continue to treat it as your main residence under section 118-145 (about absences) to the extent that any part of it was not used for that purpose just before it last ceased to be your main residence.
Example:
To continue the example from section 118-185 , assume that, when you moved in, you used ¼ of the house as a doctor's surgery.
Under section 118-185 , your capital gain was $1,000.
Under this section, it would be reasonable to add an amount of:
$10,000 × 9
10× 1
4= $2,250 You have a total capital gain of $3,250 on the sale of the house.
118-190(3A)
Also, you ignore any use of the *dwelling for the *purpose of producing assessable income during any period that you treat it as your main residence under section 118-147 (about absences) to the extent that any part of the old dwelling mentioned in that section was not used for that purpose just before the old dwelling last ceased to be your main residence.
118-190(4)
If a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in a dwelling *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased estate, or you owned it as the trustee of a deceased estate, you ignore any use of the *dwelling for the *purpose of producing assessable income before the deceased's death if:
(a) the dwelling was the deceased's main residence just before the death; and
(b) it was not being used for that purpose just before the death, or any use for that purpose just before the death was ignored because of subsection (3).
SECTION 118-192 Special rule for first use to produce income 118-192(1)
There is a special rule if:
(a) you would get only a partial exemption under this Subdivision for a *CGT event happening in relation to a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it because the dwelling was used for the *purpose of producing assessable income during your *ownership period; and
(aa) that use occurred for the first time after 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 20 August 1996; and
(b) you would have got a full exemption under this Subdivision if the CGT event had happened just before the first time (the income time ) it was used for that purpose during your ownership period.
118-192(2)
You are taken to have *acquired the *dwelling or your *ownership interest at the income time for its *market value at that time.
118-192(3)
If your *ownership interest in the *dwelling *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased's estate, or you owned it as the trustee of a deceased estate and the *CGT event did not happen within 2 years of the deceased's death, you apply this Subdivision as if:
(a) you had *acquired the interest as an individual and not as a beneficiary or trustee of a deceased estate; and
(b) for applying the formula in section 118-185 , your non-main residence days were the number of days in your *ownership period when the dwelling was not the main residence of an individual referred to in item 2, column 3 of the table in section 118-195 .
Note:
There are special rules for dwellings acquired before 7.30 pm on 20 August 1996: see section 118-195 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Dwellings acquired from deceased estates
SECTION 118-195 Dwelling acquired from a deceased estate 118-195(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it is disregarded if:
(a) you are an individual and the interest *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased estate, or you owned it as the trustee of a deceased estate; and
(b) at least one of the items in column 2 and at least one of the items in column 3 of the table are satisfied; and
Beneficiary or trustee of deceased estate acquiring interest | |||
Item | One of these items is satisfied | And also one of these items | |
1 | the deceased *acquired the *ownership interest on or after 20 September 1985 and the *dwelling was the deceased's main residence just before the deceased's death and was not then being used for the *purpose of producing assessable income | your *ownership interest ends within 2 years of the deceased's death, or within a longer period allowed by the Commissioner | |
. | |||
2 | the deceased *acquired the *ownership interest before 20 September 1985 | the *dwelling was, from the deceased's death until your *ownership interest ends, the main residence of one or more of: | |
(a) | the spouse of the deceased immediately before the death (except a spouse who was living permanently separately and apart from the deceased); or | ||
(b) | an individual who had a right to occupy the dwelling under the deceased's will; or | ||
(c) | if the *CGT event was brought about by the individual to whom the *ownership interest *passed as a beneficiary - that individual |
(c) the deceased was not an *excluded foreign resident just before the deceased ' s death.
Note 1:
You may make a capital gain or capital loss if the dwelling was used for the purpose of producing assessable income: see section 118-190 .
Note 2:
In some cases the use of a dwelling to produce assessable income can be disregarded: see sections 118-145 and 118-190 .
Note 3:
There are special rules for dwellings acquired before 7.30 pm on 20 August 1996. These rules also affect the operation of section 118-192 and subsections 118-190(4) and 118-200(4) : see section 118-195 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
118-195(1A)
For the purposes of a provision of this Subdivision that applies the table in subsection (1):
(a) disregard paragraphs (a) and (b) in column 3 of item 2 of the table if, just before the deceased ' s death, the deceased was an *excluded foreign resident; and
(b) disregard paragraph (c) in column 3 of item 2 of the table if, at the time the relevant *CGT event happened, the individual was an excluded foreign resident.
Note:
The other provisions that apply the table include paragraph 118-192(3)(b) , subsection 118-200(2) , paragraph 118-225(3)(c) and section 118-260 .
118-195(2)
Only these *CGT events are relevant:
(a) CGT events A1, B1, C1, C2, E1, E2, F2, K3, K4 and K6 (except one involving the forfeiting of a deposit); and
(b) a CGT event that involves the forfeiting of a deposit as part of an uninterrupted sequence of transactions ending in one of the events specified in paragraph (a) subsequently happening.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
This Subdivision applies to you as if the *ownership interest of another individual in a *dwelling had *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased estate if:
(a) you and the other individual owned ownership interests in the dwelling as joint tenants; and
(b) the other individual dies.
You get only a partial exemption (or no exemption) if:
(a) you are an individual and your *ownership interest in a *dwelling *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased estate, or you owned it as the trustee of a deceased estate; and
(b) section 118-195 does not apply.
118-200(2)
You calculate your *capital gain or *capital loss using the formula:
CG or CL amount | × |
Non-main residence days
Total days |
where:
CG or CL amount
is the *capital gain or *capital loss you would have made from the *CGT event apart from this Subdivision.
non-main residence days
is the sum of:
(a) if the deceased *acquired the *ownership interest on or after 20 September 1985 - the number of days in the deceased ' s *ownership period when the *dwelling was not the deceased ' s main residence; and
(aa) if the deceased acquired the ownership interest on or after 20 September 1985 and, just before the deceased ' s death, the deceased was an *excluded foreign resident - the number of remaining days in the deceased ' s ownership period; and
(b) the number of days in the period from the death until your ownership interest ends when the dwelling was not the main residence of an individual referred to in item 2, column 3 of the table in section 118-195 .
(a) if the deceased *acquired the *ownership interest before 20 September 1985 - the number of days in the period from the death until your ownership interest ends; or
(b) if the deceased acquired the ownership interest on or after that day - the number of days in the period from the acquisition of the dwelling by the deceased until your ownership interest ends.
118-200(3)
However, you can adjust the formula by ignoring any non-main residence days and total days in the period from the deceased ' s death until your *ownership interest ended, if:
(a) the deceased *acquired the ownership interest on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) your ownership interest ends within:
(i) 2 years of the deceased ' s death; or
(ii) a longer period allowed by the Commissioner; and
(c) you get a more favourable result by doing so; and
(d) the deceased was not an *excluded foreign resident just before the deceased ' s death.
Note 1:
The formula in this section will be adjusted (or further adjusted) under section 118-205 if the deceased acquired the dwelling through a deceased estate.
Note 2:
There may be a further adjustment if the dwelling was used for the purpose of producing assessable income: see section 118-190 .
118-200(4)
You ignore any non-main residence days before the deceased ' s death if:
(a) the *dwelling was the deceased ' s main residence just before the death; and
(b) the dwelling was not being used for the *purpose of producing assessable income just before the death, or any use for that purpose just before the death was ignored because of subsection 118-190(3) or (3A) ; and
(c) the deceased was not an *excluded foreign resident just before the deceased ' s death.
You must adjust the formula in subsection 118-200(2) if the *ownership interest of the deceased individual referred to in section 118-200 (the most recently deceased ) *passed to the individual on or after 20 September 1985 as a beneficiary in, or the individual owned it as trustee of, a deceased estate.
Note:
Any gains or losses of individuals earlier in the inheritance chain are included in the gain or loss you would have made apart from this Subdivision. This section adjusts the formula to take account of times when the dwelling was the main residence of the individuals.
118-205(2)
Add to the component total days in the formula the fewer of:
(a) the number of days between 20 September 1985 and the day when the interest *passed to or was *acquired as trustee by the most recently deceased; and
(b) the number of days between the time when an *ownership interest in the *dwelling was last acquired on or after 20 September 1985 by an individual except as a beneficiary in a deceased estate or as trustee of a deceased estate and the day when the interest passed to or was acquired as trustee by the most recently deceased.
118-205(3)
Add to the component non-main residence days in the formula the number of days in the period applicable under subsection (2) that the *dwelling was not the main residence of one or more of:
(a) an individual who owned the dwelling at the time of the individual ' s death; or
(b) an individual who, immediately before the death of an individual referred to in paragraph (a), was the spouse of that individual (except a spouse who was living permanently separately and apart from the individual); or
(c) an individual who had a right to occupy the dwelling under a will; or
(d) an individual to whom an *ownership interest in the dwelling *passed as a beneficiary in, or who *acquired an ownership interest in the dwelling as trustee of, a deceased estate.
118-205(4)
Add to the component non-main residence days in the formula the number of days in the period applicable under subsection (2) that the *dwelling was the main residence of an individual who:
(a) owned the dwelling; and
(b) was an *excluded foreign resident;
just before the individual ' s death.
This section applies if you are the trustee of a deceased estate and, under the deceased's will, you *acquire an *ownership interest in a *dwelling for occupation by an individual.
118-210(2)
If a *CGT event happens to the interest in relation to the individual and you receive no money or property for it:
(a) a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the event is disregarded; and
(b) the first element of the *dwelling's *cost base and *reduced cost base in the hands of the individual is its cost base and reduced cost base in your hands at the time of the event; and
(c) the individual is taken to have *acquired it when you did.
118-210(3)
If:
(a) you receive money or property for the *CGT event happening or the event happens in relation to another entity; and
(b) the dwelling was the main residence of the individual from the time you *acquired the interest until the time of the event;
you do not make a *capital gain or *capital loss from the CGT event.
118-210(4)
However, if the *dwelling was the main residence of the individual during part only of that period, you make a *capital gain or *capital loss worked out using the formula:
CG or CL amount | × |
Non-main residence days
Days in that period |
where:
CG or CL amount
is the *capital gain or *capital loss you would have made from the *CGT event apart from this Subdivision.
non-main residence days
is the number of days in that period when the *dwelling was not the individual's main residence.
118-210(5)
Only these *CGT events are relevant:
(a) CGT events A1, B1, C1, C2, E1, E2, E5, F2, K3, K4 and K6 (except one involving the forfeiting of a deposit); and
(b) a CGT event that involves the forfeiting of a deposit as part of an uninterrupted sequence of transactions ending in one of the events specified in paragraph (a) subsequently happening.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
118-210(6)
However, this section does not apply if, just before the deceased ' s death, the deceased was an *excluded foreign resident.
SECTION 118-215 What the following provisions are about
The trustee of a trust that is or has been a special disability trust may be eligible for an exemption to the extent that a dwelling is the main residence of the individual who is or has been the principal beneficiary of the trust.
Another beneficiary of the trust may be eligible for an exemption if the dwelling is distributed to that other beneficiary at or after the principal beneficiary ' s death.
Note 1:
The following provisions also apply to the exemption about compulsory acquisitions of adjacent land (see section 118-245 ).
Note 2:
The exemptions may not apply if the principal beneficiary of the trust is a foreign resident.
This section applies to you in relation to a *CGT event if:
(a) the CGT event happens in relation to a *CGT asset; and
(b) just before the CGT event happens, you hold the CGT asset as trustee of a trust; and
(c) the trust was a *special disability trust on at least one of the days on which you held the CGT asset.
Note:
This section may not apply if the principal beneficiary of the trust is a foreign resident (see subsection (5)).
118-218(2)
For the purposes of applying this Subdivision in relation to the *CGT event, on each day to which paragraph (1)(c) applies:
(a) treat yourself as holding the *CGT asset personally (and not as trustee of the trust); and
(b) if the *principal beneficiary of the trust uses the applicable *dwelling in a particular way on that day - treat yourself as using the dwelling in that way on that day.
Example:
If the principal beneficiary uses the dwelling as his or her main residence on the day, then treat yourself as using the dwelling as your main residence on that day.
Note 1:
The CGT asset need not be a dwelling (or an ownership interest in a dwelling) if it is land adjacent to a dwelling, an adjacent structure of a flat or home unit, or an ownership interest in such an asset.
Note 2:
If the trustee is an individual, the individual ' s actual circumstances are ignored. Similarly, this subsection does not affect how this Subdivision applies for the individual ' s actual circumstances. See section 960-100 .
118-218(3)
If you are not an individual, treat yourself as being an individual for the purposes of applying this Subdivision in relation to the *CGT event.
118-218(4)
If the *CGT asset, or your *ownership interest in it, *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased estate:
(a) treat the deceased as never having used the applicable *dwelling for the *purpose of producing assessable income; and
(b) treat the dwelling as being the deceased 's main residence on each day during the deceased ' s *ownership period;
for the purposes of applying this Subdivision in relation to the *CGT event.
118-218(5)
Despite subsection (1), this section does not apply if, at the time the *CGT event happens, the *principal beneficiary of the trust:
(a) is an *excluded foreign resident; or
(b) is a foreign resident who does not satisfy the *life events test.
This section applies to you in relation to a *CGT event if:
(a) the trustee of a trust holds a *CGT asset on a particular day (the transition day ); and
(b) on the transition day, or on an earlier day on which the CGT asset was held by the trustee of the trust, the trust is a *special disability trust; and
(c) the individual who is or has been the *principal beneficiary of the trust dies on the transition day; and
(d) the CGT event happens in relation to the CGT asset at or after the deceased ' s death; and
(e) the CGT event happens while you hold the CGT asset:
(i) as trustee of the trust; or
(ii) as trustee of an implied trust arising because of the deceased ' s death.
This section applies to you in relation to a *CGT event if:
(a) the CGT event happens in relation to a *CGT asset; and
(b) you *acquired the CGT asset or your *ownership interest in it:
(i) as a result of an earlier CGT event; and
(ii) as a beneficiary of a trust; and
(c) section 118-220 applied to the trustee of the trust in relation to the earlier CGT event and the CGT asset.
Full exemption for trustee unless sells asset for proceeds etc.
118-225(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event is disregarded if:
(a) section 118-220 applies to you in relation to the CGT event; and
(b) as a result of the CGT event, an entity *acquires the *CGT asset:
(i) as trustee of an implied trust arising because of the deceased ' s death; or
(ii) as a beneficiary of the relevant trust referred to in paragraph 118-220(e) .
Exemption for beneficiary, or trustee selling asset for proceeds etc.
118-225(2)
If:
(a) section 118-220 applies to you in relation to a *CGT event, but paragraph (1)(b) does not; or
(b) section 118-222 applies to you in relation to a CGT event;
the amount of the *capital gain or *capital loss that you would have made apart from this section from the CGT event is decreased by an amount that is reasonable.
118-225(3)
In determining what is a reasonable decrease:
(a) if section 118-220 applies to you, but paragraph (1)(b) does not - treat yourself as being an individual who owned the *CGT asset as the trustee of the deceased ' s estate; and
(b) if section 118-222 applies to you - treat yourself as being an individual and treat the CGT asset or your *ownership interest in it as having *passed to you as a beneficiary in the deceased ' s estate; and
(c) have regard to the principles in this Subdivision, and to:
(i) the extent that the applicable *dwelling was the deceased ' s main residence for the relevant period; and
(ii) the extent that the dwelling was used for the *purpose of producing assessable income during the relevant period.
118-225(4)
For the purposes of subparagraph (3)(c)(i), assume the *dwelling was not the deceased ' s main residence on each day the trust referred to in paragraph 118-220(b) was not a *special disability trust.
118-225(5)
However, subsection (2) does not apply if, just before the deceased ' s death, the deceased was an *excluded foreign resident.
If section 118-220 applies to you and:
(a) the applicable *dwelling was the deceased ' s main residence just before the deceased ' s death; and
(b) that dwelling was not then being used for the *purpose of producing assessable income; and
(c) the trust referred to in paragraph 118-220(b) was then a *special disability trust; and
(ca) the deceased was not an *excluded foreign resident just before the deceased ' s death;
then:
(d) the first element of the *CGT asset ' s *cost base, in your hands, is the CGT asset ' s *market value just before the deceased ' s death; and
(e) the first element of the CGT asset ' s *reduced cost base, in your hands, is worked out similarly.
118-227(2)
However, if section 118-220 applies to you as trustee of an implied trust arising because of the deceased ' s death, but subsection (1) does not, then:
(a) the first element of the *CGT asset ' s *cost base, in your hands, is the CGT asset ' s cost base just before the deceased ' s death; and
(b) the first element of the CGT asset ' s *reduced cost base, in your hands, is worked out similarly.
118-227(3)
If section 118-222 applies to you:
(a) the first element of the *CGT asset ' s *cost base, in your hands, is the CGT asset ' s cost base just before the earlier *CGT event happened that resulted in you *acquiring the CGT asset or your *ownership interest in it; and
(b) the first element of the CGT asset ' s *reduced cost base, in your hands, is worked out similarly.
If *CGT event E5 or E7 happens in relation to a *CGT asset held by a trust that is or has been a *special disability trust, treat the lists of CGT events in paragraphs 118-110(2)(a) and 118-195(2)(a) as including a reference to that CGT event.
SECTION 118-240 118-240 What the following provisions are about
You can ignore a capital gain or capital loss you make from a compulsory acquisition (or similar arrangement) that happens only to land that is adjacent to:
to the extent that the land was used primarily for private or domestic purposes in association with the dwelling.
There is a limit on the maximum area of land covered by the exemption.
Note 1:
The exemption may not apply in full if the dwelling:
Note 2:
The exemption may not apply at all if you are a foreign resident.
Total adjacent land is 2 hectares or less
118-245(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event that happens in relation to land (the exempt land ), or your *ownership interest in it, is disregarded if:
(a) you are an individual; and
(b) the exempt land is all or part of a *dwelling ' s *adjacent land at the time of the CGT event; and
(c) the CGT event does not happen in relation to the dwelling and does not happen in relation to your ownership interest in the dwelling; and
(d) one of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) the dwelling was your main residence throughout all or part of your *ownership period of the dwelling;
(ii) your ownership interest in the dwelling *passed to you as a beneficiary in a deceased estate;
(iii) you own your ownership interest in the dwelling as the trustee of a deceased estate; and
(e) section 118-250 (about compulsory acquisitions of adjacent land) applies to the CGT event and the exempt land; and
(f) the sum of the following is 2 hectares or less:
(i) the area of all of the dwelling ' s adjacent land at the time of the CGT event;
(ii) the area of the land immediately under the dwelling;
(iii) if this section applied to you for an earlier CGT event that involved reducing the area of the dwelling ' s adjacent land at the time of that earlier CGT event - that reduction in area.
Note:
You may get only a partial exemption for the gain or loss (see section 118-260 ).
Total adjacent land is more than 2 hectares
118-245(2)
If:
(a) apart from paragraph (1)(f), subsection (1) would apply to the gain or loss; and
(b) you choose this subsection to apply to the gain or loss;
disregard so much of the gain or loss that relates to land (the exempt land ) within the *maximum exempt area for the *CGT event and the *dwelling.
Note:
You may get only a partial exemption for this portion of the gain or loss (see section 118-260 ).
No exemption if you are an excluded foreign resident
118-245(3)
However, this section does not apply if, at the time the *CGT event happens, you:
(a) are an *excluded foreign resident; or
(b) are a foreign resident who does not satisfy the *life events test.
This section applies to the *CGT event and the exempt land if the CGT event involves:
(a) the compulsory *acquisition of the exempt land by:
(i) an *Australian government agency; or
(ii) an entity under a power conferred by an *Australian law; or
(b) you *disposing of the exempt land to an entity in circumstances meeting all of these conditions:
(i) the disposal takes place after a notice was served on you by or on behalf of the entity;
(ii) the notice invited you to negotiate with the entity with a view to the entity acquiring the exempt land by agreement;
(iii) the notice informed you that if the negotiations were unsuccessful, the exempt land would be compulsorily acquired by the entity;
(iv) the compulsory acquisition would have been under a power of compulsory acquisition conferred by an Australian law.
Note:
For paragraph (b), the entity may be an Australian government agency.
118-250(2)
This section applies to the *CGT event and the exempt land if the CGT event involves:
(a) your *ownership interest in the exempt land being compulsorily cancelled (however described) or varied (however described) by:
(i) an *Australian government agency; or
(ii) an entity under a power conferred by an *Australian law; or
(b) you surrendering (however described) or varying (however described) your ownership interest in the exempt land in circumstances meeting all of these conditions:
(i) the surrender or variation takes place after a notice was served on you by or on behalf of an entity;
(ii) the notice invited you to negotiate with the entity with a view to you agreeing to surrender or vary your ownership interest;
(iii) the notice informed you that if the negotiations were unsuccessful, your ownership interest would be compulsorily cancelled, or varied, under a power conferred by an Australian law.
Note:
For paragraph (b), the entity may be an Australian government agency.
118-250(3)
This section applies to the *CGT event and the exempt land if the CGT event involves:
(a) an interest or right in or relating to the exempt land being compulsorily conferred on:
(i) an *Australian government agency; or
(ii) an entity under a power conferred by an *Australian law; or
(b) you conferring on an entity an interest or right in or relating to the exempt land in circumstances meeting all of these conditions:
(i) the conferral takes place after a notice was served on you by or on behalf of an entity;
(ii) the notice invited you to negotiate with the entity with a view to you agreeing to confer an interest or right in or relating to the exempt land;
(iii) the notice informed you that if the negotiations were unsuccessful, an interest or right in or relating to the exempt land would be compulsorily conferred on the entity under a power conferred by an Australian law.
Note:
For paragraph (b), the entity may be an Australian government agency.
118-250(4)
This section applies to the *CGT event and the exempt land if:
(a) your *ownership interest in the exempt land:
(i) was conferred on you by an *Australian government agency; and
(ii) had a limited, but renewable, period of operation; and
(b) the CGT event involves that ownership interest not being renewed by that agency.
Your maximum exempt area for the *CGT event and the *dwelling is 2 hectares less the amount worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Identify each earlier *CGT event (if any) that:
for which you made a *capital gain or *capital loss that was wholly or partly disregarded because of the application of subsection 118-245(2) .
Step 2.
For each earlier *CGT event covered by step 1, work out the area of the exempt land for that application of subsection 118-245(2) .
Step 3.
Add the results from step 2 to the area of the land immediately under the *dwelling.
If section 118-245 applies to a *CGT event, the amount of the *capital gain or *capital loss that you would have made apart from this section from the CGT event is increased by an amount that is reasonable having regard to the following:
(a) the extent that the *dwelling was not a main residence for the relevant period;
(b) the extent that the dwelling was used for the *purpose of producing assessable income during the relevant period.
118-260(2)
In determining what is a reasonable increase, have regard to the principles in this Subdivision applicable to *CGT events happening in relation to a *dwelling or your *ownership interest in it.
Sections 118-245 to 118-260 (with appropriate modifications) apply to an *adjacent structure of a flat or home unit in a corresponding way to the way they apply to a *dwelling ' s *adjacent land.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event happening in relation to a *CGT asset that is your interest in rights under a *general insurance policy, a *life insurance policy or an *annuity instrument is disregarded in the situations set out in this table.
Insurance policies | ||
Item | The *CGT event happens to this type of policy: | … and you are |
1 | Any insurance policy or *annuity instrument | the insurer or the entity that issued the instrument |
. | ||
2 | A *general insurance policy for property where, if a *CGT event happened in relation to the property, any *capital gain or *capital loss would be disregarded | the insured |
. | ||
3 | A policy of insurance on the life of an individual or an *annuity instrument | the original owner of the policy or instrument (other than the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity) |
. | ||
4 | A policy of insurance on the life of an individual or an *annuity instrument | an entity that *acquired the interest in the policy or instrument for no consideration |
. | ||
5 | A policy of insurance on the life of an individual or an *annuity instrument | the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity for the income year in which the *CGT event happened |
. | ||
6 | A policy of insurance on the life of an individual or an *annuity instrument, where the *life insurance company ' s liabilities under the policy or instrument are to be discharged out of *complying superannuation assets or *segregated exempt assets | the life insurance company |
. | ||
7 | A policy of insurance against an individual suffering an illness or injury | the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity for the income year in which the *CGT event happened |
Example 1:
Brian (as the insured) receives an insurance payment from his insurer for the destruction of a building he owned as an investment. The payment constitutes capital proceeds on the destruction (CGT event C1). The discharge of the insurance policy (CGT event C2) has no CGT consequences.
Example 2:
Peter is the original beneficial owner of the rights under a policy of insurance on the life of an individual. He transfers the rights to his spouse for nothing. There are no CGT consequences for him, and none for his spouse if he dies.
Payment to trust beneficiary (or representative) if trustee owns the policy or instrument
118-300(1A)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event happening because you receive a *CGT asset from the trustee of a trust is disregarded if:
(a) you receive the CGT asset as:
(i) a beneficiary of the trust; or
(ii) a *legal personal representative of a beneficiary of the trust; and
(b) the CGT asset is attributable to another CGT event and CGT asset to which table item 3 in subsection (1) applies for the trustee.
118-300(2)
Only these *CGT events are relevant: CGT events A1, B1, C2, E1, E2, E3, E5, E6, E7, E8, I1, I2, K3 and K4.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
A *capital gain or *capital loss is disregarded if you make it from a *CGT event happening in relation to any of the following:
(a) a right to an allowance, annuity or capital amount payable out of a *superannuation fund or *approved deposit fund;
(b) a right to an asset of such a fund;
(c) a right to any part of such an allowance, annuity, capital amount or asset.
Example:
Angela retires from her employment and receives a lump sum payment from her superannuation fund. This is an example of CGT event C2 (her rights to receive the payment ending). There are no CGT consequences for Angela.
118-305(2)
However, this exemption is not available if:
(a) you are the trustee of the fund and a *CGT event happens in relation to a *CGT asset of the fund; or
(b) an entity receives a payment or property where:
(i) the entity was not a member of the fund; and
(ii) the entity *acquired the right to the payment or property for consideration.
118-305(3)
Subsection (2) does not apply if:
(a) a *payment split applies to a *splittable payment; and
(b) as a result, a payment is made to the *non-member spouse (or to his or her *legal personal representative if the non-member spouse has died).
SECTION 118-310 118-310 RSA's
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event happening in relation to a right to, or any part of, an *RSA is disregarded.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from *CGT event C2 or D1 relating directly to any of the following is disregarded: (a) the making of a superannuation agreement (within the meaning of Part VIIIB or VIIIC of the Family Law Act 1975 ); (b) the termination, or setting aside, of such an agreement; (c) such an agreement otherwise coming to an end.
A *capital gain or *capital loss that a *life insurance company makes from a *CGT event happening in relation to a *segregated exempt asset is disregarded.
A *capital gain or *capital loss that a *complying superannuation entity makes from a *CGT event happening in relation to a *segregated current pension asset is disregarded.
118-320(2)
However, subsection (1) does not apply to a *capital gain if the capital gain would, if it were an amount of *ordinary income or *statutory income received by the *complying superannuation fund, be *non-arm ' s length income.
A *capital gain or *capital loss an entity makes from a *CGT event happening in relation to a unit in a unit trust is disregarded if:
(a) the trust is a *pooled superannuation trust for the income year in which the event happened; and
(b) one of the conditions in subsection (2) is satisfied.
118-350(2)
The entity must be:
(a) the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity for the income year in which the *CGT event happened; or
(b) a *life insurance company and, just before the event happened, the unit must have been a *complying superannuation asset or a *segregated exempt asset of the company.
(Repealed by No 58 of 2006 )
You can ignore capital gains and capital losses from CGT events that relate to investments, in Australian companies and unit trusts (and in some cases foreign holding companies), that meet the requirements of this Subdivision.
These investments are made:
However, unless investments are made through early stage venture capital limited partnerships, you must be a foreign resident for this Subdivision to apply.
Note:
Registration of a limited partnership under Part 2 of that Act also leads to its income and losses being assessed under Division 5 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 on the basis that it is a partnership.
This is an exception to the general rule, under Division 5A of that Part, that limited partnerships are assessed as companies.
SECTION 118-405 Exemption for certain foreign venture capital investments through venture capital limited partnerships
General
118-405(1)
All of your share in a *capital gain or a *capital loss from a *CGT event is disregarded if:
(a) you are an *eligible venture capital partner in a *limited partnership; and
(b) the CGT event relates to an investment that the partnership made that is an *eligible venture capital investment; and
(c) when the partnership made the investment, the partnership was a *venture capital limited partnership that was *unconditionally registered; and
(d) at the time of the CGT event, the partnership:
(i) owned the investment; and
(ii) had owned the investment for at least 12 months; and
(iii) was a venture capital limited partnership that was unconditionally registered; and
(iv) in the case of a capital gain - met all of the *registration requirements of a VCLP that are not *investment registration requirements.
Note:
The registration requirements of a VCLP are set out in section 9-1 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 . It is important to understand that this is a separate requirement from registration under Part 2 of that Act (which effectively determines whether an entity is a VCLP).
It is technically possible to be registered under Part 2 of that Act without meeting the registration requirements of a VCLP, but you might still not be entitled to exemption under this section.
Meaning of venture capital limited partnership
118-405(2)
A *limited partnership is a venture capital limited partnership at a particular time if, at that time, the partnership ' s registration as a venture capital limited partnership under Part 2 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 is, or is taken to have been, in force.
For when the registration is, or is taken to have been, in force, see section 13-10 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 .
Note:
In this Act and the Venture Capital Act 2002 , the term " venture capital limited partnership " is usually abbreviated to " VCLP " .
Effect of converting convertible notes etc.
118-405(3)
A partnership that acquired a *share in a company by converting a *convertible note, or a convertible preference share, issued by the company is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), as having owned the share from the time when it last acquired the convertible note or convertible preference share.
118-405(4)
A partnership that acquired a unit in a unit trust by converting a *convertible note issued by or on behalf of the trustee of the unit trust is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), as having owned the unit from the time when it last acquired the convertible note.
118-405(5)
Subsection (3) or (4) applies whether or not the acquisition of the *convertible note, or convertible preference share, was an *eligible venture capital investment.
118-405(6)
A partnership that converts a *convertible note into a share or a unit is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), as continuing to own the convertible note until the partnership no longer owns the share or unit.
SECTION 118-407 Exemption for certain venture capital investments through early stage venture capital limited partnerships
General
118-407(1)
All of your share in a *capital gain or a *capital loss from a *CGT event is disregarded if:
(a) you are a partner in a *limited partnership; and
(b) the CGT event relates to an investment that the partnership made that:
(i) is an *eligible venture capital investment; and
(ii) meets all of the *additional investment requirements for ESVCLPs for the investment; and
(c) when the partnership made the investment, the partnership was an *early stage venture capital limited partnership that was *unconditionally registered; and
(d) at the time of the CGT event, the partnership:
(i) owned the investment; and
(ii) had owned the investment for at least 12 months; and
(iii) was an early stage venture capital limited partnership that was unconditionally registered; and
(iv) in the case of a capital gain - met all of the *registration requirements of an ESVCLP that are not *investment registration requirements.
Note 1:
The registration requirements of an ESVCLP are set out in section 9-3 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 . It is important to understand that this is a separate requirement from registration under Part 2 of that Act (which effectively determines whether an entity is an ESVCLP).
It is technically possible to be registered under Part 2 of that Act without meeting the registration requirements of an ESVCLP, but you might still not be entitled to exemption under this section.
Note 2:
This section does not apply if you get a partial exemption in relation to a CGT event under section 118-408 .
Residency requirements for general partners
118-407(2)
However, if you are a *general partner in the partnership, subsection (1) does not apply to you unless you are:
(a) an Australian resident; or
(b) a resident of a foreign country in respect of which a double tax agreement (as defined in Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) is in force that is an agreement of a kind referred to in subparagraph (b)(i), (ia), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of that definition.
118-407(3)
For the purposes of this section, the place of residence of a *general partner in a *limited partnership:
(a) that is a company or limited partnership; and
(b) that is not an Australian resident;
is the place in which the general partner has its central management and control.
Meaning of early stage venture capital limited partnership
118-407(4)
A *limited partnership is an early stage venture capital limited partnership at a particular time if, at that time, the partnership's registration as an early stage venture capital limited partnership under Part 2 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 is, or is taken to have been, in force.
Note 1:
For when the registration is, or is taken to have been, in force, see section 13-10 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 .
Note 2:
In this Act and the Venture Capital Act 2002 , the term " early stage venture capital limited partnership " is usually abbreviated to " ESVCLP " .
118-407(5)
(Repealed by No 54 of 2016)
Effect of converting convertible notes etc.
118-407(6)
A partnership that acquired a *share in a company by converting a *convertible note, or a convertible preference share, issued by the company is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), as having owned the share from the time when it last acquired the convertible note or convertible preference share.
118-407(7)
A partnership that acquired a unit in a unit trust by converting a *convertible note issued by the trustee of the unit trust is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), as having owned the unit from the time when it last acquired the convertible note.
118-407(8)
Subsection (6) or (7) applies whether or not the acquisition of the *convertible note, or convertible preference share, was an *eligible venture capital investment.
118-407(9)
A partnership that converts a *convertible note into a share or a unit is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(d)(ii), as continuing to own the convertible note until the partnership no longer owns the share or unit.
Despite section 118-407 , you get only a partial exemption for a *capital gain from a *CGT event relating to an *eligible venture capital investment if:
(a) apart from this section, all of your share in the capital gain from the CGT event relating to the investment would be disregarded under section 118-407 ; and
(b) at the end of an income year to which subsection (4) applies (a valuation year ), the sum of the values of:
(i) the assets of the company or unit trust in which the investment is made; and
exceeds $250 million; and
(ii) the assets of each other entity that is a *connected entity of the company or unit trust;
(c) the CGT event happens after:
(i) if there is only one valuation year - the end of the period of 6 months after the end of that valuation year; or
(ii) if there is more than one valuation year - the end of the period of 6 months after the end of the earliest of those valuation years.
118-408(2)
If subsection (1) applies, work out your *capital gain using the formula:
Normal capital gain − Valuation year capital gain
where:
normal capital gain
is what your *capital gain from the *CGT event would be apart from section
118-407
and this section.
valuation year capital gain
is the capital gain you would have made in relation to the *CGT event if the CGT event had happened:
(a) if there is only one valuation year - at the end of the period of 6 months after the end of that valuation year; or
(b) if there is more than one valuation year - at the end of the period of 6 months after the end of the earliest of those valuation years.
Work out the capital gain based on what the *capital proceeds would have been, and on other matters relating to the amount of the gain being determined on a reasonable basis, if the CGT event resulting in the gain had happened at the end of that period.
118-408(3)
Despite subsection (2), you are taken not to have a *capital gain, or a *capital loss, from the *CGT event if the amount worked out under the formula in that subsection would be less than zero.
118-408(4)
This subsection applies to any income year that:
(a) precedes the income year in which the *CGT event happens; but
(b) does not precede the income year in which the investment was made.
Note:
There must always be at least one valuation year, because paragraph 118-407(1)(d) ensures the CGT event will not happen in the year the investment was made.
118-408(5)
Section 118-407 does not apply in relation to a *CGT event if this section applies in relation to the CGT event.
Gains or losses as a partner in a VCLP or an ESVCLP
118-410(1)
All of your share in a *capital gain or a *capital loss from a *CGT event is disregarded if:
(a) you are an *eligible venture capital partner in a *limited partnership; and
(b) the CGT event relates to an *eligible venture capital investment made by a *VCLP, or an *ESVCLP in which the partnership is a partner; and
(c) when the investment was made, the partnership was an *Australian venture capital fund of funds that was *unconditionally registered; and
(d) when the investment was made, the VCLP or ESVCLP was unconditionally registered; and
(e) at the time of the CGT event, the partnership:
(i) was an Australian venture capital fund of funds that was unconditionally registered; and
(ii) in the case of a capital gain - met all of the *registration requirements of an AFOF that are not *investment registration requirements; and
(f) at the time of the CGT event, the VCLP or ESVCLP:
(i) owned the investment; and
(ii) had owned the investment for at least 12 months; and
(iii) was unconditionally registered; and
(iv) in the case of a capital gain - met all of the *registration requirements of a VCLP, or all of the *registration requirements of an ESVCLP, (as the case requires) that are not investment registration requirements.
Note:
The registration requirements of an AFOF are set out in section 9-5 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 . It is important to understand that this is a separate requirement from registration under Part 2 of that Act (which effectively determines whether an entity is an AFOF).
It is technically possible to be registered under Part 2 of that Act without meeting the registration requirements of an AFOF, but you might still not be entitled to exemption under this section.
Gains or losses from direct investments
118-410(2)
All of your share in a *capital gain or a *capital loss from a *CGT event is disregarded if:
(a) you are an *eligible venture capital partner in a *limited partnership; and
(b) in the case of a capital gain - the CGT event relates to an *eligible venture capital investment that the partnership made in a company, or a unit trust, in which a *VCLP, or an *ESVCLP, of which the partnership is a partner, owns one or more eligible venture capital investments; and
(c) when the investment was made, the partnership was an *Australian venture capital fund of funds that was *unconditionally registered; and
(d) when the investment was made, the VCLP or ESVCLP owned one or more eligible venture capital investments in the company referred to in paragraph (b); and
(e) at the time of the CGT event, the partnership:
(i) owned the investment; and
(ii) had owned the investment for at least 12 months; and
(iii) was an Australian venture capital fund of funds that was unconditionally registered; and
(iv) in the case of a capital gain - met all of the *registration requirements of an AFOF that are not *investment registration requirements.
Note:
The registration requirements of an AFOF are set out in section 9-5 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 . It is important to understand that this is a separate requirement from registration under Part 2 of that Act (which effectively determines whether an entity is an AFOF).
It is technically possible to be registered under Part 2 of that Act without meeting the registration requirements of an AFOF, but you might still not be entitled to exemption under this section.
Meaning of Australian venture capital fund of funds
118-410(3)
A *limited partnership is an Australian venture capital fund of funds at a particular time if, at that time, the partnership ' s registration as an Australian venture capital fund of funds under Part 2 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 is, or is taken to have been, in force.
For when the registration is, or is taken to have been, in force, see section 13-10 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 .
Note:
In this Act and the Venture Capital Act 2002 , the term " Australian venture capital fund of funds " is usually abbreviated to " AFOF " .
Effect of converting convertible notes etc.
118-410(4)
A partnership that acquired a *share in a company by converting a *convertible note, or a convertible preference share, issued by the company is treated, for the purposes of subparagraphs (1)(f)(ii) and (2)(e)(ii), as having owned the share from the time when it last acquired the convertible note or convertible preference share.
118-410(5)
A partnership that acquired a unit in a unit trust by converting a *convertible note issued by or on behalf of the trustee of the unit trust is treated, for the purposes of subparagraphs (1)(f)(ii) and (2)(e)(ii), as having owned the unit from the time when it last acquired the convertible note.
118-410(6)
Subsection (4) or (5) applies whether or not the acquisition of the *convertible note, or convertible preference share, was an *eligible venture capital investment.
118-410(7)
A partnership that converts a *convertible note into a share or a unit is treated, for the purposes of subparagraphs (1)(f)(ii) and (2)(e)(ii), as continuing to own the convertible note until the partnership no longer owns the share or unit.
SECTION 118-415 Exemption for certain venture capital investments by foreign residents
General
118-415(1)
A *capital gain or a *capital loss from a *CGT event is disregarded if:
(a) the CGT event relates to an investment that you made that is an *eligible venture capital investment; and
(b) you were an *eligible venture capital investor when you made the investment; and
(c) at the time of the CGT event:
(i) you owned the investment; and
(ii) you had owned the investment for at least 12 months; and
(iii) you were an eligible venture capital investor.
Meaning of eligible venture capital investor
118-415(2)
An entity is an eligible venture capital investor at a particular time if, at that time, the entity:
(a) is a *tax-exempt foreign resident; and
(b) is registered under Part 3 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 .
Effect of converting convertible notes etc.
118-415(3)
An entity that acquired a *share in a company by converting a *convertible note, or a convertible preference share, issued by the company is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(c)(ii), as having owned the share from the time when it last acquired the convertible note or convertible preference share.
118-415(4)
An entity that acquired a unit in a unit trust by converting a *convertible note issued by or on behalf of the trustee of the unit trust is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(c)(ii), as having owned the unit from the time when it last acquired the convertible note.
118-415(5)
Subsection (3) or (4) applies whether or not the acquisition of the *convertible note, or convertible preference share, was an *eligible venture capital investment.
118-415(6)
An entity that converts a *convertible note into a share or a unit is treated, for the purposes of subparagraph (1)(c)(ii), as continuing to own the convertible note until the entity no longer owns the share or unit.
SECTION 118-420 Meaning of eligible venture capital partner etc. 118-420(1)
A partner in a *limited partnership is an eligible venture capital partner if:
(a) the partner is a *tax-exempt foreign resident; or
(b) the partner is a *foreign venture capital fund of funds, and the sum of:
(i) the partner ' s *committed capital in the partnership; and
does not exceed 30% of the partnership ' s committed capital; or
(ii) the sum of the amounts of committed capital in the partnership of any entities that are *connected entities of the partner;
(ba) the partner is a *widely held foreign venture capital fund of funds; or
(c) the partner is a foreign resident who is not a *general partner of a *VCLP or an *ESVCLP and is neither a *tax-exempt foreign resident nor a *foreign venture capital fund of funds, and the sum of:
(i) the partner ' s committed capital in the partnership; and
is less than 10% of the partnership ' s committed capital.
(ii) the sum of the amounts of committed capital in the partnership of any entities that are connected entities of the partner;
Note:
Subsection (7) prevents some trusts from being eligible venture capital partners.
118-420(2)
An entity that is an *associate of the partner only because the entity is a partner in the partnership in question is taken not to be a *connected entity of the partner for the purposes of subparagraphs (1)(b)(ii) and (c)(ii).
118-420(3)
An entity is a tax-exempt foreign resident if:
(a) the entity is a foreign resident; and
(b) the entity is not a *general partner of a *VCLP or an *ESVCLP; and
(c) the entity ' s income is exempt, or effectively exempt, from taxation in the entity ' s country of residence.
118-420(4)
An entity that is a *limited partnership is a foreign venture capital fund of funds if:
(a) the partnership was established in a foreign country; and
(b) every partner who is a *general partner is a foreign resident; and
(c) the partnership is not a general partner of a *VCLP or an *ESVCLP.
118-420(5)
An entity that is not a *limited partnership is a foreign venture capital fund of funds if:
(a) whether by operation of law or by election, the entity is not taxed as an entity in its country of residence, but the entity ' s income is taxed to its members according to their interests in the entity; and
(b) the entity was established in a foreign country; and
(c) the entity is a foreign resident; and
(d) the entity is not a *general partner of a *VCLP or an *ESVCLP.
118-420(6)
An entity is a widely held foreign venture capital fund of funds if:
(a) the entity is a *foreign venture capital fund of funds; and
(b) the entity is a *widely held entity; and
(c) *eligible venture capital partners (other than foreign venture capital fund of funds) ultimately hold the rights to at least 90% of the entity ' s income; and
(d) each other entity who:
(i) if the entity is a *limited partnership - is a *general partner of the partnership; or
is a *foreign resident.
(ii) otherwise - exercises day to day control of the entity;
118-420(7)
A trust is not an eligible venture capital partner if an Australian resident:
(a) is or is likely to become presently entitled, for the purposes of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , to; or
(b) has or is likely to have an individual interest, for the purposes of Division 5 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , in;
a share of income of the trust, either directly or indirectly through one or more interposed partnerships or trusts.
118-420(8)
For the purposes of this section, the place of residence of a *general partner of a *limited partnership:
(a) that is a company or a limited partnership; and
(b) that is a foreign resident;
is the place in which the general partner has its central management and control.
118-420(9)
For the purposes of this section, the place of residence of an entity referred to in paragraph (5)(a) is the place in which the entity has its central management and control.
SECTION 118-425 Meaning of eligible venture capital investment - investments in companies
Requirements for an eligible venture capital investment
118-425(1)
An investment is an eligible venture capital investment if: (a) it is *at risk; and (b) it is:
(i) an acquisition of *shares in a company; or
(ii) an acquisition of options (including warrants) originally issued by a company to acquire shares in the company; or
(c) the company meets the requirements of subsections (2) to (7) ; and (d) the sum of:
(iii) an acquisition of *convertible notes (other than convertible notes that are *debt interests) issued by a company; and
(i) the total amount that the partnership has invested in all the *equity interests and *debt interests that the partnership owns in the company; and
does not exceed 30% of the partnership ' s *committed capital.
(ii) the total amount that the partnership has invested in all the equity interests and debt interests that the partnership owns in any entities that are *connected entities of the company;
Certain entities not treated as connected entities
118-425(1A)
In applying subparagraph (1)(d)(ii) , ignore an entity that is a *connected entity of the company only because it is an *associate of the company because of an investment made in the entity by the partnership.
Location within Australia
118-425(2)
The company: (a) must, at the time the investment is made, be an Australian resident; and (b) if at that time the entity making the investment does not own any other investments in the company - must meet the following requirements:
(i) more than 50% of the people who are currently engaged by the company to perform services must perform those services primarily in Australia;
during the whole of the period of 12 months, or such shorter period as *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-5 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 , starting from the time the investment is made.
(ii) more than 50% of its assets (determined by value) must be situated in Australia;
However, subparagraph (b)(i) or (ii) does not apply to the company if Industry Innovation and Science Australia so determines under section 25-10 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 .
See subsection (10) for the value of assets.
Note:
A company that fails to meet the requirements of this subsection can still be eligible in certain circumstances: see subsection (12A) .
Predominant activity
118-425(3)
The company must satisfy at least 2 of these requirements: (a) more than 75% of the assets (determined by value) that are assets of either:
(i) the company; or
must be used primarily in activities that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (13) of this section; (b) more than 75% of the persons who are employees of either or both of the following:
(ii) any entity controlled by the company in a way described in section 328-125 (a controlled entity );
(i) the company;
must be engaged (as such employees) primarily in activities that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (13) of this section; (c) more than 75% of the total assessable income, *exempt income and *non-assessable non-exempt income of:
(ii) any one or more of its controlled entities;
(i) the company; and
must come from activities that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (13) of this section.
(ii) each of its controlled entities;
Note 1:
This requirement is ongoing. It is not limited to the circumstances at the time the investment was made.
Note 2:
See subsection (10) for the value of assets.
Note 3:
A company that fails to meet at least 2 of the requirements can still be eligible if:
Industry Innovation and Science Australia may also determine that the activities of a controlled entity of the company are to be disregarded in applying this section to the company: see subsection (14B) .
Investment in other entities
118-425(4)
The company must not invest, in another entity, any part of the amount invested, unless: (a) the other entity:
(i) is *connected with the company (but not because the other entity is an *associate of the company as a result of an investment made in the other entity by the partnership); and
(b) the other entity:
(ii) meets the requirements of subsections (3) to (7) ; or
(i) is, after the investment is made, controlled by the company in a way described in section 328-125 ; and
(ii) meets the requirements of subsections (2) to (7) of this section (other than subsection (3) ).
However, this subsection does not prevent the company from depositing money with an *ADI, or with a body authorised by or under a law of a foreign country to carry on banking business in that country.
Note 1:
This requirement is ongoing. It is not limited to the circumstances at the time the investment was made.
Note 2:
The other entity can be taken to meet the requirements of subsection (2) if Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines that its activities are complementary to activities of the company or other controlled entities and that the company meets those requirements at the time of the investment: see subsection (14C) .
Investment in the capacity of a trustee
118-425(4A)
The company must not, in the capacity of a trustee, use any part of the amount invested.
Note:
This requirement is ongoing. It is not limited to the circumstances at the time the investment was made.
Registered auditor
118-425(5)
The company must have as its auditor a *registered auditor at all times (if any) referred to in subsection (5A) during which the company: (a) is not a proprietary company within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or (b) is a large proprietary company within the meaning of that Act; or (c) would exceed the *permitted entity value if the amount provided for under subsection 118-440(9) were $12.5 million.
Note:
This requirement is ongoing.
118-425(5A)
The times are: (a) the end of the income year in which the investment is made; and (b) all times after the end of that income year.
Permitted entity value
118-425(6)
The company must not, immediately before the investment is made, exceed the *permitted entity value.
Listing
118-425(7)
The company must be a company whose *shares: (a) are, at the time the investment is made, not listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or a foreign country; or (b) are so listed at that time, but cease to be so listed at any time during the 12 months after the investment is made.
However, the company is taken to meet the requirements of this subsection in relation to any investment made by an *ESVCLP (whether or not shares in the company are so listed).
Note:
The additional requirements for ESVCLPs deal with listing in relation to initial investments by ESVCLPs in companies: see paragraph 118-428(1)(a) .
Scrip for scrip investments
118-425(8)
However, a company is taken to meet the requirements of subsections (2) to (7) if: (a) the investment is an acquisition of *shares in that company in exchange for shares in another company; and (b) at the time that the *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor in question acquired the shares being exchanged, the other company meets the requirements of subsections (2) to (7) , but not only because this subsection applies to the other company; and (c) the shares in the other company that are being exchanged are all of the shares in the other company that the entity making the investment owned at the time of the exchange.
Debt interests
118-425(9)
To avoid doubt, a *debt interest cannot be an eligible venture capital investment.
The value of an asset or investment
118-425(10)
The value of an asset, or an investment, of an entity at a particular time for the purposes of this section is the value of the asset or investment as shown in: (a) the last audited accounts prepared for the entity for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 that relates to a period ending less than 18 months before that time; or (b) if there are no such audited accounts - a statement, prepared in accordance with the *accounting standards and audited by the entity ' s auditor, showing that value as at a time no longer than 12 months before that time.
118-425(10A)
However, for the purposes of this section, the value of the asset or investment at that time is the value provided for by section 118-450 if: (a) there are no such audited accounts; and (b) the entity does not have an auditor at that time; and (c) the entity is not required under subsection (5) of this section to have an auditor at that time.
118-425(11)
(Repealed by No 54 of 2016)
Application to consolidated or consolidatable groups
118-425(12)
This section applies to a *consolidated group or *consolidatable group as if: (a) the *head company of the group carried on all of the activities that are carried on by *subsidiary members of the group; and (b) the assets, employees and income of the subsidiary members of the group were assets, employees and income of the head company; and (c) each subsidiary member of the group were parts of the head company rather than separate entities.
Exception to requirements relating to location within Australia
118-425(12A)
A company is taken to meet the requirements of subsection (2) in relation to an investment made by an entity if the sum of: (a) the value of the investment at the time the entity makes it; and (b) the total value of all the other investments that the entity owns at that time that do not, or apart from this subsection would not, meet those requirements;
does not exceed 20% of the partnership ' s *committed capital.
Note:
See subsection (10) for the value of investments.
Ineligible activities
118-425(13)
These activities are ineligible activities: (a) property development or land ownership; (b) finance, to the extent that it is any of the following:
(i) banking;
(ii) providing capital to others;
(iii) leasing;
(iv) factoring;
(c) insurance; (d) construction (including extension, improvement or up-grading) or acquisition of infrastructure facilities (within the meaning of section 93L of the Development Allowance Authority Act 1992 , as in force just before the commencement of Schedule 6 to the Statute Update (Smaller Government) Act 2018 ) or related facilities (within the meaning of section 93M of that Act), or both; (e) making investments, whether made directly or indirectly, that are directed to deriving income in the nature of interest, rents, dividends, royalties or lease payments.
(v) securitisation;
For the purposes of this subsection, activities that are ancillary or incidental to a particular activity are taken to form part of that activity.
Note:
Under Division 362 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 , Industry Innovation and Science Australia can make rulings that activities, or classes of activities, are not ineligible activities.
118-425(13A)
However, none of the following activities are ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (13) : (a) developing technology for use in relation to an activity referred to in paragraph (13)(b) , (c) or (e) ; (b) an activity that is ancillary or incidental to the activity of developing technology referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection; (c) an activity referred to in paragraph (13)(b) , (c) or (e) that is the subject of a finding in force under section 118-432 at the time the investment is made.
118-425(13B)
Subsection (13A) does not apply in circumstances prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
Industry Innovation and Science Australia discretion
118-425(14)
A company is taken to meet the requirements of subsection (3) even if it fails to satisfy at least 2 of the requirements in that subsection if *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-15 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 that: (a) the company ' s primary activity is not an ineligible activity mentioned in subsection (13) ; and (b) the failure is temporary and did not exist at the time the investment referred to in subsection (1) was made and, if it has been disposed of, when it was disposed of.
Temporary exception to the requirements for predominant activity
118-425(14A)
A company is taken to meet the requirements of subsection (3) even if it fails to satisfy at least 2 of the requirements in that subsection if: (a) the company ' s sole purpose is making one or more investments that are *eligible venture capital investments, or would be eligible venture capital investments apart from paragraph (1)(d) ; and (b) during the 6 month period starting immediately before the first investment made by a *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor, the company has used all of the amounts invested in it:
(i) to make investments of a kind referred to in paragraph (a) ; or
(ii) to engage in activities that are ancillary or incidental to making those investments.
However, this subsection applies to the company only for that 6 month period.
Activities disregarded in applying the predominant activity test
118-425(14B)
If *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-15 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 that: (a) the activities of the controlled entity of a company are complementary to one or more of the activities, of the company or its other controlled entities, that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (13) of this section; and (b) the activities that, taken together, constitute the principal activities of the company and all of its controlled entities are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (13) of this section; and (c) in all the circumstances, it is appropriate that, for a period specified in the determination, the activities of the controlled entity are disregarded when applying subsection (3) of this section to the company;
in applying subsection (3) of this section to the company, disregard, for the period specified in the determination, the activities of the controlled entity.
Other entity can be taken to meet requirements relating to location in Australia
118-425(14C)
In applying subsection (4) to a company in relation to its investment in another entity, the other entity is taken, for the purposes of subparagraph (4)(b)(ii) , to meet the requirements of subsection (2) if *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-15 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 that: (a) the activities of the other entity arecomplementary to one or more of the activities of the company or its other controlled entities; and (b) the company meets the requirements of subsection (2) of this section at the time the investment is made, or will meet those requirements at the time the investment is proposed to be made.
Convertible notes and convertible preference shares
118-425(15)
To the extent that an investment by an entity consists of the acquisition of a *share in a company by converting a *convertible note, or a convertible preference share, issued by the company, the investment is, for the purpose of determining whether the company meets the requirements of subsections (2) to (7) , taken to have been made at the time when the entity last acquired the convertible note or convertible preference share.
118-425(16)
(Repealed by No 54 of 2016)
Requirements for an eligible venture capital investment
118-427(1)
An investment is an eligible venture capital investment if: (a) it is *at risk; and (b) it is either:
(i) an acquisition of units in a unit trust; or
(ii) an acquisition of options (including warrants) originally issued by or on behalf of the trustee of a unit trust to acquire units in the unit trust; or
(c) the unit trust meets the requirements of subsections (3) to (8) ; and (d) the sum of:
(iii) an acquisition of *convertible notes (other than convertible notes that are *debt interests) issued by or on behalf of the trustee of a unit trust; and
(i) the total amount that the partnership has invested in all the *equity interests and *debt interests that the partnership owns in the unit trust; and
does not exceed 30% of the partnership ' s *committed capital.
(ii) the total amount that the partnership has invested in all the equity interests and debt interests that the partnership owns in any entities that are *connected entities of the unit trust;
Certain entities not treated as connected entities
118-427(2)
In applying subparagraph (1)(d)(ii) , ignore an entity that is a *connected entity of the unit trust only because it is an *associate of the unit trust because of an investment made in the entity by the partnership.
Location within Australia
118-427(3)
The unit trust: (a) must, at the time the investment is made, carry on *business in Australia; and (b) must, at that time, meet at least one of the following requirements:
(i) the central management and control of the unit trust is in Australia;
(ii) more than 50% of the beneficial interests in the income of the unit trust are held by Australian residents;
(c) if at that time the entity making the investment does not own any other investments in the unit trust - must meet the following requirements:
(iii) more than 50% of the beneficial interests in the property of the unit trust are held by Australian residents; and
(i) more than 50% of the people who are currently engaged by the trustee of the unit trust to perform services must perform those services primarily in Australia;
during the whole of the period of 12 months, or such shorter period as *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-5 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 , starting from the time the investment is made.
(ii) more than 50% of its assets (determined by value) must be situated in Australia;
However, subparagraph (c)(i) or (ii) does not apply to the unit trust if Industry Innovation and Science Australia so determines under section 25-10 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 .
Note:
A company that fails to meet the requirements of this subsection can still be eligible in certain circumstances: see subsection (13) .
Predominant activity
118-427(4)
The unit trust must satisfy at least 2 of these requirements: (a) more than 75% of the assets (determined by value) that are assets of either:
(i) the unit trust; or
must be used primarily in activities that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (14) of this section; (b) more than 75% of the persons who are employees of either or both of the following:
(ii) any entity controlled by the unit trust in a way described in section 328-125 (a controlled entity );
(i) the trustee of the unit trust;
must be engaged (as such employees) primarily in activities that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (14) of this section; (c) more than 75% of the total assessable income, *exempt income and *non-assessable non-exempt income of:
(ii) any one or more of the unit trust ' s controlled entities;
(i) the unit trust; and
must come from activities that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (14) of this section.
(ii) each of its controlled entities;
Note 1:
This requirement is ongoing. It is not limited to the circumstances at the time the investment was made.
Note 2:
See subsection (11) for the value of assets.
Note 3:
A unit trust that fails to meet at least 2 of the requirements can still be eligible if Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines that the unit trust ' s primary activity is not ineligible and the failure is temporary: see subsection (15) .
Note 4:
Industry Innovation and Science Australia may also determine that the activities of a controlled entity of the unit trust are to be disregarded in applying this section to the unit trust: see subsection (15A) .
Investment in other entities
118-427(5)
The unit trust must not invest, in another entity, any part of the amount invested, unless: (a) the other entity:
(i) is *connected with the unit trust (but not because the other entity is an *associate of the unit trust as a result of an investment made in the other entity by the partnership); and
(b) the other entity:
(ii) meets the requirements of subsections (4) to (8) ; or
(i) is, after the investment is made, controlled by the unit trust in a way described in section 328-125 ; and
(ii) meets the requirements of subsections (3) to (8) of this section (other than subsection (4) ).
However, this subsection does not prevent the unit trust from depositing money with an *ADI, or with a body authorised by or under a law of a foreign country to carry on banking business in that country.
Note 1:
This requirement is ongoing. It is not limited to the circumstances at the time the investment was made.
Note 2:
The other entity can be taken to meet the requirements of subsection (3) if Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines that its activities are complementary to activities of the unit trust or other controlled entities and that the unit trust meets those requirements at the time of the investment: see subsection (15B) .
Investment in the capacity of a trustee
118-427(5A)
The unit trust must not, in the capacity of a trustee, use any part of the amount invested.
Note:
This requirement is ongoing. It is not limited to the circumstances at the time the investment was made.
Registered auditor
118-427(6)
The unit trust must have as its auditor a *registered auditor at all times (if any) referred to in subsection (6A) during which the unit trust: (a) if it were a company:
(i) would not be a proprietary company within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(b) would exceed the *permitted entity value if the amount provided for under subsection 118-440(9) were $12.5 million.
(ii) would be a large proprietary company within the meaning of that Act; or
Note:
This requirement is ongoing.
118-427(6A)
The times are: (a) the end of the income year in which the investment is made; and (b) all times after the end of that income year.
Permitted entity value
118-427(7)
The unit trust must not, immediately before the investment is made, exceed the *permitted entity value.
Listing
118-427(8)
The unit trust must be a unit trust whose units: (a) are, at the time the investment is made, not listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or a foreign country; or (b) are so listed at that time, but cease to be so listed at any time during the 12 months after the investment is made.
However, the unit trust is taken to meet the requirements of this subsection in relation to any investment made by an *ESVCLP (whether or not units in the unit trust are so listed).
Note:
The additional requirements for ESVCLPs deal with listing in relation to initial investments by ESVCLPs in unit trusts: see paragraph 118-428(1)(a) .
Scrip for scrip investments
118-427(9)
However, a unit trust is taken to meet the requirements of subsections (3) to (8) if: (a) the investment is an acquisition of units in that unit trust in exchange for units in another unit trust; and (b) at the time that the *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor in question acquired the units being exchanged, the other unit trust meets the requirements of subsections (3) to (8) , but not only because this subsection applies to the other unit trust; and (c) the units in the other unit trust that are being exchanged are all of the units in the other unit trust that the entity making the investment owned at the time of the exchange.
Debt interests
118-427(10)
To avoid doubt, a *debt interest cannot be an *eligible venture capital investment.
The value of an asset or investment
118-427(11)
The value of an asset or investment of an entity at a particular time for the purposes of this section is: (a) the value of the asset or investment as shown in a statement, prepared in accordance with the *accounting standards and audited by the entity ' s auditor, showing that value as at a time no longer than 12 months before that time; or (b) the value provided for by section 118-450 if:
(i) the entity does not have an auditor at that time; and
(ii) the entity is not required under subsection (6) of this section to have an auditor at that time.
Application to groups
118-427(12)
If a group of entities: (a) is treated as a *consolidated group because of a choice that a unit trust has made under section 713-130 ; or (b) would be treated as a consolidated group because of such a choice:
(i) if a unit trust were to make such a choice; or
(ii) if a unit trust that is not a *public trading trust were such a trust and were to make such a choice;
this section applies in relation to the entities as if:
(c) the unit trust carried on, as the *head company of the consolidated group or consolidatable group, all of the activities that are carried on by the other members of the group; and (d) the assets, employees and income of the other members of the group were assets, employees and income of the unit trust; and (e) each of the other members of the group were parts of the unit trust rather than separate entities.Exception to requirements relating to location within Australia
118-427(13)
A unit trust is taken to meet the requirements of subsection (3) in relation to an investment made by an entity if the sum of: (a) the value of the investment at the time the entity makes it; and (b) the total value of all the other investments that the entity owns at that time that do not, or apart from this subsection would not, meet those requirements;
does not exceed 20% of the partnership ' s *committed capital.
Note:
See subsection (11) for the value of investments.
Ineligible activities
118-427(14)
These activities are ineligible activities: (a) property development or land ownership; (b) finance, to the extent that it is any of the following:
(i) banking;
(ii) providing capital to others;
(iii) leasing;
(iv) factoring;
(c) insurance; (d) construction (including extension, improvement or up-grading) or acquisition of infrastructure facilities (within the meaning of section 93L of the Development Allowance Authority Act 1992 , as in force just before the commencement of Schedule 6 to the Statute Update (Smaller Government) Act 2018 ) or related facilities (within the meaning of section 93M of that Act), or both; (e) making investments, whether made directly or indirectly, that are directed to deriving income in the nature of interest, rents, dividends, royalties or lease payments.
(v) securitisation;
For the purposes of this subsection, activities that are ancillary or incidental to a particular activity are taken to form part of that activity.
Note:
Under Division 362 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 , Industry Innovation and Science Australia can make rulings that activities, or classes of activities, are not ineligible activities.
118-427(14A)
However, none of the following activities are ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (14) : (a) developing technology for use in relation to an activity referred to in paragraph (14)(b) , (c) or (e) ; (b) an activity that is ancillary or incidental to the activity of developing technology referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection; (c) an activity referred to in paragraph (14)(b) , (c) or (e) that is the subject of a finding in force under section 118-432 at the time the investment is made.
118-427(14B)
Subsection (14A) does not apply in circumstances prescribed by regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
Industry Innovation and Science Australia discretion
118-427(15)
A unit trust is taken to meet the requirements of subsection (4) even if it fails to satisfy at least 2 of the requirements in that subsection if *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-15 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 that: (a) the unit trust ' s primary activity is not an ineligible activity mentioned in subsection (14) ; and (b) the failure is temporary and did not exist at the time the investment referred to in subsection (1) was made and, if it has been disposed of, when it was disposed of.
Activities disregarded in applying the predominant activity test
118-427(15A)
If *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-15 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 that: (a) the activities of the controlled entity of a unit trust are complementary to one or more of the activities, of the unit trust or its other controlled entities, that are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (14) of this section; and (b) the activities that, taken together, constitute the principal activities of the unit trust and all of its controlled entities are not ineligible activities mentioned in subsection (14) of this section; and (c) in all the circumstances, it is appropriate that, for a period specified in the determination, the activities of the controlled entity are disregarded when applying subsection (4) of this section to the unit trust;
in applying subsection (4) of this section to the unit trust, disregard, for the period specified in the determination, the activities of the controlled entity.
Other entity can be taken to meet requirements relating to location in Australia
118-427(15B)
In applying subsection (5) to a unit trust in relation to its investment in another entity, the other entity is taken, for the purposes of subparagraph (5)(b)(ii) , to meet the requirements of subsection (3) if *Industry Innovation and Science Australia determines under section 25-15 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 that: (a) the activities of the other entity are complementary to one or more of the activities of the unit trust or its other controlled entities; and (b) the unit trust meets the requirements of subsection (3) of this section at the time the investment is made, or will meet those requirements at the time the investment is proposed to be made.
Convertible notes
118-427(16)
To the extent that an investment by an entity consists of the acquisition of a unit in a unit trust by converting a *convertible note issued by or on behalf of the trustee of the unit trust, the investment is, for the purpose of determining whether the unit trust meets the requirements of subsections (3) to (8) , taken to have been made at the time when the entity last acquired the convertible note.
118-427(17)
Subsection (16) applies whether or not the acquisition of the *convertible note was an *eligible venture capital investment.
The additional investment requirements for ESVCLPs , for an investment in a company or in a unit trust, are:
(a) if the entity making the investment does not, when the investment is made, own any other investment in the company or unit trust:
(i) *shares in the company; or
are not, when the investment is made, listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange in Australia or a foreign country; and
(ii) units in the unit trust;
(b) if the investment is *pre-owned when the investment is made:
(i) the entity already owns investments in the company or unit trust; or
(ii) the entity will, in connection with making the investment, make other investments in the company or unit trust, some or all of which are not pre-owned; and
(c) if the investment is pre-owned when the investment is made - the sum of:
(i) the value of the investment when the entity makes it; and
does not exceed 20% of the partnership ' s *committed capital.
(ii) the total value of all the other pre-owned investments that the entity owns at that time;
Note:
See subsection (3) for the value of investments.
118-428(2)
An investment is pre-owned if it was issued or allotted to an entity other than the entity that owns the investment. However, the investment is not pre-owned if it:
(a) was issued:
(i) to an underwriter or sub-underwriter of the issue of the investment; or
(ii) to a person for the purpose of being offered for sale; and
(b) was still held by the underwriter, sub-underwriter or person immediately before being acquired by the entity that now owns the investment.
118-428(3)
The value of an investment of an entity at a particular time for the purposes of this section is the value of the investment as shown in:
(a) the last audited accounts prepared for the entity for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 that relates to a period ending less than 18 months before that time; or
(b) a statement, prepared in accordance with the *accounting standards and audited by the entity ' s auditor, showing that value as at a time no longer than 12 months before that time.
118-428(4)
However, for the purposes of this section, the value of the investment at that time is the value provided for by section 118-450 if:
(a) there are no such audited accounts; and
(b) the entity does not have an auditor at that time.
An *eligible venture capital investment is at risk if the entity that owns the investment had no *arrangement as to:
(a) the maintenance of the value of the investment; or
(b) the maintenance of any earnings or other return that might be made from owning the investment, including (if the investment relates to a unit trust) the maintenance of any conferrals of present entitlement to income or capital of the unit trust or to any distributions of income or capital of the unit trust.
Public findings
118-432(1)
*Industry Innovation and Science Australia may, by legislative instrument, find that each activity within a specified class is a substantially novel application of one or more technologies.
Note:
A substantially novel application of a technology could, for example, take the form of a substantially novel product or service.
Private findings
118-432(2)
*Industry Innovation and Science Australia may, on application by a company or unit trust, make a written decision: (a) finding that a specified activity is a substantially novel application of one or more technologies; or (b) refusing to make such a finding about a specified activity.
Note:
A refusal to make a finding is reviewable (see Part 5 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 ).
Period for which a finding is in force
118-432(3)
Subject to variation or revocation, a finding under subsection (1) or paragraph (2)(a) is in force for the period specified in the finding.
Note:
For variation and revocation, see subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 .
Applications for private findings
118-432(4)
An application for a finding under paragraph (2)(a) must be in the *form approved by Industry Innovation and Science Australia.
118-432(5)
*Industry Innovation and Science Australia must notify the applicant in writing of any decision under subsection (2) about the application.
118-432(6)
A failure to comply with subsection (5) does not affect the validity of a finding or decision.
A company that meets the requirements of subsections 118-425(6) and (7) is treated as also meeting the requirements of subsections 118-425(2) , (3) , (4) , (4A) and (5) if:
(a) it is a resident of:
(i) Canada; or
(ii) France; or
(iii) Germany; or
(iv) Japan; or
(v) the United Kingdom; or
(vi) the United States of America; or
(vii) any other foreign country prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) it beneficially owns all the *shares in another company or all the units in a unit trust; and
(c) it does not carry on any *business other than to support the primary activity of the other company or unit trust; and
(d) the other company meets the requirements of subsections 118-425(2) to (7), or the unit trust meets the requirements of subsections 118-427(3) to (8) , as the case requires.
118-435(2)
However, if:
(a) the company is so treated as meeting those requirements; and
(b) at any time within the period of 12 months after the day on which the first *eligible venture capital investment was made in the company:
(i) the other company ceases to be an Australian resident; or
as the case requires;
(ii) the unit trust ceases to carry on *business in Australia;
then:
(c) any eligible venture capital investments already made in the company or unit trust cease to be eligible venture capital investments; and
(d) any further investments made in the company or unit trust are not eligible venture capital investments.
SECTION 118-440 Meaning of permitted entity value 118-440(1)
An entity exceeds the permitted entity value immediately before a proposed investment is made in the entity if, at that time, the sum of the following exceeds the amount provided for under subsection (9):
(a) the total value of the entity ' s assets;
(b) the total value of the assets of any other entity *connected with the entity to the extent that they are not reflected in the value of any assets referred to in paragraph (a).
Note:
The time the entity makes the investment is, for a share acquired by converting a convertible note or convertible preference share or for a unit in a unit trust acquired by converting a convertible note, the time when the entity last acquired the convertible note or convertible preference share: see subsections 118-425(15) and 118-427(16) .
118-440(2)
The total value of the assets of an entity is the total value of its assets (both current and non-current) as shown in:
(a) the last audited accounts prepared for the entity for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 that relates to a period ending less than 18 months before that time; or
(b) if there are no such audited accounts - a statement, prepared in accordance with the *accounting standards and audited by the entity ' s auditor, showing that value as at a time no longer than 12 months before that time.
118-440(2A)
However, for the purposes of this section, the total value of its assets at that time is the sum of the values of those assets provided for by section 118-450 if:
(a) there are no such audited accounts; and
(b) the entity does not have an auditor at that time; and
(c) the entity is not required under subsection 118-425(5) or 118-427(6) to have an auditor at that time.
118-440(3)
In applying paragraphs (1)(b), (5)(b) and (7)(c), ignore the total value of the assets of an entity that is *connected with the entity first-mentioned in subsection (1) (the target entity ) either immediately before or immediately after the investment referred to in that subsection if it is so connected only because of *eligible venture capital investments made in both of those entities by the same *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor.
118-440(4)
In applying paragraphs (1)(b), (5)(b) and (7)(c), ignore the total value of the assets of an entity that, immediately after the investment is made, is not *connected with the target entity.
118-440(5)
Despite the previous provisions of this section, the target entity exceeds the permitted entity value immediately before the time (the investment time ) when the *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor made the investment in the target entity if:
(a) the target entity was *connected with an entity (the linked entity ) in which the VCLP, ESVCLP, AFOF or eligible venture capital investor had made an *eligible venture capital investment at some time in the period of 12 months before the investment time; and
(b) the sum of the total value of the assets of the target entity and of any entity *connected with the target entity (at the investment time) and the linked entity and of any entity connected with the linked entity (at the time that the entity making the investment made its investment in the linked entity) exceeds the amount provided for under subsection (9).
118-440(6)
The Commissioner may determine that subsection (5) does not apply if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the activities of the target entity are not the same as, not an integral part of and not a necessary support for the activities of the linked entity; and
(b) the making of the investment in the target entity is not part of a *scheme to acquire interests in all or a substantial part of a group of companies that are *connected with each other.
118-440(7)
Despite the previous provisions of this section, the target entity exceeds the permitted entity value immediately before the investment time if:
(a) the target entity was *connected with an entity (also the linked entity ) in which the *VCLP, *ESVCLP, *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor had made an *eligible venture capital investment more than 12 months before the investment time; and
(b) the activities of the target entity are the same as, are an integral part of or are a necessary support for the activities of the linked entity; and
(c) the sum of the total value of the assets of the target entity and of any entity *connected with the target entity (at the investment time) and the linked entity and of any entity connected with the linked entity (at the time that the entity making the investment made its investment in the linked entity) exceeds the amount provided for under subsection (9).
118-440(8)
In applying paragraphs (5)(b) and (7)(c), ignore the total value of the assets of an entity that is *connected with the linked entity either immediately before or immediately after the investment in the linked entity if it is so connected only because of *eligible venture capital investments made in both of those entities by the same *VCLP, *ESVCLP , *AFOF or *eligible venture capital investor.
118-440(9)
The amount in relation to a proposed investment is:
(a) if an *ESVCLP is to make the proposed investment - $50 million; or
(b) in any other case - $250 million.
SECTION 118-445 Meaning of committed capital 118-445(1)
A partner ' s committed capital in a partnership is the sum of the amounts that the partner may, under the partnership agreement establishing the partnership, become obliged to contribute to the partnership.
118-445(2)
It does not matter whether:
(a) the partner contributes all of those amounts; or
(b) any amounts contributed are subsequently returned to the partner; or
(c) the contributions give rise to *equity interests or *debt interests in the partnership, or both.
118-445(3)
A partnership ' s committed capital is the sum of the committed capital of all of the partnership ' s partners.
If, under a provision of this Subdivision, the value of an asset or investment at a particular time is the value provided for by this section, that value is:
(a) if paragraph (b) does not apply - its *market value at that time; or
(b) the amount stated to be its current market value, at that time or a time in the 12 months preceding that time, in a statutory declaration by:
(i) if the entity is a company - the directors of the company; or
(ii) if the entity is a unit trust - the trustees of the unit trust.
118-450(2)
Paragraph (1)(b) does not apply if the Commissioner reasonably believes that the amount stated in the statutory declaration to be the *market value of the asset or investment at the relevant time is inaccurate.
As soon as practicable after 24 months after the Treasury Laws Amendment (Tax Integrity and Other Measures) Act 2018 receives the Royal Assent, the Minister must cause an impact assessment of the operation of this Subdivision and other related tax concessions to be conducted.
118-455(2)
The impact assessment must: (a) examine the operation of the tax concession regime for:
(i) investments made through a *VCLP, *ESVCLP or *AFOF; and
(b) be conducted by the Department and Industry Innovation and Science Australia; and (c) make provision for public consultation.
(ii) investments made directly by foreign residents registered under Part 3 of the Venture Capital Act 2002 ; and
118-455(3)
For the purposes of conducting the impact assessment, the reference to Industry Innovation and Science Australia in item 6 of the table in subsection 355-65(4) of Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 is taken to include the Secretary of the Department.
118-455(4)
The Minister must cause a written report about the impact assessment to be prepared.
118-455(5)
The Minister must cause a copy of the report to be tabled in each House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days of that House after the day on which the report is given to the Minister.
A foreign resident tax exempt pension fund that invests in venture capital equity in an Australian company or fixed trust (a resident investment vehicle) can disregard a capital gain or capital loss it makes from a CGT event that happens to that equity if:
A *capital gain or *capital loss is disregarded if it is made from a *CGT event happening in relation to a *CGT asset that is *venture capital equity where the asset:
(a) was *acquired by a *venture capital entity; and
(b) at the time of the CGT event:
(i) was owned by that entity; and
(ii) had been owned by that entity for at least 12 months.
118-505(2)
The *venture capital entity must be registered under Part 7A of the Pooled Development Funds Act 1992 at the time of the *CGT event.
SECTION 118-510 Meaning of resident investment vehicle 118-510(1)
A resident investment vehicle is a company that is an Australian resident, or a trust that is a *resident trust for CGT purposes, if:
(a) the sum of:
(i) the total value of the assets of the company or trust, and
(ii) the total value of the assets of any company or trust *connected with the first company or trust; and
is not more than $50,000,000 just before the time (the acquisition time ) when the relevant venture capital entity acquires venture capital equity in the company or trust; and
(iii) the amount of the investment proposed to be made in venture capital equity in the company or trust by the relevant *venture capital entity;
(b) the primary activity of the company or trust is not, at any time, property development or land ownership.
118-510(2)
However, a trust is not a resident investment vehicle unless entities have *fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the trust.
118-510(3)
The total value of the assets of a company or trust is the total value of its assets (both current and non-current) as shown in:
(a) the last audited accounts prepared for the company or trust for the purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 that relates to a period ending less than 18 months before the acquisition time; or
(b) if there are no such audited accounts - a statement audited by the company's or trust's auditor showing that value as at a time no longer than 12 months before the acquisition time.
SECTION 118-515 Meaning of venture capital entity 118-515(1)
An entity (except a partner in a partnership) is a venture capital entity if:
(a) it is a foreign resident; and
(b) it is a *superannuation fund for foreign residents; and
(c) it is not a *prescribed dual resident; and
(d) it is a resident of:
(i) Canada; or
(ii) France; or
(iii) Germany; or
(iv) Japan; or
(v) the United Kingdom; or
(vi) the United States of America; or
(vii) some other foreign country prescribed by the regulations; and
(e) its income is exempt, or effectively exempt, from taxation in its country of residence.
118-515(2)
A partner in a partnership is a venture capital entity if:
(a) all of the partners in it are entities that are *venture capital entities under subsection (1); or
(b) the partnership is a *limited partnership and:
(i) all of the partners in it (except its general partner or managing partner) are venture capital entities under subsection (1); and
(ii) its general partner or managing partner has interests in less than 10% of the total value of the assets of the partnership.
SECTION 118-520 Meaning of superannuation fund for foreign residents 118-520(1)
A fund is a superannuation fund for foreign residents at a time if:
(a) at that time, it is:
(i) an indefinitely continuing fund; and
(ii) a provident, benefit, superannuation or retirement fund; and
(b) it was established in a foreign country; and
(c) it was established, and is maintained at that time, only to provide benefits for individuals who are not Australian residents; and
(d) at that time, its central management and control is carried on outside Australia by entities none of whom is an Australian resident.
118-520(2)
However, a fund is not a superannuation fund for foreign residents if:
(a) an amount paid to the fund or set aside for the fund has been or can be deducted under this Act; or
(b) a * tax offset has been allowed or is allowable for such an amount.
SECTION 118-525 Meaning of venture capital equity 118-525(1)
A *CGT asset is venture capital equity for a *venture capital entity if it is a *share in a company or an interest in a trust where:
(a) the company or trust is a *resident investment vehicle; and
(b) the share or interest was issued or allotted to the entity by the company or trust; and
(c) the entity was at risk in owning the share or interest in that it had no *arrangement (either before or after the share or interest was issued or allotted) as to:
(i) the maintenance of the value of the share or interest; or
(ii) any earnings or other return that might be made from owning it; or
(iii) protection from commercial loss because of owning it.
Example:
A company borrows money to purchase some shares. The terms of the loan include a term that, if the value of the shares falls below the amount of the loan, the company can repay the loan by transferring the shares to the lender.
The company ' s ownership of the shares is not at risk, because there is no possibility that it can lose money under the transaction.
118-525(2)
However, *shares or interests in the *resident investment vehicle issued or allotted to a *venture capital entity are not venture capital equity for the entity if:
(a) one or more of these events happens:
(i) a share or interest in the resident investment vehicle that was *acquired by some other entity before that issue or allotment is cancelled or redeemed; or
(ii) there is a return of some of the capital of the resident investment vehicle that was acquired before that issue or allotment; or
(iii) value is shifted out of a share or interest in that vehicle that was acquired before that issue or allotment; and
(b) it is reasonable to conclude that the happening of the event referred to in paragraph (a) is connected to that issue or allotment, or to some *arrangement between the entities concerned.
Example:
The capital of an Australian company is 100,000 shares, with a market value of $1 per share. The shares have full voting and dividend rights.
The Australian company issues another 100,000 shares to a foreign company. The new shares are issued at one cent each, but have very limited voting and dividend rights.
The Australian company then changes the rights attaching to its shares so that the new shares have full voting and dividend rights, and the original shares have none.
Value has been shifted out of the original shares, effectively converting " old equity " to " new equity " .
118-525(3)
In deciding whether it is reasonable to reach the conclusion referred to in paragraph (2)(b), these matters are relevant:
(a) whether the amount of the decrease in the *net value of the *resident investment vehicle because of the happening of the event referred to in paragraph (2)(a) is the same as, or is calculated by reference to, the value of the issue or allotment of *shares or interests to the *venture capital entity; and
(b) the time lapse between the happening of that event and that issue or allotment.
Subdivision 118-H - Demutualisation of Tower Corporation
This section applies if, just before the mutual entity known in New Zealand as Tower Corporation ceased to be a mutual entity, you had membership rights in that entity.
Note:
Tower Corporation demutualised on 1 October 1999.
No capital gain or capital loss from end of membership rights
118-550(2)
Disregard any *capital gain or *capital loss that resulted from any of your membership rights in Tower Corporation ceasing to exist when that entity ceased to be a mutual entity.
Note:
Subsection (2) applies to you even if, because you could not be located at the time of demutualisation, you were not immediately issued with shares in the demutualised entity in substitution for your old membership rights, and rights to shares were instead put aside in a trust.
Cost base of replacement assets
118-550(3)
The *cost base and the *reduced cost base of any *shares or other *CGT assets that you *acquire in substitution for the membership rights that have ceased to exist do not include any amounts that you paid in acquiring or maintaining those old rights.
Subdivision 118-I - Look-through earnout rights
This Subdivision and its related provisions set out special rules for *look-through earnout rights. The object of these rules is to avoid unnecessary compliance costs and disadvantageous tax outcomes when entities involved in the sale of a business:
(a) cannot agree on the current value of some or all of the business ' assets due to uncertainty about the future economic performance of the business; and
(b) resolve this uncertainty by agreeing to potentially provide future additional consideration linked to this performance.
118-560(2)
These rules achieve this object by:
(a) disregarding any *capital gain or *capital loss relating to the creation of a *look-through earnout right; and
(b) for the acquirer of the business - treating any *financial benefits provided (or received) under the right as forming part of (or reducing) the cost base or reduced cost base of the business assets; and
(c) for the seller of the business - treating any financial benefits received (or provided) under the right as increasing (or reducing) the capital proceeds for the business assets.
Note:
Sections 112-36 and 116-120 are 2 of the more important related provisions that set out these rules.
Look-through earnout rights - main case
118-565(1)
A look-through earnout right is a right for which the following conditions are met:
(a) the right is a right to future *financial benefits that are not reasonably ascertainable at the time the right is created;
(b) the right is created under an *arrangement that involves the *disposal of a *CGT asset;
(c) the disposal causes *CGT event A1 to happen;
(d) just before the CGT event, the CGT asset was an *active asset of the entity who disposed of the asset;
Note:
For extra ways to be an active asset, see section 118-570 .
(e) all of the financial benefits that can be provided under the right are to be provided over a period ending no later than 5 years after the end of the income year in which the CGT event happens;
(f) those financial benefits are contingent on the economic performance of:
(i) the CGT asset; or
(ii) a business for which it is reasonably expected that the CGT asset will be an active asset for the period to which those financial benefits relate;
(g) the value of those financial benefits reasonably relates to that economic performance;
(h) the parties to the arrangement deal with each other at *arm ' s length in making the arrangement.
Matters affecting the 5-year maximum period
118-565(2)
The condition in paragraph (1)(e) is not met, and is treated as never having been met, for the right if:
(a) the *arrangement includes an option to extend or renew the arrangement; or
(b) the parties to the arrangement vary the arrangement; or
(c) those parties enter into another arrangement over the *CGT asset or a business for which it is reasonably expected that the CGT asset will be an *active asset;
so that a party could, or does, provide *financial benefits under the right (or one or more equivalent rights) over a total period ending later than 5 years after the end of the income year in which the *CGT event happens.
118-565(3)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e) or subsection (2), in working out the period over which *financial benefits under a right can be provided, disregard any part of an *arrangement that allows for an entity to defer providing such a financial benefit if:
(a) the deferral is contingent on an event happening that is beyond the control of the parties to the arrangement; and
(b) the deferral cannot change the amount of any financial benefit provided, or to be provided, under the right; and
(c) when the arrangement is entered into, the contingent event is not reasonably expected to happen.
Look-through earnout rights - rights for ending other rights
118-565(4)
A look-through earnout right is a right to receive one or more future *financial benefits that:
(a) are for ending a right to which subsection (1) applies; and
(b) are certain.
Note:
This subsection will not apply if the old right ends as described in subsection (2), as subsection (2) causes the old right to be treated as if it had never been a right to which subsection (1) applies.
For the purposes of this Subdivision, treat a *CGT asset as if it were an active asset of an entity at a particular time, if:
(a) the entity owns it at that time; and
(b) it is either a *share in a company, or an interest in a trust; and
(c) at that time, the entity:
(i) is a *CGT concession stakeholder of the company or trust; or
(ii) if the entity is not an individual - has a *small business participation percentage in the company or trust of at least 20%; and
(d) at that time, the company or trust:
(i) is carrying on a *business, and has been carrying on a business since the start of the most recent income year ending before that time; and
(ii) is not a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group; and
(e) the assessable income of the company or trust for that most recent income year was greater than nil, and at least 80% of that assessable income was:
(i) from the carrying on of one or more businesses; but
(ii) not *derived (directly or indirectly) from an asset of a kind to which paragraph 152-40(4)(d) or (e) applies.
Note:
Paragraphs 152-40(4)(d) and (e) refer to financial instruments and assets used to derive interest, annuities, rent, royalties or foreign exchange gains.
118-570(2)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, treat a *CGT asset as if it were an active asset of an entity at a particular time, if subsection 152-40(3) would have been satisfied for the asset at that time had paragraph 152-40(3)(a) only required the asset to be:
(a) a *share in a company; or
(b) an interest in a trust.
Note:
This enables shares and interests in foreign entities to be active assets for the purposes of this Subdivision.
118-570(3)
Subsections (1) and (2) do not limit section 152-40 (about active assets).
Disregard a *capital gain or *capital loss you make because:
(a) *CGT event C2 happens in relation to a *look-through earnout right you receive; or
(b) CGT event D1 happens when you create a look-through earnout right in another entity.
Temporarily disregard a portion of a *capital loss you make from *disposing of a *CGT asset if the capital loss could be reduced by you receiving one or more *financial benefits under a *look-through earnout right relating to the CGT asset and the disposal.
118-580(2)
The portion of the *capital loss that is temporarily disregarded is:
(a) if those *financial benefits can never exceed a maximum amount that is certain - so much of the capital loss as is equal to that maximum amount; or
(b) otherwise - all of the capital loss.
Note:
When you receive a financial benefit under the look-through earnout right:
You must keep records of matters that affect the capital gains and losses you make. You must retain them for 5 years after the last relevant CGT event.
You must keep records of every act, transaction, event or circumstance that can reasonably be expected to be relevant to working out whether you have made a *capital gain or *capital loss from a *CGT event. (It does not matter whether the CGT event has already happened or may happen in the future.)
Note 1:
There are exceptions: see section 121-30 .
EXAMPLESExample 1:
You dispose of a CGT asset. The records that are relevant to working out your capital gain or loss are records of:
• the date you acquired the asset; • the date you disposed of it; • each element of its cost base and reduced cost base and the effect of indexation on those elements; • what you sold it for (the capital proceeds).
Example 2:
Company A disposes of a CGT asset it acquired from company B (a member of the same wholly-owned group and a foreign resident) where company B obtained a roll-over under Subdivision 126-B . In addition to the records mentioned in example 1, company A needs records showing:
• the status of the 2 companies as members of the group; • which company is the ultimate holding company in the group; • the cost base and reduced cost base of the asset in the hands of company B just before the roll-over (because these become company A ' s cost base and reduced cost base).
Example 3:
CGT event G2 (about shifts in share values) happens involving company X and Greg (a controller (for CGT purposes) of company X). Z Nominees Pty Ltd (an associate of Greg ' s) suffers a material decrease in the value of its shares in company X as a result of the shift. Z Nominees needs records showing:
• the essential elements of the relevant scheme; • the date when the share value shift occurred; • the amounts of the decreases and increases in the market values of all shares involved in the scheme; • if shares are issued at a discount under the scheme, the amount of the discount; • the cost bases and market values of the shares that decreased in value.
Note 2:
There is an administrative penalty if you do not keep records as required by this Division: see section 288-25 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
121-20(2)
The records must be in English, or be readily accessible and convertible into English. They must show what is described in this section. (They show something if they include whatever material is necessary for that thing to be easily identified or worked out.)
121-20(3)
They must show the nature of the act, transaction, event or circumstance, the day when it happened or arose and:
(a) in the case of an act - who did it; and
(b) in the case of a transaction - who were the parties to it.
121-20(4)
They must show details (including relevant amounts) of how the act, transaction, event or circumstance is relevant (or can reasonably be expected to be relevant) to working out whether you have made a *capital gain or *capital loss from a *CGT event.
121-20(5)
If the necessary records of an act, transaction, event or circumstance do not already exist, you must reconstruct them or have someone else reconstruct them.
Example:
Your capital gain or capital loss from a CGT event may depend on the market value of property at a particular time. To record that market value properly, you may need to get a valuation done.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Note:
See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
121-20(6)
An offence under this section is an offence of strict liability.
Note:
For strict liability , see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code .
SECTION 121-25 How long you must retain the records 121-25(1)
You must retain records that section 121-20 requires you to keep.
121-25(2)
You must retain them until the end of 5 years after it becomes certain that no *CGT event (or no further *CGT event) can happen such that the records could reasonably be expected to be relevant to working out whether you have made a *capital gain or *capital loss from the event.
121-25(2A)
An offence under this section is an offence of strict liability.
Note:
For strict liability , see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code .
121-25(3)
This section has effect despite subsection 262A(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which requires records to be retained for a different period).
121-25(4)
However, it is not necessary to retain records:
(a) if the Commissioner notifies you that you do not need to retain them; or
(b) for a company that has finally ceased to exist.
Note 1:
There are special record keeping rules where there has been a roll-over for a merger between superannuation funds under former section 160ZZPI of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 : see section 121-25 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Note 2:
See section 4AA of the Crimes Act 1914 for the current value of a penalty unit.
SECTION 121-30 Exceptions 121-30(1)
You do not need to keep records under section 121-20 if:
(a) for each *CGT event (if any) that has happened such that the records are relevant (or could reasonably be expected to be relevant) to working out whether you have made a *capital gain or *capital loss from the event; and
(b) for each *CGT event that may happen in the future such that the records could reasonably be expected to be relevant to working out whether you might make a *capital gain or *capital loss from the event;
any capital gain or capital loss you made (or might make) from it is to be (or would be) disregarded, except because of a roll-over.
121-30(2)
However, the exceptions in this section do not apply to a *CGT event as a result of which a *capital gain or *capital loss is disregarded under section 855-40 (about capital gains and losses of foreign residents through *fixed trusts).
SECTION 121-35 Asset register entries 121-35(1)
You satisfy a requirement under this Division to retain records for a period if you:
(a) retain for that period an entry in a register for the records that satisfies the requirements in subsection (2), or a combination of the records and such an entry for them, containing all the information required to be contained in the records; and
(b) retain those of the records that contain the information entered in the register for at least 5 years after the requirement in paragraph (2)(b) is satisfied.
121-35(2)
The requirements are:
(a) you must make an entry in a register, in English, setting out some or all of the information contained in the records; and
(b) another entity who is a *registered tax agent or some other person approved by the Commissioner must certify in the register that the information entered is information from those records.
PART 3-3 - CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES: SPECIAL TOPICS
A roll-over can delay the making of a capital gain or loss if:
S 122-1 inserted by No 46 of 1998.
This Subdivision sets out when you can obtain a roll-over if you transfer a CGT asset, or all the assets of a business, to a company. It also deals with the creation of a CGT asset in a company. There are consequences for the company also.
SECTION 122-15 122-15 Disposal or creation of assets - wholly-owned company
If you are an individual or a trustee, you can choose to obtain a roll-over if one of the *CGT events (the trigger event ) specified in this table happens involving you and a company in the circumstances set out in sections 122-20 to 122-35 .
Relevant *CGT events | |
Event No. | What you do |
A1 | *Dispose of a CGT asset, or all the assets of a business, to the company |
. | |
D1 | Create contractual or other rights in the company |
. | |
D2 | Grant an option to the company |
. | |
D3 | Grant the company a right to income from mining |
. | |
F1 | Grant a lease to the company, or renew or extend a lease |
Note 1:
The roll-over starts at section 122-40 .
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
Note 3:
A roll-over may also be available under Subdivision 328-G (Restructures of small businesses).
Example:
Gavin runs a plumbing business. He wants to incorporate it so he disposes of all its assets to a company. He becomes the sole shareholder of the company.
The consideration you receive for the trigger event happening must be only:
(a) *shares in the company; or
(b) for a *disposal of a *CGT asset, or all the assets of a business, to the company (a disposal case ) - shares in the company and the company undertaking to discharge one or more liabilities in respect of the asset or assets of the *business (as appropriate).
Note:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an asset: see section 122-37 .
122-20(2)
The *shares cannot be *redeemable shares.
122-20(3)
The *market value of the *shares you receive for the trigger event happening must be substantially the same as:
(a) for a disposal case - the market value of the asset or assets you disposed of, less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of the asset or assets (as appropriate); or
(b) for another trigger event (a creation case ) - the market value of the CGT asset created in the company (the created asset ).
122-20(4)
In working out if the requirement in paragraph (3)(a) is satisfied, if the *market value of the *shares is different to what it would otherwise be only because of the possibility of liabilities attaching to the asset or assets, disregard the difference.
Note:
The company may have to pay income tax if an amount is included in its assessable income because of a CGT event happening to an asset you disposed of, or it may have a liability because of accrued leave entitlements of employees. The market value of the shares will reflect these contingent liabilities.
SECTION 122-25 Other requirements to be satisfied 122-25(1)
You must own all the *shares in the company just after the time of the trigger event.
Note:
You must own the shares in the same capacity as you owned or created the assets that the company now owns.
122-25(2)
This Subdivision does not apply to the *disposal or creation of any of the assets specified in this table:
Assets to which Subdivision does not apply | |||
Item | In this situation: | This Subdivision does not apply to: | |
1 | You *dispose of a *CGT asset to the company or create a CGT asset in the company | (a) | a *collectable or a *personal use asset; or |
(b) | a decoration awarded for valour or brave conduct (except if you paid money or gave any other property for it); or | ||
(c) | a *precluded asset; or | ||
(d) | an asset that becomes *trading stock of the company just after the *disposal or creation; or | ||
(e) | an asset that becomes a *registered emissions unit *held by the company just after the *disposal or creation | ||
. | |||
2 | You *dispose of all the assets of a *business to the company | (a) | a *collectable or a *personal use asset; or |
(b) | a decoration awarded for valour or brave conduct (except if you paid money or gave any other property for it); or | ||
(c) | an asset that becomes *trading stock of the company just after the disposal or creation (unless it was your trading stock when you disposed of it); or | ||
(d) | an asset that becomes a *registered emissions unit *held by the company just after the *disposal or creation (unless it was a registered emissions unit held by you when you disposed of it) |
122-25(3)
A precluded asset is:
(a) a *depreciating asset; or
(b) *trading stock; or
(c) an interest in the copyright in a *film referred to in section 118-30 ; or
(d) a *registered emissions unit.

122-25(4)
If:
(a) the *CGT asset or any of the assets of the *business is a right, option, *convertible interest or *exchangeable interest; and
(b) the company *acquires another CGT asset by exercising the right or option or by converting the convertible interest or in exchange for the disposal or redemption of the exchangeable interest;
the other asset cannot become *trading stock of the company just after the company acquired it.
122-25(5)
The *ordinary income and *statutory income of the company must not be exempt from income tax because it is an *exempt entity for the income year of the trigger event.
122-25(6)
If you are an individual at the time of the trigger event, either:
(a) you and the company must both be Australian residents at that time; or
(b) both of the following requirements must be satisfied:
(i) each asset must be *taxable Australian property at that time;
(ii) the shares in the company mentioned in subsection 122-20(1) must be taxable Australian property just after that time.
122-25(7)
If you are a trustee of a trust at the time of the trigger event, either:
(a) at that time, the trust must be a *resident trust for CGT purposes and the company must be an Australian resident; or
(b) both of the following requirements must be satisfied:
(i) each *CGT asset must be a CGT asset of the trust that is *taxable Australian property at that time; and
(ii) the shares in the company mentioned in subsection 122-20(1) must be taxable Australian property just after that time.
SECTION 122-35 What if the company undertakes to discharge a liability (disposal case)
Disposal of a CGT asset
122-35(1)
One of the requirements in this table must be satisfied if:
(a) you *dispose of a *CGT asset; and
(b) the company undertakes to discharge one or more liabilities in respect of it.
(The *market value, or the *cost base, of an asset is worked out when you disposed of it.)
What amount the liabilities cannot exceed | ||
Item | In this situation: | The liabilities cannot exceed: |
1 | You *acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985 | The *cost base of the asset |
. | ||
2 | You *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985 | The *market value of the asset |
Note:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an asset: see section 122-37 .
Disposal of all the assets of a business
122-35(2)
One of the requirements in this table must be satisfied if:
(a) you *dispose of all the assets of a *business; and
(b) the company undertakes to discharge one or more liabilities in respect of the assets of the business.
(The *market value, or the *cost base, of an asset is worked out when you disposed of it.)
What amount the liabilities cannot exceed | ||
Item | In this situation: | The liabilities cannot exceed: |
1 | You *acquired all the assets on or after 20 September 1985 | The sum of the *market values of the *precluded assets and the *cost bases of the other assets |
. | ||
2 | You *acquired all the assets before20 September 1985 | The sum of the *market values of the assets |
. | ||
3 | You *acquired at least one asset on or after 20 September 1985 and at least one before that day | For liabilities in respect of assets you *acquired on or after that day - the sum of the *market values of the *precluded assets and the *cost bases of the other assets; |
For liabilities in respect of assets you *acquired before that day - the sum of the market values of those assets |
These rules are relevant to working out what are the liabilities in respect of an asset.
122-37(2)
A liability incurred for the purposes of a *business that is not a liability in respect of a specific asset or assets of the business is taken to be a liability in respect of all the assets of the business.
Note:
An example is a bank overdraft.
122-37(3)
If a liability is in respect of 2 or more assets, the proportion of the liability that is in respect of any one of those assets is equal to:
The *market value of the asset
The total of the market values of all the assets that the liability is in respect of |
Replacement-asset roll-over if you dispose of a CGT asset
SECTION 122-40 Disposal of a CGT asset 122-40(1)
If you choose a roll-over, a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the trigger event is disregarded.
122-40(2)
If you *acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of each *share's *cost base is the asset's cost base when you *disposed of it (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of it) divided by the number of shares; and
(b) the first element of each share's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an asset: see section 122-37 .
Note 2:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-40(3)
If you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired the *shares before that day.
Replacement-asset roll-over if you dispose of all the assets of a business
SECTION 122-45 Disposal of all the assets of a business 122-45(1)
If you choose a roll-over for *disposing of all the assets of a *business to the company, a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from each of the assets of the business is disregarded.
122-45(2)
The other consequences relate to the *shares you receive and depend on when you *acquired the assets of the *business.
Note 1:
There are 3 possible cases:
Note 2:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Note 3:
There are other consequences for you and the company if you dispose of trading stock: see Division 70 .
SECTION 122-50 All assets acquired on or after 20 September 1985 122-50(1)
If you *acquired all of the assets of the *business on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of each *share ' s *cost base is the sum of the *market values of the *precluded assets and the cost bases of the other assets (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of all of those assets) divided by the number of shares; and
(b) the first element of each share ' s *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an asset: see section 122-37 .
Note 2:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Example:
Nick is a small trader. He wants to incorporate his business. He disposes of all its assets to a company and receives 10 shares in return.
Nick acquired all the assets of the business after 20 September 1985.
Trading stock, plant and equipment and office furniture are precluded assets.
The market value of Nick ' s trading stock when he disposed of it is $20,000. The market value of his plant and equipment at that time is $50,000 and the market value of his office furniture at that time is $10,000.
The cost bases of Nick ' s land and buildings at that time total $120,000.
Nick has a business overdraft of $15,000. It is taken to be a liability in respect of all the assets of his business.
The first element of the cost base of the 10 shares is:
($20,000 + $50,000 + $10,000 + $120,000) − $15,000 = $185,000 The first element of the reduced cost base of the 10 shares is worked out similarly.
122-50(2)
The *market value of an asset is worked out when you *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an asset is worked out at the same time.
You are taken to have *acquired all of the *shares before 20 September 1985 if you acquired all the assets of the *business before that day and none of the assets is a *precluded asset.
122-55(2)
However, if at least one of the assets is a *precluded asset, you are taken to have *acquired a whole number of the *shares (but not all of them) before that day. The number is the greatest possible that (when expressed as a percentage of all the shares) does not exceed:
expressed as a percentage of:
Note:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an asset: see section 122-37 .
122-55(3)
The first element of each other *share's *cost base and *reduced cost base is the total of the *market values of the *precluded assets (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of those assets) divided by the number of those other shares.
122-55(4)
The *market value of an asset is worked out when you *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an asset is worked out at the same time.
SECTION 122-60 Assets acquired before and after 20 September 1985 122-60(1)
If you *acquired some of the assets on or after 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired a whole number of the *shares (but not all of them) before that day. The number is the greatest possible that (when expressed as a percentage of all the shares) does not exceed:
expressed as a percentage of:
122-60(2)
The first element of each other *share's *cost base is the sum of the *market values of the *precluded assets and the cost bases of the other assets that you *acquired on or after that day (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of all of those assets) divided by the number of those other shares.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-60(3)
The first element of each other *share's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
122-60(4)
The *market value of an asset is worked out when you *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an asset is worked out at the same time.
Replacement-asset roll-over for a creation case
SECTION 122-65 Creation of asset 122-65(1)
If you choose a roll-over, a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the trigger event is disregarded.
122-65(2)
The first element of each *share's *cost base is the amount applicable under this table divided by the number of shares. The first element of each share's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Creation case | |
Event No. | Applicable amount |
D1 | the *incidental costs you incurred that relate to the trigger event |
. | |
D2 | the expenditure you incurred to grant the option |
. | |
D3 | the expenditure you incurred to grant the right |
. | |
F1 | the expenditure you incurred on the grant, renewal or extension of the lease |
The expenditure can include a transfer of property: see section 103-5 .
Example:
Bill grants a licence (CGT event D1) to Tiffin Pty Ltd (a company he owns). The company issues him with 2 additional shares. He incurs legal expenses of $1,000 to grant the licence.
Bill's cost base for each of the shares is $500.
Same-asset roll-over consequences for the company (disposal case)
SECTION 122-70 Consequences for the company (disposal case) 122-70(1)
There are these consequences for the company in a disposal case if you choose to obtain a roll-over. They are relevant for each *CGT asset (except a *precluded asset) that you *disposed of to the company.
Note:
A capital gain or loss from a precluded asset can be disregarded: see Subdivision 118-A .
Asset acquired on or after 20 September 1985
122-70(2)
If you *acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the company) is the asset ' s cost base when you disposed of it; and
(b) the first element of the asset ' s *reduced cost base (in the hands of the company) is the asset ' s reduced cost base when you disposed of it.
Note 1:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Note 2:
The reduced cost base may be modified for a roll-over happening after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
Asset acquired before 20 September 1985
122-70(3)
If you *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985, the company is taken to have acquired it before that day.
Note:
A capital gain or loss from a CGT asset acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see Division 149 .
SECTION 122-75 Consequences for the company (creation case) 122-75(1)
There are these consequences for the company in a creation case if you choose to obtain a roll-over.
122-75(2)
The first element of the created asset's *cost base (in the hands of the company) is the applicable amount from the table in subsection 122-65(2) .
Example:
To continue the example in section 122-65 , the cost base of the licence in Tiffin Pty Ltd's hands is $1,000.
122-75(3)
The first element of the created asset's *reduced cost base (in the hands of the company) is worked out similarly.
Subdivision 122-B - Disposal or creation of assets by partners to a wholly-owned company SECTION 122-120 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision sets out when the partners in a partnership can obtain a roll-over on transferring a CGT asset, or all the assets of a business, to a company. It also deals with the creation of a CGT asset in a company. There are consequences for the company also.
SECTION 122-125 122-125 Disposal or creation of assets - wholly-owned company
All of the partners in a partnership can choose to obtain a roll-over if one of the *CGT events (the trigger event ) specified in this table happens involving the partners and a company in the circumstances set out in sections 122-130 to 122-140 .
Relevant *CGT events | |
Event No. | What the partners do |
A1 | *Dispose of their interests in a *CGT asset of the partnership, or all the assets of a business carried on by the partnership, to the company |
. | |
D1 | Create contractual or other rights in the company |
. | |
D2 | Grant an option to the company |
. | |
D3 | Grant the company a right to income from mining |
. | |
F1 | Grant a lease to the company, or renew or extend a lease |
Note 1:
The roll-over starts at section 122-150 .
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
Example:
Michael and Sandra operate a fish shop in partnership. They agree to incorporate the business so they dispose of their interests in all its assets to a company. They are the only shareholders of the company.
The consideration the partners receive must be only:
(a) *shares in the company; or
(b) for a *disposal of their interests in a *CGT asset, or in all the assets of a business, to the company (a disposal case ) - shares in the company and the company undertaking to discharge one or more liabilities in respect of their interests.
Note:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an interest in an asset: see section 122-145 .
122-130(2)
The *shares cannot be *redeemable shares.
122-130(3)
The *market value of the *shares each partner receives for the trigger event happening must be substantially the same as:
(a) for a disposal case - the market value of the interests in the asset or assets the partner disposed of, less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of the interests in the asset or assets (as appropriate); or
(b) for another trigger event (a creation case ) - the market value of what would have been the partner's interest in the *CGT asset created in the company (the created asset ) if it were an asset of the partnership.
122-130(4)
In working out if the requirement in paragraph (3)(a) is satisfied, if the *market value of the *shares is different to what it would otherwise be only because of the possibility of liabilities attaching to the asset orassets, disregard the difference.
Note:
The company may have to pay income tax if an amount is included in its assessable income because of a CGT event happening to an asset a partner disposed of, or it may have a liability because of accrued leave entitlements of employees. The market value of the shares will reflect these contingent liabilities.
SECTION 122-135 Other requirements to be satisfied 122-135(1)
The partners must own all the *shares in the company just after the time of the trigger event.
122-135(2)
Each partner must own the *shares the partner received for the trigger event happening in the same capacity that the partner:
(a) owned the partner ' s interests in the assets that the company now owns; or
(b) participated in the creation of the asset in the company.
Note:
If a partner ' s interests were owned as trustee, the partner must receive shares as trustee.
122-135(3)
This Subdivision does not apply to the *disposal or creation of any of the assets specified in this table:
Assets to which Subdivision does not apply | |||
Item | In this situation: | This Subdivision does not apply to: | |
1 | The partners *dispose of their interests in a *CGT asset to, or create a CGT asset in, the company | (a) | a *collectable or a *personal use asset; or |
(b) | a decoration awarded for valour or brave conduct (except if a partner paid money or gave any other property for it); or | ||
(c) | a *precluded asset; or | ||
(d) | an asset that becomes *trading stock of the company just after the *disposal or creation | ||
. | |||
2 | The partners *dispose of their interests in all the assets of a business | (a) | a *collectable or a *personal use asset; or |
(b) | a decoration awarded for valour or brave conduct (except if a partner paid money or gave any other property for it); or | ||
(c) | an asset that becomes *trading stock of the company just after the disposal or creation (unless it was trading stock of the partnership when it was disposed of) |
122-135(4)
If:
(a) the *CGT asset or any of the assets of the *business is a right, option, *convertible interest or *exchangeable interest; and
(b) the company *acquires another CGT asset by exercising the right or option or by converting the convertible interest or in exchange for the disposal or redemption of the exchangeable interest;
the other asset cannot become *trading stock of the company just after the company acquired it.
122-135(5)
The *ordinary income and *statutory income of the company must not be exempt from income tax because it is an *exempt entity for the income year of the trigger event.
122-135(6)
For a partner who is not a trustee of a trust at the time of the trigger event, either:
(a) the partner and the company must both be Australian residents at that time; or
(b) both of the following requirements must be satisfied:
(i) each asset must be *taxable Australian property at that time; and
(ii) the shares in the company mentioned in subsection 122-130(1) must be taxable Australian property just after that time.
122-135(7)
For a partner who is a trustee of a trust at the time of the trigger event, either:
(a) at that time, the trust must be a *resident trust for CGT purposes and the company must be an Australian resident; or
(b) both of the following requirements must be satisfied:
(i) each *CGT asset must be a CGT asset of the trust that is *taxable Australian property at that time; and
(ii) the shares in the company mentioned in subsection 122-130(1) must be taxable Australian property just after that time.
SECTION 122-140 What if the company undertakes to discharge a liability (disposal case)
Disposal of a CGT asset
122-140(1)
One of these requirements must be satisfied (for each partner) if:
(a) the partners *dispose of their interests in a *CGT asset; and
(b) the company undertakes to discharge one or more liabilities in respect of the interests in the asset.
(The *market value, or the *cost base, of an interest is worked out at the time of the disposal.)
What amount the liabilities cannot exceed | ||
Item | In this situation: | the liabilities cannot exceed: |
1 | A partner *acquired the interest on or after 20 September 1985 | The *cost base of the interest |
. | ||
2 | A partner *acquired the interest before 20 September 1985 | The *market value of the interest |
Note:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an interest in an asset: see section 122-145 .
Disposal of all the assets of a business
122-140(2)
One of these requirements must be satisfied (for each partner) if:
(a) the partners *dispose of their interests in all the assets of a *business; and
(b) the company undertakes to discharge one or more liabilities in respect of the interests in the assets.
(The *market value, or the *cost base, of an interest is worked out at the time of the disposal.)
What amount the liabilities cannot exceed | ||
Item | In this situation: | the liabilities cannot exceed: |
1 | A partner *acquired all the interests on or after 20 September 1985 | The sum of the *market values of the partner ' s interests in *precluded assets and the *cost bases of the partner ' s interests in other assets |
. | ||
2 | A partner *acquired all the interests before 20 September 1985 | The sum of the *market values of the interests |
. | ||
3 | A partner *acquired at least one interest on or after 20 September 1985 and at least one before that day | For liabilities in respect of interests *acquired on or after that day - the sum of the *market values of the partner ' s interests in *precluded assets and the *cost bases of the partner 's interests in other assets |
For liabilities in respect of interests *acquired before that day - the sum of the market values of those interests |
These rules are relevant to working out what are the liabilities in respect of a partner's interests in an asset.
122-145(2)
A liability incurred for the purposes of a *business that is not a liability in respect of interests in a specific asset or assets of the business is taken to be a liability in respect of the partner's interests in all the assets of the business.
Note:
An example is a bank overdraft.
122-145(3)
If a liability is in respect of both:
(a) the partner's interests in one or more assets that the partner *acquired on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) the partner's interests in one or more assets that the partner acquired before that day;
the proportion of the liability that is in respect of the partner's interests that the partner acquired on or after that day is equal to:
The *market value of the partner's interest
that the partner *acquired on or after that day The total of the market values of all the partner's interest in assets that the liability is in respect of |
Replacement-asset roll-over if partners dispose of a CGT asset
SECTION 122-150 122-150 Capital gain or loss disregarded
If the partners choose a roll-over for *disposing of their interests in a CGT asset to the company, a *capital gain or *capital loss any partner makes from the disposal is disregarded.
If a partner *acquired all the partner's interests in the asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of each *share's *cost base is the sum of the cost bases of the interests when the partner *disposed of them (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of them) divided by the number of the partner's shares; and
(b) the first element of each share's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an interest in an asset: see section 122-145 .
Note 2:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-155(2)
If a partner *acquired all the partner's interests in the asset before 20 September 1985, the partner is taken to have acquired the *shares before that day.
SECTION 122-160 Disposal of both post-CGT and pre-CGT interests 122-160(1)
If a partner *acquired some of the partner's interests in the asset on or after 20 September 1985 and some before that day, the partner is taken to have acquired a whole number of the *shares (but not all of them) before that day. The number is the greatest possible that (when expressed as a percentage of all the shares the partner acquires) does not exceed:
expressed as a percentage of:
122-160(2)
The first element of each other *share's *cost base is the sum of the cost bases of the partner's interests that the partner *acquired on or after that day (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of all of those interests) divided by the number of the other shares.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-160(3)
The first element of each other *share's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
122-160(4)
The *market value of an interest in an asset is worked out when the partner *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an interest in an asset is worked out at the same time.
Replacement-asset roll-over if the partners dispose of all the assets of a business
SECTION 122-170 122-170 Capital gain or loss disregarded
If the partners choose a roll-over for *disposing of their interests in all the assets of a *business to the company, a *capital gain or *capital loss any partner makes from the disposal is disregarded.
The other consequences relate to the *shares the partners receive and depend on when they *acquired their interests in the assets of the *business.
Note 1:
There are 3 possible cases:
Note 2:
There are other consequences for the partnership and the company if the partners dispose of their interests in trading stock of the partnership: see Division 70 .
If a partner *acquired all of the partner's interests in the assets of the *business on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the partner's *cost base of each *share is the sum of the *market values of the partner's interests in the *precluded assets and the cost bases of the partner's interests in the other assets (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of all of those interests) divided by the number of the partner's shares; and
(b) the first element of the partner's *reduced cost base of each *share is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of interests: see section 122-145 .
Note 2:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-180(2)
The *market value of an interest in an asset is worked out when the partner *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an interest is worked out at the same time.
SECTION 122-185 All interests acquired before 20 September 1985 122-185(1)
A partner is taken to have *acquired all of the *shares before 20 September 1985 if the partner acquired all the partner's interests in the assets of the *business before that day and none of the assets is a *precluded asset.
122-185(2)
However, if at least one of the assets is a *precluded asset, the partner is taken to have *acquired a whole number of the *shares (but not all of them) before that day. The number is the greatest possible that (when expressed as a percentage of all the shares) does not exceed:
expressed as a percentage of:
Note:
There are rules for working out what are the liabilities in respect of an interest: see section 122-145 .
122-185(3)
The first element of the partner's *cost base and *reduced cost base of each other *share is the total of the *market values of the partner's interests in the *precluded assets (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of those interests) divided by the number of the other shares.
122-185(4)
The *market value of an interest in an asset is worked out when the partner *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an interest is worked out at the same time.
SECTION 122-190 Interests acquired before and after 20 September 1985 122-190(1)
If a partner *acquired some of the interests in the assets on or after 20 September 1985, the partner is taken to have acquired a whole number of the *shares (but not all of them) before that day. The number is the greatest possible that (when expressed as a percentage of all the shares) does not exceed:
expressed as a percentage of:
122-190(2)
The first element of the partner's *cost base of each other *share is the sum of the *market values of the partner's interests in the *precluded assets and the cost bases of the partner's interests in the other assets that the partner *acquired on or after that day (less any liabilities the company undertakes to discharge in respect of all of those interests) divided by the number of the other shares.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-190(3)
The first element of the partner's *reduced cost base of each other *share is worked out similarly.
122-190(4)
The *market value of an interest in an asset is worked out when the partner *disposed of it. The *cost base or *reduced cost base of an interest in an asset is worked out at the same time.
Replacement-asset roll-over for a creation case
SECTION 122-195 Creation of asset 122-195(1)
If the partners choose a roll-over, a *capital gain or *capital loss any partner makes from the trigger event is disregarded.
122-195(2)
The first element of the partner's *cost base of each *share is the amount applicable under this table divided by the number of shares. The first element of each share's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Creation case | |
Event No. | Applicable amount |
D1 | the partner's share of the *incidencal costs incurred that relate to the trigger event |
. | |
D2 | the partner's share of the expenditure incurred to grant the option |
. | |
D3 | the partner's share of the expenditure incurred to grant the right |
. | |
F1 | the partner's share of the expenditure incurred on the grant, renewal or extension of the lease |
The expenditure can include a transfer of property: see section 103-5 .
Same-asset roll-over consequences for the company (disposal case)
SECTION 122-200 Consequences for the company (disposal case) 122-200(1)
There are these consequences for the company in a disposal case if the partners choose to obtain a roll-over. They are relevant for interests in each *CGT asset (except a *precluded asset) that the partners *disposed of to the company.
Note 1:
A capital gain or loss from a precluded asset can be disregarded: see Subdivision 118-A .
Note 2:
The reduced cost base (as determined under this section) may be modified for a roll-over happening after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
Interests acquired on or after 20 September 1985
122-200(2)
If all of the partners ' interests in an asset were *acquired on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the company) is the sum of the cost bases of the partners ' interests in the asset when it was disposed of; and
(b) the first element of the asset ' s *reduced cost base (in the hands of the company) is the sum of the reduced cost bases of the partners ' interests in the asset when it was disposed of.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Interests acquired before 20 September 1985
122-200(3)
If all of the partners ' interests in an asset were *acquired before 20 September 1985, the company is taken to have acquired it before that day.
Note:
A capital gain or loss from a CGT asset acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see Division 149 .
Interests acquired on or after and before 20 September 1985
122-200(4)
If some of the partners ' interests in an asset (the original asset ) were *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 and some before that day, the company is taken to have acquired 2 separate *CGT assets:
(a) one (which the company is taken to have acquired on or after 20 September 1985) representing the extent to which the partners ' interests in the original asset were acquired by the partners on or after that day; and
(b) another (which the company is taken to have acquired before that day) representing the extent to which the partners ' interests in the original asset were acquired by the partners before that day.
122-200(5)
The first element of the *cost base of the separate asset that the company is taken to have *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 is the sum of the cost bases of the partners ' interests in the original asset that they acquired on or after that day.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
122-200(6)
The first element of its *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
SECTION 122-205 Consequences for the company (creation case) 122-205(1)
There are these consequences for the company in a creation case if the partners choose to obtain aroll-over.
122-205(2)
The first element of the created asset's *cost base (in the hands of the company) is the applicable amount from this table.
Creation case | |
Event No. | Applicable amount |
D1 | the total *incidental costs incurred that relate to the trigger event |
. | |
D2 | the total expenditure incurred to grant the option |
. | |
D3 | the total expenditure incurred to grant the right |
. | |
F1 | the total expenditure incurred on the grant, renewal or extension of the lease |
The expenditure can include a transfer of property: see section 103-5 .
122-205(3)
The first element of the created asset's *reduced cost base (in the hands of the company) is worked out similarly.
(Repealed) Division 123 - Small business roll-over
A replacement-asset roll-over allows you, in special cases, to defer the making of a capital gain or loss from one CGT event until a later CGT event happens. It involves your ownership of one CGT asset ending and you acquiring another one.
First, find out if you can obtain a roll-over when your ownership of one or more CGT assets ends and you acquire one or more CGT assets: see Subdivisions 124-B to 124-R .
Note:
If you carry on a small business, you may also be able to obtain a roll-over under Subdivision 152-E .
124-5(2)
Second, find out what the consequences are for being able to obtain a roll-over: see Subdivision 124-A .
Note:
The consequences of a scrip for scrip roll-over are set out in Subdivision 124-M . The consequences of replacing a statutory licence by a new statutory licence are set out in Subdivision 124-C . The consequences of an exchange of a membership interest in an MDO are set out in Subdivision 124-P . The consequences of an exchange of stapled ownership interests are set out in Subdivision 124-Q . The consequences of a roll-over for water entitlements are set out in Subdivision 124-R .
124-5(3)
Third, find out if there are any special rules relevant to your situation: see the Subdivision under which you can get the roll-over.
There are these consequences (in most cases) if you can obtain a roll-over when your ownership of a *CGT asset (the original asset ) ends and you *acquire one or more CGT assets (the new assets ) in a situation covered by this Division.
124-10(1A)
A *car, motor cycle or similar vehicle must not be one of the new assets.
124-10(2)
A *capital gain or a *capital loss you make from the original asset is disregarded.
124-10(3)
If you *acquired the original asset on or after 20 September 1985, the first element of each new asset ' s *cost base is:
The original asset
'
s cost base
(worked out when your ownership of it ended) Number of new assets |
The first element of each new asset ' s *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
In some cases the amount you paid to acquire the new asset also forms part of the first element: see Subdivision 124-D (about strata title conversion).
Note 2:
There are modifications to the consequences in Subdivision 124-B (about compulsory acquisition, loss or destruction), Subdivision 124-C (about statutory licences), Subdivision 124-J (about Crown leases) and Subdivision 124-L (about prospecting and mining).
Note 3:
No other elements of the cost base of the new asset are affected by the roll-over.
Note 4:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Note 5:
The reduced cost base may be modified for a roll-over happening after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
124-10(4)
If you *acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired each new asset before that day.
Note:
A capital gain or loss you make from a CGT asset you acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see Division 149 .
124-10(5)
However, subsection (4) is taken never to have applied to a *share to which subsection 104-195(6) applies (CGT event J4).
There are these consequences (in most cases) if you can obtain a roll-over when your ownership of more than one *CGT asset (the original assets ) ends and you acquire one or more CGT assets (the new assets ) in a situation covered by this Division.
Example:
You own 100 shares in a company. The company cancels these shares and issues you with 10 shares in return.
124-15(1A)
A *car, motor cycle or similar vehicle must not be one of the new assets.
124-15(2)
A *capital gain or a *capital loss you make from each original asset is disregarded.
124-15(3)
If you *acquired all the original assets on or after 20 September 1985, the first element of each new asset ' s cost base is:
The total of the cost bases of all the original assets
(worked out when your ownership of them ended) Number of new assets |
The first element of each new asset ' s *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
No other elements of the cost base of the new asset are affected by the roll-over.
Note 2:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
124-15(4)
If you *acquired all the original assets before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired each new asset before that day.
Note:
A capital gain or loss you make from a CGT asset you acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see Division 149 .
124-15(5)
If you *acquired some of the original assets before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired a number of new assets before that day. It is the maximum possible that does not exceed:
The number of new assets | × |
The number of original assets you
*acquired before 20 September 1985 The total number of original assets |
If the result is less than one, none of the new assets are taken to have been *acquired before 20 September 1985.
Example:
To continue the example, suppose you acquired 67 of the 100 original shares before 20 September 1985. The number of new shares that you are taken to have acquired before that day cannot exceed:
10 × 67
100= 6.7 So, you are taken to have acquired 6 of the 10 shares before that day.
124-15(6)
These rules are relevant to each remaining new asset. The first element of each one ' s *cost base is:
The total of the cost bases of all the original assets
that you *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 (worked out when your ownership of them ended) Number of remaining new assets |
The first element of each one ' s *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Example:
To continue the example, suppose the total of the cost bases of the 33 shares you acquired on or after 20 September 1985 is $400.
The first element of the cost base of each of the remaining 4 shares is:
$400
4= $100 The first element of the reduced cost base of those 4 shares is worked out similarly.
124-15(7)
However, subsections (4) and (5) are taken never to have applied to a *share to which subsection 104-195(6) applies (CGT event J4).
SECTION 124-20 Share and interest sale facilities
Share and interest sale facilities
124-20(1)
An entity (the investor ) is treated as owning an *ownership interest (the roll-over interest ) in a company or trust (the issuer ) at a time (the deeming time ), if:
(a) the investor owned an ownership interest (the original interest ) in a company or trust; and
(b) a transaction happened in relation to the original interest; and
(c) because:
(i) a *foreign law impedes the ability of the issuer to issue or transfer the roll-over interest to the investor; or
it is *arranged that the issuer will issue or transfer the roll-over interest to another entity (the facility ) under the transaction instead of to the investor; and
(ii) it would be impractical or unreasonably onerous to determine whether a foreign law impedes the ability of the issuer to issue or transfer the roll-over interest to the investor;
(d) in accordance with that arrangement and as a result of the transaction, the facility:
(i) becomes the owner of the roll-over interest; and
(ii) owns the roll-over interest at the deeming time; and
(e) under the arrangement, the investor is entitled to receive from the facility:
(i) an amount equivalent to the *capital proceeds of any *CGT event that happens in relation to the roll-over interest (less expenses); or
(ii) if a CGT event happens in relation to the roll-over interest together with CGT events happening in relation to other ownership interests - an amount equivalent to the investor ' s proportion of the total capital proceeds of the CGT events (less expenses).
124-20(2)
The facility is treated as not owning the roll-over interest at the deeming time.
124-20(3)
This section applies for the purposes of:
(a) applying one of the following provisions (the roll-over provision ) in relation to the transaction:
(i) - (ii) (Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(iii) Subdivision 124-I (Change of incorporation);
(iv) Subdivision 124-N (Disposal of assets by a trust to a company);
(v) Subdivision 124-Q (Exchange of stapled ownership interests for ownership interests in a unit trust);
(vi) Division 615 (Roll-overs for business restructures); and
(b) the following provisions, to the extent that they relate to a roll-over under the roll-over provision that involves the transaction:
(i) item 2 of the table in subsection 115-30(1) ;
(ii) sections 124-10 and 124-15 .
Incorporated bodies
124-20(4)
Without limiting this section, it also has effect, in a case covered by subparagraph (3)(a)(iii) (about Subdivision 124-I ), as if each reference in this section to an *ownership interest in a company or trust were a reference to:
(a) an interest in an incorporated body; and
(b) any rights relating to the body owned by the entity that owns that interest.
124-20(5)
This section applies, in a case covered by subparagraph (3)(a)(iii) (about Subdivision 124-I ), in relation to rights as a *member of a company incorporated under the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 in the same way as it applies in relation to *shares in a company.
Subdivision 124-B - Asset compulsorily acquired, lost or destroyed When a roll-over is available
SECTION 124-70 Events giving rise to a roll-over 124-70(1)
You may be able to choose a roll-over if one of these events happens to a *CGT asset (the original asset ) you own:
(a) it is compulsorily *acquired by an *Australian government agency;
(aa) it is compulsorily acquired by an entity (other than an Australian government agency or a *foreign government agency) under a power of compulsory acquisition conferred by a law covered under subsection (1A);
(b) it, or part of it, is lost or destroyed;
(c) you *dispose of it to an entity (other than a foreign government agency) in circumstances meeting all of these conditions:
(i) the disposal takes place after a notice was served on you by or on behalf of the entity;
(ii) the notice invited you to negotiate with the entity with a view to the entity acquiring the asset by agreement;
(iii) the notice informed you that if the negotiations were unsuccessful, the asset would be compulsorily acquired by the entity;
(iv) the compulsory acquisition would have been under a power of compulsory acquisition conferred by a law covered under subsection (1A);
(ca) you dispose of it to an entity (other than a foreign government agency) in circumstances meeting all of these conditions:
(i) the asset is land over which a mining lease was compulsorily granted;
(ii) the lease significantly affected your use of the land;
(iii) the lease was in force just before the disposal;
(iv) the entity to which you dispose of the land was the lessee under the lease;
(cb) you dispose of it to an entity (other than a foreign government agency) in circumstances meeting all of these conditions:
(i) the asset is land over which a mining lease would have been compulsorily granted if you had not disposed of it;
(ii) that lease would have significantly affected your use of the land;
(iii) the entity to which you dispose of the land would have been the lessee under the lease.
(d) if it is a lease granted to you by an *Australian government agency under an *Australian law - the lease expires and is not renewed.
Note 1:
There are no roll-over consequences if you make a capital loss from the event.
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
124-70(1A)
A law is covered under this subsection if it is:
(a) an *Australian law (other than Chapter 6A of the Corporations Act 2001 ); or
(b) a *foreign law (other than a foreign law corresponding to Chapter 6A of the Corporations Act 2001 ).
124-70(2)
You must receive money or another *CGT asset (except a *car, motor cycle or similar vehicle), or both:
(a) as compensation for the event happening; or
(b) under an insurance policy against the risk of loss or destruction of the original asset.
Note:
There are other requirements that must be satisfied if:
124-70(3)
The requirement in subsection (4) must be satisfied if:
(a) you are a foreign resident just before the event happens; or
(b) you are the trustee of a trust that is a *foreign trust for CGT purposes for the income year in which the event happens.
124-70(4)
The original asset must be *taxable Australian property just before the event happens. The other asset must be taxable Australian property just after you *acquire it.
SECTION 124-75 Other requirements if you receive money 124-75(1)
If you receive money for the event happening, you can choose to obtain a roll-over only if these other requirements are satisfied.
Note:
The roll-over consequences are set out in section 124-85 .
124-75(2)
You must:
(a) incur expenditure in *acquiring another *CGT asset (except a *depreciating asset whose decline in value is worked out under Division 40 or deductions for which are calculated under Division 328 ); or
(b) if part of the original asset is lost or destroyed - incur expenditure of a capital nature in repairing or restoring it.
124-75(3)
At least some of the expenditure must be incurred:
(a) no earlier than one year, or within such further time as the Commissioner allows in special circumstances, before the event happens; or
(b) no later than one year, or within such further time as the Commissioner allows in special circumstances, after the end of the income year in which the event happens.
Special rules if you acquire another asset
124-75(4)
If just before the event happened the original asset:
(a) was used in your *business; or
(b) was *installed ready for use in your business; or
(c) was in the process of being *installed ready for use in your business;
the other asset must be used in the business, or be installed ready for use in the business, for a reasonable time after you *acquired it.
Otherwise, you must use the other asset (for a reasonable time after you *acquired it) for the same purpose as, or for a similar purpose to, the purpose for which you used the original asset just before the event happened.
124-75(5)
The other asset cannot become an item of your *trading stock just after you *acquire it, nor can it be a *depreciating asset whose decline in value is worked out under Division 40 or deductions for which are calculated under Division 328 .
124-75(6)
The other asset cannot become a *registered emissions unit *held by you just after you *acquire it.
If you receive another *CGT asset for the event happening, you can choose to obtain a roll-over only if these other requirements are satisfied.
Note:
The roll-over consequences are set out in section 124-90 .
124-80(2)
The other asset cannot become an item of your *trading stock just after you *acquire it, nor can it be a *depreciating asset whose decline in value is worked out under Division 40 or deductions for which are calculated under Division 328 nor can it be a *registered emissions unit.
124-80(3)
The *market value of the other asset (when you *acquire it) must be more than the *cost base of the original asset just before the event happens.
The consequences of a roll-over being available
SECTION 124-85 Consequences for receiving money 124-85(1)
If you receive money for the event happening, there are these consequences if you choose to obtain a roll-over.
Original asset acquired on or after 20 September 1985
124-85(2)
If you make a *capital gain from the event, this table sets out in what situations the gain is reduced, not reduced or disregarded.
It also sets out in what situations the expenditure you incurred to *acquire another *CGT asset or to repair or restore the original asset is reduced.
You make a capital gain from the event | |||
Item | In this situation: | There are these consequences: | |
1 | The money exceeds the expenditure you incurred to *acquire another CGT asset or to repair or restore the original asset | If the gain is more than the excess: | |
(a) | the gain is reduced to the amount by which the money exceeds that expenditure; and | ||
(b) | that expenditure is reduced by the amount by which the gain (before it is reduced) is more than the excess | ||
. | |||
2 | The money exceeds that expenditure | If the gain is less than or equal to the excess, the gain is not reduced | |
. | |||
3 | The money does not exceed that expenditure | The gain is disregarded in working out your *net capital gain or *net capital loss for the income year. That expenditure is reduced by the amount of the gain |
Example:
In 1999 Simon bought a small factory. In 2000 a fire destroys part of it. He receives $100,000 under an insurance policy.
The capital gain is worked out under section 112-30 .
Suppose the factory ' s cost base at the time of the fire is $75,000 and the market value of the part that is not destroyed is $150,000. The cost base of the part that is destroyed is:
$75,000 × $100,000
$100,000 + $150,000= $30,000 The capital gain is:
$100,000 − $30,000 = $70,000
Case 1
Suppose Simon spent $80,000 on repairing the factory. The money he received under the insurance policy exceeds the repair cost by $20,000. The gain exceeds that by $50,000.
The result is that the gain is reduced to $20,000 and the $80,000 he spent on repairs is reduced to $30,000.
Case 2
Suppose Simon spent $15,000 on repairs instead. The money he received under the policy exceeds that amount by $85,000. This is more than the gain he made.
The gain is relevant to working out Simon ' s net capital gain or loss for the income year and the $15,000 he spent on repairs forms part of the factory ' s cost base.
Case 3
Suppose Simon spent $120,000 on repairs instead. The gain is disregarded and the $120,000 is reduced to $50,000.
Original asset acquired before 20 September 1985
124-85(3)
If you *acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985 and you incurred expenditure in acquiring another *CGT asset, you are taken to have acquired the other asset before that day if:
(a) the expenditure is not more than 120% of the *market value of the original asset when the event happened; or
(b) a natural disaster happened so that the original asset, or part of it, is lost or destroyed and it is reasonable to treat the other asset as substantially the same as the original asset.
124-85(4)
If you *acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985 and you incurred expenditure of a capital nature in repairing or restoring it, you are taken to have acquired the original asset (as repaired or restored) before that day.
If you receive another *CGT asset for the event happening, there are these consequences if you choose to obtain a roll-over.
124-90(2)
A *capital gain you make from the original asset is disregarded.
124-90(3)
If you *acquired the original asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the other asset's *cost base is the original asset's cost base at the time of the event; and
(b) the first element of the other asset's *reduced cost base is the original asset's reduced cost base at the time of the event.
Note:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Example:
Steven bought land in 1999 for $100,000. In 2001 the government compulsorily acquires the land and gives him new land in return.
A capital gain he makes from the original land is disregarded. Suppose the original land's cost base when it is acquired is $120,000. The first element of the new land's cost base becomes $120,000.
124-90(4)
If you acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have *acquired the other asset before that day.
SECTION 124-95 You receive both money and an asset 124-95(1)
If you receive both money and another *CGT asset for the event happening and choose to obtain a roll-over, the requirements and consequences are different for each part of the compensation attributable to the original asset (having regard to the amount of money and the *market value of the other asset).
The other asset as a part of compensation
124-95(2)
The *market value of the other asset (when you *acquire it) must be more than that part of the *cost base of the original asset that is attributable to the new asset.
Note:
This requirement is different to that in subsection 124-80(3) . It requires a proportional attribution of the cost base of the original asset.
124-95(3)
If you *acquired the original asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the other asset ' s *cost base is that part of the original asset ' s cost base at the time of the event that is attributable to the new asset; and
(b) the first element of the other asset ' s *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note:
These consequences are different to those in subsection 124-90(3) . They require a proportional attribution of the cost base of the original asset.
124-95(4)
If you *acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired the new asset before that day.
Money as a part of compensation
124-95(5)
If you make a *capital gain from the event, this table sets out in what situations that part of the gain on the original asset that is attributable to the amount of money you received is reduced, not reduced or disregarded.
It also sets out in what situations the expenditure you incurred to *acquire another *CGT asset or to repair or restore the original asset is reduced.
You make a capital gain from the event | |||
Item | In this situation: | There are these consequences: | |
1 | The money exceeds the expenditure you incurred to *acquire another CGT asset or to repair or restore the original asset | If that part of the gain that is attributable to the amount of money is more than the excess: | |
(a) | that part of the gain is reduced to the amount by which the money exceeds that expenditure; and | ||
(b) | that expenditure is reduced by the amount by which that part of the gain (before it is reduced) is more than the excess | ||
. | |||
2 | The money exceeds that expenditure | If that part of the gain that is attributable to the amount of money is less than or equal to the excess, the gain is not reduced | |
. | |||
3 | The money does not exceed that expenditure | That part of the gain that is attributable to the amount of money is disregarded in working out your *net capital gain or *net capital loss for the income year. That expenditure is reduced by the amount of that part of the gain |
Note:
These consequences are different to those in subsection 124-85(2) . They require a proportional attribution of capital gain on the original asset.
124-95(6)
If you *acquired the original asset before 20 September 1985 and you incurred expenditure in acquiring another *CGT asset, you are taken to have acquired the other asset before that day if:
(a) the expenditure you incurred in acquiring the other asset is not more than 120% of the *market value of that part of the original asset that is attributable to the other asset when the event happened; or
(b) a natural disaster happened so that the original asset, or part of it, is lost or destroyed and it is reasonable to treat the other asset as substantially the same as that part of the original asset that is attributable to the new asset.
Note 1:
The consequences in paragraph (6)(a) are different to those in paragraph 124-85(3)(a) . They require a proportional attribution of the market value of the original asset.
Note 2:
The consequences in paragraph (6)(b) are different to those in paragraph 124-85(3)(b) . They require a proportional attribution of the original asset.
Example:
Kris owns land, which he acquired in 1998. It is compulsorily acquired, and Kris receives $80,000 in cash and replacement land with a market value of $80,000.
The cost base of the original land is $150,000.
Kris buys additional land for $80,000.
Subsection (2) is satisfied because the market value of the replacement land ($80,000) is more than the part of the cost base of the original land that is attributable to the replacement land:
50% × $150,000 = $75,000 Applying subsection (5), the other part of the gain is disregarded, and the first element of the cost base of the replacement land is the part of the cost base of the original land that is attributable to the replacement land:
50% × $150,000 = $75,000 Applying subsection (3), the money he received ($80,000) is the same as the expenditure he incurred to buy the additional land. Item 3 in the table applies. The part of the gain that is attributable to that money is disregarded:
50% × $10,000 = $5,000 The expenditure is reduced by $5,000.
There is a roll-over if:
(a) your ownership of one or more *statutory licences (each of which is an original licence ) ends, resulting in *CGT event C2 happening to the licence (or to each of the licences as part of an *arrangement); and
(b) as a result of the CGT event or events, you are issued one or more new licences (each of which is a new licence ) for the original licence (or original licences); and
(c) the new licence authorises (or the new licences taken together authorise) substantially similar activity as that authorised by the original licence (or by the original licences taken together).
Note 1:
If there has been a capital improvement to the original licence: see section 108-75 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 124-C of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 modifies this roll-over for certain water-related licences. A separate roll-over for other water entitlements is provided in Subdivision 124-R of this Act.
124-140(1A)
If:
(a) you are a foreign resident just before the *CGT event happens (or just before one or more of the CGT events happens); or
(b) you are the trustee of a trust that is a *foreign trust for CGT purposes for the income year in which the event happens (or for an income year in which one or more of those events happens);
there is no roll-over under this section unless the conditions in subsection (1B) are satisfied.
124-140(1B)
The conditions are that:
(a) if there was only one original licence - the licence must be *taxable Australian property just before the *CGT event happens; and
(b) if there was more than one original licence - each original licence must be taxable Australian property just before the CGT event in relation to it happens; and
(c) if there is only one new licence - the licence must be taxable Australian property just after you *acquire it; and
(d) if there is more than one new licence - each new licence must be taxable Australian property just after you acquire it.
124-140(2)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the new licence includes any amount you paid to get it (which can include giving property: see section 103-5 ).
124-140(3)
A statutory licence is an authority, licence, permit or quota (except a lease or a *mining entitlement or *prospecting entitlement) granted by:
(a) an *Australian government agency under an *Australian law; or
(b) a *foreign government agency under a *foreign law.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the original licence (or from each of the original licences) is disregarded.
You can obtain only a partial roll-over in relation to an original licence if the *capital proceeds for that licence includes something (the ineligible proceeds ) other than a new licence or new licences. There is no roll-over for that part (the ineligible part ) of the licence for which you received the ineligible proceeds.
Note:
If there is more than one original licence, some or all of those original licences may each have an ineligible part.
124-150(2)
The *cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the cost base of the original licence as is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part.
124-150(3)
The *reduced cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the reduced cost base of the original licence as is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part.
124-150(4)
For the purposes of sections 124-155 and 124-165 , for each original licence that has an ineligible part:
(a) reduce the *cost base of that licence (just before the *CGT event that happened in relation to it) by so much of that cost base as is attributable to that ineligible part; and
(b) reduce the *reduced cost base of that licence (just before the CGT event that happened in relation to it) by so much of that reduced cost base as is attributable to that ineligible part.
This section applies if you *acquired the original licence (or all of the original licences) on or after 20 September 1985.
124-155(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the new licence (or of each of the new licences) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of all the original licences; and
(b) the number, *market value and character of the original licences; and
(c) the number, market value and character of the new licences.
124-155(3)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of the new licence (or of each of the new licences) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the reduced cost bases of all the original licences; and
(b) the number, *market value and character of the original licences; and
(c) the number, market value and character of the new licences.
If you *acquired the original licence (or all of the original licences) before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired the new licence (or all of the new licences) before that day.
This section applies if:
(a) there was more than one original licence; and
(b) you *acquired one or more of the original licences before 20 September 1985; and
(c) you acquired one or more of the original licences on or after that day.
124-165(2)
Each new licence is taken to be 2 separate *CGT assets that are both *statutory licences:
(a) one (which you are taken to have *acquired on or after 20 September 1985) representing the extent to which you acquired the original licences on or after that day; and
(b) another (which you are taken to have acquired before that day) representing the extent to which you acquired the original licences before that day.
124-165(3)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the *CGT asset mentioned in paragraph (2)(a) in relation to a new licence is worked out under the formula:
Total post-CGT cost base | × | Market value of new licence | ||
Market value of all new licences |
market value of all new licences
is the total of the *market values of all of the new licences.
market value of new licence
is the *market value of the new licence to which the *CGT asset mentioned in paragraph (2)(a) relates.
total post-CGT cost base
is the total of the *cost bases of all the original licences that you *acquired on or after 20 September 1985.
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you own property that gives you a right to occupy a unit in a building; and
(b) the building's owner subdivides it into *stratum units; and
(c) the owner transfers to you the stratum unit that corresponds to the unit you had the right to occupy just before the subdivision.
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in section 124-10 . The original asset is the property that gave you the right to occupy a unit in the building. The new asset is the stratum unit.
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
124-190(2)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the *stratum unit includes any amount you paid to get it (which can include giving property: see section 103-5 ).
Note:
The rest of the first element is worked out under Subdivision 124-A .
124-190(3)
A stratum unit is a lot or unit (however described in an *Australian law or a *foreign law relating to strata title or similar title) and any accompanying common property.
Subdivision 124-E - Exchange of shares or units SECTION 124-240 124-240 Exchange of shares in the same company
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you own *shares (the original shares ) of a certain class in a company; and
(b) the company redeems or cancels all shares of that class; and
(c) the company issues you with new shares (and you receive nothing else) in substitution for the original shares; and
(d) the *market value of the new shares just after they were issued is at least equal to the market value of the original shares just before they were redeemed or cancelled; and
(e) the *paid-up share capital of the company just after the new shares were issued is the same as just before the original shares were redeemed or cancelled; and
(f) one of these requirements is satisfied:
(i) you are an Australian resident at the time of the redemption or cancellation; or
(ii) if you are a foreign resident at that time - the original shares were *taxable Australian property just before that time and the new shares are taxable Australian property when they are issued.
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . The original assets are the original shares. The new assets are the new shares.
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you own units (the original units ) of a certain class in a unit trust; and
(b) the trustee redeems or cancels all units of that class; and
(c) the trustee issues you with new units (and you receive nothing else) in substitution for the original units; and
(d) the *market value of the new units just after they were issued is at least equal to the market value of the original units just before they were redeemed or cancelled; and
(e) one of these requirements is satisfied:
(i) you are an Australian resident at the time of the redemption or cancellation; or
(ii) if you are a foreign resident at that time - the original units were *taxable Australian property just before that time and the new units are taxable Australian property when they are issued.
Note:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . The original assets are the original units. The new assets are the new units.
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you own rights (the original rights ) to *acquire *shares in a company or to acquire an option to acquire *shares in a company; or
(b) you own an option (the original option ) to acquire *shares in a company;
and these other requirements are satisfied.
Note:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
124-295(2)
The *shares must:
(a) be consolidated and divided into new shares of a larger amount; or
(b) be subdivided into new shares of a smaller amount.
124-295(3)
The company must cancel the original rights or original option because of the consolidation or subdivision.
124-295(4)
The company must:
(a) issue you with new rights (relating to the new *shares) in substitution for the original rights; or
(b) issue you with a new option (relating to the new shares) in substitution for the original option.
124-295(5)
You must receive nothing else in substitution for the original rights or original option.
124-295(6)
The *market value of the new rights or new option just after it was issued must be at least equal to the market value of the original rights or original option just before it was cancelled.
124-295(7)
One of these requirements must be satisfied:
(a) you must be an Australian resident at the time of the cancellation; or
(b) if you are a foreign resident at that time:
(i) the original rights or original option were *taxable Australian property just before that time; and
(ii) the new rights or new option are taxable Australian property when they are issued.
Note:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . The original asset is the original rights or original option. The new asset is the new rights or new option.
SECTION 124-300 Exchange of rights or option to acquire units in a unit trust 124-300(1)
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you own rights (the original rights ) to *acquire units in a unit trust or to acquire an option to acquire units in a unit trust; or
(b) you own an option (the original option ) to acquire units in a unit trust;
and these other requirements are satisfied.
Note:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
124-300(2)
The units must:
(a) be consolidated and divided into new units of a larger amount; or
(b) be subdivided into new units of a smaller amount.
124-300(3)
The trustee must cancel the original rights or original option because of the consolidation or subdivision.
124-300(4)
The trustee must:
(a) issue you with new rights (relating to the new units) in substitution for the original rights; or
(b) issue you with a new option (relating to the new units) in substitution for the original option.
124-300(5)
You must receive nothing else in substitution for the original rights or original option.
124-300(6)
The *market value of the new rights or new option just after it was issued must be at least equal to the market value of the original rights or original option just before it was cancelled.
124-300(7)
One of these requirements must be satisfied:
(a) you must be an Australian resident at the time of the cancellation; or
(b) if you are a foreign resident at that time:
(i) the original rights or original option were *taxable Australian property just before that time; and
(ii) the new rights or new option are taxable Australian property when they are issued.
Note:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . The original asset is the original rights or original option. The new asset is the new rights or new option.
(Repealed) Subdivision 124-G - Exchange of shares in one company for shares in another company
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-360 (Repealed) SECTION 124-360 Disposal of shares in one company for shares in another one
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-370 (Repealed) SECTION 124-370 Redemption or cancellation of shares in one company for shares in another one
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-380 (Repealed) SECTION 124-380 Requirements to be satisfied in both cases
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-385 (Repealed) SECTION 124-385 Consequences for the interposed company
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-390 (Repealed) SECTION 124-390 Deferral of profit or loss on shares
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-445 (Repealed) SECTION 124-445 Disposal of units in a unit trust for shares in a company
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-455 (Repealed) SECTION 124-455 Redemption or cancellation of units in a unit trust for shares in a company
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-465 (Repealed) SECTION 124-465 Requirements to be satisfied in both cases
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
124-470 (Repealed) SECTION 124-470 Consequences for the company
(Repealed by No 133 of 2014)
SECTION 124-510 124-510 What this Subdivision is about
Roll-over relief is available for members of a body that is incorporated under one law and is converted to, or replaced with, a body incorporated under another law.
Object of this Subdivision | |
124-515 | Object of this Subdivision |
Change of incorporation without change of entity | |
124-520 | Change of incorporation without change of entity |
Old corporation wound up | 124-525 | Old corporation wound up |
Special consequences of some roll-overs | |
124-530 | Shares in company replacing pre-CGT and post-CGT mix of interest and rights in body |
124-535 | Rights as member of Indigenous corporation replacing pre-CGT and post-CGT mix of interest and rights in body |
SECTION 124-515 124-515 Object of this Subdivision
The object of this Subdivision is to ensure that CGT considerations for *members of a body incorporated under a law do not impede a change of incorporation involving converting the body to, or replacing it with, a company incorporated under:
(a) the Corporations Act 2001 or a similar *foreign law; or
(b) the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 .
Note:
Subdivision 620-A provides a roll-over for the assets of the body.
SECTION 124-520 Change of incorporation without change of entity 124-520(1)
This section applies if:
(a) you are a *member of a body incorporated under a law described in column 1 of an item of the table; and
(b) the body is converted into a company incorporated under a law described in column 2 of the item, without creating a new legal entity; and
(c) it is reasonable to conclude that there is no significant difference:
(i) between the ownership of the body, and of rights relating to the body held by entities that owned the body, just before the conversion and the ownership of the company just after the conversion; or
(ii) between the mix of ownership of the body, and of rights relating to the body held by entities that owned the body, just before the conversion and the mix of ownership of the company just after the conversion.
Note:
See section 124-20 if an entity uses a share or interest sale facility.
Laws the body and company are incorporated under | ||
Column 1
Body incorporated under this law |
Column 2
Company incorporated under this law |
|
1 | A law other than the Corporations Act 2001 and a similar *foreign law relating to companies | The Corporations Act 2001 or a similar foreign law relating to companies |
2 | A law other than the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 | The Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 |
124-520(2)
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) as a result of the conversion you are issued with *shares in the company and you receive nothing else; and
(b) either you are an Australian resident at the time of the conversion or, if you are a foreign resident at that time:
(i) each of your interest and your other rights (if any) relating to the body was *taxable Australian property just before that time; and
(ii) the shares are taxable Australian property when they are issued.
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A and section 124-530 .
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
124-520(3)
If the company is incorporated under the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 , subsection (2) applies in relation to rights as a *member of the company in the same way as that subsection applies to *shares in a company.
Note:
This may allow you to choose to obtain a roll-over. The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A and section 124-535 .
Exception for demutualisation of certain bodies
124-520(4)
This section does not apply to demutualisation of a body if Division 326 in Schedule 2H to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies to the demutualisation.
Note:
That Division deals with demutualisation of entities other than insurance companies and health insurers.
Old corporation wound up
SECTION 124-525 Old corporation wound up 124-525(1)
This section applies if:
(a) a body is incorporated under a law described in column 1 of an item of the table; and
(b) a company is incorporated under a law described in column 2 of the item; and
(c) the body ceases to exist, but the company continues to exist, after the time (the switch time ) the *members of the body receive *shares in the company, or rights as members of it if it is incorporated under the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 , on account of:
(i) their interests in the body; and
(ii) their other rights (if any) relating to the body; and
(d) the members of the body do not receive anything else on account of the expected ending of those interests and rights; and
(e) it is reasonable to conclude that there is no significant difference:
(i) between the ownership of the body, and of rights relating to the body held by entities that owned the body, just before the switch time and the ownership of the company just after the switch time; or
(ii) between the mix of ownership of the body, and of rights relating to the body held by entities that owned the body, just before the switch time and the mix of ownership of the company just after the switch time; and
Note:
See section 124-20 if an entity uses a share or interest sale facility.
(f) the body *disposes of all its *CGT assets to the company, except any assets expected to be needed to meet the body ' s existing or expected liabilities before it ceases to exist.
Laws the body and company are incorporated under | ||
Column 1
Body incorporated under this law |
Column 2
Company incorporated under this law |
|
1 | A law other than the Corporations Act 2001 and a similar *foreign law relating to companies | The Corporations Act 2001 or a similar foreign law relating to companies |
2 | A law other than the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 | The Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 |
124-525(2)
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you were a *member of the body just before the switch time; and
(b) your ownership of your interest in the body ends at a time (the end time ) after the switch time; and
(c) at the end time you have the *shares in the company that you received at the switch time; and
(d) either you are an Australian resident at the end time or, if you are a foreign resident at the end time:
(i) each of your interest in the body and your other rights (if any) relating to the body was *taxable Australian property just before the end time; and
(ii) the shares in the company that you received at the switch time are taxable Australian property at the end time.
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A and section 124-530 .
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when you have to make the choice.
124-525(3)
If the company is incorporated under the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 , subsection (2) applies in relation to rights as a *member of the company in the same way as that subsection applies to *shares in a company.
Note:
This may allow you to choose to obtain a roll-over. The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A and section 124-535 .
Special consequences of some roll-overs
SECTION 124-530 Shares in company replacing pre-CGT and post-CGT mix of interest and rights in body 124-530(1)
This section applies if:
(a) you choose to obtain a roll-over under section 124-520 or 124-525 relating to *shares you have in the company on account of the following (your original assets ):
(i)your interest in the body mentioned in that section;
(ii) your other rights relating to the body mentioned in that section; and
(b) you *acquired some of your original assets before 20 September 1985 and the rest of them on or after that day.
124-530(2)
You are taken to have *acquired so many of the *shares before 20 September 1985 as is reasonable, having regard to:
(a) the number and *market value of your original assets; and
(b) the number and market value of the shares.
124-530(3)
The first element of the *cost base of each of the *shares not taken by subsection (2) to have been *acquired before 20 September 1985 (your post-CGT shares ) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of your original assets that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) the number and *market value of your post-CGT shares.
124-530(4)
The reduced cost base of each of your post-CGT shares is worked out similarly.
124-530(5)
This section has effect despite subsections 124-15(5) and (6) .
SECTION 124-535 Rights as member of Indigenous corporation replacing pre-CGT and post-CGT mix of interest and rights in body 124-535(1)
This section applies if:
(a) you choose to obtain a roll-over under section 124-520 or 124-525 relating to rights (the replacement rights ) you have as a *member of a company incorporated under the Corporations (Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander) Act 2006 on account of the following (your original assets ):
(i) your interest in the body mentioned in that section;
(ii) your other rights relating to the body mentioned in that section; and
(b) you *acquired any of your original assets before 20 September 1985.
124-535(2)
You are taken to have *acquired the replacement rights before 20 September 1985.
124-535(3)
This section has effect despite subsection 124-15(5) .
Subdivision 124-J - Crown leases SECTION 124-570 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision sets out the situations in which the holder of a Crown lease over land obtains a replacement asset roll-over when the lease is, among other things, renewed, extended or converted to an estate in fee simple.
SECTION 124-575 Extension or renewal of Crown lease 124-575(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) you hold one or more *CGT assets that are *Crown leases over land (the original right ); and
(b) the original right expires or you surrender it; and
(c) you are granted one or more new Crown leases over land or one or more estates in fee simple in land, or both (the new right ); and
(d) the new right relates to the same land as the original right.
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . They might be modified: see section 124-600 .
Note 2:
If there has been a capital improvement to the Crown lease: see section 108-75 .
124-575(2)
The new right must have been granted in one of these ways:
(a) by renewing or extending the term of the original right where the renewal or extension is mainly due to your having held the original right; or
(b) by changing the purpose for which the land to which the original right related can be used; or
(c) by converting the original right to a *Crown lease in perpetuity; or
(d) by converting the original right to an estate in fee simple; or
(e) by consolidating, or consolidating and dividing, the original right; or
(f) by subdividing the original right; or
(g) by excising or relinquishing a part of the land to which the original right related; or
(h) by expanding the area of that land.
SECTION 124-580 124-580 Meaning of Crown lease
A Crown lease is:
(a) a lease of land granted by the Crown under an *Australian law (other than the common law); or
(b) a similar lease granted under a *foreign law.
Even if the new right relates to different land to that to which the original right related, this Subdivision applies as if it relates to the same land in these cases:
(a) the difference in area is not significant;
(b) the difference in *market value is not significant;
(c) the new right was granted to correct errors in or omissions from the original right;
(d) the new right relates to a significantly different area of land but you had made reasonable efforts to ensure that the area was the same;
(e) it is otherwise reasonable for this Subdivision to apply in that way.
124-585(2)
However, the rule in subsection (1) does not apply if section 124-590 applies.
SECTION 124-590 Part of original right excised 124-590(1)
There is a partial roll-over if you *acquired the original right on or after 20 September 1985 and:
(a) the land to which the new right relates is different in area to the land the subject of the original right because a part (the excised part ) of the land to which the original right related was excised or you relinquished it; and
(b) you received a payment for the expiry or surrender of the original right.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
Section 124-600 sets out the effect on your cost base.
124-590(2)
There is no roll-over for the excised part. The *cost base of the excised part is so much of the *cost base of the relevant *Crown lease as is attributable to the excised part.
Its *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note:
You may make a capital gain or loss on the excised part because of CGT event C2.
SECTION 124-595 Treating parts of new right as separate assets 124-595(1)
Each part of a *Crown lease or an estate in fee simple that is part of the new right is taken to be a separate *CGT asset to the extent that it relates to:
(a) land to which a Crown lease (that was part of the original right) related where you *acquired the lease before 20 September 1985; and
(b) land to which a Crown lease (that was part of the original right) related where you acquired the lease on or after 20 September 1985; and
(c) other land.
124-595(2)
You are taken to have *acquired each asset that is a separate *CGT asset because of paragraph (1)(a) before 20 September 1985.
SECTION 124-600 What is the roll-over? 124-600(1)
The roll-over is mainly as specified in Subdivision 124-A .
124-600(2)
However, you work out the *cost base and *reduced cost base of *CGT assets (that you are not taken to have *acquired before 20 September 1985) and that are part of the new right a bit differently where section 124-590 or 124-595 applies.
124-600(3)
The first element of your *cost base for each of those assets is:
CB of post-CGT original right | × |
Market value of separate asset
Market value of all new assets |
where:
CB of post-CGT original right
is the sum of the *cost bases of the *Crown leases (that were part of the original right) and that you *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 (just before the original right expired or was surrendered) reduced, if there is an excised part, by so much of those cost bases as is attributable to the excised part.
market value of all new assets
is the *market value of all *CGT assets (that you are not taken to have *acquired before 20 September 1985) that are part of the new right just afteryou acquired them.
market value of separate asset
is the *market value of the particular asset just after you *acquired it.
124-600(4)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of each of those assets is worked out similarly.
SECTION 124-605 Change of lessor 124-605(1)
You treat a lease of land (whether or not it is a *Crown lease) granted to you (the fresh lease ) as being a renewal of your original right if:
(a) after the grant of the original right, the land (the original land ) to which it related became vested in an *Australian government agency (other than the one that granted the original right); and
(b) the second agency granted you the fresh lease over:
(i) the original land; or
(ii) the original land less an excised area; or
(iii) the original land and other land; and
(c) the fresh lease was granted under an *Australian law (other than the common law).
124-605(2)
You do this even if there is a period between the end of the original right and the grant of the fresh lease if you continued to occupy the original land during that period under a permission, licence or authority granted by the second agency.
Subdivision 124-K - Depreciating assets
There is a roll-over for a *depreciating asset if:
(a) the asset is attached to land you hold under a *quasi-ownership right granted by an *exempt Australian government agency or an*exempt foreign government agency; and
(b) you *hold the asset because of section 40-40 ; and
(c) the quasi-ownership right expires or is terminated or you surrender it; and
(d) you are granted a new quasi-ownership right over the land or an estate in fee simple in the land; and
(e) there is no roll-over for you under Subdivision 124-J (about Crown leases) or Subdivision 124-L (about prospecting and mining entitlements).
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A .
Note 2:
This section provides a roll-over for a depreciating asset in the limited circumstances where Subdivision 124-J cannot because a quasi-ownership right over land covers situations that a Crown lease does not (for example, an easement over land).
Note 3:
If there has been a capital improvement to the quasi-ownership right: see section 108-75 .
If the *quasi-ownership right or estate in fee simple is instead granted to an *associate or an *associated government entity of yours:
(a) your *reduced cost base of the *depreciating asset is reduced by the *adjustable value of the asset just before the original quasi-ownership right expired or was surrendered or terminated; and
(b) there is no roll-over.
This Subdivision sets out the situations in which there is a roll-over if a prospecting or mining entitlement expires or is surrendered and it is replaced by a new one.
SECTION 124-705 Extension or renewal of prospecting or mining entitlement 124-705(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) you hold one or more *CGT assets that are *prospecting entitlements or *mining entitlements (the original entitlement ); and
(b) the original entitlement expires or you surrender it; and
(c) you are granted one or more new prospecting entitlements or mining entitlements (the new entitlement ); and
(d) the new entitlement relates to the same land as the original entitlement.
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . They might be modified: see section 124-730 .
Note 2:
If there has been a capital improvement to the entitlement: see section 108-75 .
124-705(2)
The new entitlement must have been granted in one of these ways:
(a) by renewing or extending the term of the original entitlement where the renewal or extension is mainly due to your having held the original entitlement; or
(b) by consolidating, or consolidating and dividing, the original entitlement; or
(c) by subdividing the original entitlement; or
(d) by converting a *prospecting entitlement to a *mining entitlement, or a mining entitlement to a prospecting entitlement; or
(e) by excising or relinquishing a part of the land to which the original entitlement related; or
(f) by expanding the area of that land.
SECTION 124-710 Meaning of prospecting entitlement and mining entitlement 124-710(1)
A prospecting entitlement is:
(a) an authority, licence, permit or entitlement under an *Australian law or *foreign law to prospect or explore for *minerals in an area; or
(aa) an authority, licence, permit or entitlement under an Australian law to prospect or explore for *geothermal energy resources in an area; or
(b) a lease of land that allows the lessee to prospect or explore for minerals or geothermal energy resources on the land; or
(c) an interest in a thing referred to in paragraph (a), (aa) or (b).
124-710(2)
A mining entitlement is:
(a) an authority, licence, permit or entitlement under an *Australian law or *foreign law to mine for *minerals in an area; or
(aa) an authority, licence, permit or entitlement under an Australian law to extract energy from *geothermal energy resources in an area; or
(b) a lease of land that allows the lessee to mine for minerals, or extract energy from geothermal energy resources, on the land; or
(c) an interest in a thing referred to in paragraph (a), (aa) or (b).
SECTION 124-715 Original entitlement differs in area from new entitlement 124-715(1)
Even if the new entitlement relates to different land to that to which the original entitlement related, this Subdivision applies as if it relates to the same land in these cases:
(a) the difference in area is not significant;
(b) the difference in *market value is not significant;
(c) the new entitlement was granted to correct errors in or omissions from the original entitlement;
(d) it is otherwise reasonable for this Subdivision to apply in that way.
124-715(2)
However, the rule in subsection (1) does not apply if section 124-720 applies.
SECTION 124-720 Part of original entitlement excised 124-720(1)
There is partial roll-over if you *acquired the original entitlement on or after 20 September 1985 and:
(a) the land to which the new entitlement relates is different in area to the land the subject of the original entitlement because a part (the excised part ) of the land to which the original entitlement related was excised or you relinquished it; and
(b) you received a payment for the expiry or surrender of the original entitlement.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
Section 124-730 sets out the effect on your cost base.
124-720(2)
There is no roll-over for the excised part. The *cost base of the excised part is so much of the *cost base of the original entitlement as is attributable to the excised part.
Its *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Note:
You may make a capital gain or loss on the excised part because of CGT event C2.
SECTION 124-725 Treating parts of new entitlement as separate assets 124-725(1)
Each part of a *prospecting entitlement or *mining entitlement that is part of the new entitlement is taken to be a separate *CGT asset to the extent that it relates to:
(a) land to which a prospecting entitlement or mining entitlement (that was part of the original entitlement) related where you *acquired the entitlement before 20 September 1985; and
(b) land to which a prospecting entitlement or mining entitlement (that was part of the original entitlement) related where you acquired the entitlement on or after 20 September 1985; and
(c) other land.
124-725(2)
You are taken to have *acquired each asset that is a separate *CGT asset because of paragraph (1)(a) before 20 September 1985.
SECTION 124-730 What is the roll-over? 124-730(1)
The roll-over is mainly as specified in Subdivision 124-A .
124-730(2)
However, you work out the *cost base and *reduced cost base of *CGT assets (that you are not taken to have *acquired before 20 September 1985) and that are part of the new entitlement a bit differently where section 124-720 or 124-725 applies.
124-730(3)
The first element of your *cost base for each of those assets is:
CB of post-CGT original entitlement | × |
Market value of separate asset
Market value of all new assets |
where:
CB of post-CGT original entitlement
is the sum of the *cost bases of the prospecting entitlements or mining entitlements (that were part of the original entitlement) and that you *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 (just before the original entitlement expired or was surrendered) reduced, if there is an excised part, by so much of those cost bases as is attributable to the excised part.
market value of all new assets
is the *market value of all *CGT assets (that you are not taken to have *acquired before 20 September 1985) that are part of the new entitlement just after you acquired them.
market value of separate asset
is the *market value of the particular asset just after you *acquired it.
124-730(4)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of each of those assets is worked out similarly.
Subdivision 124-M - Scrip for scrip roll-over
This Subdivision allows you to choose a roll-over where post-CGT shares or trust interests you own are replaced with other shares or trust interests, for example, where there is a company takeover.
You can only choose the roll-over if you would have made a capital gain from the exchange.
SECTION 124-780 Replacement of shares 124-780(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) an entity (the original interest holder ) exchanges:
(i) a *share (the entity ' s original interest ) in a company (the original entity ) for a share (the holder ' s replacement interest ) in another company; or
(ii) an option, right or similar interest (also the holder ' s original interest ) issued by the original entity that gives the holder an entitlement to acquire a share in the original entity for a similar interest (also the holder ' s replacement interest ) in another company; and
(b) the exchange is in consequence of a single *arrangement that satisfies subsection (2) or (2A); and
(c) the conditions in subsection (3) are satisfied; and
(d) if subsection (4) applies, the conditions in subsection (5) are satisfied.
Note 1:
There are some exceptions: see section 124-795 .
Note 2:
The original interest holder can obtain only a partial roll-over if the capital proceeds for its original interest include something other than its replacement interest: see section 124-790 .
Note 3:
A trustee who gets a roll-over under this Subdivision for an original interest consisting of shares issued as part of a demutualisation may be eligible for a further roll-over under Subdivision 126-E when a beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled to the replacement shares.
EXAMPLESExample 1:
You can get a roll-over if you exchange your shares in one entity for shares in another entity or if you exchange options in one entity for options in another entity. You cannot get a roll-over if you exchange options for shares.
Example 2:
Examples of arrangements that could be involved include:
• a company takeover, whether or not it is regulated by the Corporations Act 2001 , resulting in a company owning 80% or more of another company ' s shares. • a scheme of arrangement governed by the Corporations Act 2001 that involves a cancellation of some interests in an original entity resulting in another entity owning 80% or more of the interests in the original entity.
Conditions for arrangement
124-780(2)
The *arrangement must:
(a) result in:
(i) a company (the acquiring entity ) that is not a member of a *wholly-owned group becoming the owner of 80% or more of the *voting shares in the original entity; or
(ii) a company (also an acquiring entity ) that is a member of such a group increasing the percentage of voting shares that it owns in the original entity, and that company or members of the group becoming the owner of 80% or more of those shares; and
(b) be one in which at least all owners of *voting shares in the original entity (except a company referred to in paragraph (a)) could participate; and
(c) be one in which participation was available on substantially the same terms for all of the owners of interests of a particular type in the original entity.
Note 1:
The 80% or more requirement is satisfied if the acquiring entity ends up owning at least 80% of the voting shares in the original entity. This may include shares held before the arrangement started.
Note 2:
Participation will be on substantially the same terms if, for example, matters such as those referred to in subsections 619(2) and (3) of the Corporations Act 2001 affect the capital proceeds that each participant can receive.
Conditions for arrangement - takeover bids and arrangements
124-780(2A)
The *arrangement must:
(a) satisfy paragraph (2)(a); and
(b) be, be part of, or include one or more of the following:
(i) a takeover bid (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ) for the original interests by the acquiring entity that is not carried out in contravention of the provisions mentioned in paragraphs 612(a) to (g) of that Act;
Note:
For exemption and modification of provisions by ASIC (and review by the takeovers panel) see Part 6.10 of the Corporations Act 2001 . For Court declarations excusing contraventions see section 1325D of that Act.
(ii) a compromise or arrangement entered into by the original entity under Part 5.1 of the Corporations Act 2001 , approved by order of a court made for the purposes of paragraph 411(4)(b) of that Act.
Conditions for roll-over
124-780(3)
The conditions are:
(a) the original interest holder *acquired its original interest on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) apart from the roll-over, it would make a *capital gain from a *CGT event happening in relation to its original interest; and
(c) its replacement interest is in a company (the replacement entity ) that is:
(i) the company referred to in subparagraph (2)(a)(i); or
(ii) in any other case - the *ultimate holding company of the *wholly-owned group; and
(d) the original interest holder chooses to obtain the roll-over or, if section 124-782 applies to it for the *arrangement, it and the replacement entity jointly choose to obtain the roll-over; and
(e) if that section applies, the original interest holder informs the replacement entity in writing of the *cost base of its original interest worked out just before a CGT event happened in relation to it; and
(f) if an acquiring entity is a member of a wholly-owned group - no member of the group issues equity (other than a replacement interest), or owes new debt, under the arrangement:
(i) to an entity that is not a member of the group; and
(ii) in relation to the issuing of the replacement interest.
Note:
If the original interest holder also exchanges a CGT asset that it acquired before 20 September 1985, the cost base of any interest received in exchange for it is worked out under section 124-800 .
Further roll-over conditions in certain cases
124-780(4)
The conditions specified in subsection (5) must be satisfied if the original interest holder and an acquiring entity did not deal with each other at *arm ' s length and:
(a) neither the original entity nor the replacement entity had at least 300 *members just before the *arrangement started; or
(b) the original interest holder, the original entity and an acquiring entity were all members of the same *linked group just before that time.
Note:
There are some cases where a company will not be regarded as having 300 members: see section 124-810 .
124-780(5)
The conditions are:
(a) the *market value of the original interest holder ' s *capital proceeds for the exchange is at least substantially the same as the market value of its original interest; and
(b) its replacement interest carries the same kind of rights and obligations as those attached to its original interest.
CUFS
124-780(6)
This section applies to the holder of a Chess Unit of Foreign Security as if the holder held the underlying interests that the unit represents.
Note:
A Chess Unit of Foreign Security is an interest, traded on the stock market operated by ASX Limited, in a foreign share, unit or interest.
124-780(7)
A company is the ultimate holding company of a *wholly-owned group if it is not a *100% subsidiary of another company in the group.
There is a roll-over if:
(a) an entity (also the original interest holder ) exchanges:
(i) a unit or other interest (also the holder ' s original interest ) in a trust (also the original entity ) for a unit or other interest (also the holder ' s replacement interest ) in another trust (also the acquiring entity and the replacement entity ); or
(ii) an option, right or similar interest (also the holder ' s original interest ) issued by the original entity that gives the holder an entitlement to acquire a unit or other interest in the original entity for a similar interest (also the holder ' s replacement interest ) in another trust (also the acquiring entity and the replacement entity ); and
(b) entities have *fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the original entity and the acquiring entity; and
(c) the exchange is in consequence of an *arrangement that satisfies subsection (2) or (2A); and
(d) the conditions in subsections (3) and (4) are satisfied.
Note 1:
There are some exceptions: see section 124-795 .
Note 2:
The original interest holder can obtain only a partial roll-over if the capital proceeds for its original interest include something other than its replacement interest: see section 124-790 .
Conditions for arrangement
124-781(2)
The *arrangement must:
(a) result in the acquiring entity owning 80% or more of the *trust voting interests in the original entity or, if there are none, 80% or more of the units or other interests in the original entity; and
(b) be one in which at least all owners of trust voting interests (or of units or other interests) in the original entity (except the acquiring entity) could participate; and
(c) be one in which participation was available on substantially the same terms for all of the owners of interests or units of a particular type in the original entity.
Conditions for arrangement - takeover bids
124-781(2A)
The *arrangement must:
(a) satisfy paragraph (2)(a); and
(b) be, be part of, or include a takeover bid (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ) for the original interests by the acquiring entity that is not carried out in contravention of the provisions mentioned in paragraphs 612(a) to (g) of that Act.
Note:
For exemption and modification of provisions by ASIC (and review by the takeovers panel) see Part 6.10 of the Corporations Act 2001 . For Court declarations excusing contraventions see section 1325D of that Act.
Conditions for roll-over
124-781(3)
The conditions are:
(a) the original interest holder *acquired its original interest on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) apart from the roll-over, it would make a *capital gain from a *CGT event happening in relation to its original interest; and
(c) it chooses to obtain the roll-over or, if section 124-782 applies to it for the *arrangement, it and the trustee of the acquiring entity jointly choose to obtain the roll-over; and
(d) if that section applies to it, it informs that trustee in writing of the *cost base of its original interest as at the time just before a CGT event happened in relation to it.
Note:
If the original interest holder also exchanges a CGT asset that it acquired before 20 September 1985, the cost base of any interest received in exchange for it is worked out under section 124-800 .
Further roll-over conditions in certain cases
124-781(4)
These conditions must be satisfied if the original interest holder and the trustee of the acquiring entity did not deal with each other at *arm ' s length and neither the original entity nor the acquiring entity had at least 300 beneficiaries just before the *arrangement started:
(a) the *market value of the original interest holder ' s *capital proceeds for the exchange is at least substantially the same as the market value of its original interest; and
(b) its replacement interest carries the same kind of rights and obligations as those attached to its original interest.
Note:
There are some cases where a trust will not be regarded as having 300 beneficiaries: see section 124-810 .
CUFS
124-781(5)
This section applies to the holder of a Chess Unit of Foreign Security as if the holder held the underlying interests that the unit represents.
Note:
A Chess Unit of Foreign Security is an interest, traded on the stock market operated by ASX Limited, in a foreign share, unit or interest.
Meaning of trust voting interest
124-781(6)
A trust voting interest in a trust is an interest in the trust that confers rights of the same or a similar kind as the rights conferred by a *voting share in a company.
Transfer of cost base
124-782(1)
The *cost base of an original interest *acquired by an acquiring entity under the *arrangement from an original interest holder becomes the first element of the cost base and *reduced cost base of the acquiring entity for the interest if:
(a) the original interest holder obtains a roll-over; and
(b) the holder is a *significant stakeholder or a *common stakeholder for the arrangement.
Note 1:
For other interests, for example, interests for which the roll-over is not chosen, the cost base will be worked out under the ordinary cost base rules in Divisions 110 and 112 .
Note 2:
There is a special rule to determine the cost base of equity or debt given to a member of an acquiring wholly-owned group by another member of the group under an arrangement: see section 124-784 .
Allocation of cost base in cancellation case
124-782(2)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of any interests (the new interests ) issued by the original entity to an acquiring entity under the *arrangement is worked out under subsection (3) if:
(a) original interests of an original interest holder are cancelled under the arrangement; and
(b) the holder obtains a roll-over for the cancellation; and
(c) the holder is a *significant stakeholder or a *common stakeholder for the arrangement.
124-782(3)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the new interests of an acquiring entity is that part of the cost base of the cancelled interests as can be reasonably allocated to the new interests, having regard to:
(a) the nature of the *arrangement; and
(b) the number, type and relative *market values of the cancelled interests and the new interests; and
(c) any other relevant matters.
Example:
Robert Co has 3 shareholders: Antill Co with 300 shares, Rachael Co 400 shares and Margaret Co 300 shares. The cost base of each share is $1 and market value is $2. Margaret Co is owned by two shareholders, John and Paul, who each have 50 shares. The market value of each share is $20.
Under an arrangement, Robert Co cancels the shares of Antill Co and Rachael Co. They receive 30 and 40 shares respectively in Margaret Co, which becomes the sole shareholder in Robert Co. The market value of Antill Co ' s and Rachael Co ' s shares in Margaret Co is equivalent to the market value of their cancelled shares in Robert Co.
Robert Co also issues 700 shares to Margaret Co, reflecting the $1,400 total market value of the shares issued by Margaret Co to Antill Co and Rachael Co. Before and after the arrangement, Margaret Co ' s shares in Robert Co were worth $2 each.
It is necessary to reasonably allocate the cost bases of the cancelled shares (700 × $1) to the 700 shares issued by Robert Co to Margaret Co. In this case, an allocation of $1 per share would be reasonable.
Note:
If no new shares are issued by Robert Co, the cost base of the original shares that Margaret Co holds would not be adjusted.
124-782(4)
The amount allocated to a new interest under subsection (3) must not be more than its *market value just after the *arrangement was completed.
Significant stakeholder
124-783(1)
An original interest holder is a significant stakeholder for an *arrangement if it had:
(a) a *significant stake in the original entity just before the arrangement started; and
(b) a significant stake in the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed.
124-783(2)
Also, if an original interest holder is an acquiring entity, any other original interest holder is a significant stakeholder for an *arrangement if it:
(a) had a *significant stake in the original entity just before the *arrangement started; and
(b) is an *associate of the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed.
Common stakeholder
124-783(3)
An original interest holder is a common stakeholder for an *arrangement if it had:
(a) a *common stake in the original entity just before the arrangement started; and
(b) a common stake in the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed.
124-783(4)
If an acquiring entity for an *arrangement is an original interest holder, each other original interest holder that has a replacement interest is a common stakeholder for the arrangement.
124-783(5)
No original interest holder is a common stakeholder for an *arrangement if either the original entity or the replacement entity had at least 300 *members (for a company) or 300 beneficiaries (for a trust) just before the arrangement started.
Significant stake
124-783(6)
An entity has a significant stake in a company at a time if the entity, or the entity and the entity ' s *associates between them:
(a) have at that time *shares carrying 30% or more of the voting rights in the company; or
(b) have at that time the right to receive 30% or more of any *dividends that the company may pay; or
(c) have at that time the right to receive 30% or more of any distribution of capital of the company.
Example:
There are 4 shareholders in YZT Company: Sonja has 60%, Mario has 20%, Peter has 10% and Dave has 10%.
Sonja, Mario and Peter are associates. They each have a significant stake in YZT because, on an associate inclusive basis, they each have a 90% stake in YZT. Dave does not have a significant stake because his total stake, on an associate inclusive basis, is 10%.
124-783(7)
An entity has a significant stake in a trust at a time if the entity, or the entity and the entity ' s *associates between them, had at that time the right to receive 30% or more of any distribution to beneficiaries of the trust of income or capital of the trust.
124-783(8)
No original interest holder has a significant stake in a company that has at least 300 *members or a trust that has at least 300 beneficiaries if it is reasonable for the company or the trustee of the trust to conclude that this is the case on the information available to it.
Note:
There are some cases where a company or trust will not be regarded as having 300 members or beneficiaries: see section 124-810 .
Common stake
124-783(9)
If the original entity and the replacement entity are companies, an entity, or 2 or more entities, have a common stake in the original entity just before the *arrangement started and in the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed if the entity or entities, and their *associates, between them:
(a) had 80% or more of:
(i) the voting rights in the original entity just before the arrangement started; and
(ii) the voting rights in the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed; or
(b) had the right to receive 80% or more of:
(i) any *dividends that the original entity may pay just before the arrangement started; and
(ii) any dividends that the replacement entity may pay just after the arrangement was completed; or
(c) had the right to receive 80% or more of:
(i) any distribution of capital of the original entity just before the arrangement started; and
(ii) any distribution of capital of the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed.
124-783(10)
If the original entity and the replacement entity are trusts, an entity, or 2 or more entities, have a common stake in the original entity just before the *arrangement started and in the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed if the entity or entities, and their *associates, between them:
(a) had, just before the arrangement started, the right to receive 80% or more of any distribution to beneficiaries of the original entity of income or capital of the original entity; and
(b) had, just after the arrangement was completed, the right to receive 80% or more of any distribution to beneficiaries of the replacement entity of income or capital of that entity.
An entity has a significant stake in another entity if:
(a) the first entity has one or more *stake options in the other entity; and
(b) the first entity would have such a stake (under section 124-783 ) if the first entity acquired *stake interests in the other entity under any of those stake options.
Note:
Paragraph (b) is satisfied if there are any circumstances (e.g. the first entity exercises some but not all of the stake options) in which the first entity would have a significant stake in the other entity, even if in other circumstances the first entity would not have such a stake.
124-783A(2)
An entity, or 2 or more entities, have a common stake in the original entity just before the *arrangement started and in the replacement entity just after the arrangement was completed if:
(a) the entities:
(i) had one or more *stake options in the original entity before the arrangement started; or
(ii) have one or more stake options in the replacement entity; and
(b) the entitieswould have such stakes (under section 124-783 ) if:
(i) the entities had acquired *stake interests in the original entity under any of the stake options mentioned in subparagraph (a)(i); or
(ii) the entities acquired stake interests in the replacement entity under some or all of the stake options mentioned in subparagraph (a)(ii).
124-783A(3)
Something is a stake option an entity has in another entity if it gives the first entity, or its *associates, a right to acquire the following ( stake interests ):
(a) if the other entity is a company:
(i) voting rights in the company; or
(ii) the right to receive any part of any *dividends that the company may pay; or
(iii) the right to receive any part of any distribution of capital of the company;
(b) if the other entity is a trust - the right to receive any part of any distribution to beneficiaries of the trust of income or capital of the trust;
and the acquisition could occur before the end of 5 years after the *arrangement was completed.
Example 1:
An option.
Example 2:
A share that gives a voting right that is temporarily supressed.
124-783A(4)
For the purposes of subsection (1), treat the reference in subparagraph (3)(a)(i) to voting rights as being a reference to *shares carrying voting rights.
124-783A(5)
This section does not limit subsections 124-783(6) to (10) .
Purpose
124-784(1)
This section allocates an appropriate *cost base to equity issued, or new debt owed, under the *arrangement, by a member of a *wholly-owned group to another member (the recipient ) of the group, if:
(a) the acquiring entity is a member of the group; and
(b) the cost base of an original interest was transferred or allocated under section 124-782 because the original interest holder is a *significant stakeholder or a *common stakeholder for the arrangement.
Allocation of cost base
124-784(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the equity or debt for the recipient is that part of the cost base of the original interest transferred or allocated under section 124-782 as:
(a) may be reasonably allocated to the equity or debt; and
(b) is not more than the *market value of the equity or debt just after the *arrangement was completed.
This section applies in relation to a single *arrangement if:
(a) the replacement entity for the arrangement knows, or could reasonably be expected to know:
(i) that a roll-over under section 124-780 or 124-781 has been, or will be, obtained in relation to the arrangement; and
(ii) that there is a *common stakeholder for the arrangement (disregarding subsections 124-783(4) and (5) ); and
(b) subsection (2) is satisfied for the arrangement.
Note:
If this section applies, the first element of the cost base and reduced cost base of interests in the original entity acquired under the arrangement is worked out under section 124-784B .
124-784A(2)
This subsection is satisfied for the *arrangement if the result of step 2 is more than 80% of the result of step 3. Method statement
Step 1.
Add up the *market value just after the *arrangement was completed (the completion time ) of all of the replacement interests issued by the replacement entity under the arrangement in exchange for the following interests (the qualifying interests ):
Step 2.
Add to the result of step 1 the *market value at the completion time of all of the replacement interests issued by the replacement entity under any earlier arrangement for which this section applied in exchange for qualifying interests in the original entity.
Step 3.
Add up the *market value at the completion time of all of the:
Application if an entity is listed
124-784A(3)
For the purposes of:
(a) subsection (2); and
(b) step 5 of the method statement in subsection 124-784B(2) ;
if interests in an entity are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange at the completion time, then the replacement entity may choose that the *market value at that time of an interest in the first-mentioned entity is taken to be the *officially quoted price of the interest at that time.
Application if more than one original entity
124-784A(4)
If qualifying interests in more than one original entity are *acquired under the *arrangement, then, for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2):
(a) those interests of each of those original entities are taken to have been acquired under separate arrangements; and
(b) those separate arrangements are taken to have happened in the same order as the acquisitions.
124-784A(5)
If qualifying interests in more than one original entity:
(a) would be taken by subsection (4) to have been *acquired under separate *arrangements happening at the same time; or
(b) are acquired under separate arrangements that commence at the same time;
then, for the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), the replacement entity must choose the order in which those separate arrangements are to have happened.
Meaning of officially quoted price
124-784A(6)
An interest in an entity has an officially quoted price at a particular time if, during the one week period starting on the day in which that time occurred, there was at least one transaction on the relevant stock exchange in interests of that class. That price is the weighted average of the prices at which those interests were traded on that stock exchange during that period.
124-784A(7)
For the purposes of subsection (6), if an interest is quoted on 2 or more *approved stock exchanges on that day, the officially quoted price of the interest is determined under subsection (6) in respect of whichever of those the entity chooses.
This section applies in relation to each qualifying interest in the original entity:
(a) *acquired by an acquiring entity under an *arrangement to which section 124-784A applies; and
(b) for which the first element of the *cost base of the acquiring entity is not worked out under section 124-782 .
Note:
Section 124-782 applies when an original interest holder is a significant stakeholder or a common stakeholder.
First element of cost base - qualifying interests acquired in exchange for replacement interests only
124-784B(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the acquiring entity for the qualifying interest in the original entity is worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Add up:
Step 2.
For the original entity's *trading stock, add up:
Step 3.
For any asset of the original entity not covered by steps 1 and 2, work out the amount that would be the asset's *cost base at the completion time if it were a *CGT asset.
Step 4.
Subtract from the result of step 1 the original entity's liabilities (if any) at the completion time in respect of those assets.
Step 5.
If there is one class of *membership interests in the original entity, divide the result of step 4 by the total number of those membership interests at the completion time.
If there are 2 or more classes of membership interests in the original entity, allocate a portion of the result of step 4 to each class in proportion to the *market value of all the membership interests in that class and divide that result by the total number of membership interests in that class at the completion time.
Note 1:
For the purposes of this subsection, Division 701 (Core rules for consolidated groups) is disregarded for an original entity that becomes a subsidiary member of a consolidated group or MEC group under the arrangement (see paragraph 715-910(1)(a) ).
Note 2:
If the original entity is the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group, then subsection 701-1(1) (the single entity rule) and section 701-5 (the entry history rule) apply in relation to that group when working out steps 1 and 2 (see subsection 715-910(2) ).
Note 3:
For step 5, the replacement entity may choose to use the officially quoted price of the qualifying interests as their market value (see subsection 124-784A(3) ).
First element of cost base - interests acquired in exchange for replacement interests and cash etc.
124-784B(3)
However, if the qualifying interest was acquired under the *arrangement partly in exchange for one or more replacement interests and partly for something else, subsection (2) applies only for working out the first element of that part of the *cost base of the qualifying interest that is attributable to the replacement interests.
Note 1:
This means that the acquiring entity will have to apportion the cost base amount worked out under subsection (2) according to the relative values of the replacement interests and the other component.
Note 2:
The first element of that part of the cost base, and reduced cost base, of the qualifying interest that is attributable to cash etc. is worked out using the general rules about cost base.
Liabilities
124-784B(4)
For the purposes of step 4 of subsection (2), a liability of the original entity that is not a liability in respect of a specific asset or assets of the entity is taken to be a liability in respect of all the assets of the entity.
124-784B(5)
If a liability is in respect of 2 or more assets, the proportion of the liability that is in respect of any one of those assets is equal to:
The *market value of the asset |
The total of the *market values
of all the assets that the liability is in respect of |
First element of reduced cost base
124-784B(6)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of the acquiring entity for the qualifying interest in the original entity is worked out similarly.
Rights and options to acquire membership interests
124-784B(7)
For the purposes of step 5 of subsection (2), if at the completion time a person holds an option, right or similar interest (including a contingent option, right or interest), created or issued by the original entity, to acquire a *membership interest in the original entity, that option, right or interest is treated as if it were a membership interest in the original entity.
Purpose
124-784C(1)
This section allocates an appropriate *cost base to equity issued, or new debt owed, under the *arrangement by a member of a *wholly-owned group to another member (the holder ) of the group, if:
(a) an acquiring entity is a member of the group; and
(b) the cost base of the acquiring entity for a qualifying interest was worked out under section 124-784B .
Allocation of cost base
124-784C(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the equity or debt for the holder is that part of the cost base of the qualifying interest worked out under section 124-784B as:
(a) may be reasonably allocated to the equity or debt; and
(b) is not more than the *market value of the equity or debt at the completion time.
A *capital gain you make from your original interest is disregarded.
124-785(2)
You work out the first element of the *cost base of each *CGT asset you received as a result of the exchange by reasonably attributing to it the cost base (or the part of it) of your original interest for which it was exchanged and for which you obtained the roll-over.
124-785(3)
In applying subsection (2), you reduce the *cost base of your original interest (just before you stop owning it) by so much of that cost base as is attributable to an ineligible part (see section 124-790 ).
124-785(4)
The first element of the *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. EXAMPLES
Example 1:
Lyn exchanges 1 share with a cost base of $10 for another share. The cost base of the new share is $10.
Example 2:
Glenn exchanges 2 shares with cost bases of $10 and $11 respectively for one new share. The cost base of the new share is $21.
Example 3:
Wayne exchanges 1 share with a cost base of $9 for share A with a market value of $5 and share B with a market value of $10. The cost base of share A is $3 and the cost base of share B is $6.
SECTION 124-790 Partial roll-over 124-790(1)
The original interest holder can obtain only a partial roll-over if its *capital proceeds for its original interest include something (the ineligible proceeds ) other than its replacement interest. There is no roll-over for that part (the ineligible part ) of its original interest for which it received ineligible proceeds.
124-790(2)
The *cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the cost base of your original interest as is reasonably attributable to it.
Example:
Ken owns 100 shares in Aim Ltd. Those shares have a cost base of $2.
Ken accepts an offer from LBZ Ltd to acquire those shares. The offer is 1 share in LBZ (market value $4) plus $1 for each Aim share.
Ken chooses the roll-over to the extent that he can.
The cost base of the ineligible part is [ $100 × $200 ] ÷ $500 = $40.
Ken makes a capital gain of $100 − $40 = $60.
124-790(3)
(Repealed by No 89 of 2000)
You cannot obtain the roll-over if, just before you stop owning your original interest, you are a foreign resident unless, just after you *acquire your replacement interest, the replacement interest is *taxable Australian property.
You cannot obtain the roll-over if:
(a) any *capital gain you might make from your replacement interest would be disregarded (except because of a roll-over); or
(b) you and the acquiring entity are members of the same *wholly-owned group just before you stop owning your original interest and the acquiring entity is a foreign resident.
Example:
An example of a capital gain or loss being disregarded as mentioned in paragraph (2)(a) is because the asset is trading stock.
Note:
A roll-over may be available under Subdivision 126-B in the circumstances mentioned in paragraph (2)(b).
124-795(3)
You cannot obtain the roll-over for the *CGT event happening in relation to the exchange of your original interest if you can choose a roll-over under Division 122 or 615 for that event.
Note:
Division 122 deals with the disposal of assets to a wholly-owned company, and Division 615 deals with business restructures.
124-795(4)
You cannot obtain the roll-over for the *CGT event happening in relation to the exchange of your qualifying interest if:
(a) the replacement entity makes a choice to that effect under this subsection; and
(b) that entity or the original entity notifies you in writing of the choice before the exchange.
124-795(5)
(Repealed by No 168 of 2006 )
If, in consequence of the *arrangement, you exchange an interest that you *acquired before 20 September 1985 for an interest in the replacement entity, the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the interest in the replacement entity is its *market value just after you acquired it.
124-800(2)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of the interest in the replacement entity is reduced if all or part of a *capital gain from *CGT event K6 happening is disregarded because of subsection 104-230(10) . The amount of the reduction is the amount of the *capital gain you disregard under that subsection.
Note 1:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
Note 2:
Subsection 104-230(10) provides that a capital gain from CGT event K6 is disregarded to the extent that you could have chosen a roll-over under this Subdivision if your original interest had been post-CGT.
124-805 (Repealed) SECTION 124-805 Meaning of trust voting interest
(Repealed by No 89 of 2000)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, a company is treated as if it did not have at least 300 *members if subsection (3) or (5) applies to it.
124-810(2)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, a trust is treated as if it did not have at least 300 beneficiaries if subsection (4) or (5) applies to it.
Concentrated ownership
124-810(3)
This subsection applies to a company if an individual owns, or up to 20 individuals own between them, directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) and for their own benefit, *shares in the company:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to:
(i) at least 75% of the company ' s income; or
(ii) at least 75% of the company ' s capital; or
(b) carrying at least 75% of the voting rights in the company.
124-810(4)
This subsection applies to a trust if an individual owns, or up to 20 individuals own between them, directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) and for their own benefit, units or other fixed interests in the trust:
(a) carrying *fixed entitlements to:
(i) at least 75% of the trust ' s income; or
(ii) at least 75% of the trust ' s capital; or
(b) if beneficiaries of the trust have a right to vote in respect of activities of the trust - carrying at least 75% of those voting rights.
Possible variation of rights etc.
124-810(5)
This subsection applies to a company or trust if, because of:
(a) any provision in the entity ' s constituent document, or in any contract, agreement or instrument:
(i) authorising the variation or abrogation of rights attaching to any of the *shares, units or other fixed interests in the entity; or
(ii) relating to the conversion, cancellation, extinguishment or redemption of any of those interests; or
(b) any contract, *arrangement, option or instrument under which a person has power to acquire any of those interests; or
(c) any power, authority or discretion in a person in relation to the rights attaching to any of those shares, units or interests;
it is reasonable to conclude that the rights attaching to any of those interests are capable of being varied or abrogated in such a way (even if they are not in fact varied or abrogated in that way) that, directly or indirectly, subsection (3) or (4) would apply to the entity.
Single individual
124-810(6)
For the purposes of subsections (3) and (4), all of the following are taken to be a single individual:
(a) an individual, whether or not the individual holds *shares, units or other interests in the entity concerned;
(b) the individual ' s *associates;
(c) for any shares, units or interests in respect of which other individuals are nominees of the individual or of the individual ' s associates - those other individuals.
Entities can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
The roll-over may also be available for 2 or more trusts disposing of all their assets to a single company.
Note:
The effect of the roll-over may be reversed if the trust does not cease to exist within 6 months: see section 104-195 .
SECTION 124-855 What this Subdivision deals with 124-855(1)
A roll-over may be available for a restructuring (a trust restructure ) if:
(a) a trust, or 2 or more trusts, (the transferor ) *dispose of all of their *CGT assets to a company limited by *shares (the transferee ); and
(b) *CGT event E4 is capable of applying to all of the units and interests in the transferor; and
(c) the requirements in section 124-860 are met.
Note:
A roll-over is not available for a restructure undertaken by a discretionary trust.
124-855(2)
For 2 or more transferors, units and interests in each transferor must be owned in the same proportions by the same beneficiaries.
Example:
Matthew and Jaclyn each own 50% of the units in the Spring Unit Trust and the Dale Unit trust. All of the assets of both trusts are disposed of to Jonathon Pty Ltd. A roll-over for a trust restructure is available if the other requirements of this Subdivision are met.
SECTION 124-860 Requirements for roll-over 124-860(1)
All of the *CGT assets owned by the transferor must be disposed of to the transferee during the *trust restructuring period. However, ignore any CGT assets retained by the transferor to pay existing or expected debts of the transferor.
124-860(2)
The trust restructuring period for a trust restructure:
(a) starts just before the first *CGT asset is *disposed of to the transferee under the trust restructure, which must happen on or after 11 November 1999; and
(b) ends when the last CGT asset of the transferor is disposed of to the transferee.
124-860(3)
The transferee must not be an *exempt entity.
124-860(4)
The transferee must be a company that:
(a) has never carried on commercial activities; and
(b) has no *CGT assets, other than any or all of the following:
(i) small amounts of cash or debt;
(ii) its rights under an *arrangement, if (collectively) those rights only facilitate the transfer of assets to the transferee from the transferor; and
(c) has no losses of any kind.
Example:
It could be a shelf company.
124-860(5)
Subsection (4) does not apply to a transferee that is the trustee of the transferor.
124-860(6)
Just after the end of the *trust restructuring period:
(a) each entity that owned interests in a transferor just before the start of the trust restructuring period must own replacement interests in the transferee in the same proportion as it owned those interests in that transferor; and
(b) the *market value of the replacement interests each of those entities owns in the transferee must be at least substantially the same as the market value of the interests it owned in the transferor or transferors just before the start of the trust restructuring period.
Note 1:
Any assets in the company just before the start of the trust restructuring period may affect the ability of owners of units or interests to comply with paragraph (6)(b).
Note 2:
See section 124-20 if an entity uses an interest sale facility.
124-860(7)
For the purposes of subsection (6), ignore any *shares in the transferee that:
(a) just before the start of the *trust restructuring period, were owned by entities who together owned no more than 5 shares; and
(b) just after the end of that period, represented such a low percentage of the total *market value of all the shares that it is reasonable to treat other entities as if they owned all the shares in the transferee.
Example:
To continue the example in subsection 124-855(2) , assume that Jonathon Pty Ltd was a shelf company organised for Matthew and Jaclyn by their solicitor, Indira.
Indira owned the 2 shares in Jonathon Pty Ltd before the trust restructuring period. The company issues Matthew and Jaclyn 5,000 shares each.
In these circumstances, it is reasonable to treat Matthew and Jaclyn as if they owned all the shares in Jonathon Pty Ltd.
124-860(8)
(Repealed by No 168 of 2006 )
SECTION 124-865 124-865 Entities both choose the roll-over
A roll-over is only available for the transferor and transferee if both the transferor and transferee choose to obtain it.
Note 1:
If they do so, the consequences for the transferor and transferee are set out in section 124-875 .
Note 2:
An entity that owns a unit or interest in the transferor can also choose to obtain a roll-over: see section 124-870 .
You can choose to obtain a roll-over (whether or not the transferor and transferee choose to obtain a roll-over, and even if *CGT event J4 applies) if:
(a) you own units or interests in the transferor (your original interests ); and
(b) the ownership of all your units or interests ends under a trust restructure in exchange for *shares in the transferee (your replacement interests ).
Note 1:
The roll-over consequences are set out in Subdivision 124-A . The original assets are your units and interests in the transferor. The new assets are your shares in the transferee.
Note 2:
The effect of the roll-over may be reversed if the transferor does not cease to exist within 6 months: see section 104-195 .
124-870(2)
You must make the choice for each of your original interests.
124-870(3)
An entity that is a foreign resident cannot choose a roll-over under this section unless the replacement interests the entity *acquires in the transferee are *taxable Australian property just after their acquisition.
124-870(4)
If you choose a roll-over, you cannot make a *capital loss from a *CGT event that happens to your original interests during the *trust restructuring period.
Note:
The rule in subsection (4) prevents a capital loss arising on your units or interests after the trust assets have been disposed of to the company but before your shares are issued to you.
Exception: trading stock
124-870(5)
This section does not apply to your ownership of an original interest ending if:
(a) the interest was an item of your *trading stock and the corresponding replacement interest becomes an item of your trading stock when you *acquire it; or
(b) the interest was not an item of your trading stock but the corresponding replacement interest becomes an item of your trading stock when you acquire it.
SECTION 124-875 Effect on the transferor and transferee
Capital gains and losses disregarded
124-875(1)
Any *capital gain or *capital loss from *CGT event A1 happening to the transferor under the trust restructure is disregarded (even if *CGT event J4 applies).
Note:
The effect of the roll-over may be reversed if the transferor does not cease to exist within 6 months: see section 104-195 .
Cost base is transferred
124-875(2)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base (for the transferee) of each *CGT asset that the transferee *acquires under the trust restructure is the same as the cost base and reduced cost base of that asset (for the transferor) just before that acquisition.
Note:
For the cost base and reduced cost base of interests in the transferee: see Subdivision 124-A .
Pre-CGT assets retain their status
124-875(3)
If the transferor *acquired any of the *CGT assets *disposed of to the transferee under the trust restructure before 20 September 1985, the transferee is taken to have acquired it before that day.
124-875(4)
However, subsection (3) is taken never to have applied to such an asset of the transferee if subsection 104-195(4) (CGT event J4) applies to the transferee in relation to the asset.
Exception: trading stock
124-875(5)
This section does not apply to a *CGT asset if:
(a) the asset was an item of *trading stock of the transferor and becomes an item of trading stock of the transferee; or
(b) the asset was not an item of trading stock of the transferor but becomes an item of trading stock of the transferee when the transferee *acquires it.
Exception: asset must be taxable Australian property for foreign resident transferee
124-875(6)
For a transferee that is a foreign resident, this section only applies to a *CGT asset that is *taxable Australian property just after the transferee *acquires it under the trust restructure.
(Repealed) Subdivision 124-O - FSR (financial services reform) transitions
124-880 (Repealed) SECTION 124-880 Old licence roll-over (same owner)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
124-900 (Repealed) SECTION 124-900 Old licence roll-over (new owner)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
124-925 (Repealed) SECTION 124-925 Special extension of the 10 March 2004 cut-off date (same owner roll-overs)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
SECTION 124-975 What this Subdivision is about
You can choose a roll-over if you exchange your interest as a member of an MDO for an interest as a member of another MDO.
You can only choose the roll-over if you would have made a capital gain from the exchange.
Operative provisions | |
124-980 | Exchange of membership interests in an MDO |
124-985 | What the roll-over is for post-CGT interests |
124-990 | Partial roll-over |
124-995 | Pre-CGT interests |
SECTION 124-980 Exchange of membership interests in an MDO 124-980(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) an entity exchanges:
(i) an interest (the original interest ) in an *MDO (the original MDO ) as a member of the original MDO; for
(ii) a similar interest (the replacement interest ) in another MDO (the new MDO ) as a member of the new MDO; and
(b) both the original MDO and the new MDO are companies limited by guarantee; and
(c) the exchange is in consequence of a single *arrangement that satisfies subsection (3); and
(d) apart from the roll-over, the entity would make a *capital gain from a *CGT event happening in relation to its original interest; and
(e) the entity chooses to obtain the roll-over; and
(f) the entity acquired the original interest on or after 20 September 1985.
Note:
The entity can obtain only a partial roll-over if the capital proceeds for its original interest include something other than its replacement interest: see section 124-990 .
124-980(2)
In working out whether an original interest is exchanged for a similar interest, disregard a difference that consists only of a right to receive distributions of income or capital.
Conditions for arrangement
124-980(3)
The *arrangement must:
(a) result in the new *MDO becoming the sole *member of the original MDO; and
(b) be one in which participation was available on substantially the same terms for all of the holders of interests as members of the original MDO of a particular type.
A *capital gain the entity makes from an original interest *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 is disregarded.
124-985(2)
The entity works out the first element of the *cost base of each replacement interest the entity received as a result of the exchange by reasonably attributing to it the cost base (or the part of it) of the entity ' s original interest for which it was exchanged and for which the entity obtained the roll-over.
124-985(3)
In applying subsection (2), the entity reduces (but not below zero) the *cost base of the original interest (just before stopping owning it) by so much of that cost base as is attributable to an ineligible part (see section 124-990 ).
124-985(4)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of a replacement interest is worked out similarly.
The entity can obtain only a partial roll-over if its *capital proceeds for its original interest include something (the ineligible proceeds ) other than its replacement interest. There is no roll-over for that part (the ineligible part ) of its original interest for which it received ineligible proceeds.
124-990(2)
The *cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the cost base of the original interest as is reasonably attributable to it.
If the entity exchanges an original interest that the entity *acquired before 20 September 1985 for its replacement interest, the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the replacement interest is zero.
SECTION 124-1040 What this Subdivision is about
There is a roll-over if you own ownership interests that are stapled and, as a result of a reorganisation, you stop owning those interests and you acquire or own ownership interests in an interposed unit trust.
Operative provisions | |
124-1045 | Exchange of stapled securities |
124-1050 | Conditions |
124-1055 | Consequences of the roll-over for exchanging members |
124-1060 | Consequences of the roll-over for interposed trust |
124-1065 | (Repealed by No 12 of 2012 ) |
SECTION 124-1045 Exchange of stapled securities 124-1045(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) you own *ownership interests in 2 or more trusts, or in one or more companies and one or more trusts, and those interests are stapled together to form stapled securities; and
(b) at least one of the trusts is a trust whose trustee is not assessed and liable to pay tax under Division 6C of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and
(c) if no company is involved - at least one of the trusts is a trust whose trustee is assessed and liable to pay tax under Division 6C of Part III of that Act; and
(d) under a *scheme for reorganising the affairs of the relevant *stapled entities, you and the other entities that own the ownership interests in the stapled entities (together the exchanging members ):
(i) stop being the owner of those ownership interests and acquire ownership interests in a new unit trust (the interposed trust ) and nothing else (a new trust case ); or
(ii) retain their ownership interests in one of those trusts (also the interposed trust ), stop being the owner of the remaining ownership interests that form the stapled securities and receive nothing other than ownership interests in the interposed trust, or an increase in value of their existing ownership interests in the interposed trust, or both (an existing trust case ); and
Note:
See section 124-20 if an exchanging member uses an interest sale facility.
(e) under the scheme, the interposed trust becomes the owner of:
(i) for a new trust case - all of the ownership interests in the stapled entities; or
(ii) for an existing trust case - all of the ownership interests in the other stapled entities; and
(f) the conditions in section 124-1050 are satisfied.
Note:
Division 6C of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 deals with taxing public trading trusts in the same way as companies.
124-1045(2)
An entity is a stapled entity in relation to stapled securities if *ownership interests in the entity form part of the stapled securities.
124-1045(3)
Ignore for the purposes of subsection (1) *ownership interests held by one *stapled entity in another stapled entity as at the start of the day on which the Bill for this Act was introduced into the Parliament.
Just after the *scheme is completed (the completion time ), each exchanging member must own a percentage of the *ownership interests in the interposed trust that reasonably equates to the percentage of the ownership interests that the member owned in the *stapled entities.
Example:
Public Company A, Unit Trust No 1 and Unit Trust No 2 are stapled entities. Each stapled entity has 4,000 ownership interests on issue. There are no ownership interests in any of the stapled entities other than shares in the company and units in the trusts.
Under a scheme for reorganising the stapled entities, Unit Trust No 3 is interposed between the stapled entities and the owners of the interests in those entities. Unit Trust No 3 (the interposed trust) becomes the owner of all of the interests in each of the three stapled entities. Exchanging members receive one unit in the interposed trust for each stapled security they owned. All units in the interposed trust are of the same class.
Naomi owned 200 shares in Public Company A, 200 units in Unit Trust No 1 and 200 units in Unit Trust No 2. Naomi therefore owned 5% of the ownership interests in each of the stapled entities. Under the scheme, Naomi receives 100 units in Unit Trust No 3 (out of a total of 2,000 units) in exchange for her ownership interests in the stapled entities. Naomi now owns 5% of the ownership interests in the interposed trust and meets the condition in subsection (1).
124-1050(2)
Just after the completion time, each exchanging member must have the same, or as nearly as practicable the same, proportionate *market value of *ownership interests in the interposed trust as the member had in the *stapled entities just before that time.
124-1050(3)
In working out whether an exchanging member complies with subsection (2), an anticipated reasonable approximation of the *market value of *ownership interests just after the completion time is sufficient.
Note:
An anticipated reasonable approximation of market values of ownership interests may include valuations provided to exchanging members in scheme documents.
124-1050(4)
You must be an Australian resident at the completion time or, if you are a foreign resident at that time:
(a) some or all of your *ownership interests in the *stapled entities must have been *taxable Australian property just before that time; and
(b) your ownership interests in the interposed trust must be taxable Australian property just after that time.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make as a result of the *scheme from each of your *ownership interests is disregarded.
124-1055(2)
If you *acquired all of your *ownership interests in the *stapled entities on or after 20 September 1985, the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of each of your ownership interests in the interposed trust is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the *cost bases of all of your ownership interests in the *stapled entities; and
(b) the number, *market value and character of your ownership interests in the interposed trust.
Example:
Naomi had a cost base of $2.00 for each of her 200 Public Company A shares, $1.50 for each of her 200 Unit Trust No 1 units and $0.50 for each of her 200 Unit Trust No 2 units. The total of the cost bases of all of her membership interests is $800.00.
It is reasonable to allocate $8.00 to each of the 100 units in the interposed trust that she receives under the reorganisation.
124-1055(3)
If you *acquired all of your *ownership interests in the *stapled entities before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired all of your ownership interests in the interposed trust before that day.
124-1055(4)
If you *acquired some of your *ownership interests in the *stapled entities before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired so many of your ownership interests in the interposed trust as is reasonable before that day having regard to:
(a) the number, *market value and character of your ownership interests in the stapled entities; and
(b) the number, market value and character of your ownership interests in the interposed trust.
Note:
Generally, a capital gain or capital loss from a CGT asset acquired before 20 September 1985 can be disregarded: see Division 104.
124-1055(5)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of each of your *ownership interests in the interposed trust that is not taken by subsection(4) to have been *acquired before 20 September 1985 (your post-CGT interests ) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of your ownership interests in the *stapled entities that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) the number, *market value and character of your post-CGT interests.
Apply this section separately for the interposed trust in relation to the *ownership interests in each *stapled entity that the trustee of the interposed trust *acquires under the *scheme.
124-1060(2)
A whole number of *ownership interests in a *stapled entity that the trustee *acquires under the *scheme are taken to have been acquired before 20 September 1985 if any of the stapled entity ' s assets as at the completion time were acquired by it before that day.
Note:
Generally, a capital gain or capital loss from a CGT asset acquired before 20 September 1985 can be disregarded: see Division 104 .
124-1060(3)
The number (worked out as at the completion time) is the greatest possible that (when expressed as a percentage of all the *ownership interests in the *stapled entity *acquired by the trustee) does not exceed:
(a) the *market value of the stapled entity ' s assets that it acquired before 20 September 1985; less
(b) its liabilities (if any) in respect of those assets;
expressed as a percentage of the market value of all the stapled entity ' s assets less all of its liabilities. The amounts in paragraphs (a) and (b) are to be worked out as at the completion time.
124-1060(4)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of each of the trustee ' s *ownership interests in that *stapled entity that are not taken by subsection (3) to have been *acquired before 20 September 1985 is such proportion as is reasonable of the total of the cost bases (as at the completion time) of that stapled entity ' s assets that it acquired on or after that day less its liabilities (if any) in respect of those assets.
124-1060(5)
In applying this section:
(a) a liability of a *stapled entity that is not a liability in respect of a specific asset or assets of the stapled entity is a liability in respect of all the assets of the stapled entity; and
(b) if a liability is in respect of 2 or more assets, the proportion of the liability that is in respect of any one of those assets is such amount as is reasonable having regard to the *market values of each of those assets.
(Repealed by No 12 of 2012)
SECTION 124-1100 What this Subdivision is about
There is a roll-over if a CGT event happens to you because of something occurring in relation to one or more water entitlements. You do not need to own water entitlements for the event to happen to you.
Replacement case | |
124-1105 | Replacement water entitlements roll-over |
124-1110 | Roll-over consequences - capital gain or loss disregarded |
124-1115 | Roll-over consequences - partial roll-over |
124-1120 | Roll-over consequences - all original entitlements post-CGT |
124-1125 | Roll-over consequences - all original entitlements pre-CGT |
124-1130 | Roll-over consequences - some original entitlements pre-CGT, others post-CGT |
Reduction case | |
124-1135 | Reduction in water entitlements roll-over |
124-1140 | Roll-over consequences - capital gain or loss disregarded |
124-1145 | Roll-over consequences - all original entitlements post-CGT |
124-1150 | Roll-over consequences - some original entitlements pre-CGT, others post-CGT |
Variation to CGT asset case | |
124-1155 | Roll-over for variation to CGT asset |
124-1160 | Roll-over consequences |
124-1165 | Roll-over consequences - partial roll-over |
SECTION 124-1105 Replacement water entitlements roll-over
Automatic roll-over for single water entitlements
124-1105(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) your ownership of a *water entitlement (the original entitlement ) ends, resulting in a *CGT event happening; and
(b) as a result of your ownership of the original entitlement ending, you *acquire one or more water entitlements (each of which is a new entitlement ); and
(c) if you are a foreign resident just before your ownership of the original entitlement ends, or you are the trustee of a trust that is a *foreign trust for CGT purposes for the income year in which your ownership of the original entitlement ends:
(i) the original entitlement was *taxable Australian property just before you stopped owning it; and
(ii) if there is only one new entitlement - the new entitlement is taxable Australian property just after you acquire it; and
(iii) if there is more than one new entitlement - each new entitlement is taxable Australian property just after you acquire it; and
(d) you have not chosen a roll-over in relation to the original entitlement under subsection (2).
Elective roll-over for bundled water entitlements
124-1105(2)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) your ownership of more than one *water entitlement (each of which is an original entitlement ) ends, resulting in a *CGT event happening; and
(b) as a result of your ownership of the original entitlements ending, you *acquire one or more water entitlements (each of which is a new entitlement ); and
(c) if you are a foreign resident just before your ownership of the original entitlements ends, or you are the trustee of a trust that is a *foreign trust for CGT purposes for the income year in which your ownership of the original entitlements ends:
(i) each original entitlement was *taxable Australian property just before you stopped owning it; and
(ii) if there is only one new entitlement - the new entitlement is taxable Australian property just after you acquire it; and
(iii) if there is more than one new entitlement - each new entitlement is taxable Australian property just after you acquire it; and
(d) you choose to obtain the roll-over.
Note:
Section 103-25 tells you when the choice must be made.
No roll-over if Subdivision 124-C applies
124-1105(3)
However, there is no roll-over in relation to a *water entitlement under this section if there is a roll-over in relation to the water entitlement under Subdivision 124-C (statutory licences).
Meaning of water entitlement
124-1105(4)
A water entitlement is a legal or equitable right that an entity owns that relates to water, including a right to:
(a) receive water; or
(b) take water from a water resource; or
(c) have water delivered; or
(d) deliver water;
and includes a right that must be owned by the entity in order to own a right covered by paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d).
Example:
Philip owns a share in Big Pump Irrigation Ltd. The share provides Philip with the right to receive dividends, to participate in the running of the company and to have a separate contractual agreement with Big Pump Irrigation Ltd for the delivery of 1 megalitre of water. Philip has such an agreement. Philip ' s agreement is a waterentitlement . Philip ' s share is also a water entitlement because he must own the share in order to have a contractual arrangement with Big Pump Irrigation Ltd for the delivery of water.
Disregard a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from each original entitlement that qualifies for a roll-over.
You can obtain only a partial roll-over in relation to an original entitlement if the *capital proceeds for that entitlement includes something (the ineligible proceeds ) other than a new entitlement or new entitlements. There is no roll-over for that part (the ineligible part ) of the entitlement for which you received the ineligible proceeds.
Note:
If the roll-over is under subsection 124-1105(2) , some or all of the original entitlements may each have an ineligible part.
124-1115(2)
The *cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the cost base of the original entitlement as is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part.
124-1115(3)
The *reduced cost base of the ineligible part is worked out similarly.
124-1115(4)
In working out what is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part for the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), have regard to the *market value of the new entitlement relative to the market value of the ineligible proceeds.
124-1115(5)
If the roll-over is under subsection 124-1105(2) , for the purposes of sections 124-1120 and 124-1130 , for each original entitlement that has an ineligible part:
(a) reduce the *cost base of that entitlement (just before you stopped owning it) by so much of that cost base as is attributable to that ineligible part; and
(b) reduce the *reduced cost base of that entitlement similarly.
In a situation covered by subsection 124-1105(1) , if you *acquired the original entitlement on or after 20 September 1985, the first element of the *cost base of the new entitlement (or of each of the new entitlements) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the cost base and *market value of the original entitlement; and
(b) the number and market value of the new entitlements; and
(c) any amount you paid to get the new entitlement (which can include giving property: see section 103-5 ).
124-1120(2)
In a situation covered by subsection 124-1105(2) , if you *acquired the original entitlements on or after 20 September 1985, the first element of the *cost base of the new entitlement (or of each of the new entitlements) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of all the original entitlements; and
(b) the number and *market value of the original entitlements; and
(c) the number and market value of the new entitlements; and
(d) any amount you paid to get the new entitlements (which can include giving property: see section 103-5 ).
124-1120(3)
In the situation covered by subsection 124-1105(1) or (2) , the first element of the *reduced cost base of the new entitlement (or of each of the new entitlements) is worked out similarly.
124-1120(4)
For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(b) and (2)(c), the *market value of the new entitlements is their *market value at the time you *acquired them.
In the situation covered by subsection 124-1105(1) , if you *acquired the original entitlement before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired the new entitlement (or all of the new entitlements) before that day.
124-1125(2)
In the situation covered by subsection 124-1105(2) , if you *acquired the original entitlements before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired the new entitlement (or all of the new entitlements) before that day.
This section applies if:
(a) the roll-over is under subsection 124-1105(2) ; and
(b) you *acquired one or more of the original entitlements before 20 September 1985; and
(c) you acquired one or more of the original entitlements on or after that day.
124-1130(2)
You are taken to have *acquired so many of your new entitlements before 20 September 1985 as is reasonable, having regard to:
(a) the number and *market value of your original entitlements; and
(b) the number and market value of your new entitlements.
124-1130(3)
The first element of the *cost base of each of your new entitlements that are not taken by subsection (2) to have been *acquired before 20 September 1985 (your post-CGT entitlements ) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of the original entitlements you acquired on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) the number and *market value of your post-CGT entitlements; and
(c) any amount you paid to get the new entitlements (which can include giving property: see section 103-5 ).
124-1130(4)
The reduced cost base of each of your post-CGT entitlements is worked out similarly.
SECTION 124-1135 124-1135 Reduction in water entitlements roll-over
There is a roll-over if:
(a) you own more than one *water entitlement; and
(b) under an *arrangement:
(i) your ownership of one or more of the water entitlements (each of which is an original entitlement ) ends, resulting in a *CGT event happening; and
(ii) you do not receive anything for the original entitlement or entitlements; and
(iii) you retain one or more of your original entitlements (the retained entitlements ); and
(c) the total of the *market values of all of the retained entitlements immediately after the CGT event happens is substantially the same as the total of the market values of all of the original entitlements immediately before the CGT event happened.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from your ownership of the original entitlements ending is disregarded.
This section applies if you *acquired the original entitlement (or all of the original entitlements) on or after 20 September 1985.
124-1145(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the retained entitlement (or of each of the retained entitlements) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of all the original entitlements; and
(b) the number and *market value of the original entitlements; and
(c) the number and market value of the retained entitlements.
124-1145(3)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of the retained entitlements is worked out similarly.
124-1145(4)
For the purposes of paragraph (2)(c), the *market value of the retained entitlements is their market value just after the *CGT event referred to in section 124-1135 happens.
This section applies if:
(a) you *acquired one or more of the original entitlements before 20 September 1985; and
(b) you acquired one or more of the original entitlements on or after that day.
124-1150(2)
You are taken to have *acquired so many of your retained entitlements before 20 September 1985 as is reasonable, having regard to:
(a) the number and *market value of your original entitlements; and
(b) the number and market value of your retained entitlements.
124-1150(3)
The first element of the *cost base of each of your retained entitlements that are not taken by subsection (2) to have been *acquired before 20 September 1985 (your post-CGT entitlements ) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of the original entitlements you acquired on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) the number and *market value of the your post-CGT entitlements.
124-1150(4)
The reduced cost base of each of your post-CGT entitlements is worked out similarly.
SECTION 124-1155 124-1155 Roll-over for variation to CGT asset
There is a roll-over if:
(a) a *CGT event happens to a *CGT asset that you own; and
(b) the CGT event happens as a direct result of the circumstances that gave rise to a roll-over under section 124-1105 ; and
(c) you continue to be the owner of the asset (the retained asset ) immediately after the CGT event has happened.
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the *CGT event is disregarded.
You can obtain only a partial roll-over in relation to a *CGT asset if the *capital proceeds for that asset includes something (the ineligible proceeds ) other than your retained asset. There is no roll-over for that part (the ineligible part ) of the asset for which you received the ineligible proceeds.
124-1165(2)
The *cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the cost base of the *CGT asset as is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part.
124-1165(3)
The *reduced cost base of the ineligible part is worked out similarly.
124-1165(4)
In working out what is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part for the purposes of subsections (2) and (3), have regard to the *market value of the retained asset relative to the market value of the ineligible proceeds.
SECTION 124-1220 What this Subdivision is about
There is roll-over relief if an interest in a mining, quarrying or prospecting right is disposed of under an interest realignment arrangement.
124-1225 | Disposals of interests under interest realignment arrangements |
124-1230 | Roll-over consequences - partial roll-over |
124-1235 | Roll-over consequences - all original interests were post-CGT and pre-UCA |
124-1240 | Roll-over consequences - all original interests were pre-CGT |
124-1245 | Roll-over consequences - original interests were of mixed CGT status, all were pre-UCA |
124-1250 | Roll-over consequences - some original interests were pre-UCA |
SECTION 124-1225 Disposals of interests under interest realignment arrangements 124-1225(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) *CGT event A1 happens because you *dispose of one or more assets each of which:
(i) is an interest (an original interest ) in a *mining, quarrying or prospecting right; and
(ii) is an interest that you started to *hold before 1 July 2001; and
(b) the disposal occurs under an *interest realignment arrangement.
124-1225(2)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of an interest (a new interest ) in a *mining, quarrying or prospecting right that you acquire under the *interest realignment arrangement includes any amount you paid to acquire the new interest.
Note 1:
The rest of the first element is worked out under Subdivision 124-A .
Note 2:
Under subsections 124-10(2) and 124-15(2) , a capital gain or capital loss you make from the original interest is disregarded.
124-1225(3)
The amount can include giving property: see section 103-5 . However, it does not include a *mining, quarrying or prospecting right that you dispose of under the *interest realignment arrangement.
You can obtain only a partial roll-over in relation to an original interest if the *capital proceeds for that interest includes something (the ineligible proceeds ) other than a new interest or new interests. There is no roll-over for that part (the ineligible part ) of the interest for which you received the ineligible proceeds.
Note:
If there is more than one original interest, some or all of those original interests may each have an ineligible part.
124-1230(2)
The *cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the cost base of the original interest as is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part.
124-1230(3)
The *reduced cost base of the ineligible part is that part of the reduced cost base of the original interest as is reasonably attributable to the ineligible part.
124-1230(4)
For the purposes of sections 124-1235 and 124-1245 , for each original interest that has an ineligible part:
(a) reduce the *cost base of that interest (just before the *CGT event that happened in relation to it) by so much of that cost base as is attributable to that ineligible part; and
(b) reduce the *reduced cost base of that interest (just before the CGT event that happened in relation to it) by so much of that reduced cost base as is attributable to that ineligible part.
If you acquire the new interest in exchange for:
(a) one original interest that you started to *hold on or after 20 September 1985 and before 1 July 2001; or
(b) 2 or more original interests, each of which you started to hold on or after 20 September 1985 and before 1 July 2001;
you are taken to have started to hold the new interest (or all of the new interests) on or after 20 September 1985 and before 1 July 2001.
124-1235(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the new interest (or of each of the new interests) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the cost bases of all the original interests; and
(b) the number, *market value and character of the original interests; and
(c) the number, market value and character of the new interests.
124-1235(3)
The first element of the *reduced cost base of the new interest (or of each of the new interests) is such amount as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the total of the reduced cost bases of all the original interests; and
(b) the number, *market value and character of the original interests; and
(c) the number, market value and character of the new interests.
If you acquire the new interest in exchange for:
(a) one original interest that you started to *hold before 20 September 1985; or
(b) 2 or more original interests, each of which you started to hold before 20 September 1985;
you are taken to have started to hold the new interest (or all of the new interests) before that day.
This section applies if:
(a) you acquire the new interest in exchange for more than one original interest; and
(b) you started to *hold one or more of the original interests before 20 September 1985; and
(c) you started to hold one or more of the original interests on or after that day; and
(d) you did not start to hold any of the original interests on or after 1 July 2001.
124-1245(2)
Each new interest is taken to be 2 separate *CGT assets that are both new interests:
(a) one (which you are taken to have started to *hold on or after 20 September 1985 and before 1 July 2001) representing the extent to which you started to hold the original interests on or after 20 September 1985 and before 1 July 2001; and
(b) another (which you are taken to have started to hold before 20 September 1985) representing the extent to which you started to hold the original interests before that day.
124-1245(3)
The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the *CGT asset mentioned in paragraph (2)(a) in relation to a new interest is worked out under the formula:
Total post-CGT cost base | × |
Market value of new interest
Market value of all new interests |
where:
market value of all new interests
is the total of the *market values of all of the new interests.
market value of new interest
is the *market value of the new interest to which the *CGT asset mentioned in paragraph (2)(a) relates.
total post-CGT cost base
is the total of the *cost bases of all the original interests that you started to *hold on or after 20 September 1985.
This section applies if:
(a) you acquire the new interest in exchange for more than one original interest; and
(b) you started to *hold one or more of the original interests ( pre-UCA interests ) before 1 July 2001; and
(c) you started to hold one or more of the original interests ( post-UCA interests ) on or after that day.
124-1250(2)
If you started to *hold all of the pre-UCA interests on or after 20 September 1985, each new interest is taken to be 2 separate assets that are both new interests:
(a) one (which you are taken to have started to hold on or after that day and before 1 July 2001) representing the extent to which the original interests are pre-UCA interests; and
(b) another (which you are taken to have started to hold on or after 1 July 2001) representing the extent to which the original interests are post-UCA interests.
Apply section 124-1235 to the interest referred to in paragraph (a) as if the pre-UCA interests were the only original interests. Apply Division 40 to the interests referred to in paragraph (b).
124-1250(3)
If you started to *hold all of the pre-UCA interests before 20 September 1985, each new interest is taken to be 2 separate assets that are both new interests:
(a) one (which you are taken to have started to hold before that day) representing the extent to which the original interests are pre-UCA interests; and
(b) another (which you are taken to have started to hold on or after 1 July 2001) representing the extent to which the original interests are post-UCA interests.
Apply section 124-1240 to the new interest referred to in paragraph (a) as if the pre-UCA interests were the only original interests. Apply Division 40 to the new interest referred to in paragraph (b).
124-1250(4)
If you started to *hold one or more of the pre-UCA interests before 20 September 1985 and one or more of the pre-UCA interests on or after that day, each new interest is taken to be 3 separate assets that are all new interests:
(a) one (which you are taken to have started to hold on or after 20 September 1985 and before 1 July 2001) representing the extent to which the original interests that you started to hold on or after 20 September 1985 are pre-UCA interests; and
(b) another (which you are taken to have started to hold before 20 September 1985) representing the extent to which the original interests that you started to hold before 20 September 1985 are pre-UCA interests; and
(c) another (which you are taken to have started to hold on or after 1 July 2001) representing the extent to which the original interests are post-UCA interests.
Apply section 124-1245 to the new interests referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) as if the pre-UCA interests were the only original interests. Apply Division 40 to the new interest referred to in paragraph (c).
Entities can obtain CGT relief for a demerger.
Owners of ownership interests in the head entity of a demerger group can obtain a roll-over to defer CGT consequences for the CGT events that happen to their interests under the demerger (see Subdivision 125-B ).
Capital gains and capital losses made by members of the demerger group from certain CGT events that happen under the demerger are disregarded (see Subdivision 125-C ).
Note:
Dividend relief is also available: see section 44 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
The object of this Division is to facilitate the demerging of entities by ensuring that capital gains tax considerations are not an impediment to restructuring a *business.
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if a CGT event happens to your interests in a company or trust because of a demerger of an entity from the group of which the company or trust is the head entity.
There are cost base adjustments if you receive new interests under a demerger and no CGT event happens to your original interests.
SECTION 125-55 When a roll-over is available for a demerger 125-55(1)
You can choose to obtain a roll-over if:
(a) you own an *ownership interest in a company or trust (your original interest ); and
(b) the company or trust is the *head entity of a *demerger group; and
(c) a *demerger happens to the demerger group; and
(d) under the demerger, a *CGT event happens to your original interest and you *acquire a new or replacement interest (your new interest ) in the *demerged entity.
Note 1:
Section 125-80 sets out what the roll-over is.
Note 2:
You have to make cost base adjustments even if there is no CGT event: see section 125-90 .
Example:
Peter owns shares (his original interests) in Company A, a public company. Company B is a wholly owned subsidiary of Company A. Company A announces a demerger utilising a proportionate capital reduction and the disposal of all its shares in Company B to its 320,000 shareholders. Following the demerger all of the shareholders in Company A, including Peter, will own all of the shares in Company B (their new interests).
125-55(2)
You cannot choose to obtain a roll-over under this Subdivision for an original interest if:
(a) you are a foreign resident; and
(b) the new interest you *acquire under the *demerger in exchange for that original interest is not *taxable Australian property just after you acquire it.
Note:
For taxable Australian property , see section 855-15 .
SECTION 125-60 Meaning of ownership interest and related terms 125-60(1)
An ownership interest in a company or trust is:
(a) for a company, a *share in the company or an option, right or similar interest issued by the company that gives the owner an entitlement to *acquire a share in the company; and
(b) for a trust, a unit or other interest in the trust or an option, right or similar interest issued by the trustee that gives the owner an entitlement to acquire a unit or other interest in the trust.
125-60(2)
However, this Subdivision applies to a *dual listed company voting share in a company that is the *head entity of a *demerger group as if it were not an ownership interest if there are not more than 5 of those *shares in the company.
125-60(3)
A dual listed company voting share is a *share in a company:
(a) issued:
(i) (Repealed by No 147 of 2005)
(ii) as part of a *dual listed company arrangement; and
(iii) mainly for the purpose of ensuring that shareholders of both companies involved in the arrangement vote as a single decision-making body on matters affecting them; and
(b) that does not carry rights to financial entitlements (except the return of the amount paid up on the share and a dividend that is the equivalent of a dividend paid on an ordinary share).
125-60(4)
A dual listed company arrangement is an *arrangement under which 2 publicly listed companies, while maintaining their separate legal entity status, shareholdings and listings, align their strategic directions and the economic interests of their respective shareholders through:
(a) the appointment of common (or almost identical) boards of directors, except where the effect of the relevant regulatory requirements prevents this; and
(b) management of the operations of the 2 companies on a unified basis; and
(c) the shareholders of both companies voting in effect as a single decision-making body on substantial issues affecting their combined interests; and
(d) equalised distributions to shareholders in accordance with an equalisation ratio applying between the 2 companies, both generally and in the event of a winding up of one or both of the companies; and
(e) cross-guarantees as to, or similar financial support for, each other ' s substantial obligations or operations, except where the effect of the relevant regulatory requirements prevents those guarantees or that financial support.
125-60(5)
However, an arrangement is not a dual listed company arrangement unless one but not both of the companies is an Australian resident.
A demerger group comprises the *head entity of the group and one or more *demerger subsidiaries.
Note:
An entity may be a member of one or more demerger groups.
125-65(2)
A trust cannot be a member of a demerger group unless *CGT event E4 is capable of applying to all of the units and interests in the trust.
Note:
A discretionary trust cannot be a member of a demerger group.
125-65(2A)
Neither a corporation sole nor a *complying superannuation entity is a member of a *demerger group.
125-65(3)
A company or trust is the head entity of a *demerger group if no other member of the group owns *ownership interests in the company or trust.
125-65(4)
If apart from this subsection, a company or trust would be the *head entity of a *demerger group and the company or trust, and all of its *demerger subsidiaries, are also demerger subsidiaries of another company or trust in another demerger group, the first-mentioned company or trust is not the head entity of a demerger group.
125-65(5)
A company or trust (the first company or trust ) that would, apart from this subsection, be a member of a demerger group is not a member of the demerger group if:
(a) the first company or trust owns, either alone or together with another company or trust that would, apart from this subsection, be a member of the *demerger group, more than 20% but less than 80% of the *ownership interests in a *listed public company or *listed widely held trust; and
(b) the listed public company or listed widely held trust chooses that the first company or trust not be a member of the demerger group.
125-65(6)
A company is a demerger subsidiary of another company or a trust that is a member of a *demerger group if the other company or the trust, either alone or together with other members of the group, owns, or has the right to *acquire, *ownership interests in the company that carry between them:
(a) the right to receive more than 20% of any distribution of income or capital by the company; or
(b) the right to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 20% of the voting power of the company.
125-65(7)
A trust is a demerger subsidiary of another trust or a company that is a member of a *demerger group if the other trust or the company, either alone or together with other members of the group, owns, or has the right to *acquire, *ownership interests in the trust that carry between them the right to receive more than 20% of any distribution of income or capital by the trustee.
SECTION 125-70 Meanings of demerger , demerged entity and demerging entity 125-70(1)
A demerger happens to a *demerger group if:
(a) there is a restructuring of the demerger group; and
(b) under the restructuring:
(i) members of the demerger group *dispose of at least 80% of their total *ownership interests in another member of the demerger group to owners of original interests in the *head entity of the demerger group; or
(ii) at least 80% of the total ownership interests of members of the demerger group in another member of the demerger group end and new interests are issued to owners of original interests in the head entity; or
(iii) the demerged entity issues sufficient new ownership interests in itself with the result that owners of original interests in the head entity own at least 80% of the total ownership interests in the demerged entity; or
(iv) some combination of the processes referred to in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) happens with the effect that members of the demerger group stop owning at least 80% of the total ownership interests owned by members of the demerger group in another member of the group; and
Note:
CGT event C2 and CGT event C3 are the only relevant CGT events in a subparagraph (ii) case.
(c) under the restructuring:
(i) a *CGT event happens to an original interest owned by an entity in the head entity of the group and the entity *acquires a new interest and nothing else; or
(ii) no CGT event happens to an original interest owned by an entity in the head entity of the group and the entity acquires a new interest and nothing else; and
(d) the acquisition by entities of new interests happens only because those entities own or owned original interests; and
(e) the new interests acquired are:
(i) if the head entity is a company - ownership interests in a company; or
(ii) if the head entity is a trust - ownership interests in a trust; and
(f) (Repealed by No 168 of 2006 )
(g) neither the original interests nor the new interests are in a trust that is a *non-complying superannuation fund; and
(h) the requirements of subsection (2) are met.
Example:
To continue the example from subsection 125-55(1) , Peter owns 400 post-CGT shares in Company A. Companies A and B are both members of a demerger group. Company A is the head entity of the demerger group and Company B is a demerger subsidiary.
Company A proceeds to demerge 100% of its shares in Company B to its shareholders.
Company A enters into a proportionate capital reduction, returning 40 cents per share to its ordinary shareholders. Peter is entitled to $160 (40c times 400 shares) under the capital reduction.
For Peter, the capital reduction amount of $160 is compulsorily applied to acquire Company A ' s shares in Company B, at $6.75 (a discount of 10% to current market value). Company A rounds up the fractional amounts in calculating the number of whole shares to be distributed to each shareholder. This gives Peter 24 shares in Company B (160 divided by 6.75, rounded up to the nearest whole number).
Note:
Acquiring new interests by an owner of original interests may include the allocation of the owner ' s entitlement to new interests to a nominee:
125-70(2)
Each owner (an original owner ) of original interests in the *head entity of the *demerger group must:
(a) *acquire, under the *demerger, the same proportion, or as nearly as practicable the same proportion, of new interests in the *demerged entity as the original owner owned in the head entity just before the demerger; and
(b) just after the demerger, have the same proportionate total *market value of *ownership interests in the head entity and demerged entity as the original owner owned in the head entity just before the demerger.
Note 1:
There is an exception: see section 125-75 .
Note 2:
Dual listed company voting shares are not treated as ownership interests: see section 125-60 .
Note 3:
Fractional interests will generally not affect your ability to choose a roll-over.
Example:
To continue the example from subsection (1), Company A concludes, given the circumstances of the demerger, that the market values of Peter ' s and the other shareholders ' shares in A and B are expected to be in proportion with their original interests in Company A, and advises the shareholders of this position.
125-70(3)
In working out whether an original owner complies with subsection (2):
(a) disregard *ownership interests that are original interests the owner owns in the *demerged entity; and
(b) an anticipated reasonable approximation of the *market value of ownership interests is sufficient.
Example:
An anticipated reasonable approximation of market values of ownership interests may include:
• valuations provided to shareholders in scheme documents; • the price selected for use under a sale facility; and may be made by reference to long-term value.
Exception: off-market buy-backs
125-70(4)
A buy-back of *shares that is an off-market purchase for the purposes of Division 16K of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 is not a *demerger.
Exception: roll-over available under another provision
125-70(5)
Circumstances where an owner of original interest can obtain a roll-over under a provision of this Act outside this Division for all of the CGT events that happened to the owner ' s original interests under the circumstances cannot be a demerger .
Note:
An owner might be able to obtain a roll-over for the CGT events under Subdivision 124-E , or 124-M or Division 615 .
Meaning of demerged entity
125-70(6)
An entity that is a former member of a *demerger group is a demerged entity if, under a *demerger that happens to the group, *ownership interests in the entity are acquired by:
(a) shareholders in the *head entity of the group; or
(b) unitholders or holders of interests in the head entity of the group.
Meaning of demerging entity
125-70(7)
An entity that is a member of a *demerger group just before the *CGT event referred to in section 125-155 happens is a demerging entity if, under a *demerger that happens to the group:
(a) the entity (either alone or together with other members of the demerger group) *dispose of at least 80% of their total *ownership interests in another member of the demerger group to owners of original interests in the *head entity of the demerger group; or
(b) at least 80% of the total ownership interests of that entity and of other members of the demerger group in another member of the demerger group end and new interests are issued to owners of original interests in the head entity; or
Note:
CGT event C2 and CGT event C3 are the only relevant CGT events.
(c) the demerged entity issues sufficient new ownership interests in itself with the result that owners of original interests in the head entity own at least 80% of the total ownership interests in the demerged entity; or
(d) some combination of the processes referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) happens with the effect that members of the demerger group stop owning at least 80% of the total ownership interests owned by members of the demerger group in another member of the group.
Employee share schemes
125-75(1)
In working out whether the requirements in subsection 125-70(2) are met, disregard each of the *ownership interests described in subsections (2) and (3) if, just before the *demerger, those interests (taking into account either or both of their number and value) represented not more than 3% of the total *ownership interests in the entity.
125-75(2)
An *ownership interest, in a company, that is owned by an entity is disregarded under subsection (1) if:
(a) the entity acquired a beneficial interest in the ownership interest under an *employee share scheme; and
(b) these provisions apply to the beneficial interest:
(i) Subdivision 83A-B and the provisions referred to in paragraphs 83A-33(1)(a) to (c); or
(ii) Subdivision 83A-B and the provisions referred to in paragraphs 83A-35(1)(a) and (b); or
(iii) Subdivision 83A-C ; and
(c) the ownership interest is not a fully-paid ordinary *share.
125-75(3)
An *ownership interest, in a trust, that is owned by an entity is disregarded under subsection (1) if:
(a) both of the following would apply if Division 83A (about employee share schemes) applied to ownership interests in trusts in the same way as it applies to *shares:
(i) the entity acquired a beneficial interest in the ownership interest under an *employee share scheme;
(ii) the provisions referred to in subparagraph (2)(b)(i), (ii) or (iii) apply to the beneficial interest; and
(b) the ownership interest is not a fully-paid unit.
Adjusting instruments
125-75(4)
In working out whether the requirements in subsection 125-70(2) are met, disregard each of the *ownership interests described in subsection (5) ( adjusting instruments ) if, just before the *demerger, those interests represented not more than 10%, or such greater percentage (not exceeding 17%) as is prescribed, of the ownership interests in the entity.
125-75(5)
An *ownership interest in a *listed public company or a *listed widely held trust that is the *head entity of a *demerger group is disregarded under subsection (4) if:
(a) the adjusting instrument was issued on terms that ensure that its value is not adversely affected by an *arrangement undertaken by the company or trust in relation to other ownership interests in the company or trust; and
(b) if the adjusting instrument can be converted into an ordinary *share in the company or an ordinary unit in the trust, any conversion will occur on a basis:
(i) that is set out in the terms of the issue of the instrument; and
(ii) that is adjusted to take into account a capital reduction or a capital reconstruction; and
(c) before conversion, the owner of the adjusting instrument does not have a right to participate in distributions of profit or capital except as set out in the terms of the issue of the instrument; and
(d) the adjusting instrument deals with the effect of a *demerger that happens to the demerger group on the value of the instrument.
Example:
Some examples of adjusting instruments are:
• convertible preference shares, including reset preference shares; • convertible notes; • partly paid shares where the paid-up amount is adjusted to reflect a capital reduction.
Additional exceptions
125-75(6)
The regulations may provide that, in working out whether the requirements in subsection 125-70(2) are met, other *ownership interests of a kind specified in the regulations are to be disregarded if, just before the *demerger, those interests represented not more than a prescribed percentage of the ownership interests in the entity.
125-75(7)
However, the total percentage of *ownership interests to be disregarded under this section must not exceed 20% of the ownership interests in the entity.
If you choose the roll-over, a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from a *CGT event happening under the *demerger to an original interest you own is disregarded.
125-80(2)
If you choose the roll-over, the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of:
(a) each new interest that you are not taken to have *acquired before 20 September 1985; and
(b) if not all of your original interests ended under the *demerger - each of your remaining original interests that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985;
is such proportion of the sum of the cost bases of all your original interests that you acquired on or after 20 September 1985 (worked out just before the demerger) as is reasonable having regard to the matters specified in subsection (3).
Note 1:
These rules replace the cost base and reduced cost base adjustments in CGT event E4 and CGT event G1.
Note 2:
The head entity or the demerging entity may advise you of the proportions.
125-80(3)
The matters are:
(a) the *market values of your remaining original interests just after the *demerger, or an anticipated reasonable approximation of those market values; and
(b) the market values of your new interests just after the demerger, or an anticipated reasonable approximation of those market values.
Example:
To continue the example from subsection 125-70(2) , Company A advises its shareholders that Company B at that time represents 5% of the market value of the group as a whole. Peter ' s cost base for each of his shares in A is $4.60, and Peter recalculates his cost base as follows:
Total cost base = $1840 (4.60 × 400 shares) to be spread over 400 shares in A and 24 shares in B.
5% of 1840 = 92 92 ÷ 24 shares = $3.83 per B share 1840 − 92 = 1748 1748 ÷ 400 = $4.37 per A share
Pre-CGT interests
125-80(4)
The following subsections apply if you choose the roll-over and you *acquired some or all of your original interests before 20 September 1985.
125-80(5)
If you *acquired all of your original interests before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired all of your new interests before that day.
125-80(6)
If you *acquired some of your original interests before 20 September 1985, you are taken to have acquired a reasonable whole number of your new interests before that day having regard to:
(a) the *market values of your original interests and your remaining original interests just after the *demerger, or an anticipated reasonable approximation of those market values; and
(b) the market values of your new interests just after the demerger, or an anticipated reasonable approximation of those market values.
125-80(7)
If a proportion, but not all, of your original interests ends under the *demerger and you *acquired some of your original interests before 20 September 1985, that same proportion of those interests you acquired before that day ends.
Note:
CGT event K6 may be relevant if you later dispose of your interests that are treated as being pre-CGT.
Example:
Bert owned 100 shares in a company of which 50 were acquired pre-CGT. Under a demerger 20 of Bert ' s 100 shares were cancelled in exchange for new interests. As 20% of his shares were cancelled, 10 of his pre-CGT shares are taken to have been cancelled.
Partial roll-over
125-80(8)
If you choose a roll-over for some but not all of your original interests, you apply the rules in this section as if your original interests for which you chose the roll-over were your only original interests.
You must adjust the *cost base and *reduced cost base of an *ownership interest you own in a company or trust if:
(a) a *demerger happens to a *demerger group of which the company or trust is a member; and
(b) you owned an original interest in the *head entity of the demerger group just before the demerger; and
(c) a *CGT event happens to the original interest and you *acquire a new interest under the demerger; and
(d) you do not choose a roll-over under this Subdivision for the original interest.
125-85(2)
The adjustments you must make are the same as the adjustments you would have to make under section 125-80 for the *cost bases and *reduced cost bases of the remaining original interests and new interests just after the *CGT event if you could have chosen a roll-over under this Subdivision for the *demerger and you had done so.
SECTION 125-90 Cost base adjustments where no CGT event 125-90(1)
You must adjust the *cost base and *reduced cost base of an *ownership interest you own in a company or trust if:
(a) a *demerger happens to a *demerger group of which the company or trust is a member; and
(b) you owned an original interest in the *head entity of the demerger group just before the demerger; and
(c) no *CGT event happens to the original interest, but you *acquire a new interest under the demerger.
125-90(2)
The adjustments you must make are the same as the adjustments you would have to make under section 125-80 if you could have chosen a roll-over under this Subdivision for the *demerger and you had done so.
SECTION 125-95 125-95 No other cost base adjustment after demerger
If you have to make adjustments to the *cost base and *reduced cost base of your *ownership interests under section 125-80 , 125-85 or 125-90 because of a *demerger, no other adjustment can be made under this Act to those cost bases and reduced cost bases because of something that happens under the demerger.
Note:
Those sections deal with any value shift that might occur under the demerger and avoid the need for the general value shifting regime to apply.
This Division does not apply to the remaining *ownership interests in a *demerged entity if one or more members of the *demerger group *disposed of or cancelled less than 100% of the total ownership interests of that group in the demerged entity.
Note:
After the demerger, a former member of the demerger group can undertake a further demerger to which this Division can apply.
Certain capital gains and capital losses that members of a demerger group make under a demerger are disregarded.
Certain capital losses made under a demerger are reduced where the demerger results in a value shift.
SECTION 125-155 125-155 Certain capital gains or losses disregarded for demerging entity
Any *capital gain or *capital loss a *demerging entity makes from *CGT event A1, *CGT event C2, *CGT event C3 or *CGT event K6 happening to its *ownership interests in a *demerged entity under a *demerger is disregarded.
Note 1:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
Note 2:
This section will not apply if section 125-100 applies.
*CGT event J1 does not happen to a *demerged entity or a member of a *demerger group under a *demerger.
A *capital loss made by an entity that was a member of a *demerger group from a *CGT event happening to a *CGT asset under a *demerger or after a demerger is reduced to the extent that the capital loss is reasonably attributable to a reduction in the *market value of the asset because of the demerger.
Example:
The market value of equity or loan interests in the demerging entity may be reduced by the disposal, for inadequate value, of ownership interests of another member of the demerger group to owners of original interests in the head entity of the group.
The *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset is reduced if:
(a) the *market value of the asset is reduced because of a *demerger; and
(b) after the demerger the asset is *acquired by an entity from another entity (the transferor ) in a situation where the transferor obtained a roll-over for the disposal; and
(c) the reduction occurred when the transferor owned the asset.
125-170(2)
The *reduced cost base of the asset as determined under the roll-over is reduced just after the roll-over to the extent of the reduction in *market value caused by the *demerger.
Note:
The rules in section 125-165 and this section deal with any value shift that might occur under the demerger and avoid the need for the general value shifting regime to apply.
125-170(3)
If the *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset is reduced under this section because of a *demerger, no other adjustment can be made under this Act to that reduced cost base because of something that happens under the demerger.
Subdivision 125-D - Public trading trusts
This Division applies to corporate unit trusts and public trading trusts as if they were companies.
SECTION 125-230 125-230 Application of Division to public trading trusts
This Division applies to a trust to which section 102S of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies for an income year in which a *demerger happens as if:
(a) the trust were a company; and
(b) *ownership interests in it were interests in a company.
Share and interest sale facilities
125-235(1)
An entity (the investor ) is treated as owning an *ownership interest (the roll-over interest ) in a *demerged entity at a time (the deeming time ), if:
(a) the investor owned an ownership interest in a company or trust that was the *head entity of a *demerger group; and
(b) a *demerger happens to the demerger group; and
(c) because:
(i) a *foreign law impedes the ability of a member of the demerger group to issue or transfer the roll-over interest to the investor; or
it is *arranged that the member will issue or transfer the roll-over interest to another entity (the facility ) under the demerger instead of to the investor; and
(ii) it would be impractical or unreasonably onerous to determine whether a foreign law impedes the ability of a member of the demerger group to issue or transfer the roll-over interest to the investor;
(d) in accordance with that arrangement and as a result of the demerger, the facility:
(i) becomes the owner of the roll-over interest (which is a new or replacement interest in the demerged entity); and
(ii) owns the roll-over interest at the deeming time; and
(e) under the arrangement, the investor is entitled to receive from the facility:
(i) an amount equivalent to the *capital proceeds of any *CGT event that happens in relation to the roll-over interest (less expenses); or
(ii) if a CGT event happens in relation to the roll-over interest together with CGT events happening in relation to other ownership interests - an amount equivalent to the investor ' s proportion of the total capital proceeds of the CGT events (less expenses).
125-235(2)
The facility is treated as not owning the roll-over interest at the deeming time.
125-235(3)
This section applies for the purposes of:
(a) applying this Division in relation to the demerger; and
(b) item 2 of the table in subsection 115-30(1) , to the extent that it relates to a roll-over under this Division that involves the demerger.
Division 126 - Same-asset roll-overs
A same-asset roll-over allows a capital gain or loss an entity makes from disposing of a CGT asset to, or creating a CGT asset in, another entity to be disregarded. For a disposal, certain attributes of the asset are transferred to the receiving entity.
There is a roll-over if a *CGT event (the trigger event ) happens involving an individual (the transferor ) and his or her *spouse (the transferee ), or a former *spouse (also the transferee ), because of:
(a) a court order under the Family Law Act 1975 or under a *State law, *Territory law or *foreign law relating to breakdowns of relationships between spouses; or
(b) a maintenance agreement approved by a court under section 87 of the Family Law Act 1975 or a corresponding agreement approved by a court under a corresponding *foreign law; or
(c) (Repealed by No 144 of 2008)
(d) something done under:
(i) a financial agreement made under Part VIIIA of the Family Law Act 1975 that is binding because of section 90G of that Act; or
(ii) a corresponding written agreement that is binding because of a corresponding foreign law; or
(da) something done under:
(i) a Part VIIIAB financial agreement (within the meaning of the Family Law Act 1975 ) that is binding because of section 90UJ of that Act; or
(ii) a corresponding written agreement that is binding because of a corresponding foreign law; or
(e) something done under:
(i) an award made in an arbitration referred to in section 13H of the Family Law Act 1975 ; or
(ii) a corresponding award made in an arbitration under a corresponding State law, Territory law or foreign law; or
(f) something done under a written agreement:
(i) that is binding because of a State law, Territory law or foreign law relating to breakdowns of relationships between spouses; and
(ii) that, because of such a law, prevents a court making an order about matters to which the agreement applies, or that is inconsistent with the terms of the agreement in relation to those matters, unless the agreement is varied or set aside.
126-5(2)
Only these *CGT events are relevant:
(a) CGT events A1 and B1 (a disposal case ); and
(b) CGT events D1, D2, D3 and F1 (a creation case ).
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
126-5(3)
However, there is no roll-over if:
(a) the *CGT asset involved is *trading stock of the transferor; or
(b) for *CGT event B1 - title in the CGT asset does not pass to the transferee at or before the end of the agreement.
126-5(3A)
There is no roll-over because of paragraph (1)(d), (da) or (f) unless the conditions set out in section 126-25 are met.
126-5(4)
A *capital gain or a *capital loss the transferor makes from the *CGT event is disregarded.
Consequences for the transferee (disposal case)
126-5(5)
For a disposal case where the transferor *acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is the asset ' s cost base (in the hands of the transferor) at the time the transferee acquired it; and
(b) the first element of the asset ' s *reduced cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is worked out similarly.
Example:
Your spouse transfers land to you because of a court order under the Family Law Act 1975 . Any capital gain or loss your spouse makes is disregarded.
If the land ' s cost base at the time you acquired it is $10,000, the first element of the land ' s cost base in your hands becomes $10,000.
Note 1:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Note 2:
A roll-over under this Subdivision may have an effect on the transferee ' s main residence exemption: see sections 118-178 and 118-180 .
126-5(6)
For a disposal case where the transferor *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985, the transferee is taken to have acquired it before that day.
Note:
A capital gain or loss you make from a CGT asset you acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see Division 149 .
126-5(7)
For a disposal case where the transferor *disposed of a *collectable or *personal use asset, the transferee is taken to have *acquired one.
Note 1:
Capital losses from collectables can be subtracted only from capital gains from collectables: see section 108-10 .
Note 2:
Capital losses from personal use assets are disregarded: see section 108-20 .
Consequences for the transferee (creation case)
126-5(8)
For a creation case, the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is the amount applicable under this table. The first element of its *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Creation case | |
Event No. | Applicable amount |
D1 | the *incidental costs the transferor incurred that relate to the trigger event |
. | |
D2 | the expenditure the transferor incurred to grant the option |
. | |
D3 | the expenditure the transferor incurred to grant the right |
. | |
F1 | the expenditure the transferor incurred on the grant, renewal or extension of the lease |
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
There are the roll-over consequences in section 126-5 if the trigger event involves a company (the transferor ) or a trustee (also the transferor ) and a *spouse or former spouse (the transferee ) of another individual because of: (a) a court order under the Family Law Act 1975 or under a *State law, *Territory law or *foreign law relating to breakdowns of relationships between spouses; or (b) a maintenance agreement approved by a court under section 87 of the Family Law Act 1975 or a corresponding agreement approved by a court under a corresponding *foreign law; or
(c) (Repealed by No 144 of 2008) (d) something done under:
(i) a financial agreement made under Part VIIIA of the Family Law Act 1975 that is binding because of section 90G of that Act; or
(da) something done under:
(ii) a corresponding written agreement that is binding because of a corresponding foreign law; or
(i) a Part VIIIAB financial agreement (within the meaning of the Family Law Act 1975 ) that is binding because of section 90UJ of that Act; or
(e) something done under:
(ii) a corresponding written agreement that is binding because of a corresponding foreign law; or
(i) an award made in an arbitration referred to in section 13H of the Family Law Act 1975 ; or
(f) something done under a written agreement:
(ii) a corresponding award made in an arbitration under a corresponding State law, Territory law or foreign law; or
(i) that is binding because of a State law, Territory law or foreign law relating to breakdowns of relationships between spouses; and
(ii) that, because of such a law, prevents a court making an order about matters to which the agreement applies, or that is inconsistent with the terms of the agreement in relation to those matters, unless the agreement is varied or set aside.
126-15(2)
There are other consequences if: (a) just before the time of the trigger event, an entity (including the transferee) owned another *CGT asset of a kind covered by this table; and (b) the entity *acquired it on or after 20 September 1985; and (c) a *CGT event happens in relation to it.
Relevant CGT assets | |||
Item | For this transferor: | The entity can own these assets: | |
1 | Company | (a) | a *share in the company; or |
(b) | a loan to the company; or | ||
(c) | an indirect interest (through one or more interposed companies or trusts) in a *share in, or loan to, the company | ||
2 | Trustee | (a) | an interest or unit in the trust; or |
(b) | a loan to the trustee; or | ||
(c) | an indirect interest (through one or more interposed companies or trusts) in an interest or unit in the trust or in a loan to the trustee |
Example:
An individual owns all the shares in a company. The company owns land. The individual ' s marriage breaks down. A court orders that the company transfer the land it owns to the individual ' s spouse. The individual later sells the shares.
126-15(3)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of the other asset are reduced by an amount that reasonably reflects the fall in its *market value because of the trigger event. The reduction occurs at the time of the trigger event.
126-15(4)
If the entity owning the other asset is also the transferee, the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the other asset are then increased by any amount that is included in the entity ' s assessable income for any income year because of the trigger event.
Note:
The reduced cost base may be modified for a roll-over happening after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
126-15(5)
There is no roll-over because of paragraph (1)(d), (da) or (f) unless the conditions set out in section 126-25 are met.
SECTION 126-20 Subsequent CGT event happening to roll-over asset where transferor was a CFC or a non-resident trust 126-20(1)
This section applies if:
(a) there is a roll-over for the trigger event under section 126-15 ; and
(b) the transferor was:
(i) a *CFC; or
(ii) a trustee of a trust that is a non-resident trust estate within the meaning of section 102AAB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for the income year of the trigger event; and
(c) section 126-15 is relevant to:
(i) the calculation of the *attributable income of the CFC under Division 7 of Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
because (ignoring the residency assumptions in that Division or Subdivision) the roll-over asset was not *taxable Australian property; and
(ii) the calculation of the attributable income of the trust under Subdivision D of Division 6AAA of Part III of that Act;
(d) a subsequent *CGT event happens in relation to the roll-over asset.
126-20(2)
In working out the amount of any *capital gain or *capital loss the transferee (or a subsequent owner of the roll-over asset if there is a series of roll-overs until there is no roll-over) makes when a subsequent *CGT event happens in relation to the asset, the modifications specified in Division 7 of Part X, or Subdivision D of Division 6AAA of Part III, of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 apply.
SECTION 126-25 126-25(1) Conditions for the purposes of subsections 126-5(3A) and 126-15(5)
The conditions referred to in subsections 126-5(3A) and 126-15(5) are that:
(a) at the time of the trigger event:
(i) the *spouses, or former spouses, involved are separated; and
(ii) there is no reasonable likelihood of cohabitation being resumed; and
(b) the trigger event happened because of reasons directly connected with the breakdown of the relationship between the spouses or former spouses.
For the purposes of this section, the question whether *spouses or former spouses have separated is to be determined in the same way as it is for the purposes of section 48 of the Family Law Act 1975 (as affected by sections 49 and 50 of that Act).
A roll-over may be available for the transfer of a CGT asset between 2 companies, or the creation of a CGT asset by one company in another, if:
SECTION 126-45 Roll-over for members of wholly-owned group 126-45(1)
There may be a roll-over if a *CGT event (the trigger event ) happens involving a company (the originating company ) and another company (the recipient company ) in the circumstances set out in section 126-50 .
126-45(2)
Only these *CGT events are relevant:
(a) CGT events A1 and B1 (a disposal case ); and
(b) CGT events D1, D2, D3 and F1 (a creation case ).
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
126-45(3)
However, there is no roll-over for *CGT event B1 if title in the *CGT asset does not pass to the transferee at or before the end of the agreement.
Note:
CGT event J1 can happen if the recipient company stops being a 100% subsidiary of a company in the relevant group: see section 104-175.
SECTION 126-50 Requirements for roll-over 126-50(1)
The originating company and recipient company must be members of the same *wholly-owned group at the time of the trigger event.
Note:
This requirement is taken to be satisfied in the case of the transfer of the life insurance business of a life insurance company: see section 121AS of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
126-50(2)
The *CGT asset involved (the roll-over asset ) must not be:
(a) *trading stock of the recipient company just after the time of the trigger event; or
(b) a *registered emissions unit *held by the recipient company just after the time of the trigger event.
126-50(3)
If:
(a) the roll-over asset is a right or *convertible interest referred to in Division 130 , or an option referred to in Division 134 , or an *exchangeable interest; and
(b) the recipient company *acquires another *CGT asset by exercising the right or option or by converting the convertible interest or in exchange for the disposal or redemption of the exchangeable interest;
the other asset cannot become *trading stock of the recipient company just after the recipient company acquired it.
126-50(3A)
If:
(a) the roll-over asset is an option referred to in Division 134 ; and
(b) the recipient company *acquires another *CGT asset by exercising the option;
the other asset cannot become a *registered emissions unit *held by the recipient company just after the recipient company acquired it.
126-50(4)
The *ordinary income and *statutory income of the recipient company must not be exempt from income tax because it is an *exempt entity for the income year of the trigger event.
126-50(5)
The requirements in one of the items in this table must be satisfied.
Additional requirements | |||
Item | At the time of the trigger event the originating company must be: | At the time of the trigger event the recipient company must be: | The roll-over asset must be taxable Australian property: |
1 | Either:
(a) a foreign resident; or (b) an Australian resident but not a *prescribed dual resident |
A foreign resident | Either:
(a) just before and just after the trigger event, for a disposal case; or (b) just after that event, for a creation case |
2 | A foreign resident | An Australian resident but not a *prescribed dual resident | Either:
(a) just before the trigger event, for a disposal case; or (b) just after that event, for a creation case |
126-50(6)
If the originating company or the recipient company is an Australian resident at the time of the trigger event, that company must:
(a) be a *member of a *consolidated group or *MEC group at that time; or
(b) not be a member of a *consolidatable group at that time.
126-50(7)
If the originating company is a foreign resident, it must not have *acquired the *CGT asset described in subsection (8) because of:
(a) a single *CGT event giving rise to a roll-over under a previous application of this Subdivision (as amended by the New Business Tax System (Consolidation) Act (No. 1) 2002 ) involving an Australian resident originating company other than the company that is the recipient company for the current application of this Subdivision; or
(b) a series (whether or not it is the longest possible series) of consecutive CGT events giving rise to roll-overs under previous applications of this Subdivision (as amended by the New Business Tax System (Consolidation) Act (No 1) 2002) , the earliest involving an Australian resident originating company other than the company that is the recipient company for the current application of this Subdivision.
126-50(8)
Subsection (7) operates in relation to the *CGT asset:
(a) that was involved in the trigger event in a disposal case; or
(b) because of which the originating company was able to create the CGT asset that was involved in the trigger event in a creation case.
126-50(9)
Subsection (7) does not apply if each of the following companies mentioned in that subsection:
(a) the recipient company for the roll-over under the current application of this Subdivision;
(b) the Australian resident originating company for the roll-over under:
(i) for paragraph (7)(a) - the previous application of this Subdivision; or
(ii) for paragraph (7)(b) - the earliest previous application of this Subdivision for that series of consecutive *CGT events;
was, at the time of its roll-over, the *head company of the same *MEC group.
SECTION 126-55 When there is a roll-over
Capital gain or no loss
126-55(1)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) either:
(i) the trigger event would have resulted in the originating company making a *capital gain, or making no *capital loss and not being entitled to a deduction; or
(ii) the originating company *acquired the roll-over asset before 20 September 1985; and
(b) the originating company and recipient company both choose to obtain it.
Note:
Section 103-25 sets out when the choice must be made.
126-55(2)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
SECTION 126-60 Consequences of roll-over
Consequences for the originating company in all cases
126-60(1)
A *capital gain the originating company makes from the trigger event is disregarded.
Consequences for the recipient company (disposal case)
126-60(2)
For a disposal case, if the originating company *acquired the roll-over asset on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the recipient company) is the asset ' s cost base (in the hands of the originating company) when the recipient company acquired it; and
(b) the first element of the asset ' s *reduced cost base (in the hands of the recipient company) is worked out similarly.
Note 1:
There are special indexation rules for roll-overs: see Division 114 .
Note 2:
The reduced cost base may be modified for a roll-over happening after a demerger: see section 125-170 .
126-60(3)
If the originating company *acquired the roll-over asset before 20 September 1985, the recipient company is taken to have acquired it before that day.
Note 1:
A capital gain or loss you make from a CGT asset you acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see, for example, Division 149 .
Note 2:
Under section 716-855 , where there have been certain roll-overs, the cost base and reduced cost base of pre-CGT assets for the purposes of Part 3-90 (Consolidated groups) are worked out by applying subsection (2), rather than subsection (3), of this section.
126-60(4)
If the trigger event involved a *personal use asset of the originating company, the recipient company is taken to have *acquired one.
Consequences for the recipient company (creation case)
126-60(5)
For a creation case, the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the recipient company) is the amount applicable under this table. The first element of its *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Creation case | |
Event No. | Applicable amount |
D1 | the *incidental costs the originating company incurred that relate to the trigger event |
. | |
D2 | the expenditure the originating company incurred to grant the option |
. | |
D3 | the expenditure the originating company incurred to grant the right |
. | |
F1 | the expenditure the originating company incurred on the grant, renewal or extension of the lease |
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
CGT event J1 may occur if the recipient company stops being a member of the wholly-owned group while still owning the roll-over asset: see section 104-175 .
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
This section applies if:
(a) there is a roll-over for the trigger event under this Subdivision; and
(b) the originating company was a *CFC at the time of the trigger event; and
(c) this Subdivision is relevant to the calculation of the *attributable income of the originating company under Division 7 of Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 because (ignoring the residency assumptions in that Division) the roll-over asset was not *taxable Australian property for the originating company; and
(d) a subsequent *CGT event happens in relation to the roll-over asset.
126-75(2)
In working out the amount of any *capital gain or *capital loss the recipient company (or a subsequent owner of the roll-over asset if there is a series of roll-overs until there is no roll-over) makes when a subsequent *CGT event happens in relation to the asset, the modifications specified in Division 7 of Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 apply.
126-80 (Repealed) SECTION 126-80 Roll-over asset is an interest in a CFC or FIF
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
A *capital gain a company (the holding company ) makes because *shares in its *100% subsidiary are cancelled (an example of *CGT event C2: see section 104-25 ) on the liquidation of the subsidiary is reduced if the conditions in subsection (2) are satisfied. The reduction is worked out under subsection (3).
126-85(2)
These conditions must be satisfied:
(a) there must be a roll-over under this Subdivision for at least one *CGT asset that the subsidiary *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 (the CGT roll-over asset ) being *disposed of by the subsidiary to the holding company in the course of the liquidation of the subsidiary;
(b) (Omitted by No 94 of 1999)
(c) the disposals must either:
(i) be part of the liquidator's final distribution in the course of the liquidation; or
(ii) have occurred within 18 months of the dissolution of the subsidiary if they are part of an interim distribution in the course of the liquidation;
(d) the holding company must have beneficially owned all of the shares in the subsidiary for the whole period from the time of the disposal, or the first disposal, of a CGT roll-over asset until the cancellation of the shares;
(e) the *market value of the CGT roll-over asset or assets must comprise at least part of the *capital proceeds for the cancellation of the shares in the subsidiary that are beneficially owned by the holding company;
(f) one or more of the shares that were cancelled (the post-CGT shares ) must have been acquired by the holding company on or after 20 September 1985.
126-85(3)
The reduction of the *capital gain is worked out in this way. Method statement
Step 1.
Work out (disregarding this section) the sum of the *capital gains and the sum of the *capital losses the holding company would make on the cancellation of its shares in the subsidiary.
Step 2.
Work out (disregarding this Subdivision):
in the course of the liquidation assuming the *capital proceeds were the assets ' *market values at the time of the disposal.
Step 3.
If, after subtracting the sum of the *capital losses from the sum of the *capital gains, there is an overall capital gain from step 1 and an overall capital gain from step 2, then continue. Otherwise there is no adjustment.
Step 4.
Express the number of post-CGT shares as a fraction of the total number of shares the holding company owned in the subsidiary.
Step 5.
Multiply the overall *capital gain from Step 2 by the fraction from Step 4.
Step 6.
Reduce the overall *capital gain from Step 1 by the amount from Step 5. The result is the *capital gain the holding company makes from the cancellation of its shares in the subsidiary.
Note:
This Subdivision is modified in calculating the attributable income of a CFC: see section 419 of the Income TaxAssessment Act 1936 .
Subdivision 126-C - Changes to trust deeds SECTION 126-125 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision sets out when there is a roll-over for a CGT event that happens because of an amendment to or replacement of the trust deed of a complying approved deposit fund, a complying superannuation fund or a fund that accepts worker entitlement contributions.
There is a roll-over if:
(a) *CGT event E1 or E2 happens in relation to a *CGT asset because the trust deed of a *complying approved deposit fund or *complying superannuation fund is amended or replaced; and
(b) the amendment or replacement is done for the purpose of:
(i) complying with the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 ; or
(ii) enabling a *complying approved deposit fund to become a *complying superannuation fund; and
(c) the assets and members of the fund do not change as a consequence of the amendment or replacement.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
126-130(2)
There is a roll-over if:
(a) *CGT event E1 or E2 happens in relation to a *CGT asset because the trust deed of a fund is amended or replaced; and
(b) the amendment or replacement is done for the purpose of having:
(i) the fund endorsed as an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(3) of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 ; or
(ii) the entity that operates the fund endorsed for the operation of the fund as an approved worker entitlement fund under subsection 58PB(3A) of that Act.
(c) the assets and members of the fund do not change as a consequence of the amendment or replacement.
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
SECTION 126-135 Consequences of roll-over 126-135(1)
A *capital gain or *capital loss made from the *CGT event is disregarded.
126-135(2)
If the fund that owned the *CGT asset just before the time of the *CGT event *acquired it before 20 September 1985, the asset retains its status as a *pre-CGT asset in the hands of the fund that owned it after the time of the event.
126-135(3)
If the fund that owned the *CGT asset just before the time of the *CGT event *acquired it on or after 20 September 1985:
(a) the first element of the asset's *cost base (in the hands of the fund that owned the asset after the time of the event) is its cost base just before that time; and
(b) the first element of the asset's *reduced cost base assetis worked out similarly; and
(c) the fund that owned the asset after the time of the event is taken to have acquired the asset at that time.
Subdivision 126-D - Small superannuation funds
Payment splits under Family Law Act
126-140(1)
There is a roll-over if: (a) an interest in a *small superannuation fund is subject to a *payment split; and (b) the *non-member spouse in relation to that interest serves a waiver notice under section 90XZA or 90YZQ of the Family Law Act 1975 in respect of that interest; and (c) as a result of serving the notice, the trustee (the transferor ) of the fund transfers a *CGT asset to the trustee (the transferee ) of another *complying superannuation fund for the benefit of the non-member spouse.
Note:
CGT event E2 may apply to the transfer.
Payment splits under the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Regulations
126-140(2)
There is also a roll-over if: (a) an interest in a *small superannuation fund (the first fund ) is subject to a *payment split; and (b) as a result of the payment split, there is a transfer or roll over of benefits, for the benefit of the *non-member spouse, from the first fund to another *complying superannuation fund; and (c) the transfer is under provisions of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Regulations 1994 dealing with superannuation interests that are subject to payment splits; and (d) in order to give effect to the payment split, the trustee (the transferor ) of the first fund transfers a *CGT asset to the trustee (the transferee ) of the other fund for the benefit of the non-member spouse.
Note:
CGT event E2 may apply to the transfer.
Transfer of own interest in a small superannuation fund
126-140(2A)
There is also a roll-over if: (a) an individual has an interest in a *small superannuation fund (the first fund ); and (b) the individual ' s *spouse, or former spouse, also has an interest in the first fund; and (c) the trustee (the transferor ) of the first fund transfers a *CGT asset to the trustee (the transferee ) of another *complying superannuation fund for the benefit of the individual; and (d) the transfer is in accordance with an award, order or agreement mentioned in subsection (2B) ; and (e) if the transfer is part of a series of transfers in accordance with the award, order or agreement - the individual will no longer have an interest in the first fund when the series of transfers is complete; and (f) if the transfer is not part of a series of transfers in accordance with the award, order or agreement - as a result of the transfer, the individual no longer has an interest in the first fund; and (g) there has not been a roll-over under subsection (1) or (2) or this subsection in relation to the transfer of another CGT asset from the first fund, where the transfer was:
(i) made because of the award, order or agreement; and
(h) if the transfer is in accordance with an agreement mentioned in paragraph (2B)(d) , (da) or (e) , the conditions in subsection (2C) are satisfied.
(ii) for the benefit of that spouse, or former spouse; and
Note:
CGT event E2 may apply to the transfer.
126-140(2B)
The awards, orders and agreements are: (a) an award made in an arbitration referred to in section 13H of the Family Law Act 1975 or a corresponding award made in an arbitration under a corresponding *State law, *Territory law or *foreign law; or (b) a court order made under section 79 , subsection 90AE(2) or 90AF(2) or section 90SM or 90YX of the Family Law Act 1975 ; or (c) a court order made under a State law, Territory law or foreign law relating to breakdowns of relationships between *spouses that corresponds to an order made under subsection 90AE(2) or 90AF(2) or section 90SM of the Family Law Act 1975 ; or (d) a financial agreement made under Part VIIIA of the Family Law Act 1975 that is binding because of section 90G of that Act or a corresponding written agreement that is binding because of a corresponding foreign law; or (da) a Part VIIIAB financial agreement (within the meaning of the Family Law Act 1975 ) that is binding because of section 90UJ of that Act; or (e) a written agreement:
(i) that is binding under a State law, Territory law or foreign law relating to breakdowns of relationships between spouses; and
(ii) that, because of such a law, prevents a court making an order about matters to which the agreement applies, or that is inconsistent with the terms of the agreement in relation to those matters, unless the agreement is varied or set aside.
126-140(2C)
The conditions are that: (a) at the time of the transfer:
(i) the *spouses, or former spouses, involved are separated; and
(b) the transfer happened because of reasons directly connected with the breakdown of the relationship between the spouses or former spouses.
(ii) there is no reasonable likelihood of cohabitation being resumed; and
126-140(2D)
For the purposes of subsection (2C) , the question whether *spouses, or former spouses, have separated is to be determined in the same way as it is for the purposes of section 48 of the Family Law Act 1975 (as affected by sections 49 and 50 of that Act).
Roll-over consequences
126-140(3)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the transferor makes from the transfer of the asset is disregarded.
126-140(4)
If the transferor *acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985: (a) the first element of the asset ' s *cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is the asset ' s cost base (in the hands of the transferor) at the time the transferee acquired it; and (b) the first element of the asset ' s *reduced cost base (in the hands of the transferee) is worked out similarly.
126-140(5)
If the transferor *acquired the asset before 20 September 1985, the transferee is taken to have acquired it before that day.
Note:
A capital gain or loss you make from a CGT asset you acquired before 20 September 1985 is generally disregarded: see Division 104 . This exemption is removed in some situations: see Division 149 .
This Subdivision sets out when there is a roll-over for a CGT event that happens because a beneficiary becomes absolutely entitled to a share as against the trustee where the trustee obtained a roll-over under Subdivision 124-M following a demutualisation.
SECTION 126-190 126-190 When there is a roll-over
There is a roll-over if:
(a) an insurance company demutualises; and
(b) the trustee of a trust holds a *share issued under the demutualisation in trust for an entity to whom the share would have been issued if the entity could, and were in a position to, prove the entity's entitlement to the share; and
(c) the trustee obtains a roll-over under Subdivision 124-M of this Act (Scrip for scrip roll-over) for the share because the trustee exchanges the share for a share (the replacement share ) in another company (whether or not the trustee receives something in addition to the replacement share); and
(d) a *CGT event happens in relation to the replacement share because the entity becomes absolutely entitled to the share as against the trustee.
Note:
This Subdivision does not apply to the demutualisation of a private health insurer: see section 315-160 .
A *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee makes from the *CGT event is disregarded.
126-195(2)
The first element of the *cost base of the replacement share for the entity is the cost base of the replacement share in the hands of the trustee just before the *CGT event happened. The first element of the *reduced cost base of the replacement share for the entity is worked out similarly.
Example:
The JB mutual insurance company demutualises, issuing shares in JB Limited to its policyholders. It is unable to locate some of its policyholders so it establishes a trust and issues shares to the trustee on behalf of those policyholders. Steve is one of those policyholders (being potentially entitled to 50 shares).
JB Limited is taken over by PVDM Limited. Members of JB are issued with 2 shares in PVDM for each share they have in JB. The trustee obtains a roll-over under Subdivision 124-M for the exchange. Each PVDM share held by the trustee has a cost base and reduced cost base of $15.
Steve writes to the trustee and proves his entitlement to the shares held in trust for him.
There is a roll-over under this Subdivision so that any capital gain or loss made by the trustee is disregarded. The first element of the cost base and reduced cost base of each of Steve ' s PVDM shares is $15.
(Repealed) Subdivision 126-F - Transfer of assets of superannuation funds to meet licensing requirements
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
126-205 (Repealed) SECTION 126-205 Object of this Subdivision
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
(Repealed by No 109 of 2014)
SECTION 126-215 126-215 What this Subdivision is about
Roll-overs may be available when CGT assets are transferred between certain trusts.
Operative provisions | |
126-220 | Object of this Subdivision |
126-225 | When a roll-over may be chosen |
126-230 | Beneficiaries ' entitlements not be discretionary etc. |
126-235 | Exceptions for roll-over |
126-240 | Consequences for the trusts |
126-245 | Consequences for beneficiaries - general approach for working out cost base etc. |
126-250 | Consequences for beneficiaries - other approach for working out cost base etc. |
126-255 | No other cost base etc. adjustment for beneficiaries |
126-260 | Giving information to beneficiaries |
126-265 | Interest sale facilities |
SECTION 126-220 126-220 Object of this Subdivision
The object of this Subdivision is to ensure that CGT considerations are not an impediment to the restructure of trusts, whilst ensuring that subsequent changes to the manner and extent to which beneficiaries can benefit from the trusts are subject to appropriate tax consequences.
A roll-over may be chosen for a *CGT asset (the roll-over asset ) if:
(a) the trustee of a trust (the transferring trust ):
(i) creates a trust (the receiving trust ), by declaration or settlement, over one or more CGT assets that include the roll-over asset; or
at a particular time (the transfer time ); and
(ii) transfers the roll-over asset to an existing trust (the receiving trust );
(b) if subparagraph (a)(ii) applies - the receiving trust has no CGT assets immediately before the transfer time, other than any or all of the following:
(i) small amounts of cash or debt;
(ii) its rights under an *arrangement, if (collectively) those rights only facilitate the transfer of assets to it from the transferring trust; and
(c) just after the transfer time:
(i) each of the trusts has the same beneficiaries; and
(ii) the receiving trust has the same *classes of *membership interests that the transferring trust had just before, and has just after, the transfer time; and
(iii) the sum of the *market values of each beneficiary ' s membership interests of a particular class in both trusts is substantially the same as the sum of the market values, just before the transfer time, of the beneficiary ' s membership interests of that class in both trusts; and
(d) the requirement in section 126-230 is met; and
(e) the exceptions in section 126-235 do not apply.
Exception if other roll-over assets already transferred
126-225(2)
However, paragraph (1)(b) does not apply if:
(a) the roll-over asset is transferred to the receiving trust under an *arrangement; and
(b) the roll-over asset was an asset of the transferring trust just before the arrangement was made; and
(c) at least one other asset of the receiving trust:
(i) is an asset for which a roll-over was obtained under this Subdivision for the trusts; and
(ii) is an asset over which the receiving trust was created, or was transferred by the transferring trust to the receiving trust under the arrangement; and
(d) the transfer time is in the income year for the transferring trust that includes the earliest transfer time (the start time ) for the assets covered by paragraph (c).
Obtaining the roll-over
126-225(3)
The roll-over only happens if both the trustee of the transferring trust and the trustee of the receiving trust choose to obtain it.
The conditions in subsections (2) and (3) must be met:
(a) if subsection 126-225(2) applies - at all times during the period:
(i) starting at the start time; and
(ii) ending at the transfer time; and
(b) otherwise - at the transfer time.
CGT event E4 is capable of happening
126-230(2)
The first condition is met at a particular time if, at that time, *CGT event E4 is capable of happening to all of the *membership interests in each of the trusts.
Note:
A roll-over cannot be chosen if either trust is a discretionary trust.
Beneficiaries ' entitlements not discretionary
126-230(3)
The second condition is met at a particular time if, at that time, the manner or extent to which each beneficiary of each trust can benefit from the trust is not capable of being significantly affected by the exercise, or non-exercise, of a power.
126-230(4)
However, if both trusts are *managed investment trusts, disregard a power if the power ' s existence at that time does not significantly affect the *market value at that time of each *membership interest in each of the trusts.
Foreign trusts
126-235(1)
An exception applies for a *CGT asset if:
(a) the receiving trust is a *foreign trust for CGT purposes for the income year that includes the transfer time; and
(b) the roll-over asset is not *taxable Australian property just after the transfer time.
Public trading trusts
126-235(2)
Another exception applies if either trust is a trust to which section 102S of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies for the income year that includes the transfer time.
Choices
126-235(3)
Another exception applies if, just after the transfer time:
(a) a choice (however described) under a provision of a *taxation law is in force for either of the trusts in relation to particular circumstances; and
(b) the same choice (however described) under that provision for the other trust in relation to those circumstances (a mirror choice ) is not also in force; and
(c) the absence of a mirror choice would or could have an ongoing effect on the calculation of an entity's *net income, or taxable income, for:
(i) the entity's income year that includes the transfer time; or
(ii) a later income year.
126-235(4)
However, the exception in subsection (3) does not apply if:
(a) the other trust makes a mirror choice before the first time after the transfer time when the absence of the mirror choice would affect the calculation of an entity's *net income, or taxable income, for an income year; or
(b) it would not be reasonable for subsection (3) to apply.
Note:
For paragraph (a), the other trust must still be able, under the relevant provision of the taxation law, to make the mirror choice.
126-235(5)
If, just after the transfer time:
(a) a choice (however described) referred to in paragraph (3)(a) is in force for either of the trusts (the first choice ); and
(b) a provision of a *taxation law:
(i) prevents the revocation or variation of that choice; or
(ii) sets out a consequence for an entity if that choice is revoked or varied;
that provision is taken to apply for a mirror choice, in force for the other trust at or after that time, in a way corresponding to the way in which it applies for the first choice.
Note:
For example, if the provision sets out consequences that flow from the revocation of the first choice, then those consequences will also flow if the mirror choice is revoked.
Disregard any capital gain or loss
126-240(1)
If the roll-over is chosen, disregard any *capital gain or *capital loss the trustee of the transferring trust makes from:
(a) creating the receiving trust over the roll-over asset; or
(b) transferring the roll-over asset to the receiving trust;
at the transfer time.
Adjust roll-over asset's cost base and reduced cost base
126-240(2)
If the roll-over is chosen:
(a) the first element of the roll-over asset's *cost base, in the hands of the receiving trust, is its cost base just before the transfer time; and
(b) the first element of the roll-over asset's *reduced cost base is worked out similarly.
Any pre-transfer losses of receiving trust cannot be utilised
126-240(3)
If the roll-over is chosen:
(a) any *net capital loss of the receiving trust for an income year ending before the transfer time cannot be applied after the transfer time to reduce an amount of that trust's *capital gains; and
(b) the sum of the receiving trust's *capital losses for the income year that includes the transfer time (the transfer year ) is reduced by an amount equal to any net capital loss that the trust would have had for that year had that year ended just before the transfer time; and
(c) any *tax loss of the receiving trust for an income year ending before the transfer time cannot be deducted after the transfer time from an amount of that trust's assessable income or *net exempt income; and
(d) the sum of the receiving trust's deductions for the transfer year is reduced by an amount equal to any tax loss that the trust would have had for that year had that year ended just before the transfer time.
References in this subsection to the transfer time are to be read as references to the start time if subsection 126-225(2) applies.
Note:
Subsection 126-225(2) applies if the roll-over asset is transferred to the receiving trust after an earlier roll-over under this Subdivision, for another asset, was obtained for the trusts.
Pre-CGT assets
126-240(4)
If:
(a) the roll-over is chosen; and
(b) the transferring trust last *acquired the roll-over asset before 20 September 1985;
the receiving trust is taken to have acquired it before that day.
If the roll-over is chosen, each of the following:
(a) the *cost base and *reduced cost base of each of a beneficiary ' s *membership interests in each trust;
(b) the time each of the beneficiary ' s membership interests in the receiving trust is treated as having been *acquired;
is adjusted under this section for the transfer time unless the beneficiary has chosen for them to be adjusted under section 126-250 .
Note:
The beneficiary can choose for these things to be adjusted once for several consecutive transfer times (for multiple roll-overassets) if the beneficiary owned the interests at all of those times (see section 126-250 ).
First element of cost base of interests in transferring trust
126-245(2)
The first element of the *cost base, just after the transfer time, of each of the beneficiary ' s *membership interests in the transferring trust is an amount equal to such proportion of the interest ' s cost base just before the transfer time as is reasonable having regard to:
(a) the *market value of the interest just after the transfer time, or a reasonable approximation of that market value; and
(b) the market value of the interest just before the transfer time, or a reasonable approximation of that market value.
First element of cost base of interests in receiving trust
126-245(3)
The first element of the *cost base, just after the transfer time, of each of the beneficiary ' s *membership interests in the receiving trust is such amount so that the sum of:
(a) the cost base, just before the transfer time, of that membership interest in the receiving trust; and
(b) if, just after the transfer time, that interest in the receiving trust corresponds to at least one of the beneficiary ' s membership interests in the transferring trust - the cost base, just before the transfer time, of each of those corresponding membership interests in the transferring trust; and
(c) if, just after the transfer time, that interest in the receiving trust corresponds to a proportion of one of the beneficiary ' s membership interests in the transferring trust - that proportion of the cost base, just before the transfer time, of that corresponding membership interest in the transferring trust;
reasonably approximates:
(d) if paragraph (b) applies - the sum of the cost bases, just after the transfer time, of each of the interests referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b); and
(e) if paragraph (c) applies - the sum of:
(i) the cost base, just after the transfer time, of the interest referred to in paragraph (a); and
(ii) the proportion of the cost base, just after the transfer time, of the interest referred to in paragraph (c).
First element of reduced cost base of interests in each trust
126-245(4)
The first element of the *reduced cost base, just after the transfer time, of each of the beneficiary ' s *membership interests in each trust is worked out similarly.
Time of acquisition for interests in the receiving trust
126-245(5)
Each of the beneficiary ' s *membership interests in the receiving trust is treated as having been *acquired just after the transfer time.
Time of acquisition for pre-CGT interests in the receiving trust
126-245(6)
However, if one or more of the beneficiary ' s *membership interests in the transferring trust were *pre-CGT assets just before the transfer time, the beneficiary is treated as having *acquired before 20 September 1985 its interests in the receiving trust that correspond to those interests in the transferring trust.
This section applies if the beneficiary owns one or more *membership interests in the transferring trust at all times during the period:
(a) starting just before this time (the starting time ):
(i) the transfer time; or
(ii) the transfer time for an asset referred to in paragraph 126-225(2)(c) (assuming subsection 126-225(2) applies); and
(b) ending just after this time (the ending time ):
(i) the transfer time (assuming this is not also the starting time); or
(ii) a later time in the transfer year that is the transfer time for another asset for which a roll-over is obtained under this Subdivision for the trusts.
Note:
Subsection 126-225(2) applies if the roll-over asset is transferred to the receiving trust after an earlier roll-over under this Subdivision, for another asset, was obtained for the trusts.
126-250(2)
The beneficiary may choose for each of the following:
(a) the *cost base and *reduced cost base of each of those *membership interests and of the beneficiary ' s corresponding membership interests in the receiving trust;
(b) the time each of those corresponding interests in the receiving trust is treated as having been *acquired;
to be adjusted under subsection (3) for the period.
126-250(3)
For each of the interests referred to in subsection (2), subsections 126-245(2) , (3) , (4) , (5) and (6) apply as if:
(a) references in those subsections to just before the transfer time were references to just before the starting time; and
(b) references in those subsections to just after the transfer time were references to just after the ending time.
If a beneficiary of the trusts makes adjustments under section 126-245 or 126-250 to the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the beneficiary's *membership interests in relation to the *CGT event that is:
(a) the creation of the receiving trust over the roll-over asset; or
(b) the transfer of the roll-over asset to the receiving trust;
no other adjustment is to be made under this Act to those cost bases and reduced cost bases because of something that happens in relation to that event.
Note:
This section prevents the general value shifting regime from applying in relation to the event because sections 126-245 and 126-250 deal with any value shift that might occur.
Beneficiaries must be given particulars of the roll-over
126-260(1)
If the roll-over is chosen, the trustee of the transferring trust must, within 3 months after the end of the transfer year, send written notice of the particulars set out in subsection (2) to each of the trust's beneficiaries:
(a) by post to the address most recently notified by the beneficiary as the beneficiary's address; or
(b) by any other means notified by the beneficiary for receiving correspondence from the trust.
Note:
The trustee may also notify beneficiaries of other details of the roll-over.
The particulars that must be given
126-260(2)
The particulars are as follows:
(a) the roll-over asset's transfer time;
(b) sufficient information to enable a beneficiary to work out which of the beneficiary's *membership interests in the receiving trust correspond to each of the beneficiary's membership interests in the transferring trust;
(c) the *market value of each of the membership interests held by the beneficiary in the transferring trust just after the roll-over asset's transfer time, or a reasonable approximation of that market value;
(d) the market value of each of the membership interests held by the beneficiary in the transferring trust just before the roll-over asset's transfer time, or a reasonable approximation of that market value.
Offence
126-260(3)
A trustee commits an offence if the trustee contravenes subsection (1).
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
126-260(4)
An offence against subsection (3) is an offence of strict liability.
Note:
For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code .
If the transferring trust has multiple trustees
126-260(5)
If the transferring trust has 2 or more trustees, the obligation imposed by subsection (1) is imposed on each of the trustees, but may be discharged by any of the trustees.
Note:
Each of the trustees commits an offence against subsection (3) if none of them discharges the obligation imposed by subsection (1).
126-260(6)
In a prosecution of a trustee for an offence against subsection (3) for an act or omission contravening subsection (1), it is a defence if the trustee proves that the trustee:
(a) did not aid, abet, counsel or procure the act or omission; and
(b) was not in any way knowingly concerned in, or party to, the act or omission (whether directly or indirectly and whether by any act or omission of the trustee).
Note:
A defendant bears a legal burden in relation to the matters in subsection (6): see section 13.4 of the Criminal Code .
Obligations of beneficiary unaffected if not notified of roll-over
126-260(7)
A failure by a trustee to comply with subsection (1) does not affect the application of section 126-245 to the beneficiary.
Interest sale facilities
126-265(1)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, an entity (the investor ) is treated as owning a *membership interest (the roll-over interest ) in the receiving trust at a time (the deeming time ), if:
(a) the investor owned a membership interest in the transferring trust; and
(b) a trust is created, or a transfer happens, (the transaction ) as mentioned in paragraph 126-225(1)(a) in relation to *CGT assets of the transferring trust; and
(c) because:
(i) a *foreign law impedes the ability of the receiving trust to issue or transfer the roll-over interest to the investor; or
it is *arranged that the receiving trust will issue or transfer the roll-over interest to another entity (the facility ) under the transaction instead of to the investor; and
(ii) it would be impractical or unreasonably onerous to determine whether a foreign law impedes the ability of the receiving trust to issue or transfer the roll-over interest to the investor;
(d) in accordance with that arrangement and as a result of the transaction, the facility:
(i) becomes the owner of the roll-over interest; and
(ii) owns the roll-over interest at the deeming time; and
(e) under the arrangement, the investor is entitled to receive from the facility:
(i) an amount equivalent to the *capital proceeds of any *CGT event that happens in relation to the roll-over interest (less expenses); or
(ii) if a CGT event happens in relation to the roll-over interest together with CGT events happening in relation to other membership interests - an amount equivalent to the investor ' s proportion of the total capital proceeds of the CGT events (less expenses).
126-265(2)
The facility is treated as not owning the roll-over interest at the deeming time.
Division 128 - Effect of death
This Division sets out what happens when you die and a CGT asset you owned just before dying devolves to your legal personal representative or passes to a beneficiary in your estate.
It also contains rules about what happens when a joint tenant dies.
When you die, a *capital gain or *capital loss from a *CGT event that results for a *CGT asset you owned just before dying is disregarded.
Note 1:
Section 104-215 sets out an exception to this rule if the CGT asset passes to a beneficiary in your estate who is:
Note 2:
There is a special indexation rule for deceased estates: see section 114-10 .
This section sets out what happens if a *CGT asset you owned just before dying:
(a) devolves to your *legal personal representative; or
(b) *passes to a beneficiary in your estate.
Note 1:
Section 128-25 has different rules if the asset passes to a beneficiary in your estate who is the trustee of a complying superannuation entity.
Note 2:
If the beneficiary is an exempt entity, Division 57 in Schedule 2D to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 has rules about exempt entities that become taxable. It sets out what the entity is taken to have purchased its assets for when it becomes taxable.
Note 3:
If the beneficiary is a foreign resident, Subdivision 855-B sets out what happens if the beneficiary becomes an Australian resident. The beneficiary is taken to have acquired each asset owned just before becoming an Australian resident for the market value of the asset at that time.
128-15(2)
The *legal personal representative, or beneficiary, is taken to have *acquired the asset on the day you died.
Special rule for legal personal representative
128-15(3)
Any *capital gain or *capital loss the *legal personal representative makes if the asset *passes to a beneficiary in your estate is disregarded.
Cost base rules for both
128-15(4)
This table sets out the modifications to the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the *CGT asset in the hands of the *legal personal representative or beneficiary.
Modifications to cost base and reduced cost base | |||
Item | For this kind of CGT asset: | The first element of the asset ' s cost base is: | The first element of the asset ' s reduced cost base is: |
1 | One you *acquired on or after 20 September 1985, except one covered by item 2, 3, 3A or 3B | the *cost base of the asset on the day you died | the *reduced cost base of the asset on the day you died |
2 | One that was *trading stock in your hands just before you died | the amount worked out under section 70-105 | the amount worked out under section 70-105 |
3 | A *dwelling that was your main residence just before you died if:
(a) the dwelling was not then being used for the *purpose of producing assessable income; and (b) you were not then an *excluded foreign resident |
the *market value of the *dwelling on the day you died | the market value of the *dwelling on the day you died |
3A | If you were a foreign resident just before you died - an asset that was not *taxable Australian property just before you died, except one covered by item 2 | the *market value of the asset on the day you died | the market value of the asset on the day you died |
3B | One that *passes to a trustee of a *special disability trust | the *market value of the asset on the day you died | the market value of the asset on the day you died |
4 | One you *acquired before 20 September 1985 | the *market value of the asset on the day you died | the market value of the asset on the day you died |
Note 1:
Section 70-105 has a general rule that the person on whom the trading stock devolves is taken to have bought it for its market value. There are some exceptions though.
Note 2:
Subdivision 118-B contains other rules about dwellings acquired through deceased estates.
Note 3:
The rule in item 3 in the table does not apply to a dwelling that devolved to your legal personal representative, or passed to a beneficiary in your estate, on or before 7.30 pm on 20 August 1996: see section 128-15 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Further rule for a beneficiary
128-15(5)
A beneficiary can include in the *cost base or *reduced cost base of the asset any expenditure that the *legal personal representative would have been able to include at the time the asset *passes to the beneficiary. The beneficiary can include the expenditure on the day the representative incurred it.
Example:
You die on 1 May 1995 owning land. On 15 June 1995 your legal personal representative pays $500 council rates for the land.
On 31 July 1995 your representative transfers it to a beneficiary in your estate, who is taken to have acquired it on 1 May 1995.
The beneficiary can include the $500 in the third element of the cost base of the land. It is included on 15 June 1995.
Collectables and personal use assets
128-15(6)
The *legal personal representative or beneficiary is taken to have *acquired a *collectable or a *personal use asset if:
(a) you acquired it on or after 20 September 1985; and
(b) it was a *collectable or a *personal use asset (as appropriate) in your hands when you died.
Note 1:
Capital losses from collectables can be used only to reduce capital gains from collectables: see section 108-10 .
Note 2:
Capital losses from personal use assets are disregarded: see section 108-20 .
A *CGT asset passes to a beneficiary in your estate if the beneficiary becomes the owner of the asset:
(a) under your will, or that will as varied by a court order; or
(b) by operation of an intestacy law, or such a law as varied by a court order; or
(c) because it is appropriated to the beneficiary by your legal personal representative in satisfaction of a pecuniary legacy or some other interest or share in your estate; or
(d) under a deed of arrangement if:
(i) the beneficiary entered into the deed to settle a claim to participate in the distribution of your estate; and
(ii) any consideration given by the beneficiary for the asset consisted only of the variation or waiver of a claim to one or more other *CGT assets that formed part of your estate.
(It does not matter whether the asset is transmitted directly to the beneficiary or is transferred to the beneficiary by your *legal personal representative.)
128-20(2)
A *CGT asset does not pass to a beneficiary in your estate if the beneficiary becomes the owner of the asset because your *legal personal representative transfers it under a power of sale.
SECTION 128-25 The beneficiary is a trustee of a superannuation fund etc. 128-25(1)
This section has rules about *cost base and *reduced cost base that are relevant if you die and a *CGT asset you owned just before dying *passes to a beneficiary in your estate who (when the asset passes) is the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity.
Note:
A capital gain or loss is also made: see section 104-215 .
128-25(2)
The beneficiary is taken to have *acquired the asset on the day you died. The first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset is its *market value on that day.
128-25(3)
The beneficiary can include in the *cost base or *reduced cost base of the asset any expenditure that your *legal personal representative would have been able to include at the time the asset *passes to the beneficiary. The beneficiary can include the expenditure on the day the representative incurred it.
Special rules for joint tenants SECTION 128-50 Joint tenants 128-50(1)
This section has rules that are relevant if a *CGT asset is owned by joint tenants and one of them dies.
128-50(2)
The survivor is taken to have *acquired (on the day the individual died) the individual's interest in the asset. If there are 2 or more survivors, they are taken to have acquired that interest in equal shares.
Note:
Joint tenants are treated as owning a CGT asset in equal shares: see section 108-7 .
128-50(3)
If the individual who died *acquired his or her interest in the asset on or after 20 September 1985, the first element of the *cost base of the interest each survivor is taken to have acquired is:
Cost base of the interest of the individual who died
(worked out on the day the individual died) Number of survivors |
The first element of the *reduced cost base of the interest each survivor is taken to have *acquired is worked out similarly.
Example:
In 1999 2 individuals buy land for $50,000 as joint tenants. Each one is taken to have a 50% interest in it. On 1 May 2001 one of them dies.
The survivor is taken to have acquired the interest of the individual who died on 1 May 2001. If the cost base of that interest on that day is $27,000, the survivor is taken to have acquired that interest for that amount.
128-50(4)
If the individual who died *acquired his or her interest in the asset before 20 September 1985, the first element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the interest each survivor is taken to have acquired is:
*Market value of the interest of the individual who died
(worked out on the day the individual died) Number of survivors |
Note:
There is a special indexation rule for surviving joint tenants: see section 114-10 .
Division 130 - Investments
This Division sets out the rules for these kinds of investments:
Most are about modifying the cost base and reduced cost base of a CGT asset.


SECTION 130-20 Issue of bonus shares or units 130-20(1)
This section sets out what happens if:
(a) you own *shares in a company or units in a unit trust (the original equities ); and
(b) the company issues other shares, or the trustee issues other units, (the bonus equities ) to you in relation to the original equities.
130-20(2)
The first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base for the bonus equities includes:
(a) for *shares - any part of the shares that are a *dividend (or taken to be a dividend under subsection 45(2) or 45C(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ); and
(b) for units - any part of the other units that are or will be included in your assessable income.
You are taken to have *acquired the bonus equities when they were issued.
Note 1:
There are special indexation rules for cost base modifications: see Division 114 .
Note 2:
The amounts of calls you pay on partly-paid equities will also form part of the first element of their cost base and reduced cost base.
Note 3:
There is a special rule for shares issued on or before 30 June 1987: see subsection 130-20(2) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 4:
Certain capital distributions are taken to be dividends under subsections 45(2) and 45C(1) if a company has entered into a capital streaming or dividend substitution arrangement.
130-20(3)
This table sets out what happens if:
(a) none of the shares are a *dividend (or taken to be a dividend under subsection 45(2) or 45C(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ); or
(b) none of the other units are or will be included in your assessable income.
Note:
Certain capital distributions are taken to be dividends under subsections 45(2) and 45C(1) if a company has entered into a capital streaming or dividend substitution arrangement.
Modifications where neither a dividend nor assessable | |||
Item | In this situation: | You are taken to have *acquired the bonus equities when: | There is this effect: |
1 | You *acquire the original equities on or after 20 September 1985 | You *acquired the original equities | You apportion the first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base for the original equities in a reasonable way over both the original and bonus equities |
. | |||
2 | You *acquire the original equities before 20 September 1985 and an amount has been paid for the bonus equities that you were required to pay | The liability to pay the amount arose | The first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base for the bonus equities includes their *market value just before that time |
. | |||
3 | You *acquire the original equities before 20 September 1985 and the bonus equities are fully paid | You *acquired the original equities | Any *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the bonus equities is disregarded |
. | |||
4 | You *acquire the original equities before 20 September 1985 and the bonus equities are partly paid but no amount has been paid since the issue of the bonus equities | You *acquired the original equities | Any *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the bonus equities is disregarded |
The amount paid or payable can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note 1:
The amounts of calls you pay on partly-paid equities will also form part of the first element of their cost base and reduced cost base.
Note 2:
There is a special rule for bonus equities issued on or before 1 pm on 10 December 1986 that affects item 2 of the table: see subsection 130-20(3) of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
130-20(3A)
If only a part of a capital benefit that is bonus equities is a *dividend, or is taken to be a dividend under subsection 45(2) or 45C(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , you apportion the first element of your *cost base and *reduced cost base for the original equities in a reasonable way over both the original equities and the bonus equities.
130-20(4)
The modifications in this section are not made if, for the income year in which the bonus equities are issued, the unit trust is a public trading trust within the meaning of section 102R of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Note:
Subsection 26BC(9E) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about securities lending arrangements) modifies the operation of this section.
The table in this section sets out the modifications to the rules about *cost base and *reduced cost base that happen if you exercise rights to *acquire:
(a) *shares, or options to acquire shares, in a company; or
(b) units, or options to acquire units, in a unit trust.
Note:
For rights acquired under employee share schemes, see Division 83A , Subdivision 130-D and Division 134 .
130-40(2)
The modifications happen only if:
(a) you did not pay for the rights and the condition in subsection (3) is satisfied; or
(b) the condition in subsection (4) is satisfied.
The payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
130-40(3)
When you were issued the rights, you must:
(a) already own shares in, or *convertible interests issued by, the company or a company that is a member of the same *wholly-owned group (the original shares or interests ); or
(b) already own units in, or convertible interests issued by the trustee of, the unit trust (the original units or interests ).
130-40(4)
You must have *acquired the rights from an entity that already owned shares, units or convertible interests of the kind referred to in subsection (3).
130-40(5)
The company that is a member of the same *wholly-owned group mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) includes a company that would cease to be a member of that group by the exercise of the rights.
130-40(6)
The rights to *acquire units or to acquire an option to acquire units in a unit trust must have been issued by the trustee after 28 January 1988.
Modifications on exercise of rights | ||
Item | In this situation: | The modification is... |
1 | You exercise rights issued to you to *acquire the *shares, units or options. | The first element of your *cost base for the shares, units or options is the sum of: |
(a) the cost base of the rights at the time of exercise; and | ||
(b) any amount paid to exercise the rights, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and | ||
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (6A). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. | ||
2 | You exercise rights you *acquired from another entity to acquire the *shares, units or options. | The first element of your *cost base for the shares, units or options is the sum of: |
(a) the cost base of the rights at thetime of exercise; and | ||
(b) any amount paid to exercise the rights, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and | ||
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (6A). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. | ||
3 | You exercise rights issued to you to *acquire the *shares, units or options, and you acquired the original shares or *convertible interests, or the original units or convertible interests, before 20 September 1985. | The first element of your *cost base for the shares, units or options is the sum of:
(a) the *market value of the rights when they were exercised; and |
(b) any amount paid to exercise the rights, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and | ||
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (6A). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. |
130-40(6A)
An amount is to be added under this subsection if a *capital gain made from the right has been reduced under section 118-20 . This is so even though a capital gain that is made on exercise is disregarded under subsection (7). The amount to be added is the amount of the reduction.
Note:
For example, a capital gain made on the exercise of the right under section 118-20 may be reduced because an amount is included in the owner ' s assessable income under subsection 26BB(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about assessing a gain on disposal or redemption of a traditional security) or section 159GS of that Act (about balancing adjustments on transfer of a qualifying security).
130-40(7)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the exercise of the rights is disregarded.
Note 1:
The exercise of the rights would be an example of CGT event C2 (about a CGT asset ending).
Note 2:
There are transitional rules for some rights: see section 130-40 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 3:
The effect of this Subdivision is modified in 2 cases by sections 102AAZBA (about non-resident trusts) and 414 (about CFC ' s) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
SECTION 130-45 Timing rules
Acquisition of rights
130-45(1)
If you *acquired the rights from the company or trustee, you are taken to have acquired the rights when you acquired the original shares or interests or the original units or interests.
Acquisition of shares, units or options on exercise of rights
130-45(2)
You are taken to have *acquired the new *shares, units or options when you exercise the rights.
SECTION 130-50 130-50 Application to options
This Subdivision applies to options in the same way that it applies to rights.
This table sets out the modification to the rules about *cost base and *reduced cost base that happens if you *acquire *shares, or units in a unit trust, by converting a *convertible interest.
Conversion of a convertible interest | ||
Item | In this situation: | The modification is... |
1 | You *acquire *shares or units in a unit trust by converting a *convertible interest that is a *traditional security. | The first element of the *cost base of the shares or units is the sum of:
(a) the cost base of the convertible interest at the time of conversion; and |
(b) any amount paid to convert the convertible interest, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and | ||
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (1A). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. | ||
2 | You *acquire *shares (except shares acquired under an *employee share scheme) by converting a *convertible interest that is not a *traditional security. | The first element of the *cost base of the shares is the sum of:
(a) the cost base of the convertible interest at the time of conversion; and (b) any amount paid to convert the convertible interest, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and |
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (1A). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. | ||
3 | You *acquire units in a unit trust by converting a *convertible interest (except one that is a *traditional security) that was issued by the trustee of the unit trust after 28 January 1988. | The first element of the *cost base of the units is the sum of:
(a) the cost base of the convertible interest at the time of conversion; and (b) any amount paid to convert the convertible interest, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and |
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (1A). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. |
130-60(1A)
An amount is to be added under this subsection if a *capital gain from the *convertible interest has been reduced under section 118-20 . This is so even though a capital gain that is made on conversion is disregarded under subsection (3). The amount to be added is the amount of the reduction.
Note:
For example, a capital gain made on the conversion under section 118-20 may be reduced because an amount is included in the owner ' s assessable income under subsection 26BB(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about assessing a gain on disposal or redemption of a traditional security) or section 159GS of that Act (about balancing adjustments on transfer of a qualifying security).
S 130-60(1A) inserted by No 163 of 2001, s 3 and Sch 1 item 29. For application provisions, see note under Div 974 heading.
130-60(1B)
The payment to convert the convertible interest can include giving property (see section 103-5 ).
130-60(2)
You are taken to have *acquired the shares or units when the conversion of the convertible interest happened.
S 130-60(2) amended by No 163 of 2001, s 3 and Sch 1 item 30, by substituting " interest " for " note " . For application provisions, see note under Div 974 heading.
S 130-60(2) amended by No 114 of 2000.
130-60(3)
A *capital gain or *capital loss you make from converting the convertible interest is disregarded.
Note 1:
The conversion of the convertible interest would be an example of CGT event C2 (about a CGT asset ending).
Note 2:
There are transitional rules for some convertible notes: see section 130-60 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Subdivision 130-D - Employee share schemes
The objects of this Subdivision are:
(a) to recognise that:
(i) Division 83A contains the primary rules for taxing gains on *ESS interests acquired under *employee share schemes; and
(ii) *capital gains and *capital losses on such interests should usually be disregarded during the period in which Division 83A applies to them; and
(b) to align the treatment of ESS interests under Division 83A and the CGT provisions by, for example:
(i) turning off certain special CGT rules; and
(ii) extending some of the deeming provisions of that Division into the CGT provisions; and
(c) to disregard *employee share trusts for most CGT purposes, by treating ESS interests owned by such trusts as being directly owned by the beneficiaries of the trusts.
Capital gains and losses
130-80(1)
Disregard any *capital gain or *capital loss to the extent that it results from a *CGT event if:
(a) the CGT event happens in relation to an *ESS interest you *acquire under an *employee share scheme; and
(b) the CGT event is not CGT event E4, G1 or K8; and
(c) if Subdivision 83A-B applies to the interest - the time of the acquisition is the time when the CGT event happens; and
(d) if Subdivision 83A-C applies to the interest:
(i) the time of the acquisition is the time when the CGT event happens; or
(ii) the CGT event happens on or before the *ESS deferred taxing point for the ESS interest.
130-80(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) Subdivision 83A-C applies to the *ESS interest; and
(b) the *CGT event happens because you forfeit or lose the ESS interest (other than by disposing of it) on or before the *ESS deferred taxing point for the interest.
General acquisition rule
130-80(3)
Subsection 109-5(2) (about when you acquire a CGT asset) does not apply to a *CGT asset and a *CGT event if:
(a) the CGT asset is:
(i) a *share; or
(ii) a right to acquire a beneficial interest in a share; and
(b) the CGT event is CGT event A1; and
(c) you acquire an *ESS interest; and
(d) the ESS interest is a beneficial interest in the share or right; and
(e) Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the ESS interest.
Market value substitution rule
130-80(4)
Sections 112-20 and 116-30 (about the market value substitution rule) do not apply to the extent that they relate to:
(a) you acquiring an *ESS interest to which Subdivision 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies; or
(b) you:
(i) forfeiting an ESS interest; or
if Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C applies to the ESS interest (ignoring section 83A-310 ); or
(ii) forfeiting or losing an ESS interest that is a beneficial interest in a right (without you having disposed of the interest or exercised the right);
(c) you acquiring an ESS interest that:
(i) is a beneficial interest in a right; and
(ii) is an ESS interest to which the provisions referred to in paragraphs 83A-33(1)(a) to (c) (about start ups) apply.
Scope
130-85(1)
This section applies if:
(a) you *acquire an *ESS interest under an *employee share scheme; and
(b) Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C applies to the ESS interest; and
(c) the ESS interest is, or arises because of, an interest you hold in an *employee share trust.
Application of Division 83A, Part 3-1 and this Part
130-85(2)
Division 83A (Employee share schemes), Part 3-1 (Capital gains and losses: general topics) and this Part apply as if you were absolutely entitled to the relevant *share or right:
(a) from the time of acquisition of the *ESS interest; and
(b) until you no longer have an ESS interest in the share or right.
Note 1:
An interest you hold in an employee share trust may give rise to an ESS interest because of the operation of section 83A-320 .
Note 2:
As a result of subsection (2) of this section, CGT event E5 might happen at the time of acquisition. This may result in the trustee making a capital gain. However, any capital gain made by the beneficiary would be disregarded under section 130-80 .
130-85(3)
However, if this section applies to you because an *associate of yours *acquired the *ESS interest, Division 83A , this Part and Part 3-3 apply as if your associate were absolutely entitled to the relevant *share or right (instead of you):
(a) either:
(i) if Subdivision 83A-B applies to the ESS interest - from the time of acquisition; or
(ii) if Subdivision 83A-C applies to the ESS interest - from immediately after the *ESS deferred taxing point for the ESS interest; and
(b) until your associate no longer has an ESS interest in the share or right.
Note:
Once the ESS interest has been taxed to you under Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C , section 83A-305 (which treats the interest as having been acquired by you, rather than your associate) is no longer relevant. Subsection (3) of this section ensures that your associate then gets the same tax treatment as you would have, had you originally acquired the interest. This does not, however, imply a disposal from you to your associate.
Meaning of employee share trust
130-85(4)
An employee share trust , for an *employee share scheme, is a trust whose sole activities are:
(a) obtaining *shares or rights in a company; and
(b) ensuring that *ESS interests in the company that are beneficial interests in those shares or rights are provided under the employee share scheme to employees, or to *associates of employees, of:
(i) the company; or
(ii) a *subsidiary of the company; and
(c) other activities that are merely incidental to the activities mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b).
Shares held for future acquisition under employee share schemes
130-90(1A)
Disregard any *capital gain or *capital loss made by an *employee share trust to the extent that it results from a *CGT event, if:
(a) immediately before the event happens, an *ESS interest is a *CGT asset of the trust; and
(b) either of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) the event is CGT event E5, and the event happens because a beneficiary of the trust becomes absolutely entitled to the ESS interest as against the trustee;
(ii) the event is CGT event E7, and the event happens because the trustee *disposes of the ESS interest to a beneficiary of the trust; and
(c) Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the ESS interest.
Shares held to satisfy the future exercise of rights acquired under employee share schemes
130-90(1)
Disregard any *capital gain or *capital loss made by an *employee share trust, or a beneficiary of the trust, to the extent that it results from a *CGT event, if:
(a) the CGT event is CGT event E5 or E7; and
(b) the CGT event happens in relation to a *share; and
(c) the beneficiary had acquired a beneficial interest in the share by exercising a right; and
(d) the beneficiary ' s beneficial interest in the right was an *ESS interest to which Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applied.
130-90(2)
Subsection (1A) or (1) does not apply if the beneficiary acquired the beneficial interest in the *share for more than its *cost base in the hands of the *employee share trust at the time the *CGT event happens.
For the purposes of Part 3-1 (Capital gains and losses: general topics) and this Part, treat a *CGT event that happens in relation to a *share or right in the same way as a CGT event that happens in relation to an *ESS interest, if:
(a) Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the ESS interest; and
(b) the ESS interest forms part of the share or right.
The following provisions have effect for the purposes of this Subdivision in the same way as they have for the purposes of Division 83A :
(a) section 83A-130 (about takeovers and restructures);
(b) section 83A-305 (about associates);
(c) section 83A-320 (about trusts);
(d) section 83A-325 (about relationships similar to employment);
(e) section 83A-335 (about stapled securities);
(f) section 83A-340 (about indeterminate rights).
An exchangeable interest is a *traditional security or *qualifying security that:
(a) was issued on the basis that it will or may be:
(i) disposed of to the issuer of the traditional security or the qualifying security or to a *connected entity of the issuer of the traditional security or the qualifying security; or
in exchange for *shares in a company that is neither:
(ii) redeemed;
(iii) the issuer of the traditional security or the qualifying security; nor
(iv) a connected entity of the issuer of the traditional security or the qualifying security; and
(b) was issued on or after 1 July 2001.
Cost base and reduced cost base
130-105(1)
The table has effect:
Exchange of an exchangeable interest | ||
Item | In this situation: | The rules about cost base and reduced cost base are modified in this way... |
1 | You *acquire shares in a company in exchange for the disposal of an *exchangeable interest, and the disposal of the exchangeable interest was to:
(a) the issuer of the exchangeable interest; or (b) a *connected entity of the issuer of the exchangeable interest. |
The first element of the *cost base of the shares is the sum of:
(a) the cost base of the exchangeable interest at the time of the disposal; and (b) any amount paid for the exchange, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and (c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (2). The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. |
2 | You *acquire shares in a company in exchange for the redemption of an *exchangeable interest. | The first element of the *cost base of the shares is the sum of:
(a) the cost base of the exchangeable interest at the time of the redemption; and |
(b) any amount paid for the exchange, except to the extent that the amount is represented in the paragraph (a) amount; and | ||
(c) all the amounts to be added under subsection (2). | ||
The first element of their *reduced cost base is worked out similarly. |
130-105(2)
An amount is to be added under this subsection if a *capital gain on the disposal or redemption of the exchangeable interest has been reduced under section 118-20 . This is so even though a capital gain that is made on the disposal or redemption of the exchangeable interest is disregarded under subsection (4). The amount to be added is the amount of the reduction.
130-105(3)
The payment for the exchange can include giving property (see section 103-5 ).
Other CGT consequences
130-105(4)
The table has effect:
Exchange of an exchangeable interest | ||
Item | In this situation: | This is the result: |
1 | You *acquire shares in a company in exchange for the disposal of an *exchangeable interest, and the disposal of the exchangeable interest was to:
(a) the issuer of the exchangeable interest; or (b) a *connected entity of the issuer of the exchangeable interest. |
(a) you are taken to have acquired the shares when the disposal of the exchangeable interest happened; and
(b) a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the disposal of the exchangeable interest is disregarded. |
2 | You *acquire shares in a company in exchange for the redemption of an *exchangeable interest. | (a) you are taken to have acquired the shares when the redemption of the exchangeable interest happened; and
(b) a *capital gain or *capital loss you make from the redemption of the exchangeable interest is disregarded. |
Application
130-105(5)
This section applies to the disposal or redemption of an *exchangeable interest on or after 1 July 2001.
Subdivision 130-F - Exploration investments
This section applies if: (a) an entity (the minerals explorer ) issues a *share in the minerals explorer to another entity (the investor ) during the 2017-18, 2018-19, 2019-20, 2020-21, 2021-22, 2022-23, 2023-24 or 2024-25 income year; and (b) the Commissioner makes a determination under section 418-101 allocating exploration credits to the minerals explorer for the income year in which the share is issued; and (c) the share is issued to the investor on or after the day on which the Commissioner ' s determination is made; and (d) the share is an *equity interest.
130-110(2)
The *reduced cost base of the *share is to be reduced immediately before the disposal of the share by the amount worked out as follows:
The *corporate tax rate for the minerals explorer for the income year in which the *share is issued | × | The amount paid up by the investor on the share during the investment period |
where:
investment period
means the period, within the income year in which the *share is issued to the investor, that:
(a) begins on the day on which the Commissioner makes the determination mentioned in paragraph (1)(b); and
(b) ends at the end of the income year.
If the lessee of property incurs expenditure in obtaining the consent of the lessor to vary or waive a term of the lease, the fourth element of the lease's *cost base and *reduced cost base includes the amount of that expenditure.
The expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
The fourth element of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of property that was subject to a lease includes any payment (because of the lease expiring or being surrendered or forfeited) by the lessor to the lessee for expenditure of a capital nature incurred by the lessee in making improvements to the lease property.
The payment or expenditure can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
These rules apply if *CGT event F2 happens for a lessor of property.
132-10(2)
For any later *CGT event that happens to the land or the lessor ' s lease of it, its *cost base and *reduced cost base (including the cost base and reduced cost base of any building, part of a building, structure or improvement that is treated as a separate *CGT asset) excludes:
(a) any expenditure incurred before *CGT event F2 happens; and
(b) the *cost of any *depreciating asset for which the lessor has deducted or can deduct an amount for the asset ' s decline in value under this Act.
Note:
Subdivision 108-D sets out when a building, structure or improvement is treated as a separate CGT asset.
132-10(3)
The fourth element of the property ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base includes any payment by the lessor to the lessee to vary or waive a term of the lease or for the forfeiture or surrender of the lease, reduced by the amount of any *input tax credit to which the lessor is entitled for the variation or waiver.
132-10(4)
The expenditure or payment can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
SECTION 132-15 Lessee of land acquires reversionary interest of lessor 132-15(1)
This table sets out what happens if:
(a) the lessee of land *acquires the reversionary interest of the lessor in the land; and
(b) Subdivision 124-J (roll-over provisions for Crown leases) does not apply to the acquisition.
Lessee acquires reversionary interest of lessor | ||||
Item | In this situation: | The lessee is taken to have *acquired the land at this time: | The lessee is taken to have acquired the land for: | |
1 | The lease was originally granted for 99 years or more | When the lease was granted or assigned to the lessee | Any premium the lessee paid for the grant or assignment of the lease, plus the amount the lessee paid to *acquire the reversionary interest | |
. | ||||
2 | The lease was originally granted for less than 99 years | When the lessee *acquired the reversionary interest | (a) | if the lessee *acquired the lease after 19 September 1985 - any premium the lessee paid for the grant or assignment of the lease, plus the amount the lessee paid to acquire the reversionary interest; or |
(b) | if the lessee acquired the lease before 20 September 1985 - the *market value of the land when the lessee acquired it |
132-15(2)
All the payments can include giving property: see section 103-5 .
Note:
CGT events F1 to F5 deal specifically with leases. See also (in particular) CGT event C2 (about cancellation, surrender and similar endings).
Division 134 - Options
This table sets out the effects of the exercise of an option (including an option that has been renewed or extended) on the *cost bases and *reduced cost bases of the grantor and the entity that exercises the option (the grantee ).
Exercise of options | ||
Item | In this situation: | Effect of cost base and reduced cost base: |
1 | Option binds grantor to:
(a) *dispose of a *CGT asset; or (b) create (including grant or issue) a CGT asset (call option) |
For the grantee
The first element of the grantee ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base for the CGT asset is what the grantee paid for the option (or to renew or extend it) plus any amount the grantee paid to exercise it For the grantor See section 116-65 |
2 | Option binds grantor to *acquire a *CGT asset (put option) | For the grantor
The first element of the grantor ' s *cost base and *reduced cost base for the asset acquired is any amount paid to exercise the option reduced by any payment received by the grantor for the option (or to renew or extend it) For the grantee The second element of the grantee ' s cost base and reduced cost base for the asset acquired by the grantor includes any payment the grantee made to acquire the option (or to renew or extend it) |
Note 1:
If you granted, renewed or extended an option, CGT event C3 or D2 may happen.
Note 2:
Item 1 in the table is modified for certain options granted before 20 September 1985: see section 134-1 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 3:
Item 1 in the table is modified for ESS interests acquired under employee share schemes: see Division 83A and section 112-97 .
Note 4:
This Division has no operation in relation to an option acquired under an employee share scheme if the option is exercised before the ESS deferred taxing point for the option: see Subdivision 130-D . Division 83A applies instead.
134-1(2)
All the payments can include giving property: see section 103-5 . EXAMPLES
Example 1:
Steven obtains an option to buy a yacht (for $75,000) from Tom. Steven pays $5,000 for the option.
Steven exercises the option. The first element of his cost base and reduced cost base for the yacht includes the expenditure he incurred for the option.
So, the first element of his cost base and reduced cost base for the yacht is:
$75,000 + $5,000 = $80,000
Example 2:
An entity owns 1,000 shares in a company. Bill grants the entity an option which, if exercised, would require him to buy the shares for $2 each. The entity pays Bill 10 cents per share for the option.
The entity exercises the option. Bill paid $2,000 for the shares. He received $100 from the entity for granting the option.
The first element of Bill ' s cost base and reduced cost base for the shares is:
$2,000 − $100 = $1,900 In working out whether the entity made a capital gain or loss on the sale of the shares, the second element of its cost base (and reduced cost base) includes the $100 the entity paid for the option.
[ CCH Note: There is no s 134-1(3).]
134-1(4)
A *capital gain or *capital loss the grantee makes from exercising the option is disregarded. However, this rule does not apply if the grantee *acquired the option under a trust restructure (see Subdivision 124-N ) and, on exercising the option, held the resulting asset as an item of *trading stock.
Note 1:
The exercise of the option would be an example of CGT event C2 (about a CGT asset ending).
Note 2:
There is an exemption for the grantor if the option is exercised: see subsection 104-40(5) .
134-1(5)
This Division does not apply to rights or options to which Subdivision 130-B applies.
Note:
Subdivision 130-B deals (amongst other things) with rights and options issued by a company or trust where you did not pay or give anything to acquire them.
134-1(6)
This Division does not apply to:
(a) an option to the extent that the option binds the grantor to *dispose of *foreign currency; or
(b) an option to the extent that the option binds the grantor to *acquire *foreign currency.
(Repealed) Division 136 - Foreign residents
A CGT event does not happen when certain granny flat arrangements are entered into, varied or terminated.
SECTION 137-10 Meaning of key terms 137-10(1)
An individual holds a granny flat interest in a *dwelling under an *arrangement if the individual has a right to occupy the dwelling for life that has been conferred by the arrangement.
137-10(2)
An individual is eligible for a granny flat interest at a particular time if: (a) the individual reached *pension age at or before that time; or (b) the individual:
(i) needs, because of a disability, assistance to carry out most day-to-day activities; and
(ii) is likely to continue to need that assistance, because of that disability, for at least 12 months after that time.
137-10(3)
This Subdivision applies: (a) to a *dwelling ' s *adjacent land in a corresponding way to the way Subdivision 118-B applies to the adjacent land; or (b) to an *adjacent structure of a flat or home unit in a corresponding way to the way Subdivision 118-B applies to the adjacent structure.
Note:
Subsections 118-120(1) and (5) provide that Subdivision 118-B (about main residences) applies to adjacent land and adjacent structures as if they were a dwelling.
A *CGT event does not happen, to the extent it relates to creating a *granny flat interest in a *dwelling under an *arrangement by entering into the arrangement at a particular time (the start time ), if: (a) the individual who holds, or who is to hold, the granny flat interest under the arrangement is *eligible for a granny flat interest at the start time; and (b) another individual:
(i) holds an *ownership interest in the dwelling at the start time; or
(c) at the start time, both individuals are parties to the arrangement; and (d) the arrangement:
(ii) agrees, under the arrangement, to *acquire an ownership interest in a dwelling that is to be the dwelling in which the first-mentioned individual is to hold the granny flat interest; and
(i) is in writing; and
(e) the arrangement is not of a commercial nature.
(ii) indicates an intention for the parties to the arrangement to be legally bound by it; and
A *CGT event does not happen, to the extent it relates to creating or varying a *granny flat interest in a *dwelling under an *arrangement by varying the arrangement at a particular time (the variation time ), if: (a) the individual who holds, or who is to hold, the granny flat interest under the arrangement (as varied) is *eligible for a granny flat interest at the variation time; and (b) another individual:
(i) holds an *ownership interest in the dwelling at the variation time; or
(c) at the variation time, both individuals are parties to the arrangement (as varied); and (d) the arrangement (as varied):
(ii) agrees, under the arrangement (as varied), to *acquire an ownership interest in a dwelling that is to be the dwelling in which the first-mentioned individual is to hold the granny flat interest; and
(i) is in writing; and
(e) the arrangement (as varied) is not of a commercial nature.
(ii) indicates an intention for the parties to the arrangement to be legally bound by it; and
A *CGT event does not happen, to the extent that it relates to terminating a *granny flat interest in a *dwelling under an *arrangement by terminating the arrangement, if: (a) section 137-15 applied so that a CGT event did not happen when the arrangement was entered into; or (b) section 137-20 applied so that a CGT event did not happen when the arrangement was varied.
A *CGT asset that an entity owns is a pre-CGT asset if, and only if:
(a) the entity last acquired the asset before 20 September 1985; and
(b) the entity was not, immediately before the start of the 1998-99 income year, taken under:
(i) former subsection 160ZZS(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
to have acquired the asset on or after 20 September 1985; and
(ii) Subdivision C of Division 20 of former Part IIIA of that Act;
(c) the asset has not stopped being a pre-CGT asset of the entity because of this Division.
Note:
There are transitional rules for assets that stopped being pre-CGT assets under the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 : see section 149-5 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Majority underlying interests in a *CGT asset consist of:
(a) more than 50% of the beneficial interests that *ultimate owners have (whether directly or *indirectly) in the asset; and
(b) more than 50% of the beneficial interests that ultimate owners have (whether directly or indirectly) in any *ordinary income that may be *derived from the asset.
149-15(2)
An underlying interest in a *CGT asset is a beneficial interest that an *ultimate owner has (whether directly or *indirectly) in the asset or in any *ordinary income that may be *derived from the asset.
149-15(3)
An ultimate owner is:
(a) an individual; or
(b) a company whose *constitution prevents it from making any distribution, whether in money, property or otherwise, to its members; or
(c) the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; or
(d) a municipal corporation; or
(e) a *local governing body; or
(f) the government of a foreign country, or of part of a foreign country.
149-15(4)
An *ultimate owner indirectly has a beneficial interest in a *CGT asset of another entity (that is not an ultimate owner) if he, she or it would receive for his, her or its own benefit any of the capital of the other entity if:
(a) the other entity were to distribute any of its capital; and
(b) the capital were then successively distributed by each entity interposed between the other entity and the ultimate owner.
149-15(5)
An *ultimate owner indirectly has a beneficial interest in *ordinary income that may be *derived from a *CGT asset of another entity (that is not an ultimate owner) if he, she or it would receive for his, her or its own benefit any of a *dividend or income if:
(a) the other entity were to pay that dividend, or otherwise distribute that income; and
(b) the dividend or income were then successively paid or distributed by each entity interposed between the other entity and the ultimate owner.
Subdivision 149-B - When asset of non-public entity stops being a pre-CGT asset SECTION 149-25 149-25 Which entities are affected
This Subdivision provides for when a *CGT asset of an entity stops being a *pre-CGT asset (unless the entity is covered by section 149-50 ).
Note:
Subdivision 149-C deals with when an asset of such an entity stops being a pre-CGT asset.
The asset stops being a *pre-CGT asset at the earliest time when *majority underlying interests in the asset were not had by *ultimate owners who had *majority underlying interests in the asset immediately before 20 September 1985.
149-30(1A)
Also, Part 3-1 and this Part (except this Division) apply to the asset as if the entity had acquired it at that earliest time.
149-30(2)
If the Commissioner is satisfied, or thinks it reasonable to assume, that at all times on and after 20 September 1985 and before a particular time *majority underlying interests in the asset were had by *ultimate owners who had *majority underlying interests in the asset immediately before that day, subsections (1) and (1A) apply as if that were in fact the case.
New owner standing in shoes of former owner
149-30(3)
Subsection (4) affects how the *majority underlying interests in the asset are worked out if an *ultimate owner (the new owner ) has acquired a percentage (the acquired percentage ) of the *underlying interests in the asset because of an event described in column 2 of an item in the table. The former owner is the entity described in column 3 of that item.
Events leading to new owner standing in for former owner | ||
Item | For this kind of event: | The former owner is: |
1 | *CGT event A1 or B1 if there is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-A (about marriage or relationship breakdowns) for the event | the entity that, immediately before the event happened, owned the *CGT asset to which the event relates |
. | ||
2 | the death of a person | that person |
149-30(4)
This section applies as if the new owner had (in addition to any other *underlying interests), at any time when the former owner had a percentage (the former owner's percentage ) of the underlying interests in the asset, a percentage of the underlying interests in the asset equal to the acquired percentage, or the former owner's percentage at that time, whichever is the less.
This section affects the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset if it stops being a *pre-CGT asset.
149-35(2)
The first element of each is the asset's *market value at the time referred to in subsection 149-30(1).
Subdivision 149-C - When asset of public entity stops being a pre-CGT asset SECTION 149-50 Which entities are affected 149-50(1)
This Subdivision provides for when a *CGT asset of an entity of any of these kinds stops being a *pre-CGT asset:
(a) a company *shares in which (except shares that carry the right to a fixed rate of *dividend) are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange;
(b) a *publicly traded unit trust;
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
(d) a *mutual affiliate company;
(e) a company (other than one covered by paragraph (a)) all the *shares in which are beneficially owned, whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities, by one or more of the following:
(i) a company covered by paragraph (a);
(ii) a *mutual insurance company;
(iii) a *mutual affiliate company;
(iv) a *publicly traded unit trust;
(f) (Omitted by No 94 of 1999)
149-50(2)
A publicly traded unit trust is a unit trust the units in which:
(a) are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; or
(b) are ordinarily available for subscription or purchase by the public.
149-50(3)
This Division applies as if what is done or not done by the trustee of a *publicly traded unit trust had been done or not done by the trust.
SECTION 149-55 Entity to give the Commissioner evidence periodically as to whether asset still has same majority underlying ownership 149-55(1)
Within 6 months after each *test day, the entity must give the Commissioner written evidence about the *majority underlying interests in the asset at the end of that day. (The Commissioner can extend the period for doing so.)
149-55(1A)
The evidence must be given in a form that makes the information about those interests readily apparent.
149-55(1B)
The only consequences of failing to give the evidence are those set out in section 149-70 . It is not an offence to fail to give the evidence.
Test days
149-55(2)
Each of these days is a test day :
(aa) 30 June 1999;
(a) a day that is 5 years (or a multiple of 5 years) after 30 June 1999 (but see subsection (3));
(b) if the entity is covered by paragraph 149-50(1)(a) or (e) - a day on which there is *abnormal trading in *shares in the company;
(c) if the entity is a *publicly traded unit trust - a day on which there is *abnormal trading in units in the trust;
(d) if the entity is a company all the *shares in which are beneficially owned, whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities, by one or more of the following:
(i) a company *shares in which (except shares that carry the right to a fixed rate of *dividend) are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange;
a day on which there is *abnormal trading in *shares in the other company or in units in that unit trust.
(ii) a *publicly traded unit trust;
(e) (Omitted by No 94 of 1999)
Note:
Subsections (6) and (7) change the normal rules about abnormal trading.
149-55(3)
If a day (the fifth anniversary ) that would otherwise be a *test day because of paragraph (2)(a) is:
(a) a Saturday; or
(b) a Sunday; or
(c) a day that is a public holiday or a bank holiday in the place where the records of ownership of shares or other interests in the entity are kept;
the next day that is not covered by a paragraph of this subsection is a test day instead of the fifth anniversary.
Determining the end of a day
149-55(4)
For the purposes of this section, the end of a day is determined according to legal time in the place where the records of ownership of shares or other interests in the entity are kept.
Special rules about abnormal trading
149-55(5)
Subsections (6) and (7) change how Subdivision 960-H applies for the purposes of determining under this section whether there is *abnormal trading in *shares in a company or in units in a unit trust.
149-55(6)
An issue, redemption or transfer, or any other dealing, is a trading if, and only if, it changes the respective proportions in which *ultimate owners have *underlying interests in *CGT assets of the company or trust.
149-55(7)
Section 960-235 (about suspected transactions involving 5% or more of *shares in the company or units in the trust) is disregarded.
To avoid the consequences in section 149-70 , the following condition must be complied with.
149-60(1)
On the basis solely of the evidence given to the Commissioner under subsection 149-55(1), the Commissioner must be satisfied that, or think it reasonable to assume that, at the end of the *test day, *majority underlying interests in the asset were had by *ultimate owners who also had *majority underlying interests in the asset at the end of the starting day. The starting day is:
(a) a day the entity chooses under subsection (2); or
(b) if no day is so chosen - 19 September 1985.
149-60(2)
The day chosen:
(a) must be no earlier than 1 July 1985 and no later than 30 June 1986; and
(b) must be one the choice of which will allow evidence to be given that enables a reasonable approximation of the *ultimate owners who had *underlying interests in the assets of the entity at the end of 19 September 1985.
How unidentified owners are treated
149-60(3)
So far as the evidence does not show who had *underlying interests in the asset at the end of the *starting day, the evidence must be treated on the assumption that those interests were then had by *ultimate owners who did not have *underlying interests in the asset at the end of the *test day.
New owner standing in the shoes of former owner
149-60(4)
Subsection (5) affects how the evidence must be treated if an *ultimate owner (the new owner ) has acquired a percentage (the acquired percentage ) of the *underlying interests in the asset because of an event described in column 2 of an item in the table. The former owner is the entity described in column 3 of that item.
Events leading to new owner standing in for former owner | ||
Item | For this kind of event: | The former owner is: |
1 | *CGT event A1 or B1 if there is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-A (about marriage or relationship breakdowns) for the event | the entity that, immediately before the event happened, owned the *CGT asset to which the event relates |
. | ||
2 | the death of a person | that person |
149-60(5)
The evidence must be treated on the assumption that the new owner had (in addition to any other *underlying interests), at any time when the former owner had a percentage (the former owner ' s percentage ) of the *underlying interests in the asset, a percentage of the underlying interests in the asset equal to the acquired percentage, or the former owner ' s percentage at that time, whichever is the less.
Determining the end of a day
149-60(6)
For the purposes of this section, the end of a day is determined according to legal time in the place where the records of ownership of shares or other interests in the entity are kept.
(Repealed by No 94 of 1999)
The asset stops being a *pre-CGT asset if the condition in subsection 149-60(1) is not satisfied.
149-70(2)
Also, Part 3-1 and this Part (except this Division) apply to the asset as if the entity had acquired it at the end of the *test day (as determined under subsection 149-55(4) ).
149-70(3)
(Repealed by No 94 of 1999)
SECTION 149-75 Cost base elements of asset that stops being a pre-CGT asset 149-75(1)
This section affects the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the asset if it stops being a *pre-CGT asset.
149-75(2)
The first element of each is the asset's *market value at the time referred to in subsection 149-70(2) .
149-75(3)
(Repealed by No 94 of 1999)
SECTION 149-80 149-80 No more evidence needed after asset stops being a pre-CGT asset
After the asset stops being a *pre-CGT asset, the entity need not give the Commissioner any more evidence about it under section 149-55 .
This Subdivision applies only if, on the basis solely of evidence the entity gives the Commissioner, the Commissioner is satisfied, or thinks it reasonable to assume, that this Subdivision applies to the entity.
149-162(2)
The evidence must be given in a form that makes it readily apparent whether this Subdivision applies.
SECTION 149-165 Members treated as having underlying interests in assets until demutualisation 149-165(1)
This section modifies the treatment of evidence that an entity gives the Commissioner under section 149-55 as to the *ultimate owners who had *underlying interests in the asset at a particular time if the entity:
(a) was:
(i) a *mutual insurance company; or
at the end of the *starting day (as determined under subsection 149-60(6) ); and
(ii) a *mutual affiliate company;
(b) has since stopped being a company of either of those kinds, but either:
(i) has continued in existence as a company covered by paragraph 149-50(1)(a) or (e) or a *publicly traded unit trust; or
(ii) has undergone a demutualisation in relation to which Division 316 (Demutualisation of friendly society health or life insurers) applied and has continued in existence as a company; and
(c) when it stopped being an entity of either of those kinds (the stopping time ), had more than 50 members.
149-165(2)
The entity may require the Commissioner to treat the evidence on the assumption that an *ultimate owner who:
(a) immediately before the stopping time was a member of the entity; and
(b) immediately after the stopping time had an *underlying interest in the asset;
had the interest at all times from and including the end of the *starting day until immediately after the stopping time.
SECTION 149-170 Effect of demutualisation of interposed company 149-170(1)
This section modifies the treatment of evidence that an entity (the head entity ) gives the Commissioner under section 149-55 as to the *ultimate owners who had *underlying interests in the asset at a particular time if another entity (the interposed company ):
(a) was:
(i) a *mutual insurance company; or
at the end of the *starting day (as determined under subsection 149-60(6)) for the head entity; and
(ii) a *mutual affiliate company;
(b) has since stopped being a company of either of those kinds, but either:
(i) has continued in existence as a company covered by paragraph 149-50(1)(a) or (e) or a *publicly traded unit trust; or
(ii) has undergone a demutualisation in relation to which Division 316 (Demutualisation of friendly society health or life insurers) applied and has continued in existence as a company; and
(c) when it stopped being an entity of either of those kinds (the stopping time ), had more than 50 members.
149-170(2)
The head entity may require the Commissioner to treat the evidence on the assumption that an *ultimate owner who:
(a) immediately before the stopping time was a member of the interposed company; and
(b) immediately after the stopping time had, through the interposed company, an *underlying interest in the asset;
had the interest at all times from and including the end of the *starting day until immediately after the stopping time.
Division 152 - Small business relief
To help small business, if the basic conditions for relief are satisfied, capital gains can be reduced by the various concessions in this Division. Those basic conditions are in Subdivision 152-A . Some of the concessions have additional, specific conditions that must also be satisfied.
The 4 available small business concessions are:
A capital gain that qualifies for the 15-year exemption is disregarded entirely and is not taken into account under the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) . By contrast, the other concessions are only activated by step 4 of that method statement. This means that you must apply all available capital losses against your capital gains (under steps 1 and 2) before you can reduce them using those 3 concessions.
This Subdivision sets out some basic conditions for relief. If the basic conditions are satisfied, an entity may be able to reduce its capital gains using the small business concessions in this Division.
The 2 major basic conditions are:
Additional basic conditions must be satisfied in the following circumstances:
Some of the concessions have additional, specific conditions that also must be satisfied. For example, the 15-year exemption applies only if you have held the CGT asset for at least 15 years and you retire.
There are limitations on the availability of the small business concessions for CGT events J2, J5 and J6.
You do not need to satisfy the basic conditions for the retirement exemption in relation to CGT events J5 and J6.
SECTION 152-10 Basic conditions for relief 152-10(1)
A *capital gain (except a capital gain from *CGT event K7) you make may be reduced or disregarded under this Division if the following basic conditions are satisfied for the gain:
(a) a *CGT event happens in relation to a *CGT asset of yours in an income year;
Note:
This condition does not apply in the case of CGT event D1: see section 152-12 .
(b) the event would (apart from this Division) have resulted in the gain;
(c) at least one of the following applies:
(i) you are a *CGT small business entity for the income year;
(ii) you satisfy the maximum net asset value test (see section 152-15 );
(iii) you are a partner in a partnership that is a CGT small business entity for the income year and the CGT asset is an interest in an asset of the partnership;
(iv) the conditions mentioned in subsection (1A) or (1B) are satisfied in relation to the CGT asset in the income year;
(d) the CGT asset satisfies the active asset test (see section 152-35 ).
Note:
This condition does not apply in the case of CGT event D1: see section 152-12 .
CGT small business entity
152-10(1AA)
You are a CGT small business entity for an income year if:
(a) you are a *small business entity for the income year; and
(b) you would be a small business entity for the income year if each reference in section 328-110 to $10 million were a reference to $2 million.
Note:
For the purposes of subsection (1A) or (1B), in determining whether an entity would be a small business entity, see also sections 152-48 and 152-78 .
Passively held assets - affiliates and entities connected with you
152-10(1A)
The conditions in this subsection are satisfied in relation to the *CGT asset in the income year if:
(a) your *affiliate, or an entity that is *connected with you, is a *CGT small business entity for the income year; and
(b) you do not carry on a *business in the income year (other than in partnership); and
(c) if you carry on a business in partnership - the CGT asset is not an interest in an asset of the partnership; and
(d) in any case - the CGT small business entity referred to in paragraph (a) is the entity that, at a time in the income year, carries on the business (as referred to in subparagraph 152-40(1)(a)(ii) or (iii) or paragraph 152-40(1)(b) ) in relation to the CGT asset.
Note1:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
Note 3:
For businesses that are winding up, see section 152-49 and subsection 328-110(5) .
Passively held assets - partnerships
152-10(1B)
The conditions in this subsection are satisfied in relation to the *CGT asset in the income year if:
(a) you are a partner in a partnership in the income year; and
(b) the partnership is a *CGT small business entity for the income year; and
(c) you do not carry on a *business in the income year (other than in partnership); and
(d) the CGT asset is not an interest in an asset of the partnership; and
(e) the business you carry on as a partner in the partnership referred to in paragraph (a) is the business that you, at a time in the income year, carry on (as referred to in subparagraph 152-40(1)(a)(i) or paragraph 152-40(1)(b) ) in relation to the CGT asset.
Note:
For businesses that are winding up, see section 152-49 and subsection 328-110(5) .
Additional basic conditions for shares in a company or interests in a trust
152-10(2)
The following additional basic conditions must be satisfied if the *CGT asset is a *share in a company, or an interest in a trust, (the object entity ):
(a) the CGT asset would still satisfy the active asset test (see section 152-35 ) if the assumptions in subsection (2A) were made;
(b) if you do not satisfy the maximum net asset value test (see section 152-15 ) - you are carrying on a *business just before the *CGT event;
(c) either:
(i) the object entity would be a *CGT small business entity for the income year; or
if the following assumptions were made:
(ii) the object entity would satisfy the maximum net asset value test (see section 152-15 );
(iii) the only CGT assets or *annual turnovers considered were those of the object entity, each affiliate of the object entity, and each entity controlled by the object entity in a way described in section 328-125 ;
(iv) each reference in section 328-125 to 40% were a reference to 20%;
(v) no determination under subsection 328-125(6) were in force;
(d) just before the CGT event, either:
(i) you are a *CGT concession stakeholder in the object entity; or
(ii) CGT concession stakeholders in the object entity together have a *small business participation percentage in you of at least 90%.
152-10(2A)
For the purposes of paragraph (2)(a), in working out whether subsection 152-40(3) applies at a given time (the test time ) assume that:
(a) an asset of a company or trust is covered by neither:
(i) subparagraph 152-40(3)(b)(ii) (about financial instruments); nor
if the company or trust acquired that asset for a purpose that included assisting an entity to otherwise satisfy paragraph (2)(a) of this section; and
(ii) subparagraph 152-40(3)(b)(iii) (about cash);
(b) paragraph 152-40(3)(b) does not cover an asset that:
(i) is a share in a company, or an interest in a trust, (the later entity ); and
(ii) is held at the test time by the object entity directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities); and
(c) subparagraph 152-40(3)(b)(i) also covers each asset that:
(i) is held at the test time by a later entity covered by subsection (2B); and
(ii) is, for that later entity, an asset of a kind referred to in subparagraph 152-40(3)(b)(i) , (ii) or (iii), as modified by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subsection; and
(d) subject to paragraph (b) of this subsection, all of the assets of the object entity at the test time included all of the assets of each later entity at the test time; and
(e) for the purposes of paragraph 152-40(3)(b) , the *market value at the test time of an asset held by a later entity were the product of:
(i) the asset ' s market value, apart from this paragraph, at the test time; and
(ii) the object entity ' s *small business participation percentage in the later entity at the test time.
152-10(2B)
For the purposes of paragraph (2A)(c), this subsection covers a later entity if:
(a) at the test time:
(i) your *small business participation percentage in the later entity is at least 20%; or
(ii) you are a *CGT concession stakeholder of the later entity; and
(b) either:
(i) the later entity would be a *CGT small business entity for the income year that includes the test time; or
if the following assumptions were made:
(ii) the later entity would satisfy the maximum net asset value test (see section 152-15 ) for a notional CGT event taken to have happened at the test time;
(iii) the only *CGT assets or *annual turnovers considered were those of the later entity and of the entities referred to in subparagraph (2)(c)(iii);
(iv) each reference in section 328-125 to 40% were a reference to 20%;
(v) no determination under subsection 328-125(6) were in force.
Additional basic condition for CGT events involving certain rights or interests in relation to the income or capital of a partnership
152-10(2C)
If the *CGT event involves the creation, transfer, variation or cessation of a right or interest that would entitle an entity to:
(a) an amount of the income or capital of a partnership; or
(b) an amount calculated by reference to a partner ' s entitlement to an amount of income or capital of a partnership;
it is an additional basic condition that the right or interest is a *membership interest of the entity in the partnership:
(c) immediately after the CGT event happens; or
(d) if the CGT event involved the cessation of the right or interest - immediately before the CGT event happens.
Extra conditions for some concessions
152-10(3)
In addition to the basic conditions in this section, some of the concessions in this Division have extra conditions that must be satisfied for the concession to be available. These extra conditions are set out in the relevant Subdivisions.
Special rules for certain CGT events
152-10(4)
Subdivisions 152-B and 152-C do not apply to *CGT events J2, J5 and J6. In addition, Subdivision 152-E does not apply to CGT events J5 and J6.
Note 1:
Those CGT events are about previous applications of the roll-over in Subdivision 152-E .
Note 2:
This Subdivision does not apply to CGT events J5 and J6 in relation to the retirement exemption (see subsection 152-305(4) ).
SECTION 152-12 Special conditions for CGT event D1 152-12(1)
Paragraphs 152-10(1)(a) and (d) do not apply in the case of *CGT event D1.
152-12(2)
Instead, it is a basic condition that the right you create that triggers the *CGT event must be inherently connected with a *CGT asset of yours that satisfies the active asset test (see section 152-35 ).
Maximum net asset value test
SECTION 152-15 152-15 Maximum net asset value test
You satisfy the maximum net asset value test if, just before the *CGT event, the sum of the following amounts does not exceed $6,000,000:
(a) the *net value of the CGT assets of yours;
(b) the net value of the CGT assets of any entities *connected with you;
(c) the net value of the CGT assets of any *affiliates of yours or entities connected with your affiliates (not counting any assets already counted under paragraph (b)).
Note 1:
Some assets are not included in the definition of net value of the CGT assets : see subsections 152-20(2) , (3) and (4) .
Note 2:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
Meaning of net value of the CGT assets
152-20(1)
The net value of the CGT assets of an entity is the amount (whether positive, negative or nil) obtained by subtracting from the sum of the *market values of those assets the sum of:
(a) the liabilities of the entity that are related to the assets; and
(b) the following provisions made by the entity:
(i) provisions for annual leave;
(ii) provisions for long service leave;
(iii) provisions for unearned income;
(iv) provisions for tax liabilities.
Assets to be disregarded
152-20(2)
In working out the net value of the CGT assets of an entity:
(a) disregard *shares, units or other interests (except debt) in another entity that is *connected with the first-mentioned entity or with an *affiliate of the first-mentioned entity, but include any liabilities related to any such shares, units or interests; and
(b) if the entity is an individual, disregard:
(i) assets being used solely for the personal use and enjoyment of the individual, or the individual's *affiliate (except a *dwelling, or an *ownership interest in a dwelling, that is the individual's main residence, including any adjacent land to which the main residence exemption can extend because of section 118-120 ); and
(ii) except for an amount included under subsection (2A), the *market value of a dwelling, or an ownership interest in a dwelling, that is the individual's main residence (including any relevant adjacent land); and
(iii) a right to, or to any part of, any allowance, annuity or capital amount payable out of a *superannuation fund or an *approved deposit fund; and
(iv) a right to, or to any part of, an asset of a superannuation fund or of an approved deposit fund; and
(v) a policy of insurance on the life of an individual.
Note:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
Individual's dwelling
152-20(2A)
In working out the net value of the CGT assets of an individual, if:
(a) a *dwelling of the individual, an *ownership interest in such a dwelling or any relevant adjacent land, was used, during all or part of the *ownership period of the dwelling, by the individual to produce assessable income to a particular extent; and
(b) the individual satisfied paragraph 118-190(1)(c) (about interest deductibility) at least to some extent;
include such amount as is reasonable having regard to the extent to which that paragraph was satisfied.
Note:
The net value of the CGT assets of the individual will be reduced by the same proportion of the individual's liabilities related to the dwelling, ownership interest or adjacent land.
Net value of the CGT assets of others
152-20(3)
In working out the net value of the CGT assets of:
(a) your *affiliate; or
(b) an entity that is *connected with your affiliate;
include only those assets that are used, or held ready for use, in the carrying on of a *business by you or another entity *connected with you (whether the business is carried on alone or jointly with others).
Note:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
152-20(4)
However, disregard assets under subsection (3) that are used, or held ready for use, in the carrying on of a *business by an entity that is *connected with you only because of your *affiliate.
Example:
You and your husband sell a florist ' s business that you jointly carry on. Your husband also wholly owns a company that carries on a newsagency business. You yourself have no other involvement with the newsagency business.
Under subsection (4), you disregard the newsagency company's assets in working out whether you satisfy the maximum net asset value test because, although the company is " connected " with you, it is so connected only because of your affiliate (your husband).
Note:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
Effect of look-through earnout rights
152-20(5)
Despite subsections (1) to (4), in working out the net value of the CGT assets of an entity at the time just before the *CGT event (the valuing time ), you can make a choice under subsection (6) if:
(a) at the valuing time, one or more of the entity ' s *CGT assets were assets for which the entity later provided, or was later provided with, one or more *financial benefits under one or more *look-through earnout rights that were in existence at the valuing time; or
(b) at the valuing time, one or more of the entity ' s CGT assets were look-through earnout rights relating to CGT assets of:
(i) one or more of the other entities referred to in section 152-15 ; or
(ii) one or more entities not referred to in that section; or
(c) you are the entity, and:
(i) the CGT event referred to in section 152-15 happened because you *disposed of a CGT asset; and
(ii) your *capital proceeds from the disposal were affected by one or more financial benefits provided to, or by, you under one or more look-through earnout rights;
and no further financial benefits can be provided under any of those look-through earnout rights.
Note:
For paragraph (c), capital proceeds can be affected by financial benefits provided under a look-through earnout right (see section 116-120 ).
152-20(6)
You can choose to treat the *market value of each of the *CGT assets first mentioned in the applicable paragraph of subsection (5) as if it were, at the valuing time, equal to:
(a) if paragraph (5)(a) applies - the first element of the CGT asset ' s *cost base at the valuing time; or
(b) if subparagraph (5)(b)(i) applies - nil; or
(c) if subparagraph (5)(b)(ii) applies - the total of the financial benefits provided under the *look-through earnout right after the valuing time; or
(d) if paragraph (5)(c) applies - those *capital proceeds.
Note:
For paragraph (a), the first element of a CGT asset ' s cost base can be affected by financial benefits provided under a look-through earnout right (see section 112-36 ).
152-20(7)
In working out the net value of the CGT assets of an entity at the valuing time, if:
(a) you make a choice under subsection (6) about a *CGT asset of the entity that is a CGT asset covered by paragraph (5)(a) or (c); and
(b) a *look-through earnout right covered by that paragraph is also a CGT asset of the entity;
treat the *market value of that right as if it were nil at the valuing time.
(Repealed by No 80 of 2007 )
(Repealed by No 80 of 2007 )
SECTION 152-35 Active asset test 152-35(1)
A *CGT asset satisfies the active asset test if:
(a) you have owned the asset for 15 yearsor less and the asset was an *active asset of yours for a total of at least half of the period specified in subsection (2); or
(b) you have owned the asset for more than 15 years and the asset was an active asset of yours for a total of at least 7 ½ years during the period specified in subsection (2).
152-35(2)
The period:
(a) begins when you *acquired the asset; and
(b) ends at the earlier of:
(i) the *CGT event; and
(ii) if the relevant business ceased to be carried on in the 12 months before that time or any longer period that the Commissioner allows - the cessation of the business.
A *CGT asset is an active asset at a time if, at that time:
(a) you own the asset (whether the asset is tangible or intangible) and it is used, or held ready for use, in the course of carrying on a *business that is carried on (whether alone or in partnership) by:
(i) you; or
(ii) your *affiliate; or
(iii) another entity that is *connected with you; or
(b) if the asset is an intangible asset - you own it and it is inherently connected with a business that is carried on (whether alone or in partnership) by you, your affiliate, or another entity that is connected with you.
Note 1:
An intangible asset need satisfy only paragraph (a) or paragraph (b).
Note 2:
The meaning of connected with in subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) and paragraph (b) is affected by section 152-78 .
Note 3:
An example of an asset that is inherently connected with a business is goodwill or the benefit of a restrictive covenant.
Note 4:
For businesses that are winding up, see section 152-49 and subsection 328-110(5) .
152-40(1A)
(Repealed by No 42 of 2009)
152-40(2)
Subsection 392-20(1) is disregarded in determining, for the purposes of subsection (1) of this section, whether an entity is carrying on a *business.
Note:
An entity would be taken to be carrying on a primary production business under subsection 392-20(1) if the business is carried on by a trust and the entity is presently entitled to trust income.
152-40(3)
A *CGT asset is also an active asset at a given time if, at that time, you own it and:
(a) it is either a *share in a company that is an Australian resident at that time or an interest in a trust that is a *resident trust for CGT purposes for the income year in which that time occurs; and
(b) the total of:
(i) the *market values of the active assets of the company or trust; and
(ii) the market value of any financial instruments of the company or trust that are inherently connected with a business that the company or trust carries on; and
is 80% or more of the market value of all of the assets of the company or trust.
(iii) any cash of the company or trust that is inherently connected with such a business;
152-40(3A)
A *share in a company, or an interest in a trust, mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) is an active asset at a time (the later time ) if:
(a) the share or interest was an active asset at an earlier time; and
(b) it is reasonable to conclude that the share or interest is still an active asset at the later time.
Note:
This ensures that the 80% test does not need to be applied on a day to day basis.
152-40(3B)
A *share in a company, or an interest in a trust, mentioned in paragraph (3)(a) is an active asset at a time if:
(a) the share or interest fails to meet the requirements under subsection (3) at that time; and
(b) the failure is of a temporary nature only.
Note:
If a share in a company or an interest in a trust is chosen as a replacement asset, this ensures that a temporary failure of the 80% test does not automatically lead to CGT event J2 happening.
Exceptions
152-40(4)
However, the following *CGT assets cannot be active assets :
(a) interests in an entity that is *connected with you, other than *shares and interests covered by subsection (3);
(b) shares in a company, other than:
(i) shares in a *widely held company that are covered by subsection (3), (3A) or (3B) and held by a *CGT concession stakeholder of the company; and
(ii) shares in any other company that are covered by subsection (3), (3A) or (3B);
(c) interests in a trust, other than:
(i) interests in a trust to which subsection (5) applies that are covered by subsection (3), (3A) or (3B) and held by a CGT concession stakeholder of the trust; and
(ii) interests in any other trust that are covered by subsection (3), (3A) or (3B);
(d) financial instruments (such as loans, debentures, bonds, promissory notes, futures contracts, forward contracts, currency swap contracts and a right or option in respect of a share, security, loan or contract);
(e) an asset whose main use by you is to *derive interest, an annuity, rent, royalties or foreign exchange gains unless:
(i) the asset is an intangible asset and has been substantially developed, altered or improved by you so that its *market value has been substantially enhanced; or
(ii) its main use for deriving rent was only temporary.
Example:
A company uses a house purely as an investment property and rents it out. The house is not an active asset because the company is not using the house in the course of carrying on a business. If, on the other hand, the company ran the house as a guest house the house would be an active asset because the company would be using it to carry on a business and not to derive rent.
Note:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
152-40(4A)
For the purposes of paragraph (4)(e), in determining the main use of an asset:
(a) disregard any personal use or enjoyment of the asset by you; and
(b) treat any use by your *affiliate, or an entity that is *connected with you, as your use.
Note:
The meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
152-40(5)
This subsection applies to a trust if:
(a) interests in the trust are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; or
(b) the trust has more than 50 *members, unless the trust is a discretionary trust or a trust where at least one of the following conditions is met during an income year:
(i) no more than 20 persons held, or had the right to acquire or become the holders of, *membership interests representing at least 75% of the value of the membership interests in the trust;
(ii) if there are *trust voting interests in the trust - at least 75% of the trust voting interests in the trust was capable of being controlled by no more than 20 persons;
(iii) at least 75% of the amount of any distribution made by the trustee during the year was made to no more than 20 persons;
(iv) if no distribution was made by the trustee during the year - the Commissioner is of the opinion that, if a distribution had been made during the year, at least 75% of the distribution would have been made to no more than 20 persons.
(Repealed by No 41 of 2011)
Asset compulsorily acquired, lost or destroyed
152-45(1)
If a *CGT asset is an asset (the new asset ) you acquired to satisfy the requirement in subsection 124-70(2) or 124-75(2) for a roll-over under Subdivision 124-B , then the active asset test in section 152-35 applies as if:
(a) you had acquired the new asset when you acquired the old asset; and
(b) the new asset had been your *active asset at all times when the original asset was your active asset; and
(c) the new asset had not been your active asset at all times when the original asset was not your active asset.
Note 1:
Subdivision 124-B allows you to choose a roll-over if your CGT asset is compulsorily acquired, lost or destroyed.
Note 2:
If this subsection applies to a CGT asset, then section 152-115 (which is about continuing time periods) will apply for the 15-year exemption.
Assets replaced during FSR transition (same owner roll-overs)
152-45(1A)
If a *CGT asset is an asset (the new asset ) you acquired in a situation covered by former section 124-880 , 124-885 or 124-890 , then the active asset test in section 152-35 applies as if:
(a) you had acquired the new asset when you acquired the original asset; and
(b) the new asset had been your *active asset at all times when the original asset was your active asset; and
(c) the new asset had not been your active asset at all times when the original asset was not your active asset.
Note 1:
Former Subdivision 124-O provided a roll-over for certain CGT assets that came to an end as a result of an FSR transition.
Note 2:
If this subsection applies to a CGT asset, then section 152-115 (which is about continuing time periods) will apply for the 15-year exemption.
Assets replaced during FSR transition (new owner roll-overs)
152-45(1B)
If a *CGT asset is an asset (the new asset ) acquired in a situation covered by former section 124-900 , 124-905 or 124-910 , then the active asset test in section 152-35 applies as if:
(a) the new owner had acquired the new asset when the original owner acquired the original asset; and
(b) the new asset had been the *active asset of the new owner at all times when the original asset was the original owner ' s active asset; and
(c) the new asset had not been the active asset of the new owner at all times when the original asset was not the original owner ' s active asset.
Note 1:
Former Subdivision 124-O provided a roll-over for certain CGT assets that came to an end as a result of an FSR transition.
Note 2:
If this subsection applies to a CGT asset, then section 152-115 (which is about continuing time periods) will apply for the 15-year exemption.
Marriage or relationship breakdowns
152-45(2)
If you were the transferee of a *CGT asset for which there has been a roll-over under Subdivision 126-A , then you may choose that the active asset test in section 152-35 applies as if:
(a) you had acquired the asset when the transferor acquired the asset; and
(b) the asset had been an *active asset of yours at all times when the asset was an active asset of the transferor; and
(c) the asset had not been an active asset of yours at all times when the asset was not an active asset of the transferor.
Note 1:
Section 103-25 tells you when the choice must be made.
Note 2:
There is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-A if CGT assets are transferred because of a marriage or relationship breakdown.
Note 3:
If you don ' t make the choice, the time of acquisition is simply the time of the transfer.
Note 4:
Making the choice here has certain consequences for the 15-year exemption: see section 152-115 .
SECTION 152-47 Spouses or children taken to be affiliates for certain passively held CGT assets 152-47(1)
This section applies if:
(a) one entity (the asset owner ) owns a *CGT asset (whether the asset is tangible or intangible); and
(b) either:
(i) the asset is used, or held ready for use, in the course of carrying on a *business in an income year by another entity (the business entity ); or
(ii) the asset is inherently connected with a business that is carried on in an income year by another entity (the business entity ); and
(c) the business entity is not (apart from this section) an *affiliate of, or *connected with, the asset owner.
Note:
The meaning of connected with an entity is affected by section 152-78 .
152-47(2)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, in determining whether the business entity is an *affiliate of, or is *connected with, the asset owner, take the following to be affiliates of an individual:
(a) a *spouse of the individual;
(b) a *child of the individual, being a child who is under 18 years.
152-47(3)
If an entity is an *affiliate of, or *connected with, another entity as a result of subsection (2), then the *spouse or *child mentioned in that subsection is, in addition, taken to be an affiliate of the individual for the purposes of this Subdivision, and for the purposes of sections 328-110 to 328-125 to the extent that they relate to this Subdivision.
Example:
The spouse or child mentioned in subsection (2) is taken to be an affiliate of the individual for the purposes of working out which entities are affiliates of or connected with entities under section 152-48 .
152-47(4)
To avoid doubt, subsection (2) applies:
(a) for the purposes of reducing or disregarding, under this Division, any *capital gain from any *CGT asset; but
(b) only while:
(i) a *spouse remains a spouse; or
(ii) a *child remains a child who is under 18 years.
This section applies for the purposes of section 328-115 to determine whether an entity (the test entity ) is a *CGT small business entity for the purposes of subsection 152-10(1A) or (1B) .
152-48(2)
An entity (the deemed entity ) is taken to be an *affiliate of, or *connected with, the test entity (as the case requires) if:
(a) the deemed entity is an affiliate of, or connected with, the entity that owns the *CGT asset referred to in subsection 152-10(1A) or (1B) ; and
(b) the deemed entity is not (apart from this section) an affiliate of, or connected with, the test entity.
Note:
Paragraphs (a) and (b) - the meaning of connected with is affected by section 152-78 .
152-48(3)
If:
(a) the entity that owns the *CGT asset referred to in subsection 152-10(1B) is a partner in 2 or more partnerships; and
(b) the asset is:
(i) used, or held ready for use, in the course of carrying on a *business that is carried on by at least 2 of those partnerships; or
(ii) inherently connected with businesses that are carried on by at least 2 of those partnerships;
then, each partnership referred to in paragraph (b) that is not (apart from this section) *connected with the test entity is taken to be connected with the test entity.
This section applies to an entity in an income year (the CGT event year ) if:
(a) a *business that the entity previously carried on (including in partnership) is being wound up in that year; and
(b) either:
(i) the asset was used, or held ready for use, in the course of carrying on the business at a time in the income year in which the business stopped being carried on; or
(ii) if the asset is an intangible asset - the asset was inherently connected with the business that was carried on at a time in the income year in which the business stopped being carried on.
152-49(2)
For the purposes of paragraphs 152-40(1)(a) and (b) as they apply for the purposes of paragraphs 152-10(1A)(d) and (1B)(e) :
(a) the entity is taken to carry on the *business at a time in the CGT event year; and
(b) either:
(i) the *CGT asset is taken to be used, or held ready for use, in the course of carrying on the business at that time; or
(ii) if the asset is an intangible asset - the CGT asset is taken to be inherently connected with the business at that time.
Note:
The entity might also be taken to be a small business entity in the CGT event year (see subsection 328-110(5) ).
SECTION 152-50 152-50 Significant individual test
An entity satisfies the significant individual test if the entity had at least one *significant individual just before the *CGT event.
An individual is a significant individual in a company or a trust at a time if, at that time, the individual has a *small business participation percentage in the company or trust of at least 20%.
SECTION 152-60 152-60 Meaning of CGT concession stakeholder
An individual is a CGT concession stakeholder of a company or trust at a time if the individual is:
(a) a *significant individual in the company or trust; or
(b) a spouse of a significant individual in the company or trust, if the spouse has a *small business participation percentage in the company or trust at that time that is greater than zero.
SECTION 152-65 152-65 Small business participation percentage
An entity ' s small business participation percentage in another entity at a time is the percentage that is the sum of:
(a) the entity ' s *direct small business participation percentage in the other entity at that time; and
(b) the entity ' s *indirect small business participation percentage in the other entity at that time.
An entity holds a direct small business participation percentage at the relevant time in an entity equal to the percentage worked out using this table:
An entity ' s direct small business participation percentage | |||
In this entity: | Is: | ||
1 | A company | This percentage that the entity has because of holding the legal and equitable interests in *shares in the company: | |
(a) | the percentage of the voting power in the company; or | ||
(b) | the percentage of any *dividend that the company may pay; or | ||
(c) | the percentage of any distribution of capital that the company may make; | ||
or, if they are different, the smaller or smallest. | |||
2 | A trust (where entities have entitlements to all the income and capital of the trust) | This percentage: | |
(a) | the percentage of any distribution of income that the trustee may make to which the entity would be beneficially entitled; or | ||
(b) | the percentage of any distribution of capital that the trustee may make to which the entity would be beneficially entitled; | ||
or, if they are different, the smaller. | |||
3 | A trust (where entities do not have entitlements to all the income and capital of the trust) | This percentage: | |
(a) | if the trustee makes distributions of income during the income year (the relevant year ) in which that time occurs - the percentage of the distributions to which the entity was beneficially entitled; or | ||
(b) | if the trustee makes distributions of capital during the relevant year - the percentage of the distributions to which the entity was beneficially entitled; | ||
or, if 2 different percentages are applicable, the smaller. |
Companies
152-70(2)
For item 1 of the table, ignore *redeemable shares.
152-70(3)
Paragraph (a) of item 1 of the table does not apply if the entity holds the legal and equitable interests in the *shares jointly with another entity.
Discretionary trusts
152-70(4)
Subsections (5) and (6) apply for the purpose of working out the *direct small business participation percentage in an entity in connection with a *CGT event that happened in an income year (the CGT event year ), if:
(a) the entity is a trust (where entities do not have entitlements to all the income and capital of the trust); and
(b) during the relevant year mentioned in item 3 of the table in subsection (1) (disregarding subsection (5)), the trustee mentioned in that item:
(i) does not make a distribution of income; and
(ii) does not make a distribution of capital.
152-70(5)
Treat the references in that item to the relevant year as being references to:
(a) if the trustee made a distribution of income or capital during the CGT event year - the CGT event year; or
(b) otherwise - the last income year before the CGT event year in which the trustee did make a distribution of income or capital.
152-70(6)
Despite subsection (5), an entity holds a direct small business participation percentage of 0% in the trust at the relevant time if either:
(a) the trust:
(i) had a *net income for the relevant year; and
(ii) did not have a *tax loss for the relevant year; or
(b) the trustee did not make a distribution of income or capital at any time before the end of the CGT event year.
Work out the indirect small business participation percentage that an entity (the holding entity ) holds at a particular time in another entity (the test entity ) by multiplying:
(a) the holding entity ' s *direct small business participation percentage (if any) in another entity (the intermediate entity ) at that time; by
(b) the sum of:
(i) the intermediate entity ' s direct small business participation percentage (if any) in the test entity at that time; and
(ii) the intermediate entity's indirect small business participation percentage (if any) in the test entity at that time (as worked out under one or more other applications of this section).
Note:
When testing an intermediate entity ' s indirect small business participation percentage in another entity, the intermediate entity becomes the holding entity.
152-75(2)
If there is more than one intermediate entity to which paragraph (1)(a) applies at that time, the holding entity ' s indirect small business participation percentage is the sum of the percentages worked out under subsection (1) in relation to each of those intermediate entities.
Example:
The individual mentioned in the diagram has an indirect small business participation percentage in the unit trust.
![]()
Multiplying the percentages as mentioned in subsection (1) produces small business participation percentage of 43.2%.
If the individual had a direct small business participation percentage of 10% in the unit trust, that would be added to the individual's indirect small business participation percentage to produce a small business participation percentage in the trust of 53.2%.
SECTION 152-78 Trustee of discretionary trust may nominate beneficiaries to be controllers of trust 152-78(1)
This section applies for the purposes of determining whether an entity is *connected with you, for the purposes of:
(a) this Subdivision; and
(b) sections 328-110 , 328-115 and 328-125 so far as they relate to this Subdivision.
152-78(2)
The trustee of a discretionary trust may nominate not more than 4 beneficiaries as being controllers of the trust for an income year (the relevant income year ) for which the trustee did not make a distribution of income or capital if the trust had a *tax loss, or no *net income, for that year.
152-78(3)
A nomination under subsection (2) has effect as if each nominated beneficiary controlled the trust for the relevant income year in a way described in section 328-125 .
Note:
This means each nominated beneficiary is connected with the trust.
152-78(4)
A nomination under subsection (2) must:
(a) be in writing; and
(b) be signed by the trustee and by each nominated beneficiary.
SECTION 152-80 CGT event happens to an asset or interest within 2 years of individual ' s death 152-80(1)
This section applies if:
(a) a *CGT asset:
(i) forms part of the estate of a deceased individual; or
(ii) was owned by joint tenants and one of them dies; and
(b) any of the following applies:
(i) the asset devolves to the individual ' s *legal personal representative;
(ii) the asset *passes to a beneficiary of the individual;
(iii) an interest in the asset is *acquired by the surviving joint tenant or tenants (as the case may be) as mentioned in section 128-50 ;
(iv) the asset devolves to a trustee of a trust established by the will of the individual; and
(c) the deceased individual referred to in subparagraph (a)(i) or (ii) would have been entitled to reduce or disregard a *capital gain under this Division if a *CGT event had happened in relation to the CGT asset immediately before his or her death; and
(d) a CGT event happens in relation to the CGT asset within 2 years of the individual ' s death.
152-80(2)
A person mentioned in subsection (2A) is entitled to reduce or disregard a *capital gain under this Division in the same way as the deceased individual would have been entitled to as if:
(a) paragraph 152-105(d) only required the deceased individual to have been 55 or over, or permanently incapacitated, at the time of the *CGT event referred to in paragraph (1)(c) of this section; and
(b) paragraph 152-305(1)(b) did not apply.
152-80(2A)
The following persons (as the case requires) are entitled to reduce or disregard a *capital gain under this Division in accordance with subsection (2):
(a) the *legal personal representative of the individual;
(b) the beneficiary of the individual;
(c) the surviving joint tenant or tenants;
(d) the trustee or a beneficiary of the trust.
152-80(3)
The Commissioner may extend the time limit in paragraph (1)(d).
A CGT small business entity can disregard a capital gain arising from a CGT asset that it has owned for at least 15 years if certain conditions are met. Capital losses are not affected.
Also, any amount of income a company or trust derives from a CGT event covered by this Subdivision is neither assessable income nor exempt income. If the company or trust makes payments to its CGT concession stakeholders that are attributable to the exempt amount, the payments will not be taken into account in determining the taxable income of the company, trust or recipient.
The main conditions are that:
The Subdivision also allows time periods to continue to run if there has been a roll-over because of marriage or relationship breakdown or compulsory acquisition.
If you are an individual, you can disregard any *capital gain arising from a *CGT event if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the gain;
(b) you continuously owned the *CGT asset for the 15-year period ending just before the CGT event;
Note:
Section 152-115 allows for continuation of the period if there is an involuntary disposal of the asset.
(c) if the CGT asset is a *share in a company or an interest in a trust - the company or trust had a *significant individual for a total of at least 15 years (even if the 15 years was not continuous and it was not always the same significant individual) during which you owned the CGT asset;
(d) either:
(i) you are 55 or over at the time of the CGT event and the event happens in connection with your retirement; or
(ii) you are permanently incapacitated at the time of the CGT event.
An entity that is a company or trust can disregard any *capital gain arising from a *CGT event if all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the gain;
(b) the entity continuously owned the *CGT asset for the 15-year period ending just before the CGT event;
Note:
Section 152-115 allows for continuation of the period if there is an involuntary disposal of the asset.
(c) the entity had a *significant individual for a total of at least 15 years (even if the 15 years was not continuous and it was not always the same significant individual) during which the entity owned the CGT asset;
(d) an individual who was a significant individual of the company or trust just before the CGT event either:
(i) was 55 or over at that time and the event happened in connection with the individual ' s retirement; or
(ii) was permanently incapacitated at that time.
152-110(1A)
For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(b) and (c), disregard subsection 149-30(1A) (which applies if an asset stops being a pre-CGT asset).
152-110(2)
Any *ordinary income or *statutory income the company or trust *derives from a *CGT event that would be covered by subsection (1) (assuming the event gave rise to a *capital gain, even if it didn ' t) is neither assessable income nor *exempt income.
Exception
152-110(3)
However, subsection (2) does not apply to income *derived by a company or trust as a result of a *balancing adjustment event occurring to a *depreciating asset:
(a) whose decline in value is worked out under Division 40 ; or
(b) deductions for which are calculated under Division 328 .
SECTION 152-115 Continuing time periods for involuntary disposals
Asset compulsorily acquired, lost or destroyed
152-115(1)
If a *CGT asset is an asset (the new asset ) you acquired to satisfy the requirement in subsection 124-70(2) or 124-75(2) for a roll-over under Subdivision 124-B , then paragraphs 152-105(b) and 152-110(1)(b) and (c) (the 15-year and significant individual rules) apply as if you had acquired the new asset when you acquired the original asset.
Note:
Subdivision 124-B allows you to choose a roll-over if your CGT asset is compulsorily acquired, lost or destroyed.
Assets replaced during FSR transition (same owner roll-overs)
152-115(1A)
If a *CGT asset is an asset (the new asset ) you acquired in a situation covered by former section 124-880 , 124-885 or 124-890 , then paragraphs 152-105(b) and 152-110(1)(b) and (c) (the 15-year and significant individual rules) apply as if you had acquired the new asset when you acquired the original asset.
Note:
Former Subdivision 124-O provided a roll-over for certain CGT assets that came to an end as a result of an FSR transition.
Asset replaced during FSR transition (new owner roll-overs)
152-115(1B)
If a *CGT asset is an asset (the new asset ) acquired in a situation covered by former section 124-900 , 124-905 or 124-910 , then paragraphs 152-105(b) and 152-110(1)(b) and (c) (the 15-year and significant individual rules) apply as if the new owner had acquired the new asset when the original owner acquired the original asset.
Note:
Former Subdivision 124-O provided a roll-over for certain CGT assets that came to an end as a result of an FSR transition.
Marriage or relationship breakdowns
152-115(2)
If you made the choice mentioned in subsection 152-45(2) for a *CGT asset, then paragraphs 152-105(b) and (c) and 152-110(1)(b) and (c) (the 15-year and significant individual rules) apply as if you had acquired the asset when the transferor acquired it.
Note:
There is a roll-over under Subdivision 126-A if CGT assets are transferred because of a marriage or relationship breakdown.
Restructures of small businesses
152-115(3)
If section 328-450 or 328-455 applies in relation to the transfer of an asset to you, then paragraphs 152-105(b) and (c) and 152-110(1)(b) and (c) (the 15-year and significant individual rules) apply as if:
(a) you had acquired the asset when the entity transferring the asset acquired it; or
(b) in a case where, for the purposes of applying those paragraphs, the time when that entity acquired the asset was provided for by this subsection - you had acquired the asset at that time.
(Repealed by No 12 of 2012)
This section applies if:
(a) one or more of the following apply:
(i) under section 152-110 , a *capital gain (the exempt amount ) of a company or trust is disregarded;
(ii) under section 152-110 , an amount of income (the exempt amount ) is *non-assessable non-exempt income of a company or trust;
(iii) subparagraph (i) of this paragraph would have applied to an amount (the exempt amount ) except that the capital gain was disregarded anyway because the relevant *CGT asset was *acquired before 20 September 1985;
(iv) subparagraph (i) of this paragraph would have applied to an amount (the exempt amount ) if subsection 149-30(1A) and section 149-35 had not applied to the relevant asset; and
(b) the company or trust makes one or more payments relating to the exempt amount to an individual (whether directly or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) before the later of:
(i) 2 years after the relevant *CGT event; and
(ii) if the relevant CGT event happened because the company or trust *disposed of the relevant CGT asset - 6 months after the latest time a possible *financial benefit becomes or could become due under a *look-through earnout right relating to that CGT asset and the disposal; and
(c) the individual was a *CGT concession stakeholder of the company or trust just before the relevant CGT event.
Note:
A normal business payment, for example, a payment of wages, would not be made " in relation to the exempt amount " .
152-125(2)
In determining the taxable income of the company, the trust, the individual, or any of the interposed entities, disregard the total amount of the payment or payments made to the *CGT concession stakeholder, up to the following limit:
Stakeholder
'
s participation
percentage |
× | Exempt amount |
stakeholder
'
s participation percentage
means:
(a) in the case of a company or a trust referred to in item 2 of the table in subsection 152-70(1) - the stakeholder ' s *small business participation percentage in the company or trust just before the relevant *CGT event; or
(b) in the case of a trust referred to in item 3 of that table - the amount (expressed as a percentage) worked out using the following formula:
100 | ||
Number of *CGT concession
stakeholders of the trust just before the *CGT event |
152-125(3)
If a company makes such a payment, this Act applies to the payment, to the extent that it is less than or equal to the limit mentioned in subsection (2), as if:
(a) it were not a *dividend; and
(b) it were not a *frankable distribution.
152-125(4)
The Commissioner may extend the time limit under paragraph (1)(b).
This Subdivision tells you how to apply the small business CGT concessions mentioned in step 4 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) .
A capital gain is reduced by 50% if the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied.
If the capital gain has already been reduced by the discount percentage, the 50% reduction under this Subdivision applies to that reduced gain.
The capital gain may be further reduced by the small business retirement exemption or a small business rollover, or both.
Alternatively, you may choose not to apply the 50% reduction and instead apply the small business retirement exemption or small business rollover.
None of these rules apply if the 15-year exemption already applies to the capital gain, since such a gain is disregarded anyway.
The amount of a *capital gain remaining after applying step 3 of the method statement in subsection 102-5(1) is reduced by 50%, if the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the gain.
Example:
For an individual (other than one who opts to claim indexation instead of the discount), the discount percentage that applies under step 3 of the method statement is 50%. Therefore, the combined effect of the discount percentage and this section would be to reduce the original capital gain by a total of 75%.
For an individual who opts to claim indexation, or a company, there is no discount percentage, so the individual or company would simply get the 50% reduction under this section.
The *capital gain, as reduced under section 152-205 , may also qualify for:
(a) the small business retirement exemption (see Subdivision 152-D ); or
(b) a small business roll-over (see Subdivision 152-E );
or both.
152-210(2)
If it qualifies for both of those concessions, you may choose which order to apply them in.
SECTION 152-215 152-215 15-year rule has priority
This Subdivision does not apply to a *capital gain to which Subdivision 152-B (15-year exemption) applies.
Note:
Under that Subdivision, such a gain is entirely disregarded, so there is no need for any further concession to apply.
You may choose not to apply the reduction mentioned in section 152-205 to a particular *capital gain.
Note:
Making this choice might allow a company or trust to make larger tax-free payments under the small business retirement exemption: see section 152-325 .
You can choose to disregard a capital gain from a CGT event happening to a CGT asset of your small business if the capital proceeds from the event are used in connection with your retirement.
There is a lifetime limit of $500,000 for all choices that can be made in respect of an individual under this Subdivision.
You may choose not to apply the concession in section 152-205 (small business 50% reduction) before this one. For an additional concession, see also Subdivision 152-E (small business roll-over).
You do not need to satisfy the basic conditions for this exemption in relation to CGT events J5 and J6.
Individual
152-305(1)
If you are an individual, you can choose to disregard all or part of a *capital gain if:
(a) the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the gain; and
(b) if you are under 55 just before you make the choice - you contribute an amount equal to the asset ' s *CGT exempt amount to a *complying superannuation fund or an *RSA; and
Note:
For the non-deductibility of the contribution, see subsection 290-150(4) .
(c) the contribution is made:
(i) if the relevant CGT event is CGT event J2, J5 or J6 - when you made the choice; or
(ii) otherwise - at the later of when you made the choice and when you received the proceeds.
Note 1:
Section 103-25 tells you when the choice must be made.
152-305(1A)
If you receive the *capital proceeds from the *CGT event in instalments, paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) apply to each instalment in succession (up to the asset's *CGT exempt amount).
152-305(1B)
For the purposes of (but without limiting) subsection (1A), you are treated as receiving the *capital proceeds in instalments if:
(a) the *CGT event happened because you *disposed of the *CGT asset; and
(b) the capital proceeds from the disposal are increased by one or more *financial benefits that you receive under a *look-through earnout right.
Company or trust
152-305(2)
A company or a trust (except a public entity - see subsection (3)) can also choose to disregard such an amount if:
(a) the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the *capital gain; and
(b) the entity satisfies the significant individual test (see section 152-50 ); and
(c) the company or trust conditions in section 152-325 are satisfied.
Note:
Section 103-25 tells you when the choice must be made.
152-305(3)
Entities of a kind referred to in subsection 328-125(8) cannot make the choice.
152-305(4)
Paragraphs (1)(a) and (2)(a) do not apply if the *capital gain arose from *CGT event J5 or J6.
Consequences in all cases
152-310(1)
If the individual, company or trust makes the choice mentioned in section 152-305 for any part of the *capital gain from the *CGT asset, that part of the capital gain equal to its *CGT exempt amount is disregarded.
Additional consequences in relation to company or trust
152-310(2)
Any payment or part of one the company or trust makes to comply with section 152-325 :
(a) is not assessable income, and is not *exempt income, of the *CGT concession stakeholder to whom it is made; and
(b) cannot be deducted from the company ' s or trust ' s assessable income.
Additional consequences in relation to interposed entities
152-310(3)
If:
(a) an entity (the paying entity ) receives a payment (whether directly or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) that a company or trust makes to comply with section 152-325 ; and
(b) the paying entity passes on the payment to the *CGT concession stakeholder or another interposed entity;
then:
(c) the payment cannot be deducted from the paying entity's assessable income; and
(d) the payment received by the paying entity is not assessable income and is not *exempt income.
152-310(4)
(Repealed by No 15 of 2007)
152-310(5)
(Repealed by No 15 of 2007)
You can choose to disregard all or part of each *capital gain to which this Subdivision applies.
Note 1:
You make capital gains equal to any parts that you do not choose to disregard.
Note 2:
Section 103-25 tells you when the choice must be made.
152-315(2)
However, the choice must be made in a way that ensures that:
(a) for an individual - your *CGT retirement exemption limit is not exceeded; or
(b) for a company or trust - the CGT retirement exemption limit of each individual for whom the choice is made is not exceeded.
152-315(3)
The amount chosen for the asset is its CGT exempt amount .
152-315(4)
The *CGT exempt amount must be specified in writing.
152-315(5)
If a company or trust is making the choice and it has more than one *CGT concession stakeholder, it must specify in writing the percentage of each *CGT asset ' s *CGT exempt amount that is attributable to each of those stakeholders. One or more of the percentages may be nil, but all of the percentages must add up to 100%.
Example:
Daryl is a significant individual in a company. The company specifies 90% for Daryl under subsection (5) (which means that the percentage specified for the other stakeholder must be 10%). Daryl ' s retirement exemption limit is $500,000.
To determine whether subsection (2) is complied with, Daryl would take 90% of the asset ' s CGT exempt amount, add that to amounts previously specified in choices made by or for him under this Subdivision and see whether the total exceeds $500,000.
Note:
Subsections (4) and (5) are exceptions to the general rule about choices in section 103-25 .
SECTION 152-320 Meaning of CGT retirement exemption limit 152-320(1)
An individual ' s CGT retirement exemption limit at a time is $500,000 reduced by the *CGT exempt amounts of *CGT assets specified in choices previously made by or for the individual under this Subdivision.
Note:
The $500,000 is also reduced by any reduction under old provisions about reduction of the CGT retirement exemption limit: see item 62 of Schedule 1 to the New Business Tax System (Capital Gains Tax) Act 1999 .
152-320(2)
If the individual was one of at least 2 *CGT concession stakeholders of a company or trust, and the company or trust made a choice for the individual, only the individual ' s percentage (see subsection 152-315(5) ) of the assets ' *CGT exempt amounts is taken into account under subsection (1) for that choice.
SECTION 152-325 Company or trust conditions
Company or trust to make payments
152-325(1)
A company or trust must make a payment (whether directly or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) to at least one of its *CGT concession stakeholders if:
(a) the company or trust makes a choice under this Subdivision to disregard a *capital gain from *CGT event J2, J5 or J6; or
(b) the company or trust receives an amount of *capital proceeds from a *CGT event for which it makes a choice under this Subdivision.
152-325(2)
If the company or trust receives the *capital proceeds from the CGT event in instalments, subsection (1) applies to each instalment in succession (up to the relevant *CGT exempt amount).
152-325(2A)
For the purposes of (but without limiting) subsection (2), the company or trust is treated as receiving the *capital proceeds in instalments if:
(a) the *CGT event happened because the company or trust *disposed of the *CGT asset; and
(b) the capital proceeds from the disposal are increased by one or more *financial benefits that the company or trust receives under a *look-through earnout right.
Amount and timing of payments
152-325(3)
If a payment is made to more than one *CGT concession stakeholder, the amount of each such payment is to be worked out by reference to each individual ' s percentage (see subsection 152-315(5) ) of the relevant *CGT exempt amount.
152-325(3A)
If the *CGT concession stakeholder to whom the payment is made is an employee of the company or trust, the payment must not be of a kind mentioned in section 82-135 (disregarding paragraph (fa) of that section).
152-325(4)
The payment must be made by:
(a) if paragraph (1)(a) applies - 7 days after the company or trust makes the choice; and
(b) otherwise - the later of:
(i) 7 days after the company or trust makes the choice; and
(ii) 7 days after the company or trust receives an amount of *capital proceeds from the *CGT event.
152-325(5)
The amount of the payment, or the sum of the amounts of the payments, required to be made under this section must be equal to the lesser of:
(a) either:
(i) if paragraph (1)(a) applies - the amount of the *capital gain from the *CGT event that the company or trust disregarded; or
(ii) otherwise - the amount of *capital proceeds received; and
(b) the relevant *CGT exempt amount.
Payments may be joint or separate
152-325(6)
If this section requires the company or trust to make 2 or more payments to a single *CGT concession stakeholder (whether or not by the same time), the company or trust may meet that requirement by making one payment or by making separate payments.
152-325(7)
If a *CGT concession stakeholder is under 55 just before a payment is made under this section in relation to him or her:
(a) the company or trust must make the payment to the CGT concession stakeholder by contributing it for the stakeholder to a *complying superannuation fund or an *RSA in respect of the stakeholder; and
(b) the company or trust must notify the trustee of the fund or the *RSA provider at the time the contribution is made that the contribution is made in accordance with this section.
Note:
For the non-deductibility of the contribution, see subsection 290-150(4) .
152-325(8)
For the purposes of Part 3-30 , treat a payment mentioned in paragraph (7)(a), made in accordance with this section, as a contribution made by the *CGT concession stakeholder.
Payments are not dividends or frankable distributions
152-325(9)
Subsection (10) applies if:
(a) a company makes a payment to comply with subsection (1) to:
(i) a *CGT concession stakeholder; or
(ii) an interposed entity, in relation to a CGT concession stakeholder; or
(b) both of the following apply:
(i) an interposed entity receives a payment (whether directly or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) that a company or trust makes to comply with subsection (1), in relation to a CGT concession stakeholder;
(ii) the interposed entity passes on the payment to the CGT concession stakeholder or another interposed entity.
152-325(10)
This Act applies to the payment, to the extentthat it is less than or equal to the amount mentioned in subsection (3) for the stakeholder, as if:
(a) it were not a *dividend; and
(b) it were not a *frankable distribution.
152-325(11)
Subsection (10) applies in relation to the payment despite section 109 and Division 7A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
This Subdivision does not apply to a *capital gain to which Subdivision 152-B (15-year exemption) applies.
Note:
Under that Subdivision, such a gain is entirely disregarded, so there is no need for any further concession to apply.
SECTION 152-400 What this Subdivision is about
A small business roll-over allows you to defer the making of a capital gain from a CGT event happening in relation to one or more small business assets if the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the gain.
You may choose not to apply the concession in section 152-205 (small business 50% reduction) before this one. For an additional exemption, see also Subdivision 152-D (small business retirement exemption).
Operative provisions | |
152-405 | (Repealed by No 55 of 2007 ) |
152-410 | When you can obtain the roll-over |
152-415 | What the roll-over consists of |
152-420 | Rules where an individual who has obtained a roll-over dies |
152-425 | (Repealed by No 55 of 2007 ) |
152-430 | 15-year rule has priority |
(Repealed by No 55 of 2007 )
SECTION 152-410 152-410 When you can obtain the roll-over
You can choose to obtain a roll-over under this Subdivision for a *capital gain if the basic conditions in Subdivision 152-A are satisfied for the gain.
Note 1:
You can choose the roll-over even if you have not yet acquired a replacement asset or incurred fourth element expenditure, but:
Note 2:
If you have acquired a replacement asset or incurred fourth element expenditure but there is a change in relation to the replacement asset or improved asset after the end of the replacement asset period, CGT event J2 may happen: see section 104-185 .
If you choose the roll-over, you can choose to disregard all or part of each *capital gain to which this Subdivision applies.
Note:
If you choose to disregard only some of the capital gain, you make a capital gain equal to the remaining amount.
Example:
The original capital gain was $100,000. You have reduced it to $25,000 under other concessions (apart from the roll-over). If you choose to disregard $20,000, you are left with a final capital gain of $5,000.
This section applies if:
(a) a replacement asset, or an asset in relation to which *fourth element expenditure has been incurred, formed part of the estate of an individual who has died; and
(b) either or both of the following apply:
(i) the asset has devolved to the deceased ' s *legal personal representative;
(ii) the asset has *passed to a beneficiary of the deceased; and
(c) a change covered by subsection 104-185(2) or (3) did not happen while the deceased owned it or, if the asset has passed to a beneficiary, while the asset was in the hands of the deceased ' s legal personal representative.
152-420(2)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, anything done or not done by the deceased in relation to the asset is treated as though it had been done or not done by the *legal personal representative.
152-420(3)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, if the asset has *passed to a beneficiary, anything done or not done by the deceased or by the deceased ' s *legal personal representative (including because of the operation of subsection (2)) in relation to the asset is treated as though it had been done or not done by the beneficiary.
(Repealed by No 55 of 2007 )
This Subdivision does not apply to a *capital gain to which Subdivision 152-B (15-year exemption) applies.
Note:
Under that Subdivision, such a gain is entirely disregarded, so there is no need for any further concession to apply.
A corporate tax entity can choose to " carry back " a tax loss it had for 2019-20, 2020-21, 2021-22 or 2022-23 against the income tax liability it had for 2018-19, 2019-20, 2020-21 or 2021-22.
The entity gets a refundable tax offset for 2020-21, 2021-22 or 2022-23 that is a proxy for the tax the entity would save if it deducted the loss in the income year to which the loss is " carried back " .
The refundable tax offset:
An entity is entitled to a *tax offset (the loss carry back tax offset ) for the *current year if the following conditions are satisfied: (a) the current year is:
(i) the 2020-21 income year; or
(ii) the 2021-22 income year; or
(b) the entity is a *corporate tax entity throughout the current year;
(iii) the 2022-23 income year;
Note:
See also section 160-25 .
(c) any or all of the following income years were *loss years:
(i) the 2019-20 income year;
(ii) the 2020-21 income year;
(iii) if the current year is the 2021-22 income year - the 2021-22 income year;
(d) the entity had an *income tax liability for any or all of the following income years:
(iv) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year - the 2022-23 income year or the 2021-22 income year;
(i) the 2018-19 income year;
(ii) the 2019-20 income year;
(iii) if the current year is the 2021-22 income year and the 2021-22 income year was a loss year - the 2020-21 income year;
(iv) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year and the 2022-23 income year was a loss year - the 2021-22 income year or the 2020-21 income year;
(e) any of the following requirements are satisfied for the current year and each of the 5 income years before the current year:
(v) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year and the 2021-22 income year was a loss year - the 2020-21 income year;
(i) the entity has lodged its *income tax return for the year;
(ii) the entity was not required to lodge an income tax return for the year;
(f) the entity makes a *loss carry back choice for the current year in accordance with Subdivision 160-B .
(iii) the Commissioner has made an assessment of the entity ' s income tax for the year;
Note 1:
The entity can be entitled to only one loss carry back tax offset for 2020-21. However, that offset has 2 components: one relating to 2018-19 and one relating to 2019-20: see section 160-10 .
Note 2:
The entity can be entitled to only one loss carry back tax offset for 2021-22. However, that offset has 3 components: one relating to 2018-19, one relating to 2019-20 and one relating to 2020-21: see section 160-10 .
Note 2A:
The entity can be entitled to only one loss carry back tax offset for 2022-23. However, that offset has 4 components: one relating to 2018-19, one relating to 2019-20, one relating to 2020-21 and one relating to 2021-22: see section 160-10 .
Note 3:
The loss carry back tax offset is a refundable tax offset: see section 67-23 .
The amount of the entity ' s *loss carry back tax offset for the *current year is the lesser of the following amounts: (a) the sum of the *loss carry back tax offset components for:
(i) the 2018-19 income year; and
(ii) the 2019-20 income year; and
(iii) if the current year is the 2021-22 income year - the 2020-21 income year; and
(b) the entity ' s *franking account balance at the end of the current year.
(iv) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year - the 2021-22 income year and the 2020-21 income year;
Meaning of loss carry back tax offset component
160-10(2)
For the purposes of working out the amount of the entity ' s *loss carry back tax offset for the *current year, the entity ' s loss carry back tax offset component for an income year is: (a) if the entity does not, in its *loss carry back choice for the current year, *carry back any *tax losses to the income year - nil; or (b) otherwise - so much of the entity ' s *income tax liability for the income year as does not exceed:
(i) if, in its loss carry back choice for the current year, the entity carries back only one tax loss to the income year - the amount worked out at step 3 of the following method statement in relation to the tax loss; or
Method statement
(ii) if, in its loss carry back choice for the current year, the entity carries back tax losses for 2, 3 or 4 *loss years to the income year - the sum of the amounts worked out at step 3 of the following method statement in relation to each of those tax losses.
Step 1.
Start with the amount of the *tax loss the entity *carries back to the income year.
Step 2.
Reduce the step 1 amount by the entity
'
s *net exempt income for the income year.
Note:
Do not reduce the step 1 amount by the entity ' s net exempt income to the extent the net exempt income has already been utilised: see section 960-20 .
Step 3.
Multiply the step 2 amount by the *corporate tax rate for the *loss year.
Example:
Company A (which is not a base rate entity) has at the end of the 2020-21 income year:
(a) a tax loss of $900,000 for that year and a franking account balance of $280,000; and (b) for the 2018-19 income year - an income tax liability of $120,000 and net exempt income of $5,000; and (c) for the 2019-20 income year - an income tax liability of $210,000. Company A chooses to carry back $405,000 of its tax loss for the 2020-21 year to the 2018-19 year and $495,000 of that loss to the 2019-20 year.
Company A ' s loss carry back tax offset for the 2020-21 year is $268,500, worked out as follows:
(a) an offset component for the 2018-19 income year of $120,000, calculated by starting with the $405,000 carried back, reducing that at step 2 by $5,000, and multiplying the result by 30%; (b) an offset component for the 2019-20 income year of $148,500, calculated by starting with the $495,000 carried back and multiplying the result by 30%. The sum of the 2 components is $268,500 (which is less than Company A ' s $280,000 franking account balance at the end of the 2020-21 year). If that sum had exceeded that balance, the amount of the offset would have been limited under paragraph (1)(b) of this section to that balance.
Income tax liability for the 2018-19 or 2019-20 income year already utilised - entitlement to loss carry back tax offset for 2021-22 income year
160-10(3)
Subsection (4) applies in relation to applying paragraph (2)(b) to work out the entity ' s *loss carry back tax offset component for the 2018-19 or 2019-20 income year (the gain year ) as part of working out the entity ' s entitlement to a *loss carry back tax offset for the 2021-22 income year.
160-10(4)
Disregard so much of the entity ' s *income tax liability for the gain year as has previously been included (as part of working out the entity ' s entitlement to a *loss carry back tax offset for the 2020-21 income year) in a *loss carry back tax offset component.
Income tax liability for the 2018-19, 2019-20 or 2020-21 income year already utilised - entitlement to loss carry back tax offset for 2022-23 income year
160-10(4A)
Subsection (4B) applies in relation to applying paragraph (2)(b) to work out the entity ' s *loss carry back tax offset component for the 2018-19, 2019-20 or 2020-21 income year (the gain year ) as part of working out the entity ' s entitlement to a *loss carry back tax offset for the 2022-23 income year.
160-10(4B)
Disregard so much of the entity ' s *income tax liability for the gain year as has previously been included (as part of working out the entity ' s entitlement to a *loss carry back tax offset for the 2020-21 or 2021-22 income year) in a *loss carry back tax offset component.
Foreign residents
160-10(5)
Paragraph (1)(b) does not apply if the entity was a foreign resident (other than an *NZ franking company) for: (a) if the entity *carries back an amount to the 2018-19 income year - more than half of the 2018-19 income year; and (b) if the entity carries back an amount to the 2019-20 income year - more than half of the 2019-20 income year; and (c) if the *current year is the 2021-22 income year and the entity carries back an amount to the 2020-21 income year - more than half of the 2020-21 income year; and (d) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year:
(i) where the entity carries back an amount to the 2021-22 income year - more than half of the 2021-22 income year; and
(ii) where the entity carries back an amount to the 2020-21 income year - more than half of the 2020-21 income year.
If the *current year is the 2020-21, 2021-22 or 2022-23 income year, the entity may make a loss carry back choice for the current year that specifies the following: (a) if the current year is the 2021-22 income year:
(i) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s *tax loss (if any) for the 2021-22 income year is to be *carried back to the 2020-21 income year; and
(ii) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2021-22 income year is to be carried back to the 2019-20 income year; and
(aa) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year and the 2022-23 income year was a loss year:
(iii) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2021-22 income year is to be carried back to the 2018-19 income year;
(i) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2022-23 income year is to be carried back to the 2021-22 income year; and
(ii) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2022-23 income year is to be carried back to the 2020-21 income year; and
(iii) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2022-23 income year is to be carried back to the 2019-20 income year; and
(ab) if the current year is the 2022-23 income year and the 2021-22 income year was a loss year:
(iv) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2022-23 income year is to be carried back to the 2018-19 income year;
(i) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2021-22 income year is to be carried back to the 2020-21 income year; and
(ii) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2021-22 income year is to be carried back to the 2019-20 income year; and
(b) in any case:
(iii) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2021-22 income year is to be carried back to the 2018-19 income year;
(i) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2020-21 income year is to be carried back to the 2019-20 income year; and
(c) in any case - how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2019-20 income year is to be carried back to the 2018-19 income year.
(i) how much (expressed as a specified amount) of the entity ' s tax loss (if any) for the 2020-21 income year is to be carried back to the 2018-19 income year;
160-15(2)
The choice under subsection (1) must be made in the *approved form by: (a) the day the entity lodges its *income tax return for the *current year; or (b) such later day as the Commissioner allows.
An entity may change a *loss carry back choice for the 2020-21, 2021-22 or 2022-23 income year by notice, in the *approved form, given to the Commissioner.
160-16(2)
The notice to change a *loss carry back choice for an income year must be given to the Commissioner within the limited amendment period (within the meaning of section 170 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) for an assessment for that income year.
160-16(3)
To avoid doubt, the change takes effect from the day the entity made the original *loss carry back choice under section 160-15 .
The entity cannot *carry back an amount of a *tax loss for an income year unless the entity: (a) was a *small business entity for the income year; or (b) would have been a small business entity for the income year if:
(i) each reference in Subdivision 328-C (about what is a small business entity) to $10 million were instead a reference to $5 billion; and
(ii) the reference in paragraph 328-110(5)(b) to a small business entity were instead a reference to an entity covered by this section.
If the *current year is the 2020-21 income year: (a) the entity cannot *carry back an amount of a *tax loss to the 2018-19 income year unless the entity was a *corporate tax entity throughout:
(i) the 2018-19 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence); and
(b) the entity cannot carry back an amount of a tax loss to the 2019-20 income year unless the entity was a corporate tax entity throughout the 2019-20 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence).
(ii) the 2019-20 income year; and
Note:
The entity must be a corporate tax entity throughout 2020-21: see paragraph 160-5(b) .
160-25(2)
If the *current year is the 2021-22 income year: (a) the entity cannot *carry back an amount of a *tax loss to the 2018-19 income year unless the entity was a *corporate tax entity throughout:
(i) the 2018-19 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence); and
(ii) the 2019-20 income year; and
(b) the entity cannot carry back an amount of a tax loss to the 2019-20 income year unless the entity was a corporate tax entity throughout:
(iii) the 2020-21 income year; and
(i) the 2019-20 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence); and
(c) the entity cannot carry back an amount of a tax loss to the 2020-21 income year unless the entity was a corporate tax entity throughout the 2020-21 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence).
(ii) the 2020-21 income year; and
Note:
The entity must be a corporate tax entity throughout 2021-22: see paragraph 160-5(b) .
160-25(3)
If the *current year is the 2022-23 income year: (a) the entity cannot *carry back an amount of a *tax loss to the 2018-19 income year unless the entity was a *corporate tax entity throughout:
(i) the 2018-19 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence); and
(ii) the 2019-20 income year; and
(iii) the 2020-21 income year; and
(b) the entity cannot carry back an amount of a tax loss to the 2019-20 income year unless the entity was a corporate tax entity throughout:
(iv) the 2021-22 income year; and
(i) the 2019-20 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence); and
(ii) the 2020-21 income year; and
(c) the entity cannot carry back an amount of a tax loss to the 2020-21 income year unless the entity was a corporate tax entity throughout:
(iii) the 2021-22 income year; and
(i) the 2020-21 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence); and
(d) the entity cannot carry back an amount of a tax loss to the 2021-22 income year unless the entity was a corporate tax entity throughout the 2021-22 income year (disregarding any period when the entity was not in existence).
(ii) the 2021-22 income year; and
Note:
The entity must be a corporate tax entity throughout 2022-23: see paragraph 160-5(b) .
The entity cannot *carry back an amount of a *tax loss for an income year, to the extent that the loss: (a) was transferred to or from the entity under Division 170 or Subdivision 707-A (about certain company groups); or (b) exceeds the amount that would be the entity ' s tax loss for the year if section 36-55 (about excess franking offsets) were disregarded.
160-30(2)
For the purposes of this Division, disregard the *income tax liability of the entity for an income year to the extent that it consists of an income tax liability of a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or *MEC group that is taken to be an income tax liability of the entity because of section 701-5 (the entry history rule).
No loss carry back tax offset if scheme entered into
160-35(1)
The *corporate tax entity cannot *carry back an amount of a *tax loss to an income year (the gain year ) if: (a) there is a *scheme for a disposition of *membership interests, or an *interest in membership interests, in:
(i) the corporate tax entity; or
(b) the scheme is entered into or carried out during the period:
(ii) an entity that has a direct or indirect interest in the corporate tax entity; and
(i) starting at the start of the gain year; and
(c) the disposition results in a change in who controls, or is able to control, (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) the voting power in the corporate tax entity; and (d) another entity receives, in connection with the scheme, a *financial benefit calculated by reference to one or more *loss carry back tax offsets to which it was reasonable, at the time the scheme was entered into or carried out, to expect the corporate tax entity would be entitled; and (e) having regard to the relevant circumstances of the scheme, it would be concluded that a person, or one of the persons, who entered into or carried out the scheme or any part of the scheme did so for a purpose (whether or not the dominant purpose but not including an incidental purpose) of enabling the corporate tax entity to get a loss carry back tax offset.
(ii) ending at the end of the *current year; and
Relevant circumstances
160-35(2)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e), the relevant circumstances of the *scheme for a disposition include the following: (a) the extent to which the *corporate tax entity continued to conduct the same activities after the scheme as it did before the scheme; (b) if the corporate tax entity continued to use the same assets after the scheme as it did before the scheme - the extent to which those assets were assets for which equivalents were not readily available at the time of the scheme; (c) the matters referred to in subsection 177D(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (applying paragraph 177D(2)(d) as if the reference in that paragraph to Part IVA of that Act were instead a reference to this section).
Application of this section to non-share equity interests
160-35(3)
This section: (a) applies to a *non-share equity interest in the same way as it applies to a *membership interest; and (b) applies to an *equity holder in the same way as it applies to a *member.
A company that issues non-share equity interests will have a notional account called a non-share capital account . This account records contributions to the company in relation to those non-share equity interests and returns made by the company of those contributions.
A non-share distribution that represents a return of contributions is not taxed as a dividend (subject to the anti-avoidance provisions dealing with dividend substitution). In certain circumstances a company may use its share capital account as the source for such distributions.
This Division provides for the *non-share capital account through which a company records contributions made to it in respect of *non-share equity interests and returns by it of those contributions.
164-5(2)
This allows a *non-share distribution to be characterised as either:
(a) a *non-share dividend; or
(b) a *non-share capital return.
SECTION 164-10 Non-share capital account 164-10(1)
A company has a non-share capital account if:
(a) the company issues a *non-share equity interest in the company on or after 1 July 2001; or
(b) the company has issued a non-share equity interest in the company before 1 July 2001 that is still in existence on 1 July 2001; or
(c) a *debt interest in the company changes at a particular time (the change time ) to an *equity interest in the company because of subsection 974-110(1) or (2) ; or
(d) the following conditions are satisfied in relation to an interest in the company:
(i) immediately before subsection 974-75(4) ceases to have effect, the interest is taken to be a debt interest in the company because of that subsection;
(ii) the interest is an equity interest in the company at the time (the change time ) that is immediately after that cessation;
(iii) subsection 974-75(6) does not apply to the interest in relation to the income year that includes the change time; or
(e) the following conditions are satisfied in relation to an interest in the company:
(i) subsection 974-75(6) applies to the interest in relation to a particular income year;
(ii) that subsection does not apply to the interest in relation to the next income year;
(iii) the interest is an equity interest in the company at the time (the change time ) that is the start of that next income year.
164-10(2)
The account continues in existence even if the company ceases to have any *non-share equity interests on issue.
164-10(3)
The balance of the account cannot fall below nil.
164-10(4)
The only credits and debits that may be made to the account are those provided for in sections 164-15 and 164-20 .
SECTION 164-15 Credits to non-share capital account 164-15(1)
If the company issues a *non-share equity interest in the company on or after 1 July 2001, there is a credit to the *non-share capital account equal to:
Amount received − Share capital account credit
where:
amount received
is the *market value, when it is provided, of the consideration the company receives for the issue of the interest.
share capital account credit
is the amount of any credit made to the company
'
s *share capital account in respect of the issue of the interest.
Note:
The issue of a non-share equity interest can give rise to a credit to the company ' s share capital account if the interest consists, for example, of a stapled security that includes a share in the company ' s capital.
164-15(2)
If paragraph 164-10(1)(c), (d) or (e) applies in relation to a particular interest in the company, there is a credit to the *non-share capital account at the change time referred to in that paragraph of an amount equal to:
Amount received | − | Share capital account credit | − | Amount returned |
where:
amount received
is the *market value, when it was provided, of the consideration the company received for the issue of the interest.
amount returned
is so much of the amount received as has been returned to a holder of the interest before the change time.
share capital account credit
is the amount of any credit made to the company
'
s *share capital account in respect of the issue of the interest.
164-15(3)
If the company has a *non-share capital account at the beginning of 1 July 2001 because of a *non-share equity interest the company issued before 1 July 2001, there is a credit to the non-share capital account on that day for each non-share equity interest in the company that:
(a) was issued before 1 July 2001; and
(b) is still in existence on 1 July 2001.
164-15(4)
The amount of the credit under subsection (3) is:
Amount received − Return of amount received − Share capital account credit
where:
amount received
is the *market value, when it is provided, of the consideration the company receives for the issue of the interest.
return of amount received
is the sum of the amounts paid before 1 July2001 by way of return, in whole or in part, of the amount received.
share capital account credit
is the sum of any amounts credited before 1 July 2001 to the company
'
s *share capital account in respect of the issue of the interest.
164-15(5)
To avoid doubt, if:
(a) it appears that a credit to the company ' s *non-share capital account has arisen under this section because an interest in the company appears to be, or have become, an *equity interest at a time in a particular income year; and
(b) because subsection 974-75(6) or 974-110(1A) is subsequently found to apply in relation to the interest and that income year, the interest was not in fact, or did not in fact become, an equity interest at that time;
the credit referred to in paragraph (a) is taken never to have arisen.
SECTION 164-20 Debits to non-share capital account 164-20(1)
The company may debit the whole or a part of a *non-share distribution against the company ' s *non-share capital account:
(a) to the extent to which the distribution is made as consideration for the surrender, cancellation or redemption of a *non-share equity interest in the company; or
(b) to the extent to which:
(i) the distributionis made in connection with a reduction in the *market value of a non-share equity interest in the company; and
(ii) the amount of the distribution is equal to the amount of the reduction in market value.
164-20(2)
The total of the amounts debited to the account in respect of a particular *non-share equity interest must not exceed the total of the amounts credited to the account in respect of the interest.
164-20(3)
If:
(a) an *equity interest in the company changes at a particular time (the change time ) to a *debt interest in the company because of subsection 974-110(1) or (2) ; or
(b) an equity interest in the company changes to a debt interest in the company, with effect from a time (the change time ) that is the start of a particular income year, because of subsection 974-110(1A) ; or
(c) the following conditions are satisfied in relation to an interest in the company:
(i) subsection 974-75(6) does not apply to the interest in relation to a particular income year;
(ii) the interest is an equity interest in the company at the end of that income year;
(iii) subsection 974-75(6) applies to the interest from the time (the change time ) that is the start of the next income year;
there is, or is taken to have been, a debit to the *non-share capital account at the change time equal to:
Credits in relation to the interest | − | Debits in relation to the interest |
where:
credits in relation to the interest
is the sum of all the credits that have been made to the *non-share capital account in relation to the interest before the change time.
debits in relation to the interest
is the sum of all the debits that have been made to the *non-share capital account in relation to the interest before the change time.
164-20(4)
To avoid doubt, if:
(a) it appears that a debit to the company ' s *non-share capital account has arisen because an interest in the company appears to be, or have become, a *debt interest at a time in a particular income year; and
(b) because subsection 974-75(6) or 974-110(1A) is subsequently found not to apply in relation to the interest and that income year, the interest was not in fact, or did not in fact become, a debt interest at that time;
the debit referred to in paragraph (a) is taken never to have arisen.
Division 165 - Income tax consequences of changing ownership or control of a company Guide to Division 165 SECTION 165-1 What this Division is about
A change in the ownership or control of a company can affect:
SECTION 165-5 What this Subdivision is about
A company cannot deduct a tax loss unless:
Note:
The exceptions mentioned in this section apply differently in relation to designated infrastructure project entities: see section 415-35 .
Operative provisions | |
165-10 | To deduct a tax loss |
165-12 | Company must maintain the same owners |
165-13 | Alternatively, the company must satisfy the business continuity test |
165-15 | The same people must control the voting power, or the company must satisfy the business continuity test |
165-20 | When company can deduct part of a tax loss |
SECTION 165-10 165-10 To deduct a tax loss
A company cannot deduct a *tax loss unless either:
(a) it meets the conditions in section 165-12 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners); or
Note:
See section 165-215 for a special alternative to these conditions.
(b) it meets the condition in section 165-13 (which is about the company satisfying the business continuity test).
Note:
In the case of a widely held or eligible Division 166 company, Subdivision 166-A modifies how this Subdivision applies, unless the company chooses otherwise.
Ownership test period
165-12(1)
In determining whether section 165-10 prevents a company from deducting a *tax loss, the ownership test period is the period from the start of the *loss year to the end of the income year.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Voting power
165-12(2)
There must be persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company at all times during the *ownership test period.
Note 1:
See section 165-150 to work out who had more than 50% of the voting power.
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
Rights to dividends
165-12(3)
There must be persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at all times during the *ownership test period.
Note 1:
See section 165-155 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends.
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-A has special rules for working out rights to dividends in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to dividends.
Rights to capital distributions
165-12(4)
There must be persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions at all times during the *ownership test period.
Note 1:
See section 165-160 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions.
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-A has special rules for working out rights to capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to capital distributions.
When to apply the primary test
165-12(5)
To work out whether a condition in this section was satisfied at all times during the *ownership test period, apply the primary test for that condition unless subsection (6) requires the alternative test to be applied.
Note:
For the primary test, see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
When to apply the alternative test
165-12(6)
Apply the alternative test for that condition if one or more other companies beneficially owned *shares or interests in shares in the company at any time during the *ownership test period.
Note:
For the alternative test, see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
Conditions in subsections (2), (3) and (4) may be treated as having been satisfied in certain circumstances
165-12(7)
If any of the conditions in subsections (2), (3) and (4) have not been satisfied, those conditions are taken to have been satisfied if:
(a) they would have been satisfied except for the operation of section 165-165 ; and
(b) the company has information from which it would be reasonable to conclude that less than 50% of the *tax loss has been reflected in deductions, capital losses, or reduced assessable income, that occurred, or could occur in future, because of the happening of any *CGT event in relation to any *direct equity interests or *indirect equity interests in the company during the *ownership test period.
165-12(7A)
If the company is:
(a) a *non-profit company; or
(b) a *mutual affiliate company; or
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
during the whole of the *ownership test period, the conditions in subsections (3) and (4) are taken to have been satisfied by the company.
Time of happening of CGT event
165-12(8)
The happening of a *CGT event in relation to a *direct equity interest or *indirect equity interest in the company that results in the failure of the company to satisfy a condition in subsection (2), (3) or (4) is taken, for the purposes of paragraph (7)(b), to have occurred during the *ownership test period.
165-12(9)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
This section sets out the condition that a company must meet to be able to deduct the *tax loss if:
(a) the company fails to meet a condition in subsection 165-12(2) , (3) or (4); or
(b) it is not practicable to show that the company meets the conditions in those subsections.
Note:
Other provisions may treat the company as meeting, or failing to meet, the conditions in subsections 165-12(2), (3) and (4) .
165-13(2)
The company must satisfy the *business continuity test for the income year (the business continuity test period ). Apply the test to the *business the company carried on immediately before the time (the test time ) shown in the relevant item of the table.
Test time | ||
Item | If: | The test time is: |
1 | It is practicable to show there is a period that meets these conditions:
(a) the period starts at the start of the *ownership test period or, if the company came into being during the *loss year, at the time the company came into being; (b) the company would meet the conditions in subsections 165-12(2), (3) and (4) if the period were the ownership test period for the purposes of this Act |
The latest time that it is practicable to show is in the period |
2 | Item 1 does not apply and the company was in being throughout the *loss year | The start of the loss year |
3 | Item 1 does not apply and the company came into being during the *loss year | The end of the loss year |
For the business continuity test: see Subdivision 165-E .
Even if a company meets the conditions in section 165-12 or 165-13 , it cannot deduct the *tax loss if:
(a) for some or all of the part of the *ownership test period that started at the end of the *loss year, a person controlled, or was able to control, the voting power in the company (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities); and
(b) for some or all of the *loss year, that person did not control, and was not able to control, that voting power (directly, or indirectly in that way); and
(c) that person began to control, or became able to control, that voting power (directly, or indirectly in that way) for the purpose of:
(i) getting some benefit or advantage in relation to how this Act applies; or
or for purposes including that purpose.
(ii) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else;
Note:
A person can still control the voting power in a company that is in liquidation etc.: see section 165-250 .
165-15(2)
However, that person ' s control of the voting power, or ability to control it, does not prevent the company from deducting the *tax loss if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the income year (the business continuity test period ).
165-15(3)
Apply the *business continuity test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the time (the test time ) when the person began to control that voting power, or became able to control it.
For the business continuity test: see Subdivision 165-E .
SECTION 165-20 When company can deduct part of a tax loss 165-20(1)
If section 165-10 (which is about deducting a tax loss) prevents a company from deducting a *tax loss, the company can deduct the part of the tax loss that was incurred during a part of the loss year .
165-20(2)
However, the company can do this only if, assuming that part of the *loss year had been treated as the whole of the loss year for the purposes of section 165-10 , the company would have been entitled to deduct the *tax loss.
Subdivision 165-B - Working out the taxable income and tax loss for the income year of the change SECTION 165-23 What this Subdivision is about
A company that has not had the same ownership and control during the income year, and has not satisfied the business continuity test, works out its taxable income and tax loss under this Subdivision.
The company calculates its taxable income for the income year in this way: Method statement
Step 1.
Divide the income year into periods: each change in ownership or control is a dividing point between periods.
Step 2.
Treat each period as if it were an income year and work out the notional loss or notional taxable income for that period.
Step 3.
Work outthe taxable income for the year of the change by adding up:
and then subtracting any full year deductions (deductions not taken into account at Step 2).
Note:
Do not take into account any notional loss.
165-25(2)
As well as a taxable income, the company will have a tax loss. It is the total of:
165-25(3)
Special rules apply if the company was in partnership at some time during the income year.
For the special rules that apply if the company was in partnership: see sections 165-75 to 165-90 .
SECTION 165-30 Flow chart showing the application of this Subdivision

Note:
If the company was a partner during the income year, special rules apply to calculating a notional loss or notional taxable income.
SECTION 165-35 165-35 On a change of ownership, unless the company satisfies the business continuity test
A company must calculate its taxable income and *tax loss under this Subdivision unless:
(a) there are persons who had *more than a 50% stake in the company during the whole of the income year; or
Note:
See section 165-220 for a special alternative to the condition in this paragraph.
(b) there is only part of the income year (a part that started at the start of the income year) during which the same persons had *more than a 50% stake in the company, but the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the rest of the income year (the business continuity test period ); or
(c) the company was a * designated infrastructure project entity during the whole of the income year.
Note:
See subsection 415-35(7) if there is only part of the income year during which the company was a designated infrastructure project entity.
For the purposes of paragraph (b), apply the business continuity test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the time (the test time ) when that part ended.
Note 1:
For the business continuity test, see Subdivision 165-E .
Note 2:
In the case of a widely held or eligible Division 166 company, Subdivision 166-B modifies how this Subdivision applies, unless the company chooses otherwise.
If:
(a) there are persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company during the whole of a period (the ownership test period ) consisting of the income year or a part of it; and
(b) there are persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends during the whole of the ownership test period; and
(c) there are persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions during the whole of the ownership test period;
those persons had more than a 50% stake in the company during the ownership test period.
Note:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
165-37(2)
To work out whether a condition in subsection (1) was satisfied during the *ownership test period, apply the primary test for that condition unless subsection (3) requires the alternative test to be applied.
For the primary tests: see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
165-37(3)
Apply the alternative test for that condition if one or more other companies beneficially owned *shares, or interests in shares, in the company at any time during the *ownership test period.
For the alternative tests: see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
Conditions in subsection (1) may be treated as having been satisfied in certain circumstances
165-37(4)
If any of the conditions in subsection (1) have not been satisfied, those conditions are taken to have been satisfied if:
(a) they would have been satisfied except for the operation of section 165-165 ; and
(b) the company has information from which it would be reasonable to conclude that less than 50% of the *notional loss for the *ownership test period has been reflected in deductions, capital losses, or reduced assessable income, that occurred, or could occur in future, because of the happening of any *CGT event in relation to any *direct equity interests or *indirect equity interests in the company during that period.
165-37(4A)
If the company is:
(a) a *non-profit company; or
(b) a *mutual affiliate company; or
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
during the whole of the *ownership test period, the conditions in paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) are taken to have been satisfied by the company.
Time of happening of CGT event
165-37(5)
The happening of a *CGT event in relation to a *direct equity interest or *indirect equity interest in the company that results in the failure of the company to satisfy a condition in subsection (1) is taken, for the purposes of paragraph (4)(b), to have occurred during the *ownership test period.
165-37(6)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
SECTION 165-40 On a change of control of the voting power in the company, unless the company satisfies the business continuity test 165-40(1)
A company must calculate its taxable income and tax loss under this Subdivision if, during the income year, a person begins to control, or becomes able to control, the voting powerin the company (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of:
(a) getting some benefit or advantage in relation to how this Act applies; or
(b) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else.
Note 1:
A person can still control the voting power in a company that is in liquidation etc.:see section 165-250 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
165-40(2)
However, that person ' s control of the voting power, or ability to control it, does not require the company to calculate its taxable income under this Subdivision if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the rest of the income year (the business continuity test period ).
165-40(3)
Apply the business continuity test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the time (the test time ) when the person began to control that voting power, or became able to control it.
For the business continuity test: see Subdivision 165-E .
Working out the company's taxable income
SECTION 165-45 First, divide the income year into periods 165-45(1)
Divide the income year into periods as follows.
165-45(2)
The first period starts at the start of the income year. Each later period starts immediately after the end of the previous period.
165-45(3)
The last period ends at the end of the income year. Each period (except the last) ends at the earlier of:
(a) the latest time that would result in persons having *more than a 50% stake in the company during the whole of the period; or
(b) the earliest time when a person begins to control, or becomes able to control, the voting power in the company (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of:
(i) getting some benefit or advantage to do with how this Act applies; or
(ii) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete periods.
165-45(4)
However, what would otherwise be 2 or more successive periods are treated as a single period if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for all of them, considered as a single period (the business continuity test period ). Apply the business continuity test to the *business the company carried on immediately before the end of the first of the periods (the test time ).
Note 1:
For the business continuity test, see Subdivision 165-E .
Note 2:
See section 165-225 for a special alternative to subsections (3) and (4) of this section.
SECTION 165-50 Next, calculate the notional loss or notional taxable income for each period 165-50(1)
The company has a *notional loss for a period if the deductions attributed to the period under section 165-55 exceed the assessable income attributed to the period under section 165-60. The notional loss is the amount of the excess.
For a period during which the company was in partnership, the notional loss is worked out under section 165-75 .
165-50(2)
On the other hand, if that assessable income exceeds those deductions, the company has a notional taxable income for the period, equal to the excess.
For a period during which the company was in partnership, the notional taxable income is worked out under section 165-75 .
165-50(3)
If the company has a *notional loss for none of the periods in the income year, this Subdivision has no further application, and the company's taxable income for the income year is calculated in the usual way.
The usual way of working out taxable income is set out in section 4-15 .
SECTION 165-55 How to attribute deductions to periods 165-55(1)
The company ' s deductions for the income year are attributed to periods in the income year as follows.
165-55(2)
The following deductions are attributed to each period in proportion to the length of the period:
(a) deductions for the decline in value of a *depreciating asset;
See Division 40 .
(b) deductions for *exploration or prospecting, or *mining capital expenditure, in connection with mining or quarrying;
See section 40-80 and Subdivisions 40-H and 40-I .
(ba) (Repealed by No 96 of 2014)
(c) deductions for expenditure, deductions for which are spread over 2 or more income years, but not:
(i) deductions for exploration or prospecting, or capital expenditure, in connection with mining or quarrying; orSee Subdivision 40-I .
(ii) *full year deductions (see subsection (5));
(d) deductions for expenditure of capital monies in connection with an Australian *film.
See former section 124ZAFA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
165-55(3)
All other deductions (except *full year deductions) are attributed to periods as if each period were an income year.
165-55(4)
*Full year deductions are not attributed to any of the periods. They are brought in at a later stage of the process of calculating the company ' s taxable income for the income year.
165-55(5)
These are full year deductions :
(a) deductions for bad debts under section 8-1 (about general deductions) or section 25-35 (about bad debts);
(b) deductions for losses on debt/equity swaps under section 63E of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(c) deductions, so far as they are allowable under Division 8 (which is about deductions) because Subdivision H (Period of deductibility of certain advance expenditure) of Division 3 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies to the company in relation to the income year;
(d) (Repealed by No 101 of 2006 )
(e) (Repealed by No 101 of 2006 )
(fa) deductions for payments of pensions, gratuities or retiring allowances under section 25-50 ;
(fb) deductions for gifts under Division 30 ;
(f) deductions for *tax losses of earlier income years.
See Division 36 .
(g) (Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
(h) (Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
(i) (Repealed by No 101 of 2006 )
(j) (Repealed by No 34 of 2014)
165-55(6)
However, a deduction for the balance of capital expenditure is not a full year deduction if the deduction results from the disposal, loss, lapse, termination of use or destruction of the property.
SECTION 165-60 How to attribute assessable income to periods 165-60(1)
The company ' s assessable income for the income year is attributed to periods in the income year as follows.
165-60(2)
The following amounts are attributed to periods so far as they are reasonably attributable to those periods:
(a) amounts included in the company ' s assessable income under section 97 (Beneficiary of a trust estate who is not under a legal disability) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(b) amounts included in the company ' s assessable income under section 98A (Non-resident beneficiaries assessable in respect of certain income) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
165-60(2A)
However, so much of an amount included in the company ' s assessable income under section 97 or 98A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 as is a *capital gain that forms part of a *net capital gain is not attributed to a period.
165-60(3)
The following items of assessable income are attributed to each period in proportion to the length of the period:
(a) insurance recoveries for loss of *live stock or trees;
See section 385-130 .
(b) amounts included in assessable income as a result of elections relating to the forced disposal of live stock;
See Subdivision 385-E and section 385-160 .
(c) recoupment of mains electricity connection expenditure.
See items 1.16 and 2.5 in section 20-30 , which lists deductions for which recoupments are assessable under Subdivision 20-A .
165-60(4)
An amount included in the company ' s assessable income under section 385-135 (Election to defer including profit on second wool clip) is attributed to the period when the wool would ordinarily have been shorn.
165-60(5)
An amount included in the company ' s assessable income that is a *dividend under:
(a) section 65 (Payments to associated persons); or
(b) (Repealed by No 79 of 2007 )
(c) section 109 (Excessive payments to shareholders and associates);
of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 is attributed to the period when the amount was paid or credited, whichever occurred first.
165-60(6)
All other items of assessable income (except *full year amounts) are attributed to periods as if each period were an income year.
165-60(6A)
A *net capital gain is not attributed to a period.
Note:
This is because Subdivision 165-CB provides for how the company must work out its net capital gain for the income year.
165-60(7)
Full year amounts are amounts referred to in paragraphs (2)(a) and (b), so far as they are not reasonably attributable to a period, but do not include any part of a *capital gain that forms part of a *net capital gain. Full year amounts are brought in at a later stage of the process of calculating the company ' s taxable income for the income year.
SECTION 165-65 How to calculate the company's taxable income for the income year 165-65(1)
The company's taxable income for the income year is calculated as follows.
165-65(2)
Add up the *notional taxable incomes (if any) worked out under section 165-50 or 165-75 .
Note:
A notional loss for a period is not taken into account, but counts towards the company's tax loss for the income year.
165-65(3)
Add the *full year amounts referred to in subsection 165-60(7) (if any) and any *net capital gain of the company for the income year.
165-65(4)
Subtract the company's *full year deductions of these kinds:
(a) deductions for bad debts under section 8-1 (about general deductions) or section 25-35 (about bad debts);
(b) (Omitted by No 121 of 1997);
(c) deductions, so far as they are allowable under Division 8 (which is about deductions) because Subdivision H (Period of deductibility of certain advance expenditure) of Division 3 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies to the company in relation to the income year;
unless they exceed the total of the *notional taxable incomes and the *full year amounts. (If they equal or exceed that total, the company does not have a taxable income for the income year.)
165-65(5)
If an amount remains, subtract from it the company's other *full year deductions, in the order shown in subsection 165-55(5), unless they exceed the amount remaining. (If they equal or exceed that amount, the company does not have a taxable income for the income year.)
165-65(6)
If an amount remains, it is the company's taxable income for the income year.
Working out the company's tax loss
SECTION 165-70 How to calculate the company's tax loss for the income year 165-70(1)
The company's tax loss for the income year is calculated as follows.
165-70(2)
Total the *notional losses worked out under section 165-50 or 165-75 .
165-70(3)
Add to the total in subsection (2) the amount (if any) by which the company's *full year deductions of these kinds:
(a) deductions for bad debts under section 8-1 (about general deductions) or section 25-35 (about bad debts);
(b) (Omitted by No 121 of 1997)
(c) deductions, so far as they are allowable under Division 8 (which is about deductions) because Subdivision H (Period of deductibility of certain advance expenditure) of Division 3 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies to the company in relation to the income year;
exceed the total of:
(d) the *notional taxable incomes (if any); and
To work out the notional taxable income: see section 165-50 .
(e) the *full year amounts referred to in section 165-60 (if any); and
(f) any *net capital gain of the company for the income year.
165-70(4)
If the company *derived exempt income, subtract its *net exempt income (worked out under section 36-20 ).
165-70(5)
Any amount remaining is the company's tax loss for the income year, which is called a loss year .
Note:
The meanings of tax loss and loss year are modified by section 36-55 for a corporate tax entity that has an amount of excess franking offsets.
To find out how much of the tax loss can be deducted in later income years: see Subdivision 165-A .
Special rules that apply if the company is in partnership
SECTION 165-75 How to calculate the company's notional loss or notional taxable income for a period when the company was a partner 165-75(1)
This section applies if at any time during a period the company was a partner in one or more partnerships.
165-75(2)
The company has a *notional loss for the period if the total (the loss total ) of:
(a) the deductions attributed to the period under section 165-55; and
(b) the *company's share of each *notional loss (if any) of a partnership for the period;
exceeds the total (the income total ) of:
(c) the assessable income attributed to the period under section 165-60; and
(d) the *company's share of each *notional net income (if any) of a partnership for the period.
The notional loss is the amount of the excess.
Note:
A notional loss is taken into account in working out the company's tax loss under section 165-70 .
165-75(3)
On the other hand, if the income total exceeds the loss total, the company has a notional taxable income for the period, equal to the excess.
Note:
A notional taxable income is taken into account in working out the company's taxable income under section 165-65 .
165-75(4)
If the company has a *notional taxable income for all periods in the income year, this Subdivision has no further application, and the company's taxable income for the income year is calculated in the usual way.
Note:
The usual way of working out taxable income is set out in section 4-15 .
SECTION 165-80 How to calculate the company's share of a partnership's notional loss or notional net income for a period if both entities have the same income year 165-80(1)
This section applies if at any time during a period the company is a partner in a partnership that has an income year that starts and ends when the company's income year starts and ends.
165-80(2)
The partnership's notional loss or notional net income for the period is calculated in the same way as the *notional loss or *notional taxable income of a company.
165-80(3)
The company's share is calculated by dividing:
by
and expressing the result as a percentage.
165-80(4)
However, if the partnership had neither a net income nor a partnership loss, the company's share is a percentage that is fair and reasonable having regard to the extent of the company's interest in the partnership.
SECTION 165-85 How to calculate the company's share of a partnership's notional loss or notional net income for a period if the entities have different income years 165-85(1)
This section applies if at any time during a period the company is a partner in a partnership that has an income year that starts and ends at a different time from when the company's income year starts and ends.
165-85(2)
So much of the partnership's net income or partnership loss of an income year as was *derived during the period is a notional net income or notional loss of the partnership for the period. (For the purposes of this subsection, the partnership's net income or partnership loss is calculated without taking account of the partnership's *full year deductions for that income year.)
Note:
The partnership's full year deductions are dealt with in section 165-90 .
165-85(3)
The company's share is calculated by dividing:
by
and expressing the result as a percentage.
SECTION 165-90 Company's full year deductions include a share of partnership's full year deductions 165-90(1)
This section applies if at any time during the income year the company is a partner in a partnership that has one or more *full year deductions for the income year of the partnership that corresponds to the income year of the company.
165-90(2)
The partnership's *full year deductions are treated as full year deductions of the company, but only to the extent of the *company's share.
165-90(3)
If the partnership's income year is the same as the company's, the company's share is calculated by dividing:
by
and expressing the result as a percentage.
165-90(4)
However, if the partnership had neither a net income nor a partnership loss, the company's share is a percentage that is fair and reasonable having regard to the extent of the company's interest in the partnership.
165-90(5)
If the partnership's income year does not start and end at the same time as the company's income year, the company's share is a percentage that is fair and reasonable having regard to all relevant circumstances.
Subdivision 165-CA - Applying net capital losses of earlier income years
SECTION 165-93 What this Subdivision is about
In working out its net capital gain for an income year, a company cannot apply a net capital loss for an earlier income year unless:
Operative provisions | |
165-96 | When a company cannot apply a net capital loss |
SECTION 165-96 When a company cannot apply a net capital loss 165-96(1)
In working out its *net capital gain for the *current year, a company cannot apply a *net capital loss it has for an earlier income year if Subdivision 165-A would prevent it from deducting the loss for the current year if:
(a) the loss were a *tax loss of the company for that earlier income year; and
(b) section 165-20 (about deducting part of a tax loss) were disregarded.
Note 1:
A company ' s net capital gain for an income year is usually worked out under section 102-5 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 165-A deals with the deductibility of a company ' s tax loss for an earlier income year if there has been a change in the ownership or control of the company in the period from the start of the loss year to the end of the income year.
Note 3:
Subdivision 165-F may affect the application of Subdivision 165-A .
165-96(2)
If subsection (1) prevents the company from applying the *net capital loss, it can apply the part of the loss that it made during a part of that earlier income year, but only if, assuming that part of that income year had been treated as the whole of it, the company would have been entitled to apply the net capital loss.
Subdivision 165-CB - Working out the net capital gain and the net capital loss for the income year of the change
SECTION 165-99 What this Subdivision is about
A company that has not had the same ownership and control during the income year, and has not satisfied the business continuity test, works out its net capital gain and net capital loss under this Subdivision.
When a company must work out its net capital gain and net capital loss under this Subdivision | |
165-102 | On a change of ownership, or of control of voting power, unless the company satisfies the business continuity test |
Working out the company ' s net capital gain and net capital loss | |
165-105 | First, divide the income year into periods |
165-108 | Next, calculate the notional net capital gain or notional net capital loss for each period |
165-111 | How to work out the company ' s net capital gain |
165-114 | How to work out the company ' s net capital loss |
SECTION 165-102 165-102 On a change of ownership, or of control of voting power, unless the company satisfies the business continuity test
A company must calculate its *net capital gain and *net capital loss for the income year under this Subdivision if:
(a) it must calculate its taxable income and *tax loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-B ; or
Note:
Subdivision 165-F may affect the application of Subdivision 165-B .
(b) it would be required to calculate them under that Subdivision but for subsection 165-50(3) (about cases where that Subdivision would make no difference to the taxable income).
Note:
In the case of a widely held or eligible Division 166 company, Subdivision 166-B modifies how this Subdivision applies, unless the company chooses otherwise.
SECTION 165-105 165-105 First, divide the income year into periods
Divide the income year into periods according to section 165-45 (which is about working out the company's taxable income under Subdivision 165-B ).
The company has a notional net capital gain for a period if the total of the *capital gains it made during the period exceeds the total of the *capital losses it made during the period. The notional net capital gain is the amount of the excess.
165-108(2)
On the other hand, if the total of those losses exceeds the total of those gains, the company has a notional net capital loss for the period, equal to the excess.
165-108(3)
If the company has a *notional net capital loss for none of the periods in the income year, this Subdivision has no further application, and the company's *net capital gain for the income year is calculated in the usual way.
The usual way of working out the net capital gain is set out in section 102-5 .
Trust's capital gain attributed to company beneficiary
165-108(4)
If some or all (the attributable amount ) of an amount included in the company's assessable income for the income year under:
(a) section 97 (Beneficiary of a trust estate who is not under a legal disability) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(b) section 98A (Non-resident beneficiaries assessable in respect of certain income) of that Act;
is attributable to a *capital gain that the trust made at a particular time during the period, this section applies to the attributable amount as if it were a *capital gain made by the company at that time.
The company ' s net capital gain for the income year is worked out in this way: Working out the company ' s net capital gain
Step 1.
Add up the *notional net capital gains (if any) worked out under section
165-108
.
Note:
A notional net capital loss for a period is not taken into account, but counts towards the company ' s net capital loss for the income year.
Step 2.
Add to the Step 1 amount so much of each amount included in the company ' s assessable income for the income year under:
as is attributable to a *capital gain that the trust made outside the income year.
Note:
This is relevant only if the trust has an income year that starts and ends at a different time from when the company ' s income year starts and ends.
Step 3.
If the Step 2 amount is
more than
zero, reduce it by applying any unapplied *net capital losses from previous income years. (If this reduces it to zero, the company has no net capital gain for the income year.)
Note:
To apply net capital losses: see section 102-15 .
Step 4.
If the Step 3 amount is more than zero, it is the company ' s net capital gain .
Note:
For exceptions and modifications to these rules: see section 102-30 .
The company's net capital loss for the income year is worked out in this way: Working out the company's net capital loss
Step 1.
Add up the *notional net capital losses (if any) worked out under section 165-108 .
Step 2.
If the Step 1 amount is more than zero, it is the company's net capital loss .
Note:
For exceptions and modifications to these rules: see section 102-30 .
SECTION 165-115 What this Subdivision is about
If a change occurs in the ownership or control of a company that has an unrealised net loss, the company cannot, to the extent of the unrealised net loss, have capital losses taken into account, or deduct revenue losses, in respect of CGT events that happen to CGT assets that it owned at the time of the change, unless it satisfies the business continuity test.
A company is exempt from these rules if, at the time of the change in ownership or control, it (together with certain related entities) has a net asset value of not more than $6,000,000 under the test in section 152-15 (for small business CGT relief).
165-115AA(2)
In working out whether it has an unrealised net loss, a company can choose to work out the market value of each of its assets individually, or of all of its assets together.
165-115AA(3)
If a company works out the market value of each of its assets individually, it may choose to exclude every asset that it acquired for less than $10,000, in which case:
(a) unrealised losses and gains on the excluded assets will not be taken into account in calculating the company ' s unrealised net loss; and
(b) losses on the excluded assets will be allowed without the company being subject to the business continuity test.
Operative provisions | |
165-115A | Application of Subdivision |
165-115B | What happens when the company makes a capital loss or becomes entitled to a deduction in respect of a CGT asset after a changeover time |
165-115BA | What happens when a CGT event happens after a changeover time to a CGT asset of the company that is trading stock |
165-115BB | Order of application of assets: residual unrealised net loss |
165-115C | Changeover time - change in ownership of company |
165-115D | Changeover time - change in control of company |
165-115E | What is an unrealised net loss |
165-115F | Notional gains and losses |
Operative provisions
SECTION 165-115A Application of Subdivision
Application
165-115A(1)
This Subdivision applies to a company if:
(a) a changeover time has occurred or occurs in relation to the company after the commencement time; and
(b) at the changeover time the company had an unrealised net loss (see section 165-115E ); and
(c) either of the following applies:
(i) the company makes a *capital loss, or apart from this Subdivision would be entitled to a deduction, in respect of a *CGT event that happens to a *CGT asset referred to in subsection (1A);
(ii) the company makes a *trading stock loss in respect of a CGT asset referred to in subsection (1A) that is an item of *trading stock; and
(d) the company would not, at the changeover time, satisfy the maximum net asset value test under section 152-15 .
CGT assets in respect of which Subdivision applies
165-115A(1A)
The *CGT assets for the purposes of paragraph (1)(c) are:
(a) any CGT asset that the company owned at the changeover time; and
(b) any CGT asset that the company did not own at the changeover time but had owned at a previous time, where:
(i) a deferral event referred to in subsection 170-255(1) happened before the changeover time; and
(ii) the deferral event involved the company as the originating company referred to in that subsection; and
(iii) the deferral event would have resulted in the company making a *capital loss, or becoming entitled to a deduction, in respect of the CGT asset except for section 170-270 ; and
(iv) the company is not taken to have made a capital loss at or before the changeover time, or to have become entitled to a deduction at that time, under section 170-275 in respect of the asset.
Company may choose to disregard CGT assets acquired for less than $10,000
165-115A(1B)
A company may choose, for the purposes of the application of this Subdivision to it in respect of a particular changeover time, that every *CGT asset that has been acquired by it for less than $10,000 is to be disregarded.
However, the choice does not affect the application of the *global method of working out whether the company has an unrealised net loss (see subsection 165-115E(2) ).
Time for making choice
165-115A(1C)
A choice under subsection (1B) must be made on or before:
(a) the day on which the company lodges its *income tax return for the income year in which the relevant changeover time occurred; or
(b) such later day as the Commissioner allows.
Trading stock loss
165-115A(1D)
A company is taken to have made a trading stock loss in respect of an asset that is an item of *trading stock if, and only if:
(a) one of the following applies:
(i) the company *disposes of the item;
(ii) the item stops being trading stock (within the meaning of section 70-80 );
(iii) the item is revalued under Division 70 ; and
(b) if subparagraph (a)(i) or (ii) applies - the item ' s *market value at the time when it is disposed of or stops being trading stock is less than:
(i) in respect of an item that has been valued under Division 70 - its latest value under the Division; or
(ii) otherwise - its cost at that time; and
(c) if subparagraph (a)(iii) applies - the item ' s value under the revaluation is less than:
(i) in respect of an item that has previously been valued under Division 70 - its latest value under that Division before the revaluation; or
(ii) otherwise - its cost at the time of the revaluation.
The difference worked out under paragraph (b) or (c), as the case may be, constitutes the amount of the *trading stock loss.
Commencement time
165-115A(2)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, the commencement time of a company is:
(a) if the company was in existence at 1 pm (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 11 November 1999 - that time; or
(b) if the company came into existence after that time - the time when it came into existence.
Reference time
165-115A(2A)
For the purposes of the application of this Subdivision to a company in relation to a particular time (the test time ), the reference time is:
(a) if no changeover time occurred in respect of the company before the test time - the commencement time; or
(b) otherwise - the time immediately after the last changeover time that occurred in respect of the company before the test time.
Asset owned at more than one changeover time
165-115A(3)
If:
(a) 2 or more changeover times have occurred or occur in relation to a company; and
(b) the company owned a particular asset at more than one of those changeover times;
this Subdivision applies to the company in respect of that asset only in relation to the later or latest of those changeover times.
Note:
For changeover time see sections 165-115C and 165-115D .
Where capital loss or deduction is equal to or less than residual unrealised net loss
165-115B(1)
If the *capital loss or deduction referred to in subparagraph 165-115A(1)(c) (i) is equal to or less than the company ' s residual unrealised net loss at the time of the occurrence of the event that resulted in the capital loss or entitled the company to the deduction:
(a) the capital loss is taken to have been a *net capital loss; or
(b) the deduction is taken to have been a *tax loss;
of the company for the income year immediately before the income year in which the changeover time occurred.
Where capital loss or deduction is greater than residual unrealised net loss
165-115B(2)
If the *capital loss or deduction referred to in subparagraph 165-115A(1)(c)(i) is greater than the company ' s residual unrealised net loss at the time of the occurrence of the event that resulted in the capital loss or entitled the company to the deduction:
(a) the part of the capital loss that is equal to the residual unrealised net loss is taken to have been a *net capital loss; or
(b) the part of the deduction that is equal to the residual unrealised net loss is taken to have been a *tax loss;
of the company for the income year immediately before the income year in which the changeover time occurred.
Company does not meet certain conditions in relation to net capital loss or tax loss
165-115B(3)
The company is taken not to have met, at the changeover time, the conditions in subsections 165-12(2) , (3) and (4) in relation to the *net capital loss or the *tax loss. The changeover time is the test time for applying section 165-13 to the company.
Need to meet business continuity test
165-115B(4)
The effect of subsection (3) is that the company cannot apply the *net capital loss (see section 165-10 as it applies because of section 165-96 ), or deduct the *tax loss (see section 165-10 ), unless it meets the condition in section 165-13 (the business continuity test).
Consequences for net capital loss
165-115B(5)
The *net capital loss cannot be applied against *capital gains made in an income year before the income year in which the company made the capital loss referred to in subparagraph 165-115A(1)(c)(i) .
Consequences for tax loss
165-115B(6)
The *tax loss cannot be deducted from assessable income *derived in an income year before the income year in which the company would have been entitled to the deduction referred to in subparagraph 165-115A(1)(c)(i) .
Note:
For changeover time see sections 165-115C and 165-115D .
[ CCH Note: The Note to s 165-115B(6) was relocated from s 165-115B(8) following the repeal of that subsection by No 89 of 2000, s 3 and Sch 1 item 14.]
165-115B(7)
(Repealed by No 89 of 2000)
165-115B(8)
(Repealed by No 89 of 2000)
SECTION 165-115BA What happens when a CGT event happens after a changeover time to a CGT asset of the company that is trading stock
Application
165-115BA(1)
This section applies to the company if, after the changeover time, the company makes a *trading stock loss in respect of an item of *trading stock as mentioned in subparagraph 165-115A(1)(c)(ii) .
Where trading stock loss is equal to or less than residual unrealised net loss
165-115BA(2)
If the *trading stock loss is equal to or less than the company ' s residual unrealised net loss at the time of the occurrence of the trading stock loss, the amount of the trading stock loss is to be included in the company ' s assessable income.
Where trading stock loss is greater than unrealised net loss
165-115BA(3)
If the *trading stock loss is greater than the company ' s residual unrealised net loss at the time of the occurrence of the trading stock loss, the part of the trading stock loss that is equal to the residual unrealised net loss is to be included in the company ' s assessable income.
No increase in assessable income if company satisfies the business continuity test
165-115BA(4)
Neither subsection (2) nor (3) applies to the company if the company meets the condition in section 165-13 (the business continuity test).
Assumptions for purposes of business continuity test
165-115BA(5)
In determining whether the company meets the condition in section 165-13 , assume:
(a) that the *trading stock loss (if subsection (2) applies) or the part of the trading stock loss (if subsection (3) applies) is a *net capital loss of the company for the income year immediately before the income year in which the changeover time occurred; and
(b) that the company failed, at the changeover time, to meet the condition in subsections 165-12(2) , (3) and (4) in relation to the net capital loss referred to in paragraph (a); and
(c) that the changeover time is the test time ; and
(d) that the *business continuity test period is the income year in which the loss occurred.
Order in which assets are to be applied
165-115BB(1)
In applying subsection 165-115B(2) or 165-115BA(3) in respect of assets that the company owned at the changeover time:
(a) the company ' s *capital losses are taken to have been made, the company is taken to have become entitled to deductions and the company is taken to have made *trading stock losses in the order in which the events that resulted in the capital losses, deductions or trading stock losses occurred; and
(b) if 2 or more such events occurred at the same time, they are taken to have occurred in such order as the company determines.
Residual unrealised net loss
165-115BB(2)
The company ' s residual unrealised net loss , at the time of an event (the relevant event ) that resulted in the company making a *capital loss, becoming entitled to a deduction or making a *trading stock loss, in respect of an asset, is the amount worked out using the following formula:
Unrealised net loss − | Previous capital losses, deductions
or trading stock losses |
where:
previous capital losses, deductions or trading stock losses
means the total of the following:
(a) capital losses that the company made, deductions to which the company became entitled, or *trading stock losses that the company made, as a result of events earlier than the relevant event in respect of assets that the company owned at the *changeover time;
(b) each reduction that section 715-105 (as applying to the company as the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group) makes in respect of such an asset because an entity ceased before the time of the relevant event to be a *subsidiary member of the group (but counting only the greater or greatest such reduction if 2 or more are made for the same asset);
or nil if there are none.
unrealised net loss
means the company
'
s unrealised net loss at the last changeover time that occurred before the relevant event.
Note:
For changeover time see sections 165-115C and 165-115D .
A time (the test time ) is a changeover time in respect of a company if:
(a) persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company at the reference time do not have more than 50% of that voting power immediately after the test time; or
(b) persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at the reference time do not have rights to more than 50% of those dividends immediately after the test time; or
(c) persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions at the reference time do not have rights to more than 50% of those distributions immediately after the test time.
Note 1:
See section 165-150 to work out who had more than 50% of the voting power in the company.
Note 2:
See section 165-155 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends.
Note 3:
See section 165-160 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions.
Note 4:
For reference time see subsection 165-115A(2A) .
Note 5:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
165-115C(2)
To work out whether paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) applied at a particular time, apply the primary test unless subsection (3) requires the alternative test to be applied.
Note:
For the primary test see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
165-115C(3)
Applythe alternative test if one or more other companies beneficially owned *shares or interests in shares in the company at any time during the period from the reference time to the *test time.
Note:
For the alternative test see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
165-115C(4)
A *test time that would, apart from this subsection, be a changeover time in respect of the company because of the application of subsection (1) is taken not to be a changeover time if:
(a) that subsection would not have applied except for the operation of section 165-165 ; and
(b) the company has information from which it would be reasonable to conclude that less than 50% of the company ' s unrealised net loss at the test time has been reflected in deductions, capital losses, or reduced assessable income, that occurred, or could occur in future, because of the happening of any *CGT event in relation to any *direct equity interests or *indirect equity interests in the company during the period from the reference time to the test time.
165-115C(4A)
If the company is:
(a) a *non-profit company; or
(b) a *mutual affiliate company; or
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
during the whole of the period from the reference time to the *test time, the test time is taken not to be a *changeover time in respect of the company because of the application of paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
165-115C(5)
The happening of any *CGT event in relation to a *direct equity interest or *indirect equity interest in the company that results in the time of the happening of the event being a changeover time in respect of the company is taken, for the purposes of paragraph (4)(b), to have occurred during the period referred to in that paragraph.
165-115C(6)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
165-115C(7)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
A time (the test time ) is also a changeover time in respect of a company if, at the test time:
(a) a person or persons who did not control, and were not able to control, the voting power in the company at the reference time began to control, or became able to control, that voting power immediately after the test time; and
(b) that person or those persons so began, or became able, to control that voting power for the purpose of:
(i) getting some benefit or advantage in relation to how this Act applies; or
or for purposes including that purpose.
(ii) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else;
Note 1:
A person can still control the voting power in a company that is in liquidation etc.: see section 165-250 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
165-115D(2)
In this section:
control
of the voting power in a company means control of that voting power either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities.
The question whether a company has an unrealised net loss at a particular time (the relevant time ) is worked out in this way (the individual asset method ), unless the company chooses to work it out using the *global method (set out in subsection (2)). Method statement
Step 1.
Work out under section 165-115F in respect of each *CGT asset that the company owned at the relevant time any notional capital gain or notional revenue gain or any notional capital loss or notional revenue loss that the company has at that time in respect of the asset.
The sum of the notional capital gains is the company ' s unrealised capital gain at the relevant time.
The sum of the notional capital losses is the company ' s unrealised capital loss at the relevant time.
The sum of the notional revenue gains is the company ' s unrealised revenue gain at the relevant time.
The sum of the notional revenue losses is the company ' s unrealised revenue loss at the relevant time.
Step 2.
Add up the unrealised capital gain and the unrealised revenue gain at the relevant time. The total is the unrealised gross gain at that time.
Step 3.
Add up the unrealised capital loss and the unrealised revenue loss at the relevant time. The total is the unrealised gross loss at that time.
Step 4.
If the unrealised gross loss at the relevant time exceeds the unrealised gross gain at that time, the excess is the company ' s preliminary unrealised net loss at that time.
Step 5.
Add up the company ' s preliminary unrealised net loss and any *capital loss, deduction or share of a deduction disregarded under section 170-270 in relation to an asset referred to in paragraph 165-115A(1A)(b) . The total is the company ' s unrealised net loss at the relevant time.
165-115E(2)
The global method of working out whether the company has an unrealised net loss at the relevant time is as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the total *market value of all *CGT assets that the company owned at the relevant time (including those it *acquired for less than $10,000), using a valuation method that would generally be regarded as appropriate in the circumstances.
Step 2.
Work out the total of the *cost bases of those *CGT assets at the relevant time.
Note:
If a CGT asset that the company owned at the relevant time was also trading stock or a revenue asset at that time, see subsection (3) of this section.
Step 3.
If the step 2 amount exceeds the step 1 amount, the excess is the company ' s preliminary unrealised net loss at the relevant time.
Step 4.
Add up the company ' s preliminary unrealised net loss and any *capital loss, deduction or share of a deduction disregarded under section 170-270 in relation to an asset referred to in paragraph 165-115A(1A)(b) . The total is the company ' s unrealised net loss at the relevant time.
165-115E(3)
If:
(a) a *CGT asset that the company owned at the relevant time was also *trading stock or a *revenue asset at that time; and
(b) the asset ' s *cost base at the relevant time is less than the amount that would be compared under section 165-115F with the asset ' s *market value in working out a notional revenue gain or notional revenue loss that the company has at the relevant time in respect of the asset;
then, for the purposes of step 2 of the method statement in subsection (2) of this section, the amount that would be so compared is to be taken into account instead of that cost base.
165-115E(4)
A choice to use the *global method must be made on or before:
(a) the day on which the company lodges its *income tax return for the income year in which the relevant time occurred; or
(b) such later day as the Commissioner allows.
SECTION 165-115F Notional gains and losses 165-115F(1)
This section applies for the purpose of calculating whether a company has at a particular time (the relevant time ) a notional capital gain, a notional capital loss, a notional revenue gain or a notional revenue loss in respect of a *CGT asset that it owned at that time.
165-115F(2)
The calculation is to be made on the assumption that the company disposed of the asset at its *market value at the relevant time.
165-115F(3)
In relation to an asset other than an item of *trading stock:
(a) if the company would make a *capital gain in respect of the disposal of the asset - the company has at the relevant time in respect of the asset a notional capital gain equal to the amount of the capital gain; or
(b) if an amount (other than a capital gain) would be included in the company ' s assessable income in respect of the disposal of the asset - the company has at the relevant time in respect of the asset a notional revenue gain equal to the amount so included; or
(c) if the company would make a *capital loss in respect of the disposal of the asset - the company has at the relevant time in respect of the asset a notional capital loss equal to the amount of the capital loss; or
(d) if the company would be entitled to a deduction in respect of the disposal of the asset - the company has at the relevant time in respect of the asset a notional revenue loss equal to the amount of the deduction.
165-115F(4)
In relation to an asset that is an item of *trading stock:
(a) if the item ' s *market value at the relevant time exceeds:
(i) in respect of an item that has been valued under Division 70 - the item ' s latest valuation under that Division; or
the company has at the relevant time in respect of the article a notional revenue gain equal to the excess; or
(ii) otherwise - the *cost of the item at the relevant time;
(b) if the item ' s market value at the relevant time is less than:
(i) in respect of an item that has been valued under Division 70 - the item ' s latest valuation under that Division; or
the company has at the relevant time in respect of the article a notional revenue loss equal to the difference.
(ii) otherwise - the *cost of the item at the relevant time;
165-115F(5)
A company may choose that this section is to apply to the company at the relevant time in respect of an asset to which subsection (6) applied at that time as if references to the *market value of the asset were references to its *written down value.
165-115F(6)
This subsection applies to an asset at the relevant time if:
(a) the asset is a *depreciating asset (not a building or structure) for whose decline in value the company has deducted or can deduct an amount; and
(b) the expenditure incurred by the company to *acquire the asset was less than $1,000,000 (the expenditure can include the giving of property: see section 103-5 ); and
(c) it would be reasonable for the company to conclude that the *market value of the asset at that time was not less than 80% of its *written down value at that time.
165-115F(7)
(Repealed by No 90 of 2002)
Subdivision 165-CD - Reductions after alterations in ownership or control of loss company
165-115G (Repealed) SECTION 165-115G What this Subdivision is about
(Repealed by No 90 of 2002)
This Subdivision prevents multiple recognition of a company ' s losses when significant equity and debt interests that entities (not individuals) have in the company are realised.
The operation of this Subdivision is triggered at an alteration time, which is when:
(a) an alteration takes place in the ownership or control of the company; or
(b) a liquidator or administrator of the company declares that shares or financial instruments are worthless (CGT event G3).
165-115GB(2)
An alteration time is the trigger for making reductions and other adjustments to the reduced cost base of significant equity and debt interests in the company that are owned by an entity (not an individual) that, alone or with its associates, has a controlling stake in the company and either:
(a) has a *direct equity interest or *indirect equity interest of at least 10% in the company; or
(b) is owed a debt of at least $10,000 by the company or by another entity that has a significant equity or debt interest in the company.
Deductions that relate to such interests held as trading stock or otherwise on revenue account are also reduced.
165-115GB(3)
Adjustments may also be made when such an entity ' s interests in the company are partly realised within 12 months before an alteration time or if, under an arrangement, such interests are realised partly within that period or at the alteration time and partly at an earlier time.
165-115GB(4)
However, entities in which there are no interests in respect of which the company ' s losses have been, or can be, duplicated are not affected by this Subdivision.
SECTION 165-115GC How adjustments are calculated 165-115GC(1)
Adjustments are based on the overall loss of the company. This comprises its realised losses and unrealised losses on CGT assets.
165-115GC(2)
Special rules, directed at saving compliance costs, apply to determine whether unrealised losses have to be counted at an alteration time and, if so, how to work them out.
165-115GC(3)
The company may not have to calculate its unrealised losses if the alteration time is not also a changeover time for the purposes of Subdivision 165-CC (about change of ownership or control of a company that has an unrealised net loss), and the company has no realised losses.
165-115GC(4)
The company does not have to count unrealised losses at an alteration time if (together with certain related entities) it has a net asset value of not more than $6,000,000 under the test in section 152-15 (for small business CGT relief).
165-115GC(5)
In working out its unrealised losses on CGT assets, the company can choose to work out the *market value of each of its assets individually, or of all of its assets together.
165-115GC(6)
If the company works out the *market value of each of its assets individually, unrealised losses on assets acquired for less than $10,000 do not have to be calculated at any time.
165-115GC(7)
Amounts (whether realised or unrealised) counted at a previous alteration time are not counted again at a later alteration time. (This does not apply to unrealised losses worked out by reference to the *market value of all the company ' s assets together.)
165-115GC(8)
However, if unrealised amounts are not counted at a previous alteration time (for example, because of the $10,000 exclusion, or because you satisfy the maximum net asset value test in section 152-15 ) and are not required to be taken into account in adjustments made at that time, they may be counted at a later time as part of a realised loss.
165-115GC(9)
A formula is provided for making adjustments in straightforward cases if applying the formula gives a reasonable result having regard to the object of the Subdivision. Otherwise, reasonable adjustments must be made having regard to a number of stated factors.
165-115GC(10)
To help entities to make the adjustments, any entity that, in its own right, has a controlling stake in the company is required to provide a written notice to its associates setting out relevant information. In limited circumstances, the company itself may have to provide a written notice to entities that, to its knowledge, have a significant equity or debt interest in it.
SECTION 165-115H How this Subdivision applies 165-115H(1)
This Subdivision provides for certain taxation consequences for an entity (not an individual) that had a significant equity or debt interest in a loss company immediately before an alteration time occurred in respect of the company.
165-115H(2)
The following flowchart explains how to work out whether this Subdivision applies to an entity.

165-115H(3)
If this Subdivision applies to an entity, reductions are made to:
(a) the reduced cost base of the entity ' s equity or debt (see subsection 165-115ZA(3) ); or
(b) any deduction to which the entity is entitled in respect of the disposal of the equity or debt (see subsection 165-115ZA(4) ); or
(c) deductions in respect of, and the cost of, any of the equity or debt that is trading stock (see subsection 165-115ZA(5) ).
Example:
The following is an example of how this Subdivision operates:
Facts: Alpha Co acquired 80% of the shares in Beta Co on 5 May 1998 for $1,000.
Gamma Co owns 20% of the shares in Beta Co.
On 6 February 2000, Alpha Co disposed of its shares for $600.
At the beginning of the 1999-2000 income year, Beta Co had an unapplied net capital loss of $500 from the 1998-99 income year. This loss was fully reflected in the market value of shares in Beta Co.
Alpha Co and Gamma Co are not associated in any way.Result: Step 1: An alteration time occurred in respect of Beta Co as a result of the change in ownership that occurred when Alpha Co sold its shares. Step 2: Beta Co was a loss company at the alteration time because it had an unapplied net capital loss from an earlier income year. Step 3: Alpha Co had a relevant equity interest in Beta Co immediately before the alteration time because it had a controlling stake and significant interest (80% equity interest). Gamma Co did not have a relevant equity interest in Beta Co because it did not have a controlling stake. Step 4: Because Alpha Co had a relevant equity interest in Beta Co, the reduced cost bases of its shares in Beta Co are reduced by 80% of Beta Co ' s net capital loss:
80% × $500 = $400
Alpha Co does not make a capital gain on the disposal of its shares in Beta Co because the capital proceeds ($600) are less than the cost bases ($1,000).
Nor did Alpha Co make a capital loss on the disposal of its shares in Beta Co because the capital proceeds ($600) are not less than the reduced cost bases as further reduced by this Subdivision ($600).
The net capital loss in Beta Co is not duplicated on the sale of Alpha Co ' s shares in Beta Co.Step 5: There are no notice requirements in this simple case. If Gamma Co and Alpha Co were associates (so that Gamma Co had a relevant equity interest in Beta Co), Alpha Co would need to provide the following information to Gamma Co:
(a) the alteration time: 6 February 2000;
(b) Beta Co ' s overall loss at the alteration time: $500;
(c) details of the overall loss: a net capital loss of $500 for the 1998-99 income year.
Operative provisions | |
165-115J | Object of Subdivision |
165-115K | Application and interpretation |
165-115L | Alteration time - alteration in ownership of company |
165-115M | Alteration time - alteration in control of company |
165-115N | Alteration time - declaration by liquidator or administrator |
165-115P | Notional alteration time - disposal of interests in company within 12 months before alteration time |
165-115Q | Notional alteration time - disposal of interests in company earlier than 12 months before alteration time |
165-115R | When company is a loss company at first or only alteration time in income year |
165-115S | When company is a loss company at second or later alteration time in income year |
165-115T | Reduction of certain amounts included in company ' s overall loss at alteration time |
165-115U | Adjusted unrealised loss |
165-115V | Notional losses |
165-115W | Calculation of trading stock decrease |
165-115X | Relevant equity interest |
165-115Y | Relevant debt interest |
165-115Z | What constitutes a controlling stake in a company |
165-115ZA | Reductions and other consequences if entity has relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest in loss company immediately before alteration time |
165-115ZB | Adjustment amounts for the purposes of section 165-115ZA |
165-115ZC | Notices to be given |
165-115ZD | Adjustment (or further adjustment) for interest realised at a loss after global method has been used |
Operative provisions
SECTION 165-115J 165-115J Object of Subdivision
The main object of this Subdivision is to make appropriate adjustments (under section 165-115ZA ) to the tax values of significant equity and debt interests held directly or indirectly by entities other than individuals in a *loss company whose ownership or control alters.
The purpose of the adjustments is to prevent the duplication of the company's realised and unrealised losses when any of those interests are *disposed of or otherwise realised. This happens because the company's losses are reflected in the values of the interests.
Application
165-115K(1)
This Subdivision applies if:
(a) an alteration time occurs in respect of a company; and
(b) the company is a *loss company at the alteration time; and
(c) one or more entities had relevant equity interests or relevant debt interests in the company immediately before the alteration time.
Note 1:
For alteration time , see sections 165-115L , 165-115M , 165-115N , 165-115P and 165-115Q .
Note 2:
For relevant equity interests and relevant debt interests , see sections 165-115X and 165-115Y .
Alteration time before commencement time to be disregarded
165-115K(2)
An alteration time does not include a time before the commencement time.
Commencement time
165-115K(3)
The commencement time for a company is:
(a) if the company was in existence at 1 pm (by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory) on 11 November 1999 - that time; or
(b) if the company came into existence after that time - the time when it came into existence.
Certain alteration times to be disregarded
165-115K(4)
If:
(a) a time (the test time ) would, apart from this subsection, be an alteration time in relation to a company; and
(b) the company does not have any losses of the kinds referred to in paragraphs 165-115R(3)(a) , (b), (c) and (d) and 165-115S(3)(a) and (b); and
(c) the test time is not a changeover time in relation to the company under Subdivision 165-CC ; and
(d) if the test time were such a changeover time, it would be reasonable for the company to conclude that it would not have an unrealised net loss at that time under section 165-115E ;
the test time is taken not to be an alteration time in relation to the company.
Application to CGT events other than disposals
165-115K(5)
This Subdivision applies to a *CGT event (other than a *disposal) happening in relation to a CGT asset (for example, an interest in a company that is constituted by an equity or debt):
(a) in the same way as it applies to a disposal of a CGT asset; and
(b) as if the asset had been disposed of at the time when the CGT event happens.
A time (the test time ) is an alteration time in respect of a company if:
(a) persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company at the reference time do not have more than 50% of that voting power immediately after the test time; or
(b) persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at the reference time do not have rights to more than 50% of those dividends immediately after the test time; or
(c) persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions at the reference time do not have rights to more than 50% of those distributions immediately after the test time.
Note 1:
See section 165-150 to work out who had more than 50% of the voting power in the company.
Note 2:
See section 165-155 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends.
Note 3:
See section 165-160 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions.
Note 4:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
165-115L(2)
The reference time is:
(a) if no alteration time occurred in respect of the company before the *test time - the commencement time; or
(b) otherwise - the time immediately after the last alteration time.
165-115L(3)
To work out whether paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c) applied at a particular time, apply the primary test unless subsection (4) requires the alternative test to be applied.
Note:
For the primary test see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
165-115L(4)
Apply the alternative test if one or more other companies beneficially owned *shares or interests in shares in the company at any time during the period from the reference time to the *test time.
Note:
For the alternative test see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
165-115L(5)
If the company is:
(a) a *non-profit company; or
(b) a *mutual affiliate company; or
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
during the whole of the period from the reference time tothe *test time, the test time is taken not to be an *alteration time in respect of the company because of the application of paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
SECTION 165-115M Alteration time - alteration in control of company 165-115M(1)
A time (the test time ) is also an alteration time in respect of a company if, at the test time:
(a) a person or persons who did not control, and were not able to control, the voting power in the company at the reference time began to control, or became able to control, that voting power immediately after the test time; and
(b) that person or those persons so began, or became able, to control that voting power for the purpose of:
(i) getting some benefit or advantage in relation to how this Act applies; or
or for purposes including that purpose.
(ii) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else;
Note 1:
A person can still control the voting power in a company that is in liquidation etc.: see section 165-250 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
165-115M(2)
The reference time is:
(a) if no alteration time occurred in respect of the company before the *test time - the commencement time; or
(b) otherwise - the time immediately after the last alteration time.
165-115M(3)
In this section:
control
of the voting power in a company means control of that voting power either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities.
If a liquidator or administrator makes a declaration referred to in section 104-145 in relation to a company, the time of the declaration is also an alteration time in respect of the company.
This section applies if:
(a) an alteration time occurs in respect of a *loss company; and
(b) an entity *disposed of an interest in the company (an equity ) or a debt (a debt ) at a time (the disposal time ) within 12 months before the alteration time but not earlier than the commencement time; and
(c) immediately before the disposal time, the entity had a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the company that included the equity or debt, or would have had such an interest if any previous disposals of interests or debts by the entity had not occurred; and
(d) immediately before the alteration time, the entity had a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the company, or would have had such an interest if any previous disposals of interests or debts by the entity had not occurred.
165-115P(2)
The references in paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) to previous *disposals of interests or debts by the entity are references to:
(a) previous disposals within the period referred to in paragraph (1)(b); and
(b) previous disposals before that period if those previous disposals and any one or more of the following:
(i) the disposal of the equity or debt;
(ii) a disposal referred to in paragraph (a);
occurred as part of an *arrangement.
(iii) a disposal at the alteration time;
165-115P(3)
The time immediately before the *disposal of the equity or debt is taken to have been an alteration time (a notional alteration time ) in respect of the company.
165-115P(4)
The entity:
(a) is taken to have had, immediately before the notional alteration time, a relevant equity interest in the company constituted by the equity or a relevant debt interest in the company constituted by the debt, as the case may be; and
(b) is taken not to have had, immediately before the notional alteration time, any other relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest in the company.
165-115P(5)
No entity (other than the entity referred to in paragraph (1)(b)) is taken to have had a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the company immediately before the notional alteration time.
165-115P(6)
In applying this Subdivision in relation to the company in respect of a time after a notional alteration time, the notional alteration time is taken not to have occurred.
Note:
For relevant equity interests and relevant debt interests , see sections 165-115X and 165-115Y .
SECTION 165-115Q Notional alteration time - disposal of interests in company earlier than 12 months before alteration time 165-115Q(1)
This section applies if:
(a) an alteration time occurs in respect of a *loss company; and
(b) an entity that *disposed of an interest in the company (the later equity ) or a debt (the later debt ) at, or within 12 months before, the alteration time also disposed of an interest in the company (the earlier equity ) or a debt (the earlier debt ) at a time (the earlier disposal time ) earlier than 12 months before the alteration time but not earlier than the commencement time; and
(c) the disposal of the later equity or later debt and the disposal of the earlier equity or earlier debt occurred as part of an *arrangement; and
(d) immediately before the earlier disposal time, the entity had a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the company that included the earlier equity or earlier debt, or would have had such an interest if any previous disposals of interests or debts by the entity had not occurred; and
(e) immediately before the alteration time, the entity had a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the company, or would have had such an interest if any previous disposals of interests or debts by the entity had not occurred.
165-115Q(2)
The references in paragraphs (1)(d) and (e) to previous *disposals of interests or debts by the entity are references to:
(a) previous disposals within the period referred to in paragraph (1)(b); and
(b) previous disposals before that period if those previous disposals and any one or more of the following:
(i) the disposal of the equity or debt;
(ii) a disposal referred to in paragraph (a);
occurred as part of an *arrangement.
(iii) a disposal at the alteration time;
165-115Q(3)
The time immediately before the *disposal of the earlier equity or earlier debt is taken to have been an alteration time (a notional alteration time ) in respect of the company.
165-115Q(4)
The entity:
(a) is taken to have had, immediately before the notional alteration time, a relevant equity interest in the company constituted by the earlier equity or a relevant debt interest in the company constituted by the earlier debt, as the case may be; and
(b) is taken not to have had, immediately before the notional alteration time, any other relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest in the company.
165-115Q(5)
No entity (other than the entity referred to in paragraph (1)(b)) is taken to have had a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the company immediately before the notional alteration time.
165-115Q(6)
In applying this Subdivision in relation to the company in respect of a time after a notional alteration time, the notional alteration time is taken not to have occurred.
Note:
For relevant equity interests and relevant debt interests , see sections 165-115X and 165-115Y .
SECTION 165-115R When company is a loss company at first or only alteration time in income year
Application
165-115R(1)
The question whether a company is a loss company at the first or only alteration time in a particular income year is to be worked out in this way.
Assumed income year
165-115R(2)
Assume that the period that started at the beginning of the income year and ended at the alteration time is an income year and apply paragraphs (3)(a), (b), (c) and (d) on that assumption.
What is a loss company
165-115R(3)
The company is a loss company at the alteration time if:
(a) at the beginning of the income year it had a * tax loss or tax losses for an earlier income year or earlier income years; or
(b) at the beginning of the income year it had a * net capital loss or net capital losses for an earlier income year or earlier income years; or
(c) it has a tax loss for the income year, calculated as if the income year were a period for the purposes of Subdivision 165-B ; or
(d) it has a net capital loss for the income year, calculated as if the income year were a period for the purposes of Subdivision 165-CB ; or
(e) it has an adjusted unrealised loss at the alteration time.
Note:
For adjusted unrealised loss , see section 165-115U .
How losses are to be calculated
165-115R(4)
In applying subsection (3):
(a) a * tax loss or *net capital loss that was taken into account in working out under this section whether the company was a *loss company at an alteration time in a previous income year is to be disregarded; and
(b) Subdivision 170-D is to be disregarded.
Overall loss
165-115R(5)
The sum of:
(a) the amount or amounts of any *tax loss or tax losses referred to in paragraph (3)(a); and
(b) the amount or amounts of any *net capital loss or net capital losses referred to in paragraph (3)(b); and
(c) the amount of any tax loss referred to in paragraph (3)(c); and
(d) the amount of any net capital loss referred to in paragraph (3)(d); and
(e) the amount of any adjusted unrealised loss referred to in paragraph (3)(e);
is the *loss company ' s overall loss at the alteration time.
Note:
The loss company ' s overall loss is relevant for the purposes of subsections 165-115ZB(3) and (6).
Certain losses to be disregarded
165-115R(6)
A reference in a paragraph of subsection (3) and in the corresponding paragraph of subsection (5) to a particular loss is a reference only to a loss to the extent to which it represents an outlay or loss of any of the economic resources of the company.
Note:
Where the income tax law allows, as all or part of a loss, an amount for the decline in value of a depreciating asset that exceeds the actual economic depreciation or depletion of the asset concerned, the excess is not to be regarded for the purposes of this subsection as representing an outlay or loss of economic resources of the company.
165-115R(6A)
Subsection (6) does not apply to paragraphs (3)(e) and (5)(e) if the company has chosen to use the *global method of working out whether it has an adjusted unrealised loss at the alteration time.
Amounts of losses may be reduced
165-115R(7)
The amounts referred to in paragraphs (5)(a) to (d) may be reduced under section 165-115T .
Application
165-115S(1)
The question whether a company is a loss company at an alteration time (the current alteration time ) that is the second or a later alteration time in the same income year is to be worked out in this way.
Assumed income year
165-115S(2)
Assume that the period that started immediately after the last alteration time and ended at the current alteration time is an income year and apply paragraphs (3)(a) and (b) on that assumption.
What is a loss company
165-115S(3)
The company is a loss company at the current alteration time if:
(a) it has a *tax loss for the income year, calculated as if the income year were a period for the purposes of Subdivision 165-B ; or
(b) it has a *net capital loss for the income year, calculated as if the income year were a period for the purposes of Subdivision 165-CB ; or
(c) it has an adjusted unrealised loss at the current alteration time.
Note:
For adjusted unrealised loss , see section 165-115U .
How losses are to be calculated
165-115S(4)
In applying subsection (3), Subdivision 170-D is to be disregarded.
Overall loss
165-115S(5)
The sum of:
(a) the amount of any *tax loss referred to in paragraph (3)(a); and
(b) the amount of any *net capital loss referred to in paragraph (3)(b); and
(c) the amount of any adjusted unrealised loss referred to in paragraph (3)(c);
is the *loss company ' s overall loss at the current alteration time.
Note:
The loss company ' s overall loss is relevant for the purposes of subsections 165-115ZB(3) and (6).
Certain losses to be disregarded
165-115S(6)
A reference in a paragraph of subsection (3) and in the corresponding paragraph of subsection (5) to a particular loss is a reference only to a loss to the extent to which it represents an outlay or loss of any of the economic resources of the company.
Note:
Where the income tax law allows, as all or part of a loss, an amount for the decline in value of a depreciating asset that exceeds the actual economic depreciation or depletion of the asset concerned, the excess is not to be regarded for the purposes of this subsection as representing an outlay or loss of economic resources of the company.
165-115S(6A)
Subsection (6) does not apply to paragraphs (3)(c) and (5)(c) if the company has chosen to use the *global method of working out whether it has an adjusted unrealised loss at the current alteration time.
Amounts of losses may be reduced
165-115S(7)
The amounts referred to in paragraphs (5)(a) and (b) may be reduced under section 165-115T .
In working out under section 165-115R or 165-115S whether a company was a *loss company at an alteration time (the current alteration time ), if a loss (the realised loss ) referred to in paragraph 165-115R(3)(a), (b), (c) or (d) or 165-115S(3)(a) or (b) that the company had at the current alteration time reflected an amount of a notional revenue loss, a trading stock decrease or a notional capital loss included in an adjusted unrealised loss, that the company had at a previous alteration time, the realised loss is taken to be reduced by that amount.
Note 1:
For notional revenue loss and notional capital loss see section 165-115V .
Note 2:
For trading stock decrease see section 165-115W .
165-115T(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply to an adjusted unrealised loss that the company had at a previous alteration time if the company has chosen to use the *global method of working out whether it has an adjusted unrealised loss at that previous time.
SECTION 165-115U Adjusted unrealised loss 165-115U(1)
The question whether a company has an adjusted unrealised loss at an alteration time (the relevant alteration time ) is worked out in this way (the individual asset method ), unless the company chooses to work it out using the *global method (set out in subsection (1B)). Method statement
Step 1.
Work out under section 165-115V or 165-115W in respect of each *CGT asset that the company owned at the relevant alteration time any notional capital loss, notional revenue loss or trading stock decrease that the company has at that time in respect of the asset.
To the extent that a notional capital loss or a notional revenue loss in respect of an asset at the relevant alteration time reflected an amount that was counted at an earlier alteration time, do not count it again at the relevant alteration time.
Step 2.
Add up the notional capital losses and the notional revenue losses that the company had at the relevant alteration time. The total is the company ' s nominal unrealised loss at that time.
Step 3.
Add up the trading stock decreases that the company had at the relevant alteration time. The total is the company ' s overall trading stock decrease at that time.
Step 4.
The sum of the company ' s nominal unrealised loss and overall trading stock decrease at the relevant time is the company ' s adjusted unrealised loss at that time.
Note:
Certain alteration times are disregarded (see subsections 165-115K(2) and (4)).
165-115U(1A)
Step 1 in the method statement in subsection (1) does not apply to an amount that was counted at an earlier alteration time if the company has chosen to use the *global method of working out whether it has an adjusted unrealised loss at that earlier time.
165-115U(1B)
The global method of working out whether the company has an adjusted unrealised loss at the relevant alteration time is as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the total *market value of all *CGT assets that the company owned at the relevant alteration time (including those it *acquired for less than $10,000), using a valuation method that would generally be regarded as appropriate in the circumstances.
Step 2.
Work out the total of the *cost bases of those *CGT assets at the relevant time.
Note:
If a CGT asset that the company owned at the relevant time was also trading stock or a revenue asset at that time, see subsection (1C) of this section.
Step 3.
If the step 2 amount exceeds the step 1 amount, the excess is the company ' s adjusted unrealised loss at the relevant time.
165-115U(1C)
If:
(a) a *CGT asset that the company owned at the relevant alteration time was also *trading stock or a *revenue asset at that time; and
(b) the asset ' s *cost base at the relevant alteration time is less than the amount that, if the relevant alteration time were a changeover time, would be compared under section 165-115F with the asset ' s *market value in working out a notional revenue gain or notional revenue loss that the company would have at the changeover time in respect of the asset;
then, for the purposes of step 2 of the method statement in subsection (1B) of this section, the amount that would be so compared is to be taken into account instead of that cost base.
165-115U(1D)
A choice to use the *global method must be made on or before:
(a) the day on which the company lodges its *income tax return for the income year in which the relevant alteration time occurred; or
(b) such later days as the Commissioner allows.
165-115U(2)
However, the company does not have an adjusted unrealised loss at the relevant alteration time if the company would, at that time, satisfy the maximum net asset value test under section 152-15 .
SECTION 165-115V Notional losses 165-115V(1)
This section applies for the purpose of calculating whether a company has at an alteration time a notional capital loss or a notional revenue loss in respect of a *CGT asset that it owned at that time.
165-115V(2)
However, a company does not have a notional capital loss or a notional revenue loss at an alteration time in respect of a CGT asset that it *acquired for less than $10,000.
165-115V(3)
The calculation is to be made on the assumption that the company disposed of the asset at its *market value at the alteration time.
165-115V(4)
If the company would make a *capital loss in respect of the disposal of the asset, the company has at the alteration time in respect of the asset a notional capital loss equal to the amount of the capital loss.
165-115V(5)
If the company would be entitled to a deduction in respect of the disposal of the asset, the company has at the alteration time in respect of the asset a notional revenue loss equal to the amount of the deduction.
165-115V(6)
A company may choose that this section is to apply to the company at the alteration time in respect of an asset to which subsection (7) applied at that time as if the reference in subsection (3) to the *market value of the asset were a reference to its *written down value.
165-115V(7)
This subsection applies to an asset at the alteration time if:
(a) the asset is a *depreciating asset (not a building or structure) for whose decline in value the company has deducted or can deduct an amount; and
(b) the expenditure incurred by the company to *acquire the asset was less than $1,000,000(the expenditure can include the giving of property: see section 103-5 ); and
(c) it would be reasonable for the company to conclude that the *market value of the asset at the alteration time was not less than 80% of its *written down value at that time.
165-115V(8)
(Repealed by No 90 of 2002)
SECTION 165-115W Calculation of trading stock decrease 165-115W(1)
The question whether there is a trading stock decrease in relation to a company at an alteration time for a *CGT asset of the company that was an item of *trading stock at that time is worked out in this way. Method statement
Step 1.
Work out whether the item ' s *market value immediately before the alteration time was less than:
Step 2.
If the item ' s *market value immediately before the alteration time was less than:
as the case requires, the difference is the trading stock decrease for the item.
To the extent (if any) to which the difference reflects an amount counted at an earlier alteration time, do not count that amount again.
Note:
Certain alteration times are disregarded (see subsections 165-115K(2) and (4)).
165-115W(1A)
Step 2 in the method statement in subsection (1) does not apply to an amount counted at an earlier alteration time if the company has chosen to use the *global method of working out whether it has an adjusted unrealised loss at that earlier time.
165-115W(2)
However, a company does not have a trading stock decrease at an alteration time in respect of an item of *trading stock that it *acquired for less than $10,000.
SECTION 165-115X Relevant equity interest 165-115X(1)
An entity (not an individual) has a relevant equity interest in a *loss company at a particular time if:
(a) at that time the entity has a controlling stake in the loss company (see section 165-115Z ); and
(b) at that time the entity has an interest (an equity ) that gives, or interests (each of which is also called an equity ) that between them give, the entity:
(i) the control of, or the ability to control, 10% or more of the voting power in the loss company (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities); or
(ii) the right to receive (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) 10% or more of any dividends that the loss company may pay; or
(iii) the right to receive (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) 10% or more of any distribution of capital of the loss company; and
(c) the equity or each equity is either:
(i) an interest (including a *share or shares, or an option or right to acquire a share or shares) in the loss company; or
(ii) an interest (including an option or right to acquire an interest) held by the entity directly in another entity that has a relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest in the loss company.
Note:
For paragraph (b), Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
165-115X(2)
The equity or equities constitute the entity ' s relevant equity interest in the *loss company.
165-115X(2A)
A *widely held company that, apart from this subsection, would have a relevant equity interest in a *loss company at a particular time does not have such an interest at that time.
165-115X(2B)
Subsection (2A) does not apply if:
(a) an entity has a controlling stake in the loss company (see section 165-115Z ); and
(b) that entity has a direct or indirect interest in, or is owed a debt by, the *widely held company, being an interest or debt in respect of which:
(i) the entity could, if a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, make a *capital loss (other than a capital loss that would be disregarded) that reflects any part of the loss company ' s overall loss; or
(ii) the entity has deducted or can deduct, or could deduct at a later time, an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition, or a net loss on the *disposal, of the interest or debt, where the deduction reflected or would have reflected, or would reflect, as the case may be, any part of the company ' s overall loss.
165-115X(2C)
Subsection (2A) does not apply in respect of a particular time if an entity that had a direct or indirect interest in, or was owed a debt by, the *widely held company at an earlier time, and had a controlling stake in the loss company (see section 165-115Z ) at the earlier time:
(a) made a capital loss (other than a capital loss that was disregarded) because a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, where the capital loss reflected any part of the *loss company ' s overall loss; or
(b) has deducted or could have deducted at an earlier time, or could deduct at a later time, an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition, or a net loss on the *disposal, of the interest or debt, where the deduction reflected or would have reflected, or would reflect, as the case may be, any part of the company ' s overall loss.
165-115X(3)
An entity (the first entity ) that, apart from this subsection, would have a relevant equity interest in a *loss company at a particular time does not have such an interest if, at that time, there is no other entity that has a direct or indirect interest in, or is owed a debt by, the first entity, being an interest or debt in respect of which:
(a) the other entity could, if a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, make a *capital loss (other than a capital loss that would be disregarded) that reflects any part of the loss company ' s overall loss; or
(b) the other entity has deducted or can deduct, or could deduct at a later time:
(i) an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition of the interest or debt; or
where the deduction reflected, or would reflect, any part of the loss company ' s overall loss.
(ii) a net loss on the *disposal of the interest or debt;
165-115X(3A)
Subsection (3) does not apply if the first entity is a *widely held company.
165-115X(4)
Subsection (3) does not apply to the first entity in respect of a particular time if an entity that had a direct or indirect interest in, or was owed a debt by, the first entity at an earlier time:
(a) made a capital loss (other than a capital loss that was disregarded) because a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, where the capital loss reflected any part of the *loss company ' s overall loss; or
(b) has deducted or could have deducted at an earlier time, or could deduct at a later time, an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition, or a net loss on the *disposal, of the interest or debt, where the deduction reflected or would have reflected, or would reflect, as the case may be, any part of the company ' s overall loss.
165-115X(5)
An individual is not taken to have a relevant equity interest in a *loss company at any time.
165-115X(6)
A partnership that consists only of individuals is not taken to have a relevant equity interest in a *loss company at any time.
165-115X(7)
If section 106-30 , 106-50 or 106-60 would treat an act referred to in that section that is done in relation to an interest as having been done by an individual, the interest is not a relevant equity interest.
An entity (not an individual) has a relevant debt interest in a *loss company at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) the entity has a controlling stake in the loss company (see section 165-115Z ); and
(b) the entity is owed by the loss company a debt of not less than $10,000 (a debt ) or debts at least one of which is not less than $10,000 (each debt of not less than $10,000 is also called a debt ).
165-115Y(2)
An entity (not an individual) also has a relevant debt interest in a *loss company at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) the entity has a controlling stake in the loss company; and
(b) the entity is owed by an entity (the debtor entity ) other than the loss company a debt of not less than $10,000 (also a debt ) or debts at least one of which is not less than $10,000 (each debt of not less than $10,000 is also called a debt ); and
(c) the debtor entity has a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest in the loss company.
165-115Y(3)
The total of the debts referred to in subsections (1) and (2) constitutes the entity ' s relevant debt interest in the *loss company.
165-115Y(3A)
A *widely held company that, apart from this subsection, would have a relevant debt interest in a *loss company at a particular time does not have such an interest at that time.
165-115Y(3B)
Subsection (3A) does not apply if:
(a) an entity has a controlling stake in the loss company (see section 165-115Z ); and
(b) that entity has a direct or indirect interest in, or is owed a debt by, the *widely held company, being an interest or debt in respect of which:
(i) the entity could, if a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, make a *capital loss (other than a capital loss that would be disregarded) thatreflects any part of the loss company ' s overall loss; or
(ii) the entity has deducted or can deduct, or could deduct at a later time, an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition, or a net loss on the *disposal, of the interest or debt, where the deduction reflected or would have reflected, or would reflect, as the case may be, any part of the company ' s overall loss.
165-115Y(3C)
Subsection (3A) does not apply in respect of a particular time if an entity that had a direct or indirect interest in, or was owed a debt by, the *widely held company at an earlier time, and had a controlling stake in the *loss company (see section 165-115Z ) at the earlier time;
(a) made a *capital loss (other than a capital loss that was disregarded) because a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, where the capital loss reflected any part of the loss company ' s overall loss; or
(b) has deducted or could have deducted at an earlier time, or could deduct at a later time, an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition, or a net loss on the *disposal, of the interest or debt, where the deduction reflected or would have reflected, or would reflect, as the case may be, any part of the company ' s overall loss.
165-115Y(4)
An entity (the first entity ) that, apart from this subsection, would have a relevant debt interest in a *loss company at a particular time does not have such an interest if, at that time, there is no other entity that has a direct or indirect interest in, or is owed a debt by, the first entity, being an interest or debt in respect of which:
(a) the other entity could, if a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, make a *capital loss (other than a capital loss that would be disregarded) that reflects any part of the loss company ' s overall loss; or
(b) the other entity could deduct, or can deduct or could deduct at a later time:
(i) an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition of the interest or debt; or
where the deduction reflects, or would have reflected, any part of the loss company ' s overall loss.
(ii) a net loss on the *disposal of the interest or debt;
165-115Y(4A)
Subsection (4) does not apply if the first entity is a *widely held company.
165-115Y(5)
Subsection (4) does not apply to the first entity in respect of a particular time if an entity that had a direct or indirect interest in, or was owed a debt by, the first entity at an earlier time:
(a) made a capital loss (other than a capital loss that would be disregarded) at an earlier time because a *CGT event happened in respect of the interest or debt, where the capital loss reflected any part of the *loss company ' s overall loss; or
(b) has deducted or could have deducted at an earlier time, or could deduct at a later time, an amount in respect of the cost of the *acquisition, or a net loss on the *disposal, of the interest or debt, where the deduction reflected or would have reflected, or would reflect, as the case may be, any part of the company ' s overall loss.
165-115Y(6)
An individual is not taken to have a relevant debt interest in a *loss company at any time.
165-115Y(7)
A partnership that consists only of individuals is not taken to have a relevant debt interest in a *loss company at any time.
165-115Y(8)
If section 106-30 , 106-50 or 106-60 would treat an act referred to in that section that is done in relation to a debt as having been done by an individual, the debt is not a relevant debt interest.
SECTION 165-115Z What constitutes a controlling stake in a company 165-115Z(1)
An entity has a controlling stake in a company at a particular time if the entity, or the entity and the entity ' s *associates between them:
(a) are able at that time to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50% of the voting power in the company (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities); or
(b) have at that time the right to receive (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any dividends that the company may pay; or
(c) have at that time the right to receive (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any distribution of capital of the company.
Note 1:
The effect of subsection (1) is that, if an entity has a controlling stake in a company, each associate of the entity also has a controlling stake in the company.
Note 2:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
165-115Z(2)
If:
(a) apart from this subsection, an interest that gives an entity and its *associates (if any):
(i) the ability to exercise, or control the exercise of, any of the voting power in a company; or
(ii) the right to receive dividends that a company may pay; or
would, in the application of paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c), be counted more than once; and
(iii) the right to receive a distribution of capital of a company;
(b) the interest is both direct and indirect;
only the direct interest is to be counted.
Application of section
165-115ZA(1)
This section applies to an entity (an affected entity ) that has a relevant equity interest or a relevant debt interest, or both, in a *loss company immediately before a time (a relevant time ) that is an alteration time in respect of the loss company.
Note:
This section and section 165-115ZB can apply differently for a company that has used the global method of working out whether it has an adjusted unrealised loss at an alteration time. See section 165-115ZD .
Application of section nullified in certain circumstances
165-115ZA(2)
However, if:
(a) this section has applied to an entity in respect of a debt owed to the entity; and
(b) Subdivisions 245-C to 245-G (which relate to the forgiveness of commercial debts) also applied in respect of the debt at the same time or at a later time;
any reductions or other consequences affecting the entity in respect of the debt under this section are taken not to have occurred or to have been required to occur.
Note:
An amendment of an assessment can be made at any time to give effect to this subsection (see subsection 170(10AA) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ).
Reduction of reduced cost base
165-115ZA(3)
The *reduced cost base of an equity or debt that was *acquired on or after 20 September 1985 is to be reduced immediately before the relevant time by the adjustment amount calculated under section 165-115ZB .
Reduction of deduction - equity or debt is not trading stock
165-115ZA(4)
If an equity or debt is not an item of *trading stock of the affected entity immediately before the relevant time, any amount that the entity can deduct in respect of the disposal of any of the equity or debt is to be reduced by the adjustment amount calculated under section 165-115ZB .
Reduction of cost - equity or debt is trading stock
165-115ZA(5)
If:
(a) an equity or debt is an item of *trading stock of the affected entity immediately before the relevant time; and
(b) the *cost for the purposes of Division 70 of the equity or debt exceeds its *market value immediately before the relevant time;
then, subject to any later application or applications of this Subdivision, the cost of the equity or debt for the purposes of Division 70 , and any deduction for an outlay to *acquire it, are reduced by the lesser of the following amounts or, if they are equal, by one of them:
(c) the adjustment amount calculated under section 165-115ZB ;
(d) the amount of the excess referred to in paragraph (b).
Subsection (4) to apply only in respect of certain income years
165-115ZA(6)
For the purpose of working out:
(a) deductions under section 8-1 ; or
(b) whether an amount is included in assessable income under subsection 70-35(2) ; or
(c) whether an amount can be deducted under subsection 70-35(3) ;
subsection (5) applies only in respect of income years ending after the later of the following:
(d) the commencement time;
(e) the time 12 months before the relevant time.
Further election to value trading stock
165-115ZA(7)
If an election has been made under section 70-45 to value an item of *trading stock on hand at the end of an income year otherwise than at its *cost and subsection (5) applies in respect of it, a further election may be made under that section to value the item of trading stock at cost.
Previous applications of this section in relation to trading stock to be taken into account
165-115ZA(8)
In applying this section to the affected entity in respect of an equity or debt that is *trading stock of the entity, any previous applications of this section to the entity in respect of the equity or debt are to be taken into account.
Cost of equity or debt that becomes trading stock after relevant time
165-115ZA(9)
If:
(a) an equity or debt becomes an item of *trading stock of the affected entity after the relevant time; and
(b) had the equity or debt been an item of trading stock of the affected entity at an earlier time that was, or at 2 or more earlier times each of which was, the relevant time for the purposes of a previous application or previous applications of this section, its *cost for the purposes of Division 70 would have exceeded its *market value at the earlier time or at one of the earlier times;
its cost for the purposes of Division 70 is taken to be its market value at the earlier time or the smallest of its market values at the earlier times.
Reduction of proceeds of disposal of trading stock
165-115ZA(10)
If:
(a) an equity or debt was an item of *trading stock of the affected entity immediately before a relevant time or became such an item of trading stock after a relevant time; and
(b) the equity or debt is *disposed of by the entity after the relevant time concerned; and
(c) the equity or debt is an item of trading stock of the affected entity at the time of the disposal; and
(d) the proceeds of the disposal exceed the *market value of the equity or debt immediately before the relevant time concerned or the market value of the equity or debt immediately before any previous relevant time;
the proceeds of the disposal are taken to be reduced by so much of the amount or the total of the amounts of any reductions made by any previous application or applications of subsection (5) in relation to the affected entity in respect of the equity or debt as does not exceed the excess amount or the greater or greatest of the excess amounts referred to in paragraph (d).
This section has effect for the purposes of:
(a) section 165-115ZA ; and
(b) sections 715-255 and 715-270 (about effect of alteration time for head company on membership interests of leaving entity just before leaving time).
Calculation of adjustment amount
165-115ZB(1)
An adjustment amount in relation to an equity or debt is to be worked out by the affected entity, and applied by it in making reductions:
(a) if subsection (2) applies - in accordance with subsection (3); or
(b) otherwise - in accordance with subsection (6).
Selection of method of calculation
165-115ZB(2)
This subsection applies if:
(a) the affected entity has a relevant equity interest, but does not have a relevant debt interest, in the *loss company immediately before the alteration time and:
(i) all the *shares in the loss company are of the same class and have the same *market value; and
(ii) the equity consists only of a share or shares in the loss company; or
(b) the affected entity has both a relevant equity interest, and a relevant debt interest under subsection 165-115Y(1) , in the loss company immediately before the alteration time and:
(i) all the shares in the loss company are of the same class and have the same market value; and
(ii) the equity consists only of a share or shares in the loss company; and
(iii) the debt consists of a single debt or 2 or more debts of the same kind;
and the reductions that would result from the application of subsection (3) would be reasonable in the circumstances.
Formula method
165-115ZB(3)
The adjustment amount to be worked out under this subsection is the amount worked out using the formula:
The number of shares in the loss
company constituted by the equity immediately before the alteration time The total number of shares in the loss company immediately before the alteration time |
× | The amount of the loss
company ' s overall loss at the alteration time |
and the amount so worked out is to be applied in making reductions as follows:
(a) the adjustment amount is to be applied in relation to the *share or shares constituting the equity; and
(b) if there is an amount remaining after making reductions in relation to those shares - the amount remaining is to be applied in relation to any debt or, if there is a debt consisting of 2 or more separate debts, in relation to those debts.
Applying adjustment amount under formula method to shares
165-115ZB(4)
If the adjustment amount referred to in subsection (3) is to be applied in relation to an equity consisting of 2 or more *shares:
(a) it is to be applied equally among the shares; and
(b) if there is any amount remaining after the application of part of the adjustment amount to a share, the amount remaining is to be applied to any other share, or equally among any other shares, to the maximum extent possible.
Applying adjustment amount under formula method to debt
165-115ZB(5)
If the adjustment amount referred to in subsection (3) or part of it is to be applied in relation to a debt (the overall debt ) and the overall debt consists of 2 or more debts (the constituent debts ), the amount to be applied in relation to each constituent debt is the amount worked out using the formula:
The adjustment amount or part
of the adjustment amount |
× |
The amount of the constituent debt
The amount of the overall debt |
Non-formula method
165-115ZB(6)
The adjustment amount to be worked out under this subsection is the amount that is appropriate having regard to:
(a) the object of this Subdivision and other matters set out in section 165-115J ; and
(b) the extent of the affected entity ' s relevant equity interests or relevant debt interests, as the case may be, in the *loss company immediately before the alteration time; and
(c) when, and under what circumstances, the relevant equity interests or relevant debt interests were *acquired by the affected entity; and
(d) the loss company ' s overall loss at the alteration time; and
(e) the extent to which that overall loss has reduced the *market values of the equity or debt; and
(f) to prevent double counting, the extent of any adjustments required under this Subdivision because of any application of this Subdivision to another loss company in which the affected entity has a relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest;
and the amount so worked out is to be applied in making reductions in an appropriate way.
How to work out the extent to which the overall loss has reduced the market value of an equity or debt
165-115ZB(7)
To avoid doubt in applying paragraph (6)(e) in relation to an equity or a debt, if factors other than an overall loss altered the *market value of the equity or debt, the extent to which the overall loss reduced that market value is taken to be the extent to which that market value would have been reduced apart from those other factors.
Note 1:
For a company ' s overall loss see subsections 165-115R(5) and 165-115S(5) .
Note 2:
An example of a factor other than the overall loss is the unrealised value of assets (including assets in respect of which there is an unrealised gain) of the loss company, whether or not generated by outlays or economic losses reflected in the loss for income tax purposes.
Application
165-115ZC(1)
This section applies when an alteration time occurs in respect of a *loss company.
Note:
Section 165-115ZC of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 affects the operation of this section.
Controlling entity
165-115ZC(2)
For the purposes of this section, an entity is a controlling entity of a *loss company if:
(a) the entity is not an individual; and
(b) the entity, disregarding any of its *associates, has a controlling stake in the loss company; and
(c) no other entity (except an individual or 2 or more individuals between them) has a controlling stake in the entity.
Foreign resident controlling entity to be disregarded in certain circumstances
165-115ZC(3)
If:
(a) apart from this subsection, an entity that is a foreign resident would be a controlling entity of a *loss company; and
(b) there is an entity that is an Australian resident and would be a controlling entity of the loss company if all the foreign residents that held direct or indirect interests in the Australian resident were individuals;
then, for the purposes of this section, the entity referred to in paragraph (a) is taken not to be a controlling entity of the company but the Australian resident is taken to be a controlling entity of the company.
Notice by controlling entity of loss company
165-115ZC(4)
An entity that was a controlling entity of the *loss company immediately before the alteration time must, before the end of 6 months after the latest of the following:
(a) the alteration time;
(b) the day on which the New Business Tax System (Miscellaneous) Act (No. 2) 2000 received the Royal Assent;
(c) the time (if any) specified by the Commissioner;
give a written notice, setting out the information mentioned in subsection (6), to each of its *associates that, to the loss company ' s knowledge, had a relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest in the loss company immediately before the alteration time.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Notice by loss company
165-115ZC(5)
If:
(a) there was no controlling entity of the *loss company immediately before the alteration time; or
(b) no entity that was a controlling entity of the loss company immediately before the alteration time told the loss company in writing, within 2 months after the later of the following:
(i) the alteration time;
that it had given, or proposed to give, notices to its associates under subsection (4);
(ii) the day on which the New Business Tax System (Miscellaneous) Act (No. 2) 2000 received the Royal Assent;
the loss company must, before the end of 6 months after the latest of the following:
(c) the alteration time;
(d) the day on which the New Business Tax System (Miscellaneous) Act (No. 2) 2000 received the Royal Assent;
(e) the time (if any) specified by the Commissioner;
give a written notice, setting out the information mentioned in subsection (6), to each entity that, to the loss company ' s knowledge, had a relevant equity interest or relevant debt interest in the company immediately before the alteration time.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
Offences are strict liability
165-115ZC(5A)
An offence under subsection (4) or (5) is an offence of strict liability.
Note:
For strict liability , see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code .
Information to be included in notice
165-115ZC(6)
The information to be contained in a notice given under subsection (4) or (5) must include:
(a) the time that is the alteration time; and
(b) the amount of the *loss company ' s overall loss at that time; and
(c) for each income year for which the loss company had at that time a *tax loss or *net capital loss referred to in subsection 165-115R(3) or 165-115S(3) - the type and amount of the loss; and
(d) the amount of any adjusted unrealised loss that the loss company had at that time; and
(e) particulars (for the purpose of assisting the entity to whom the notice is given (the recipient ) to comply with the requirements of this Subdivision) of the amounts, proportions, and times of *acquisition, of all relevant equity interests and relevant debt interests in the loss company held by entities through which the recipient had relevant equity interests or relevant debt interests in the loss company.
Entity or loss company not required to give information about matters that are not known to it
165-115ZC(7)
An entity or *loss company is not required by this section to set out information in a notice unless:
(a) the information is known to the entity or company; or
(b) the entity or company could reasonably be expected to know the information and can readily obtain it.
Commissioner ' s power to specify a later time for giving notice
165-115ZC(7A)
The Commissioner may, by written notice given to an entity, or *loss company, that is required to give a notice under subsection (4) or (5), specify a time later than the alteration time as the start of the 6 months mentioned in the subsection.
Commissioner ' s power to waive requirement for notice
165-115ZC(7B)
The Commissioner may give an entity or *loss company a written declaration that subsection (4) or (5) does notapply to require the entity or company to give a notice relating to the alteration time. If the Commissioner does so, the subsection does not apply in relation to the alteration time.
Considerations relating to Commissioner ' s powers
165-115ZC(7C)
In deciding whether to specify a time for the purposes of subsection (4) or (5) or declare that the subsection does not apply, the Commissioner must consider:
(a) the consequences of doing so for each entity to which notice must be given under the subsection (apart from any such declaration); and
(b) any other matters that the Commissioner considers relevant.
Obligations of person not affected by failure to give notice
165-115ZC(8)
Any failure by an entity or the *loss company to give a notice to a person under this section does not affect any obligation of the person to comply with the requirements of this Subdivision.
This section affects how sections 165-115ZA and 165-115ZB apply to an interest (the equity ) in, or a debt owed by, a company if, apart from this section, a loss (the realised loss ):
(a) would be *realised for income tax purposes by a *realisation event that happens to the equity or debt; or
(b) would be so realised but for Subdivision 170-D (which defers realisation of capital losses and deductions);
and the company chose to use the *global method of working out whether it had an adjusted unrealised loss at the lastalteration time:
(c) that happened for the company before the realisation event; and
(d) immediately before which the equity or debt was, or was part of:
(i) if the company was a *loss company at that alteration time - a relevant equity interest, or a relevant debt interest, that an entity had in the company; or
(ii) otherwise - what would have been such an interest if the company had been a loss company at that alteration time.
Note:
If that last alteration time is before the day on which the New Business Tax System (Consolidation, Value Shifting, Demergers and Other Measures) Act 2002 received the Royal Assent, the owner of the equity or debt may choose to apply section 165-115ZD of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 instead of this section.
165-115ZD(2)
In addition to any application to the equity or debt, in relation to that last alteration time, that sections 165-115ZA and 165-115ZB have apart from this section, those sections apply (and are taken always to have applied) to the equity or debt, in relation to that last alteration time, as if:
(a) the company had an adjusted unrealised loss at that time worked out under this section; and
(b) the company were therefore a *loss company at that time; and
(c) that adjusted unrealised loss were the company ' s overall loss at that time.
165-115ZD(3)
For the purposes of how sections 165-115ZA and 165-115ZB apply because of this section, the adjustment amount under section 165-115ZB is to be worked out and applied in accordance with subsection 165-115ZB(6) (the non-formula method).
Adjusted unrealised loss worked out under this section
165-115ZD(4)
The adjusted unrealised loss referred to in paragraph (2)(a) is worked out using this method statement: Method statement
Step 1.
Add up the amount or value of each thing covered by subsection (5). (If the total exceeds the realised loss, reduce the total by the excess.)
Step 2.
Reduce the step 1 amount by so much of the realised loss as it is reasonable to conclude is attributable to none of these:
Note:
If the equity or debt is a revenue asset, the realised loss is different from the loss referred to in subsection (1): see subsection (9).
165-115ZD(5)
This subsection covers each thing covered by an item in the table, except to the extent that:
(a) it is reasonable to conclude that the thing was not attributable to value that is reflected in what would, if that last alteration time had been a *changeover time for the company, be a notional capital gain or notional revenue gain that the company had under section 165-115F at that changeover time in respect of a *CGT asset; or
(b) the thing has resulted in a reduction of the *reduced cost base of the equity or debt.
Things that might expose an unrealised loss netted off by use of global method | |||
Item | Thing covered | ||
1 | A *dividend that the company pays during the period referred to in subsection (6) | ||
2 | A thing that is taken under this Act to be a dividend and that the company pays during the period referred to in subsection (6) | ||
3 | A distribution of income or capital to a *member that the company makes during the period referred to in subsection (6) and is not covered by item 1 or 2 | ||
4 | An amount of income tax to which the company becomes liable at any time, to the extent that it is reasonably attributable to a realisation event that happens, during the period referred to in subsection (6), to a *CGT asset (in its character as a CGT asset, *trading stock or a *revenue asset) that the company owned at that last alteration time and *acquired for not less than $10,000 | ||
5 | A loss or outgoing to which the company becomes liable at any time, to the extent that it is reasonably attributable to a realisation event of the kind referred to in item 4 | ||
6 | The difference between: | ||
(a) | the *capital proceeds (as worked out under subsection (7)) of a *CGT event: | ||
(i) | that happens, during the period referred to in subsection (6), to a *CGT asset that the company owned at that last alteration time and *acquired for not less than $10,000; and | ||
(ii) | as a result of which the asset is *acquired by an entity that is an *associate of the company at the time of the CGT event; and | ||
(b) | the *market value of the asset at the time of the CGT event; | ||
but only if those capital proceeds are less than that market value |
165-115ZD(6)
The period starts at that last alteration time and ends at the earlier of:
(a) the time of the *realisation event referred to in paragraph (1)(a); or
(b) the time immediately before the earliest time when the equity or debt is no longer, or is no longer part of:
(i) if the company was a *loss company at that last alteration time - a relevant equity interest, or a relevant debt interest, that an entity has in the company; or
(ii) otherwise - what would have been such an interest if the company had been a loss company at that last alteration time.
165-115ZD(7)
For the purposes of item 6 of the table in subsection (5), the *capital proceeds of the *CGT event are to be worked out:
(a) under subsection 116-20(1) only; and
(b) disregarding subsection 103-10(1) and paragraph 103-10(2)(a) (about entitlement to receive money or property).
Notices under section 165-115ZC not affected
165-115ZD(8)
To avoid doubt:
(a) a notice need not be given under section 165-115ZC because of this section; and
(b) this section does not affect the requirements that apply to a notice that otherwise must be given under that section.
If equity or debt is a revenue asset
165-115ZD(9)
If the equity or debt is a *revenue asset at the time of the *realisation event, subsection (4) applies on the basis that the realised loss is the total of:
(a) the loss (if any) *realised for income tax purposes by the realisation event happening to the equity or debt in its character as a *CGT asset; and
(b) the loss (if any) realised for income tax purposes by the realisation event happening to the equity or debt in its character as a revenue asset.
Subdivision 165-C - Deducting bad debts
A company cannot deduct a bad debt unless:
or, if there has been a change of ownership or control, the company satisfies the business continuity test by carrying on the same business (including entering into no new kinds of transactions and conducting no new kinds of business), or by carrying on a similar business (on or after 1 July 2015).
Note:
The exceptions mentioned in this section apply differently in relation to designated infrastructure project entities: see section 415-40 .
SECTION 165-119 165-119 Application of Subdivision
This Subdivision applies to a debt only to the extent (if any) to which Subdivision 165-CC does not apply in respect of the debt.
Note:
Subdivision 165-CC applies to certain capital losses or tax losses of a company to the extent to which the capital loss or tax loss does not exceed the company ' s unrealised net loss.
A company cannot deduct a debt (or part of a debt) that it writes off as bad in the *current year unless:
(a) it meets the conditions in section 165-123 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners); or
Note:
See section 165-230 for a special alternative to the condition in this paragraph.
(b) the Commissioner thinks it would be unreasonable to require the company to meet the conditions in that section, having regard to the entities that beneficially owned the shares in the company when (in the Commissioner ' s opinion) the debt (or part) became bad; or
(c) the company meets the condition in section 165-126 (which is about the company satisfying the business continuity test).
Note 1:
In the case of a widely held or eligible Division 166 company, Subdivision 166-C modifies how this Subdivision applies, unless the company chooses otherwise.
Note 2:
Normally bad debts are deductible under section 8-1 or 25-35 .
Note 3:
Subdivisions 709-D and 719-I modify how this Subdivision operates in relation to a company that used to be a member of a consolidated group or MEC group and that writes off as bad a debt that used to be owed to a member of the group.
165-120(2)
The conditions in section 165-123 or 165-126 apply to different periods, depending on whether the debt was incurred in the *current year or an earlier income year:
Meaning of first continuity period and second continuity period | ||||
In this case: | the first continuity period : | and the second continuity period : | ||
the debt was incurred in an earlier income year | • | starts on the day when the debt was incurred; and | is the *current year | |
• | ends at the end of that income year | |||
. | ||||
the debt was incurred in the *current year (but not on the last day of it) | • | starts on the first day of the *current year; and | • | starts on the day after the debt was incurred; and |
• | ends on the day when the debt was incurred | • | ends on the last day of the *current year |
165-120(3)
A company cannot deduct a debt (or part of a debt) that it writes off as bad on the last day of the *current year if the debt was also incurred on that day.
SECTION 165-123 Company must maintain the same owners
Ownership test period
165-123(1)
In determining whether section 165-120 prevents a company from deducting a debt or a part of a debt, the ownership test period is the period from the start of the *first continuity period to the end of the *second continuity period.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Voting power
165-123(2)
There must be persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company at all times during the *ownership test period.
Note 1:
See section 165-150 to work out who had more than 50% of the voting power.
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
Rights to dividends
165-123(3)
There must be persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at all times during the *ownership test period.
Note 1:
See section 165-155 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends.
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-A has special rules for working out rights to dividends in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to dividends.
Rights to capital distributions
165-123(4)
There must be persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions at all times during the *ownership test period.
Note 1:
See section 165-160 to work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions.
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-A has special rules for working out rights to capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to capital distributions.
When to apply the primary test
165-123(5)
To work out whether a condition in this section was satisfied at all times during the *ownership test period, apply the primary test for that condition unless subsection (6) requires the alternative test to be applied.
Note:
For the primary test, see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
When to apply the alternative test
165-123(6)
Apply the alternative test for that condition if one or more other companies beneficially owned *shares or interests in shares in the company at any time during the *ownership test period.
Note:
For the alternative test, see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
Conditions in subsections (2), (3) and (4) may be treated as having been satisfied in certain circumstances
165-123(7)
If any of the conditions in subsections (2), (3) and (4) have not been satisfied, those conditions are taken to have been satisfied if:
(a) they would have been satisfied except for the operation of section 165-165 ; and
(b) the company has information from which it would be reasonable to conclude that less than 50% of the debt or of the part of a debt has been reflected in deductions, capital losses, or reduced assessable income, that occurred, or could occur in future, because of the happening of any *CGT event in relation to any *direct equity interests or *indirect equity interests in the company during the *ownership test period.
165-123(7A)
If the company is:
(a) a *non-profit company; or
(b) a *mutual affiliate company; or
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
during the whole of the *ownership test period, the conditions in subsections (3) and (4) are taken to have been satisfied by the company.
Time of happening of CGT event
165-123(8)
The happening of any *CGT event in relation to a *direct equity interest or *indirect equity interest in the company that results in the failure of the company to satisfy a condition in subsection (2), (3) or (4) is taken, for the purposes of paragraph (7)(b), to have occurred during the *ownership test period.
165-123(9)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
165-123(10)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
SECTION 165-126 Alternatively, the company must satisfy the business continuity test 165-126(1)
This section sets out the condition that a company must meet to be able to deduct a debt or part of a debt that it writes off as bad in the *current year if:
(a) either:
(i) the company fails to meet a condition in subsection 165-123(2) , (3) or (4) ; or
(ii) it is not practicable to show that the company meets the conditions in those subsections; and
(b) paragraph 165-120(1)(b) (about the Commissioner thinking it is unreasonable to require the company to meet the conditions in section 165-123 ) does not apply.
Note:
Other provisions may treat the company as meeting, or failing to meet, the conditions in subsections 165-123(2) , (3) and (4) .
165-126(2)
The company must satisfy the *business continuity test for the *second continuity period (the business continuity test period ). Apply the test to the *business the company carried on immediately before the time (the test time ) shown in the relevant item of the table.
Test time | ||
Item | If: | The test time is: |
1 | It is practicable to show there is a period that meets these conditions:
(a) the period starts at the start of the *first continuity period; (b) the company would meet the conditions in subsections 165-123(2), (3) and (4) if the period were the *ownership test period for the purposes of this Act |
The latest time that it is practicable to show is in the period |
2 | Item 1 does not apply and either:
(a) the debt was incurred before the *current year; or (b) the company came into being during the current year |
The end of the day on which the debt was incurred |
3 | All these conditions are met:
(a) item 1 does not apply; (b) the debt was incurred in the *current year; (c) the company was in being throughout the current year |
The start of the current year |
For the business continuity test: see Subdivision 165-E .
Even if section 165-120 does not prevent a company from deducting a bad debt (or partof one), it cannot deduct the bad debt (or that part of it) if:
(a) for some or all of the part of the *ownership test period that started at the end of the *first continuity period, a person controlled, or was able to control, the voting power in the company (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities); and
(b) for some or all of the *first continuity period, that person did not control, and was not able to control, that voting power (directly, or indirectly in that way); and
(c) that person began to control, or became able to control, that voting power (directly, or indirectly in that way) for the purpose of:
(i) getting some benefit or advantage in relation to how this Act applies; or
or for purposes including that purpose.
(ii) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else;
Note 1:
A person can still control the voting power in a company that is in liquidation etc.: see section 165-250 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
165-129(2)
However, that person ' s control of the voting power, or ability to control it, does not prevent the company from deducting the bad debt (or that part of it) if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the *second continuity period (the business continuity test period ).
165-129(3)
Apply the *business continuity test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the time (the test time ) when the person began to control that voting power, or became able to control it.
For the business continuity test: see Subdivision 165-E .
If:
(a) a company can deduct a debt (or part of a debt) that it wrote off as bad in an income year; and
(b) because the company failed to meet a condition in section 165-123 (about the company maintaining the same owners), it could not have deducted the debt (or part) apart from section 165-126 (about the company satisfying the business continuity test); and
(c) the company wrote off the debt after the *test time worked out under section 165-126 ; and
(d) because of the deduction, the company has a *tax loss for that income year, or there was an increase in the amount of its *tax loss for that income year; and
(e) the company carried on a *business during that income year for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of securing a deduction for the debt (or part) by relying on section 165-126 ;
the company cannot deduct the *tax loss for a later income year, or cannot deduct it to the extent of the increase, unless it also satisfies the *business continuity test for the later income year (the business continuity test period ).
165-132(2)
Apply the test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the *test time worked out for section 165-126 .
For the business continuity test: see Subdivision 165-E .
SECTION 165-150 Who has more than 50% of the voting power in the company
The primary test
165-150(1)
Applying the primary test: if there are persons who, at a particular time, beneficially own (between them) *shares that carry (between them) the right to exercise more than 50% of the voting power in the company, those persons have more than 50% of the voting power in the company at that time.
The alternative test
165-150(2)
Applying the alternative test: if it is the case, or it is reasonable to assume, that there are persons (none of them companies or *trustees) who (between them) at a particular time control, or are able to control (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) the voting power in the company, those persons have more than 50% of the voting power in the company at that time.
The primary test
165-155(1)
Applying the primary test: if there are persons who, at a particular time, beneficially own (between them) *shares that carry (between them) the right to receive more than 50% of any *dividends that the company may pay, those persons have rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at that time.
The alternative test
165-155(2)
Applying the alternative test: if it is the case, or it is reasonable to assume, that there are persons (none of them companies) who (between them) at a particular time have the right to receive for their own benefit (whether directly or *indirectly) more than 50% of any *dividends that the company may pay, those persons have rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at that time.
The primary test
165-160(1)
Applying the primary test: if there are persons who, at a particular time, beneficially own (between them) *shares that carry (between them) the right to receive more than 50% of any distribution of capital of the company, those persons have rights to more than 50% of the company's capital distributions at that time.
The alternative test
165-160(2)
Applying the alternative test: if it is the case, or it is reasonable to assume, that there are persons (none of them companies) who (between them) at a particular time have the right to receive for their own benefit (whether directly or *indirectly) more than 50% of any distribution of capital of the company, those persons have rights to more than 50% of the company's capital distributions at that time.
Exactly the same shares or interests must continue to be held
165-165(1)
For the purpose of determining whether a company has satisfied a condition or whether a time is a changeover time or an alteration time in respect of a company:
(a) a condition that has to be satisfied is not satisfied; or
(b) a time that, apart from this subsection, would not be a changeover time or alteration time is taken to be a changeover time or alteration time, as the case may be;
unless, at all relevant times:
(c) the only *shares in the company that are taken into account are exactly the same shares and are held by the same persons; and
(d) the only interests in any other entity (including shares in another company) that are taken into account are exactly the same interests and are beneficially owned by the same persons.
What happens in case of share splitting
165-165(2)
If:
(a) a particular *share (an old share ) in a company of which a person is the beneficial owner at the start of a *test period is divided into 2 or more new shares; and
(b) the person becomes the beneficial owner of each of the new shares immediately after the division takes place and remains the beneficial owner until the end of that period;
the new shares are taken to be exactly the same shares as the old share.
What happens in case of splitting of units in a unit trust
165-165(3)
If:
(a) a particular unit (the old unit ) in a unit trust of which a person is the holder at the start of a *test period is divided into 2 or more new units; and
(b) the person becomes the holder of each of the new units immediately after the division takes place and remains the holder until the end of that period;
the new units are taken to be exactly the same units as the old unit.
What happens in case of consolidation of shares
165-165(4)
If:
(a) a particular *share (an old share ) in a company of which a person is the beneficial owner at the start of a *test period, and other shares (each of which also called an old share ) in the company of which the person is the beneficial owner at the start of that period, are consolidated into a new share; and
(b) the person becomes the beneficial owner of the new share immediately after the consolidation takes place;
the new share is taken to be exactly the same share as the old shares.
What happens in case of consolidation of units in a unit trust
165-165(5)
If:
(a) a particular unit (an old unit ) in a unit trust of which a person is the holder at the start of a *test period and other units (each of which also called an old unit ) in the trust of which the person is the holder at the start of that period are consolidated into a new unit; and
(b) the person becomes the holder of the new unit immediately after the consolidation takes place;
the new unit is taken to be exactly the same unit as the old units.
Test period
165-165(6)
A test period is:
(a) for the purpose of determining whether a condition in section 165-12 has been satisfied - the *ownership test period; or
(b) for the purpose of determining whether a test time is a changeover time for the purposes of section 165-115C - the period between the reference time referred to in subsection 165-115A(2A) and the test time; or
(c) for the purpose of determining whether a test time is an alteration time for the purposes of section 165-115L - the period between the reference time referred to in subsection 165-115L(2) and the test time.
Satisfaction by primary test by public company
165-165(7)
A *public company is taken to satisfy the primary test if it is reasonable to assume that the test is satisfied.
To avoid doubt, a test for a condition can be satisfied by one person. Rules affecting the operation of the tests
SECTION 165-180 Arrangements affecting beneficial ownership of shares 165-180(1)
For the purposes of a test, the Commissioner may treat a person as not having beneficially owned particular *shares at a particular time if the conditions in subsections (2) and (3) are met.
Example:
The Commissioner may treat a person as not having beneficially owned redeemable shares at a particular time if the conditions in subsections (2) and (3) are met in respect of those shares.
165-180(2)
An *arrangement must have been entered into at some time that in any way (directly or indirectly) related to, affected, or depended for its operation on:
(a) the beneficial interest in the *shares, or the value of that beneficial interest; or
(b) a right carried by, or relating to, the shares; or
(c) the exercise of such a right.
165-180(3)
The *arrangement must also have been entered into for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of eliminating or reducing a liability of an entity to pay income tax for a *financial year.
SECTION 165-185 Shares treated as not having carried rights 165-185(1)
In applying a test for the purposes of this Division other than Subdivision 165-CC , *shares are taken not to have carried particular rights during a part of the *ownership test period if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the shares stopped carrying those rights after the ownership test period; or
(b) the shares will or may stop carrying those rights after the ownership test period;
because of:
(c) the company's *constitution as in force at some time during the ownership test period; or
(d) an *arrangement entered into before or during the ownership test period.
165-185(2)
In applying a test for the purposes of Subdivision 165-CC , *shares are taken not to have carried particular rights after a particular time if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the shares stopped carrying those rights after that time; or
(b) the shares will or may stop carrying those rights after that time;
because of:
(c) the company's *constitution as in force at any time; or
(d) an *arrangement entered into at any time.
SECTION 165-190 Shares treated as always having carried rights 165-190(1)
In applying a test for the purposes of this Division other than Subdivision 165-CC , *shares are taken to have carried particular rights at all times during a part of the *ownership test period if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the shares started to carry those rights after the ownership test period; or
(b) the shares will or may start to carry those rights after the ownership test period;
because of:
(c) the company's *constitution as in force at some time during the ownership test period; or
(d) an *arrangement entered into before or during the ownership test period.
165-190(2)
In applying a test for the purposes of Subdivision 165-CC , *shares are taken to have carried particular rights after a particular time if the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the shares started to carry those rights after that time; or
(b) the shares will or may start to carry those rights after that time;
because of:
(c) the company's *constitution as in force at any time; or
(d) an *arrangement entered into at any time.
165-195 (Repealed) SECTION 165-195 Disregard redeemable shares
(Repealed by No 147 of 2005)
Sections 165-165 , 165-180 , 165-185 and 165-190 do not affect how *shares, and rights carried by *shares, are counted for the purposes of determining:
(a) the total voting power in the company; or
(b) the total *dividends that the company may pay; or
(c) the total distributions of capital of the company.
165-200(2)
Section 165-165 does not affect how units in a unit trust, or the rights carried by such units, are counted for the purposes of determining the total rights, or the total rights of a particular kind, in the trust of the holders of such units.
SECTION 165-202 Shares held by government entities and charities etc. 165-202(1)
For the purposes of a test, *shares that are beneficially owned by each of the following entities are taken to be beneficially owned instead by a person (who is not a company):
(a) the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory;
(b) a municipal corporation;
(c) a *local governing body;
(d) the government of a foreign country, or of part of a foreign country;
(e) a company, established under a law, in which no person has a *membership interest;
(f) a *non-profit company;
(g) a charity that is not a trust;
(h) a *complying superannuation fund;
(i) a superannuation fund that is established in a foreign country and is regulated under a *foreign law;
(j) a *complying approved deposit fund;
(k) a *special company;
(l) a *managed investment scheme.
165-202(2)
For the purposes of a test, *shares that are beneficially owned through a charity that is a trust are taken to be beneficially owned instead by a person (who is neither a company nor a trustee).
SECTION 165-203 165-203 Companies where no shares have been issued
For the purposes of a test, if no *shares have been issued in a company, each *membership interest in the company is taken to be a share in the company.
If an individual beneficially owns *shares in a company when he or she dies, this section applies if and while the shares:
(a) are owned by the trustee of the deceased ' s estate; or
(b) are beneficially owned by someone who receives them as a beneficiary of the deceased ' s estate.
165-205(2)
For the purposes of a test:
(a) the *shares are taken to continue to be beneficially owned by the deceased; and
(b) as a result of being taken to continue to beneficially own the shares, the deceased is taken to continue:
(i) to have any rights to exercise, or to be able to control (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities), any of the voting power in the company; and
(ii) to have any rights to receive for the deceased ' s own benefit (whether directly or *indirectly) any *dividends that the company may pay; and
(iii) to have any rights to receive for the deceased ' s own benefit (whether directly or indirectly) any distributions of capital of the company.
This section applies if one or more trustees of a *family trust:
(a) owns *shares in a company; or
(b) controls, or is able to control, (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) voting power in a company; or
(c) has a right to receive (whether directly, or *indirectly through one or more interposed entities) a percentage of a *dividend or a distribution of capital of a company.
165-207(2)
For the purposes of a primary test, a single notional entity that is a person (but is neither a company nor a trustee) is taken to own the *shares beneficially.
Note:
For a primary test, see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
165-207(3)
For the purposes of an alternative test, a single notional entity that is a person (but is neither a company nor a trustee) is taken:
(a) to control, or have the ability to control, the voting power in the company; or
(b) to have the right to receive (whether directly or *indirectly) the percentage of the *dividend or distribution for the entity's own benefit.
Note:
For an alternative test, see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
165-207(4)
If a trustee of the trust is subsequently replaced by another trustee of the trust, the same single notional entity is taken:
(a) to own the *shares beneficially; or
(b) to control, or have the ability to control, the voting power in the company; or
(c) to have the right to receive (whether directly or *indirectly) the percentage of the *dividend or distribution for the entity's own benefit.
SECTION 165-208 Companies in liquidation etc. 165-208(1)
For the purposes of a primary test or an alternative test, an entity is not prevented from:
(a) beneficially owning *shares in a company; or
(b) having the right to exercise, controlling, or being able to control, voting power in a company; or
(c) having the right to receive any *dividends that a company may pay; or
(d) having the right to receive any distribution of capital of a company;
merely because:
(e) the company is or becomes:
(i) a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) an entity with a similar status under a *foreign law to a Chapter 5 body corporate; or
(f) either:
(i) a provisional liquidator is appointed to the company under section 472 of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) a person with a similar status under a foreign law to a provisional liquidator is appointed to the company.
Note 1:
For a primary test, see subsections 165-150(1) , 165-155(1) and 165-160(1) .
Note 2:
For an alternative test, see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
165-208(2)
For the purposes of a primary test or an alternative test, a company (the stakeholding company ) is not prevented from:
(a) beneficially owning *shares in another company, or any other interest in another entity; or
(b) having the right to exercise, controlling, or being able to control, voting power in another company or any other entity; or
(c) having the right to receive any *dividends that another company or any other entity may pay; or
(d) having the right to receive any distribution of capital of another company or of any other entity;
merely because:
(e) the stakeholding company is or becomes:
(i) a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) an entity with a similar status under a *foreign law to a Chapter 5 body corporate; or
(f) either:
(i) a provisional liquidator is appointed to the stakeholding company under section 472 of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) a person with a similar status under a foreign law to a provisional liquidator is appointed to the stakeholding company.
SECTION 165-209 165-209 Dual listed companies
Section 165-150 does not apply to *shares that are *dual listed company voting shares.
A company satisfies the business continuity test if throughout the *business continuity test period it carries on the same *business as it carried on immediately before the *test time.
165-210(2)
However, the company does not satisfy the *business continuity test under this section if, at any time during the *business continuity test period, it *derives assessable income from:
(a) a *business of a kind that it did not carry on before the *test time; or
(b) a transaction of a kind that it had not entered into in the course of its business operations before the *test time.
165-210(3)
The company also does not satisfy the *business continuity test under this section if, before the *test time, it:
(a) started to carry on a *business it had not previously carried on; or
(b) in the course of its business operations, entered into a transaction of a kind that it had not previously entered into;
and did so for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of being taken to have carried on throughout the *business continuity test period the same business as it carried on immediately before the test time.
165-210(4)
So far as the *business continuity test under this section is applied for the purpose of Subdivision 165-B (which is about working out the taxable income and *tax loss for the income year of change of ownership or control), the company also does not satisfy the test if, at any time during the *business continuity test period, it incurs expenditure:
(a) in carrying on a *business of a kind that it did not carry on before the *test time; or
(b) as a result of a transaction of a kind that it had not entered into in the course of its business operations before the test time.
SECTION 165-211 The business continuity test - carrying on a similar business 165-211(1)
A company also satisfies the business continuity test in relation to:
(a) a *tax loss for an income year starting on or after 1 July 2015; or
(b) taxable income for an income year starting on or after 1 July 2015; or
(c) a *net capital loss for an income year starting on or after 1 July 2015; or
(d) a debt, incurred in an income year starting on or after 1 July 2015, that the company writes off as bad;
if throughout the *business continuity test period it carries on a business (its current business ) that is similar to the *business it carried on immediately before the *test time (its former business ).
165-211(2)
Without limiting the matters that may be taken into account in ascertaining whether the company ' s current business is similar to its former business, the following must be taken into account:
(a) the extent to which the assets (including goodwill) that are used in its current business to generate assessable income throughout the *business continuity test period were also used in its former business to generate assessable income;
(b) the extent to which the activities and operations from which its current business generated assessable income throughout the business continuity test period were also the activities and operations from which its former business generated assessable income;
(c) the identity of its current business and the identity of its former business;
(d) the extent to which any changes to its former business result from development or commercialisation of assets, products, processes, services or marketing or organisational methods of the former business.
165-211(3)
However, the company does not satisfy the *business continuity test under this section if, before the *test time, it:
(a) started to carry on a *business it had not previously carried on; or
(b) in the course of its business operations, entered into a transaction of a kind that it had not previously entered into;
and did so for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of being taken to have carried on throughout the *business continuity test period a business that is similar to the business it carried on immediately before the test time.
(Repealed by No 164 of 2007 )
(Repealed by No 164 of 2007 )
(Repealed by No 164 of 2007 )
An *MDO does not fail to satisfy the *business continuity test merely because, before 1 July 2003:
(a) the MDO restructured the way it *provides medical indemnity cover; or
(b) the MDO ceased to provide medical indemnity cover;
in order to comply with the Medical Indemnity (Prudential Supervision and Product Standards) Act 2003 .
165-212D(2)
A *general insurance company which is an *associate of an *MDO does not fail to satisfy the *business continuity test merely because, before 1 July 2003:
(a) the MDO restructured the way it *provides medical indemnity cover; or
(b) the MDO ceased to provide medical indemnity cover;
in order to comply with the Medical Indemnity (Prudential Supervision and Product Standards) Act 2003 .
For the purposes of sections 165-210 and 165-211 , section 701-5 (the entry history rule) does not operate in relation to an entity becoming a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or a *MEC group.
If a company does not meet the conditions in section 165-12 , it is nevertheless taken to meet the conditions if it meets the conditions in this section.
First condition
165-215(2)
At all times during the *ownership test period:
(a) both:
(i) persons must have held *fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the company; and
(ii) *non-fixed trusts, other than *family trusts, must have held fixed entitlements to a 50% or greater share of the income or a 50% or greater share of the capital of the company; or
(b) both:
(i) a *fixed trust or a company (which trust or company is the holding entity ) must have held, directly or indirectly, fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the company; and
(ii) non-fixed trusts, other than *family trusts, must have held fixed entitlements to a 50% or greater share of the income or a 50% or greater share of the capital of the holding entity.
Second condition
165-215(3)
The persons holding *fixed entitlements to shares of the income, and the persons holding fixed entitlements to shares of the capital, of:
(a) in a paragraph (2)(a) case - the company; or
(b) in a paragraph (2)(b) case - the holding entity;
at the beginning of the *loss year must have held those entitlements to those shares at all times during the *ownership test period.
Third condition
165-215(4)
At the beginning of the *loss year:
(a) individuals must not have had (between them), directly or indirectly, and for their own benefit, *fixed entitlements to a greater than 50% share of the income of the company; or
(b) individuals must not have had (between them), directly or indirectly, and for their own benefit, fixed entitlements to a greater than 50% share of the capital of the company.
Fourth condition
165-215(5)
It must be the case that, for each *non-fixed trust (other than an *excepted trust) that, at any time during the *ownership test period, held directly or indirectly a *fixed entitlement to a share of the income or capital of the company, section 267-20 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 would not have prevented the non-fixed trust from deducting the *tax loss concerned if it, rather than the company, had incurred the tax loss.
Note:
See section 165-245 for when an entity is taken to have held or had, directly or indirectly, a fixed entitlement to a share of income or capital of a company.
SECTION 165-220 Special alternative to change of ownership test for Subdivision 165-B 165-220(1)
If the company does not meet the condition in paragraph 165-35(a) , it is nevertheless taken to meet the condition if it meets the conditions in this section.
First condition
165-220(2)
At all times during the income year:
(a) both:
(i) persons must have held *fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the company; and
(ii) *non-fixed trusts, other than *family trusts, must have held fixed entitlements to a 50% or greater share of the income or a 50% or greater share of the capital of the company; or
(b) both:
(i) a *fixed trust or a company (which trust or company is the holding entity ) must have held, directly or indirectly, fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the company; and
(ii) non-fixed trusts, other than family trusts, must have held fixed entitlements to a 50% or greater share of the income or a 50% or greater share of the capital of the holding entity.
Second condition
165-220(3)
The persons holding *fixed entitlements to shares of the income, and the persons holding fixed entitlements to shares of the capital, of:
(a) in a paragraph (2)(a) case - the company; or
(b) in a paragraph (2)(b) case - the holding entity;
at the beginning of the income year must have held those entitlements to those shares at all times during the income year.
Third condition
165-220(4)
At the beginning of the income year:
(a) individuals must not have had (between them), directly or indirectly, and for their own benefit, *fixed entitlements to a greater than 50% share of the income of the company; or
(b) individuals must not have had (between them), directly or indirectly, and for their own benefit, fixed entitlements to a greater than 50% share of the capital of the company.
Fourth condition
165-220(5)
It must be the case that, for each *non-fixed trust (other than an *excepted trust) that, at any time in the income year, held directly or indirectly a *fixed entitlement to a share of the income or capital of the company, section 267-60 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not require the non-fixed trust to work out its net income and *tax loss for the income year under Division 268 .
Note:
See section 165-245 for when an entity is taken to have held or had, directly or indirectly, a fixed entitlement to a share of income or capital of a company.
If:
(a) the company is required to calculate:
(i) its taxable income and *tax loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-B ; and
(ii) its *net capital gain and *net capital loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-CB ; and
(b) the company meets the requirements of subsections 165-220(2) and (4) ;
then, in dividing the income year into periods, apply subsection (2) of this section instead of subsections 165-45(3) and (4) .
165-225(2)
The last period ends at the end of the income year. Each period (except the last) ends at the earliest of:
(a) the latest time that would result in the persons holding *fixed entitlements to shares of the income or shares of the capital of:
(i) if the company meets the requirements of paragraph 165-220(2)(a) - the company; or
and the percentages of the shares that they hold, remaining the same during the whole of the period; and
(ii) if the company meets the requirements of paragraph 165-220(2)(b) - the holding entity mentioned in that paragraph;
(b) the times that, for all of the *non-fixed trusts, other than *excepted trusts, holding directly or indirectly a fixed entitlement to a share of the income or capital of the company at any time during the income year, are the latest times that would result in individuals having *more than a 50% stake in their income or capital; and
(c) the earliest time in the period when a group (within the meaning of Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) begins to *control a non-fixed trust, other than an excepted trust, that holds directly or indirectly a fixed entitlement to a share of the income or capital of the company at any time during the income year.
Note:
See section 165-245 for when an entity is taken to have held or had, directly or indirectly, a fixed entitlement to a share of income or capital of a company.
If a company does not meet the conditions in section 165-123 , it is nevertheless taken to meet the conditions if it meets the conditions in this section.
First condition
165-230(2)
At all times during the *ownership test period:
(a) both:
(i) persons must have held *fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the company; and
(ii) *non-fixed trusts, other than *family trusts, must have held fixed entitlements to a 50% or greater share of the income or a 50% or greater share of the capital of the company; or
(b) both:
(i) a *fixed trust or a company (which trust or company is the holding entity ) must have held, directly or indirectly, fixed entitlements to all of the income and capital of the company; and
(ii) non-fixed trusts, other than family trusts, must have held fixed entitlements to a 50% or greater share of the income or a 50% or greater share of the capital of the holding entity.
Second condition
165-230(3)
The persons holding *fixed entitlements to shares of the income, and the persons holding fixed entitlements to shares of the capital, of:
(a) in a paragraph (2)(a) case - the company; or
(b) in a paragraph (2)(b) case - the holding entity;
at the beginning of the *first continuity period must have held those entitlements to those shares at all times during the *ownership test period.
Third condition
165-230(4)
At the beginning of the *first continuity period:
(a) individuals must not have had (between them), directly or indirectly, and for their own benefit, *fixed entitlements to a greater than 50% share of the income of the company; or
(b) individuals must not have had (between them), directly or indirectly, and for their own benefit, fixed entitlements to a greater than 50% share of the capital of the company.
Fourth condition
165-230(5)
It must be the case that, for each *non-fixed trust (other than an *excepted trust) that, at any time during the *ownership test period, held directly or indirectly a *fixed entitlement to a share of the income or capital of the company, section 267-25 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 would not have prevented the non-fixed trust from deducting the amount in respect of the debt if it, rather than the company, would otherwise be entitled to deduct the amount.
Note:
See section 165-245 for when an entity is taken to have held or had, directly or indirectly, a fixed entitlement to a share of income or capital of a company.
SECTION 165-235 Information about non-fixed trusts with interests in company
Notice about foreign resident non-fixed trust
165-235(1)
The Commissioner may give the company a notice in accordance with section 165-240 if the requirements of subsections (2) to (5) of this section are met.
Tax detriment under Division 165
165-235(2)
In its *income tax return for the income year:
(a) the company must have deducted a *tax loss from a *loss year where it would not be allowed to deduct the tax loss unless it met the conditions in section 165-215 ; or
(b) the company must not have calculated:
(i) its taxable income and tax loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-B ; and
where it would have been required to calculate them unless it met the conditions in section 165-220 ; or
(ii) its *net capital gain and *net capital loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-CB ;
(c) the company must have applied a net capital loss for an earlier income year in working out its net capital gain where it would not have been allowed to apply the loss unless it met the conditions in section 165-215 as applied on the assumption mentioned in subsection 165-96(1) ; or
(d) the company must have deducted a debt that it wrote off as bad in the income year where it would not be allowed to deduct the debt unless it met the conditions in section 165-230 .
Information about non-fixed trust
165-235(3)
In order to determine whether it meets the conditions concerned, the Commissioner must need information about a *non-fixed trust mentioned in:
(a) if paragraph (2)(a) applies - subsection 165-215(5) ; or
(b) if paragraph (2)(b) applies - subsection 165-220(5) ; or
(c) if paragraph (2)(c) applies -subsection 165-215(5) as applied on the assumption mentioned in subsection 165-96(1) ; or
(d) if paragraph (2)(d) applies - subsection 165-230(5) .
Foreign resident trust
165-235(4)
When the Commissioner gives the notice:
(a) a trustee of the *non-fixed trust must be a foreign resident; or
(b) the central management and control of the non-fixed trust must be outside Australia.
When notice must be given
165-235(5)
The Commissioner must give the notice before the later of:
(a) 5 years after the income year; and
(b) the end of the period during which the company is required by section 262A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 to retain records in relation to that income year.
Information required
165-240(1)
The notice that the Commissioner may give if the requirements of subsections 165-235(2) to (5) are met must require the company to give the Commissioner specified information that is relevant in determining whether:
(a) if paragraph 165-235(2)(a) applies - the requirements of subsection 165-215(5) ; or
(b) if paragraph 165-235(2)(b) applies - the requirements of subsection 165-220(5) ; or
(c) if paragraph 165-235(2)(c) applies - the requirements of subsection 165-215(5) as applied on the assumption mentioned in subsection 165-96(1) ; or
(d) if paragraph 165-235(2)(d) applies - the requirements of subsection 165-230(5) ;
are satisfied in relation to the *non-fixed trust mentioned in subsections 165-235(3) and (4) .
Company knowledge
165-240(2)
The information need not be within the knowledge of the company at the time the notice is given.
Period for giving information
165-240(3)
The notice must specify a period within which the company is to give the information. The period must not end earlier than 21 days after the day on which the Commissioner gives the notice.
Consequence of not giving the information
165-240(4)
If the company does not give the information within the period or within such further period as the Commissioner allows, the company is taken not to meet, and never to have met, the conditions mentioned in whichever paragraph of subsection 165-235(2) is applicable.
Application of Subdivision 165-B
165-240(5)
If, because of subsection (4), the company is required to calculate under Subdivision 165-B its taxable income and *tax loss for the income year concerned, that Subdivision is to be applied as if it required the income year to be divided into such periods as would result in the highest possible taxable income for the income year.
Application of Subdivision 165-CB
165-240(6)
If, because of subsection (4), the company is required to calculate under Subdivision 165-CB its *net capital gain and *net capital loss for the income year concerned, that Subdivision is to be applied as if it required the income year to be divided into such periods as would result in the highest net capital gain for the income year.
For the purposes of this Act, an entity is taken to have held or had, directly or indirectly, a *fixed entitlement to a share of income or capital of a company at a time if and only if the entity held or had, directly or indirectly, that fixed entitlement at that time for the purposes of Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
For the purposes of sections 165-15 , 165-40 , 165-115D , 165-115M and 165-129 , a person is not prevented from controlling, or being or becoming able to control, voting power in a company merely because:
(a) the company is or becomes:
(i) a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) an entity with a similar status under a *foreign law to a Chapter 5 body corporate; or
(b) either:
(i) a provisional liquidator is appointed to the company under section 472 of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) a person with a similar status under a foreign law to a provisional liquidator is appointed to the company.
165-250(2)
For the purposes of sections 165-15 , 165-40 , 165-115D , 165-115M and 165-129 , a company (the stakeholding company ) is not prevented from controlling, or being or becoming able to control, voting power in another company merely because:
(a) the stakeholding company is or becomes:
(i) a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) an entity with a similar status under a *foreign law to a Chapter 5 body corporate; or
(b) either:
(i) a provisional liquidator is appointed to the stakeholding company under section 472 of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) a person with a similar status under a foreign law to a provisional liquidator is appointed to the stakeholding company.
SECTION 165-255 Incomplete periods 165-255(1)
If:
(a) this Division or Division 166 requires a company to meet or satisfy a condition or test, or work out an amount, for a period; and
(b) the company is only in existence after the beginning of the period;
then the period is taken to start on the first day that the company is in existence.
165-255(2)
If:
(a) this Division or Division 166 requires a company to meet or satisfy a condition or test, or work out an amount, for a period; and
(b) the company ceases to be in existence before the end of the period;
then the period is taken to end on the day the company ceases to be in existence.
Division 166 - Income tax consequences of changing ownership or control of a widely held or eligible Division 166 company
This Division modifies the way the rules in Division 165 apply to a widely held or eligible Division 166 company by making it easier for the company to apply the rules.
If the company has maintained the same owners as between certain points of time, it does not need to prove it has maintained the same owners throughout the periods in between.
In certain cases, special concessional tracing rules deem entities to hold voting, dividend or capital stakes in the company so that the company does not have to trace through to the ultimate beneficial owners of the stakes.
The object of this Division is to make it easier for a *widely held company, or an *eligible Division 166 company, to apply the rules in Division 165 (because of the difficulty the company might have under that Division in actually tracing through to the ultimate beneficial owners of *voting stakes, *dividend stakes and *capital stakes in the company).
166-3(2)
This Division makes it easier to apply the rules in Division 165 by:
(a) making it unnecessary for the company to prove that it has maintained the same owners throughout a period, if the company had the same owners at certain test times; and
(b) making it unnecessary for the company to trace through to the ultimate beneficial owners of:
(i) *voting stakes, *dividend stakes and *capital stakes in the company held by certain entities (whether directly, or *indirectly through one or more interposed entities); and
(ii) small voting stakes, dividend stakes and capital stakes in the company.
This Subdivision modifies the way Subdivision 165-A applies to a company that is:
(a) a *widely held company at all times during the income year; or
(b) an *eligible Division 166 company at all times during the income year; or
(c) a widely held company for a part of the income year and an eligible Division 166 company for the rest of the income year.
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-A is about the conditions a company must meet before it can deduct a tax loss for an earlier income year.
Note 2:
A company can choose that this Subdivision is not to apply to it: see section 166-15 .
Note 3:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete income years.
Meaning of test period
166-5(2)
The company ' s test period is the period consisting of the *loss year, the income year and any intervening period.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Substantial continuity of ownership
166-5(3)
The company is taken to have met the conditions in section 165-12 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners) if there is *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and:
(a) the end of each income year in that period; and
(b) the *end of each *corporate change in that period.
Note:
See sections 166-145 and 166-175 to work out whether there is substantial continuity of ownership and a corporate change.
No substantial continuity of ownership
166-5(4)
The company is taken to have failed to meet the conditions in section 165-12 if there is no *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and:
(a) the end of an income year in that period; or
(b) the *end of a *corporate change in that period.
Satisfies the business continuity test
166-5(5)
However, if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the income year (the business continuity test period ), it is taken to have satisfied the condition in section 165-13 .
Note 1:
For the business continuity test, see Subdivision 165-E .
Note 2:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
166-5(6)
Apply the *business continuity test to the *businessthat the company carried on immediately before the earlier of the following times (the test time ):
(a) the end of the first income year;
(b) the first time in the test period that a *corporate change in the company *ends;
for which there is no *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and that time.
The company can choose that Subdivision 165-A is to apply to it for the income year without the modifications made by this Subdivision.
166-15(2)
The company must choose on or before the day it lodges its *income tax return for the income year, or before a later day if the Commissioner allows.
This Subdivision modifies how Subdivisions 165-B and 165-CB apply to a company that is:
(a) a *widely held company at all times during the income year (the test period ); or
(b) an *eligible Division 166 company at all times during the income year (the test period ); or
(c) a widely held company for a part of the income year and an eligible Division 166 company for the rest of the income year (the whole year being the test period ).
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-B is about when a company must calculate its taxable income and tax loss for the income year in a special way. Subdivision 165-CB is about when a company must calculate its net capital gain and net capital loss for the income year in a special way.
Note 2:
A company can choose that this Subdivision is not to apply to it: see section 166-35 .
Note 3:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
No corporate change etc.
166-20(2)
If:
(a) no *corporate change in the company *ends at any time in the *test period; or
(b) a corporate change in the company *ends during the test period, but there is *substantial continuity of ownership as between the start of the test period and immediately after the corporate change ends;
the company is taken to have met the condition in paragraph 165-35(a) (which is about there being persons having *more than a 50% stake in it during the whole of the income year).
Note:
See sections 166-145 and 166-175 to work out whether there is substantial continuity of ownership and a corporate change.
Corporate change
166-20(3)
If:
(a) a *corporate change in the company *ends at any time in the *test period; and
(b) there is no *substantial continuity of ownership as between the start of the test period and immediately after the corporate change ends;
then the company is taken to have failed to meet the condition in paragraph 165-35(a) .
Satisfies the business continuity test
166-20(4)
However, if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the rest of the income year (the business continuity test period ) after the first time (the test time ) in the *test period that a *corporate change in the company *ended, the company is taken to have satisfied the condition in paragraph 165-35(b) .
Note 1:
For the business continuity test, see Subdivision 165-E .
Note 2:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
166-20(5)
Apply the *business continuity test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the *test time.
If the company must calculate its taxable income and *tax loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-B , and its *net capital gain and *net capital loss under Subdivision 165-CB , then, in dividing the income year into periods, apply subsection (2) of this section instead of subsection 165-45(3) .
166-25(2)
The last period ends at the end of the income year. Each period (except the last) ends at the earlier of:
(a) the earliest time when:
(i) a *corporate change in the company *ends; and
(ii) there is no *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and that time; or
(b) the earliest time when a person begins to control, or becomes able to control, the voting power in the company (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) for the purpose, or for purposes including the purpose, of:
(i) getting some benefit or advantage to do with how this Act applies; or
(ii) getting such a benefit or advantage for someone else.
Note:
See sections 166-145 and 166-175 to work out whether there is substantial continuity of ownership and a corporate change.
The company can choose that Subdivisions 165-B and 165-CB are to apply to it for the income year without the modifications made by this Subdivision.
166-35(2)
The company must choose on or before the day it lodges its *income tax return for the income year, or before a later day if the Commissioner allows.
This Subdivision modifies the waySubdivision 165-C applies to a company that is:
(a) a *widely held company at all times during the *current year; or
(b) an *eligible Division 166 company at all times during the current year; or
(c) a widely held company for a part of the current year and an eligible Division 166 company for the rest of the current year.
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-C is about the conditions a company must meet before it can deduct a bad debt.
Note 2:
A company can choose that this Subdivision is not to apply to it: see section 166-50 .
Note 3:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete current years.
Meaning of test period
166-40(2)
The company's test period is the period:
(a) that begins at whichever of the following times the company chooses:
(i) the start of the income year in which the debt was incurred;
(ii) the start of the *first continuity period; and
(b) that ends at the end of the *second continuity period;
and includes any intervening period.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Substantial continuity of ownership
166-40(3)
The company is taken to have met the conditions in section 165-123 (about the company maintaining the same owners) if there is *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and:
(a) the end of each income year in that period; and
(b) the *end of each *corporate change in that period.
Note:
See sections 166-145 and 166-175 to work out whether there is substantial continuity of ownership and a corporate change.
No substantial continuity of ownership
166-40(4)
The company is taken to have failed to meet the conditions in section 165-123 if there is no *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and:
(a) the end of an income year in that period; or
(b) the *end of a *corporate change in that period.
Satisfies the business continuity test
166-40(5)
However, if the company satisfies the *business continuity test for the *second continuity period (the business continuity test period ), it is taken to have satisfied the condition in section 165-126 .
Note 1:
For the business continuity test, see Subdivision 165-E .
Note 2:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
166-40(6)
Apply the *business continuity test to the *business that the company carried on immediately before the earlier of the following times (the test time ):
(a) the end of the first income year;
(b) the first time in the test period that a *corporate change in the company *ends;
for which there is no *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and that time.
The company can choose that Subdivision 165-C is to apply to it for the income year without the modifications made by this Subdivision.
166-50(2)
The company must choose on or before the day it lodges its *income tax return for the income year, or before a later day if the Commissioner allows.
This Subdivision modifies the way in which:
(a) Subdivision 165-CC applies in determining whether a changeover time (within the meaning of section 165-115C ) has occurred; or
(b) Subdivision 165-CD applies in determining whether an alteration time (within the meaning of section 165-115L ) has occurred;
in relation to a company that is:
(c) a *widely held company at all times during the income year; or
(d) an *eligible Division 166 company at all times during the income year; or
(e) a widely held company for a part of the income year and an eligible Division 166 company for the rest of the income year.
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-CC is about the conditions a company that has an unrealised net loss must satisfy before it can have capital losses taken into account or deduct revenue losses. Subdivision 165-CD provides for reductions in cost bases and certain other reductions after alterations have occurred in the ownership or control of a loss company.
Note 2:
A company can choose that this Subdivision is not to apply to it: see section 166-90 .
Note 3:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete income years.
Meaning of test period and test time
166-80(2)
The company's test period is the period starting at the time that is the reference time for the purposes of Subdivision 165-CC or section 165-115L , as the case may be, and ending at each of the following times (the test time ):
(a) the end of the income year in which the reference time occurred;
(b) the end of a later income year;
(c) the *end of a *corporate change in the company.
Note 1:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Note 2:
See section 166-175 to work out whether there is a corporate change.
Substantial continuity of ownership
166-80(3)
A changeover time or an alteration time is taken not to have occurred in respect of the company during the test period if there is *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and the *test time.
Note:
See section 166-145 to work out whether there is substantial continuity of ownership.
No substantial continuity of ownership
166-80(4)
Subsections (5) and (6) have effect if there is no *substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and the *test time.
166-80(5)
The *test time is taken to have been a changeover time or an alteration time, as the case may be, in respect of the company.
166-80(6)
No other time during the *test period is a changeover time or an alteration time in respect of the company.
The company can choose that Subdivision 165-CC or 165-CD is to apply to it in respect of a *test period for the purposes of section 166-80 without the modifications made by this Subdivision.
166-90(2)
The company must choose on or before the day it lodges its *income tax return for the income year in which the *test period begins, or before a later day if the Commissioner allows.
This Subdivision has the tests to work out whether a widely held or eligible Division 166 company has maintained the same owners as between different times. (Subdivision 166-E has rules which make it easier for the company to satisfy these tests.)
This Subdivision also defines when there has been a corporate change in the company.
SECTION 166-145 The ownership tests: substantial continuity of ownership 166-145(1)
There is substantial continuity of ownership of the company as between the start of the *test period and another time in the test period if (and only if) the conditions in this section are met.
Note:
Section 166-165 , and Subdivision 166-E , affect how this section is applied.
Voting power
166-145(2)
There must be persons (none of them companies or trustees) who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company at the start of the *test period. Also, those persons must have had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company immediately after the other time in the test period.
Note 1:
To work out who had more than 50% of the voting power, see section 165-150 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
Rights to dividends
166-145(3)
There must be persons (none of them companies) who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends at the start of the *test period. Also, those persons must have had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends immediately after the other time in the test period.
Note 1:
To work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s dividends, see section 165-155 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-A has special rules for working out rights to dividends in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to dividends.
Rights to capital distributions
166-145(4)
There must be persons (none of them companies) who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions at the start of the *test period. Also, those persons must have had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions immediately after the other time in the test period.
Note 1:
To work out who had rights to more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions, see section 165-160 .
Note 2:
Subdivision 167-A has special rules for working out rights to capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to capital distributions.
When to apply the test
166-145(5)
To work out whether a condition in this section was satisfied at a time (the ownership test time ), apply the alternative test for that condition.
Note:
For the alternative test, see subsections 165-150(2) , 165-155(2) and 165-160(2) .
Conditions in subsections (3) and (4) satisfied by non-profit and mutual companies
166-145(6)
If the company is:
(a) a *non-profit company; or
(b) a *mutual affiliate company; or
(c) a *mutual insurance company;
during the whole of the *test period, the conditions in subsections (3) and (4) are taken to have been satisfied by the company.
The provisions of Subdivision 165-D (other than section 165-165) apply for the purposes of the tests in section 166-145 .
166-165(2)
The following provisions apply for the purposes of the tests in section 166-145 as if the reference to a particular time were a reference to the *ownership test time:
(a) section 165-180 (which is about arrangements affecting beneficial ownership of shares);
(b) subsection 165-185(2) (which treats some shares as never having carried rights);
(c) subsection 165-190(2) (which treats some shares as always having carried rights).
SECTION 166-175 Corporate change in a company
Meaning of corporate change
166-175(1)
There is a corporate change in a company if:
(a) there is a *takeover bid for *shares in the company; or
(b) there is a scheme of arrangement, involving more than 50% of the company ' s shares, that has been approved by a court; or
(c) there is any other arrangement, involving the acquisition of more than 50% of the company ' s shares, that is regulated under the Corporations Act 2001 or a *foreign law; or
(d) there is an issue of *shares in the company that results in an increase of 20% or more in:
(i) the issued share capital of the company; or
(ii) the number of the company ' s shares on issue; or
(e) there is a corporate change in another company which beneficially owns one or more of the following stakes in the first company:
(i) a *voting stake that carries rights to more than 50% of the voting power of the first company;
(ii) a *dividend stake that carries rights to receive more than 50% of any dividends the first company may pay;
(whether the other company owns those stakes directly, or *indirectly through one or more interposed entities).
(iii) a *capital stake that carries rights to receive more than 50% of any distribution of capital of the first company;
Note:
For paragraph (e), Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
When a corporate change ends
166-175(2)
A *corporate change ends :
(a) if paragraph (1)(a) applies (or paragraph (1)(e) applies because of paragraph (1)(a)) - at the latest time when a *bid period of the *takeover bid ends; and
(b) if paragraph (1)(b) or (c) applies (or paragraph (1)(e) applies because of paragraph (1)(b) or (c)) - when the scheme of arrangement or other arrangement ends; and
(c) if paragraph (1)(d) applies (or paragraph (1)(e) applies because of paragraph (1)(d)) - when the offer period for the issue of *shares ends.
This Subdivision has rules which make it easier for a widely held or eligible Division 166 company to satisfy the ownership tests in Subdivision 166-D .
Special concessional tracing rules deem entities to hold the following stakes in the company so that the company does not have to trace through to the beneficial owners of the stakes:
SECTION 166-220 166-220 Application of this Subdivision
This Subdivision applies to a company (the tested company ) that is:
(a) a *widely held company at all times during the income year; or
(b) an *eligible Division 166 company at all times during the income year; or
(c) a widely held company for a part of the income year and an eligible Division 166 company for the rest of the income year.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete income years.
SECTION 166-225 Direct stakes of less than 10% in the tested company 166-225(1)
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to the tested company if:
(a) a *voting stake that carries rights to less than 10% of the voting power in the company is held directly in the company; or
(b) a *dividend stake that carries the right to receive less than 10% of any dividends that the company may pay is held directly in the company; or
(c) a *capital stake that carries the right to receive less than 10% of any distribution of capital of the company is held directly in the company.
Note 1:
Other rules might affect this provision: see sections 166-270 , 166-275 and 166-280 .
Note 2:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
Notional shareholder
166-225(2)
The tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time, a single notional entity:
(a) directly controlled the voting power that is carried by each such *voting stake; and
(b) had the right to receive, for its own benefit and directly:
(i) any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of each such *dividend stake; and
(ii) any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of each such *capital stake; and
(c) were a person (other than a company).
Note:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
166-225(3)
To avoid doubt, the single notional entity mentioned in subsection (2) is a different single notional entity from the one mentioned in section 165-207 and the one mentioned in section 166-255 .
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to the tested company if it is the case, or it is reasonable to assume that:
(a) an entity (the stakeholder ) indirectly holds any of these stakes in the tested company:
(i) a *voting stake that carries rights to less than 10% of the voting power in the company; or
(ii) a *dividend stake that carries the right to receive less than 10% of any dividends that the company may pay; or
(iii) a *capital stake that carries the right to receive less than 10% of any distribution of capital of the company; and
(b) either:
(i) the stakeholder indirectly holds the stake in the tested company by holding *shares directly in a company (the top interposed entity ) that is interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company; or
(ii) the stakeholder indirectly holds the stake in the tested company by holding another interest directly in an entity (thetop interposed entity ) that is not a company and that is interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company.
Note 1:
There might also be other entities interposed between the top interposed entity and the tested company.
Note 2:
Other rules might affect this provision: see subsection (3) and sections 166-272 , 166-275 and 166-280 .
Note 3:
For paragraph (a), Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
Top interposed entity deemed to hold stakes directly in the tested company
166-230(2)
The tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time:
(a) if the stake is a *voting stake - the top interposed entity controls, or is able to control, the voting power in the tested company that is carried by that stake at that time; and
(b) if the stake is a *dividend stake - the top interposed entity *indirectly had the right to receive, for its own benefit, any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of that stake at that time; and
(c) if the stake is a *capital stake - the top interposed entity indirectly had the right to receive, for its own benefit, any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of that stake at that time; and
(d) in any case - the top interposed entity were a person (other than a company).
Note:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
Acquisition of top interposed entity by another entity
166-230(3)
If:
(a) a new entity (the new interposed entity ) acquires all the *shares or other interests in the top interposed entity (the old interposed entity ); and
(b) the new interposed entity has the same classes of shares or other interests as the old interposed entity; and
(c) if the new interposed entity is a company - the shares are not *redeemable shares; and
(d) in any case - each stakeholder holds the same proportion, or a reasonably equivalent proportion, of the total *voting stakes, *dividend stakes or *capital stakes in the new interposed entity immediately after the acquisition as the stakeholder held in the old interposed entity immediately before the acquisition;
then, at all times that the old interposed entity held or is taken to have held a stake in the tested company, the new interposed entity is taken to have held that stake.
166-230(4)
Except for the purposes of determining whether a time is an alteration time (within the meaning of section 165-115L ), section 166-272 (which is about the same shares or interests) is to be disregarded when applying subsection (3).
Acquisition of tested company by new interposed entity
166-230(5)
If:
(a) a new entity (the new interposed entity ) that is a company acquires all the *shares in the tested company; and
(b) assuming that the time immediately before the acquisition had been an *ownership test time, section 166-225 would have applied the tests to the tested company as if there were a single notional entity as described in subsection 166-225(2) in respect of some or all of the *voting stakes, *dividend stakes or *capital stakes in the tested company; and
(c) the new interposed entity has the same classes of shares as the tested company; and
(d) the shares are not *redeemable shares; and
(e) each entity that held a proportion of the voting stakes, dividend stakes or capital stakes in the tested company immediately before the acquisition (disregarding section 166-225 ) holds the same proportion, or a reasonably equivalent proportion, of that kind of stake in the new interposed entity immediately after the acquisition;
then, at all times that the single notional entity mentioned in paragraph (b) held or is taken to have held a stake in the tested company, the new interposed entity is taken to have held that stake.
166-230(6)
Except for the purposes of determining whether a time is an alteration time (within the meaning of section 165-115L ), section 166-272 (which is about the same shares or interests) is to be disregarded when applying subsection (5) of this section.
Meaning of voting stake
166-235(1)
An entity holds a voting stake in a company if:
(a) the entity is the registered holder of *shares in the company; and
(b) the shares carry rights to exercise voting power in the company.
166-235(2)
An entity (the stakeholder ) also holds a voting stake in a company if:
(a) one or more other entities are interposed between the company and the stakeholder; and
(b) the stakeholder controls, or is able to control, voting power in the company indirectly through the interposed entity or entities.
Note:
For working out the size of a voting stake (for example, for paragraph 166-225(1)(a) ), Subdivision 167-B has special rules for working out voting power in a company whose shares do not all carry the same voting rights, or do not carry all of the voting rights in the company.
Meaning of dividend stake
166-235(3)
An entity holds a dividend stake in a company if:
(a) the entity is the registered holder of *shares in the company; and
(b) the shares carry rights to all or any *dividends that the company may pay.
166-235(4)
An entity (the stakeholder ) also holds a dividend stake in a company if:
(a) one or more other entities are interposed between the company and the stakeholder; and
(b) the stakeholder has the right to receive, for its own benefit and *indirectly through the interposed entity or entities, all or any *dividends that the company may pay.
Note:
For working out the size of a dividend stake (for example, for paragraph 166-225(1)(b) ), Subdivision 167-A has special rules for a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to dividends.
Meaning of capital stake
166-235(5)
An entity holds a capital stake in a company if:
(a) the entity is the registered holder of *shares in the company; and
(b) the shares carry rights to all or any of a distribution of capital of the company.
166-235(6)
An entity (the stakeholder ) also holds a capital stake in a company if:
(a) one or more other entities are interposed between the company and the stakeholder; and
(b) the stakeholder has the right to receive, for its own benefit and *indirectly through the interposed entity or entities, all or any of a distribution of capital of the company.
Note:
For working out the size of a capital stake (for example, for paragraph 166-225(1)(c) ), Subdivision 167-A has special rules for a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to capital distributions.
Stakes held by nominees
166-235(7)
For the purposes of sections 166-225 and 166-230 , if:
(a) an entity (the nominee entity ) holds a *voting stake, a *dividend stake, or a *capital stake, in a company; and
(b) the nominee entity is itself a company; and
(c) the nominee entity holds the stake as a nominee for more than one other entity;
then, for each entity for whom a part of the stake is held by the nominee entity, that entity ' s part of the stake may be treated instead as a separate stake.
SECTION 166-240 Stakes held directly and/or indirectly by widely held companies 166-240(1)
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to the tested company if a *widely held company directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities), or both directly and indirectly, holds any of the following:
(a) a *voting stake that carries rights to between 10% and 50% (inclusive) of the voting power in the company;
(b) a *dividend stake that carries the right to receive between 10% and 50% (inclusive) of any dividends that the company may pay;
(c) a *capital stake that carries the right to receive between 10% and 50% (inclusive) of any distribution of capital of the company.
Note 1:
Other rules might affect this provision: see subsections (3) and (4) and sections 166-272 , 166-275 and 166-280 .
Note 2:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
166-240(2)
The tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time:
(a) if the stake is a *voting stake - the *widely held company controls, or is able to control, the voting power in the tested company that is carried by that stake at that time; and
(b) if the stake is a *dividend stake - the widely held company had the right to receive (whether directly or *indirectly), for its own benefit, any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of that stake at that time; and
(c) if the stake is a *capital stake - the widely held company had the right to receive (whether directly or indirectly), for its own benefit, any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of that stake at that time; and
(d) in any case - the widely held company were a person (other than a company).
Note:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
Exception
166-240(3)
This section does not apply in respect of a *widely held company if the company is not a widely held company for the whole income year in which the *ownership test time occurs.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete periods.
Acquisition of widely held company by another entity
166-240(4)
If:
(a) a new company acquires all the *shares in the *widely held company; and
(b) immediately before the acquisition, the shares in the widely held company were listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; and
(c) immediately after the acquisition, the shares in the new company are listed for quotation in the official list of an approved stock exchange; and
(d) the new company has the same classes of shares (not being *redeemable shares) as the widely held company; and
(e) each entity that held stakes in the widely held company immediately before the acquisition holds the same proportion of the total *voting stakes, *dividend stakes or *capital stakes in the new company immediately after the acquisition as the entity held in the widely held company immediately before the acquisition;
then, at all times that the widely held company held or is taken to have held a stake in the tested company, the new company is taken to have held that stake.
166-240(5)
Except for the purposes of determining whether a time is an alteration time (within the meaning of section 165-115L ), section 166-272 (which is about same shares or interests) is to be disregarded when applying subsection (4).
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to the tested company if:
(a) an entity mentioned in subsection (2) directly or indirectly (through one or more interposed entities) holds a *voting stake, a *dividend stake or a *capital stake in the company; and
(b) neither the entity nor another entity has, under section 166-225 , 166-230 or 166-240 , been taken to control voting power or have rights in respect of the stake; and
(c) the entity mentioned in subsection (2) satisfies the condition in subsection (3).
Note:
Other rules might affect this provision: see sections 166-272 , 166-275 and 166-280 .
166-245(2)
For the purposes of subsection (1), these are the entities:
(a) a *superannuation fund; and
(b) an *approved deposit fund; and
(ba)(Repealed by No 70 of 2015)
(c) a *special company; and
(d) a *managed investment scheme; and
(e) any other entity, or entity of a kind, prescribed by the regulations.
166-245(3)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(c), an entity satisfies the condition in this subsection if at all times during the income year of the tested company in which the *ownership test time occurs:
(a) if the entity is a *superannuation fund:
(i) the fund is a *complying superannuation fund; or
(ii) the fund is a superannuation fund that is established in a foreign country and is regulated under a *foreign law; or
(b) if the entity is an *approved deposit fund - the fund is a *complying approved deposit fund; or
(ba) (Repealed by No 70 of 2015)
(c) if the entity is a *special company - the company is a special company; or
(d) if the entity is a *managed investment scheme:
(i) the scheme is registered under the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(ii) the entity is recognised, under a *foreign law relating to corporate regulation, as an entity with a similar status to a managed investment scheme; or
(e) if the entity is an entity, or an entity of a kind, prescribed by the regulations - the entity meets any conditions prescribed by the regulations.
Note:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete periods.
If the entity has 10 members or fewer
166-245(4)
If the entity has 10 *members or fewer, the tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time:
(a) if the stakeis a *voting stake - each member controls, or is able to control, an equal proportion of the voting power in the tested company that is carried by that stake at that time; and
(b) if the stake is a *dividend stake - each member had the right to receive (whether directly or *indirectly), for its own benefit, an equal proportion of any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of that stake at that time; and
(c) if the stake is a *capital stake - each member had the right to receive (whether directly or indirectly), for its own benefit, an equal proportion of any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of that stake at that time; and
(d) in any case - each member were a person (other than a company or a trustee).
Note 1:
If each member ' s proportion of the voting power, the dividends or the distributions is less than 10%, then subsections (5) and (6) apply instead.
Note 2:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
If the entity has more than 10 members etc.
166-245(5)
The ownership tests are applied as set out in subsection (6) if:
(a) the entity has more than 10 *members; or
(b) under subsection (4):
(i) the proportion of the voting power in the company that each member controls, or is able to control, is less than 10% of the total voting power; or
(ii) the proportion of the *dividends that the tested company may pay for the benefit of each member is less than 10% of the total dividends; or
(iii) the proportion of the distributions of capital that the tested company may pay for the benefit of each member is less than 10% of the total distributions.
166-245(6)
The ownership tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time:
(a) if the stake is a *voting stake - the entity controls, or is able to control, the voting power in the tested company that is carried by that stake at that time; and
(b) if the stake is a *dividend stake - the entity had the right to receive (whether directly or *indirectly), for its own benefit, any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of that stake at that time; and
(c) if the stake is a *capital stake - the entity had the right to receive (whether directly or indirectly), for its own benefit, any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of that stake at that time; and
(d) in any case - the entity were a person (other than a company or a trustee).
Note:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
SECTION 166-255 Bearer shares in foreign listed companies 166-255(1)
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to the tested company if:
(a) at the *ownership test time, it is the case, or it is reasonable to assume, that persons (none of them companies or trustees) hold a *voting stake, a *dividend stake or a *capital stake in the tested company; and
(b) an entity has not, under section 166-225 , 166-230 , 166-240 or 166-245 , been taken to control voting power or have rights in respect of the stake; and
(c) another company (the foreign listed company ) is interposed, at that time, between those persons and the tested company; and
(d) at all times during the income year of the tested company in which the ownership test time occurs, the *principal class of shares in the foreign listed company is listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; and
(e) at the ownership test time:
(i) voting stakes that carry rights to 50% or more of the voting power in the foreign listed company; or
(ii) dividend stakes that carry rights to receive 50% or more of any dividends that the foreign listed company may pay; or
as the case requires, are directly held by way of bearer shares; and
(iii) capital stakes that carry rights to receive 50% or more of any distribution of capital of the foreign listed company;
(f) the beneficial owners of some or all of those bearer shares have not been disclosed to the foreign listed company.
Note 1:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Note 2:
Other rules might affect this provision: see sections 166-270 , 166-275 and 166-280 .
Note 3:
For paragraph (e), Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
166-255(2)
The tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time, for each of those bearer shares whose owners have not been disclosed:
(a) a single notional entity controls, or is able to control, the voting power in the tested company that is carried by those shares at that time; and
(b) the entity *indirectly had the right to receive, for its own benefit:
(i) any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of those shares at that time; and
(ii) any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of those shares at that time; and
(c) the entity were a person (other than a company).
Note:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
166-255(3)
To avoid doubt, the single notional entity mentioned in subsection (2) is a different single notional entity from the one mentioned in section 165-207 and the one mentioned in section 166-225 .
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to the tested company if:
(a) at the *ownership test time, it is the case, or it is reasonable to assume, that persons (none of them companies or trustees) have a *voting stake, a *dividend stake or a *capital stake in the tested company; and
(b) an entity has not, under section 166-225 , 166-230 , 166-240 , 166-245 or 166-255 , been taken to control voting power or have rights in respect of the stake; and
(c) another company (the foreign listed company ) is interposed, at that time, between those persons and the tested company; and
(d) at all times during the income year of the tested company in which the ownership test time occurs, the *principal class of shares in the foreign listed company is listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; and
(e) at the ownership test time:
(i) voting stakes that carry rights to 50% or more of the voting power in the foreign listed company; or
(ii) dividend stakes that carry rights to receive 50% or more of any dividends that the foreign listed company may pay; or
as the case requires, are directly held by one or more *depository entities (see subsection (3)); and
(iii) capital stakes that carry rights to receive 50% or more of any distribution of capital of the foreign listed company;
(f) a law of a foreign country, or a part of a foreign country, in which the approved stock exchange is located, prevents the disclosure of the beneficial owners of some or all of those shares that are held by the depository entities; and
(g) the beneficial owners of some or all of the shares held by the depository entities have not been disclosed to the foreign listed company.
Note 1:
See section 165-255 for the rule about incomplete test periods.
Note 2:
This rule might not apply in all circumstances: see sections 166-275 and 166-280 .
Note 3:
For paragraph (e), Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
166-260(2)
The tests are applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time, for each of those *shares held by a *depository entity whose owners have not been disclosed, the depository entity:
(a) controls, or is able to control, the voting power in the tested company that is carried by those shares at that time; and
(b) *indirectly had the right to receive, for its own benefit:
(i) any *dividends the tested company may pay in respect of those shares at that time; and
(ii) any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of those shares at that time; and
(c) were a person (other than a company).
Note:
The persons who actually control the voting power and have rights to dividends and capital are taken not to control that power or have those rights: see section 166-265 .
166-260(3)
If the effect of subsection (2) is that the *depository entity is taken to hold:
(a) a *voting stake that carries rights to less than 10% of the voting power in the tested company; or
(b) a *dividend stake that carries the right to receive less than 10% of any dividends that the tested company may pay; or
(c) a *capital stake that carries the right to receive less than 10% of any distribution of capital of the tested company;
then neither section 166-225 nor section 166-230 applies in respect of that stake.
Note:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
166-260(4)
If the *depository entity (the old depository entity ) is subsequently replaced by another depository entity (the new depository entity ), then, at all times that the old depository entity held or is taken to have held a stake in the tested company, the new entity is taken to have held that stake.
166-260(5)
A depository entity is an entity:
(a) that is a central securities repository; and
(b) that provides custody of share certificates; and
(c) that provides services for the exchange of shares.
SECTION 166-265 166-265 Persons who actually control voting power or have rights are taken not to control power or have rights
If any of sections 166-225 , 166-230 , 166-240 , 166-245 , 166-255 or 166-260 apply, the ownership tests in section 166-145 are also applied to the tested company as if, at the *ownership test time:
(a) the persons who control, or are able to control, the voting power in the tested company (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) that is carried by each *voting stake in the tested company mentioned in that section had not had that control; and
(b) the persons who have the right to receive for their own benefit (whether directly, or *indirectly through one or more interposed entities):
(i) any *dividends that the tested company may pay in respect of each *dividend stake in the tested company mentioned in that section; and
had not had that right.
(ii) any distributions of capital of the tested company in respect of each *capital stake in the tested company mentioned in that section;
Minimum control of voting power
166-270(1)
If:
(a) the *ownership test time is after the start of the *test period; and
(b) a single notional entity mentioned in section 166-225 or 166-255 has voting power in a company; and
(c) the voting power that the entity has at the ownership test time is greater than the voting power that the entity had at the start of the test period;
then the entity is taken to have voting power in the company at the ownership test time only to the extent that it had it at the start of the test period.
Minimum percentage of rights to dividends and capital
166-270(2)
If:
(a) the *ownership test time is after the start of the *test period; and
(b) a single notional entity mentioned in section 166-225 or 166-255 has a percentage of rights to the *dividends or distributions of capital of a company; and
(c) the percentage that the entity has rights to at the ownership test time is greater than the percentage (the lower percentage ) of the dividends or distributions of capital of the company that the entity had rights to at the start of the test period;
then the entity is taken to have rights to the lower percentage of the dividends or distributions of capital at the ownership test time.
Acquisition of tested company by new interposed entity - minimum control of voting power
166-270(3)
If:
(a) the *ownership test time is after the start of the *test period; and
(b) at the start of the test period, a single notional entity mentioned in section 166-225 had voting power in a company (disregarding subsection 166-230(5) ); and
(c) under subsection 166-230(5) , a new interposed entity is taken to have held that voting power at the start of the test period; and
(d) at the ownership test time, the voting power in the company held indirectly by stakeholders covered by subsection 166-230(1) is greater than the voting power that the single notional entity had at the start of the test period;
then the stakeholders referred to in paragraph (d) are, collectively, taken to have indirect voting power in the company at the ownership test time only to the extent that the single notional entity had it at the start of the test period.
Acquisition of tested company by new interposed entity - minimum percentage of rights to dividends and capital
166-270(4)
If:
(a) the *ownership test time is after the start of the *test period; and
(b) at the start of the test period, a single notional entity mentioned in section 166-225 had a percentage of rights to the *dividends or distributions of capital of a company (disregarding subsection 166-230(5) ); and
(c) under subsection 166-230(5) , a new interposed entity is taken to have had those rights at the start of the test period; and
(d) the percentage that stakeholders covered by subsection 166-230(1) have rights to indirectly at the ownership test time is greater than the percentage (the lower percentage ) of the dividends or distributions of capital of the company that the single notional entity had rights to at the start of the test period;
then the stakeholders referred to in paragraph (d) are, collectively, taken to have indirect rights to the lower percentage of the dividends or distributions of capital at the ownership test time.
Application
166-272(1)
This section modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 are applied to a *voting stake, a *dividend stake or a *capital stake in the tested company held by one of the following entities (the stakeholder ):
(a) a top interposed entity mentioned in section 166-230 (which is about indirect stakes of less than 10%);
(b) a *widely held company mentioned in section 166-240 ;
(c) an entity mentioned in subsection 166-245(2) (which is about stakes held by other entities);
(d) a *depository entity mentioned in section 166-260 ;
(whether directly, or *indirectly through one or more interposed entities).
Exactly the same shares or interests must continue to be held
166-272(2)
For the purpose of determining whether the tested company has satisfied a condition or whether a time is a changeover time or an alteration time in respect of the tested company:
(a) a condition that has to be satisfied is not satisfied; or
(b) a time that, apart from this subsection, would not be a changeover time or alteration time is taken to be a changeover time or alteration time, as the case may be;
unless, at all relevant times:
(c) the only *shares in the tested company that are taken into account are exactly the same shares and are held by the same persons; and
(d) the only interests (including shares) in any other entity that is interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company that are taken into account are exactly the same interests and are held by the same persons.
What happens in case of share splitting
166-272(3)
If:
(a) a particular *share (an old share ) in a company of which the stakeholder, or an entity interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company, is the holder at the start of the *test period is divided into 2 or more new shares during that period; and
(b) the stakeholder or entity becomes the holder of each of the new shares immediately after the division takes place and remains the holder until the end of that period;
the new shares are taken to be exactly the same shares as the old share.
What happens in case of splitting of units in a unit trust
166-272(4)
If:
(a) a particular unit (an old unit ) in a unit trust of which the stakeholder, or an entity interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company, is the holder at the start of the *test period is divided into 2 or more new units during that period; and
(b) the stakeholder or entity becomes the holder of each of the new units immediately after the division takes place and remains the holder until the end of that period;
the new units are taken to be exactly the same units as the old unit.
What happens in case of consolidation of shares
166-272(5)
If:
(a) a particular *share (an old share ) in a company of which the stakeholder, or an entity interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company, is the holder at the start of the *test period, and other shares (each of which is also called an old share ) in the company of which the stakeholder or entity is the holder at the start of that period, are consolidated into a new share during that period; and
(b) the stakeholder or entity becomes the holder of the new share immediately after the consolidation takes place;
the new share is taken to be exactly the same share as the old shares.
What happens in case of consolidation of units in a unit trust
166-272(6)
If:
(a) a particular unit (an old unit ) in a unit trust of which the stakeholder, or an entity interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company, is the holder at the start of the *test period and other units (each of which is also called an old unit ) in the trust of which the stakeholder or entity is the holder at the start of that period are consolidated into a new unit during that period; and
(b) the stakeholder or entity becomes the holder of the new unit immediately after the consolidation takes place;
the new unit is taken to be exactly the same unit as the old units.
Totals of shares or rights not affected
166-272(7)
This section does not affect how *shares, and rights carried by shares, are counted for the purpose of determining:
(a) the total voting power in the tested company; or
(b) the total dividends that the tested company may pay; or
(c) the total distributions of capital of the tested company.
Conditions in section 166-145 may be treated as having been satisfied in certain circumstances
166-272(8)
If any of the conditions in section 166-145 have not been satisfied, those conditions are taken to have been satisfied if:
(a) they would have been satisfied except for the operation of subsection (2) of this section; and
(b) the tested company has information from which it would be reasonable to conclude that less than 50% of:
(i) the *tax loss; or
(ii) the *notional loss; or
(iii) the bad debt; or
as the case requires, has been reflected in deductions, capital losses, or reduced assessable income, that occurred, or could occur in future, because of the happening of any *CGT event in relation to any *direct equity interests or *indirect equity interests held in the tested company by the stakeholder, or an entity interposed between the stakeholder and the tested company, during the *test period.
(iv) the unrealised net loss (within the meaning of section 165-115E );
Subsection (8) not to apply for purpose of determining whether an alteration time has occurred
166-272(9)
However, subsection (8) does not apply in relation to any of the conditions in section 166-145 in so far as those conditions have effect for the purpose of determining whether an alteration time (within the meaning of section 165-115L ) has occurred.
Time of happening of CGT event
166-272(10)
The happening of any *CGT event in relation to a *direct equity interest or *indirect equity interest in the tested company that results in the failure of the tested company to satisfy a condition in section 166-145 is taken, for the purposes of paragraph (8)(b), to have occurred during the *test period.
166-272(11)
(Repealed by No 143 of 2007 )
When the rules in this Subdivision do not apply
SECTION 166-275 166-275 Rules in this Subdivision intended to be concessional
A company is taken to have met the conditions in section 165-12 , paragraph 165-35(a) or section 165-123 , or a changeover time or an alteration time is taken not to have occurred in respect of a company, (as the case requires), if:
(a) a *tracing rule modifies how the ownership tests in section 166-145 apply to the tested company in respect of a *voting stake, a *dividend stake or a *capital stake; and
(b) the company fails the tests (whether at the time of applying the tracing rule or at another time); and
(c) the company believes, on reasonable grounds, that if the tracing rule did not modify how the tests apply to the company in respect of that stake, it would not fail the tests.
Example:
11 people own shareholdings of 9% in the listed company. Under section 166-225 , one notional shareholder is deemed to hold all of those shareholdings. 2 of the people sell their shareholdings so that 9 of the original 11 peoplenow own shareholdings of 11%. Without the rule in this section, the company would fail the ownership tests (as the rule in section 166-225 no longer applies).
A *tracing rule does not modify how the ownership tests in section 166-145 apply to the tested company in respect of all or part of the voting power in the tested company, or all or some of the rights to *dividends of, or capital in, the tested company, if:
(a) either:
(i) an entity (the controlling entity ) directly holds that power or has those rights; or
(ii) an entity (the controlling entity ) indirectly holds that power or has those rights through one or more interposed entities; and
(b) the tested company is sufficiently influenced (within the meaning of paragraph 318(6)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) by the controlling entity.
Note:
However, a tracing rule can modify how the ownership tests in section 166-145 apply to the tested company in respect of voting power or dividend or capital rights held by entities other than controlling entities.
166-280(2)
A *tracing rule does not modify how the ownership tests in section 166-145 apply to the tested company in respect of all or part of the voting power in the tested company if:
(a) the tested company is a *widely held company; and
(b) that voting power:
(i) is more than 25% of the total voting power in the tested company and is controlled (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) by a natural person, together with his or her *associates; or
(ii) is more than 50% of the total voting power in the tested company and is controlled (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) by a trustee or company, together with its associates.
This Division modifies the way conditions relating to this Part apply to companies whose shares:
SECTION 167-5 What this Subdivision is about
Companies whose shares do not all carry the same rights to dividends or capital distributions may test the possession of those rights similarly to companies whose shares are all of a single class with the same rights.
If a condition of the continuity of ownership test cannot be worked out for a company:
an entity can choose to reconsider that condition in up to 3 ways.
The first way involves disregarding debt interests.
The second way involves disregarding debt interests and secondary share classes.
The third way involves disregarding those shares, and treating the remaining shares as carrying certain percentages of the rights to receive dividends and capital distributions.
The second way can only be tried after the first way, while the third way can only be tried after the second way.
Operative provisions | |
167-10 | When this Subdivision applies |
167-15 | First way - disregard debt interests |
167-20 | Second way - also disregard secondary share classes |
167-25 | Third way - treat remaining shares as having fixed rights to dividends and capital distributions |
167-30 | Fixing rights if practicable to work out market values |
167-35 | Fixing rights if impracticable to work out market values etc. |
167-40 | The valuing times for conditions listed in subsection 167-10(1) |
SECTION 167-10 When this Subdivision applies
When this Subdivision applies
167-10(1)
This Subdivision applies in relation to a company if:
(a) as described in the following table, a condition (the unsatisfied condition ) cannot be worked out for the company for a particular period (the test period ); and
(b) at one or more times during the test period:
(i) the company; or
(an unequally structured company ) has an *unequal share structure.
(ii) a company that has a *shareholding interest in it;
Conditions that can be reconsidered under this Subdivision | |||
Item |
Column 1
Each of the following provisions contains a condition: |
Column 2
that cannot be worked out for: |
|
1 | (a) | subsection 165-12(3) or (4) ; | a period that is all or part of the period to which that provision relates |
(b) | paragraph 165-37(1)(b) or (c); | ||
(c) | subsection 165-123(3) or (4) ; | ||
(d) | paragraph 175-10(3)(b) or (c), 175-45(3)(b) or (c) or 175-85(3)(b) or (c); | ||
(e) | subparagraph (b)(ii) or (iii) of the definition of eligible Division 166 company in subsection 995-1(1) |
Note:
Each of these conditions is about rights to the company ' s dividends or capital distributions.
167-10(2)
This Subdivision also applies in relation to a company if:
(a) as described in the following table, a condition (the unsatisfied condition ) cannot be worked out for the company for a particular time (the test time ); and
(b) at the test time, the company, or a company that has a *shareholding interest in it, (an unequally structured company ) has an *unequal share structure.
Conditions that can be reconsidered under this Subdivision | |||
Item |
Column 1
Each of the following provisions contains a condition: |
Column 2
that cannot be worked out for: |
|
1 | (a) | paragraph 165-115C(1)(b) or (c) or 165-115L(1)(b) or (c); | a time that is the time, or one of the times, to which that provision relates |
(b) | subparagraph 165-115X(1)(b)(ii) or (iii); | ||
(c) | paragraph 165-115Z(1)(b) or (c); | ||
(d) | subsection 166-145(3) or (4) ; | ||
(e) | subparagraph 166-175(1)(e)(ii) or (iii); | ||
(f) | paragraph 166-225(1)(b) or (c); | ||
(g) | subparagraph 166-230(1)(a)(ii) or (iii); | ||
(h) | paragraph 166-240(1)(b) or (c); | ||
(i) | subparagraph 166-255(1)(e)(ii) or (iii) or 166-260(1)(e)(ii) or (iii); | ||
(j) | paragraph 166-260(3)(b) or (c) or 166-270(2)(c) ; | ||
(k) | paragraph 170-260(3)(b) or (c) or 170-265(2)(b) or (c) |
Note 1:
Each of these conditions is about rights to the company ' s dividends or capital distributions.
Note 2:
If a condition cannot be worked out for several of the times to which the provision relates, apply this Subdivision separately for each of those times.
Meaning of unequal share structure
167-10(3)
A company has an unequal share structure at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) the company ' s *shares do not all carry the same rights to *dividends, or capital distributions, of the company; or
(b) some or all of the company ' s shares carry discretionary rights to dividends, or capital distributions, of the company; or
(c) the company is a *co-operative company that has *on issue one or more interests (other than shares) in the company ' s capital.
The unsatisfied condition may be reconsidered by disregarding any *debt interests in each unequally structured company.
167-15(2)
The way an entity prepares its *income tax return is sufficient evidence of it choosing to work out the unsatisfied condition under subsection (1).
This section applies in relation to each unequally structured company if:
(a) despite section 167-15 , the unsatisfied condition cannot be worked out; and
(b) on the last day of the test period or at the test time (as appropriate), there is *on issue in that company one or more classes of *shares (the secondary share classes ) other than:
(i) the class or classes of ordinary or common shares that represent the majority of that company ' s value; and
(ii) *debt interests; and
(c) it is reasonable to conclude that the total *market value of the secondary share classes does not exceed 25% of the total market value of all of that company ' s shares (other than debt interests); and
(d) for one or more of the secondary share classes, it is reasonable to conclude that the market value of each of them does not exceed 10% of the total market value of all of that company ' s shares (other than debt interests).
Note:
This section can apply separately for each unequally structured company.
167-20(2)
For the purposes of subsection (1), use *market values on the last day of the test period, or at the test time, (as appropriate).
167-20(3)
The unsatisfied condition may be reconsidered by disregarding:
(a) those of the secondary share classes that, under paragraph (1)(d), caused this section to apply; and
(b) any *debt interests in that company.
167-20(4)
The way an entity prepares its *income tax return is sufficient evidence of it choosing to work out the unsatisfied condition under subsection (3).
When this section applies
167-25(1)
This section applies if, despite sections 167-15 and 167-20 , the unsatisfied condition cannot be worked out for the test period or test time (as appropriate).
How to fix rights to dividends and capital distributions
167-25(2)
The unsatisfied condition may be reconsidered by applying subsections (3) and (4) to each unequally structured company. When doing this for an unsatisfied condition listed in subsection 167-10(1) , assume:
(a) that the test period consists only of the valuing times worked out under section 167-40 ; and
(b) that each of those valuing times is a test time.
167-25(3)
Firstly, disregard any *debt interests in that company and any of its *shares that can be disregarded under subsection 167-20(3) .
167-25(4)
Secondly, treat each of that company ' s remaining *shares *on issue at the test time as having at that time the percentage of the rights to receive *dividends, and capital distributions, worked out either:
(a) under section 167-30 ; or
(b) under section 167-35 if:
(i) it is not reasonably practicable to work out the market values of each of those remaining shares; or
(ii) the sum of the *market values of all of those remaining shares is nil.
Note:
The remaining shares are those remaining after disregarding the shares mentioned in subsection (3).
Evidence of a choice under this section
167-25(5)
The way an entity prepares its *income tax return is sufficient evidence of it choosing to work out the unsatisfied condition under this section.
Each remaining *share is treated at the test time as carrying the following percentage of the rights to receive *dividends, and capital distributions, from the company:
*Share ' s *market value |
× 100 | |
Sum of market values of all of the remaining shares in the company |
where market value is worked out at the test time.
Each remaining *share is treated at the test time as carrying such a percentage of the rights to receive *dividends, and capital distributions, from the company as is reasonable worked out:
(a) at the test time; and
(b) having regard to the purpose of the unsatisfied condition.
167-35(2)
In working out what is reasonable for subsection (1), have regard to the following:
(a) the company ' s *constitution;
(b) any agreements between the company and either or both of the following:
(i) any or all of the shareholders in the company;
(ii) any or all of the *associates of a shareholder in the company;
(c) any statement by the company of its policy in paying *dividends or making capital distributions;
(d) the ability of an entity to control (whether directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) how the company pays dividends or makes capital distributions;
(e) how the company has previously paid dividends or made capital distributions;
(f) whether all classes of *shares carry substantially the same rights to receive dividends and capital distributions;
(g) the principle that:
(i) a *tax loss or bad debt should only be deductible; and
if a majority of the persons entitled to the benefits of dividend and capital distributions of the company is maintained.
(ii) a *net capital loss should only be applied;
For the purposes of subsection 167-25(2) , the valuing times for the test period are:
(a) the time the test period starts; and
(b) the time just before, and the time just after, any of the following events that happen during the test period:
(i) the issue of *shares of a class of remaining shares;
(ii) the variation of rights attached to any remaining shares to receive *dividends or capital distributions;
(iii) the redemption or cancellation of any remaining shares; and
(c) the time the test period ends.
167-40(2)
For paragraph (1)(b), disregard a time if it is outside the test period.
SECTION 167-75 What this Subdivision is about
Companies whose shares:
may test the possession of voting rights similarly to companies whose shares are all of a single class with the same rights.
Operative provisions | |
167-80 | When this Subdivision applies |
167-85 | Different method for working out voting power |
167-90 | Dual listed companies |
SECTION 167-80 When this Subdivision applies 167-80(1)
For the purposes of this Part, voting power in a company at one or more times can be worked out under section 167-85 if:
(a) the company ' s *shares do not all, at those times, carry the same voting rights for all matters affecting the company; or
(b) the company ' s shares do not carry all of the voting rights in the company;
whether this is because of the company ' s *constitution, an *arrangement or some other reason.
Note:
Disregard dual listed company voting shares (see section 167-90 ).
167-80(2)
Further, if those times are consecutive times during a period, the voting power in the company can be worked out under section 167-85 as if that period consists only of:
(a) the time that period starts; and
(b) each later time (if any) during that period when there is a change in the maximum number of votes any entity could cast on a poll described in paragraph 167-85(1)(a) or (b).
An entity may choose whether voting power in the company at a particular time is worked out solely by reference to:
(a) the maximum number of votes that could be cast on a poll on the election of a director of the company, if such a poll were to be held at that time; or
(b) the maximum number of votes that could be cast on a poll on an amendment to the company ' s *constitution, other than an amendment altering:
(i) the rights carried by any of the company ' s *shares; or
if such a poll were to be held at that time.
(ii) other forms of voting power in the company;
167-85(2)
The way the entity prepares its *income tax return is sufficient evidence of it making a choice under subsection (1).
For the purposes of this Subdivision, disregard *shares that are *dual listed company voting shares.
SECTION 170-1 What this Subdivision is about
A company can transfer a surplus amount of its tax loss to another company so that the other company can deduct the amount in the income year of the transfer. One of the companies must be an Australian branch of a foreign bank, and both companies must be members of the same wholly-owned group.
170-5 | Basic principles for transferring tax losses |
Effect of transferring a tax loss | |
170-10 | When a company can transfer a tax loss |
170-15 | Income company is taken to have incurred transferred loss |
170-20 | Who can deduct transferred loss |
170-25 | Tax treatment of consideration for transferred tax loss |
Conditions for transfer | |
170-30 | Companies must be in existence and members of the same wholly-owned group etc. |
170-32 | Tax loss incurred by the loss company because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A |
170-33 | Alternative test of relations between the loss company and other companies |
170-35 | The loss company |
170-40 | The income company |
170-42 | If the income company has become the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group |
170-45 | Maximum amount that can be transferred |
170-50 | Transfer by written agreement |
170-55 | Losses must be transferred in order they are incurred |
170-60 | Income company cannot transfer transferred tax loss |
Effect of agreement to transfer more than can be transferred | |
170-65 | Agreement transfers as much as can be transferred |
170-70 | Amendment of assessments |
Australian permanent establishments of foreign financial entities | |
170-75 | Treatment like Australian branches of foreign banks |
A company can transfer a tax loss to another company so that the other company can deduct it in the income year of the transfer.
170-5(2)
Both companies must be members of the same wholly-owned group. There are other eligibility requirements that they must also satisfy.
170-5(2A)
One of the companies must be an Australian branch of a foreign bank. The other company must be:
(a) the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group; or
(b) not a member of a consolidatable group.
Note:
This Subdivision applies to Australian permanent establishments of foreign entities that are financial entities in the same way as it applies to Australian branches of foreign banks. See section 170-75 .
170-5(3)
The transferred loss must be " surplus " in the sense that the transferring company cannot use it because there is not enough assessable income to offset it. The other company must have enough assessable income to offset the transferred tax loss.
170-5(4)
Neither company must be prevented from deducting the loss by Division 165 or 175 .
Note:
Division 165 deals with the income tax consequences of changing ownership or control of a company. Division 175 deals with using a company ' s tax losses to avoid income tax.
170-5(5)
The tax loss is transferred by an agreement between the 2 companies.
170-5(6)
The tax loss can be transferred in the same year as it is incurred. In that case different rules apply.
SECTION 170-10 When a company can transfer a tax loss 170-10(1)
A company (the loss company ) can transfer an amount of its *tax loss for an income year (the loss year ) to another company (the income company ) if the conditions in this Subdivision are met.
170-10(2)
The amount transferred can be the whole or part of the *tax loss.
Note:
A PDF cannot transfer a tax loss, except one for a period before it became a PDF: see section 195-10 .
SECTION 170-15 Income company is taken to have incurred transferred loss 170-15(1)
If an amount of a *tax loss is transferred, the amount is taken to be a tax loss incurred by the *income company in the *loss year.
170-15(2)
However, if the *loss year is the same as the income year of the transfer, the *income company is taken to have incurred the *tax loss in the income year before the loss year.
Note:
This rule is needed because Division 36 allows a tax loss to be deducted only if it was incurred in an earlier income year.
170-15(3)
Despite subsection (1), if the *tax loss is transferred because the conditions in section 170-32 are met, the *income company is taken to have incurred the tax loss for the income year for which the first prior transferor mentioned in that section incurred the tax loss.
170-15(4)
Despite subsection (1), if the *tax loss is transferred because the condition in subsection 170-42(4) is met, the *income company is taken to have incurred the tax loss for the income year for which that subsection assumes the income company incurred the tax loss.
SECTION 170-20 Who can deduct transferred loss 170-20(1)
If an amount of a *tax loss is transferred, the *income company can deduct the amount in accordance with section 36-17 (which is about how to deduct a tax loss), but only for the income year of the income company for which the amount is transferred. That income year is called the deduction year .
170-20(2)
The *loss company can no longer * utilise the transferred amount and is taken not to have incurred the *tax loss to the extent of that amount.
SECTION 170-25 Tax treatment of consideration for transferred tax loss 170-25(1)
If the *loss company receives any consideration from the *income company for the amount of the *tax loss:
(a) so much of the consideration as is given for the amount of the tax loss is neither assessable income nor exempt income of the loss company; and
(b) a *capital gain does not accrue to the loss company because of the receipt of the consideration.
Note:
However, the consideration may affect how section 170-210 modifies the cost base of direct and indirect interests in the loss company.
170-25(2)
If the *income company gives any consideration to the *loss company for the amount of the *tax loss:
(a) the income company cannot deduct the amount or value of the consideration; and
(b) the income company does not incur a *capital loss because of the giving of the consideration.
Note:
However, the consideration may affect how section 170-215 modifies the cost base of direct and indirect interests in the income company.
Conditions for transfer
SECTION 170-30 Companies must be in existence and members of the same wholly-owned group etc. 170-30(1)
Both companies must be in existence during at least part of each of the following income years:
(a) the *loss year; and
(b) the *deduction year; and
(c) any intervening income year.
Note:
In some cases, this condition may not apply, or may be taken to be met even if it is not actually met. See sections 170-32 and 170-33 .
170-30(2)
Also, both companies must be members of the same *wholly-owned group during the whole or part of those income years when both companies were in existence.
Note:
In some cases, this condition may not apply, or may be taken to be met even if it is not actually met. See sections 170-32 and 170-33 .
170-30(3)
One of the companies must be an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank.
Note:
The Australian branch can be taken to be a separate entity from the foreign bank for this Subdivision. See Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
170-30(4)
The other company must be covered by an item of this table.
The other company | ||
Item | The other company must: | At this time: |
1 | Be the *head company of a *consolidated group | The end of the *deduction year or, if the company ceases to be in existence during the deduction year, just before the cessation |
2 | Be the *head company of a *MEC group | The end of the *deduction year or, if the group ceases to exist during the deduction year because the company ceases to be in existence, just before the cessation |
3 | Not be a *member of a *consolidatable group | The end of the *deduction year or, if the company ceases to be in existence during the deduction year, just before the cessation |
SECTION 170-32 Tax loss incurred by the loss company because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A
When the conditions in this section apply
170-32(1)
The conditions in this section apply instead of the conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) if:
(a) the *income company is an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank; and
(b) the *loss company incurred the *tax loss because of one or more transfers of the tax loss under Subdivision 707-A .
Conditions
170-32(2)
Each transferor ( prior transferor ) of the *tax loss under Subdivision 707-A must have been a company.
170-32(3)
It must have been possible to meet the conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) in relation to the *loss company and the *income company assuming:
(a) the *loss year were so much of the income year in which the *tax loss was transferred to the loss company under Subdivision 707-A as occurred after the transfer; and
(b) so much (if any) of the *deduction year as occurred before the transfer were disregarded.
170-32(4)
The *income company and each prior transferor must both be in existence during at least part of each of these periods:
(a) the period consisting of:
(i) if the prior transferor incurred the *tax loss apart from Subdivision 707-A - the *loss year; or
(ii) if the prior transferor incurred the tax loss because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A (other than a transfer from the prior transferor to itself) - so much of the income year in which the transfer occurred as was after the transfer (but before any later transfer of the loss from the prior transferor under that Subdivision);
(b) so much of the income year during which the tax loss was transferred under Subdivision 707-A from the prior transferor to another company as occurs before the transfer (but after the start of the period described in paragraph (a));
(c) any intervening income year.
170-32(5)
The *income company must be a member of the same *wholly-owned group as each prior transferor during the whole or part of the periods described in subsection (4) for the prior transferor when both were in existence.
The conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) are taken to be met in relation to the *loss company and the *income company if:
(a) the loss company is an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank; and
(b) the income company is covered by item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection 170-30(4) (because the company is the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group at the time described in that item); and
(c) the relevant circumstances in this section exist.
Circumstances
170-33(2)
One circumstance is that there is another company (the first link company ) in relation to which all these conditions are met:
(a) the first link company became a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or *MEC group after the start of the *loss year but before the time described in the item of the table in subsection 170-30(4) that covers the *income company;
(b) the *tax loss could have been transferred from the *loss company to the first link company under this Subdivision (apart from subsection 170-30(4) and this section) for a *deduction year consisting of the *trial year for the first link company becoming a subsidiary member of that group had:
(i) the first link company continued to be *in existence as a separate entity (rather than being part of the head company of that group) when it was a subsidiary member of that group; and
(ii) the trial year not started before the start of the loss year; and
(iii) the first link company had enough assessable income for the trial year;
(c) the tax loss would have been incurred by the income company because of one or more transfers under Subdivision 707-A assuming the tax loss had been made by the first link company (apart from that Subdivision) for the loss year.
170-33(3)
If the condition in paragraph (2)(c) could be met only if there had been a transfer described in that paragraph involving a company other than the first link company and the *income company, another circumstance is that the other company and the *loss company were *in existence and members of the same *wholly-owned group for the period:
(a) starting when the *tax loss would have been transferred under Subdivision 707-A to the other company as described in that paragraph; and
(b) ending when the tax loss would have been transferred under Subdivision 707-A from the other company as described in that paragraph.
170-33(4)
It does not matter whether or not any of the transfers mentioned in subsection (3) would have involved the first link company or the *income company as well as the other company.
170-33(5)
Another circumstance is that the conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) would have been met for the *loss company and the *income company assuming:
(a) the *loss year consisted of the part of the income year in which the *tax loss would have been transferred to the income company under Subdivision 707-A as described in paragraph (2)(c) occurring after the time the transfer would have occurred; and
(b) so much (if any) of the *deduction year as occurred before the time the transfer would have occurred were disregarded.
SECTION 170-35 The loss company 170-35(1)
The *loss company:
(a) must be an Australian resident and not a *prescribed dual resident; and
(b) must not be a *dual resident investment company in either the *loss year or the *deduction year.
170-35(2)
If the *loss year and the *deduction year are the same, it must be the case that the *loss company was not required to calculate the *tax loss:
(a) under section 165-70 (because of a change in ownership or control); or
(b) under section 175-35 (because of injected income or deductions).
170-35(3)
Also, it must be the case that neither Subdivision 165-A nor Subdivision 175-A would have prevented the *loss company from deducting the *tax loss in the *deduction year if it had had enough assessable income (including *assessable film income) to offset the tax loss.
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-A deals with the deductibility of a company's tax loss for an earlier income year if there has been a change in the ownership or control of the company in the loss year or the income year. Subdivision 175-A is about the Commissioner preventing a company from getting certain tax benefits through its unused tax losses.
Note 2:
Division 707 affects the operation of Subdivision 165-A if the loss company incurred the tax loss because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A .
SECTION 170-40 The income company 170-40(1)
The *income company must be an Australian resident and not a *prescribed dual resident.
170-40(2)
It must not be prevented by Division 165 or 175 from deducting the transferred amount in the *deduction year. Those Divisions do not apply to the *income company if the *loss year and the *deduction year are the same.
Note 1:
Division 165 deals with the income tax consequences of changing ownership or control of a company. Division 175 deals with using a company's tax losses to avoid income tax.
Note 2:
The condition in subsection (2) may not apply in some cases. See section 170-42 .
SECTION 170-42 If the income company has become the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group 170-42(1)
The condition in subsection (2) of this section applies to the *income company instead of the condition in subsection 170-40(2) if the conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) are met in relation to the *loss company and the income company apart from section 170-33 and either:
(a) both these circumstances exist:
(i) after the start of the *loss year but before the relevant time described in subsection 170-30(4) , the income company became the *head company of a *consolidated group or of a *MEC group that came into existence after the start of the loss year;
(ii) the loss year and *deduction year are not the same; or
(b) all these circumstances exist:
(i) the income company is, at the relevant time described in subsection 170-30(4) , the head company of a MEC group;
(ii) before that time but after the end of the loss year, the MEC group was involved in an application event described in section 719-300 (but not covered by subsection 719-300(4) or (5));
(iii) the income company would be taken under section 719-305 to have transferred losses to itself under Subdivision 707-A , assuming it had made losses while head company of the group or of a consolidated group involved in the event;
(iv) the MEC group or consolidated group came into existence before the start of the *loss year.
Note:
An application event involves either expanding an existing MEC group by including extra eligible tier-1 companies of the top company for the group or creating a MEC group because more companies become eligible tier-1 companies of the top company of which the head company of a consolidated group is an eligible tier-1 company.
170-42(2)
The *income company must have been able to deduct the *tax loss in the *deduction year assuming that it had incurred the tax loss for the *loss year.
170-42(3)
The condition in subsection (4) of this section applies to the *income company instead of the condition in subsection 170-40(2) if the conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) are met in relation to the *loss company and the income company because of section 170-33 .
170-42(4)
The *income company must have been able to deduct the *tax loss in the *deduction year assuming that it had incurred the tax loss, for the income year in which the loss would have been transferred to it as described in paragraph 170-33(2)(c) , because of one or more transfers under Subdivision 707-A described in that paragraph.
SECTION 170-45 Maximum amount that can be transferred
Loss company can only transfer what it cannot use itself
170-45(1)
The amount transferred cannot exceed what would be the amount of the * loss company ' s * unutilised * tax loss at the end of the * deduction year if the loss company utilised the tax loss to the greatest extent possible.
Transferred loss must not exceed what the income company can use
170-45(2)
The amount transferred also cannot exceed the amount worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Add together the *income company ' s assessable income and *net exempt income (if any) for the *deduction year.
Step 2.
Subtract the *income company ' s deductions for the *deduction year, except deductions for amounts of *tax losses transferred to the income company (by the *loss company or any other company).
Step 3.
Subtract the *income company ' s deductions for the *deduction year for amounts of *tax losses transferred to the income company (by the *loss company or any other company) by agreements made before the agreement by which the first amount is transferred.
Example:
In the deduction year:
• the income company has assessable income of $60,000, net exempt income of $10,000 and deductions of $25,000 (apart from the transferred loss); and • another company, being a member of the same wholly-owned group as the income company, transferred a tax loss of $15,000 to the income company; and • the loss company incurred a tax loss of $50,000. Of the $50,000 loss, the loss company can transfer no more than $30,000 ($60,000 + $10,000 − $25,000 − $15,000) to the income company.
170-45(3)
Subsection (2) does not apply if the *tax loss is a *film loss. In that case, the amount transferred also cannot exceed the amount worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Add together the *income company ' s *net assessable film income and *net exempt film income (if any) for the *deduction year.
Step 2.
Subtract the *income company ' s deductions for the *deduction year for amounts of *film losses transferred to the income company (by the *loss company or any other company) by agreements made before the agreement by which the first amount is transferred.
170-45(4)
Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply if the transfer occurs because either or both of the conditions in subsections 170-42(2) and (4) are met. In that case, the amount transferred also cannot exceed the amount worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Identify each *bundle of losses that, on the assumption insubsection 170-42(2) or (4) (as appropriate), would have included the *tax loss or *film loss (as appropriate).
Note 1:
There will be 2 or more bundles of losses identified if both of the conditions in subsections 170-42(2) and (4) are met.
Note 2:
There will be more than 1 bundle of losses identified on the basis of the assumption in paragraph 170-42(4) if the conditions in subsections 170-30(1) and (2) are met in relation to the loss company and the income company because of multiple applications of section 170-33 each involving a different first link company.
Step 2.
For each *bundle identified, work out how much of the *tax loss or *film loss (as appropriate) the *income company would have been able to deduct in the *deduction year assuming that:
Note 1:
If the assumption in subsection 170-42(2) is relevant to the bundle, it would have included losses incurred by the income company and transferred (or taken to be transferred) to the company (from itself) under Subdivision 707-A .
Note 2:
If the assumption in paragraph 170-42(4) is relevant to the bundle, it would have included losses actually incurred by the first link company and transferred (by one or more transfers under Subdivision 707-A ) to the income company.
Step 3.
Total every result of step 2 for the *tax loss or *film loss (as appropriate).
SECTION 170-50 Transfer by written agreement 170-50(1)
The transfer must be made by a written agreement between the *loss company and the *income company.
170-50(2)
The agreement must:
(a) specify the income year of the transfer (which may be earlier than the income year in which the agreement is made); and
(b) specify the amount of the *tax loss being transferred; and
(c) be signed by the public officer of each company; and
(d) be made on or before the day of lodgement of the *income company's *income tax return for the *deduction year, or within such further time as the Commissioner allows.
Note:
The agreement will usually be made in the next income year after the one for which the income company will deduct the loss.
SECTION 170-55 Losses must be transferred in order they are incurred 170-55(1)
If the *loss company has 2 or more *tax losses (other than *film losses) that it can transfer in the *deduction year, it can transfer them only in the order in which it incurred them.
170-55(2)
If the *loss company has 2 or more *film losses that it can transfer in the *deduction year, it can transfer them only in the order in which it incurred them.
170-55(3)
If:
(a) the *loss company has 2 or more *tax losses, or 2 or more *film losses, it can transfer for the *deduction year; and
(b) it incurred at least one of those losses apart from Subdivision 707-A and at least one of those losses because of a transfer under that Subdivision;
it can transfer under this Subdivision the losses it incurred because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A only after transferring under this Subdivision the losses it incurred apart from that Subdivision.
170-55(4)
For the purposes of subsection (3), treat a loss incurred by the company both apart from that Subdivision and because of a transfer under that Subdivision as a loss incurred because of a transfer under that Subdivision.
170-55(5)
Subsections (1) and (2) have effect subject to subsection (3).
SECTION 170-60 170-60 Income company cannot transfer transferred tax loss
The *income company cannot transfer an amount of a *tax loss transferred to it, or any part of the amount. Effect of agreement to transfer more than can be transferred
SECTION 170-65 Agreement transfers as much as can be transferred 170-65(1)
If the amount specified in an agreement exceeds the maximum amount that the *loss company can transfer to the *income company in the *deduction year, only that maximum amount is taken to have been transferred.
170-65(2)
One reason why an agreement might specify more than can be transferred is that an assessment has been amended since the agreement.
SECTION 170-70 170-70 Amendment of assessments
The Commissioner may amend an assessment to disallow a deduction for a transferred amount of a *tax loss:
(a) if the agreement to transfer the tax loss is ineffective because the *loss company did not actually incur the loss; or
(b) to the extent that section 170-65 reduces the transferred amount of a tax loss because the loss company did not actually incur some of it.
The Commissioner may do so despite section 170 (Amendment of assessments) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Australian permanent establishments of foreign financial entitiesSECTION 170-75 Treatment like Australian branches of foreign banks 170-75(1)
The object of this section is to let *tax losses be transferred under this Subdivision to and from *Australian permanent establishments of *foreign entities that are *financial entities in the same way as tax losses can be transferred to and from Australian branches of *foreign banks.
170-75(2)
This Subdivision (except this section) applies to an *Australian permanent establishment of a *foreign entity that is a *financial entity in the same way as this Subdivision applies to an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank.
Subdivision 170-B - Transfer of net capital losses within certain wholly-owned groups of companies
A company can transfer a surplus amount of its net capital loss to another company so that the other company can apply the amount in working out its net capital gain for the income year of the transfer. One of the companies must be an Australian branch of a foreign bank, and both companies must be members of the same wholly-owned group.
A company can transfer a net capital loss (except a net capital loss from collectables) to another company so that the other company can apply it in working out its net capital gain for the income year of the transfer.
170-105(2)
Both companies must be members of the same wholly-owned group. There are other eligibility requirements that they must also satisfy.
170-105(2A)
One of the companies must be an Australian branch of a foreign bank. The other company must be:
(a) the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group; or
(b) not a member of a consolidatable group.
Note:
This Subdivision applies to Australian permanent establishments of foreign entities that are financial entities in the same way as it applies to Australian branches of foreign banks. See section 170-174 .
170-105(3)
The transferred loss must be " surplus " in the sense that, for the income year of the transfer, the transferring company does not have enough capital gains against which to apply it. The other company must have enough capital gains against which to apply it.
170-105(4)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
170-105(5)
Neither company must be prevented by Subdivision 165-CA or 175-CA from applying the loss in working out its net capital gain for the income year of the transfer.
Note:
Subdivision 165-CA deals with the consequences of changing ownership or control of a company. Subdivision 175-CA deals with using a company ' s net capital losses to avoid income tax.
170-105(6)
The net capital loss is transferred by an agreement between the 2 companies.
170-105(7)
The net capital loss can be transferred in the same year as it is made. In that case different rules apply.
170-105(8)
The provisions of Subdivision 170-C (so far as they relate to the transfer of net capital losses) are to be disregarded in applying the provisions of this Subdivision where the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-150 was made before 22 February 1999.
Effect of transferring a net capital loss
SECTION 170-110 When a company can transfer a net capital loss 170-110(1)
A company (the loss company ) can transfer an amount of its *net capital loss for an income year (the capital loss year ) to another company (the gain company ) if the conditions in this Subdivision are met.
170-110(2)
The amount transferred can be the whole or part of the *net capital loss.
Note:
A PDF cannot transfer a net capital loss, except one for a period before it became a PDF: see section 195-30 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 .
SECTION 170-115 Who can apply transferred loss 170-115(1)
If an amount of a *net capital loss is transferred, the gain company can apply the amount in working out its *net capital gain, but only for the income year of the gain company for which the amount is transferred. That income year is called the application year .
Note:
A company ' s net capital gain or net capital loss for an income year is usually worked out under section 102-5 or 102-10 .
170-115(2)
The loss company can no longer * utilise the transferred amount and is taken not to have made the *net capital loss to the extent of that amount.
170-115(3)
Despite subsection (1), if the *net capital loss is transferred because the conditions in section 170-132 are met, the gain company is taken to have made the net capital loss for the income year for which the first prior transferor mentioned in that section made the net capital loss.
170-115(4)
Despite subsection (1), if the *net capital loss is transferred because the condition in subsection 170-142(4) is met, the gain company is taken to have made the net capital loss for the income year for which that subsection assumes the gain company made the net capital loss.
SECTION 170-120 Gain company is taken to have made transferred loss 170-120(1)
If an amount of a *net capital loss is transferred, the amount is taken to be a *net capital loss of the gain company for the capital loss year.
170-120(2)
However, if the capital loss year is the same as the application year, the amount is taken to be a *capital loss of the gain company for the application year.
SECTION 170-125 Tax treatment of consideration for transferred tax loss 170-125(1)
If the loss company receives consideration from the gain company for the transferred amount:
(a) the consideration is neither assessable income nor *exempt income of the loss company; and
(b) the loss company does not make a *capital gain because of receiving the consideration.
Note:
However, the consideration may affect how section 170-220 modifies the cost base of direct and indirect interests in the loss company.
170-125(2)
If the gain company gives consideration to the loss company for the transferred amount:
(a) the gain company cannot deduct the consideration; and
(b) the gain company does not make a *capital loss because of giving the consideration.
Note:
However, the consideration may affect how section 170-225 modifies the cost base of direct and indirect interests in the gain company.
[ CCH Note: Act No 114 of 2000, s 3 and Sch 4 item 63, requires that ``170-175'' be substituted with ``170-180'' in the Note, despite the earlier substitution of ``170-225'' for ``170-175'' by Act No 169 of 1999.]
Conditions for transfer
SECTION 170-130 Companies must be in existence and members of the same wholly-owned group etc. 170-130(1)
Both companies must be in existence during at least part of each of the following income years:
(a) the capital loss year; and
(b) the application year; and
(c) any intervening income year.
Note:
In some cases, this condition may not apply, or may be taken to be met even if it is not actually met. See sections 170-132 and 170-133 .
170-130(2)
Also, both companies must be members of the same *wholly-owned group at all times during those income years when both companies were in existence.
Note:
In some cases, this condition may not apply, or may be taken to be met even if it is not actually met. See sections 170-132 and 170-133 .
170-130(3)
One of the companies must be an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank.
Note:
The Australian branch can be taken to be a separate entity from the foreign bank for this Subdivision. See Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
170-130(4)
The other company must be covered by an item of this table.
The other company | ||
Item | The other company must: | At this time: |
1 | Be the *head company of a *consolidated group | The end of the application year or, if the company ceases to be in existence during the application year, just before the cessation |
2 | Be the *head company of a *MEC group | The end of the application year or, if the group ceases to exist during the application year because the company ceases to be in existence, just before the cessation |
3 | Not be a *member of a *consolidatable group | The end of the application year or, if the company ceases to be in existence during the application year, just before the cessation |
SECTION 170-132 Net capital loss made by the loss company because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A
When the conditions in this section apply
170-132(1)
The conditions in this section apply instead of the conditions in subsections 170-130(1) and (2) if:
(a) the gain company is an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank; and
(b) the *loss company made the *net capital loss because of one or more transfers of the net capital loss under Subdivision 707-A .
Conditions
170-132(2)
Each transferor ( prior transferor ) of the *net capital loss under Subdivision 707-A must have been a company.
170-132(3)
It must have been possible to meet the conditions in subsections 170-130(1) and (2) in relation to the *loss company and the gain company assuming:
(a) the capital loss year were so much of the income year in which the *net capital loss was transferred to the loss company under Subdivision 707-A as occurred after the transfer; and
(b) so much (if any) of the application year as occurred before the transfer were disregarded.
170-132(4)
The gain company and each prior transferor must both be in existence during at least part of each of these periods:
(a) the period consisting of:
(i) if the prior transferor made the *net capital loss apart from Subdivision 707-A - the capital loss year; or
(ii) if the prior transferor made the net capital loss because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A (other than a transfer from the prior transferor to itself) - so much of the income year in which the transfer occurred as was after the transfer (but before any later transfer of the loss from the prior transferor under that Subdivision);
(b) so much of the income year during which the net capital loss was transferred under Subdivision 707-A from the prior transferor to another company as occurs before the transfer (but after the start of the period described in paragraph (a));
(c) any intervening income year.
170-132(5)
The gain company must be a member of the same *wholly-owned group as each prior transferor during the whole or part of the periods described in subsection (4) for the prior transferor when both were in existence.
The conditions in subsections 170-130(1) and (2) are taken to be met in relation to the *loss company and the gain company if:
(a) the loss company is an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank; and
(b) the gain company is covered by item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection 170-130(4) (because the company is the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group at the time described in that item); and
(c) the relevant circumstances in this section exist.
Circumstances
170-133(2)
One circumstance is that there is another company (the first link company ) in relation to which all these conditions are met:
(a) the first link company became a *subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or *MEC group after the start of the capital loss year but before the time described in the item of the table in subsection 170-130(4) that covers the gain company;
(b) the *net capital loss could have been transferred from the *loss company to the first link company under this Subdivision (apart from subsection 170-130(4) and this section) for an application year consisting of the *trial year for the first link company becoming a subsidiary member of that group had:
(i) the first link company continued to be in existence as a separate entity (rather than being part of the head company of that group) when it was a subsidiary member of that group; and
(ii) the trial year not started before the start of the capital loss year; and
(iii) the first link company had enough *capital gains for the trial year;
(c) the net capital loss would have been made by the gain company because of one or more transfers under Subdivision 707-A assuming the net capital loss had been made by the first link company (apart from that Subdivision) for the capital loss year.
170-133(3)
If the condition in paragraph (2)(c) could be met only if there had been a transfer described in that paragraph involving a company other than the first link company and the gain company, another circumstance is that the other company and the *loss company were in existence and members of the same *wholly-owned group for the period:
(a) starting when the *net capital loss would have been transferred under Subdivision 707-A to the other company as described in that paragraph; and
(b) ending when the net capital loss would have been transferred under Subdivision 707-A from the other company as described in that paragraph.
170-133(4)
It does not matter whether or not any of the transfers mentioned in subsection (3) would have involved the first link company or the gain company as well as the other company.
170-133(5)
Another circumstance is that the conditions in subsection 170-130(1) and (2) would have been met for the *loss company and the gain company assuming:
(a) the capital loss year consisted of the part of the income year in which the *net capital loss would have been transferred to the gain company under Subdivision 707-A as described in paragraph (2)(c) occurring after the time the transfer would have occurred; and
(b) so much (if any) of the application year as occurred before the time the transfer would have occurred were disregarded.
The loss company:
(a) must be an Australian resident (but not a *prescribed dual resident) throughout the capital loss year; and
(b) must not be a *dual resident investment company in either the capital loss year or the application year.
170-135(2)
It must be the case that the loss company was not required to calculate the *net capital loss:
(a) under section 165-114 (because of a change in ownership or control); or
(b) under section 175-75 (because of an injected capital gain or loss).
170-135(3)
Also, it must be the case that neither Subdivision 165-CA nor Subdivision 175-CA would have prevented the loss company from applying the *net capital loss in working out its *net capital gain for the application year if it had made enough *capital gains in that year.
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-CA deals with the consequences of changing ownership or control of a company. Subdivision 175-CA deals with using a company ' s net capital losses to avoid income tax.
Note 2:
Division 707 affects the operation of Subdivision 165-CA if the loss company made the net capital loss because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A .
Note 3:
A company ' s net capital gain or net capital loss for an income year is usually worked out under section 102-5 or 102-10 .
SECTION 170-140 The gain company 170-140(1)
The gain company must be an Australian resident throughout the application year.
170-140(2)
If the capital loss year and the application year are not the same, the gain company must not be prevented by Subdivision 165-CA or 175-CA from applying the transferred amount in working out its *net capital gain for the application year.
Note 1:
Subdivision 165-CA deals with the consequences of changing ownership or control of a company. Subdivision 175-CA deals with using a company ' s net capital losses to avoid income tax.
Note 2:
A company ' s net capital gain or net capital loss for an income year is usually worked out under section 102-5 or 102-10 .
Note 3:
The condition in subsection (2) may not apply in some cases. See section 170-142 .
170-140(3)
If the capital loss year and the application year are the same, it must be the case that the gain company was not required to calculate its own *net capital gain or *net capital loss for the application year:
(a) under Subdivision 165-CB (because of a change in ownership or control); or
(b) under section 175-75 (because of an injected capital gain or loss).
Note:
In deciding whether paragraph (b) applies, remember that the transferred amount is taken to be a capital loss of the gain company for the application year (because of subsection 170-120(2) ).
SECTION 170-142 If the gain company has become the head company of a consolidated group or MEC group 170-142(1)
The condition in subsection (2) of this section applies to the gain company instead of the condition in subsection 170-140(2) if the conditions in subsections 170-130(1) and (2) are met in relation to the *loss company and the gain company apart from section 170-133 and either:
(a) both these circumstances exist:
(i) after the start of the capital loss year but before the relevant time described in subsection 170-130(4) , the gain company became the *head company of a *consolidated group or of a *MEC group that came into existence after the start of the capital loss year;
(ii) the capital loss year and application year are not the same; or
(b) all these circumstances exist:
(i) the gain company is, at the relevant time described in subsection 170-130(4) , the head company of a MEC group;
(ii) before that time but after the end of the capital loss year, the MEC group was involved in an application event described in section 719-300 (but not covered by subsection 719-300(4) or (5));
(iii) the gain company would be taken under section 719-305 to have transferred losses to itself under Subdivision 707-A , assuming it had made losses while head company of the group or of a consolidated group involved in the event;
(iv) the MEC group or consolidated group came into existence before the start of the capital loss year.
Note:
An application event involves either expanding an existing MEC group by including extra eligible tier-1 companies of the top company for the group or creating a MEC group because more companies become eligible tier-1 companies of the top company of which the head company of a consolidated group is an eligible tier-1 company.
170-142(2)
The gain company must have been able to apply the *net capital loss in working out its *net capital gain for the application year assuming that it had made the net capital loss for the capital loss year.
170-142(3)
The condition in subsection (4) of this section applies to the gain company instead of the condition in subsection 170-140(2) if the conditions in subsections 170-130(1) and (2) are met in relation to the *loss company and the gain company because of section 170-133 .
170-142(4)
The gain company must have been able to apply the *net capital loss in working out its *net capital gain for the application year assuming that it had made the net capital loss, for the income year in which the loss would have been transferred to it as described in paragraph 170-133(2)(c) , because of one or more transfers under Subdivision 707-A described in that paragraph.
SECTION 170-145 Maximum amount that can be transferred
Loss company can only transfer what it cannot use itself
170-145(1)
The amount transferred cannot exceed what would be the amount of the * loss company ' s * unutilised * net capital loss at the end of the application year if the loss company utilised the net capital loss to the greatest extent possible.
Note:
If the capital loss year and the application year are the same, the whole of the net capital loss would be unutilised, because section 102-5 does not allow a net capital loss to be applied in the income year in which it was made.
Example:
In the application year the loss company has:
• a net capital loss from an earlier income year of $25,000; and • other capital losses totalling $10,000; and • capital gains totalling $20,000; Of the $25,000 loss, the loss company can transfer to the gain company no more than:
$25,000 − ($20,000 − $10,000) = $15,000
170-145(2)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
170-145(3)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
170-145(4)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
Transferred loss must not exceed what the gain company can use
No amount can be transferred if, apart from the operation of this section, the gain company would not have a *net capital gain for the application year.
170-145(6)
The amount transferred also cannot exceed the amount worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out what, apart from the operation of this section, would have been the gain company ' s *net capital gain for the application year.
Step 2.
Subtract each amount that:
Example:
In the application year:
• the gain company has capital gains totalling $60,000 and capital losses totalling $25,000; and • another company, being a member of the same wholly-owned group as the gain company, transferred a net capital loss of $15,000 to the gain company; and • the loss company incurred a net capital loss of $50,000. Of the $50,000 loss, the loss company can transfer to the gain company no more than:
$60,000 − $25,000 − $15,000 = $20,000
170-145(7)
Subsection (6) does not apply if the transfer occurs because either or both of the conditions in subsections 170-142(2) and (4) are met. In that case, the amount transferred also cannot exceed the amount worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Identify each *bundle of losses that, on the assumption in subsection 170-142(2) or (4) (as appropriate), would have included the *net capital loss.
Note 1:
There will be 2 or more bundles of losses identified if both of the conditions in subsections 170-142(2) and (4) are met.
Note 2:
There will be more than 1 bundle of losses identified on the basis of the assumption in paragraph 170-142(4) if the conditions in subsections 170-130(1) and (2) are met in relation to the loss company and the gain company because of multiple applications of section 170-133 each involving a different first link company.
Step 2.
For each *bundle identified, work out how much of the *net capital loss the gain company would have been able to apply in working out its *net capital gain for the application year assuming that:
Note 1:
If the assumption in subsection 170-142(2) is relevant to the bundle, it would have included losses made by the gain company and transferred (or taken to be transferred) to the company (from itself) under Subdivision 707-A .
Note 2:
If the assumption in paragraph 170-142(4) is relevant to the bundle, it would have included losses actually made by the first link company and transferred (by one or more transfers under Subdivision 707-A ) to the gain company.
Step 3.
Total every result of step 2 for the *net capital loss.
SECTION 170-150 Transfer by written agreement 170-150(1)
The transfer must be made by a written agreement between the loss company and the gain company.
170-150(2)
The agreement must:
(a) specify the income year of the transfer (which may be earlier than the income year in which the agreement is made); and
(b) specify the amount of the *net capital loss being transferred; and
(c) be signed by the public officer of each company; and
(d) be made on or before the day of lodgment of the gain company ' s *income tax return for the application year, or within such further time as the Commissioner allows.
Note:
The agreement will usually be made in the next income year after the one for which the gain company will apply the loss.
SECTION 170-155 Losses must be transferred in order they are made 170-155(1)
If the loss company has 2 or more *net capital losses that it can transfer in the application year, it can transfer them only in the order in which it made them.
170-155(2)
If:
(a) the *loss company has 2 or more *net capital losses it can transfer for the application year; and
(b) it made at least one of those losses apart from Subdivision 707-A and at least one of those losses because of a transfer under that Subdivision;
it can transfer under this Subdivision the losses it made because of a transfer under Subdivision 707-A only after transferring under this Subdivision the losses it made apart from that Subdivision.
170-155(3)
For the purposes of subsection (2), treat a loss made by the company both apart from Subdivision 707-A and because of a transfer under that Subdivision as a loss made because of a transfer under that Subdivision.
170-155(4)
Subsection (1) has effect subject to subsection (2).
SECTION 170-160 170-160 Gain company cannot transfer transferred net capital loss
The gain company cannot transfer an amount of a *net capital loss transferred to it, or any part of the amount.
SECTION 170-165 Agreement transfers as much as can be transferred 170-165(1)
If the amount specified in an agreement exceeds the maximum amount that the loss company can transfer to the gain company in the application year, only that maximum amount is taken to have been transferred.
170-165(2)
One reason why an agreement might specify more than can be transferred is that an assessment has been amended since the agreement.
SECTION 170-170 170-170 Amendment of assessments
The Commissioner may amend an assessment to *disallow a transferred amount of a *net capital loss:
(a) if the agreement to transfer the net capital loss is ineffective because the loss company did not actually make the loss; or
(b) to the extent that section 170-165 reduces the transferred amount because the loss company did not actually make some of it.
The Commissioner may do so despite section 170 (Amendment of assessments) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Note:
This Subdivision is disregarded in calculating the attributable income of a CFC: see section 410 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
SECTION 170-174 Treatment like Australian branches of foreign banks 170-174(1)
The object of this section is to let *net capital losses be transferred under this Subdivision to and from *Australian permanent establishments of *foreign entities that are *financial entities in the same way as net capital losses can be transferred to and from Australian branches of *foreign banks.
170-174(2)
This Subdivision (except this section) applies to an *Australian permanent establishment of a *foreign entity that is a *financial entity in the same way as this Subdivision applies to an Australian branch (as defined in Part IIIB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of a *foreign bank.
170-175 (Repealed) SECTION 170-175 Direct and indirect interests in the loss company
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
(Repealed by No 169 of 1999)
If a tax loss or a net capital loss is transferred between companies in the same wholly-owned group, this Subdivision provides for adjustments to:
SECTION 170-205 Object of Subdivision
Interests in the loss company
170-205(1)
The main object of this Subdivision is to ensure that, if an amount of a *tax loss or *net capital loss is transferred by a company to another company in the same *wholly-owned group, the loss transferred is not duplicated by a member of the group.
170-205(2)
Duplication could occur by the making of a *capital loss, or the reduction of a *capital gain, from a *CGT event that happens in relation to an equity interest held (directly or indirectly) in the loss company or by the making of a capital loss in relation to a debt interest held (directly or indirectly) in the loss company.
Interests in the income company or gain company
170-205(3)
This Subdivision may also require an adjustment to the cost base and reduced cost base of an equity or debt interest held (directly or indirectly) by a group company in the income company or gain company.
170-205(4)
This adjustment is to reflect an increase in the *market value of the interest because of the transfer of the loss if the increase is still reflected in the market value of the interest when a *CGT event happens in relation to the interest.
If:
(a) an amount of a *tax loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-A applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in the loss company or is owed a debt by the loss company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) throughout the deduction year, the group company is a member of the same *wholly-owned group as the loss company (disregarding a period when either was not in existence); and
(f) a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt on or after the commencement of this section; and
(g) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-50 is made on or after that commencement;
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or the reduced cost base of the debt is reduced in accordance with subsection (3).
170-210(2)
If:
(a) an amount of a *tax loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-A applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in another company or is owed a debt by another company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) the money that the group company paid for the share, or the borrowed money, has been applied (directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities):
(i) in the other company or a third company acquiring shares in the loss company; or
(ii) in a *borrowing by the loss company from the other company or from a third company; and
(f) throughout the deduction year, the group company, the other company and the third company (if any) are all members of the same *wholly-owned group as the loss company (disregarding, for a particular company, a period when it was not in existence); and
(g) a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt on or after the commencement of this section; and
(h) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-50 is made on or after that commencement;
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or the reduced cost base of the debt is reduced in accordance with subsection (3).
170-210(3)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or the reduced cost base of the debt is reduced by an amount that is appropriate having regard to:
(aa) the main object of this Subdivision and other matters mentioned in subsections 170-205(1) and (2); and
(a) the group company ' s direct or indirect interest in the loss company; and
(ba) any reduction in the reduced cost base made under Subdivision 165-CD ; and
(b) the amount of the loss transferred; and
(c) the extent to which the loss reduced the *market value of the share or debt; and
(d) any consideration received by the loss company for the loss transferred; and
(e) whether, because of a dividend or dividends paid by the loss company, the consideration is no longer reflected (wholly or partly) in the market value of the share or debt when a *CGT event happens in relation to it.
170-210(3A)
To avoid doubt in applying paragraph (3)(c) in relation to a *share or debt, if factors other than the loss altered the *market value of the share or debt, the extent to which the loss reduced that market value is taken to be the extent to which that market value would have been reduced apart from those other factors.
Note:
An example of a factor other than the loss is the unrealised value of assets (including assets in respect of which there is an unrealised gain) of the loss company, whether or not generated by outlays or economic losses reflected in the loss for income tax purposes.
170-210(3B)
This section applies to a *tax loss only to the extent that the loss represents an outlay or loss of any of the economic resources of the *loss company.
Note:
Where the income tax law allows, as all or part of a loss, an amount for the decline in value of a depreciating asset that exceeds the actual economic depreciation or depletion of the asset concerned, the excess is not to be regarded for the purposes of this subsection as representing an outlay or loss of economic resources of the company.
170-210(4)
Any reduction is to be made immediately before a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt and is to have effect from that time or the end of the deduction year, whichever is the earlier.
Note 1:
For deduction year see subsection 170-20(1) .
Note 2:
Subsection (4) is relevant for indexing elements of a cost base (see sections 114-1 and 114-15 ).
SECTION 170-215 Transfer of tax loss: direct and indirect interests in the income company 170-215(1)
If:
(a) an amount of a *tax loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-A applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in the income company or is owed a debt by the income company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) throughout the deduction year, the group company is a member of the same *wholly-owned group as the income company (disregarding a period when either was not in existence); and
(f) a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt on or after the commencement of this section; and
(g) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-50 is made on or after that commencement; and
(h) there are shares in, or debts owed by, the *loss company the *reduced cost base of at least one of which has been reduced by subsection 170-210(1) or (2);
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or debt are increased in accordance with subsection (3).
170-215(2)
If:
(a) an amount of a *tax loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-A applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in another company or is owed a debt by another company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) the money that the group company paid for the share, or the borrowed money, has been applied (directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities):
(i) in the other company or a third company acquiring shares in the income company; or
(ii) in a *borrowing by the income company from the other company or from a third company; and
(f) throughout the deduction year, the group company, the other company and the third company (if any) are all members of the same *wholly-owned group as the income company (disregarding, for a particular company, a period when it was not in existence); and
(g) a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt on or after the commencement of this section; and
(h) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-50 is made on or after that commencement; and
(i) there are shares in, or debts owed by, the *loss company the *reduced cost base of at least one of which has been reduced by subsection 170-210(1) or (2);
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or debt are increased in accordance with subsection (3).
170-215(3)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base are increased by an amount that is appropriate having regard to:
(aa) the matters mentioned in subsections 170-205(3) and (4); and
(ab) the amounts of any reductions to the cost base and reduced cost base of *shares, and to the reduced cost base of debts, under subsection 170-210(3) ; and
(a) the group company ' s direct or indirect interest in the income company; and
(b) the amount of the loss transferred; and
(c) any consideration given by the income company for the loss transferred.
Note:
This is because the consideration may be less than the commercial value of the loss transferred.
170-215(4)
However, the increase cannot exceed the increase in the *market value of the *share or debt that results from the transfer of the loss. (If no increase in that market value results, for example because the consideration paid for the transfer of the loss equals the commercial value of the loss transferred, then there is no increase in the *cost base and *reduced cost base.)
170-215(4A)
No increase is to be made to the extent that the *tax loss transferred does not represent an outlay or loss of any of the economic resources of the company that transferred the tax loss.
Note:
Where the income tax law allows, as all or part of a loss, an amount for the decline in value of a depreciating asset that exceeds the actual economic depreciation or depletion of the asset concerned, the excess is not to be regarded for the purposes of this subsection as representing an outlay or loss of economic resources of the company.
170-215(5)
Any increase is to be made immediately before a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt and is to have effect from that time or the end of the deduction year, whichever is the earlier.
Note:
This subsection is relevant for indexing elements of a cost base (see sections 114-1 and 114-15 ).
170-215(6)
No increase is to be made to the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a share or debt to the extent to which, because of a dividend or dividends paid by the income company, the increase in the *market value of the share or debt that resulted from the transfer of the loss is no longer in existence at the time when a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt.
Note:
For deduction year see subsection 170-20(1) .
SECTION 170-220 Transfer of net capital loss: direct and indirect interests in the loss company 170-220(1)
If:
(a) an amount of a *net capital loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-B applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in the loss company or is owed a debt by the loss company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) throughout the application year, the group company is a member of the same *wholly-owned group as the loss company (disregarding a period when either was not in existence); and
(f) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-150 is made on or after the commencement of this section;
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or the reduced cost base of the debt is reduced in accordance with subsection (3).
170-220(2)
If:
(a) an amount of a *net capital loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-B applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in another company or is owed a debt by another company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) the money that the group company paid for the share, or the borrowed money, has been applied (directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities):
(i) in the other company or a third companyacquiring shares in the loss company; or
(ii) in a *borrowing by the loss company from the other company or from a third company; and
(f) throughout the application year, the group company, the other company and the third company (if any) are all members of the same *wholly-owned group as the loss company (disregarding, for a particular company, a period when it was not in existence); and
(g) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-150 is made on or after the commencement of this section;
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or the reduced cost base of the debt is reduced in accordance with subsection (3).
170-220(3)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or the reduced cost base of the debt is reduced by an amount that is appropriate having regard to:
(aa) the main object of this Subdivision and other matters mentioned in subsections 170-205(1) and (2); and
(a) the group company ' s direct or indirect interest in the loss company; and
(ba) any reduction in the reduced cost base made under Subdivision 165-CD ; and
(b) the amount of the loss transferred; and
(c) the extent to which the loss reduced the *market value of the share or debt; and
(d) any consideration received by the loss company for the loss transferred; and
(e) whether, because of a dividend or dividends paid by the loss company, the consideration is no longer reflected (wholly or partly) in the market value of the share or debt when a *CGT event happens in relation to it.
170-220(3A)
To avoid doubt in applying paragraph (3)(c) in relation to a *share or debt, if factors other than the loss altered the *market value of the share or debt, the extent to which the loss reduced that market value is taken to be the extent to which that market value would have been reduced apart from those other factors.
Note:
An example of a factor other than the loss is the unrealised value of assets (including assets in respect of which there is an unrealised gain) of the loss company, whether or not generated by outlays or economic losses reflected in the loss for income tax purposes.
170-220(3B)
This section applies to a *net capital loss only to the extent that the loss represents an outlay or loss of any of the economic resources of the *loss company.
Note:
Where the income tax law allows, as all or part of a loss, an amount for the decline in value of a depreciating asset that exceeds the actual economic depreciation or depletion of the asset concerned, the excess is not to be regarded for the purposes of this subsection as representing an outlay or loss of economic resources of the company.
170-220(4)
Any reduction is to be made immediately before a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt and is to have effect from that time or the end of the application year, whichever is the earlier.
Note 1:
Subsection (4) is relevant for indexing elements of a cost base (see sections 114-1 and 114-15 ).
Note 2:
Reductions under former subsection 160ZP(13) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 are also relevant: see section 170-220 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Note 3:
For applicable year see subsection 170-115(1) .
SECTION 170-225 Transfer of net capital loss: direct and indirect interests in the gain company 170-225(1)
If:
(a) an amount of a *net capital loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-B applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in the gain company or is owed a debt by the gain company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) throughout the application year, the group company is a member of the same *wholly-owned group as the gain company (disregarding a period when either was not in existence); and
(f) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-150 is made on or after the commencement of this section; and
(g) there are shares in, or debts owed by, the *loss company the *cost base and *reduced cost base of at least one of which have been reduced by subsection 170-220(1) or (2);
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or debt are increased in accordance with subsection (3).
170-225(2)
If:
(a) an amount of a *net capital loss is transferred by a company to another company; and
(b) Subdivision 170-B applies in respect of the transfer; and
(c) a company (the group company ) holds a *share in another company or is owed a debt by another company in respect of a loan; and
(d) the group company *acquired the share or debt on or after 20 September 1985; and
(e) the money that the group company paid for the share, or the borrowed money, has been applied (directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities):
(i) in the other company or a third company acquiring shares in the gain company; or
(ii) in a *borrowing by the gain company from the other company or from a third company; and
(f) throughout the application year, the group company, the other company and the third company (if any) are all members of the same *wholly-owned group as the gain company (disregarding, for a particular company, a period when it was not in existence); and
(g) the relevant agreement referred to in section 170-150 is made on or after the commencement of this section; and
(h) there are shares in, or debts owed by, the *loss company the *cost base and *reduced cost base of at least one of which have been reduced by subsection 170-220(1) or (2);
the *cost base and *reduced cost base of the share or debt are increased in accordance with subsection (3).
170-225(3)
The *cost base and *reduced cost base are increased by an amount that is appropriate having regard to:
(aa) the matters mentioned in subsections 170-205(3) and (4); and
(ab) the amounts of any reductions to the cost base and reduced cost base of *shares, and to the reduced cost base of debts, under subsection 170-220(3) ; and
(a) the group company ' s direct or indirect interest in the gain company; and
(b) the amount of the loss transferred; and
(c) any consideration given by the gain company for the loss transferred.
Note:
This is because the consideration may be less than the commercial value of the loss transferred.
170-225(4)
However, the increase cannot exceed the increase in the *market value of the *share or debt that results from the transfer of the loss. (If no increase in that market value results, for example because the consideration paid for the transfer of the loss equals the commercial value of the loss transferred, then there is no increase in the *cost base and *reduced cost base.)
170-225(4A)
No increase is to be made to the extent that the *net capital loss transferred does not represent an outlay or loss of any of the economic resources of the company that transferred the net capital loss.
Note:
Where the income tax law allows, as all or part of a loss, an amount for the decline in value of a depreciating asset that exceeds the actual economic depreciation or depletion of the asset concerned, the excess is not to be regarded for the purposes of this subsection as representing an outlay or loss of economic resources of the company.
170-225(5)
Any increase is to be made immediately before a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt and is to have effect from that time or the end of the application year, whichever is the earlier.
Note:
This subsection is relevant for indexing elements of a cost base (see sections 114-1 and 114-15 ).
170-225(6)
No increase is to be made to the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a share or debt to the extent to which, because of a dividend or dividends paid by the gain company, the increase in the *market value of the share or debt that resulted from the transfer of the loss is no longer in existence at the time when a *CGT event happens in relation to the share or debt.
Note:
Increases under former subsections 160ZP(14) and (15) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 are also relevant: see section 170-225 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Subdivision 170-D - Transactions by a company that is a member of a linked group
This Subdivision provides that there is a deferral of a *capital loss or deduction if a company (the originating company ) that is a member of a *linked group disposes of a *CGT asset to, or creates a CGT asset in, another entity that:
and the disposal or creation of the asset would have resulted in the originating company making a capital loss or becoming entitled to a deduction.
SECTION 170-255 Application of Subdivision 170-255(1)
This Subdivision applies if:
(a) an event (the deferral event ) happens involving a company (the originating company ) and another entity; and
(b) one or more of the following apply:
(i) the deferral event is a *CGT event that would have resulted in the originating company making a *capital loss (except a capital loss that would be disregarded under a provision of this Act other than this Subdivision);
(ii) the deferral event would have resulted in the originating company becoming entitled to a deduction in respect of the disposal of a CGT asset or of an interest in a CGT asset;
(iii) if the originating company is a partner in a partnership - the deferral event would have resulted in the partnership becoming entitled to a deduction in respect of the disposal of a CGT asset or of an interest in a CGT asset; and
(c) if subparagraph (b)(i) applies - the CGT event is one of the following:
(i) CGT events A1 and B1 (a disposal case );
(ii) CGT events D1, D2, D3 and F1 (a creation case ); and
Note:
The full list of CGT events is in section 104-5 .
(d) one of the following applies:
(i) the originating company is an Australian resident at the time of the deferral event;
(ii) if the deferral event is a CGT event D1 - the *CGT asset that is the subject of the creation of the contractual or other rights is *taxable Australian property;
(iii) if the deferral event is a CGT event A1, B1 or F1 - the asset or the subject of the lease, as the case may be, was *taxable Australian property immediately before the deferral event;
(iv) if the deferral event is a CGT event D2 - the option was *taxable Australian property immediately after the deferral event;
(v) if subparagraph (b)(ii) or (iii) applies - the originating company is a foreign resident at the time of the deferral event; and
(e) at the time of the deferral event, the originating company is a member of a *linked group and one of the following applies:
(i) the other entity is a company that is not a connected entity of the originating company and is a member of that linked group;
(ii) the other entity is a connected entity of the originating company;
(iii) the other entity is an *associate of such a connected entity.
170-255(2)
Despite subsection (1):
(a) this Subdivision does not apply because of *CGT event B1 if title in the *CGT asset does not pass to the other entity when the agreement ends; and
(b) this Subdivision does not apply if the deferral event involves the *acquisition of a greater than 50% interest in a CGT asset by an entity other than an entity referred to in subparagraph (1)(e)(i), (ii) or (iii).
SECTION 170-260 Linked group 170-260(1)
Companies that are linked to one another are a linked group .
170-260(2)
Two companies are linked to each other if:
(a) one of them has a controlling stake in the other; or
(b) the same entity has a controlling stake in each of them.
170-260(3)
For the purposes of this section, an entity has a controlling stake in a company at a particular time if the entity, or the entity and the entity ' s *associates between them:
(a) are able at that time to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50% of the voting power in the company (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities); or
(b) have at that time the right to receive for their own benefit (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any dividends that the company may pay; or
(c) have at that time the right to receive for their own benefit (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any distribution of capital of the company.
Note:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
170-260(4)
If:
(a) apart from this subsection, an interest that gives an entity and its *associates (if any):
(i) the ability to exercise, or control the exercise of, any of the voting power in a company; or
(ii) the right to receive dividends that a company may pay; or
would, in the application of paragraph (3)(a), (b) or (c), be counted more than once; and
(iii) the right to receive a distribution of capital of a company;
(b) the interest is both direct and indirect;
only the direct interest is to be counted.
SECTION 170-265 Connected entity 170-265(1)
An entity is a connected entity of the originating company at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) the entity is a trustee of a trust and either:
(i) if the trust is a *fixed trust - one or more companies that are members of the *linked group of which the originating company is a member, or one or more of those companies and their *associates, between them have the right to receive for their own benefit (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any distribution to beneficiaries of the trust of income or corpus of the trust; or
(ii) if the trust is not a fixed trust - any company that is a member of the linked group of which the originating company is a member or any associate of such a company benefits or is capable of benefiting under the trust; or
(b) the entity is an individual who has a controlling stake in the company.
170-265(2)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), an individual has a controlling stake in a company at a particular time if the individual, or the individual and his or her *associates between them:
(a) are able at that time to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50% of the voting power in the company (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities); or
(b) have at that time the right to receive for their own benefit (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any dividends that the company may pay; or
(c) have at that time the right to receive for their own benefit (either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities) more than 50% of any distribution of capital of the company.
Note:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
170-265(3)
If:
(a) apart from this subsection, an interest that gives an entity and its *associates (if any):
(i) the ability to exercise, or control the exercise of, any of the voting power in a company; or
(ii) the right to receive dividends that a company may pay; or
would, in the application of paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c), be counted more than once; and
(iii) the right to receive a distribution of capital of a company;
(b) the interest is both direct and indirect;
only the direct interest is to be counted.
SECTION 170-270 Immediate consequences for originating company 170-270(1)
If, apart from this Subdivision:
(a) the originating company would have made a *capital loss (except a capital loss that would be disregarded under a provision of this Act other than this Subdivision) as a result of the deferral event; or
(b) the originating company would have become entitled to a deduction in respect of the deferral event; or
(c) where the originating company is a partner in a partnership - the partnership would have become entitled to a deduction in respect of the deferral event;
the capital loss, the deduction or the partner ' s share of the deduction, as the case may be, is disregarded.
170-270(2)
To avoid doubt, the amount of the *capital loss, deduction, or partnership deduction, referred to in this section is:
(a) the amount remaining after applying Division 723 or section 727-615 ; or
(b) nil, if none of the amount remains after applying that section or Division.
Note:
Division 723 and section 727-615 reduce a loss realised for income tax purposes by a realisation event happening to a non-depreciating asset (in the case of Division 723 ) or an affected interest in a losing entity under an indirect value shift (in the case of section 727-615 ).
SECTION 170-275 Subsequent consequences for originating company 170-275(1)
If, at a time after the deferral event, any one or more of the following events (the new events ) happens:
(a) the *CGT asset *acquired by the other entity referred to in paragraph 170-255(1)(a) (the relevant CGT asset ), or a greater than 50% interest in it, ceases to exist;
(b) the relevant CGT asset, or a greater than 50% interest in it, is acquired by an entity that is none of the following:
(i) a member of the *linked group of which the originating company is a member;
(ii) a connected entity of the originating company;
(iii) an *associate of such a connected entity;
(c) if the relevant CGT asset is acquired by a company that is a member of that linked group - that company ceases to be a member of that linked group;
(d) the originating company ceases to be a member of that linked group;
(e) if the relevant CGT asset is acquired by an entity that is a connected entity of the originating company or is an associate of such a connected entity - that entity ceases to be such a connected entity or ceases to be an associate of such a connected entity, as the case may be;
the originating company is taken, immediately before the time of the happening of the new event or the earliest of the new events, as the case may be, to have made a *capital loss equal to the amount of the capital loss referred to in section 170-270 or to have become entitled to a deduction equal to the deduction, or the share of the deduction, referred to in that section, as the case may be.
170-275(2)
If the *capital loss referred to in section 170-270 would have been made from a *personal use asset or from a *collectable, any corresponding capital loss that the originating company is taken by subsection (1) of this section to have made is taken to have been made from a personal use asset or from a collectable, as the case may be.
SECTION 170-280 What happens if certain events happen in respect of the asset 170-280(1)
This section applies if, as a result of the occurrence of a new event in respect of a *CGT asset, the originating company is taken by subsection 170-275(1) to have made a *capital loss or to be entitled to a deduction and, within 4 years after the occurrence of the new event, one of the following events ( further events ) occurs:
(a) the asset or a greater than 50% interest in it is *acquired by the originating company or by an entity that, at the time of the acquisition, is:
(i) a company that is a member of the *linked group of which the originating company is a member; or
(ii) a connected entity of the originating company; or
(iii) an *associate of such a connected entity;
(b) a company that owns the asset or a greater than 50% interest in it becomes a member of the linked group of which the originating company is a member;
(c) the originating company becomes a member of a linked group another member of which owns the asset or a greater than 50% interest in it;
(d) an entity that owns the asset or a greater than 50% interest in it becomes:
(i) a connected entity of the originating company; or
(ii) an associate of such a connected entity.
170-280(1A)
If the originating company has information from which it would be reasonable to conclude that, if the *CGT asset involved were owned by the originating company immediately after the further event, *majority underlying interests in the asset immediately after the further event would not have been had by *ultimate owners who had majority underlying interests in the asset immediately before the deferral event, the further event is taken not to have occurred.
170-280(2)
The company is taken not to have made the *capital loss or not to have been entitled to the deduction, as the case may be.
170-280(3)
If, at a time after the further event, any one or more of the following events (the realisation events ) happens:
(a) the *CGT asset referred to in subsection (1) (the relevant CGT asset ), or a greater than 50% interest in it, ceases to exist;
(b) the relevant CGT asset, or a greater than 50% interest in it, is *acquired by an entity that is none of the following:
(i) a member of the linked group of which the originating company is a member;
(ii) a connected entity of the originating company;
(iii) an *associate of such a connected entity;
(c) if the relevant CGT asset is acquired by a company that is a member of that linked group - that company ceases to be a member of that linked group;
(d) the originating company ceases to be a member of that linked group;
(e) if the relevant CGT asset is acquired by an entity that is a connected entity of the originating company or is an associate of such a connected entity - that entity ceases to be such a connected entity or ceases to be an associate of such a connected entity, as the case may be;
the originating company is taken, immediately before the time of the happening of the realisation event or the earliest of the realisation events, as the case may be, to have made a *capital loss equal to the amount of the capital loss referred to in subsection (2) or to have become entitled to a deduction equal to the deduction referred to in that subsection, as the case may be.
170-280(4)
If the *capital loss referred to in subsection (2) would have been made from a *personal use asset or from a *collectable, any corresponding capital loss that the originating company is taken by subsection (3) to have made is taken to have been made from a personal use asset or from a collectable, as the case may be.
Division 175 - Use of a company ' s tax losses or deductions to avoid income tax Guide to Division 175 SECTION 175-1 What this Division is about
The Commissioner can reverse the effect of schemes that, in order to avoid tax, bring together in the same company:
This Subdivision sets out cases where the Commissioner may disallow some or all of a *tax loss (or of part of a tax loss) (the excluded loss ) as a deduction in calculating a company ' s taxable income of an income year after the *loss year.
175-5(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot disallow the *excluded loss if the company:
(a) fails to meet a condition in section 165-12 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners) in respect of the *loss year or the income year; but
(b) meets the condition in section 165-13 in respect of the income year by satisfying the *business continuity test under section 165-210 .
SECTION 175-10 First case: income or capital gain injected into company because of available tax loss 175-10(1)
The Commissioner may disallow the *excluded loss if, during the income year, the company *derived assessable income, or a *capital gain accrued to the company, some or all of which (the injected amount ) would not have been derived, or would not have accrued, if the excluded loss had not been available to be taken into account for the purposes of:
175-10(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot disallow the *excluded loss if the *continuing shareholders will benefit from the derivation or accrual of the *injected amount to an extent that the Commissioner thinks fair and reasonable having regard to their respective rights and interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow an excluded loss of an insolvent company.
175-10(3)
The continuing shareholders are:
(a) all of the persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company during the whole (or the relevant part) of the *loss year and during the whole of the income year; and
(b) all of the persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends during the whole (or the relevant part) of the loss year and during the whole of the income year; and
(c) all of the persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions during the whole (or the relevant part) of the loss year and during the whole of the income year.
To find out who they were, apply whichever tests are applied in order to determine whether the company can deduct the *tax loss (or the part of the tax loss) in the first place.
Note 1:
See section 165-12 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners).
Note 2:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
SECTION 175-15 Second case: someone else obtains a tax benefit because of tax loss available to company 175-15(1)
The Commissioner may disallow the *excluded loss if:
(a) a person has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if the excluded loss had not been available to be taken into account for the purposes of:
175-15(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot disallow the *excluded loss if:
(a) the person had a *shareholding interest in the company at some time during the income year; and
(b) the Commissioner considers the tax benefit to be fair and reasonable having regard to that shareholding interest.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow an excluded loss of an insolvent company.
175-15(3)
An expression means the same in this section as in Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Subdivision 175-B - Tax benefits from unused deductions SECTION 175-20 Income or capital gain injected into company because of available deductions 175-20(1)
The Commissioner may disallow deductions of a company (or parts of them) for an income year if:
(a) the company has *derived assessable income, or a *capital gain accrued to the company, some or all of which (the injected amount ) would not have been derived, or would not have accrued, if the company did not have those deductions; and
(b) the income was derived, or the capital gain accrued, in that income year.
The disallowed deductions and parts of deductions may exceed the *injected amount.
Note:
The disallowance may result in a tax loss for the income year. See section 175-35 .
175-20(2)
The Commissioner cannot disallow the deductions or parts of the deductions if the *continuing shareholders will benefit from the derivation of the *injected amount to an extent that the Commissioner thinks fair and reasonable having regard to their respective *shareholding interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow the whole or part of any deductions of an insolvent company.
175-20(3)
The continuing shareholders are the individuals who had *shareholding interests in the company both immediately before the *injected amount was *derived, and immediately afterwards.
SECTION 175-25 Deduction injected into company because of available income or capital gain 175-25(1)
The Commissioner may disallow a deduction of a company for an income year to the extent that the company would not have incurred the loss, outgoing or expenditure that the deduction is for if it had not *derived some or all of the assessable income it derived in that income year, or had not made some or all of a *capital gain it made in that income year.
Note:
The disallowance may result in a tax loss for the income year. See section 175-35 .
175-25(2)
The Commissioner cannot disallow any of the deduction if:
(a) the *continuing shareholders will benefit from any profit or advantage that has arisen or might arise directly or indirectly from the loss, outgoing or expenditure being incurred; and
(b) the Commissioner thinks that the extent to which they will benefit is fair and reasonable having regard to their respective *shareholding interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow a deduction of an insolvent company.
175-25(3)
The continuing shareholders are the individuals who had *shareholding interests in the company both immediately before the loss, outgoing or expenditure was incurred, and immediately afterwards.
SECTION 175-30 Someone else obtains a tax benefit because of a deduction, income or capital gain available to company 175-30(1)
The Commissioner may disallow a deduction of a company if:
(a) a person (other than the company) has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if the company had not incurred some or all (the available expense ) of the loss, outgoing or expenditure that the deduction is for.
However, the deduction may be disallowed only to the extent of the available expense.
175-30(2)
The Commissioner may disallow deductions of a company (or parts of them) if:
(a) a person has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if some or all (the available amount ) of the assessable income that the company *derived or of a *capital gain that accrued to the company:
(i) before it incurred the losses, outgoings or expenditure that the deductions were for; and
had not been derived or had not accrued, as the case may be.
(ii) in the same income year as it incurred them;
The disallowed deductions and parts of deductions may exceed the available amount.
Note:
The disallowance may result in a tax loss for the income year. See section 175-35 .
175-30(3)
An expression means the same in this section as in Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
175-30(4)
The Commissioner cannot disallow under this section if:
(a) the person who has obtained or will obtain the tax benefit had a *shareholding interest in the company at some time during the income year; and
(b) the Commissioner considers the tax benefit to be fair and reasonable having regard to that shareholding interest.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow the whole or part of any deductions of an insolvent company.
SECTION 175-35 Tax loss resulting from disallowed deductions 175-35(1)
If a company has a taxable income for an income year because the Commissioner disallows under this Subdivision deductions of the company for the income year (or parts of them), the company may also have a *tax loss for the income year.
175-35(2)
The company's tax loss for the income year is calculated as follows.
175-35(3)
Total what the Commissioner has disallowed under this Subdivision.
175-35(4)
If the company has *exempt income for the income year, subtract its * net exempt income .
175-35(5)
Any amount remaining is the company's tax loss for the income year, which is called a loss year .
Note:
The meanings of tax loss and loss year are modified by section 36-55 for a corporate tax entity that has an amount of excess franking offsets.
To find out how much of the tax loss can be deducted in later income years: see Subdivision 165-A .
To find out how to deduct it: see section 36-17 .
Subdivision 175-CA - Tax benefits from unused net capital losses of earlier income years
This Subdivision sets out cases where the Commissioner may prevent a company, in working out its *net capital gain for an income year, from applying some or all of a *net capital loss it has for an earlier income year (or of part of one) (the excluded loss ). This is called disallowing the excluded loss.
Note:
A company ' s net capital gain for an income year is usually worked out under section 102-5 .
175-40(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot *disallow the *excluded loss if, in determining (under section 165-96 ) whether Subdivision 165-A would prevent the company from deducting the loss (or the part of the loss) for the income year if the loss were a *tax loss of the company for that earlier income year, the company:
(a) would fail to meet a condition in section 165-12 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners) in respect of the income year; but
(b) would meet the condition in section 165-13 in respect of the income year by satisfying the *business continuity test under section 165-210 .
Note:
Subdivision 165-A deals with the deductibility of a company ' s tax loss for an earlier income year if there has been a change in the ownership or control of the company in the period from the start of the loss year to the end of the income year.
SECTION 175-45 First case: capital gain injected into company because of available net capital loss 175-45(1)
The Commissioner may *disallow the *excluded loss if, during the income year, the company made a *capital gain some or all of which (the injected capital gain ) it would not have made if the excluded loss had not been available to be applied in working out the company ' s *net capital gain for the income year (or for some other income year).
175-45(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot *disallow the *excluded loss if the *continuing shareholders will benefit from the making of the injected capital gain to an extent that the Commissioner thinks fair and reasonable having regard to their respective rights and interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow an excluded loss of an insolvent company.
175-45(3)
The continuing shareholders are:
(a) all of the persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company during the whole (or the relevant part) of the earlier income year and during the whole of the income year; and
(b) all of the persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends during the whole (or the relevant part) of the earlier income year and during the whole of the income year; and
(c) all of the persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions during the whole (or the relevant part) of the earlier income year and during the whole of the income year.
To find out who they were, apply whichever testsare applied in order to determine (under section 165-96 ) whether Subdivision 165-A would prevent the company from deducting the loss for the current year if it were a *tax loss of the company for that earlier income year.
Note 1:
See section 165-12 (which is about the company maintaining the same owners).
Note 2:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
The Commissioner may *disallow the *excluded loss if:
(a) a person has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if the excluded loss had not been available to be applied in working out the company ' s *net capital gain for the income year (or for some other income year).
175-50(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot *disallow the *excluded loss if:
(a) the person had a *shareholding interest in the company at some time during the income year; and
(b) the Commissioner considers the tax benefit to be fair and reasonable having regard to that shareholding interest.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow an excluded loss of an insolvent company.
175-50(3)
An expression means the same in this section as in Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Subdivision 175-CB - Tax benefits from unused capital losses of the current year
This Subdivision sets out cases where the Commissioner may prevent a company, in working out its *net capital gain or *net capital loss for an income year, from applying all or part of a capital loss it made during the income year. This is called disallowing the capital loss or part.
The Commissioner may *disallow *capital losses of a company (or parts of them) for an income year if:
(a) the company has made a *capital gain some or all of which (the injected capital gain ) it would not have made if it did not have those capital losses; and
(b) the injected capital gain was made in that income year.
The disallowed capital losses and parts of capital losses may exceed the amount of the injected capital gain.
Note:
The disallowance may result in a net capital loss for the income year: see section 175-75 .
175-60(2)
The Commissioner cannot *disallow the *capital losses or parts of the capital losses if the *continuing shareholders will benefit from the making of the injected capital gain to an extent that the Commissioner thinks fair and reasonable having regard to their respective *shareholding interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow capital losses or parts of capital losses of an insolvent company.
175-60(3)
The continuing shareholders are the individuals who had *shareholding interests in the company both immediately before the *injected capital gain was made, and immediately afterwards.
SECTION 175-65 Capital loss injected into company because of available capital gain 175-65(1)
The Commissioner may *disallow a *capital loss of a company for an income year to the extent that the company would not have made the loss if it had not also made some or all of a *capital gain it made in that income year.
Note:
The disallowance may result in a tax loss for the income year: see section 175-75 .
175-65(2)
The Commissioner cannot *disallow any of the *capital loss if:
(a) the *continuing shareholders will benefit from any profit or advantage that has arisen or might arise directly or indirectly from the loss being made; and
(b) the Commissioner thinks that the extent to which they will benefit is fair and reasonable having regard to their respective *shareholding interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow a capital loss of an insolvent company.
175-65(3)
The continuing shareholders are the individuals who had *shareholding interests in the company both immediately before the *capital loss was made, and immediately afterwards.
SECTION 175-70 Someone else obtains a tax benefit because of capital loss or gain available to company 175-70(1)
The Commissioner may *disallow a *capital loss of a company if:
(a) a person (other than the company) has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if the company had not made some or all (the available capital loss ) of the capital loss.
However, the capital loss may be disallowed only to the extent of the available capital loss.
175-70(2)
The Commissioner may *disallow *capital losses of a company (or parts of them) if:
(a) a person has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if the company had not made some or all (the available capital gains ) of the *capital gains it made:
(i) before it made the capital losses; and
(ii) in the same income year as it made them.
The disallowed capital losses and parts of capital losses may exceed the amount of the available capital gains.
Note:
The disallowance may result in a tax loss for the income year: see section 175-75 .
175-70(3)
An expression means the same in this section as in Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
175-70(4)
The Commissioner cannot *disallow under this section if:
(a) the person who has obtained or will obtain the tax benefit had a *shareholding interest in the company at some time during the income year; and
(b) the Commissioner considers the tax benefit to be fair and reasonable having regard to that shareholding interest.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow the whole or part of any capital losses of an insolvent company.
SECTION 175-75 175-75 Net capital loss resulting from disallowed capital losses
If a company has a *net capital gain for an income year because the Commissioner *disallows under this Subdivision *capital losses of the company for the income year (or parts of them), the company also has a net capital loss for the income year equal to the total of those losses and parts of losses.
To find out how much of the net capital loss can be applied in later income years: see Subdivision 165-CA .
To find out how to apply it: see sections 102-5 and 102-15 .
This Subdivision sets out cases where the Commissioner may disallow some or all of a deduction for a debt (or part of a debt) that is owed to a company and is written off as bad in the income year.
175-80(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot disallow any of the deduction if the company:
(a) fails to meet a condition in section 165-123 (about the company maintaining the same owners) in respect of the *first continuity period or the *second continuity period; but
(b) meets the condition in section 165-126 by satisfying the *business continuity test under section 165-210 .
SECTION 175-85 First case: income or capital gain injected into company because of available bad debt 175-85(1)
The Commissioner may disallow some or all of the deduction if the company would not have had some or all (the injected amount ) of its assessable income or *capital gains for the income year if:
(a) the debt had not been incurred; and
(b) the debt (or the relevant part of the debt) had not been written off (or able to be written off) as bad.
175-85(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot disallow any of the deduction if the *continuing shareholders will benefit from the company having the injected amount to an extent that the Commissioner thinks fair and reasonable having regard to their respective rights and interests in the company.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow some or all of a deduction of an insolvent company.
175-85(3)
The continuing shareholders are:
(a) all of the persons who had *more than 50% of the voting power in the company throughout the *first continuity period and the *second continuity period; and
(b) all of the persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s dividends throughout the *first continuity period and the *second continuity period; and
(c) all of the persons who had rights to *more than 50% of the company ' s capital distributions throughout the *first continuity period and the *second continuity period.
To find out who they were, apply whichever tests are applied in order to determine whether the company can deduct the debt (or the relevant part of the debt) in the first place.
Note 1:
See section 165-123 (about the company maintaining the same owners).
Note 2:
Division 167 has special rules for working out rights to voting power, dividends and capital distributions in a company whose shares do not all carry the same rights to those matters.
The Commissioner may disallow some or all of the deduction if:
(a) a person has obtained or will obtain a tax benefit in connection with a *scheme; and
(b) the scheme would not have been entered into or carried out if the debt had not been incurred and the debt (or the relevant part of the debt) had not been written off (or able to be written off) as bad.
175-90(2)
However, the Commissioner cannot disallow any of the deduction if:
(a) the person had a *shareholding interest in the company at some time during the income year; and
(b) the Commissioner considers the tax benefit to be fair and reasonable having regard to that shareholding interest.
Note:
Section 175-100 allows the Commissioner to disallow some or all of a deduction of an insolvent company.
175-90(3)
An expression means the same in this section as in Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Subdivision 175-D - Common rules
A person has a shareholding interest in the company if the person is:
(a) the beneficial owner; or
(b) the trustee of a *family trust who is the owner;
of:
(c) *shares in the company; or
(d) an interest in *shares in the company.
175-95(2)
A person also has a shareholding interest in the company if:
(a) the person has a shareholding interest in another company; and
(b) the other company has a shareholding interest in the company (including one resulting from any other application or applications of this subsection).
SECTION 175-100 175-100 Commissioner may disallow excluded losses etc. of insolvent companies
Despite a subsection listed in column 1, the Commissioner may, under a subsection listed in column 2, disallow some or all of an *excluded loss, deduction, or *capital loss, of a company (as the case requires) if: (a) the company is or becomes:
(i) a Chapter 5 body corporate within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ; or
(b) the company is insolvent (within the meaning of section 9 of the Corporations Act 2001 ) when the company becomes an entity mentioned in subparagraph (a)(i) or (ii) .
(ii) an entity with a similar status under a *foreign law to a Chapter 5 body corporate; and
Commissioner may disallow excluded losses etc. for insolvent companies | ||
Item | Column 1 | Column 2 |
Despite this subsection... | the Commissioner may disallow under this subsection: | |
1 | Subsection 175-10(2) | Subsection 175-10(1) |
2 | Subsection 175-15(2) | Subsection 175-15(1) |
3 | Subsection 175-20(2) | Subsection 175-20(1) |
4 | Subsection 175-25(2) | Subsection 175-25(1) |
5 | Subsection 175-30(4) | Subsection 175-30(1) or (2) |
6 | Subsection 175-45(2) | Subsection 175-45(1) |
7 | Subsection 175-50(2) | Subsection 175-50(1) |
8 | Subsection 175-60(2) | Subsection 175-60(1) |
9 | Subsection 175-65(2) | Subsection 175-65(1) |
10 | Subsection 175-70(4) | Subsection 175-70(1) or (2) |
11 | Subsection 175-85(2) | Subsection 175-85(1) |
11 | Subsection 175-90(2) | Subsection 175-90(1) |
If a company would only avoid the tax consequences of Division 165 or 175 because of interests held by a foreign resident family trust, the Commissioner may require the company to give certain information about the family trust. If it is not given, the company does not avoid the tax consequences of that Division.
Notice about company
180-5(1)
The Commissioner may give a company a notice in accordance with section 180-10 if the requirements of this section are met.
Tax detriment under Division 165
180-5(2)
In its *income tax return for an income year:
(a) the company must have deducted a *tax loss from a *loss year where it would not be allowed to deduct the tax loss if it did not meet the conditions in section 165-12 ; or
(b) the company must not have calculated:
(i) its taxable income and tax loss under Subdivision 165-B ; and
where it would have been required to calculate them under that Subdivision if it did not satisfy the requirements of paragraph 165-35(a) ; or
(ii) its *net capital gain and *net capital loss under Subdivision 165-CB ;
(c) the company must have applied a *net capital loss from an earlier income year in working out its net capital gain where it would not have been allowed to apply the loss if it did not meet the condition in section 165-12 as applied on the assumption mentioned in subsection 165-96(1) ; or
(d) the company must have deducted a debt that it wrote off as bad in the income year where it would not be allowed to deduct the debt if it did not satisfy the requirements of paragraph 165-120(1)(a) or (b).
Role of family trust
180-5(3)
The Commissioner must be satisfied that the company:
(a) if paragraph (2)(a) applies - meets the conditions in section 165-12 ; or
(b) if paragraph (2)(b) applies - satisfies the requirements of paragraph 165-35(a) ; or
(c) if paragraph (2)(c) applies - meets the conditions in section 165-12 as applied on the assumption mentioned in subsection 165-96(1) ; or
(d) if paragraph (2)(d) applies - satisfies the requirements of paragraph 165-120(1)(a) or (b);
but it would not do so unless one or more trusts were *family trusts.
Foreign resident trust
180-5(4)
When the Commissioner gives the notice, for at least one of the *family trusts:
(a) a trustee of the trust must be a foreign resident; or
(b) the central management and control of the trust must be outside Australia.
When notice must be given
180-5(5)
The Commissioner must give the notice before the later of:
(a) 5 years after the income year to which the return relates; and
(b) the end of the period during which the company is required by section 262A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 to retain records in relation to that income year.
Information required
180-10(1)
The notice that the Commissioner may give if the requirements of section 180-5 are met must require the company to give the Commissioner specified information about conferrals of present entitlements to, and distributions (within the meaning of Subdivision 272-B in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of, income and capital, since the start of:
(a) if paragraph 180-5(2)(a) applies - the *loss year mentioned in that paragraph; or
(b) if paragraph 180-5(2)(b) applies - the income year for which that paragraph is being applied; or
(c) if paragraph 180-5(2)(c) applies - the earlier income year mentioned in that paragraph; or
(d) if paragraph 180-5(2)(d) applies:
(i) where the debt mentioned in that paragraph was incurred in an earlier income year - the day on which the debt was incurred; or
(ii) where the debt mentioned in that paragraph was incurred in the income year mentioned in that paragraph - that income year;
by all of the *family trusts meeting the requirements of paragraph 180-5(4)(a) or (b).
Company knowledge
180-10(2)
The information need not be within the knowledge of the company at the time the notice is given.
Period for giving information
180-10(3)
The notice must specify a period within which the company is to give the information. The period must not end earlier than 21 days after the day on which the Commissioner gives the notice.
Consequence of not giving the information
180-10(4)
If the company does not give the information within the period or within such further period as the Commissioner allows:
(a) if paragraph 180-5(2)(a) applies - the company is not entitled, and is taken never to have been entitled, to deduct the *tax loss; or
(b) if paragraph 180-5(2)(b) applies - the company is required, and taken always to have been required:
(i) to calculate its taxable income and tax loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-B ; and
(ii) to calculate its *net capital gain and *net capital loss for the income year under Subdivision 165-CB ; or
(c) if paragraph 180-5(2)(c) applies - the company is not entitled, and is taken never to have been entitled, to apply the net capital loss; or
(d) if paragraph 180-5(2)(d) applies - the company is not entitled, and is taken never to have been entitled, to deduct the debt.
180-10(5)
If, because of paragraph (4)(b), the company is required to calculate under Subdivision 165-B its taxable income and *tax loss for the income year concerned, that Subdivision is to be applied as if it required the income year to be divided into such periods as would result in the highest possible taxable income for the income year.
180-10(6)
If, because of paragraph (4)(b), the company is required to calculate under Subdivision 165-CB its *net capital gain and *net capital loss for the income year concerned, that Subdivision is to be applied as if it required the income year to be divided into such periods as would result in the highest net capital gain for the income year.
No offences or penalties
180-10(7)
To avoid doubt, subsections (4) to (6) do not cause the company to commit any offence or be liable to any penalty under Part 4-25 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 for:
(a) deducting the *tax loss; or
(b) not calculating its taxable income and tax loss under Subdivision 165-B as it applies in accordance with subsection (5) of this section; or
(c) not calculating its *net capital gain and *net capital loss under Subdivision 165-CB as it applies in accordance with subsection (6) of this section; or
(d) applying the net capital loss; or
(e) deducting the debt;
in the company ' s *income tax return.
Subdivision 180-B - Information relevant to Division 175
Notice about company
180-15(1)
The Commissioner may give a company a notice in accordance with section 180-20 if the requirements of this section are met.
Tax detriment under Division 175
180-15(2)
The Commissioner:
(a) must have been prevented by subsection 175-10(2) or 175-15(2) from disallowing, as a deduction for an income year, the whole or part of a *tax loss from a *loss year; or
(b) must have been prevented by subsection 175-20(2) , 175-25(2) or 175-30(4) from disallowing the whole or part of a deduction for an income year; or
(c) must have been prevented by subsection 175-45(2) or 175-50(2) from disallowing, in working out the *net capital gain or *net capital loss for an income year, the whole or part of a *net capital loss for an earlier income year (or a part of one); or
(d) must have been prevented by subsection 175-60(2) , 175-65(2) or 175-70(4) from disallowing, in working out its net capital gain or net capital loss for an income year, the whole or part of a *capital loss made during the income year; or
(e) must have been prevented by subsection 175-85(2) or 175-90(2) from disallowing, as a deduction for an income year, the whole or part of a debt.
Role of family trust
180-15(3)
A *family trust must have been:
(a) one of the *continuing shareholders mentioned in subsection 175-10(2) , 175-20(2) , 175-25(2) , 175-45(2) , 175-60(2) , 175-65(2) or 175-85(2) ; or
(b) the person who had the *shareholding interest mentioned in subsection 175-15(2) , 175-30(4) , 175-50(2) , 175-70(4) or 175-90(2) ;
as the case requires.
Foreign resident trust
180-15(4)
When the Commissioner gives the notice:
(a) a trustee of the *family trust must be a foreign resident; or
(b) the central management and control of the *family trust must be outside Australia.
When notice must be given
180-15(5)
The Commissioner must give the notice before the later of:
(a) 5 years after the income year mentioned in subsection (2); and
(b) the end of the period during which the company is required by section 262A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 to retain records in relation to that income year.
Information required
180-20(1)
The notice that the Commissioner may give if the requirements of section 180-15 are met must require the company to give the Commissioner specified information about conferrals of present entitlements to, and distributions (within the meaning of Subdivision 272-B in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) of, income and capital by the *family trust since the start of:
(a) the *loss year mentioned in paragraph 180-15(2)(a) ; or
(b) the income year mentioned in paragraph 180-15(2)(b) or (d); or
(c) the earlier income year mentioned in paragraph 180-15(2)(c) ; or
(d) if the debt mentioned in paragraph 180-15(2)(e) was incurred in the income year mentioned in that paragraph - that income year; or
(e) if the debt mentioned in paragraph 180-15(2)(e) was incurred in an earlier income year than the one mentioned in that paragraph - the day on which the debt was incurred.
Company knowledge
180-20(2)
The information need not be within the knowledge of the company at the time the notice is given.
Period for giving information
180-20(3)
The notice must specify a period within which the company is to give the information. The period must not end earlier than 21 days after the day on which the Commissioner gives the notice.
Consequence of not giving the information
180-20(4)
If the company does not give the information within the period or within such further period as the Commissioner allows:
(a) subsection 175-10(2) , 175-15(2) , 175-20(2) , 175-25(2) , 175-30(4) , 175-85(2) or 175-90(2) does not prevent the Commissioner from disallowing the deduction; or
(b) subsection 175-45(2) or 175-50(2) does not prevent the Commissioner from *disallowing the *net capital loss; or
(c) subsection 175-60(2) , 175-65(2) or 175-70(4) does not prevent the Commissioner from *disallowing the *capital loss;
as the case requires.
No offences or penalties
180-20(5)
To avoid doubt, subsection (4) does not cause the company to commit any offence or be liable to any penalty under Part 4-25 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 for claiming the deduction, or applying the *net capital loss or *capital loss, in the company ' s *income tax return.
Division 195 - Special types of company Subdivision 195-A - Pooled development funds (PDFs) Guide to Subdivision 195-A
SECTION 195-1 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision contains rules about the income tax treatment of:
Working out a PDF ' s taxable income and tax loss | |
195-5 | Deductibility of PDF tax losses |
195-10 | PDF cannot transfer tax loss |
195-15 | Tax loss for year in which company becomes a PDF |
Working out a PDF ' s net capital gain and net capital loss | |
195-25 | Applying a PDF ' s net capital losses |
195-30 | PDF cannot transfer net capital loss |
195-35 | Net capital loss for year in which company becomes a PDF |
Working out a PDF ' s loss carry back tax offset | |
195-37 | PDF cannot carry back tax loss |
SECTION 195-5 195-5 Deductibility of PDF tax losses
If a company is a *PDF at the end of an income year for which it has a *tax loss, it can deduct the tax loss in a later income year only if it is a PDF throughout the later income year. SECTION 195-10 195-10 PDF cannot transfer tax loss
If a company is a *PDF at the end of an income year for which it has a *tax loss, it cannot transfer any amount of the tax loss under Subdivision 170-A (which is about the transfer of tax losses within certain wholly-owned groups of companies).
This section applies if a company becomes a *PDF during an income year and is still a PDF at the end of it.
195-15(2)
Divide the income year into periods as follows: (a) the non-PDF period is the period beginning at the start of the income year and ending when the company becomes a *PDF; (b) the PDF period is the rest of the income year.
195-15(3)
For each period, work out whether the company has a taxable income or a *tax loss (or both), treating each period as if it were an income year.
195-15(4)
If the company has: (a) a taxable income for the non-PDF period; and (b) a *tax loss for the PDF period;
that tax loss is a tax loss of the company for the income year.
Note:
The company can only deduct the tax loss while it is a PDF: see section 195-5 .
195-15(5)
If the company has a *tax loss for the non-PDF period: (a) section 195-5 does not prevent the company from deducting its tax loss for the income year in a later income year; and (b) section 195-10 does not prevent the company from transferring an amount of the tax loss under Subdivision 170-A (which is about the transfer of tax losses within certain wholly-owned groups of companies); and (c) section 195-37 does not prevent the company from *carrying back its tax loss for the purpose of working out the amount of the company ' s *loss carry back tax offset for the 2020-21, 2021-22 or 2022-23 income year;
to the extent that the tax loss does not exceed the tax loss for the non-PDF period.
195-15(6)
These rules apply in addition to the other rules about how *tax losses are applied or transferred.
The other rules start in Division 36 (which is about tax losses of earlier income years).
Working out a PDF's net capital gain and net capital loss
SECTION 195-25 195-25 Applying a PDF's net capital losses
If a company is a *PDF at the end of an income year for which it has a *net capital loss, it can apply the loss in working out its *net capital gain for a later income year only if it is a PDF throughout the last day of the later income year.
If a company is a *PDF at the end of an income year for which it has a *net capital loss, it cannot transfer any amount of the loss under Subdivision 170-B (which is about the transfer of net capital losses within certain wholly-owned groups of companies).
This section applies if a company becomes a *PDF during an income year and is still a PDF at the end of it.
195-35(2)
Divide the income year into periods according to subsection 195-15(2) (about working out the company's tax loss for the income year).
195-35(3)
For each period, work out whether the company has a *net capital gain or a *net capital loss (or both), treating each period as if it were an income year.
195-35(4)
If the company has:
(a) a *net capital gain for the non-PDF period; and
(b) a *net capital loss for the PDF period;
that loss is a net capital loss of the company for the income year.
Note:
The company can only apply the loss while it is a PDF: see section 195-25 .
195-35(5)
If the company has a *net capital loss for the non-PDF period:
(a) section 195-25 does not prevent the company from applying its *net capital loss for the income year in working out its *net capital gain for a later income year; and
(b) section 195-30 does not prevent the company from transferring an amount of its net capital loss for the income year under Subdivision 170-B (which is about the transfer of net capital losses within certain wholly-owned groups of companies);
to the extent that its net capital loss for the income year does not exceed its net capital loss for the non-PDF period.
195-35(6)
These rules apply in addition to the other rules about how *net capital losses are applied or transferred.
The other rules start in Division 102 (about net capital gains and losses).
Working out a PDF ' s loss carry back tax offset
SECTION 195-37 195-37 PDF cannot carry back tax loss
A company that: (a) has a *tax loss for an income year; and (b) is a *PDF at the end of the income year;
cannot *carry back the loss to an earlier income year for the purposes of working out the amount of the company ' s *loss carry back tax offset for the 2020-21, 2021-22 or 2022-23 income year (the offset year ) unless the company is a PDF throughout the earlier income year and the offset year.
SECTION 195-60 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision contains rules about the income tax treatment of limited partnerships that become, or cease to be, venture capital limited partnerships, early stage venture capital limited partnerships, Australian venture capital funds of funds or venture capital management partnerships.
It also allows the Commissioner to determine how to take account of limited partnerships having income years of less than 12 months when they become, or cease to be, venture capital limited partnerships, early stage venture capital limited partnerships, Australian venture capital funds of funds or venture capital management partnerships.
Operative provisions | |
195-65 | Tax losses cannot be transferred to a VCLP, an ESVCLP, an AFOF or a VCMP |
195-70 | Previous tax losses can be deducted after ceasing to be a VCLP, an ESVCLP, an AFOF or a VCMP |
195-72 | Tax losses cannot be carried back to before ceasing to be a VCLP, an ESVCLP, an AFOF or a VCMP |
195-75 | Determinations to take account of income years of less than 12 months |
SECTION 195-65 195-65 Tax losses cannot be transferred to a VCLP, an ESVCLP, an AFOF or a VCMP
A *limited partnership ' s *tax loss for a *loss year cannot be deducted in a later income year during which the partnership is a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP, an *AFOF or a *VCMP.
This Subdivision does not prevent a *limited partnership that has ceased to be a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP, an *AFOF or a *VCMP from deducting, in an income year, a *tax loss for a *loss year that occurred before the partnership was a VCLP, ESVCLP, AFOF or VCMP.
A *limited partnership ' s *tax loss for a *loss year cannot be *carried back to an income year during which the partnership was a *VCLP, an *ESVCLP, an *AFOF or a *VCMP.
The Commissioner may, by legislative instrument, make a determination modifying the operation of one or more provisions of this Act in relation to limited partnerships whose accounting periods commence or end under section 18A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
195-75(2)
A determination can only be made in order to take account of the fact that such accounting periods are of less than 12 months ' duration.
195-75(3)
(Repealed by No 58 of 2006 )
Subdivision 195-C - Corporate collective investment vehicles
SECTION 195-100 What this Subdivision is about
The business, assets and liabilities of each sub-fund of a CCIV are taken to constitute the trust estate of a separate trust (a CCIV sub-fund trust), of which the CCIV is the trustee and the members of the sub-fund are the beneficiaries.
This Subdivision sets out further rules to facilitate the CCIV, and the sub-fund and its members, being taxed on this basis, including:
Note:
These modifications also affect whether the trust is a withholding MIT under Subdivision 12-H in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
Operative provisions | |
195-105 | Effect of this Subdivision |
195-110 | Each sub-fund of a CCIV is taken to be a separate trust |
195-115 | A CCIV sub-fund trust is a unit trust |
195-120 | Beneficiary of a CCIV sub-fund trust has fixed entitlements to shares of income and capital of the trust |
195-123 | How to work out the income of the trust estate of a CCIV sub-fund trust for an income year |
195-125 | When a beneficiary of a CCIV sub-fund trust is presently entitled to trust income |
195-127 | When a beneficiary of a CCIV sub-fund trust has an individual interest in exempt income and non-assessable non-exempt income of the trust estate |
195-130 | Application of Division 275 (managed investment trusts) to a CCIV sub-fund trust |
195-135 | Application of Division 276 (AMITs) to a CCIV sub-fund trust |
195-140 | Entry on Australian Business Register |
SECTION 195-105 Effect of this Subdivision 195-105(1)
This Subdivision has effect for the purposes of all *taxation laws, to the exclusion of those laws as they would otherwise apply in relation to *CCIVs and their members (in their capacity as such).
Note:
Subsection (3) excludes some taxation laws from this subsection.
195-105(2)
Without limiting the generality of subsection (1) , the purposes referred to in that subsection include how *taxation laws apply in relation to other entities, in so far as that application is affected by the application of those laws in relation to *CCIVs and their members (in their capacity as such).
Note:
For example, in applying subsection 318(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 to determine whether a CCIV is an associate of a natural person for the purposes of a provision affecting the income tax payable by that person:
195-105(3)
Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to the following *taxation laws: (a) the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 ; (b) legislative instruments made under that Act.
For each *sub-fund of a *CCIV, the business, *assets and *liabilities of the sub-fund are taken to constitute the trust estate of a separate trust, of which the CCIV is the trustee and the *members of the sub-fund are the beneficiaries.
195-110(2)
A trust that is taken to exist because of the application of subsection (1) to a *sub-fund of a *CCIV is a CCIV sub-fund trust .
Note:
The combined effect of this section and subsections 960-100(2) and (3) is that a CCIV is a different entity in its capacity as trustee of each of its CCIV sub-fund trusts.
Because of subsection 195-105(1) , the tax treatment of the CCIV in those capacities excludes the tax treatment that would otherwise apply to the CCIV as a company. Also, the tax treatment of members of the CCIV is based on them being treated as beneficiaries of their respective CCIV sub-fund trusts, to the exclusion of the tax treatment that would otherwise apply to them as members of a company.
Example 1:
CCIV A has only one sub-fund (sub-fund A). CCIV B has only one sub-fund (sub-fund B).
CCIV A holds shares in CCIV B. The shares are referable to sub-fund B. They are assets of sub-fund A.
In its capacity as trustee of the CCIV sub-fund trust for sub-fund A, CCIV A is a beneficiary of the CCIV sub-fund trust for sub-fund B.
Example 2:
A CCIV has 2 sub-funds: sub-fund A and sub-fund B.
As permitted by section 1230Q of the Corporations Act 2001 , the CCIV acquires, in respect of sub-fund A, shares that are referable to sub-fund B. The shares are assets of sub-fund A.
In its capacity as trustee of the CCIV sub-fund trust for sub-fund A, the CCIV is a beneficiary of the CCIV sub-fund trust for sub-fund B.
A *CCIV sub-fund trust is taken to be a unit trust.
Note:
One consequence of this subsection is that a CCIV sub-fund trust can be a public unit trust if it meets the other tests in section 102P of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
195-115(2)
The *shares that are *referable to the *sub-fund are taken to be the units in the trust.
195-115(3)
The rights, obligations and other characteristics attaching to a unit in the trust are taken to be the same, as nearly as practicable, as the rights, obligations and other characteristics attaching to the share that is taken to be that unit.
Note:
One consequence of this section is that if shares that are referable to the sub-fund are listed for quotation in the official list of a stock exchange, the units in the sub-fund trust that those shares are taken to be will likewise be taken to be listed in that official list.
Examples of provisions to which this is relevant are:
A *beneficiary of a *CCIV sub-fund trust is taken to have a fixed entitlement to a share of income of the trust that the trust derives from time to time. At a particular time, that share is equal to the percentage worked out using the formula:
Beneficiary dividends | × 100 |
Total dividends |
where:
beneficiary dividends
is the total of the *dividends that the *beneficiary has a right to receive because of *shares that the beneficiary holds at that time and are *referable to the *sub-fund.
total dividends
is the total of all *dividends that are payable on all *shares that are on issue at that time and are *referable to the *sub-fund.
195-120(2)
A *beneficiary of a *CCIV sub-fund trust is taken to have a fixed entitlement to a share of the capital of the trust at a particular time equal to the percentage worked out using the formula:
Beneficiary capital distribution | × 100 |
Total capital distribution |
where:
beneficiary capital distribution
is the amount of a distribution of paid-up capital (in the event of a return of capital) that the *beneficiary has a right to receive because of *shares that the beneficiary holds at that time and are *referable to the *sub-fund.
total capital distribution
is the total distribution of paid-up capital (in that event) payable on all *shares that are on issue at that time and are *referable to the *sub-fund.
195-120(3)
A fixed entitlement that exists because of this section is taken to be a fixed entitlement within the meaning given by sections 272-5 , 272-10 , 272-15 and 272-40 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Note:
This is relevant to, for example, the definition of fixed entitlement in subsection 102UC(4) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
The income (the trust income ) of the trust estate of a *CCIV sub-fund trust for an income year is worked out in accordance with this section.
Note:
This is relevant to working out the income tax position of the CCIV sub-fund trust and its beneficiaries under Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
195-123(2)
If: (a) the *CCIV is a *retail CCIV at the end of the income year; and (b) the amount of the *sub-fund ' s profit for the income year, as required to be stated in the financial statements included in the financial report for the sub-fund for the income year that the CCIV is required to prepare because of paragraph 1232C(1)(a) of the Corporations Act 2001 , is greater than nil;
the trust income is that profit.
195-123(3)
If: (a) the *CCIV is not a *retail CCIV at the end of the income year; and (b) the amount of the *sub-fund ' s profit for the income year that would, if the CCIV had been a retail CCIV at the end of the income year, be required to be stated as mentioned in paragraph (2)(b) is greater than nil;
the trust income is that profit.
195-123(4)
If neither of subsections (2) and (3) applies, the trust income is nil.
A *beneficiary of a *CCIV sub-fund trust is taken to be presently entitled to a share of the income of the trust estate for an income year if any of the *sub-fund ' s profit for the income year was or is payable to the beneficiary by way of one or more *dividends declared during, or within 3 months after, the income year.
195-125(2)
That share consists of so much of that profit as was or is payable to the beneficiary by way of one or more such *dividends.
Note:
To the extent that any of that profit is not payable to a beneficiary by way of such dividends, it will be income to which no beneficiary is presently entitled. This can have consequences under section 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
195-125(3)
Within 3 months after the end of the income year, the *CCIV must notify the *beneficiary, in the *approved form, of the following matters: (a) whether the beneficiary is presently entitled to a share of the income of the trust estate for the income year and, if so, the amount of that share; (b) for each *dividend that was declared during, or within 3 months after, the income year on *shares referable to the *sub-fund, and was or is payable to the beneficiary:
(i) the amount of the dividend; and
(ii) how much of the dividend consists of any of the *sub-fund ' s profit for the income year.
Note:
Failure to comply with this section may constitute an offence against subsection 8C(1) of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
195-125(4)
For the purposes of this section, an amount is taken to be payable to the *beneficiary if it is required to be applied or dealt with in any way on the beneficiary ' s behalf or as the beneficiary directs.
195-125(5)
Except as provided in this section, a *beneficiary of a *CCIV sub-fund trust is not taken to be presently entitled to a share of income of the trust estate.
A *beneficiary of a *CCIV sub-fund trust: (a) is taken to have an individual interest in the exempt income of the trust estate from time to time; and (b) is taken to have an individual interest in the *non-assessable non-exempt income of the trust estate from time to time.
195-127(2)
The individual interest referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b) is the same as the share (of income that the trust derives from time to time) to which the beneficiary has a *fixed entitlement under subsection 195-120(1) .
195-127(3)
Except as provided in this section, a *beneficiary of a *CCIV sub-fund trust is not taken to have an individual interest in the exempt income, or *non-assessable non-exempt income, of the trust estate.
This section sets out how to apply Division 275 to a trust that is a *CCIV sub-fund trust.
Determining whether the trust is a managed investment trust
195-130(2)
Section 275-10 has effect in relation to the trust as if the following paragraph were substituted for paragraph 275-10(3)(c) : (c) at the time the payment is made, the *sub-fund is being used for collective investment by pooling the contributions of the *members of the sub-fund as consideration to acquire rights to benefits produced from those contributions; and
195-130(3)
In applying section 275-10 to the trust, disregard the following provisions: (a) paragraph 275-10(3)(d) ; (b) paragraph 275-10(3)(g) .
195-130(4)
Section 275-10 has effect in relation to the trust as if the following paragraph were substituted for paragraph 275-10(3)(e) : (e) the trust satisfies, in relation to the income year:
(i) if, at the time the payment is made, the trust is covered by section 275-15 - either or both of the widely-held requirements in subsection 275-20(1) and 275-25(1) ; or
(ii) if, at the time the payment is made, the trust is not covered by section 275-15 - either or both of the widely-held requirements in subsections 275-20(2) and 275-25(1) ; and
Determining whether the trust is a trust with wholesale membership
195-130(5)
In applying section 275-15 to the trust, disregard paragraph 275-15(a) .
Determining whether the trust satisfies the widely-held requirements
195-130(6)
In applying section 275-45 to the trust, disregard paragraph 275-45(1)(d) .
This section sets out how to apply Division 276 to a trust that is a *CCIV sub-fund trust.
Determining whether the trust is an attribution managed investment trust (AMIT)
195-135(2)
In applying section 276-10 to the trust, disregard the following provisions: (a) paragraph 276-10(1)(b) ; (b) paragraph 276-10(1)(e) .
Note:
The effect of disregarding paragraph 276-10(1)(e) is that the trustee of a *CCIV sub-fund trust does not have a choice as to whether the trust is an AMIT.
Trustee cannot choose to treat classes of membership interests as separate AMITs
195-135(3)
In applying Division 276 to the trust, disregard section 276-20 .
If a *CCIV sub-fund trust has an *ABN, the *Australian Business Registrar must enter in the *Australian Business Register in relation to the trust a statement that: (a) indicates that the trust is taken to exist for tax purposes because of the application of section 195-110 to a *sub-fund of a *CCIV; and (b) sets out the sub-fund ' s ARFN (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ).
Note:
ARFN is short for Australian Registered Fund Number.
[ CCH Note: S 195-140(1) will be amended by No 8 of 2022, s 3 and Sch 5 items 15 and 16, by substituting " the *Registrar must make a record of " for " the *Australian Business Registrar must enter in the *Australian Business Register in relation to the trust " and para (b), applicable to a CCIV sub-fund trust that has an ABN, even if the trust began to have an ABN before 1 July 2026. Para (b) will read:
]
(b) sets out:
(i) the sub-fund ' s ARFN (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ); and
(ii) the name of the *corporate director of the CCIV; and
(iii) the number of the corporate director ' s Australian financial services licence (within the meaning of that Act).
195-140(2)
The *Australian Business Registrar must take reasonable steps to ensure that information entered in the *Australian Business Register under this section is accurate. For this purpose, the Registrar may correct or update the information.
[ CCH Note: S 195-140(2) will be substituted by No 8 of 2022, s 3 and Sch 5 item 17, applicable to a CCIV sub-fund trust that has an ABN, even if the trust began to have an ABN before 1 July 2026. S 195-140(2) will read:
195-140(2)
The *Registrar must take reasonable steps to ensure that a statement recorded under subsection (1) is accurate. For this purpose, the Registrar may correct or update the record of the statement.
This Division:
Subject to subsection (2), this Division applies to an amount (the transferred amount ) that is transferred to a company ' s *share capital account from another of the company ' s accounts, if the company was an Australian resident immediately before the time of the transfer.
Note: If a company has 2 or more share capital accounts, those accounts are taken to be a single account (see subsection 975-300(2) ).
197-5(2)
The other provisions of this Subdivision may stop this Division from applying to some or all of the transferred amount. If those other provisions stop this Division from applying to only some of the transferred amount, this Division (other than this Subdivision) applies to the balance of the transferred amount as if only that balance of the amount had been transferred to the company ' s *share capital account.
This Division does not apply to the transferred amount if it could, at all times before the transfer, be identified in the books of the company as an amount of share capital.
Subject to subsection (2), this Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) the transfer is under an *arrangement under which:
(i) a person discharges, releases or otherwise extinguishes the whole or a part of a debt that the company owes to the person; and
(ii) the discharge, release or extinguishment is in return for the company issuing *shares (other than redeemable preference shares) in the company to the person; and
(b) the transfer is a credit to the *share capital account that is made because of the issue of the shares in return for the discharge, release or extinguishment of the debt.
197-15(2)
If the transferred amount exceeds the lesser of:
(a) the *market value of the *shares issued by the company; and
(b) so much of the debt as is discharged, released or extinguished in return for the shares;
subsection (1) does not stop this Division from applying to the amount of the excess.
This Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) immediately before the transfer of the amount, the company was not incorporated under the Corporations Act 2001 ; and
(b) the transfer is under, or in accordance with, an *Australian law that requires or allows either or both of the following to become part of the company ' s *share capital account:
(i) the company ' s share premium account;
(ii) the company ' s capital redemption reserve; and
(c) the transfer is made as part of a process that leads to there being no *shares in the company that have a par value; and
(d) the amount is transferred from the company ' s share premium account or capital redemption reserve.
This Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) it is transferred from an option premium reserve of the company; and
(b) the transfer is because of the exercise of options to acquire *shares in the company; and
(c) premiums in respect of those options were credited to the option premium reserve.
Subject to subsection (2), this Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) the amount is transferred in connection with a demutualisation of the company; and
(b) Division 326 in Schedule 2H to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies to the demutualisation; and
(c) the transfer occurs within the limitation period in relation to the demutualisation (see subsection 326-20(3) in that Schedule).
197-30(2)
If the sum of:
(a) the transferred amount; and
(b) any other amounts that were previously transferred to the company ' s *share capital account, from another account of the company, in connection with the demutualisation;
exceeds the total capital contributions amount described in whichever of subsections (3) and (4) applies, subsection (1) does not stop this Division from applying to so much of the transferred amount as equals the lesser of the transferred amount and the amount of the excess.
Note:
If there are several transfers of amounts to the company ' s share capital account in connection with the demutualisation, this section must be applied separately in relation to each transferred amount, in the order in which the transfers are made.
197-30(3)
If the company was not formed by the merger of 2 or more mutual entities, the total capital contributions amount referred to in subsection (2) is the sum of all the capital amounts:
(a) that were contributed to the company by *members of the company before its demutualisation; and
(b) in respect of which deductions are not allowable to the members; and
(c) that were not payments for goods or services provided by the company.
197-30(4)
If the company was formed by the merger of 2 or more mutual entities, the total capital contributions amount referred to in subsection (2) is the sum of:
(a) all the capital amounts:
(i) that were contributed to the company, before its demutualisation, by persons who became *members of the company at or after the time when the merger took place; and
(ii) in respect of which deductions are not allowable to those members; and
(iii) that were not payments for goods or services provided by the company; and
(b) the *market values, at the time of the merger, of the entities that merged to form the company, as determined by a qualified valuer.
Subject to subsection (2), this Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) the amount is transferred in connection with the demutualisation of a company; and
(b) the demutualisation is implemented in accordance with a demutualisation method specified in Division 9AA of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and
(c) the transfer occurs within the listing period in relation to the demutualisation (see subsection 121AE(6) of that Act); and
(d) the company (the issuing company ) to whose *share capital account the amount is transferred is:
(i) if the demutualisation method is the method specified in section 121AF or 121AG of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 - the demutualisation company; or
(ii) if the demutualisation method is the method specified in section 121AH , 121AI , 121AJ , 121AK or 121AL of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 - the company issuing the ordinary shares referred to in that section.
197-35(2)
If the sum of:
(a) the transferred amount; and
(b) all amounts that were previously transferred to the issuing company ' s *share capital account, from another account of the company, in connection with the demutualisation; and
(c) all amounts that were previously transferred to the issuing company ' s retained profit account in connection with the demutualisation;
exceeds the listing day company valuation amount (see subsection (3)), subsection (1) does not stop this Division from applying to so much of the transferred amount as equals the lesser of the transferred amount and the amount of the excess.
Note:
If there are several transfers of amounts to the issuing company ' s share capital account, this section must be applied separately in relation to each transferred amount, in the order in which the transfers are made.
197-35(3)
The listing day company valuation amount has the same meaning as it has for the purposes of table 1 in section 121AS of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , as that table applies in relation to the demutualisation company (see note 3 to that table).
Subject to subsection (2), this Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) the amount is transferred in connection with a demutualisation of a company; and
(b) Division 315 (about demutualisations of private health insurers) applies to the demutualisation; and
(c) the company (the issuing company ) to whose *share capital account the amount is transferred is either:
(i) the demutualisation health insurer; or
(ii) the company mentioned in subparagraph 315-85(1)(a)(iii) issuing shares that are assets covered by section 315-85 ( demutualisation assets ).
197-37(2)
Subsection (1) does not stop this Division from applying to so much, if any, of the transferred amount as exceeds the sum of the amounts worked out under subsection (3) for each demutualisation asset that is a share issued:
(a) by the issuing company under the demutualisation; and
(b) to an entity that is either:
(i) covered by section 315-90 (about participating policy holders); or
(ii) the trustee of a trust covered by Subdivision 315-C (about the lost policy holders trust).
197-37(3)
The amount worked out under this subsection for a share is:
(a) the *market value of the share on the day it is issued; or
(b) if the share is in a company covered by subparagraph 315-85(1)(a)(iii) that owns other assets in addition to the shares in the demutualising health insurer - worked out using the method statement in subsection 315-210(2) .
Subject to subsection (2), this Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) the amount is transferred in connection with a demutualisation of a company; and
(b) Division 316 (about demutualisations of friendly society health and life insurers) applies in relation to the demutualisation; and
(c) the company (the issuing company ) to whose *share capital account the amount is transferred is either:
(i) the *friendly society described in that Division; or
(ii) the company that owns all the shares in the friendly society.
197-38(2)
Subsection (1) does not stop this Division from applying to so much, if any, of the transferred amount as exceeds the sum of the *cost bases of *shares in the issuing company that:
(a) are demutualisation assets (see section 316-110 ); and
(b) are issued to an entity covered by section 316-115 .
Note:
Section 316-115 identifies entities connected directly or indirectly with the friendly society and affected by the special cost base rules in section 316-105 .
197-38(3)
For the purposes of subsection (2), work out the *cost base of a *share on the day on which it is issued, taking account of section 316-105 .
Subject to subsection (2), this Division does not apply to the transferred amount if:
(a) a *life insurance company (the demutualised company ) has demutualised; and
(b) the demutualisation was implemented in accordance with a demutualisation method specified in Division 9AA of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and
(c) the amount is transferred after the end of the listing period in relation to the demutualisation (see subsection 121AE(6) of that Act); and
(d) the company transferring the amount to its *share capital account is either:
(i) the demutualised company (whichever demutualisation method was used); or
(ii) if the demutualisation method was the method specified in section 121AH , 121AI , 121AJ , 121AK or 121AL of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 - the company (the issuing company ) that issued the ordinary shares referred to in that section; and
(e) if subparagraph (d)(i) applies - the following conditions are satisfied in relation to the transferred amount:
(i) the amount is transferred from an account of the demutualised company consisting of shareholders ' capital (within the meaning of the Life Insurance Act 1995 ) in relation to a statutory fund (within the meaning of that Act);
(ii) the amount was part of such an account at the time of the demutualisation; and
(f) if subparagraph (d)(ii) applies - the amount is transferred from a capital reserve created at the time of or in connection with the demutualisation.
197-40(2)
If the sum of:
(a) the transferred amount; and
(b) all amounts that were previously transferred to the demutualised company ' s *share capital account, from another account of the demutualised company, as described in subsection (1); and
(c) if the demutualisation method was the method specified in section 121AH , 121AI , 121AJ , 121AK or 121AL of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 - all amounts that were previously transferred to the issuing company ' s share capital account, from another account of the issuing company, as described in subsection (1); and
(d) all amounts that were previously transferred, in connection with the demutualisation, to the share capital account of the issuing company (within the meaning of section 197-35 ) as described in subsection 197-35(1) , or to its retained profit account as described in paragraph 197-35(2)(c) ;
exceeds the listing day company valuation amount (see subsection (3)), subsection (1) does not stop this Division from applying to so much of the transferred amount as equals the lesser of the transferred amount and the amount of the excess.
Note:
If there are several transfers of amounts to the share capital account of the demutualised company or the issuing company, this section must be applied separately in relation to each transferred amount, in the order in which the transfers are made.
197-40(3)
The listing day company valuation amount has the same meaning as it has for the purposes of table 1 in section 121AS of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , as that table applies in relation to the demutualised company (see note 3 to that table).
This Division does not apply to the transferred amount if: (a) the company transferring the amount is a *greenfields minerals explorer; and (b) the amount is transferred in connection with the creation of *exploration credits.
A *franking debit arises in a company ' s *franking account if an amount (the transferred amount ) to which this Division applies is transferred to the company ' s *share capital account. The debit arises immediately before the end of the *franking period in which the transfer of the amount occurs.
197-45(2)
The amount of the *franking debit is calculated in accordance with the formula:
Transferred amount | × | Applicable franking percentage | ||
Applicable gross-up rate |
where:
applicable franking percentage
means:
(a) if, before the debit arises, the *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the transfer of the amount occurs has already been set by section 203-30 - that percentage; or
(b) otherwise - 100%.
applicable gross-up rate
means the company
'
s *corporate tax gross-up rate for the income year in which the franking debit arises.
A company ' s *share capital account becomes tainted when an amount to which this Division applies is transferred to the account, if, at the time of the transfer, the account is not already tainted (because of the application of this section in relation to a previous transfer).
Note:
If a company ' s share capital account is tainted, then a distribution from the account is taxed as a dividend in the hands of the shareholder. This is because a tainted share capital account does not count as a share capital account for the purposes of paragraph (d) of the definition of dividend in subsection 6(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (see subsection 975-300(3) of this Act). However, although the distribution is taxed as a dividend, the company cannot pass on to the shareholder the benefit of the tax it has paid, because a distribution from a share capital account (whether or not tainted) is unfrankable (see paragraphs 202-45(e) and 975-300(3)(ba) of this Act).
197-50(2)
The *share capital account remains tainted until the company chooses to untaint the account (see section 197-55 ).
Note:
If, after a choice to untaint is made, the company ' s share capital account becomes tainted again, the account remains tainted until a fresh choice to untaint is made.
197-50(3)
The tainting amount , for a company ' s *share capital account that is *tainted at a particular time, means the sum of:
(a) the amount transferred to the company ' s share capital account that most recently caused the account to become tainted; and
(b) any other amounts to which this Division applies that have been transferred to the company ' s share capital account since the transfer referred to in paragraph (a) and before the particular time.
A company with a *share capital account that is *tainted may make a choice in the *approved form given to the Commissioner to untaint the account.
197-55(2)
The choice can be made at any time, but cannot be revoked.
Note:
The choice has no effect in relation to a subsequent tainting of the share capital account that occurs after the choice is made.
Definitions
197-60(1)
For the purpose of this section:
(a) a company whose *share capital account is *tainted is a company with only lower tax members in relation to the tainting period if, throughout the tainting period, all *members of the company were covered by one, or a combination of 2 or more, of the following subparagraphs:
(i) other companies;
(ii) *complying superannuation entities;
(iii) foreign residents; and
(b) a company whose share capital account is tainted is a company with higher tax members in relation to the tainting period if it is not a company with only lower tax members in relation to the tainting period.
For this purpose, the tainting period is the period beginning when the share capital account most recently became tainted and ending when the company chooses to untaint the account.
Liability to untainting tax
197-60(2)
A company that chooses to untaint its *share capital account is liable to pay tax, known as untainting tax , equal to the amount calculated in accordance with the formula:

where:
applicable tax amount
has the meaning given by subsection (3).
section 197-45 franking debits
means the total *franking debits arising under section
197-45
because of the transfer of the amounts that made up the *tainting amount at the time of the choice.
section 197-65 franking debits
means the total (if any) *franking debits arising under section
197-65
because of the choice to untaint.
Note:
The payment of untainting tax does not give rise to a franking credit.
197-60(3)
In subsection (2), the applicable tax amount is the amount calculated in accordance with the formula:

where:
(a) for a company with only lower tax members in relation to the tainting period - the company ' s *corporate tax rate for imputation purposes for the income year in which the choice is made; or
(b) for a company with higher tax members in relation to the tainting period - the sum of:
(i) the maximum rate specified in column 2 of the table in Part 1 of Schedule 7 to the Income Tax Rates Act 1986 that applies for the income year in which the choice is made; and
(ii) 3%.
Note:
The 3% referred to in subparagraph (b)(ii) relates to rates of Medicare levy and surcharge.
notional franking amount
has the meaning given by subsection (4).
197-60(4)
In subsection (3), the notional franking amount is the amount calculated in accordance with the formula:
*Tainting amount at time of choice to untaint | × | 1 | ||
Applicable gross-up rate |
where:
applicable gross-up rate
means the company
'
s *corporate tax gross-up rate for the income year in which the choice is made.
Temporary budget repair levy
197-60(5)
If the income year in which the choice is made corresponds to a temporary budget repair levy year (within the meaning of section 4-11 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 ), increase the applicable tax rate calculated under subsection (3) by 2 percentage points.
When this section applies
197-65(1)
This section applies if:
(a) a company chooses to untaint its *share capital account; and
(b) the applicable franking percentage (within the meaning of subsection (3)) is higher than the percentage that was the *benchmark franking percentage in relation to the *franking period in which the transfer of an amount (the transferred amount ) that is, or is part of, the *tainting amount occurred.
Note:
If paragraph (b) is satisfied in relation to 2 or more amounts, this section is to be applied separately in relation to each of those amounts (so a separate franking debit will arise in relation to each of those amounts).
Franking debit arises in relation to making the choice
197-65(2)
A *franking debit arises in the company ' s *franking account in relation to the transferred amount. The debit arises immediately before the end of the *franking period in which the choice to untaint is made.
197-65(3)
The amount of the *franking debit is the amount by which the amount calculated in accordance with the following formula exceeds the amount of the franking debit that arose under section 197-45 in relation to the transferred amount:
Transferred amount | × | Applicable franking percentage | ||
Applicable gross-up rate |
where:
applicable franking percentage
means:
(a) if, before the debit arises, the *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the choice to untaint is made has already been set by section 203-30 - that percentage; or
(b) otherwise - 100%.
applicable gross-up rate
means the company
'
s *corporate tax gross-up rate for the income year in which the franking debit arises.
*Untainting tax is due and payable at the end of 21 days after the end of the *franking period in which the choice to untaint was made.
Note:
For provisions about collection and recovery of untainting tax, see Part 4-15 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
If any of the *untainting tax that a company is liable to pay remains unpaid 60 days after the day by which it is due to be paid, the company is liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(a) started at the beginning of the 60th day after the day by which the untainting tax was due to be paid; and
(b) ends at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the untainting tax;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the untainting tax.
The Commissioner may give a company, by post or otherwise, a notice specifying:
(a) the amount of any *untainting tax that the Commissioner has ascertained is payable by the company; and
(b) the day on which that tax became or will become due and payable.
Effect of notice on liability etc.
197-80(2)
Subject to section 197-85 , the amount of the liability of a company to *untainting tax, and the due date for payment of the tax, are not dependent on, or in any way affected by, the giving of a notice.
Amendment of notice
197-80(3)
The Commissioner may at any time amend a notice. An amended notice is a notice for the purposes of this section.
Inconsistency between notices
197-80(4)
If there is an inconsistency between notices that relate to the same subject matter, the later notice prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
Objections
197-80(5)
A company that is dissatisfied with a notice made in relation to the company may object against the notice in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
The production of:
(a) a notice given under section 197-80 ; or
(b) a document that is signed by the Commissioner and appears to be a copy of such a notice;
is conclusive evidence that:
(c) the notice was duly given; and
(d) the amount of *untainting tax specified in the notice became due and payable by the company to which it was given on the day specified in the notice.
197-85(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply in proceedings under Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 on a review or appeal relating to the review.
This Division provides an overview of the imputation system.
The *imputation system partially integrates the income tax liabilities of an Australian corporate tax entity and its members by:
(a) allowing the entity, when distributing profits to its members, to pass to those members credit for income tax paid by the entity on those profits; and
(b) allowing the entity ' s Australian members to claim a tax offset for that credit; and
(c) allowing the entity ' s Australian members to claim a refund if they are unable to fully utilise the tax offset in reducing their income tax.
When an Australian corporate tax entity distributes profits to its members, the entity has the option of passing to those members credit for income tax paid by the entity on the profits. This is done by franking the distribution.
A franking account is used to keep track of income tax paid by the entity, so that the entity can pass to its members the benefit of having paid that tax when a distribution is made.
200-15(2)
Each corporate tax entity has a franking account.
200-15(3)
Typically, a corporate tax entity receives a credit in the account if the entity pays income tax or receives a franked distribution. A credit in the franking account is called a franking credit.
200-15(4)
Typically, a corporate tax entity receives a debit in the account if the entity receives a refund of tax or franks a distribution to its members. A debit in the franking account is called a franking debit.
SECTION 200-20 How a distribution is franked 200-20(1)
A corporate tax entity franks a distribution by allocating a franking credit to it.
200-20(2)
The amount of the franking credit on the distribution is the amount specified in a statement that accompanies the distribution.
200-20(3)
Only some kinds of distribution can be franked. These are called frankable distributions.
SECTION 200-25 A corporate tax entity must not give its members credit for more tax than the entity has paid 200-25(1)
A corporate tax entity must not frank a distribution from profits with a franking credit that exceeds the maximum amount of income tax that could have been paid, at the entity ' s corporate tax rate for imputation purposes for the income year in which the distribution is made, on the profits distributed.
200-25(2)
If a distribution is franked in excess of this limit, the entity will be taken to have franked the distribution with the maximum franking credit for the distribution.
All frankable distributions made within a particular period must be franked to the same extent. This is the benchmark rule.
200-30(2)
It is designed to ensure that one member of a corporate tax entity is not preferred over another by the manner in which distributions are franked.
SECTION 200-35 Effect of receiving a franked distribution 200-35(1)
Under Division 207 , if an Australian member of a corporate tax entity receives a franked distribution, the member can usually offset, against the member ' s own income tax liability, income tax paid by the entity on the profits underlying the distribution.
200-35(2)
The tax offset to which the member is entitled is equal to the franking credit on the distribution.
Note 1:
A member may be entitled to a refund under Division 67 if the sum of the tax offset and certain other tax offsets exceeds the amount of income tax that the member would have to pay if the member had not got those tax offsets.
Note 2:
If the member is not a resident, the tax effects of receiving a distribution will be dealt with under Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , and Subdivision 207-D of this Part.
SECTION 200-40 200-40 An Australian corporate tax entity can pass the benefit of having received a franked distribution on to its members
If an Australian corporate tax entity receives a franked distribution, it can pass the benefit of having received a franking credit on the distribution to its own members by franking distributions to those members.
There are special rules to deal with:
(a) venture capital franking by a pooled development fund; and
(b) franking by life insurance companies; and
(c) franking by exempting companies and former exempting companies; and
(d) franking by co-operative companies; and
(e) franking by companies that are NZ residents or members of the same wholly-owned group as one or more companies that are NZ residents.
The main object of this Part is to allow certain *corporate tax entities to pass to their *members the benefit of having paid income tax on the profits underlying certain *distributions.
201-1(2)
The other objects of this Part are to ensure that:
(a) the imputation system is not used to give the benefit of income tax paid by a *corporate tax entity to *members who do not have a sufficient economic interest in the entity; and
(b) the imputation system is not used to prefer some members over others when passing on the benefits of having paid income tax; and
(c) the *membership of a corporate tax entity is not manipulated to create either of the outcomes mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b).
SECTION 201-5 201-5 Application of this Part
Subject to the rules on the application of this Part set out in the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 , this Part applies to events that occur on or after 1 July 2002.
An entity can only frank a distribution if certain conditions are met. These conditions are set out in this Subdivision.
SECTION 202-5 202-5 Franking a distribution
An entity franks a *distribution if:
(a) the entity is a *franking entity that satisfies the *residency requirement when the distribution is made; and
(b) the distribution is a *frankable distribution; and
(c) the entity allocates a *franking credit to the distribution.
Note 1:
Division 205 deals with a corporate tax entity ' s franking account and sets out when credits, known as franking credits, and debits, known as franking debits, arise in that account.
Note 2:
The mechanism by which an entity allocates a franking credit to a distribution (for example, whether it is done by resolution or some other means) is determined by the entity.
Generally, a corporate tax entity that is an Australian resident at the time a distribution is made, can frank the distribution.
There are some exceptions.
SECTION 202-15 202-15 Franking entities
An entity is a franking entity at a particular time if:
(a) it is a *corporate tax entity at that time; and
(b) it is not a *life insurance company that is a *mutual insurance company at that time; and
(c) in a case where the entity is a company that is a trustee of a trust - it is not acting in its capacity as trustee of the trust at that time.
An entity satisfies the residency requirement when making a *distribution if:
(a) in the case of a company - the company is an Australian resident at that time; and
(b) in the case of a *corporate limited partnership - the corporate limited partnership is an Australian resident at that time; and
(c) (Repealed by No 53 of 2016)
(d) in the case of a *public trading trust - the public trading trust is a resident unit trust for the income year in which that time occurs.
Generally, distributions that are made out of realised profits can be franked.
Those distributions that are not frankable are identified.
Distributions and non-share dividends are frankable unless it is specified that they are unfrankable.
SECTION 202-35 202-35 Object
The object of this Subdivision is to ensure that only distributions equivalent to realised taxed profits can be franked.
A *distribution is a frankable distribution , to the extent that it is not unfrankable under section 202-45 .
202-40(2)
A *non-share dividend is a frankable distribution , to the extent that it is not unfrankable under section 202-45 .
SECTION 202-45 202-45 Unfrankable distributions
The following are unfrankable :
(a) (Repealed by No 101 of 2003)
(b) (Repealed by No 53 of 2015) (c) where the purchase price on the buy-back of a *share by a *company from one of its *members is taken to be a dividend under section 159GZZZP of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 - so much of that purchase price as exceeds what would be the market value (as normally understood) of the share at the time of the buy-back if the buy-back did not take place and were never proposed to take place; (d) a *distribution in respect of a *non-equity share; (e) a distribution that is sourced, directly or indirectly, from a company ' s *share capital account; (ea) a distribution or a part of a distribution to which subsection 207-159(1) of this Act applies (distributions funded by capital raising); (f) an amount that is taken to be an unfrankable distribution under section 215-10 or 215-15 of this Act; (g) an amount that is taken to be a dividend for any purpose under any of the following provisions:
(i) unless subsection 109RB(6) or 109RC(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies in relation to the amount - Division 7A of Part III of that Act (distributions to entities connected with a *private company);
(ii) (Repealed by No 79 of 2007 )
(iii) section 109 of that Act (excessive payments to shareholders, directors and associates);
(h) an amount that is taken to be an unfranked dividend for any purpose:
(iv) section 47A of that Act (distribution benefits - CFCs);
(i) under section 45 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (streaming bonus shares and unfranked dividends);
(i) a *demerger dividend; (j) a distribution that section 152-125 or 220-105 of this Act says is unfrankable; (k) a distribution by a *listed public company that is consideration for the cancellation of a *membership interest in the company as part of a selective reduction of capital, including a selective reduction within the meaning of section 256B of the Corporations Act 2001 .
(ii) because of a determination of the Commissioner under section 45C of that Act (streaming dividends and capital benefits);
This section applies to an amount paid by a body corporate if:
(a) the body corporate is a non-operating holding company within the meaning of the Financial Sector (Transfer and Restructure) Act 1999 ; and
(b) a restructure instrument under Part 4A of that Act is in force in relation to the body; and
(c) because of the restructure to which the instrument relates, an *ADI becomes a subsidiary (within the meaning of that Act) of the body; and
(d) the amount is sourced, directly or indirectly, from the profits of the ADI before the restructure instrument came into force; and
(e) the amount would have been a *frankable distribution if it had been distributed by the ADI before the restructure instrument came into force.
202-47(2)
The amount:
(a) is taken to be a dividend paid by the body, for the purposes of this Act (and so is a *distribution by the body); and
(b) is not taken to be an *unfrankable distribution by the body just because of paragraph 202-45(e) (which makes distributions from *share capital accounts unfrankable).
SECTION 202-50 What this Subdivision is about
The amount of the franking credit on a distribution is that stated in the distribution statement, unless the amount stated exceeds the maximum franking credit for the distribution.
In that case, the amount of the franking credit on the distribution is taken to be the maximum franking credit for the distribution, worked out under this Subdivision.
202-55 | What is the maximum franking credit for a frankable distribution? |
Operative provisions | |
202-60 | Amount of the franking credit on a distribution |
202-65 | Where the franking credit stated in the distribution statement exceeds the maximum franking credit for the distribution |
The maximum franking credit for a distribution is equivalent to the maximum amount of income tax that the entity making the distribution could have paid, at the entity ' s corporate tax rate for imputation purposes for the income year in which the distribution is made, on the profits underlying the distribution.
SECTION 202-60 Amount of the franking credit on a distribution 202-60(1)
The amount of the *franking credit on a *distribution is that stated in the *distribution statement for the distribution, unless that amount exceeds the *maximum franking credit for the distribution.
202-60(2)
The maximum franking credit for a *distribution is worked out using the formula:
Amount of the *frankable distribution | × | 1 | ||
Applicable gross-up rate |
where:
applicable gross-up rate
means the *corporate tax gross-up rate of the entity making the distribution for the income year in which the distribution is made.
If the amount of a *franking credit stated in a *distribution statement for a *distribution exceeds the *maximum franking credit for the distribution, the amount of the franking credit on the distribution is taken to be the amount of the maximum franking credit for the distribution, and not the amount stated in the distribution statement.
An entity that makes a frankable distribution must give the recipient a statement setting out details of the distribution.
SECTION 202-75 Obligation to give a distribution statement 202-75(1)
An entity that makes a *frankable distribution must give the recipient a *distribution statement.
202-75(2)
The statement must be given on or before the day on which the *distribution is made, unless the entity is allowed to give the statement at a later time under subsection (3).
202-75(3)
If the entity is a *private company for the income year in which the *distribution is made, the statement must be given:
(a) before the end of 4 months after the end of the income year in which the distribution is made; or
(b) before the time determined by the Commissioner under subsection (5);
whichever is later.
202-75(4)
However, the entity is not allowed to give the statement at a later time under subsection (3) if the statement indicates that a *franking credit has been allocated to the *distribution and the franking credit would, either alone or when added to other franking credits allocated to other distributions made by the entity during the income year, result in the entity having a liability for *franking deficit tax, or an increased liability for franking deficit tax, at the end of the income year.
Note:
The combined effect of subsections (3) and (4) is that a private company can retrospectively frank a distribution, but not so as to create or increase a liability for franking deficit tax.
202-75(5)
The Commissioner may determine in writing that a *private company may give the statement before a time specified in the determination.
SECTION 202-80 Distribution statement 202-80(1)
A distribution statement is a statement made in accordance with this section.
202-80(2)
The statement must be in the *approved form.
202-80(3)
The statement must:
(a) identify the entity making the distribution; and
(b) state the date on which the distribution is made; and
(c) state the amount of the distribution; and
(d) state that there is a *franking credit of an amount specified on the distribution; and
(e) state the *franking percentage for the distribution; and
(f) state the amount of any *withholding tax that has been deducted from the distribution by the entity; and
(g) include any other information required by the *approved form that is relevant to imputation generally or the distribution.
Note:
Under the Taxation Administration Act 1953 it is an offence to fail to give a statement required under this Subdivision, or make a misleading statement in connection with a distribution (whether franked or not).
SECTION 202-85 Changing the franking credit on a distribution by amending the distribution statement
Changing the franking credit on a specified distribution
202-85(1)
The Commissioner may, on application by an entity, determine in writing that the entity may change the *franking credit on a specified *distribution by amending the *distribution statement for the distribution.
202-85(2)
In deciding whether to make a determination under subsection (1), the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) whether the date for lodgment of an *income tax return by the recipient of the specified *distribution for the income year in which the distribution was made has passed; and
(b) whether, if the *franking credit on the specified distribution were changed in accordance with the entity's application, there would be any difference in the *withholding tax liability of the recipient; and
(c) whether amending the distribution statement as requested by the entity would lead to a breach of the *benchmark rule, or any of the rules in Division 204 (the anti-streaming rules); and
(d) whether amending the distribution statement as requested by the entity would lead to a new *benchmark franking percentage being set for the entity for the *franking period in which the distribution was made; and
(e) any other matters that the Commissioner considers relevant.
Changing the franking credits on a specified class of distributions
202-85(3)
The Commissioner may, on application by an entity,determine in writing that the entity may change the *franking credits on *distributions of a specified class by amending the *distribution statements for the distributions.
202-85(4)
In deciding whether to make a determination under subsection (3), the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) the number of recipients to whom an amended *distribution statement would be made; and
(b) whether the date for lodgment of *income tax returns by recipients of *distributions of the specified class for the income year in which the distributions were made has passed; and
(c) whether, if the *franking credit on the specified distributions were changed in accordance with the entity's application, there would be any difference in the *withholding tax liability of the recipients; and
(d) whether amending the distribution statements as requested by the entity would lead to a breach of the *benchmark rule, or any of the rules in Division 204 (the anti-streaming rules); and
(e) whether amending the distribution statements as requested by the entity would lead to a new *benchmark franking percentage being set for the entity for the *franking period in which the distributions were made; and
(f) any other matters that the Commissioner considers relevant.
Applying to the Commissioner
202-85(5)
The entity must:
(a) make its application under this section in writing; and
(b) include in the application all information relevant to the matters to which the Commissioner must have regard under:
(i) subsection (2), if the application relates to a *distribution; or
(ii) subsection (4), if the application relates to a class of distributions.
Review
202-85(6)
If the entity or a *member of the entity is dissatisfied with a determination under subsection (3), the entity or member may object to it in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
Distributions within a particular period must all be franked to the same extent.
A corporate tax entity must frank all frankable distributions made within a particular period at a franking percentage set as the benchmark for that period. This is the benchmark rule.
203-5(2)
The benchmark rule does not apply to some corporate tax entities. Those entities are identified in section 203-20 .
SECTION 203-10 Benchmark franking percentage 203-10(1)
The benchmark franking percentage for an entity is set by reference to the franking percentage for the first frankable distribution made by the entity during the relevant period.
203-10(2)
An entity has a benchmark franking percentage, even if it is not subject to the benchmark rule.
Operative provisions SECTION 203-15 203-15 Object
The object of this Subdivision is to ensure that one *member of a *corporate tax entity is not preferred over another when the entity *franks *distributions.
The *benchmark rule does not apply to a company in a *franking period if either:
(a) the company satisfies each of the following criteria:
(i) at all times during the franking period, the company is a *listed public company;
(ii) the company cannot make a *distribution on one *membership interest during the franking period without making a distribution under the same resolution on all other membership interests;
(iii) the company cannot *frank a distribution made on one membership interest during the franking period without franking distributions made on all other membership interests under the same resolution with a *franking credit worked out using the same *franking percentage; or
(b) the entity is a *100% subsidiary of a company that satisfies the criteria set out in paragraph (a).
203-20(2)
The following are examples of cases in which a company satisfies the criteria set out in paragraph (1)(a):
(a) the company is a *listed public company with a single *class of *membership interest at all times during the relevant *franking period;
(b) the company is a listed public company that, under its constituent documents, must not:
(i) make a *distribution on one membership interest during the relevant franking period without making a distribution under the same resolution on all other membership interests; or
(ii) *frank a distribution made on one membership interest during the relevant franking period without franking distributions made on all other membership interests under the same resolution with a *franking credit worked out using the same *franking percentage;
(c) the company is a listed public company with more than one class of membership interest, but the rights in relation to distributions and the franking of distributions are the same for each class of membership interest.
This is not an exhaustive list.
203-20(3)
For the purposes of subsection (1), ignore *membership interests that do not carry a right to receive *distributions (other than distributions on the winding up of the company).
SECTION 203-25 203-25 Benchmark rule
An entity must not make a *frankable distribution whose *franking percentage differs from the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the distribution is made. This is the benchmark rule .
Note:
If a corporate tax entity franks a distribution in breach of this rule, the distribution will still be a franked distribution, although consequences will flow under section 203-50 .
The benchmark franking percentage for an entity for a *franking period is the same as the *franking percentage for the first *frankable distribution made by the entity within the period.
Note:
If no frankable distribution is made during the period, there is no benchmark franking percentage for the period.
Subject to subsection (2), the franking percentage for a *frankable distribution is worked out using the formula:
*Franking credit allocated to the *frankable distribution
*Maximum franking credit for the distribution |
× | 100 |
203-35(2)
If the *franking percentage for a *frankable distribution would exceed 100% if it were worked out under subsection (1), it is taken to be 100%.
SECTION 203-40 Franking periods - where the entity is not a private company 203-40(1)
Use this section to work out the franking periods for an entity in an income year where the entity is not a *private company for the income year.
203-40(2)
If the entity ' s income year is a period of 12 months, each of the following is a franking period for the entity in that year:
(a) the period of 6 months beginning at the start of the entity ' s income year;
(b) the remainder of the income year.
203-40(3)
If the entity ' s income year is a period of 6 months or less, the franking period for the entity in that year is the same as the income year.
203-40(4)
If the entity ' s income year is a period of more than 6 months and less than 12 months, each of the following is a franking period for the entity in that year:
(a) the period of 6 months beginning at the start of the entity ' s income year;
(b) the remainder of the income year.
203-40(5)
If the entity ' s income year is a period of more than 12 months, each of the following is a franking period for the entity in that year:
(a) the period of 6 months beginning at the start of the entity ' s income year (the first franking period );
(b) the period of 6 months beginning immediately after the end of the first franking period;
(c) the remainder of the income year.
SECTION 203-45 203-45 Franking period - private companies
The franking period for an entity that is a *private company for an income year is the same as the income year.
If an entity makes a *frankable distribution in breach of the *benchmark rule:
(a) the entity is liable to pay over-franking tax imposed by the New Business Tax System (Over-franking Tax) Act 2002 if the *franking percentage for the *distribution exceeds the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the distribution is made; and
(b) a *franking debit arises in the entity ' s *franking account if the franking percentage for the distribution is less than the entity ' s benchmark franking percentage for the franking period in which the distribution is made.
203-50(2)
Use the following formula to work out:
(a) in a case dealt with under paragraph (1)(a) - the amount of the *over-franking tax; and
(b) in a case dealt with under paragraph (1)(b) - the amount of the *franking debit:
Amount of the *frankable distribution | × | Franking % differential | ||
Applicable gross-up rate |
where:
applicable gross-up rate
means the *corporate tax gross-up rate of the entity making the distribution for the income year in which the distribution is made.
franking % differential
is the difference between:
(a) the *franking percentage for the *frankable distribution; and
(b) either:
(i) if subparagraph (ii) does not apply - the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the *distribution is made; or
(ii) if the Commissioner in the exercise of the Commissioner ' s powers under subsection 203-55(1) , permits the entity to frank the distribution at a different franking percentage - that percentage.
Example:
An entity makes 3 successive frankable distributions in a franking period. Each of those distributions is represented in the following diagram. The franking percentage for the first distribution is 40%, and so the entity ' s benchmark franking percentage for the period is 40%.
![]()
Note:
Distribution 2 is under-franked to the extent of the franking % differential. This is used to work out the amount of the under-franking debit under subsection (2).
Distribution 3 is over-franked to the extent of the franking % differential. This is used to work out the amount of over-franking tax on the distribution under the New Business Tax System (Over-franking Tax) Act 2002 . The amount of the tax is calculated using the same formula as that set out in subsection (2).
203-50(3)
A *franking debit arising under paragraph (1)(b) is in addition to any franking debit that would otherwise arise for the entity because of the *distribution.
203-50(4)
The *franking debit arises on the day on which the *frankable distribution is made.
SECTION 203-55 Commissioner ' s powers to permit a departure from the benchmark rule
Powers of the Commissioner
203-55(1)
The Commissioner may, on application by an entity, make a determination in writing permitting the entity to *frank a *distribution at a *franking percentage that differs from the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the distribution is made.
203-55(2)
Because the *benchmark rule is an integral part of the imputation system, the Commissioner ' s powers under this section may only be exercised in extraordinary circumstances.
Matters to which the Commissioner must have regard in exercising the power
203-55(3)
In deciding whether there are extraordinary circumstances justifying the exercise of the Commissioner ' s power to make a determination under subsection (1), the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) the entity ' s reasons for departing, or proposing to depart, from the *benchmark rule; and
(b) the extent of the departure, or proposed departure, from the benchmark rule; and
(c) if the circumstances that give rise to the entity ' s application are within the entity ' s control, the extent to which the entity has sought the exercise of the Commissioner ' s powers under this section in the past; and
(d) whether a *member of the entity has been or will be disadvantaged as a result of the departure, or proposed departure, from the benchmark rule; and
(e) whether a *member of the entity will receive greater *imputation benefits than another member of the entity because a distribution *franked at a *franking percentage that differs from the *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period is made to one of them; and
(f) any other matters that the Commissioner considers relevant.
When may the powers be exercised?
203-55(4)
The Commissioner may make a determination under subsection (1) either before or after the *frankable distribution is made.
Consequence of the Commissioner exercising the power under this section
203-55(5)
An allocation of a *franking credit at a percentage specified by the Commissioner in a determination under subsection (1) is taken to comply with the *benchmark rule.
Applying to the Commissioner
203-55(6)
The entity must:
(a) make its application under this section in writing; and
(b) include in the application all information relevant to the matters to which the Commissioner must have regard under subsection (3).
Review
203-55(7)
If the entity or a *member of the entity is dissatisfied with the determination under subsection (1), the entity or member may object to it in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
The objects of this Division are to ensure that:
(a) an entity and its *members cannot avoid the effect of the *benchmark rule by exploiting the *benchmark franking percentage of another entity; and
(b) an entity does not stream *franked distributions and *tax-exempt bonus shares; and
(c) an entity does not stream *distributions to members of the entity who *derive a *greater benefit from franking credits than other members.
The rules in this Division will apply to an entity even if it is not subject to the benchmark rule.
204-5(2)
This Division applies to non-share dividends in the same way as it applies to distributions.
Subdivision 204-B - Linked distributions
This Subdivision prevents the exploitation of a corporate tax entity ' s benchmark franking percentage by another corporate tax entity, or that other entity ' s members, by imposing a franking debit where there is exploitation.
SECTION 204-15 Linked distributions
Franking debit arises where a distribution by one entity is substituted for a distribution by another
204-15(1)
This section gives rise to a *franking debit if:
(a) the exercise of a choice or selection by a *member of an entity (the first entity ); or
(b) the member ' s failure to exercise a choice or selection;
has the effect of determining (to any extent) that another entity makes to one of its members a *distribution (the linked distribution ) that is:
(c) in substitution (in whole or in part) for a distribution by the first entity to that member or any other member of the first entity; and
(d) unfranked, or *franked at a *franking percentage that differs from the first entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the linked distribution is made.
Note:
Division 205 deals with a corporate tax entity ' s franking account and sets out when a debit, known as a franking debit, arises in that account.
Franking account in which the debit arises
204-15(2)
The debit arises in the *franking account of the entity with the higher *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the linked distribution is made.
Amount of the debit
204-15(3)
The debit is equal to the one that would arise in that *franking account if the entity had made a *franked distribution, equal to the linked distribution, with a *franking percentage equal to the *benchmark franking percentage for that entity.
When does the debit arise
204-15(4)
The debit arises on the day on which the linked distribution is made.
Debit is in addition to any other franking debit arising because of the linked distribution
204-15(5)
The debit is in addition to any other debit that arises in an entity ' s *franking account because of the linked distribution.
Where an entity has no benchmark franking percentage
204-15(6)
If an entity has no *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the linked distribution is made, this section applies as if:
(a) in a case where the linked distribution has a *franking percentage of less than 50% - the entity had a benchmark franking percentage of 100% for that period; and
(b) in a case where the linked distribution has a franking percentage equal to or greater than 50% - the entity had a benchmark franking percentage of 0% for that period.
This Subdivision prevents the substitution of a tax-exempt bonus share for a franked distribution by imposing a franking debit on the issue of the share as if it were a franked distribution.
SECTION 204-25 Substituting tax-exempt bonus shares for franked distributions
Franking debit arises if tax-exempt bonus shares are issued in substitution for a franked distribution
204-25(1)
This section gives rise to a *franking debit in an entity ' s *franking account if:
(a) the exercise of a choice or selection by a *member of the entity; or
(b) the member ' s failure to exercise a choice or selection;
has the effect of determining (to any extent) that the entity issues one or more *tax-exempt bonus shares, to that member or another member of the entity, in substitution (in whole or in part) for one or more *franked distributions by the entity to that member or another member.
Amount of the debit
204-25(2)
The debit is equal to the one that would arise in the entity ' s *franking account if the entity made a *distribution, equal to the *franked distributions referred to in subsection (1), franked at the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the shares are issued.
When does the debit arise
204-25(3)
The debit arises on the day when the shares are issued.
Meaning of tax-exempt bonus share
204-25(4)
For a company whose *shares have no par value, tax-exempt bonus share means a share issued by the company in the circumstances mentioned in subsection 6BA(6) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
204-25(5)
For any other company, tax-exempt bonus share means a *share issued by the company to a *shareholder in the company where:
(a) the amount or value of the share is debited against an amount standing to the credit of a share premium account of the company; and
(b) no part of the paid-up value of the share is a dividend; and
(c) the share is issued:
(i) as a bonus share; or
(ii) in the circumstances mentioned in subsection 6BA(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , as in force immediately before 1 July 1998.
Where a company has no benchmark franking percentage for the franking period
204-25(6)
If a company has no *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the *tax-exempt bonus share is issued, this section applies as if the entity had a benchmark franking percentage of 100% for that period.
This Subdivision prevents the streaming of imputation benefits to one member of a corporate tax entity in preference to another by either imposing a franking debit or denying an imputation benefit where there is streaming.
SECTION 204-30 Streaming distributions
Commissioner ' s power to make a determination when distributions or distributions and other benefits are streamed
204-30(1)
This section empowers the Commissioner to make determinations if an entity streams one or more *distributions (or one or more distributions and the giving of other benefits), whether in a single *franking period or in a number of franking periods, in such a way that:
(a) an *imputation benefit is, or apart from this section would be, received by a *member of the entity as a result of the distribution or distributions; and
(b) the member would *derive a *greater benefit from franking credits than another member of the entity; and
(c) the other member of the entity will receive lesser imputation benefits, or will not receive any imputation benefits, whether or not the other member receives other benefits.
The member that derives the greater benefit from franking credits is the favoured member . The member that receives the lesser imputation benefits is the disadvantaged member .
Examples of other benefits
204-30(2)
These are examples of the giving of other benefits:
(a) issuing bonus *shares;
(b) returning *paid-up share capital;
(c) *forgiving a debt;
(d) the entity or another entity making a payment of any kind, or giving any property, to a *member or to another person on a member ' s behalf.
Nature of the determination that the Commissioner may make
204-30(3)
The Commissioner may make one or more of these determinations:
(a) that a specified *franking debit arises in the *franking account of the entity, for a specified *distribution or other benefit to a disadvantaged member;
(b) that a specified *exempting debit arises in the *exempting account of the entity, for a specified *distribution or other benefit to a disadvantaged member;
(c) that no *imputation benefit is to arise in respect of a distribution that is made to a favoured member and specified in the determination.
A determination must be in writing.
204-30(4)
The Commissioner may:
(a) specify the *franking debit under paragraph (3)(a) by specifying the *franking percentage to be used in working out the amount of the debit; and
(b) specify the *exempting debit under paragraph (3)(b) by specifying the *exempting percentage to be used in working out the amount of the debit.
204-30(5)
The Commissioner may specify the *distribution under paragraph (3)(a), (b) or (c) by specifying:
(a) the date on which the distribution was made, or the period during which the distribution was made; and
(b) the member, or class of members, to whom the distribution was made.
What is an imputation benefit?
204-30(6)
A *member of an entity receives an imputation benefit as a result of a distribution if:
(a) the member is entitled to a *tax offset under Division 207 as a result of the distribution; or
(b) an amount would be included in the member ' s assessable income as a result of the distribution because of the operation of section 207-35 ; or
(c) a *franking credit would arise in the *franking account of the member as a result of the distribution; or
(d) an *exempting credit would arise in the *exempting account of the member as a result of the distribution; or
(e) the member would not be liable to pay *withholding tax on the distribution, because of the operation of paragraph 128B(3)(ga) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(f) the member is entitled to a *tax offset under section 210-170 as a result of the distribution.
When does a favoured member derive greater benefit from franking credits?
204-30(7)
The following subsection lists some of the cases in which a *member of an entity *derives a greater benefit from franking credits than another member of the entity. It is not an exhaustive list.
204-30(8)
A *member of an entity *derives a greater benefit from franking credits than another member of the entity if any of the following circumstances exist in relation to the other member in the income year in which the distribution giving rise to the benefit is made, and not in relation to the first member:
(a) the other member is a foreign resident;
(b) the other member would not be entitled to any *tax offset under Division 207 because of the distribution;
(c) the amount of income tax that, apart from this Division, would be payable by the other member because of the distribution is less than the tax offset to which the other member would be entitled;
(d) the other member is a *corporate tax entity at the time the distribution is made, but no *franking credit arises for the entity as a result of the distribution;
(e) the other member is a *corporate tax entity at the time the distribution is made, but cannot use *franking credits received on the distribution to *frank distributions to its own members because:
(i) it is not a *franking entity; or
(ii) it is unable to make *frankable distributions;
(f) the other member is an *exempting entity.
204-30(9)
A *member of an entity *derives a greater benefit from franking credits than another member of the entity if any of the following circumstances exist in relation to the first member in the income year in which the *distribution giving rise to the benefit is made, and not in relation to the other member:
(a) a *franking credit arises for the first member under item 5, 6 or 7 of the table in section 208-130 (distributions by *exempting entities to exempting entities);
(b) a franking credit or *exempting credit arises for the first member because the distribution is *franked with an exempting credit;
(c) the first member is entitled to a *tax offset because:
(i) the distribution is a *franked distribution made by an exempting entity; or
(ii) the distribution is *franked with an exempting credit.
204-30(10)
A *member of an entity *derives a greater benefit from franking credits than another member if the first member is entitled to a *tax offset under section 210-170 as a result of the *distribution, and the other member is not.
SECTION 204-35 When does a franking debit arise if the Commissioner makes a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) 204-35(1)
If the Commissioner makes a determination giving rise to a *franking debit in the *franking account of an entity under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) , the debit arises in the franking account of the entity on the day on which the notice of determination is given to the entity in accordance with section 204-50 .
204-35(2)
If the Commissioner makes a determination giving rise to an *exempting debit in the *exempting account of an entity under paragraph 204-30(3)(b) , the debit arises in the exempting account of the entity on the day on which the notice of determination is given to the entity in accordance with section 204-50 .
SECTION 204-40 Amount of the franking debit 204-40(1)
The amount of the *franking debit arising because of a determination by the Commissioner under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) must not exceed:
(a) if the specified *distribution has been *franked - the difference between the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution and an amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the distribution by the highest *franking percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(b) if the specified distribution, although *frankable, has not been franked - an amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the distribution by the highest franking percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(c) if the specified distribution is *unfrankable - an amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the distribution by the highest franking percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(d) if the specified benefit is the issue of bonus shares from a share premium account - an amount worked out by multiplying the amount debited to the share premium account in respect of the bonus shares by the highest franking percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(e) if some other benefit is specified - an amount worked out by multiplying the value of the benefit by the highest franking percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked.
204-40(2)
In specifying the *franking debit, the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) any *franking debit already arising in the *franking account of the entity under paragraph 203-50(1)(b) because the entity franked the specified *distribution in breach of the *benchmark rule; and
(b) any franking debit already arising in the franking account of the entity, because of the specified distribution or benefit, under section 204-15 (about linked distributions) or section 204-25 (about substituting *tax-exempt bonus shares for *franked distributions).
SECTION 204-41 204-41 Amount of the exempting debit
The amount of the *exempting debit arising because of a determination by the Commissioner under paragraph 204-30(3)(b) must not exceed:
(a) if the specified *distribution has been *franked with an exempting credit - the difference between the amount of the *exempting credit on the distribution and an amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the distribution by the highest *exempting percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(b) if the specified distribution, although *frankable, has not been franked with an exempting credit - an amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the distribution by the highest exempting percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(c) if the specified distribution is *unfrankable - an amount worked out by multiplying the amount of the distribution by the highest exempting percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(d) if the specified benefit is the issue of bonus shares from a share premium account - an amount worked out by multiplying the amount debited to the share premium account in respect of the bonus shares by the highest exempting percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked; or
(e) if some other benefit is specified - an amount worked out by multiplying the value of the benefit by the highest exempting percentage at which a distribution to a favoured member is franked.
If the Commissioner makes a determination denying an *imputation benefit under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) (about distributions to favoured members), the determination has effect according to its terms.
A determination under subsection 204-30(3) does not form part of an assessment.
204-50(2)
The Commissioner must give notice in writing of the determination: (a) in a case where the Commissioner determines that a *franking debit is to arise in the *franking account of an entity under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) - to the entity; and (b) in a case where the Commissioner determines that an *exempting debit is to arise in the *exempting account of an entity under paragraph 204-30(3)(b) - to the entity; and (c) in a case where a favoured member is denied an *imputation benefit under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) - to the favoured member.
204-50(3)
If the Commissioner makes a determination denying an *imputation benefit under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) on a *distribution made by a *listed public company, the Commissioner is taken to have served notice in writing of the determination on the favoured member if the Commissioner causes a notice to be published in a manner that results in the notice being accessible to the public and reasonably prominent. The notice is taken to have been served on the day on which the publication takes place.
204-50(4)
(Repealed by No 81 of 2016)
If a taxpayer to whom a determination relates is dissatisfied with the determination, the taxpayer may object to it in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
This Subdivision requires an entity to notify the Commissioner where there is a significant difference in its benchmark franking percentage over time, so that the Commissioner can assess whether there is streaming.
SECTION 204-70 Application of this Subdivision 204-70(1)
This Subdivision applies to an entity if the difference between:
(a) the *benchmark franking percentage for the entity for a *franking period (the current franking period ); and
(b) the benchmark franking percentage for the entity for the last franking period in which a *frankable distribution was made (the last relevant franking period );
is more than the amount worked out using the following formula (whether the percentage for the current franking period is more than or less than the percentage for the last relevant franking period):
Number of *franking periods starting immediately after the last relevant franking period and ending at the end of the current franking period | × | 20 percentage points |
204-70(2)
However, this Subdivision does not apply to an entity to which the benchmark rule does not apply.
Note:
Section 203-20 identifies the entities to which the benchmark rule does not apply.
The entity must notify the Commissioner in writing of the difference.
204-75(2)
(Repealed by No 41 of 2011)
204-75(3)
The notice must also state:
(a) the *benchmark franking percentage for the current franking period; and
(b) the benchmark franking percentage for the last relevant franking period.
204-75(4)
The notice must be in the *approved form and must be given to the Commissioner:
(a) if the entity is required to give the Commissioner a *franking return for the income year in which the current franking period occurs - with that return; or
(b) otherwise - within one month after the end of the income year in which the current franking period occurs.
Note:
See Subdivision 214-A for requirements to give the Commissioner franking returns.
SECTION 204-80 Commissioner may require information where the Commissioner suspects streaming 204-80(1)
The Commissioner may request the entity to give the Commissioner the following information:
(a) the entity ' s reasons for setting a benchmark franking percentage for the current franking period that differs significantly from the benchmark franking percentage for the last relevant franking period; and
(b) the *franking percentages for all *frankable distributions made in the current franking period and the last relevant franking period; and
(c) details of any other benefits given to the entity ' s *members, either by the entity or an *associate of the entity, during the period beginning at the beginning of the last relevant franking period and ending at the end of the current franking period; and
(d) whether any member of the entity has *derived, or will derive, a *greater benefit from franking credits than another member of the entity as a result of the variation in the benchmark franking percentage between the current franking period and the last relevant franking period; and
(e) any other information required by the *approved form that is relevant in determining whether the entity is streaming *distributions.
204-80(2)
The entity must comply with the Commissioner ' s request.
Division 205 - Franking accounts, franking deficit tax liabilities and the related tax offset
This Division:
Each entity that is, or has ever been, a corporate tax entity has a franking account.
205-5(2)
The payment of a PAYG instalment or income tax will generate a franking credit in that account. The amount of the credit is equal to the amount of tax paid. The receipt of a franked distribution by an entity from another corporate tax entity will also generate a franking credit. There are other circumstances in which a franking credit arises.
205-5(3)
The receipt of a refund of income tax or the payment of a franked distribution by a corporate tax entity will generate a franking debit. There are, however, other cases where a franking debit arises. For example, a franking debit might arise under a determination by the Commissioner because distributions have been streamed.
205-5(4)
An entity must be a franking entity at certain times and satisfy certain residency requirements before a franking credit or debit arises in its account.
205-5(5)
Franking deficit tax is payable if the franking account of an entity is in deficit at the end of the entity ' s income year, or when the entity ceases to be a franking entity.
205-5(6)
A tax offset is available to an entity that has incurred a liability to pay franking deficit tax.
Operative provisions SECTION 205-10 205-10 Each entity that is or has been a corporate tax entity has a franking account
There is a franking account for each entity that is, or has at any time been, a *corporate tax entity.
Note:
The balance in the franking account on 1 July 2002 will either be nil or, if the entity had a franking surplus or deficit immediately before 1 July 2002 under the imputation scheme existing at that time, an amount calculated under the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
The following table sets out when a credit arises in the *franking account of an entity and the amount of the credit. The credit is called a franking credit .
Credits in the franking account | |||
Item | If: | A credit of: | Arises: |
1 | the entity *pays a PAYG instalment; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in relation to which the PAYG instalment is paid; and the entity is a *franking entity for the whole or part of the relevant *PAYG instalment period |
that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity, less any reduction under subsection (4) | on the day on which the payment is made |
2 | the entity *pays income tax; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year for which the tax is paid; and the entity is a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity, less any reduction under subsection (4) | on the day on which the payment is made |
3 | a *franked distribution is made to the entity; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made; and the entity is a *franking entity when it receives the distribution; and the entity is entitled to a *tax offset because of the distribution under Division 207 |
the *franking credit on the distribution | on the day on which the distribution is made |
4 | a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity through a partnership or the trustee of a trust; and
the entity is a *franking entity when the franked distribution is made; and the entity is entitled to a *tax offset because of the distribution under Division 207 |
the entity ' s share of the *franking credit on the distribution | at the time specified in subsection (2) |
4A | a *franking debit arises under item 2 or 2A of the table in subsection
205-30(1)
because the entity receives a *tax offset refund; and
the entity ' s tax offset refund is subsequently reduced and the entity is liable to pay to the Commonwealth the amount of the excess mentioned in subsection 172A(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and the entity pays the amount of the excess |
the difference (if any) between:
(a) the amount of the franking debit; and (b) the amount the franking debit would have been if the tax offset refund were reduced by the amount of the excess |
on the day on which the amount of the excess is paid |
5 | the entity incurs a liability to pay *franking deficit tax under section 205-45 or 205-50 | the amount of the liability | immediately after the liability is incurred |
6 | a *franking credit arises under section 316-275 for the *friendly society or one of its *wholly-owned subsidiaries because the society or subsidiary *receives a refund of income tax | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 316-275(3) | at the time provided by subsection 316-275(4) |
6A | a *franking credit arises under paragraph 417-50(5)(b) in relation to a deduction transferred to a *corporate tax entity | the amount of the *franking credit specified in subsection 417-50(6) | at the time provided by paragraph 417-50(5)(b) |
6B | a *franking credit arises under paragraph 417-100(1)(c) in relation to *tax loss transferred to a *corporate tax entity | the amount of the *franking credit specified in subsection 417-100(3) | at the time provided by paragraph 417-100(1)(c) |
7 | a *franking credit arises under subsection 418-50(1) in relation to an *exploration credit | the amount of the *franking credit specified in subsection 418-50(2) | at the time provided by subsection 418-50(3) |
8 | the entity *pays diverted profits tax; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year for which the tax is paid; and the entity is a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity, multiplied by the proportion worked out under subsection (5) | on the day on which the payment is made |
9 | the entity
*
pays Australian DMT tax; and
the entity satisfies the * residency requirement for the income year corresponding to the * Fiscal Year for which the tax is paid; and the entity is a * franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity | on the day on which the payment is made |
205-15(2)
A *franking credit covered by item 4 of the table arises at the end of the income year: (a) that is an income year of the last partnership or trust interposed between:
(i) the entity; and
(b) during which the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity.
(ii) the *corporate tax entity that made the distribution; and
205-15(3)
Despite item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection (1) , no credit arises on that part of the payment that is attributable to a payment of income tax in relation to an *RSA component.
205-15(4)
An entity ' s *franking credit for a payment mentioned in item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection (1) is reduced by the amount (if any) worked out as follows, but not below zero. Method statement
Step 1.
Identify any income years ending before the payment was made for which the entity has *received a refund of income tax.
Step 2.
Add up the part (if any) of each of those refunds that is attributable to a *tax offset that is subject to the refundable tax offset rules because of section 67-30 (about R & D).
Step 3.
Subtract any reduction under this subsection of a *franking credit for any earlier payment by the entity. (For this purpose, assume a credit reduced to zero is still a franking credit.)
205-15(5)
The proportion is the standard corporate tax rate (within the meaning of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 divided by 40%.
An entity pays a PAYG instalment if and only if: (a) the entity has a liability to pay the instalment; and (b) either:
(i) the entity makes a payment to satisfy the liability (in whole or in part); or
(ii) a credit, or an *RBA surplus, is applied to discharge or reduce the liability.
Note:
The requirement in paragraph (a) means that the entity cannot generate franking credits by making a " voluntary " payment of income tax (that is, paying an amount on account of income tax for which the entity is not liable at the time when the payment is made).
205-20(2)
If an entity: (a) is liable to pay a *PAYG instalment; and (b) has a *PAYG instalment variation credit;
the PAYG instalment variation credit must be fully applied to reduce the liability for the PAYG instalment before any other credit or payment can be applied to reduce that liability.
205-20(3)
An entity pays income tax if and only if: (a) the entity has a liability to pay the income tax; and (b) either:
(i) the entity makes a payment to satisfy the liability (in whole or in part); or
(ii) a credit, or an *RBA surplus, is applied to discharge or reduce the liability.
Note:
The requirement in paragraph (a) means that the entity cannot generate franking credits by making a " voluntary " payment of income tax (that is, paying an amount on account of income tax for which the entity is not liable at the time when the payment is made).
205-20(3A)
An entity pays diverted profits tax if and only if: (a) the entity has a liability to pay the *diverted profits tax; and (b) either:
(i) the entity makes a payment to satisfy the liability (in whole or in part); or
(ii) a credit, or an *RBA surplus, is applied to discharge or reduce the liability.
205-20(3B)
An entity pays Australian DMT tax if and only if: (a) the entity has a liability to pay the * Australian DMT tax; and (b) either:
(i) the entity makes a payment to satisfy the liability (in whole or in part); or
(ii) a credit, or an * RBA surplus, is applied to discharge or reduce the liability.
205-20(4)
Subparagraphs (1)(b)(ii) , (3)(b)(ii) and (3A)(b)(ii) do not apply to the application of a credit allowable under or by virtue of section 45-30 or 45-215 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (these sections deal with credits for *PAYG instalments payable and credit on using a varied rate in certain cases).
205-20(5)
The amount of the *PAYG instalment or income tax paid is equal to: (a) the amount of the liability, if it is satisfied in full; or (b) the amount by which the liability is reduced, if it is not satisfied in full.
205-20(6)
If: (a) a surplus in an *RBA of an entity is applied to satisfy a liability of the entity to *pay a PAYG instalment in respect of an income year; and (b) a credit allowable under section 45-30 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 in respect of that income year is included in the RBA; and (c) the RBA does not include the liability to pay the *PAYG instalment; and (d) the amount of the credit exceeds the income tax assessed to the entity in respect of that income year;
the amount of the PAYG instalment paid by virtue of the application of the surplus is reduced by the amount of the excess mentioned in paragraph (d) .
SECTION 205-25 Residency requirement for an event giving rise to a franking credit or franking debit 205-25(1)
An entity satisfies the residency requirement for an income year in which, or in relation to which, an event specified in a relevant table occurs if:
(a) the entity is a company, or a *corporate limited partnership, to which at least one of the following subparagraphs applies:
(i) the entity is an Australian resident for more than one half of the 12 months immediately preceding the event if the event occurs before the end of the income year;
(ii) the entity is an Australian resident at all times during the income year when the entity exists if the event occurs at or after the end of the income year;
(iii) the entity is an Australian resident for more than one half of the income year (whether or not the event occurs before the end of the income year); or
(b) (Repealed by No 53 of 2016)
(c) the entity is a *public trading trust for the income year.
205-25(2)
The tables in sections 205-15 and 205-30 are relevant for the purposes of subsection (1).
SECTION 205-30 Franking debits 205-30(1)
The following table sets out when a debit arises in the *franking account of an entity and the amount of the debit. The debit is called a franking debit .
Debits in the franking account | |||
Item | If: | A debit of: | Arises: |
1 | the entity *franks a *distribution | the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution | on the day on which the distribution is made |
2 | the entity *receives a refund of income tax; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates; and the entity was a *franking entity during the whole or part of the income year to which the refund relates |
that part of the refund that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity | on the day on which the refund is received |
2A | the entity
*
receives a
*
tax offset refund; and
the entity does not satisfy the * residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates; and the entity was a * franking entity during the whole or part of the income year to which the refund relates; and the entity ' s * franking account is in * surplus on the day on which the refund is received |
the lesser of:
(a) that part of the refund that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity; and (b) the amount of the * franking surplus |
on the day on which the refund is received |
3 | a *franking debit arises for the entity under paragraph 203-50(1)(b) (the entity *franks a *distribution in contravention of the *benchmark rule) | the franking debit worked out under paragraph 203-50(2)(b) | on the day specified in subsection 203-50(4) |
4 | the entity ceases to be a *franking entity; and
the entity ' s *franking account is in *surplus immediately before ceasing to be a franking entity |
the amount of the *franking surplus | on the day on which the entity ceases to be a franking entity |
5 | a *franking debit arises for the entity under section 204-15 (linked distributions) | the franking debit specified in subsection 204-15(3) | on the day specified in subsection 204-15(4) |
6 | a *franking debit arises under section 204-25 (debit for substituting *tax-exempt bonus shares for *franked distributions) | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 204-25(2) | on the day specified in subsection 204-25(3) |
7 | the Commissioner makes a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) giving rise to a *franking debit for the entity (streaming distributions) | the amount of the debit specified in the determination | on the day specified in section 204-35 |
7A | a *franking debit arises under subsection 197-45(1) because an amount to which Division 197 applies is transferred to a company ' s *share capital account | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 197-45(2) | at the time provided by subsection 197-45(1) |
7B | a *franking debit arises under subsection 197-65(2) because a company chooses to untaint its *share capital account | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 197-65(3) | at the time provided by subsection 197-65(2) |
8 | (Repealed by No 79 of 2007 ) | ||
9 | (a) the entity purchases a *membership interest in itself; and
(b) the purchase is an *on-market buy-back; and (c) the entity is a company |
an amount equal to the debit that would have arisen if:
(a) the purchase of the interest were a *frankable distribution equal to the one that would have arisen if the entity: (i) purchased the interest *off-market; and (ii) in the case of a *listed public company - were not a listed public company; and (b) the distribution were *franked at the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the purchase was made or, if the entity does not have a benchmark franking percentage for the period, at a *franking percentage of 100% |
on the day on which the interest is purchased |
9A | (a) the entity purchases a *membership interest in itself; and
(b) the purchase is an *off-market buy-back; and (c) the entity is a *listed public company |
an amount equal to the debit that would have arisen if:
(a) the purchase of the interest were a *frankable distribution equal to the one that would have arisen if the entity were not a listed public company; and (b) the distribution were *franked at the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the purchase was made or, if the entity does not have a benchmark franking percentage for the period, at a *franking percentage of 100% |
on the day on which the interest is purchased |
9B | the entity makes a *distribution to which paragraph 202-45(k) applies (consideration for cancellation of membership interest as part of selective reduction of capital) | an amount equal to the debit that would have arisen if:
(a) the distribution were a *frankable distribution equal to the one that would have arisen if the entity were not a *listed public company; and (b) the distribution were *franked at the entity ' s *benchmark franking percentage for the *franking period in which the distribution was made or, if the entity does not have a benchmark franking percentage for the period, at a *franking percentage of 100% |
on the day on which the distribution is made |
10 | a *franking debit arises under section 316-260 for the *friendly society or one of its *wholly-owned subsidiaries because the *franking account of the society or subsidiary is in *surplus | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 316-260(2) | at the time provided by subsection 316-260(3) |
11 | a *franking debit arises under section 316-265 for the *friendly society or one of its *wholly-owned subsidiaries because a *franking credit arises for the society or subsidiary | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 316-265(3) | at the time provided by subsection 316-265(4) |
12 | a *franking debit arises under section 316-270 for the *friendly society or one of its *wholly-owned subsidiaries because a *franking credit arises for the society or subsidiary | the amount of the debit specified in subsection 316-270(3) | at the time provided by subsection 316-270(4) |
13 | the entity *receives a refund of diverted profits tax; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates; and the entity was a *franking entity during the whole or part of the income year to which the refund relates |
that part of the refund that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity, multiplied by the proportion worked out under subsection (3) | on the day on which the refund is received |
14 | the entity
*
receives a refund of Australian DMT tax; and
the entity satisfies the * residency requirement for the income year corresponding to the * Fiscal Year to which the refund relates; and the entity was a * franking entity during the whole or part of the income year to which the refund relates |
that part of the refund that is attributable to the period during which the entity was a franking entity | on the day on which the refund is received |
Note:
For completeness, the table refers to some franking debits that arise under other sections of the Act. This does not mean that separate franking debits arise both under the relevant section and this table.
205-30(2)
Despite item 2 of the table in subsection (1) , no debit arises on that part of the refund that is attributable to any of the following: (a) a payment of income tax in relation to an *RSA component; (b) a *tax offset that is subject to the refundable tax offset rules because of section 67-30 (about R & D).
205-30(3)
The proportion is the standard corporate tax rate (within the meaning of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) divided by 40%.
SECTION 205-35 Refund of income tax, diverted profits tax or Australian DMT tax 205-35(1)
An entity receives a refund of income tax if and only if: (a) either:
(i) the entity receives an amount as a refund; or
(b) the refund of the amount, or the application of the credit, represents in whole or in part:
(ii) the Commissioner applies a credit, or an *RBA surplus, against a liability or liabilities of the entity; and
(i) a return to the entity of an amount paid or applied to satisfy the entity ' s liability to pay income tax; or
(ii) the amount remaining after applying a *loss carry back tax offset, or a *tax offset that is subject to the refundable tax offset rules because of section 67-30 (about R & D), against the entity ' s basic income tax liability.
205-35(1A)
An entity receives a refund of diverted profits tax if and only if: (a) either:
(i) the entity receives an amount as a refund; or
(b) the refund of the amount, or the application of the credit, represents in whole or in part a return to the entity of an amount paid or applied to satisfy the entity ' s liability to pay *diverted profits tax.
(ii) the Commissioner applies a credit, or an *RBA surplus, against a liability or liabilities of the entity; and
205-35(1B)
An entity receives a refund of Australian DMT tax if and only if: (a) either:
(i) the entity receives an amount as a refund; or
(b) the refund of the amount, or the application of the credit, represents in whole or in part a return to the entity of an amount paid or applied to satisfy the entity ' s liability to pay * Australian DMT tax.
(ii) the Commissioner applies a credit, or an * RBA surplus, against a liability or liabilities of the entity; and
205-35(2)
The amount of the refund is so much of the amount refunded or applied as represents the return, or amount remaining, referred to in paragraph (1)(b) , (1A)(b) or (1B)(b) .
An entity ' s *franking account is in surplus at a particular time if, at that time, the sum of the *franking credits in the account exceeds the sum of the *franking debits in the account. The amount of the franking surplus is the amount of the excess.
205-40(2)
An entity ' s *franking account is in deficit at a particular time if, at that time, the sum of the *franking debits in the account exceeds the sum of the *franking credits in the account. The amount of the franking deficit is the amount of the excess.
SECTION 205-45 Franking deficit tax
Object
205-45(1)
While recognising that an entity may anticipate *franking credits when *franking *distributions, the object of this section is to prevent those credits from being anticipated indefinitely by requiring the entity to reconcile its *franking account at certain times and levying tax if the account is in *deficit.
Franking deficit at end of income year
205-45(2)
An entity is liable to pay franking deficit tax imposed by the New Business Tax System (Franking Deficit Tax) Act 2002 if its *franking account is in *deficit at the end of an income year.
Corporate tax entity ceases to be a franking entity
205-45(3)
An entity is liable to pay *franking deficit tax imposed by the New Business Tax System (Franking Deficit Tax) Act 2002 if:
(a) it ceases to be a *franking entity; and
(b) immediately before it ceases to be a franking entity, its *franking account is in *deficit.
Note:
The tax is imposed in the New Business Tax System (Franking Deficit Tax) Act 2002 and the amount of the tax is set out in that Act.
Object
205-50(1)
The object of this section is to ensure that an entity does not avoid *franking deficit tax by deferring the time at which a *franking debit occurs in its *franking account.
End of year deficit deferred
205-50(2)
An entity is taken to have *received a refund of income tax for an income year immediately before the end of that year for the purposes of subsection 205-45(2) if:
(a) the refund is paid within 3 months after the end of that year; and
(b) the *franking account of the entity would have been in *deficit, or in deficit to a greater extent, at the end of that year if the refund had been received in that year.
Deficit on ceasing to be a franking entity deferred
205-50(3)
If an entity ceases to be a *franking entity during an income year, the entity is taken to have *received a refund of income tax immediately before it ceased to be a franking entity for the purposes of subsection 205-45(3) if:
(a) the refund is attributable to a period in the year during which the entity was a franking entity; and
(b) the refund is paid within 3 months after the entity ceases to be a franking entity; and
(c) the *franking account of the entity would have been in *deficit, or in deficit to a greater extent, immediately before it ceased to be a franking entity if the refund had been received before it ceased to be a franking entity.
When does the tax offset arise?
205-70(1)
A *corporate tax entity is entitled to a *tax offset for an income year for which it satisfies the *residency requirement (the relevant year ) if at least one of the following applies:
(a) the entity has incurred a liability to pay *franking deficit tax in the relevant year;
(b) the entity incurred such a liability in a previous income year for which it did not satisfy the residency requirement, and that liability has not been taken into account in working out a tax offset under this section;
(c) when the entity was last entitled to a tax offset under this section for a previous income year, some of the offset remained after applying section 63-10 (tax offset priority rules).
The amount of the tax offset
205-70(2)
Work out the amount of the *tax offset for the relevant year as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the total amount of *franking deficit tax that is covered by paragraph (1)(a).
Then, subject to subsections (5) and (6), reduce so much of it as is attributable to *franking debits to which subsection (8) applies by 30% if that part exceeds 10% of the total amount of *franking credits that arose in the entity ' s *franking account for the relevant year.
Step 2.
Work out the total amount of *franking deficit tax that is covered by paragraph (1)(b) for a previous income year.
Then, subject to subsections (5) and (6), reduce so much of it as is attributable to *franking debits to which subsection (8) applies by 30% if that part exceeds 10% of the total amount of *franking credits that arose in the entity ' s *franking account for that previous income year.
Step 3.
Add up the results of step 2 for all the previous income years covered by paragraph (1)(b).
Step 4.
Work out the remaining amount of a *tax offset covered by paragraph (1)(c).
Step 5.
Add up the results of steps 1, 3 and 4. The result is the *tax offset to which the entity is entitled under this section for the relevant year.
Note:
This method statement is modified for certain late balancing entities: see section 205-70 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
Example:
The following apply to a corporate tax entity that satisfies the residency requirement for an income year:
• the entity ' s income tax liability for that year would be $100,000 if its tax offsets were disregarded; • for that year, the entity has a tax offset of $60,000 under this section (the franking deficit offset ) and a tax offset of $80,000 in respect of foreign income tax paid by the entity (the foreign income tax offset ). Under section 63-10 (about tax offset priority rules), the foreign income tax offset must be applied before the franking deficit offset is applied. As a result, that offset and $20,000 of the franking deficit offset combine to reduce the entity ' s income tax liability to nil. The remaining $40,000 of the franking deficit offset will be included in a franking deficit offset for the next income year for which the entity satisfies the residency requirement.
205-70(3)
(Repealed by No 58 of 2006)
Residency requirement
205-70(4)
To determine whether the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the relevant year, section 205-25 has effect as if each of the following were an event specified in a relevant table for the purposes of that section:
(a) the entity incurring a liability to pay *franking deficit tax in the relevant year;
(b) the assessment of the entity ' s *income tax liability for the relevant year that is made on the *assessment day for that year.
30% reduction will generally not apply to private company ' s first year of tax liability
205-70(5)
The 30% reductions in steps 1 and 2 of the method statement in subsection (2) do not apply in working out the amount of the *tax offset to which the entity is entitled for the relevant year if:
(a) the entity is a *private company for the relevant year; and
(b) if the company did not have the tax offset (but had all its other tax offsets) it would have had an *income tax liability for the relevant year; and
(c) the company has not had an income tax liability for any income year before the relevant year; and
(d) the amount of the liability referred to in paragraph (b) is at least 90% of the amount of the *deficit in the company ' s *franking account at the end of the relevant year.
Commissioner ' s discretion
205-70(6)
The 30% reductions in steps 1 and 2 of the method statement in subsection (2) do not apply in working out the amount of the *tax offset to which the entity is entitled for the relevant year if the Commissioner determines in writing, on application by the entity in the *approved form, that the excess referred to in those steps was due to events outside the control of the entity.
205-70(7)
A determination under subsection (6) is not a legislative instrument.
Applicable franking debits
205-70(8)
This subsection applies to *franking debits in the *franking account of an entity:
(a) that arise under table item 1, 3, 5 or 6 in section 205-30 for an income year; and
(b) if the entity has franking debits covered by paragraph (a) for that income year - that arise under table item 2 in that section for that income year.
Division 207 - Effect of receiving a franked distribution
If a corporate tax entity makes a franked distribution to one of its members, then, as a general rule:
(a) an amount equal to the franking credit on the distribution is included in the member ' s assessable income; and
(b) the member is entitled to a tax offset equal to the same amount.
207-5(2)
In some cases a residency requirement must be satisfied for the general rule to apply.
207-5(3)
If a franked distribution is made to a member that is a partnership or the trustee of a trust, an amount equal to the franking credit on the distribution is also included in the member ' s assessable income as mentioned in paragraph (1)(a).
207-5(4)
However, a tax offset in relation to that distribution is only available to an entity (who may be a partner, beneficiary or a trustee) if the distribution flows indirectly to it and does not flow indirectly through it to another entity. The tax offset is equal to its share of the franking credit on the distribution.
Note:
That share is a notional amount and the entity can have that share without actually receiving any of that franking credit or distribution.
207-5(5)
There are exceptions to both the general rule mentioned in subsection (1) and the special rule mentioned in subsection (4). Basically, these exceptions are created:
(a) where the relevant entity would not have paid tax on the distribution or a share of the distribution (see Subdivisions 207-D and 207-E ); and
(b) where there is a manipulation of the imputation system in a manner that is not permitted under the income tax law (see Subdivision 207-F ).
Subdivision 207-A - Effect of receiving a franked distribution generally
As a general rule, if a member of an entity receives a franked distribution:
SECTION 207-15 Applying the general rule 207-15(1)
This Subdivision sets out, as a general rule, the tax effect of receiving a *franked distribution.
207-15(2)
This Subdivision does not apply to:
(a) a partnership or trustee to whom a *franked distribution is made (except a partnership or trustee that is a *corporate tax entity, or a trustee of a trust that is a *complying superannuation entity, when the distribution is made); or
(b) an entity to whom a franked distribution *flows indirectly.
Note:
Subject to the other provisions in this Division, Subdivision 207-B applies to an entity excluded from the application of this Subdivision because of this subsection.
207-15(3)
This Subdivision applies subject to Subdivisions 207-C , 207-D , 207-E and 207-F .
Note 1:
Subdivision 207-C sets out the residency requirements that must be satisfied by an individual or a corporate tax entity that receives a franked distribution.
Note 2:
Subdivision 207-D sets out the cases in which the gross-up and tax offset rules in this Subdivision and Subdivision 207-B will not apply because the franked distribution (or a share of it) would not have been taxed in any case.
Note 3:
Subdivision 207-E sets out the exceptions to the rules in Subdivision 207-D.
Note 4:
Subdivision 207-F sets out the cases in which the gross-up and tax offset rules in this Subdivision and Subdivision 207-B will not apply because the imputation system has been manipulated in a way that is not permitted under the income tax law.
SECTION 207-20 General rule - gross-up and tax offset 207-20(1)
If an entity makes a *franked distribution to another entity, the assessable income of the receiving entity, for the income year in which the distribution is made, includes the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution. This is in addition to any other amount included in the receiving entity's assessable income in relation to the distribution under any other provision of this Act.
207-20(2)
The receiving entity is entitled to a *tax offset for the income year in which the distribution is made. The tax offset is equal to the *franking credit on the distribution.
Subdivision 207-B - Franked distribution received through certain partnerships and trustees
This Subdivision deals with an entity that receives a benefit of a franked distribution where:
The distribution is regarded as flowing indirectly to the entity under this Subdivision.
On the basis of a notional amount of the entity's share of the distribution, the entity may be entitled to have an amount included in its assessable income and/or a tax offset under this Subdivision.
SECTION 207-30 207-30 Applying this Subdivision
This Subdivision applies subject to Subdivisions 207-D , 207-E and 207-F .
Note 1:
Subdivision 207-D sets out the cases in which the gross-up and tax offset rules in this Subdivision and Subdivision 207-A will not apply because the franked distribution (or a share of it) would not have been taxed in any case.
Note 2:
Subdivision 207-E sets out the exceptions to the rules in Subdivision 207-D .
Note 3:
Subdivision 207-F sets out the cases in which the gross-up and tax offset rules in this Subdivision and Subdivision 207-A will not apply because the imputation system has been manipulated in a way that is not permitted under the income tax law.
Additional amount of assessable income
207-35(1)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution is made in an income year to an entity that is a partnership or the trustee of a trust; and
(b) the entity is not a *corporate tax entity when the distribution is made; and
(c) if the entity is the trustee of a trust - the trust is not a *complying superannuation entity when the distribution is made;
the assessable income of the partnership or trust for that income year includes the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution.
207-35(2)
The amount is in addition to any other amount included in that assessable income in relation to the distribution under any other provision of this Act.
Note:
The amount will affect the income tax liability of a partner in the partnership, or a beneficiary or the trustee of the trust: see Divisions 5 and 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
207-35(3)
Subsection (4) applies if:
(a) a *franked distribution is made, or *flows indirectly, to a partnership or the trustee of a trust in an income year; and
(b) the assessable income of the partnership or trust for that year includes an amount (the franking credit amount ) that is all or a part of the additional amount of assessable income included under subsection (1) in relation to the distribution; and
(c) the distribution flows indirectly to an entity that is a partner in the partnership, or a beneficiary or the trustee of the trust; and
(d) disregarding Division 6E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , the entity has an amount of assessable income for that year that is attributable to all or a part of the distribution.
207-35(4)
Despite any provisions in Divisions 5 and 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , the entity ' s assessable income for thatyear also includes:
(a) in the case of an entity that is a partner in a partnership - so much of the franking credit amount as is equal to the entity ' s *share of the *franking credit on the distribution; and
(b) in the case of an entity that is a beneficiary of a trust:
(i) so much of the franking credit amount as is equal to the entity ' s share of the franking credit on the distribution; and
(ii) the amount mentioned in section 207-37 .
Example:
A franked distribution of $70 is made to the trustee of a trust in an income year. The trust also has $100 of assessable income from other sources. Under subsection (1), the trust ' s assessable income includes an additional amount of $30 (which is the franking credit on the distribution). The trust has a net income of $200 for that income year.
There are 2 beneficiaries of the trust, P and Q, who are presently entitled to the trust ' s income. Under the trust deed, P is entitled to all of the franked distribution and Q is entitled to all other income.
The distribution flows indirectly to P (as P has a share of the trust ' s net income that is covered by paragraph 97(1)(a) and has a share of the distribution under section 207-55 equal to 100% of the distribution).
Under this subsection, P ' s assessable income includes $70 (the amount mentioned in section 207-37 (attributable franked distribution)) and also includes the full amount of the franking credit (as P ' s share of the franking credit on the distribution is $30 under section 207-57 ). Q ' s assessable income does not include any of the amount of the franked distribution or the franking credit.
207-35(5)
Subsection (6) applies if:
(a) a *franked distribution is made, or *flows indirectly, to the trustee of a trust in an income year; and
(b) the assessable income of the trust for that year includes an amount (the franking credit amount ) that is all or a part of the additional amount of assessable income included under subsection (1) in relation to the distribution; and
(c) disregarding Division 6E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , the trustee of the trust is liable to be assessed (and pay tax) in respect of an amount (the assessable amount ) under section 98 , 99 or 99A of that Act in relation to the trust.
207-35(6)
Despite any provisions in Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , for the purposes of that Division, increase the assessable amount by so much of the franking credit amount as is equal to:
(a) if the trustee of the trust is liable to be assessed (and pay tax) under section 98 of that Act - the sum of:
(i) the trustee ' s *share of the *franking credit on the distribution in respect of the beneficiary; and
(ii) the amount mentioned in section 207-37 ; or
(b) if the trustee of the trust is liable to be assessed (and pay tax) under section 99 or 99A of that Act - the sum of:
(i) the trustee ' s share of the franking credit on the distribution; and
(ii) the amount mentioned in section 207-37 .
The amount is the product of:
(a) the amount of the *franked distribution (to the extent that an amount of the franked distribution remained after reducing it by deductions that were directly relevant to it); and
(b) the beneficiary ' s or the trustee ' s (as the case requires) *share of the franked distribution (see section 207-55 ), divided by the amount of the franked distribution.
207-37(2)
Subsection (3) applies if the net income of the trust estate (disregarding the amount of any *franking credits) for the relevant income year falls short of the sum of:
(a) the *net capital gain (if any) of the trust estate for the income year; and
(b) the total of all *franked distributions (if any) included in the assessable income of the trust estate for the income year (to the extent that an amount of the franked distributions remained after reducing them by deductions that were directly relevant to them).
207-37(3)
For the purposes of subsection (1), replace paragraph (a) of that subsection with the following paragraph:
(a) the product of:
(i) the amount of the *franked distribution (to the extent that an amount of the franked distribution remained after reducing it by deductions that were directly relevant to it); and
(ii) the *net income of the trust estate for that income year (disregarding the amount of any *franking credits), divided by the sum mentioned in subsection (2); and
An entity to whom a *franked distribution *flows indirectly in an income year is entitled to a *tax offset for that income year that is equal to its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution, if it is:
(a) an individual; or
(b) a *corporate tax entity when the distribution flows indirectly to it; or
(c) the trustee of a trust that is liable to be assessed on a share of, or all or a part of, the trust ' s *net income under section 98, 99 or 99A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 for that income year; or
(ca) (Repealed by No 70 of 2015)
(d) the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity, a *non-complying superannuation fund or a *non-complying approved deposit fund in relation to that income year.
Note:
The entities covered by this section are the ultimate recipients of the distribution because the distribution does not flow indirectly through them to other entities. As a result they are also the ultimate taxpayers in respect of the distribution and are given the tax offset to acknowledge the income tax that has already been paid on the profits underlying the distribution.
SECTION 207-50 When a franked distribution flows indirectly to or through an entity 207-50(1)
For the purposes of this Subdivision, this section sets out the only circumstances in which a *franked distribution:
(a) flows indirectly to an entity (subsection (2), (3) or (4)); or
(b) flows indirectly through an entity (subsection (5)).
Partners
207-50(2)
A *franked distribution flows indirectly to a partner in a partnership in an income year if, and only if:
(a) during that income year, the distribution is made to the partnership, or *flows indirectly to the partnership as a beneficiary because of a previous application of subsection (3); and
(b) the partner has an individual interest:
(i) in the partnership ' s *net income for that income year that is covered by paragraph 92(1)(a) or (b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(whether or not that individual interest becomes assessable income in the hands of the partner); and
(ii) in a *partnership loss of the partnership for that income year that is covered by paragraph 92(2)(a) or (b) of that Act;
(c) the partner ' s *share of the distribution under section 207-55 is a positive amount (whether or not the partner actually receives any of that share).
Beneficiaries
207-50(3)
A *franked distribution flows indirectly to a beneficiary of a trust in an income year if, and only if:
(a) during that income year, the distribution is made to the trustee of the trust, or *flows indirectly to the trustee as a partner or beneficiary because of a previous application of subsection (2) or this subsection; and
(b) the beneficiary has this amount for that income year (the share amount ):
(i) a share of the trust ' s *net income for that income year that is covered by paragraph 97(1)(a) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(whether or not the share amount becomes assessable income in the hands of the beneficiary); and
(ii) an individual interest in the trust ' s net income for that income year that is covered by section 98A or 100 of that Act;
(c) the beneficiary ' s *share of the distribution under section 207-55 is a positive amount (whether or not the beneficiary actually receives any of that share).
Trustees
207-50(4)
A *franked distribution flows indirectly to the trustee of a trust in an income year if, and only if:
(a) during that income year, the distribution is made to the trustee, or *flows indirectly to the trustee as a partner or beneficiary because of a previous application of subsection (2) or (3); and
(b) the trustee is liable or, but for another provision in this Act, would be liable, to be assessed in respect of an amount (the share amount ) that is:
(i) a share of the trust ' s *net income for that income year under section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(whether or not the share amount becomes assessable income in the hands of the trustee); and
(ii) all or a part of the trust ' s net income for that income year under section 99 or 99A of that Act;
(c) the trustee ' s *share of the distribution under section 207-55 is a positive amount (whether or not the trustee actually receives any of that share).
Note:
A trustee to whom a franked distribution flows indirectly under this subsection is entitled to a tax offset under section 207-45 and the distribution does not flow indirectly through the trustee to another entity.
207-50(5)
A *franked distribution flows indirectly through an entity (the first entity ) to another entity if, and only if:
(a) the other entity is the focal entity in an item of the table in section 207-55 in relation to the distribution; and
(b) that focal entity ' s *share of the distribution is based on the first entity ' s share of the distribution as an intermediary entity in that or another item of the table.
Example:
A franked distribution of $140 is made to a partnership. An amount equal to the franking credit on the distribution ($60) is included in the partnership ' s assessable income under section 207-35 . Because the partnership has losses of $300 from other sources, it has a partnership loss of $100 for the income year.
The partnership has 2 equal partners. One partner is the trustee of a trust and the other partner is an individual. The distribution flows indirectly to each partner under subsection (2). Each partner has a share of the partnership loss ($50), a share of the distribution under sections 207-55 ($70) and a share of the franking credit under section 207-57 ($30).
The individual partner is allowed a tax offset of $30 under section 207-45 .
Because the trust has $100 of income from other sources, it has a net income of $50 for that income year ($100 minus the share of the partnership loss of $50).
The trust has one individual as a beneficiary, to whom the distribution flows indirectly under subsection (3). The beneficiary ' s share of the franked distribution is therefore $70 under sections 207-55 and its share of the franking credit is $30 under section 207-57 . The beneficiary is also allowed a tax offset of $30 under section 207-45 .
Object of section
207-55(1)
The object of this section is to ensure that:
(a) the amount of a *franked distribution made to a partnership or the trustee of a trust is allocated notionally amongst entities who *derive benefits from that distribution; and
(b) that allocation corresponds with the way in which those benefits were derived.
Note:
An entity can derive a benefit from the distribution (and therefore has a share of the distribution) without actually receiving any of the distribution: see subsection (2) of this section and the example at the end of section 207-50 .
207-55(2)
An entity's share of a *franked distribution is an amount notionally allocated to the entity as its share of the distribution, whether or not the entity actually receives any of that distribution.
207-55(3)
That amount is equal to the entity's share of the distribution as the focal entity in column 3 of an item of the table.
Note:
An entity's share of the distribution is based on the share of the distribution of each preceding intermediary entity through which the distribution flows, starting from the intermediary entity to whom the distribution is made.
This means that in some cases (see items 2 and 4), more than one item of the table will need to be applied to work out the share of the distribution of an ultimate recipient of the distribution.
Share of a franked distribution | |||
Item |
Column 1
For this intermediary entity and this focal entity: |
Column 2
The intermediary entity's share of the franked distribution is: |
Column 3
The focal entity's share of the franked distribution is: |
1 | a partnership is the
intermediary entity
and a partner in that partnership is the
focal entity
if:
(a) a *franked distribution is made to the partnership; and (b) the partner has, in respect of the partnership, an individual interest mentioned in subsection 207-50(2) |
the amount of the franked distribution | so much of the franked distribution as is taken into account in working out the amount of that individual interest |
2 | a partnership is the
intermediary entity
and a partner in that partnership is the
focal entity
if:
(a) a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the partnership as a beneficiary of a trust; and (b) the partner has, in respect of the partnership, an individual interest mentioned in subsection 207-50(2) |
the amount worked out under column 3 of item 3 or 4 of this table where the partnership, as a beneficiary, is the focal entity in that item | so much of the amount worked out under column 2 of this item as is attributable to the partner, having regard to the partnership agreement and any other relevant circumstances |
3 | the trustee of a trust is the
intermediary entity
and the trustee or a beneficiary of the trust is the
focal entity
if:
(a) a *franked distribution is made to the trustee; and (b) the trustee or beneficiary has, in respect of the trust, a share amount mentioned in subsection 207-50(3) or (4) |
(a) if the trust has a positive amount of *net income for that year
-
the amount of the franked distribution; or
(b) otherwise - nil |
the amount mentioned in subsection (4) |
4 | the trustee of a trust is the
intermediary entity
and the trustee or a beneficiary of the trust is the
focal entity
if:
(a) a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the trustee as a partner in a partnership or as a beneficiary of another trust; and (b) the trustee or beneficiary has, in respect of the trust, a share amount mentioned in subsection 207-50(3) or (4) |
the amount worked out under column 3 of:
(a) item 1 or 2 of this table where the trustee, as a partner, is the focal entity in that item; or (b) item 3 or a previous application of this item where the trustee, as a beneficiary, is the focal entity in that item |
so much of the amount worked out under column 2 of this item as is attributable to the focal entity in this item, having regard to the trust deed and any other relevant circumstances |
Note:
In item 3 or 4, the trustee of a trust can be both the intermediary entity and the focal entity in the same item.
207-55(4)
For the purposes of column 3 of item 3 of the table in subsection (3), the amount is the sum of:
(a) so much of the amount worked out under column 2 of item 3 of the table in subsection (3) to which:
(i) unless subparagraph (ii) applies - the focal entity is *specifically entitled; or
(ii) if the focal entity is the trustee and has the share amount because of the operation of section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of a beneficiary (see subparagraph 207-50(4)(b)(i) ) - the beneficiary is specifically entitled; and
(b) if there is an amount of the *franked distribution to which no beneficiary is specifically entitled - that amount multiplied by:
(i) unless subparagraph (ii) applies - the focal entity ' s *adjusted Division 6 percentage of the income of the trust for the relevant income year; or
(ii) if the focal entity is the trustee and has the share amount because of the operation of section 98 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in respect of a beneficiary (see subparagraph 207-50(4)(b)(i) ) - the beneficiary ' s adjusted Division 6 percentage of the income of the trust for the relevant income year.
An entity's share of a *franking credit on a *franked distribution is an amount notionally allocated to the entity as its share of that credit, whether or not the entity actually receives any of that credit or distribution.
207-57(2)
Work out that amount as follows:
Amount of the
*franking credit on the *franked distribution |
× | Entity's *share of the
*franked distribution Amount of the *franked distribution |
SECTION 207-58 Specifically entitled to an amount of a franked distribution 207-58(1)
A beneficiary of a trust estate is specifically entitled to an amount of a *franked distribution made to the trust estate in an income year equal to the amount calculated under the following formula:
*Franked distribution | × |
Share of net financial benefit
Net financial benefit |
where:
net financial benefit
means an amount equal to the *financial benefit that is referable to the *franked distribution (after any application by the trustee of expenses that are directly relevant to the franked distribution).
share of net financial benefit
means an amount equal to the *financial benefit that, in accordance with the terms of the trust:
(a) the beneficiary has received, or can be reasonably expected to receive; and
(b) is referable to the *franked distribution (after application by the trustee of any expenses that are directly relevant to the franked distribution); and
(c) is recorded, in its character as referable to the franked distribution, in the accounts or records of the trust no later than the end of the income year.
207-58(2)
To avoid doubt, for thepurposes of subsection (1), something is done in accordance with the terms of the trust if it is done in accordance with:
(a) the exercise of a power conferred by the terms of the trust; or
(b) the terms of the trust deed (if any), and the terms applicable to the trust because of the operation of legislation, the common law or the rules of equity.
Subsection (2) applies if:
(a) a trust receives 2 or more *franked distributions in an income year; and
(b) all of the franked distributions that the trust receives in the income year are, in accordance with the terms of the trust, to the extent that they are distributed in that income year, distributed within a single class.
207-59(2)
For the purposes of this Subdivision and Division 6E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , treat all of the *franked distributions that the trust receives in the income year as one single franked distribution.
207-59(3)
To avoid doubt, for the purposes of subsection (1), something is done in accordance with the terms of the trust if it is done in accordance with:
(a) the exercise of a power conferred by the terms of the trust; or
(b) the terms of the trust deed (if any), and the terms applicable to the trust because of the operation of legislation, the common law or the rules of equity.
Some recipients of a franked distribution must satisfy a residency requirement if their assessable income is to include the franking credit on the distribution, and they are to be entitled to a tax offset, under the general rule.
This Subdivision sets out the residency requirements that must be satisfied by an individual or a corporate tax entity that receives a franked distribution, if the franking credit on the distribution is to be included in that entity ' s assessable income, or the entity is to be entitled to a tax offset, under the general rule.
207-65(2)
It does not impose a residency requirement on other entities, because the significance of residency for those entities is dealt with elsewhere in this Act.
207-65(3)
It does not impose a residency requirement where a distribution flows indirectly to an entity. This is also because the significance of residency is dealt with elsewhere, for the most part in Divisions 5 and 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Operative provisions
SECTION 207-70 207-70 Gross-up and tax offset under section 207-20
If an entity makes a *franked distribution to an individual or a *corporate tax entity:
(a) no amount is included in the receiving entity ' s assessable income under subsection
(b) the receiving entity is not entitled to a *tax offset under subsection 207-20(2) ;
unless the receiving entity satisfies the *residency requirement at the time the distribution is made.
An entity that receives a *distribution satisfies the residency requirement at the time the distribution is made if:
(a) in the case of an individual - the individual is an Australian resident at that time; and
(b) in the case of a company - the company is an Australian resident at that time; and
(c) in the case of a *corporate limited partnership - the corporate limited partnership is an Australian resident at that time; and
(d) (Repealed by No 53 of 2016)
(e) in the case of a *public trading trust - the public trading trust is a resident unit trust for the income year in which that time occurs.
207-75(2)
An entity that receives a *distribution also satisfies the residency requirement at the time the distribution is made if the entity at that time:
(a) is a company or an individual; and
(b) is a foreign resident; and
(c) carries on business in Australia at or through a permanent establishment of the entity in Australia, being a permanent establishment within the meaning of:
(i) a double tax agreement (as defined in Part X of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) that relates to a foreign country and affects the entity; or
(ii) subsection 6(1) of that Act, if there is no such agreement;
and the distribution is attributable to the permanent establishment.
Subdivision 207-D - No gross-up or tax offset where distribution would not be taxed
This Subdivision creates the appropriate adjustment to cancel the effect of the gross-up and tax offset rules where a franked distribution (or a share of it) is, or would be, exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income in the relevant entity's hands (and therefore would not be taxed in any case).
SECTION 207-85 207-85 Applying this Subdivision
This Subdivision applies subject to Subdivisions 207-E and 207-F .
Note 1:
Subdivision 207-E sets out exceptions to the rules in this Subdivision.
Note 2:
Where both this Subdivision and Subdivision 207-F apply to an entity, the application of this Subdivision is subject to the rules in Subdivision 207-F : see subsections 207-145(3) and 207-150(7) and (8).
Whole of distribution not assessable
207-90(1)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution is made to an entity; and
(b) the distribution does not *flow indirectly through the entity to another entity; and
(c) the distribution is *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income in the hands of the entity;
then, for the purposes of this Act:
(d) the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution is not included in the assessable income of the entity under section 207-20 ; and
(e) the entity is not entitled to a *tax offset under this Division because of the distribution.
Part of distribution not assessable
207-90(2)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution is made to an entity; and
(b) the distribution does not *flow indirectly through the entity to another entity; and
(c) a part of the distribution (the relevant part ) is *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income in the hands of the entity;
then, for the purposes of this Act:
(d) the amount of the distribution is taken to have been reduced by the relevant part; and
(e) the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution is to be worked out as follows:
*Franked distribution
apart from this section − Relevant part *Franked distribution apart from this section |
× | *Franking credit
on the *franked distribution apart from this section |
SECTION 207-95 Distribution that flows indirectly to an entity
Whole of share of distribution not assessable
207-95(1)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to an entity in an income year; and
(b) the entity ' s *share of the distribution would, in its hands, be *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income (whether or not it had actually received that share);
then, for the purposes of this Act:
(c) subsection (2), (3) or (4) (as appropriate) applies to the entity in relation to that income year; and
(d) the entity is not entitled to a *tax offset under this Division because of the distribution; and
(e) if the distribution flows indirectly through the entity to another entity - subsection 207-35(3) and section 207-45 do not apply to that other entity.
Note:
This section can therefore apply, for example, where the entity is a partner in a partnership that has a partnership loss and the entity does not actually receive any of the distribution.
Partner
207-95(2)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as a partner in a partnership under subsection 207-50(2) , the entity can deduct an amount for that income year that is equal to its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Beneficiary
207-95(3)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as a beneficiary of a trust under subsection 207-50(3) , the entity can deduct an amount for that income year that is equal to the lesser of:
(a) its share amount in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in that subsection; and
(b) its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Trustee
207-95(4)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as the trustee of a trust under subsection 207-50(4) , the entity ' s share amount in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in that subsection is to be reduced by the lesser of:
(a) that share amount; and
(b) its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Example:
A franked distribution of $70 is made to a partnership.
Under section 207-35 , an additional amount of $30 is included in the partnership ' s assessable income because of the distribution.
The partnership has 2 equal partners, X and Y. X is a foreign resident individual whose share of partnership ' s net income for the income year is $50 (share of distribution of $35 and share of franking credit of $15). That share of distribution is not assessable income and not exempt income under section 128D of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
X ' s assessable income of $15 (share of franking credit) is reduced to nil because of the deduction of $15 under subsection (2). Because of subsection (1), X is not entitled to a tax offset under section 207-45 .
Part of share of distribution not assessable
207-95(5)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to an entity in an income year; and
(b) a part of the entity ' s *share of the distribution (the relevant part ) would, in its hands, be *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income (whether or not it had actually received that part);
then, subsection (2), (3) or (4) (as appropriate) applies to the entity on the basis that the amount of its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution is worked out as follows:
Relevant part
Entity ' s *share of the *franked distribution |
× | Entity
'
s *share
of the *franking credit on the *franked distribution apart from this section |
207-95(6)
In addition, the following apply to an entity covered by subsection (5):
(a) if the distribution would otherwise *flow indirectly through the entity - the entity ' s *share of the distribution for the purposes of this Act (other than subsection (2), (3) or (4)) is to be reduced by the relevant part mentioned in subsection (5);
(b) if the entity would otherwise be entitled to a *tax offset under this Division because of the distribution - the amount of the tax offset is to be worked out as follows:
Entity
'
s *share of
the *franking credit on the *franked distribution apart from this section |
− | Amount worked out
under subsection (5) |
SECTION 207-105 What this Subdivision is about
Subdivision 207-D does not apply to certain exempt institutions, trusts and life insurance companies as set out in this Subdivision. Such an entity may be entitled to a tax offset under this Subdivision in relation to a franked distribution.
Operative provisions | |
207-110 | Effect of non-assessable income on gross up and tax offset |
Exempt institutions | |
207-115 | Which exempt institutions are eligible for a refund? |
207-117 | Residency requirement |
207-119 | Entity not treated as exempt institution eligible for refund in certain circumstances |
207-120 | Entity may be ineligible because of a distribution event |
207-122 | Entity may be ineligible if distribution is in the form of property other than money |
207-124 | Entity may be ineligible if other money or property also acquired |
207-125 | (Repealed by No 83 of 2004) |
207-126 | Entity may be ineligible if distributions do not match trust share amounts |
207-128 | Reinvestment choice |
207-130 | Controller ' s liability |
207-132 | Treatment of benefits provided by an entity to a controller |
207-134 | Entity ' s present entitlement disregarded in certain circumstances |
207-136 | Review of certain decisions |
SECTION 207-110 Effect of non-assessable income on gross up and tax offset 207-110(1)
This section applies to an entity to whom a *franked distribution is made, or *flows indirectly, in any of the following circumstances:
(a) the entity is an *exempt institution that is eligible for a refund and the distribution does not flow indirectly to the entity as a partner in a partnership under subsection 207-50(2) ;
(b) the distribution is, or the entity ' s *share of the distribution would have been, this kind of income in its hands:
(i) *exempt income under section 295-385 (about income from assets set aside to meet current pension liabilities), section 295-390 (about income from other assets used to meet current pension liabilities) or section 295-400 (about income of a PST attributable to current pension liabilities); or
(ii) *non-assessable non-exempt income under paragraph 320-37(1)(a) (segregated exempt assets of a life insurance company) or paragraph 320-37(1)(d) (certain amounts received by a friendly society) of this Act.
207-110(2)
The following have effect in relation to the entity:
(a) section 207-90 or 207-95 (as appropriate) does not apply to the entity;
(b) if the entity would, apart from section 207-90 or 207-95 , be entitled to a *tax offset under section 207-20 or 207-45 in relation to the distribution - the entity is entitled to that tax offset;
(c) if the entity would not be entitled to such a tax offset, the entity is entitled to a tax offset under this section that is equal to:
(i) if the distribution is made to the entity - the *franking credit on the distribution; or
(ii) if the distribution *flows indirectly to the entity - the entity ' s *share of the franking credit on the distribution;
(d) if the distribution flows indirectly through the entity to another entity - subsection 207-35(3) and section 207-45 do not apply to that other entity.
Note:
Paragraph (2)(c) only applies to an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund and that is not entitled to a tax offset under section 207-20 or 207-45 . An entity covered by paragraph (1)(b) will, in all cases, be entitled to a tax offset under section 207-20 or 207-45 .
Exempt institutions
SECTION 207-115 Which exempt institutions are eligible for a refund? 207-115(1)
This section sets out the only circumstances in which an entity is an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund .
Income tax exempt charities
207-115(2)
An entity is an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund if it: (a) is covered by item 1.1 of the table in section 50-5 ; and (b) is endorsed as exempt from income tax under Subdivision 50-B ; and (c) satisfies the *residency requirement.
Income tax exempt deductible gift recipients
207-115(3)
An entity is an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund if it: (a) is endorsed under paragraph 30-120(a) ; and (b) satisfies the *residency requirement.
Income tax exempt specified deductible gift recipients
207-115(4)
An entity is an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund if: (a) the entity ' s name is specified in a table in a section in Subdivision 30-B ; and (b) it has an ABN; and (c) it satisfies the *residency requirement.
207-115(5)
(Repealed by No 40 of 2023)
Income tax exempt subsidiaries of the Future Fund Board
207-115(5A)
An entity is an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund if it is covered by item 5.4 of the table in section 50-25 .
Prescribed income tax exempt entities
207-115(6)
An entity is an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund if the entity is prescribed as an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund by the regulations.
207-115(7)
This section has effect subject to sections 207-119 to 207-136 .
[ CCH Note: S 207-115(5) will be repealed by No 40 of 2023, s 3 and Sch 3 item 19, effective 1 January 2024. For transitional provision, see note under s 30-80(1) .]
SECTION 207-117 207-117 Residency requirement
An entity satisfies the residency requirement for the purposes of determining whether, at the time a *franked distribution is made, the entity is an *exempt institution that is eligible for a refund if:
(a) the entity has a physical presence in Australia; and
(b) to that extent, incurs its expenditure and pursues its objectives principally in Australia;
at all times during the income year in which the distribution is made.
For the purposes of this Act:
(a) an entity must not be treated as an *exempt institution that is eligible for a refund in relation to a *franked distribution if section 207-120 , 207-122 or 207-124 applies to the entity in relation to the distribution; and
(b) a beneficiary of a trust must not be treated as an exempt institution that is eligible for a refund in relation to a franked distribution made in an income year if section 207-126 applies to the beneficiary in relation to that income year.
This section applies to an entity (the ineligible entity ) if:
(a) a *franked distribution is made, or *flows indirectly under subsection 207-50(3) or (4) , to the entity; and
(b) subsection (2) of this section applies because of a *distribution event in relation to the distribution.
207-120(2)
Subject to subsection (3) and to section 207-128 , this subsection applies if, because of a *distribution event in relation to the *franked distribution:
(a) the ineligible entity or another entity:
(i) makes, becomes liable to make, or may reasonably be expected to make or to become liable to make, a payment to any entity; or
(ii) transfers, becomes liable to transfer, or may reasonably be expected to transfer or to become liable to transfer, any property to any entity; or
(iii) incurs, becomes liable to incur, or may reasonably be expected to incur or to become liable to incur, any other detriment, disadvantage, liability or obligation; or
(b) if the distribution is made to the ineligible entity - the amount or value of the benefit *derived by the ineligible entity from the distribution is, will be, or may reasonably be expected to be, less than the amount or value of the distribution as at the time the distribution is made; or
(c) if the distribution *flows indirectly to the ineligible entity - the amount or value of the benefit derived by the ineligible entity from the ineligible entity ' s *trust share amount in relation to the distribution is, will be, or may reasonably be expected to be, less than the amount or value of the ineligible entity ' s trust share amount in relation to the distribution as at the time when that amount arises; or
(d) any of the following entities has obtained, will obtain or may reasonably be expected to obtain, a benefit, advantage, right or privilege:
(i) the entity making the distribution;
(ii) an entity through which the distribution flows indirectly to the ineligible entity;
(iii) an *associate of any of those entities.
Note:
For when paragraph (d) is satisfied, see also subsection 207-132(2) .
Exception to paragraph (2)(b) or (c)
207-120(3)
Paragraph (2)(b) or (c) does not apply if:
(a) that paragraph would otherwise apply only because of expenses the ineligible entity has incurred, will incur, or may reasonably be expected to incur, for the purpose of obtaining the *franked distribution or *trust share amount mentioned in that paragraph; and
(b) the Commissioner considers the expenses to be reasonable.
Trust share amount
207-120(4)
An entity ' s trust share amount in relation to a *franked distribution that *flows indirectly to the entity under subsection 207-50(3) or (4) is the entity ' s share amount that is mentioned in that subsection.
Distribution event
207-120(5)
A distribution event in relation to a *franked distribution is an act, transaction or circumstance that has happened, will happen, or may reasonably be expected to happen, as part of, in relation to or as a result of:
(a) the payment or receipt of the distribution; or
(b) if the distribution *flows indirectly to an entity under subsection 207-50(3) or (4) - the arising of, or the distribution or receipt of, the entity ' s *trust share amount in relation to the distribution; or
(c) an *arrangement entered into in association with a matter mentioned in paragraph (a) or (b).
This section applies to an entity (the ineligible entity ) to whom a *franked distribution is made, or *flows indirectly under subsection 207-50(3) or (4) , if:
(a) one of the following is in the form of property other than money:
(i) if the distribution is made to the ineligible entity - all or part of the distribution;
(ii) if the distribution flows indirectly to the ineligible entity through the trustee of a trust under subsection 207-50(3) or (4) - all or a part of a distribution (the trust distribution ) made by the trustee of the trust that relates to the ineligible entity ' s *trust share amount in relation to the franked distribution; and
(b) the terms and conditions on which the franked distribution or trust distribution is made are such that the ineligible entity:
(i) does not receive immediate custody and control of the property; or
(ii) does not have the unconditional right to retain custody and control of the property in perpetuity; or
(iii) does not obtain an immediate, indefeasible and unencumbered legal and equitable title to the property.
Subject to section 207-128 , this section applies to an entity (the ineligible entity ) to whom a *franked distribution is made, or *flows indirectly under subsection 207-50(3) or (4) , if:
(a) the ineligible entity or another entity has entered into an *arrangement as part of, or in association with:
(i) the distribution; or
(ii) if the distribution flows indirectly to the ineligible entity - the ineligible entity ' s *trust share amount in relation to the distribution; and
(b) because of the arrangement, the ineligible entity or another entity has acquired or will acquire (whether directly or indirectly) money or property, other than money or property comprising the distribution or the ineligible entity ' s trust share amount, from:
(i) the entity making the distribution; or
(ii) an entity through which the distribution flows indirectly to the ineligible entity; or
(iii) an *associate of any of those entities (other than the ineligible entity).
(Repealed by No 83 of 2004)
This section applies to a beneficiary of a trust in relation to an income year if:
(a) the sum of the distributions:
(i) made to the beneficiary during the income year by the trustee of the trust; and
(ii) that relate to the beneficiary ' s *trust share amount in relation to a *franked distribution made during the income year;
is less than:
(b) that trust share amount.
Commissioner ' s power to treat trust share amount as having been distributed during the income year
207-126(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply if the Commissioner, having regard to all the circumstances, considers that it would be reasonable to treat the *trust share amount as having been distributed to the beneficiary in the income year.
If, apart from this section, paragraph 207-120(2) (a) or (d) or section 207-124 would apply to an entity (the receiving entity ) to whom a *franked distribution is made or *flows indirectly, that paragraph or section is taken not to apply to the receiving entity if:
(a) instead of receiving the distribution, or the *trust share amount concerned, by a payment of money, the receiving entity chooses to be issued with:
(i) if the distribution is made to the receiving entity - *shares in the *corporate tax entity making the distribution; or
(ii) if the distribution flows indirectly to the receiving entity - a fixed interest in the trust in relation to which the trust share amount arises; and
(b) the choice is genuine and furthers the purpose for which the entity was established; and
(c) the choice is not made for the purpose, or purposes that include the purpose, of benefiting the corporate tax entity, trust or any of their *associates (other than the receiving entity); and
(d) any benefit *derived by the corporate tax entity, trust or any of their associates (other than the receiving entity) because of that choice is one which is an ordinary incident of issuing the shares or interests to the receiving entity or of the receiving entity ' s holding of those shares or interests; and
(e) the parties that were involved in the *distribution event or *arrangement concerned deal with one another on an *arm ' s length basis in relation to the event or arrangement.
A vested and indefeasible interest constitutes a fixed interest
207-128(2)
The receiving entity ' s interest in a trust is a fixed interest if the interest is a vested and indefeasible interest in the trust ' s capital.
Special rule about whether interests in unit trusts are defeasible
207-128(3)
If:
(a) the trust is a unit trust and the receiving entity holds units in the unit trust; and
(b) the units are redeemable or further units are able to be issued; and
(c) the units held by the receiving entity will be redeemed, or any further units will be issued:
(i) if units in the unit trust are listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange - for the price at which other units of the same kind in the unit trust are offered for sale on the exchange at the time of the redemption or issue; or
(ii) if the units are not listed as mentioned in subparagraph (i) - for their *market value at the time of the redemption or issue;
then the mere fact that the units are redeemable, or that the further units are able to be issued, does not mean that the receiving entity ' s interest, as a unit holder, in the trust ' s capital is defeasible.
Commissioner ' s power to treat an interest in a trust as being a fixed interest
207-128(4)
If:
(a) the receiving entity has an interest in the trust ' s capital; and
(b) apart from this subsection, the interest would not be a vested or indefeasible interest; and
(c) the Commissioner considers that the interest should be treated as being vested and indefeasible, having regard to:
(i) the circumstances in which the interest is capable of not vesting, or the defeasance can happen; and
(ii) the likelihood of the interest not vesting or the defeasance happening; and
(iii) the nature of the trust; and
(iv) any other matter the Commissioner thinks relevant;
the Commissioner may determine that the interest is to be taken to be vested and indefeasible.
207-128(5)
A determination made under subsection (4) has effect according to its terms.
A *controller (for imputation purposes) of an entity (the controlled entity ) is liable to pay an amount under this section in respect of a refund paid to the controlled entity under Division 67 if:
(a) the controlled entity claimed the refund wholly or partly on the basis that:
(i) the controlled entity was entitled to a *tax offset under section 207-20 , 207-45 or 207-110 in relation to a *franked distribution; and
(ii) the controlled entity was an *exempt institution that is eligible for a refund; and
(b) because of the operation of section 207-120 , 207-122 , 207-124 or 207-126 in respect of a *distribution event or an *arrangement in relation to the distribution, the controlled entity is not entitled to the tax offset; and
(c) the controller or an *associate of the controller benefited from that event or arrangement; and
(d) some or all of the amount that the controlled entity is liable to pay in respect of the refund remains unpaid after the day on which the amount becomes due and payable; and
(e) the Commissioner gives the controller written notice:
(i) stating that the controller is liable to pay an amount under this section; and
(ii) specifying that amount.
Except as provided for in subsection (5), this subsection does not affect any liability the controlled entity has in relation to the refund.
Note 1:
Section 207-134 also provides that the controlled entity ' s present entitlement to a trust share amount is disregarded for the purposes of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Note 2:
For when paragraph (c) is satisfied, see also subsection 207-132(3) .
207-130(2)
The amount that the *controller (for imputation purposes) is liable to pay under subsection (1):
(a) is the amount specified under subparagraph (1)(e)(ii); and
(b) becomes due and payable at the end of the period of 14 days that starts on the day on which the notice mentioned in paragraph (1)(e) is given.
207-130(3)
The amount that the *controller (for imputation purposes) is liable to pay under subsection (1) must not exceed the total amount or value of the benefit that the controller and its *associates obtained from the *distribution event or *arrangement.
207-130(4)
The total of:
(a) the amounts that the Commissioner recovers under subsection (1) in relation to the refund from all of the controlled entity ' s *controllers (for imputation purposes); and
(b) the amounts that the Commissioner recovers in relation to the refund from the controlled entity;
must not exceed the amount that the controlled entity was liable to pay as mentioned in paragraph (1)(d).
Controller of a company
207-130(5)
An entity is a controller (for imputation purposes) of a company if the entity is a *controller of the company (for CGT purposes).
Controller of an entity other than a company - basic meaning
207-130(6)
Subject to subsections (7) and (8), an entity is a controller (for imputation purposes) of an entity other than a company (the controlled entity ) if:
(a) a group in relation to the entity has the power, by means of the exercise of a power of appointment or revocation or otherwise, to obtain beneficial enjoyment (directly or indirectly) of the capital or income of the controlled entity; or
(b) a group in relation to the entity is able (directly or indirectly) to control the application of the capital or income of the controlled entity; or
(c) a group in relation to the entity is capable, under a *scheme, of gaining the beneficial enjoyment mentioned in paragraph (a) or the control mentioned in paragraph (b); or
(d) the controlled entity or, if the controlled entity is a trust, the trustee of the trust:
(i) is accustomed; or
(ii) is under an obligation; or
to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of a group in relation to the entity; or
(iii) might reasonably be expected;
(e) if the controlled entity is a trust - a group in relation to the entity is able (directly or indirectly) to remove or appoint the trustee of the trust; or
(f) a group in relation to the entity has *more than a 50% stake in the income or capital of the controlled entity; or
(g) entities in a group in relation to the entity are the only entities that, under the terms of:
(i) the constitution of the controlled entity or the terms on which the controlled entity is established; or
can obtain the beneficial enjoyment of the income or capital of the controlled entity.
(ii) if the controlled entity is a trust - the terms of the trust;
Group in relation to an entity
207-130(7)
For the purposes of subsection (6), each of the following constitutes a group in relation to an entity:
(a) the entity acting alone;
(b) an *associate of the entity acting alone;
(c) the entity and one or more associates of the entity acting together;
(d) 2 or more associates of the entity acting together.
Commissioner ' s power to take an entity not to be a controller (for imputation purposes)
207-130(8)
If:
(a) at a particular time, an entity (the first entity ) would, but for this subsection, be a *controller (for imputation purposes) of an entity other than a company (the second entity ); and
(b) the Commissioner, having regard to all relevant circumstances, considers that it is reasonable that the first entity be taken not to be such a controller of the second entity at the particular time;
the first entity is taken not to be a controller (for imputation purposes) of the second entity at the particular time.
207-130(9)
Without limiting paragraph (8)(b), if the second entity is a trust, the Commissioner may have regard under that paragraph to the identity of the beneficiaries of the trust at any time (whether before or after the first entity began to be a *controller (for imputation purposes) of the second entity).
This section applies in relation to a benefit (the relevant benefit ) given by an entity to a *controller (for imputation purposes) of the entity, or to an *associate of such a controller, if:
(a) the controller or associate:
(i) makes a *franked distribution to the entity; or
(ii) is the trustee of the trust in relation to which a *trust share amount of the entity arises in relation to a franked distribution that *flows indirectly to the entity; and
(b) the benefit is, or was, given to the controller or associate at any time during the period that starts 3 years before, and ends 3 years after, the distribution is made or the trust share amount arises (as appropriate).
207-132(2)
For the purposes of paragraph 207-120(2) (d), the controller or *associate is taken to have obtained the relevant benefit because of a *distribution event in relation to the *franked distribution or *trust share amount.
207-132(3)
For the purposes of paragraph 207-130(1) (c), and at least to the extent of the relevant benefit, the controller or *associate is taken to have benefited from a *distribution event or *arrangement that caused section 207-120 to apply in relation to the *franked distribution or *trust share amount.
Commissioner ' s power not to apply subsection (2) or (3)
207-132(4)
Subsection (2) or (3) does not apply in relation to a benefit if the Commissioner is satisfied, having regard to all the circumstances, that it would be unreasonable to apply that subsection.
The present entitlement of a beneficiary of a trust to a share of trust income is disregarded for the purposes of Division 6 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 if:
(a) the beneficiary has claimed a *tax offset under section 207-45 or 207-110 of this Act on the basis that the beneficiary was an *exempt institution that was eligible for a refund in relation to a *trust share amount that is that share of trust income; but
(b) the beneficiary was not entitled to that tax offset because of the operation of section 207-120 , 207-122 , 207-124 or 207-126 in respect of a *distribution event, or an *arrangement, to which the trust share amount is related.
Note:
This means that the trustee of the trust is liable to pay income tax on that share of the trust income.
An entity that is dissatisfied with a decision of the Commissioner under any of the following provisions may object against it in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 :
(a) paragraph 207-120(3) (b);
(b) subsection 207-126(2) ;
(c) subsection 207-128(4) ;
(d) paragraph 207-130(1) (e);
(e) paragraph 207-130(8) (b);
(f) subsection 207-132(4) .
SECTION 207-140 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision creates the appropriate adjustment to cancel the effect of the gross-up and tax offset rules where the entity concerned has manipulated the imputation system in a manner that is not permitted under the income tax law.
Operative provisions | |
207-145 | Distribution that is made to an entity |
207-150 | Distribution that flows indirectly to an entity |
207-155 | When is a distribution made as part of a dividend stripping operation? |
207-157 | Distribution washing |
207-158 | Distributions entitled to a foreign income tax deduction |
207-159 | Distributions funded by capital raising |
207-160 | Distribution that is treated as an interest payment |
207-165 | (Repealed by No 83 of 2004) |
207-170 | (Repealed by No 83 of 2004) |
SECTION 207-145 Distribution that is made to an entity
Whole of distribution manipulated
207-145(1)
If a *franked distribution is made to an entity in one or more of the following circumstances:
(a) the entity is not a qualified person in relation to the distribution for the purposes of Division 1A of former Part IIIAA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(b) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of that Act that no imputation benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of the distribution for the entity;
(c) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) of this Act that no *imputation benefit is to arise in respect of the distribution for the entity;
(d) the distribution is made as part of a *dividend stripping operation;
(da) the distribution is one to which section 207-157 (which is about distribution washing) applies;
(db) the distribution is one to which section 207-158 (which is about foreign income tax deductions) applies;
then, for the purposes of this Act:
(e) the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution is not included in the assessable incomeof the entity under section 207-20 or 207-35 ; and
(f) the entity is not entitled to a *tax offset under this Division because of the distribution; and
(g) if the distribution *flows indirectly through the entity to another entity - subsection 207-35(3) and section 207-45 do not apply to that other entity.
Part of share of distribution manipulated
207-145(2)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution is made to an entity; and
(b) the Commissioner makes a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no imputation benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of a specified part of the distribution (the specified part ) for the entity;
then, for the purposes of this Act:
(c) the amount of the distribution is taken to have been reduced by the specified part; and
(d) the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution is to be worked out as follows:
*Franked distribution
apart from this section − Specified part *Franked distribution apart from this section |
× | *Franking credit
on the *franked distribution apart from this section |
Example:
A franked distribution of $70 is made to the trustee of a trust. Apart from this section, the franking credit on the distribution ($30) would be included in the assessable income of the trust under section 207-35 .
The Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no imputation benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise for the trustee in respect of $49 of the distribution.
Under this subsection, the amount included in the assessable income of the trust under section 207-35 because of the distribution is reduced from $30 to $9.
If there is a beneficiary of the trust that is presently entitled to the trust ' s income, the amount of the distribution that flows indirectly to the beneficiary is reduced from $70 to $21 under this subsection.
What happens if both subsection 207-90(2) and subsection (2) of this section would apply
207-145(3)
If, apart from this subsection, both subsection 207-90(2) and subsection (2) of this section would apply to an entity in relation to a *franked distribution, then:
(a) apply subsection 207-90(2) first; and
(b) apply subsection (2) of this section on the basis that the amount of the *franked distribution had been reduced under subsection 207-90(2) .
[ CCH Note: It is necessary to have regard to the rules in former Division 1A of Part IIIAA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , as in force at 30 June 2002, in determining whether an entity is a qualified person for the purposes of paragraphs 207-145(1)(a) and 207-150(1)(a) of ITAA 1997 in respect of a franked distribution made directly or indirectly to the entity after 30 June 2002: see Taxation Determination TD 2007/11 . The rules relating to " qualified persons " in Division 1A of Part IIIAA are reproduced below:
]Division 1A - Circumstances in which a taxpayer can qualify for a franking credit, a franking rebate or the intercorporate dividend rebate
Subdivision A - Preliminary
SECTION 160APHC SECTION 160APHC OBJECT OF DIVISION
160APHC
The object of this Division is to set out the circumstances in which a taxpayer can qualify for a franking credit, a franking rebate, or the intercorporate dividend rebate, in respect of a dividend paid on shares or in respect of a distribution from a partnership or trust that is derived from such a dividend.
SECTION 160APHD SECTION 160APHD DEFINITIONS
160APHD
In this Division, unless the contrary intention appears:associate
has the meaning given by section 318 but includes:
(a) in relation to a trustee - the controller of the trust; and
(b) in relation to a company that is a member of a wholly-owned group (determined in accordance with Subdivision 975-W of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 ) - any other company that is a member of the group.benchmark portfolio of shares
has the meaning given by section 160AQZH .closely held fixed trust
: a trust is a closely held fixed trust at a particular time if, at that time, it is a fixed trust and not more than 20 entities (as defined in section 960-100 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 and counting entities who are associates as one entity) have interests in the trust that together entitle them to not less than 75% of:
(a) the beneficial interests in the income of the trust; or
(b) the beneficial interests in the capital of the trust.controller
, in relation to a trust, means a person:
(a) who beneficially owns, or is able in any way, whether directly or indirectly, to control the application of more than 50% of the interests in the trust property or in the trust income; or
(b) who has power to appoint or remove the trustee of the trust; or
(c) according to whose directions, instructions or wishes, the trustee of the trust is accustomed or under an obligation, whether formal or informal, to act.distribution
: a distribution in respect of an interest in shares is taken to be made in the circumstances specified in subsection 177EA(15) .employee share scheme security
means:
(a) a share that is, or except for subsections 139C(3) and (4) would be, a qualifying share for the purposes of Division 13A of Part III ; or
(b) a share acquired as a result of the exercise of a qualifying right within the meaning of Division 13A of Part III ; or
(c) an interest in a share where:
(i) it is an interest in a share referred to in paragraph (a) or (b); and
(ii) if it is defeasible or subject to forfeiture - it becomes indefeasible, or ceases to be subject to forfeiture (other than forfeiture resulting from fraud, dishonesty or defalcation), as the case may be, within 10 years after it was issued; and
(iii) if it is an interest as a beneficiary of a trust - the sole activities of the trust are obtaining shares, or rights to acquire shares, and providing those shares or rights to employees of a company or to associates of those employees.ex dividend
has the meaning given by section 160APHE .fixed trust
has the same meaning as in Schedule 2F.franked distribution
has the meaning given by subsection 177EA(16) .interest
, in relation to shares or other property, means any legal or equitable interest in the shares or other property.materially diminish
has the meaning given by section 160APHM .non-fixed trust
has the same meaning as in Schedule 2F.position
, in relation to shares or an interest in shares, has the meaning given by section 160APHJ as that meaning is affected by sections 160APHK and 160APHL .preference shares
in a company means shares in the company that:
(a) have a fixed dividend entitlement or, having regard to the terms of their issue, are likely to have a fixed dividend return; or
(b) having regard to the terms of their issue and other relevant matters, are less risky than ordinary shares in the company.prescribed person
, in relation to a unit trust, has the meaning given by section 160APHS .primary qualification period
, in relation to a taxpayer in relation to shares or an interest in shares, means the period beginning on the day after the day on which the taxpayer acquired the shares or interest and ending:
(a) if the shares are not preference shares - on the 45th day after the day on which the shares or interest became ex dividend ; or
(b) if the shares are preference shares - on the 90th day after the day on which the shares or interest became ex dividend .qualification period
, in relation to a taxpayer in relation to shares or an interest in shares, means the primary qualification period or the secondary qualification period in relation to the taxpayer in relation to the shares or interest.qualified person
, in relation to a dividend paid on shares, has the meaning given by section 160APHO , 160APHP , 160APHQ , 160APHR or 160APHT as that meaning is affected by section 160APHU .rebateable distribution
means a distribution to which section 45Z applies and in respect of which the taxpayer is entitled to a rebate under section 46 or 46A .rebateable dividend
means a dividend for which the taxpayer is entitled to a rebate under section 46 or 46A .related payment
: the making of a related payment has a meaning affected by sections 160APHN and 160APHNA .secondary qualification period
, in relation to a taxpayer in relation to shares or an interest in shares, means:
(a) if the shares are not preference shares - the period beginning on the 45th day before, and ending on the 45th day after, the day on which the shares or interest became ex dividend ; or
(b) if the shares are preference shares - the period beginning on the 90th day before, and ending on the 90th day after, the day on which the shares or interest become ex dividend .share
includes:
(a) the interest in a corporate limited partnership (within the meaning of Division 5A of Part III ) that a partner in the partnership has; and
(b) if a company does not have a share capital - the interest in the company that a member has.substantially identical securities
has the meaning given by section 160APHF .wholly-owned group
: the question whether 2 or more companies are members of the same wholly-owned group is to be determined in the same way as under Subdivision 975-W of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 .widely held trust
, at a particular time, means:
(a) a trust that, at that time, is neither a closely held fixed trust nor a non-fixed trust; or
(b) a trust the trustee of which is the subject of a declaration that is in force under regulations made for the purposes of paragraph 160APHR(1)(j) ; or
(c) a unit trust if, at that time:
(i) at least 75% of the units are held by a person who is, or persons each of whom is, a person referred to in any of paragraphs 160APHR(1)(a) to (j) or a prescribed person in relation to the trust; and
(ii) all of the units carry the same rights; and
(iii) if the units are redeemable, they are redeemable for a price determined on the basis of the trust's net asset value, according to Australian accounting principles; and
(iv) the trust engages only in qualifying activities within the meaning of subsection 160APHR(11) .SECTION 160APHE MEANING OF EX DIVIDEND
160APHE(1)
A share in respect of which a dividend is to be paid, or an interest (other than an interest as a beneficiary of a widely held trust) in such a share, becomes ex dividend on the day after the last day on which the acquisition by a person of the share will entitle the person to receive the dividend.
160APHE(2)
An interest as a beneficiary of a widely held trust in a share in respect of which a dividend is to be paid becomes ex dividend on the day after the last day on which the acquisition by a person of the interest will entitle the person to receive a distribution from the trust.
SECTION 160APHF SUBSTANTIALLY IDENTICAL SECURITIES
160APHF(1) Definition.In this Division:
substantially identical securities
, in relation to shares, or in relation to an interest in shares, in a company (the relevant company ), means property that is fungible with, or economically equivalent to, the shares or interest.
160APHF(2) Meanings of subsections (3) and (4) not limited by subsection (1).Subsections (3) and (4) do not limit, by implication, the meaning of subsection (1).
160APHF(3) Substantially identical securities in relation to shares.The following are taken to be substantially identical securities in relation to shares (the relevant shares ) in the relevant company:
(a) other shares in the relevant company that are of the same class as the relevant shares;
(b) other shares in the relevant company that are of a different class from the relevant shares where there is no material difference between those classes of shares or the other shares are exchangeable at a fixed rate for the relevant shares;
(c) shares in another company that holds predominantly shares in the relevant company of the same class as shares of any of the kinds mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b);
(d) shares in another company that are, or other property that is, exchangeable at a fixed rate for the relevant shares or for shares in the relevant company of any of the kinds mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b);
(e) a vested and indefeasible interest in a trust whose assets consist predominantly of shares in the relevant company of the same class as shares of any of the kinds mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b);
(f) an interest in a partnership whose assets consist predominantly of shares in the relevant company of the same class as shares of any of the kinds mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b).
160APHF(4) Substantially identical securities in relation to interests in shares.The following interests are taken to be substantially identical securities in relation to an interest in shares (the relevant shares ) in the relevant company:
(a) a vested and indefeasible interest in a trust whose assets consist predominantly of:
(i) other shares in the relevant company that are of the same class as the relevant shares; or
(ii) other shares in the relevant company that are of a different class from the relevant shares where there is no material difference between those classes of shares or the other shares are exchangeable at a fixed rate for the relevant shares;
(b) an interest in a partnership whose assets consist predominantly of:
(i) other shares in the relevant company that are of the same class as the relevant shares; or
(ii) other shares in the relevant company that are of a different class from the relevant shares where there is no material difference between those classes of shares or the other shares are exchangeable at a fixed rate for the relevant shares;
(c) if the interest in the relevant shares is a unit in a unit trust - any other unit of the same class in the trust;
(d) if the interest in the relevant shares is a vested and indefeasible interest in the whole of a share in the relevant company - that share or any other share of the same class;
(e) if the interest in the relevant shares is a vested and indefeasible interest in part of a share in the relevant company - any other vested and indefeasible interest in a corresponding part of another share in the relevant company of the same class;
(f) if the interest in the relevant shares is exchangeable at a fixed rate for another interest in shares, or for shares, in the relevant company - the other interest or the shares, as the case may be.
160APHF(5) Commissioner may determine an interest in the corpus of a trust to be vested and indefeasible.If:
(a) a person has an interest in so much of the corpus of a trust as is comprised by shares or an interest in shares; and
(b) apart from this subsection, the interest in the trust would not be a vested or indefeasible interest; and
(c) the Commissioner considers that the interest in the trust should be treated as being vested and indefeasible, having regard to:
(i) the circumstances in which the interest is capable of not vesting or the defeasance can happen; and
(ii) the likelihood of the interest not vesting or the defeasance happening; and
(iii) the nature of the trust; and
(iv) any other matter the Commissioner thinks relevant;the Commissioner may determine that the interest in the trust is to be taken to be vested and indefeasible.
160APHF(6) Effect of determination.A determination made under subsection (5) has effect according to its terms.
SECTION 160APHG SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ACQUISITION OR DISPOSAL OF SHARES OR INTERESTS IN SHARES BY PARTNERS AND TRUST BENEFICIARIES
160APHG(1) Partnerships.If a partnership acquires, holds, or disposes of, shares or an interest in shares, each partner in the partnership is taken to acquire, hold, or dispose of, as the case may be, an interest in the shares.
160APHG(2) Taxpayers becoming or ceasing to be partners.If the assets of a partnership include shares or an interest in shares:
(a) where a taxpayer becomes a partner in the partnership - the taxpayer is taken to acquire an interest in the shares; or
(b) where a taxpayer ceases to be a partner in the partnership - the taxpayer is taken to dispose of the taxpayer's interest in the shares.
160APHG(3) Trusts that are not widely held trusts.If the trustee of a trust (other than a widely held trust) acquires, holds, or disposes of, shares or an interest in shares, each beneficiary of the trust (including, if the trust is a discretionary trust, a potential beneficiary) is taken to acquire, hold, or dispose of, as the case may be, an interest in the shares.
160APHG(4) Taxpayers becoming or ceasing to be beneficiaries of trusts that are not widely held trusts.If a trust estate (other than the trust estate of a widely held trust) includes shares or an interest in shares:
(a) where a taxpayer becomes a beneficiary (including, if the trust is a discretionary trust, a potential beneficiary) of the trust - the taxpayer is taken to acquire an interest in the shares; or
(b) where a taxpayer ceases to be a beneficiary (including, if the trust is a discretionary trust, a potential beneficiary) of the trust - the taxpayer is taken to dispose of the taxpayer's interest in the shares.
160APHG(5) Position of beneficiary of widely held trust if trustee makes the trustee's first acquisition of shares or interests.If:
(a) the trust estate of a widely held trust does not include shares or an interest in shares; and
(b) the trustee of the trust acquires shares or an interest in shares;each beneficiary of the trust is taken to acquire an interest in the shares.
160APHG(6) Position of beneficiary of widely held trust if trust estate includes shares or interests.If the trust estate of a widely held trust has included, or includes, shares or interests in shares, each person who is a beneficiary of the trust holds an interest in the shares while the person is such a beneficiary.
160APHG(7) Disposal of shares or interests by trustee of widely held trust.If the trustee of a widely held trust disposes of some only of the shares or interests in shares that form part of the trust estate, no beneficiary of the trust is taken, because of the disposal, to dispose of that beneficiary's interest in the shares but, if the trustee disposes of all the shares and interests, each beneficiary is taken to dispose of the beneficiary's interest in the shares.
160APHG(8) Taxpayers becoming or ceasing to be beneficiaries of widely held trust.If the trust estate of a widely held trust has included or includes shares or an interest in shares:
(a) a taxpayer who becomes a beneficiary of the trust is taken to acquire an interest in the shares at the time when the taxpayer becomes the beneficiary, whether or not the trust estate includes the shares or interest in the shares at that time; and
(b) a taxpayer who is a beneficiary of the trust and acquires a further interest in the trust (whether by subscription for, or purchase of, further units or otherwise) is taken to acquire a further interest in the shares at the time when the taxpayer acquires the further interest in the trust, whether or not the trust estate includes the shares or interest in the shares at that time; and
(c) a taxpayer who disposes of an interest in the trust (whether by redemption or sale of units or otherwise) but remains a beneficiary of the trust is taken to dispose of an interest in the shares at the time when the taxpayer disposes of the interest in the trust, whether or not the trust estate includes the shares or interest in the shares at that time; and
(d) a taxpayer who ceases to be a beneficiary of a trust is taken to dispose of the interest in shares that the taxpayer held as a beneficiary of the trust at the time when the taxpayer ceases to be a beneficiary of the trust, whether or not the trust estate includes the shares or interest in the shares at that time.Note 1:
The interest that a partner in a partnership has in shares which, or an interest in which, is included in the assets of the partnership is worked out under section 160APHK .
Note 2:
The interest that a beneficiary of a trust has in shares which, or an interest in which, is held by the trustee of the trust is worked out under section 160APHL .
SECTION 160APHH OTHER SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO ACQUISITION OR DISPOSAL OF SHARES OR INTERESTS IN SHARES
160APHH(1) Shares or interests acquired or disposed of under a contract.If:
(a) a taxpayer acquires or disposes of shares, or an interest in shares, under a contract; and
(b) the price payable for the acquisition or disposal is fixed under the contract; and
(c) either of the following applies:
(i) the contract is unconditional;
(ii) the contract is subject to a condition being complied with before the contract takes effect and the condition has been complied with;the taxpayer is taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have acquired or disposed of, as the case may be, the shares, or the interest, at the time of the making of the contract.
160APHH(2) Bonus shares.If shares (the bonus shares ) are issued to a taxpayer in respect of existing shares:
(a) if any part of the bonus shares is, or is taken to be, a dividend that is included in the taxpayer's assessable income - the bonus shares are taken for the purposes of this Division to have been acquired by the taxpayer at the time when they were issued; or
(b) otherwise - the bonus shares:
(i) are taken for the purposes of section 160APHR to have been acquired by the taxpayer at the time when they were issued; and
(ii) are taken for the purposes of the other provisions of this Division to have been acquired by the taxpayer at the time when the existing shares were acquired and to have been held by the taxpayer continuously from that time until they were issued.In calculating the number of days for which the taxpayer is taken to have continuously held bonus shares as mentioned in subparagraph (b)(ii), any days before the bonus shares were issued in respect of which the taxpayer materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of the existing shares are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the taxpayer is taken to have held bonus shares.
160APHH(3) Shares or interest distributed in satisfaction of interest.If:
(a) a taxpayer holds an interest in shares:
(i) under a trust; or
(ii) as a partner in a partnership; and
(b) the shares, or an interest in the shares, is distributed to the taxpayer in satisfaction of the interest referred to in paragraph (a);the taxpayer is taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have held the shares or interest so distributed, to the extent to which the shares or interest distributed satisfies the interest referred to in paragraph (a), from the time when the taxpayer acquired the interest referred to in that paragraph.
In calculating the number of days for which the taxpayer is taken to have continuously held the shares or interest so distributed, any days in respect of which the trustee or partnership materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of the shares or interest are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the taxpayer is taken to have held the shares or interest.
160APHH(4) Shares or interest passing to executor or administrator.If any shares or interest in shares held by a person who has died has passed to the executor of the will, or the administrator of the estate, of the dead person, the executor or administrator is taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have acquired the shares at the time when they were acquired by the dead person.
In calculating the number of days for which the executor or administrator is taken to have continuously held the shares or interest, any days in respect of which the person materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of the shares or interest are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the executor or administrator is taken to have held the shares or interest.
160APHH(5) Shares or interest held by person under a legal disability transferred to a trustee.If:
(a) a person who holds shares or an interest in shares becomes subject to a legal disability; and
(b) the shares or interest is transferred to a trustee to be held in trust for the person while the person is under a legal disability;both the person and the trustee are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have held the shares or interest for the periods in which the shares or interest was held by either of them.
In calculating the number of days for which the trustee is taken to have continuously held the shares or interest, any days in respect of which the person materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of the shares or interest are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the trustee is taken to have held the shares or interest.
160APHH(6) Shares held by a bare trustee for a sole beneficiary.If:
(a) a person (the trustee ) holds shares in trust for another person (the beneficiary ); and
(b) the beneficiary:
(i) is the sole beneficiary of the trust; and
(ii) is absolutely entitled under the trust to the shares;the following provisions have effect:
(c) this Division applies as if:
(i) the shares were held by the beneficiary and not by the trustee; and
(ii) the acts of the trustee in relation to the shares were acts of the beneficiary;
(d) if the shares were acquired by the trustee as a result of a disposal by the beneficiary, that acquisition and disposal are to be disregarded;
(e) if the shares are subsequently acquired by the beneficiary as a result of a disposal by the trustee, that acquisition and disposal are to be disregarded.
160APHH(7) What happens if paragraph (6)(b) ceases to apply to beneficiary.If paragraph (6)(b) ceases to apply to the beneficiary, then, after the time when it so ceases to apply (the relevant time ):
(a) if the trust has become a widely held trust:
(i) the shares are taken to have been disposed of by the beneficiary to the trustee at the relevant time; and
(ii) the beneficiary is taken to have acquired the beneficiary's interest in the shares immediately after the disposal; or
(b) in any other case - this Division applies to the beneficiary and the trustee as if subsection (6) had never applied;and the respective positions of the beneficiary and the trustee in relation to the shares or interest are to be determined accordingly.
160APHH(8) Certain disposals to be disregarded.If:
(a) a taxpayer holds, or holds an interest in, shares; and
(b) the taxpayer disposes of the shares or interest; and
(c) the taxpayer is, under subsection 26BC(4) , to be treated in the determination of the matters mentioned in paragraphs 26BC(4)(a) and (b) as if the transaction effecting the disposal had not been entered into;the disposal is to be taken for the purposes of this Division not to have occurred.
160APHH(9) Change of trustees not to affect continuity of holding of shares or interests.Any person who was a trustee of a trust during part only of a continuous period in which shares or an interest in shares formed part of the trust estate is taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have held the shares or interest throughout that period.
160APHH(10) Certain disposals of shares or interests between companies in the same wholly-owned group not to affect continuity of holding.A company that is a member of a wholly-owned group is taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have held shares or an interest in shares throughout a continuous period if:
(a) the company held the shares or interest during part of the period; and
(b) during the remainder of the period the shares or interest was held by another company or other companies that were members of the same group.In calculating the number of days in the continuous period during which the first-mentioned company is taken to have held the shares or interest, any days in the part of the period in which the shares or interest was held by a company that made an election in relation to the shares or interest under section 160APHR are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the first-mentioned company is taken to have held the shares or interest.
SECTION 160APHI CERTAIN DISPOSALS OF SHARES OR INTERESTS ARE TO BE TAKEN TO BE DISPOSALS OF RELATED SHARES OR INTERESTS
160APHI(1) Effect of section.The effect of this section is that, in the calculation of the period for which a taxpayer is taken to have held shares or an interest in shares (the primary securities ) during a qualification period in relation to the taxpayer in relation to the primary securities:
(a) a disposal of the primary securities is taken in certain circumstances to be a disposal of certain other securities and not to be a disposal of the primary securities; and
(b) a disposal of certain other securities is taken in certain circumstances to be a disposal of the primary securities and not to be a disposal of the other securities.
160APHI(2) Meaning of related securities .In this section:
related securities
means:
(a) the primary securities; and
(b) any shares, or interests in shares, held by connected persons:
(i) that are substantially identical securities in relation to the primary securities; and
(ii) in respect of which a connected person has been paid, or is entitled to be paid, a franked dividend or a franked distribution or, in the case of a connected person that is a company, a rebateable dividend or a rebateable distribution, being in either case a dividend or distribution corresponding to the dividend or distribution paid on the primary securities;but does not include shares or interests in shares:
(c) in relation to which an election is in force under section 160APHR ; and
(d) which were not acquired or disposed of for the purpose, or for purposes that included the purpose (whether or not the predominant purpose), of avoiding the application of this section.
160APHI(3) Meaning of connected persons .The following persons are connected persons for the purposes of this section:
(a) the taxpayer;
(b) if, at a time during the qualification period, an associate of the taxpayer, under an arrangement to which they were parties, disposed of shares or an interest in shares - the associate;
(c) if the taxpayer is a company - another company that is in the same wholly-owned group.
160APHI(4) Related securities to be taken to be disposed of on a last-in first-out basis.All related securities held by connected persons at a particular time constitute a group of securities for the purposes of this section and, subject to subsections (5), (6) and (7), any disposals of securities in the group that were effected by any connected persons during the qualification period are to be taken, in the order in which they occurred, as having been disposals on a last-in first-out basis, that is to say, as having been:
(a) first, disposals of the latest securities in the group to be acquired by any of the connected persons; and
(b) secondly, disposals of the next latest securities in the group to be so acquired, and so on.
160APHI(5) Subsection (4) not to apply to disposal between companies in the same wholly-owned group.Subsection (4) does not apply in respect of the disposal of securities by a company in a wholly-owned group to another company in the same wholly-owned group.
160APHI(6) Time of acquisition of related securities held by company that is a member of wholly-owned group.If subsection 160APHH(10) applies to a company that is a member of a wholly-owned group in respect of any related securities in relation to a period, the securities are taken, for the purposes of subsection (4), to have been acquired at the beginning of the period.
160APHI(7) Subsection (4) not to apply if primary securities not held for requisite continuous period.If primary securities are disposed of during a qualification period and:
(a) if section 160APHO applies to the taxpayer in respect of the securities - the taxpayer has not satisfied subsection 160APHO(2) in relation to the qualification period; or
(b) if the primary securities are an interest in shares and section 160APHP applies to the taxpayer in respect of the interest - the taxpayer has not held the interest for the continuous period referred to in subsection 160APHP(1) ;subsection (4) does not apply in respect of the disposal.
160APHI(8) Where value of securities actually disposed of is less than value of securities taken to be disposed of.If the value of any securities actually disposed of is less than the value of the securities that are taken to be disposed of, only such of the last-mentioned securities are taken to be disposed of as have a value equal to the value of the securities actually disposed of.
160APHI(9) Where value of securities actually disposed of exceeds value of securities taken to be disposed of.If the value of any securities actually disposed of exceeds the value of the securities that are taken to have been disposed of, such other related securities as have a value equal to the excess are taken to be disposed of in accordance with subsection (4).
160APHI(10) Where a disposal is taken to be a disposal of 2 or more parcels of securities.If, as a result of the application of subsection (4), a disposal of securities is taken to be a disposal of 2 or more parcels of related securities because those parcels of securities were acquired at the same time:
(a) the connected persons may agree as to the parcel of related securities that is to be taken to be disposed of; or
(b) if they are unable to agree, the Commissioner may determine the parcel of related securities that is taken to be disposed of.
160APHI(11) Where 2 or more disposals are taken to be disposals of the same securities.If, as a result of the application of subsection (4), the disposals of 2 or more parcels of related securities would be taken to constitute a disposal of the same securities because those 2 parcels of related securities were disposed of at the same time:
(a) the connected persons may agree as to the related securities that are to be taken to be respectively disposed of by the disposals of the parcels of related securities; or
(b) if they are unable to agree, the Commissioner may determine the related securities that are to be taken to be respectively disposed of by the disposals of the parcels of related securities.
160APHI(12) Notional re-acquisition of securities that are taken to constitute a disposal of other securities.If, as a result of this section, the primary securities are taken to have been disposed of by the taxpayer but are actually still held by the taxpayer, they are taken to have been re-acquired by the taxpayer immediately after the time when they are taken to be disposed of.
160APHI(13) Effect of agreement or determination.An agreement or determination made under subsection (10) or (11) has effect according to its terms.
SECTION 160APHJ POSITION IN RELATION TO SHARES OR INTERESTS ETC.
160APHJ(1) Regulations may prescribe what constitutes a position.The regulations may, either generally, or as otherwise provided in the regulations, prescribe:
(a) what is a position, a short position, a long position or a net position in relation to shares or an interest in shares; and
(b) when a position relates to particular shares or a particular interest in shares; and
(c) how the delta of a position is to be calculated;and the following provisions of this section have effect subject to any such regulations.
160APHJ(2) Meaning of position .A position , in relation to shares or an interest in shares, is anything that has a delta in relation to the shares or interest, and includes, without limiting the generality of the above:
(a) a short sale, or a future sale, of:
(i) the shares or interest; or
(ii) property that is substantially similar to, or related to, the shares or interest; and
(b) a purchase, or a future purchase, of property that is substantially similar to, or related to, the shares or interest; and
(c) an option to buy or sell the shares or interest; and
(d) an option to buy or sell:
(i) property that is substantially similar to, or related to, the shares or interest; or
(ii) an interest in such property; and
(e) an option in relation to the shares or interest that is embedded in other property; and
(f) a non-recourse loan made to acquire the shares or interest; and
(g) an indemnity or guarantee in respect of the shares or interest.However, if a share, or an interest in a share, is an employee share scheme security, a condition attached to the share or interest, or a term of the document that created the interest, that prevents the holder of the share or interest from disposing of it or could result in the share or interest being forfeited is not a position in relation to the share or interest.
160APHJ(3) Meaning of short position .A short position , in relation to shares or an interest in shares, is a position that has a negative delta in relation to the shares or interest. For example, a short sale, a sold future, a sold call option, a bought put option, and a sold share index future, are short positions.
160APHJ(4) Meaning of long position .A long position , in relation to shares or an interest in shares, is a position that has a positive delta in relation to the shares or interest. For example, a share purchase, a bought future, a bought call option, a sold put option, and a bought share index future, are long positions. To avoid doubt, shares or interests in shares are to be treated as a long position (with a delta of +1) in relation to themselves.
160APHJ(5) Meaning of net position .The net position of a taxpayer or fund in relation to shares, or in relation to an interest in shares, is calculated by adding the taxpayer's or fund's:
(a) long positions in the shares or interest (calculated on the basis of their deltas); and
(b) short positions in the shares or interest (calculated on the basis of their deltas).For example, if a taxpayer sells 2 call options (each of which has a delta of -0.5) in respect of shares in a company and buys one share in the company (which has a delta of +1) in respect of those call options, the taxpayer has a net position of nil as a result of those transactions. In such a case, the taxpayer has materially diminished risks of loss and opportunities for gain in relation to the share.
160APHJ(6) Certain short positions in companies that deal in commodities to be disregarded.If:
(a) a taxpayer holds shares, or an interest in shares, in a company; and
(b) the sole or dominant business of the company is producing, purchasing, consuming, trading in, or otherwise dealing in, any of the commodities mentioned in subsection (7); and
(c) the taxpayer is a controller of the company for the purposes of section 140-20 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 ;then, any of the taxpayer's short positions in the shares or interest that:
(d) relate to any of those commodities; and
(e) are taken in the ordinary course of the taxpayer's business;are to be disregarded for the purposes of subsection (5).
160APHJ(7) Commodities to which subsection (6) applies.The commodities referred to in subsection (6) are as follows:
(a) minerals;
(b) gold;
(c) ores of a metal included in the table of metals in the former subsection 330-60(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 .
160APHJ(8) Certain short positions of life assurance companies or trustees of eligible entities to be disregarded.If:
(a) a taxpayer that is a life assurance company or a trustee of an eligible entity (within the meaning of Part IX) holds shares or an interest in shares; and
(b) the company, or the relevant fund or unit trust, has a short position arising from the obligations of the company or trustee to pass on to holders of policies issued by the company or to beneficiaries in the fund or trust the risks of loss and opportunities for gain in relation to the shares or interest; and
(c) the full value of any franking rebate in respect of the shares or interest is passed on to the holders of those policies or to those beneficiaries; and
(d) the obligations referred to in paragraph (b) do not directly or indirectly reduce the taxable income of the company, or of the fund or trust, or increase any loss (for the purposes of this Act) incurred by the company, or by the fund or trust;the short position referred to in paragraph (b) is to be disregarded for the purposes of subsection (5) only in so far as the net position of the company, or of the fund or trust, is relevant to section 160AQT , 160AQYA or 160AQZA .
160APHJ(9) Short position of associate of taxpayer in shares or interest to be attributable to taxpayer.If, under an arrangement to which a taxpayer and an associate of the taxpayer are parties, the associate has a short position in shares, or in an interest in shares, held by the taxpayer, the associate's position is taken, for the purposes of subsection (5), to be a position that the taxpayer has.
160APHJ(10) Deltas of positions to be taken not to have changed in certain circumstances.If:
(a) a taxpayer acquires shares or interests in shares; and
(b) on the day of the acquisition, or on a later day, the taxpayer enters into or has positions in relation to any of the shares or interests;then, so long as the taxpayer continues to hold the shares or interests, continues to have those positions and does not enter into any further positions in relation to the shares or interests:
(c) in calculating the delta of a position held by the taxpayer in relation to the shares or interests:
(i) for the purposes of this Division other than paragraphs 106APHO(1)(b) and 160APHP(1)(b); orthose positions are taken to continue to have the deltas that they had on the later of the following days:
(ii) for the purposes of either of those paragraphs in its application to a related payment under an arrangement entered into before the commencement of this subsection, other than an arrangement that has been varied, renewed or replaced after that commencement;
(iii) the day on which the shares or interests were acquired;
(iv) a day on which any of the positions was entered into; or
(d) in calculating the delta of a position held by the taxpayer in relation to the shares or interests for the purposes of paragraph 160APHO(1)(b) or 160APHP (1)(b) in its application to a related payment under an arrangement:
(i) entered into after the commencement of this subsection (including an arrangement that renewed or replaced an arrangement entered into before that commencement); orthose positions are taken to continue to have the deltas that they had on the latest of the following days:
(ii) entered into before that commencement that was varied after that commencement;
(iii) the day on which the shares or interests were acquired by the taxpayer;
(iv) a day on which any of the positions that the taxpayer has in relation to the shares or interests was entered into;
(v) if the secondary qualification period in relation to the taxpayer in relation to the shares or interests is the second, or a subsequent, qualification period since the shares or interests were acquired by the taxpayer-the first day of the secondary qualification period.
160APHJ(11)
This section has effect subject to sections 160APHK and 160APHL .
SECTION 160APHK ASSETS OF PARTNERSHIP INCLUDE SHARES OR INTEREST IN SHARES: HOW TO DETERMINE A PARTNER'S INTEREST IN THE SHARES
160APHK(1) Application.If:
(a) the assets of a partnership include, or include an interest in, a share (the relevant share ); and
(b) an amount is included in the partnership's assessable income because of the partnership holding and the whole or a part of that amount (the dividend income ) is:
(i) a dividend; or
(ii) attributable, through one or more interposed trusts or partnerships, to a dividend; and
(c) there is a partnership amount in respect of the partnership in relation to a taxpayer who is a partner in the partnership, being a partnership amount that is wholly or partly attributable to the dividend income;this section sets out how the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share is to be calculated in determining whether the taxpayer is a qualified person for the purposes of Subdivision B or BA in relation to a dividend paid on the share.
Note:
The calculation is not required unless the partnership is a qualified person in relation to the dividend. If the partnership is not a qualified person, no partner in the partnership can receive a franking rebate or franking credit through the partnership.
160APHK(2) Partnership holding.For the purposes of this section, the partnership holding is the share, or the interest in the share, that is included in the assets of the partnership as mentioned in subsection (1).
160APHK(3) Calculation of interest.For the purposes of subsections 160APHG(1) and (2), the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share is the amount worked out by using the formula:
Partnership holding × Partner ' s share of the dividend income The dividend income where:
partner's share of the dividend income
means the partnership amount in relation to the partner to the extent to which that amount is attributable to the dividend income.
160APHK(4) A position held by partnership is to be attributed to a partner to whom the position relates.A position, or an appropriate part of a position, of the partnership in relation to the partnership holding is taken to be a position of a partner in a partnership if the position relates to the partner's interest in the relevant share.
160APHK(5) When a position of partnership relates to a partner.Without limiting by implication the circumstances in which a position of the partnership can be regarded as relating to the partner's interest in the relevant share, a position of the partnership relates to that interest if:
(a) the whole or a part of the profit or loss from the position will be distributed to, or deducted from an amount that would otherwise be distributed to, the partner; or
(b) the benefit or detriment of the position will otherwise be wholly or partly passed to the partner.SECTION 160APHL TRUSTEE HOLDING SHARES OR INTEREST IN SHARES: HOW TO DETERMINE A BENEFICIARY'S INTEREST IN THE SHARES
160APHL(1) Application in respect of a trust other than a widely held trust.If:
(a) the trustee of a trust other than a widely held trust holds, or holds an interest in, a share (the relevant share ); and
(b) an amount is included in the assessable income of the trust estate because of the trust holding and the whole or a part of that amount (the dividend income ) is:
(i) a dividend; or
(ii) attributable, through one or more interposed trusts or partnerships, to a dividend; and
(c) there is a trust amount in respect of the trust estate in relation to a taxpayer who is a beneficiary of the trust estate, being a trust amount that is wholly or partly attributable to the dividend income;this section sets out how the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share is to be calculated in determining whether the taxpayer is a qualified person for the purposes of Subdivision B or BA in relation to a dividend paid on the share.
Note:
The calculation is not required unless the trustee is a qualified person in relation to the dividend. If the trustee is not a qualified person, no beneficiary of the trust can receive a franking rebate or franking credit through the trust.
160APHL(2) Application in respect of widely held trust.If:
(a) the trustee of a trust that is a widely held trust has held or holds, or has held or holds interests in, shares (the relevant shares ); and
(b) an amount is included in the assessable income of the trust estate because of the trust holding and the whole or a part of that amount (the dividend income ) is:
(i) a dividend; or
(ii) attributable, through one or more interposed trusts or partnerships, to a dividend; and
(c) there is a trust amount in respect of the trust estate in relation to a taxpayer who is a beneficiary of the trust estate, being a trust amount that is wholly or partly attributable to the dividend income;this section sets out how the taxpayer's interest in the relevant shares is to be calculated in determining whether the taxpayer is a qualified person for the purposes of Subdivision B or BA in relation to a dividend paid on the shares.
Note:
The calculation is not required unless the trustee is a qualified person in relation to the dividend. If the trustee is not a qualified person, no beneficiary of the trust can receive a franking rebate or franking credit through the trust.
160APHL(3) Trust holding in relation to trust other than a widely held trust.For the purposes of the application of this section in respect of a trust other than a widely held trust, the trust holding is the share, or the interest in a share, that is held by the trustee as mentioned in subsection (1).
160APHL(4) Trust holding in relation to a widely held trust.For the purposes of the application of this section in respect of a widely held trust, the trust holding is all the shares and interests in shares that the trustee has held or holds as mentioned in subsection (2).
160APHL(5) Calculation of interest under a trust other than a widely held trust.For the purposes of subsections 160APHG(3) and (4) in relation to a taxpayer referred to in subsection (1), the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share is the amount worked out by using the formula:
Trust holding × Beneficiary ' s share of the dividend income The dividend income where:
beneficiary's share of dividend income
means the trust amount in relation to the taxpayer to the extent to which that amount is attributable to the dividend income.
160APHL(6) Calculation of interest under a widely held trust.For the purposes of subsections 160APHG(5) to (8) in relation to a taxpayer referred to in subsection (2), the taxpayer's interest in the relevant shares is the amount worked out by using the formula:
Trust holding × Beneficiary ' s share of the dividend income The dividend income where:
beneficiary's share of dividend income
means the trust amount in relation to the taxpayer to the extent to which that amount is attributable to the dividend income.
160APHL(7) Taxpayer's interest to be a long position.The taxpayer's interest in the relevant share worked out under subsection (5), or the taxpayer's interest in the relevant shares worked out under subsection (6), is a long position with a delta of + 1 in relation to itself.
160APHL(8) Trust other than widely held trusts: when trustee's position attributed to taxpayer.If the trust is not a widely held trust, a position, or an appropriate part of a position, of the trustee in relation to the trust holding is taken to be a position of the taxpayer to the extent to which the position relates to the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share. However, if the trustee has a position in relation to 2 or more shares or interests in shares, the trustee's position is taken to constitute separate positions in relation to each of the shares or interests in accordance with an allocation made in a reasonable way.
160APHL(9) When a position of the trustee of a trust other than a widely held trust relates to the taxpayer's interest.Without limiting by implication the circumstances in which a position of the trustee of a trust other than a widely held trust will be taken to relate to the taxpayer's interest in a share or shares, a position of the trustee relates to that interest if:
(a) the position relates wholly or partly to shares in which the taxpayer has a vested and indefeasible interest; or
(b) the whole or a part of the profits or losses from the position will be distributed to, or deducted from an amount that would otherwise be distributed to, the taxpayer; or
(c) the benefit or detrimentof the position will be wholly or partly passed to the taxpayer.
160APHL(10) Additional positions of the taxpayer.If:
(a) the trust is not a family trust within the meaning of Schedule 2F; and
(b) the trust is not a trust for the purposes of this Act merely because of the reference to executors and administrators in paragraph (a) of the definition of trustee in subsection 6(1) ; and
(c) the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share or the relevant shares is not an employee share scheme security;the taxpayer has, in addition to any other long and short positions (including the positions that the taxpayer is taken to have under subsection (8)) in relation to the taxpayer's interest in the relevant share or relevant shares, a short position equal to the taxpayer's long position under subsection (7) and a long position equal to so much of the taxpayer's interest in the trust holding as is a fixed interest.
160APHL(11) A vested and indefeasible interest constitutes a fixed interest.For the purposes of subsection (10), the taxpayer's interest in the trust holding is a fixed interest to the extent that the interest is constituted by a vested and indefeasible interest in so much of the corpus of the trust as is comprised by the trust holding.
160APHL(12) Certain interests in trust holding taken to be defeasible.Subject to subsection (13), if the taxpayer has an interest in the trust holding and either:
(a) the interest may be redeemed under the terms of the trust for less than its value; or
(b) the value of the interest may be materially reduced by:
(i) if the trust is a unit trust - the issue of further units; or
(ii) otherwise - the creation of other interests under the trust;the interest is taken to be defeasible.
160APHL(13) Case where interest not defeasible.If:
(a) the trust is a unit trust and the taxpayer holds units in the unit trust; and
(b) the units are redeemable or further units are able to be issued; and
(c) where units in the unit trust are listed for quotation in the official list of an approved stock exchange (within the meaning of section 470 ) - the units held by the taxpayer will be redeemed, or any further units will be issued, for the price at which other units of the same kind in the unit trust are offered for sale on the approved stock exchange at the time of the redemption or issue; and
(d) where the units are not listed as mentioned in paragraph (c) - the units held by the taxpayer will be redeemed, or any further units will be issued, for a price determined on the basis of the unit trust's net asset value, according to Australian accounting principles, at the time of the redemption or issue;then the mere fact that the units are redeemable, or that the further units are able to be issued, does not mean that the taxpayer's interest, as a unit holder, in so much of the corpus of the trust as is comprised by the trust holding is defeasible.
160APHL(14) Commissioner may determine an interest to be vested and indefeasible.If:
(a) the taxpayer has an interest in so much of the corpus of the trust as is comprised by the trust holding; and
(b) apart from this subsection, the interest would not be a vested or indefeasible interest; and
(c) the Commissioner considers that the interest should be treated as being vested and indefeasible, having regard to:
(i) the circumstances in which the interest is capable of not vesting or the defeasance can happen; and
(ii) the likelihood of the interest not vesting or the defeasance happening; and
(iii) the nature of the trust; and
(iv) any other matter the Commissioner thinks relevant;the Commissioner may determine that the interest is to be taken to be vested and indefeasible.
160APHL(15) Effect of determination.A determination made under subsection (14) has effect according to its terms.
SECTION 160APHM MATERIAL DIMINUTION OF RISKS OF LOSS OR OPPORTUNITIES FOR GAIN IN RESPECT OF SHARES OR INTERESTS IN SHARES
160APHM(1) Regulations may prescribe what constitutes material diminution.The regulations may prescribe the circumstances in which a taxpayer is taken to have materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of shares or interests in shares, and the following provisions of this section have effect subject to any such regulations.
160APHM(2) Material diminution if net position has less than 30% of risks and opportunities.A taxpayer is taken to have materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain on a particular day in respect of shares held by the taxpayer, or in respect of an interest held by the taxpayer in shares, if the taxpayer's net position on that day in relation to the shares or interest has less than 30% of those risks and opportunities.
160APHM(3) Net position worked out by reference to deltas.A taxpayer's net position is worked out using the financial concept known as delta (see section 160APHJ ). For example, an option to sell a share with a delta of minus 0.5 in relation to the share reduces the risks of loss and opportunities for gain by 50%.
SECTION 160APHN RELATED PAYMENTS
160APHN(1)
This section gives examples of, but does not limit, what constitutes, for the purposes of this Division, the making of a related payment by a taxpayer or an associate of a taxpayer in respect of a dividend paid in respect of shares, or in respect of a distribution made in respect of interests in shares, held by the taxpayer.
160APHN(2)
The taxpayer or associate is taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have made, to be under an obligation to make, or to be likely to make, a related payment in respect of the dividend or distribution if, under an arrangement, the taxpayer or associate has done, is under an obligation to do, or may reasonably be expected to do, as the case may be, anything having the effect of passing the benefit of the dividend or distribution to one or more other persons.
160APHN(3)
Without limiting subsection (2), the doing of any of the following by the taxpayer or an associate of the taxpayer in the circumstances mentioned in subsection (4) may have the effect of passing the benefit of the dividend or distribution to one or more other persons:
(a) causing a payment or payments to be made to, or in accordance with the directions of, the other person or other persons; or
(b) causing an amount or amounts to be credited to, or applied for the benefit of, the other person or other persons; or
(c) causing services to be provided to, or in accordance with the directions of, the other person or other persons; or
(d) causing property to be transferred to, or in accordance with the directions of, the other person or other persons; or
(e) allowing any property or money to be used by the other person or other persons or by someone nominated by the other person or other persons; or
(f) causing an amount or amounts to be set off against, or to be otherwise applied in reduction of, a debt or debts owed by the other person or other persons to the taxpayer or associate; or
(g) agreeing to treat an amount or amounts owed to the other person or other persons by the taxpayer or associate as having been increased.
160APHN(4)
The circumstances referred to in subsection (3), are where:
(a) the amount or the sum of the amounts paid, credited or applied; or
(b) the value or the sum of the values of the services provided, of the property transferred or of the use of the property or money; or
(c) the amount or the sum of the amounts of the set-offs, reductions or increases;as the case may be:
(d) is, or may reasonably be expected to be, equal to; or
(e) approximates or may reasonably be expected to approximate; or
(f) is calculated by reference to;the amount of the dividend or distribution.
160APHN(5)
The distribution by a trustee of a dividend to a beneficiary or beneficiaries of the trust who are presently entitled to it does not constitute the making of a related payment in respect of the dividend.
160APHN(6)
If an amount is taken into account in any way in favour of, or is notionally accredited to, a person in fixing a price or value, or in determining another amount, the first-mentioned amount is taken, for the purposes of this section, to be credited to the other person.
160APHN(7)
This section has effect subject to section 160APHNA .
SECTION 160APHNA SECTION 160APHNA CERTAIN PAYMENTS NOT TO BE REGARDED AS RELATED PAYMENTS
160APHNA
If:
(a) a company (the relevant company ) is a member of a wholly-owned group; and
(b) all the shares in the relevant company are held by one or more other companies that are members of the group; and
(c) the company or companies holding those shares (each a seller ) enter into a contract or contracts to sell the shares to one or more persons (each a buyer ) who are not members of the group; and
(d) within 6 months after a contract is entered into as mentioned in paragraph (c) by a seller to a buyer to sell any of those shares, the relevant company pays a dividend in respect of the shares to the seller; and
(e) it is reasonable to assume that no substantial part of the dividend is attributable to profits of the relevant company before it became, or after it ceased to be, a member of the group; and
(f) the price paid for the sale of the shares was reduced by an amount representing the didvidend;the reduction in price is taken not to be the making of a related payment in respect of the dividend.
Subdivision B - Qualification for franking benefits and intercorporate dividend rebate
SECTION 160APHO PERSONS QUALIFIED BY HOLDING SHARES OR INTERESTS IN SHARES FOR A PRESCRIBED NUMBER OF DAYS DURING A QUALIFICATION PERIOD
160APHO(1)
A taxpayer who has held shares or an interest in shares on which a dividend has been paid is a qualified person in relation to the dividend if:
(a) where neither the taxpayer nor an associate of the taxpayer has made, is under an obligation to make, or is likely to make, a related payment in respect of the dividend - the taxpayer has satisfied subsection (2) in relation to the primary qualification period in relation to the dividend; or
(b) where the taxpayer or an associate of a taxpayer has made, is under an obligation to make, or is likely to make, a related payment in respect of the dividend - the taxpayer has satisfied subsection (2) in relation to the secondary qualification period in relation to the dividend.
160APHO(2)
A taxpayer who has held shares or an interest in shares on which a dividend has been paid satisfies this subsection in relation to a qualification period in relation to the shares or interest if, during the period:
(a) where the taxpayer held the shares - the taxpayer held the shares for a continuous period (not counting the day on which the taxpayer acquired the shares or, if the taxpayer has disposed of the shares, the day on which the disposal occurred) of not less than:
(i) if the shares are not preference shares - 45 days; or
(ii) if the shares are preference shares - 90 days; or
(b) where the taxpayer held the interest in the shares - the taxpayer held the interest for a continuous period (not counting the day on which the taxpayer acquired the interest or, if the taxpayer has disposed of the interest, the day on which the disposal occurred) of not less than:
(i) if the shares are not preference shares - 45 days; or
(ii) if the shares are preference shares - 90 days.
160APHO(3)
In calculating the number of days for which the taxpayer continuously held the shares or interest, any days on which the taxpayer has materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of the shares or interest are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the taxpayer held the shares or interest.
160APHO(4)
This section does not apply to a taxpayer in respect of an interest in shares held by the taxpayer as a beneficiary of a widely held trust.
SECTION 160APHP PERSONS QUALIFIED BY HOLDING INTERESTS IN SHARES AS BENEFICIARIES OF A WIDELY HELD TRUST FOR A PRESCRIBED NUMBER OF DAYS DURING A QUALIFYING PERIOD
160APHP(1)
A taxpayer who as a beneficiary of a widely held trust has held an interest in shares contained in the trust holding (within the meaning of subsection 160APHL(4) ) of the widely held trust is a qualified person in relation to a dividend paid on any of the shares to which a distribution from the trust to the taxpayer is attributable if:
(a) where neither the taxpayer nor an associate of the taxpayer has made, is under an obligation to make, or is likely to make, a related payment in respect of the distribution - during the primary qualification period in relation to the taxpayer in relation to the interest; or
(b) where the taxpayer or an associate of the taxpayer has made, is under an obligation to make, or is likely to make, a related payment in respect of the distribution - during the secondary qualification period in relation to the taxpayer in relation to the interest;the taxpayer has held an interest in the shares contained in the trust holding as a beneficiary of the trust for a continuous period (not counting the day on which the taxpayer acquired the interest or, if the taxpayer has disposed of the interest, the day on which the disposal occurred) of not less than 45 days.
160APHP(2)
In calculating the number of days for which the taxpayer continuously held the interest, any days on which the taxpayer has materially diminished risks of loss or opportunities for gain in respect of the interest are to be excluded, but the exclusion of those days is not taken to break the continuity of the period for which the taxpayer held the interest.
SECTION 160APHQ SECTION 160APHQ PERSONS QUALIFIED BY HOLDING SHARES OR INTERESTS IN SHARES WHERE THE SHARES WERE ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH A WINDING UP
160APHQ
A taxpayer who has held shares, or an interest in shares, in a company on which a dividend is paid is a qualified person in relation to the dividend if:
(a) the shares were issued in connection with a proposed winding up of the company; and
(b) the shares or interest was not disposed of by the taxpayer before the commencement of the winding up; and
(c) neither the taxpayer nor an associate of the taxpayer has made, is under an obligation to make, or is likely to make, a related payment in respect of the dividend.SECTION 160APHR PERSONS QUALIFIED BY ELECTING TO HAVE FRANKING CREDIT CEILINGS AND FRANKING REBATE CEILINGS APPLIED BY REFERENCE TO FRANKING CREDITS OR REBATES ON A BENCHMARK PORTFOLIO OF SHARES
160APHR(1) Taxpayers who may make election.Subject to this section, a taxpayer referred to in any of the following paragraphs may elect to have Subdivision BA of Division 7 apply to the taxpayer, in respect of a year of income specified in the election (the specified year of income ) and all later years of income, in relation to shares, or an interest in shares, managed by or on behalf of the taxpayer as or in a discrete fund (the managed fund ):
(a) the trustee of a unit trust that, at the time when the election is made, is a listed widely held trust (as defined in section 272-115 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(b) the trustee of a unit trust that, at the time when the election is made, is an unlisted very widely held trust (as defined in section 272-120 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(c) a life assurance company within the meaning of section 110 ;
(d) a general insurance company (as defined in subsection 121AB(4) );
(e) a friendly society;
(f) an organisation referred to in subparagraph 23(eb)(i) that only carries on business as a registered health benefits organisation within the meaning of the National Health Act 1953 ;
(g) the trustee of a fund (other than an excluded fund) that is a complying superannuation fund for the purposes of Part IX in relation to the specified year of income;
(h) the trustee of a fund (other than an excluded fund) that is a complying ADF for the purposes of Part IX in relation to the specified year of income;
(i) the trustee of a unit trust that is a pooled superannuation trust for the purposes of Part IX in relation to the specified year of income;
(j) a taxpayer who is declared by the regulations to be a taxpayer, or is included in a class of taxpayers who are declared by the regulations to be taxpayers, to whom this section applies in relation to the specified year of income;
(k) the trustee of a unit trust if, at the time when the election is made:
(i) at least 75% of the units are held by a person who is, or persons each of whom is, a person referred to in a preceding paragraph or a prescribed person in relation to the trust; and
(ii) all of the units carry the same rights; and
(iii) if the units are redeemable, they are redeemable for a price determined on the basis of the trust's net asset value, according to Australian accounting principles; and
(iv) the trust engages only in qualifying activities.[ CCH Note : Yields for the ASX All Ordinaries Index are set out on the ATO assist web site at www.ato.gov.au - under " Business " , search for " franking " .]
160APHR(2) Regulations may preclude election.A taxpayer referred to in any of paragraphs (1)(a) to (i) and (k) cannot make an election under subsection (1) if, under the regulations, the taxpayer is precluded from making such an election.
160APHR(3) Election ineffective if related payments made.An election under subsection (1) does not have any effect in respect of a particular dividend or distribution if:
(a) the taxpayer or an associate of the taxpayer has made, is under an obligation to make, or is likely to make, a related payment in respect of the dividend or distribution; and
(b) the payment was or will be a payment of a prescribed kind.
160APHR(4) Prescribed kinds of payments.For the purposes of subsection (3), a payment is taken to have been, or will be, a payment of a prescribed kind if:
(a) unless the regulations otherwise provide, the payment occurred or will occur pursuant to:
(i) an obligation under a securities lending arrangement (other than such an obligation to which section 160AQUA applies); or
(ii) an obligation under an arrangement of a kind known as an equity swap; or
(b) the payment is included in a class of payments declared by the regulations to be payments to which subsection (3) applies.
160APHR(5) Consequences of ineffective elections.If an election under subsection (1) does not have any effect in respect of a particular dividend or distribution because of subsection (3), neither the share nor the interest in respect of which the dividend or distribution was made, nor the positions that the taxpayer has in relation to the share or interest, are to be taken into account in calculating the net equity exposure that the managed fund has in shares, or interests in shares, included in the fund for the purposes of section 160AQZH .
160APHR(6) Commissioner's consent required for revocation of election.An election under subsection (1) is irrevocable without the consent of the Commissioner.
160APHR(7) Breach of condition of consent.If:
(a) the Commissioner consents to the revocation of an election subject to specified conditions; and
(b) the election is revoked but any of the conditions is breached;the revocation of the election is taken not to have been made.
160APHR(8) Taxpayer making election is a qualified person.A taxpayer who makes an election under subsection (1) is a qualified person in relation to every dividend paid during a year of income to which the election applies on shares to which the election applies which are held by the taxpayer or in which the taxpayer has an interest.
160APHR(9) Effect of determination by Commissioner.If the Commissioner has made a determination under subsection 177EA(5) in respect of:
(a) a dividend paid in respect of shares held by a taxpayer; or
(b) a distribution that:
(i) was derived from a dividend paid in respect of shares; and
(ii) is made in respect of an interest held by a taxpayer in the shares;the following paragraphs have effect:
(c) if the shares or interest is included in a discrete fund to which an election under subsection (1) relates - the Commissioner may determine that the election ceases or ceased to have effect from the beginning of the year of income in which the determination was made or from the beginning of a later year of income specified in the determination;
(d) if the shares or interest is not included in such a fund - the taxpayer is not entitled, without the consent of the Commissioner, to make an election under subsection (1).A determination under this subsection has effect according to its terms.
160APHR(10) Effect of entering into certain positions.If:
(a) an election made by a taxpayer under subsection (1) is in force in respect of the shares or interests in shares included in a discrete fund managed by or on behalf of the taxpayer; and
(b) the Commissioner informs the taxpayer that the Commissioner is of the opinion that:
(i) the taxpayer has entered into, or caused another person (for example, the asset overlay manager of the fund) on behalf of the taxpayer, to enter into; ora position or positions that, apart from this subsection, would not be taken into account under subsection 160AQZH(2) for a purpose of materially diminishing risks of loss and opportunities for gain in respect of the shares or interests;
(ii) under an arrangement to which the taxpayer and an associate are parties, the associate has entered into;the following provisions have effect:
(c) the short position or positions are to be taken into account under subsection 160AQZH(2) ;
(d) the Commissioner may determine that the election ceases or ceased to have effect from a time specified in the determination;
(e) if such a determination is made:
(i) the determination has effect according to its terms; and
(ii) the taxpayer is not entitled to make another election under subsection (1) without the consent of the Commissioner; and
(iii) if the Commissioner consents to the making of such an election subject to specified conditions and the election is made but any of the conditions is breached - the election is taken not to have been made.
160APHR(11) Definitions.In this section:
excluded fund
has the meaning given by subsection 10(1) of the Superannuation Industry Supervision Act 1993 .qualifying activity
means an activity that:
(a) is an investment or business activity; and
(b) is conducted in accordance with the trust instrument or deed, and any prospectus, of the relevant trust; and
(c) is conducted at arm's length.SECTION 160APHS PRESCRIBED PERSONS IN RELATION TO A UNIT TRUST
160APHS(1)
This section has effect for the purposes of subparagraph (c)(i) of the definition of widely held trust in section 160APHD and subparagraph 160APHR(1)(k)(i) .
160APHS(2)
A company is a prescribed person in relation to a unit trust if:
(a) the company is a non-resident; or
(b) were the company to receive a distribution from the trust, the distribution would be exempt income of the company for the purposes of this Part.
160APHS(3)
A trustee is a prescribed person in relation to a unit trust if:
(a) all the beneficiaries in the trust are prescribed persons under other provisions of this section; or
(b) were the trustee to receive a distribution from the trust, the distribution would be exempt income of the trust estate for the purposes of this Part.
160APHS(4)
A partnership is a prescribed person in relation to a unit trust if:
(a) all the partners are prescribed persons under other provisions of this section; or
(b) were the partnership to receive a distribution from the trust, the distribution would be exempt income of the partnershipfor the purposes of this Part.
160APHS(5)
An individual (other than a trustee) is a prescribed person in relation to a unit trust if:
(a) he or she is a non-resident; or
(b) were he or she to receive a distribution from the trust, the distribution would be exempt income of the individual for the purposes of this Part.
160APHS(6)
The Commonwealth, each of the States, the Australian Capital Territory, the Northern Territory and Norfolk Island are prescribed persons in relation to a unit trust.
SECTION 160APHT INDIVIDUAL TAXPAYERS QUALIFIED AS SMALL SHAREHOLDERS
160APHT(1)
A taxpayer is a qualified person in relation to all dividends paid during a year of income on shares that the taxpayer held or held an interest in if:
(a) the taxpayer is an individual; and
(b) the total of the amounts of the rebates to which the taxpayer would be entitled under sections 160AQU , 160AQX and 160AQZ in respect of the year of income if the taxpayer were a qualified person in relation to each of those dividends does not exceed $5000.
160APHT(2)
A taxpayer is not a qualified person under subsection (1) in relation to a dividend if the taxpayer or an associate of the taxpayer:
(a) has made; or
(b) is under an obligation to make; or
(c) is likely to make;a related payment in respect of the dividend or a distribution attributable to the dividend.
SECTION 160APHU BENEFICIARY OR PARTNER NOT TO BE A QUALIFIED PERSON IF TRUSTEE OR PARTNERSHIP IS NOT A QUALIFIED PERSON: TRUSTEE OR PARTNERSHIP MAY BE ENTITLED TO DEDUCTION
160APHU(1) Disqualification of beneficiary or partner.If a taxpayer that is a trustee or partnership is not a qualified person in relation to a dividend (including a trustee or partnership that is not a qualified person because of a previous application of this subsection), then, despite any other provision of this Subdivision (except subsection 160APHH(6) ), no beneficiary of the trust or partner in the partnership is a qualified person in relation to the dividend.
160APHU(2) Allowable deduction to trustee or partnership in certain circumstances.If:
(a) a taxpayer that is a trustee or a partnership is not a qualified person in relation to a dividend; and
(b) the dividend is not paid to the trustee or partnership as the holder of the shares on which the dividend is paid (that is, the trustee or partnership receives a trust amount or partnership amount in respect of the dividend);a deduction is allowable to the trustee or partnership, from the assessable income of the trust estate or partnership of the year of income in which the relevant trust amount or partnership amount was received, of an amount equal to the sum of the amounts represented by the letters PR and EPR in the definition of potential rebate amount in section 160APA in so far as it relates to the trust amount or partnership amount.
Whole of share of distribution manipulated
207-150(1)
If a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to an entity in an income year in one or more of the following circumstances:
(a) the entity is not a qualified person in relation to the distribution for the purposes of Division 1A of former Part IIIAA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(b) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of that Act that no imputation benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of the distribution for the entity;
(c) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) of this Act that no *imputation benefit is to arise in respect of the distribution for the entity;
(d) the distribution is treated as an interest payment for the entity under section 207-160 of this Act;
(e) the distribution is made as part of a *dividend stripping operation;
(ea) the distribution is one to which section 207-157 (which is about distribution washing) applies;
(eb) the distribution is one to which section 207-158 (which is about foreign income tax deductions) applies;
then, for the purposes of this Act:
(f) subsection (2), (3) or (4) (as appropriate) applies to the entity in relation to that income year; and
(g) the entity is not entitled to a *tax offset under this Division because of the distribution; and
(h) if the distribution *flows indirectly through the entity to another entity - subsection 207-35(3) and section 207-45 do not apply to that other entity.
[ CCH Note: It is necessary to have regard to the rules in former Division 1A of Part IIIAA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , as in force at 30 June 2002, in determining whether an entity is a qualified person for the purposes of paragraphs 207-145(1)(a) and 207-150(1)(a) of ITAA 1997 in respect of a franked distribution made directly or indirectly to the entity after 30 June 2002: see Taxation Determination TD 2007/11 . The rules relating to " qualified persons " in Division 1A of Part IIIAA are reproduced in the note to s 207-145 .]
Partner
207-150(2)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as a partner in a partnership under subsection 207-50(2) , the entity can deduct an amount for that income year that is equal to its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Beneficiary
207-150(3)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as a beneficiary of a trust under subsection 207-50(3) , the entity can deduct an amount for that income year that is equal to the lesser of:
(a) its share amount in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in that subsection; and
(b) its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Trustee
207-150(4)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as the trustee of a trust under subsection 207-50(4) , the entity ' s share amount in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in that subsection is to be reduced by the lesser of:
(a) that share amount; and
(b) its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Part of share of distribution manipulated
207-150(5)
If:
(a) a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to an entity in an income year; and
(b) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no imputation benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of a specified part of the distribution (the specified part ) for the entity;
then, subsection (2), (3) or (4) (as appropriate) applies to the entity on the basis that the amount of its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution is worked out as follows:
Specified part
Entity ' s *share of the *franked distribution |
× | Entity
'
s *share
of the *franking credit on the *franked distribution apart from this section |
207-150(6)
In addition, the following apply to an entity covered by subsection (5):
(a) if the distribution would otherwise *flow indirectly through the entity - the entity ' s *share of the distribution for the purposes of this Act (other than subsection (2), (3) or (4)) is to be reduced by the specified part mentioned in subsection (5);
(b) if the entity would otherwise be entitled to a *tax offset under this Division because of the distribution - the amount of the tax offset is to be worked out as follows:
Entity
'
s *share of
the *franking credit on the *franked distribution apart from this section |
− | Amount worked out
under subsection (5) |
Example:
X is a partner in a partnership to which a franked distribution of $140 is made. The franking credit on the distribution ($60) is included in the assessable income of the partnership under section 207-35 . X ' s share of the distribution is $70 and its share of the franking credit on the distribution is $30.
The Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no imputation benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise for X in respect of $42 of the distribution.
Under subsection (5), X will be allowed a deduction of $18.
X is the trustee of a trust and the distribution will flow indirectly through X to beneficiaries of the trust. For the purposes of working out a beneficiary ' s share of the distribution and its share of the franking credit, X ' s share of the franked distribution is reduced to $28 under this subsection.
What happens if both subsection 207-95(1) and subsection (1) of this section would apply
207-150(7)
If, apart from this subsection, both subsection 207-95(1) and subsection (1) of this section would apply to an entity in relation to a *franked distribution, then:
(a) subsection (1) of this section applies to the entity; but
(b) subsection 207-95(1) does not apply to the entity.
What happens if both subsection 207-95(5) and subsection (5) of this section would apply
207-150(8)
If, apart from this subsection, both subsection 207-95(5) and subsection (5) of this section would apply to an entity in relation to a *franked distribution, then:
(a) apply subsections 207-95(5) and (6) first; and
(b) apply subsections (5) and (6) of this section on the basis that:
(i) the amount of the entity ' s *share of the *franking credit on the distribution had been reduced under subsection 207-95(5) ; and
(ii) the amount of the entity ' s *share of the distribution had been reduced under subsection 207-95(6) .
A distribution made to a *member of a *corporate tax entity is taken to be made as part of a dividend stripping operation if, and only if, the making of the distribution arose out of, or was made in the course of, a *scheme that:
(a) was by way of, or in the nature of, dividend stripping; or
(b) had substantially the effect of a scheme by way of, or in the nature of, dividend stripping.
This section applies to a *franked distribution received by a *member of a *corporate tax entity on a *membership interest (the washed interest ) if:
(a) the washed interest was acquired after the member, or a *connected entity of the member, disposed of a substantially identical membership interest; and
(b) a corresponding franked distribution is made to the member, or the connected entity, on the substantially identical interest.
Further requirement for connected entities
207-157(2)
However, if the entity that disposed of the substantially identical interest was a *connected entity of the member, this section does not apply to the *franked distribution unless:
(a) it would be concluded that the disposal took place wholly or partly because there was an expectation that the acquisition would, or would be likely to, take place; or
(b) it would be concluded that the acquisition took place wholly or partly because there was a belief that the disposal had taken place.
Substantially identical interests
207-157(3)
Without limiting paragraph (1)(a), for the purpose of that paragraph a *membership interest is substantially identical to the washed interest if it is any one or more of the following:
(a) fungible with, or economically equivalent to, the washed interest;
(b) a membership interest in the same *corporate tax entity as the washed interest and of a class that is the same as, or not materially different from, the washed interest;
(c) a membership interest in the same corporate tax entity as the washed interest and of a class that is exchangeable at a fixed rate for an interest of the same class as the washed interest;
(d) a membership interest in another corporate tax entity that holds predominantly membership interests that are covered by any of the preceding paragraphs;
(e) a membership interest in another corporate tax entity that is exchangeable at a fixed rate for interests that are covered by any one or more of paragraphs (a) to (c).
Exception for individuals who are small holders
207-157(4)
Despite subsection (1), this section does not apply to a *franked distribution made to an individual in an income year if the sum of the *tax offsets to which the individual would be entitled, worked out on the basis mentioned in subsection (5), is $5000 or less.
207-157(5)
Work out the sum of the *tax offsets:
(a) disregarding this Subdivision, to the extent it applies to the individual; and
(b) not disregarding this Subdivision, to the extent it applies to any other entity through which a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the individual.
This section applies to a *franked distribution if all or part of the distribution gives rise to a *foreign income tax deduction.
Exception for distributions made under certain regulatory capital instruments
207-158(2)
However, this section does not apply to a distribution made in respect of an *equity interest if the interest forms part of Additional Tier 1 capital for the purposes of:
(a) applicable *prudential standards; or
(b) applicable prudential standards determined by *APRA and in force under section 32 of the Insurance Act 1973 ; or
(c) applicable prudential standards determined by APRA and in force under section 230A of the Life Insurance Act 1995 .
This subsection applies to a distribution (the relevant distribution ) of a kind, or a part (the relevant part ) of a distribution (also a relevant distribution ) of a kind, made by an entity if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (a) either:
(i) the entity has a practice of making distributions of that kind on a regular basis and the relevant distribution is not made in accordance with that practice; or
(b) there is an issue of *equity interests in the entity or any other entity (whether before, at or after the time at which the relevant distribution was made); (c) it is reasonable to conclude having regard to all relevant circumstances that:
(ii) the entity does not have a practice of making distributions of that kind on a regular basis;
(i) the principal effect of the issue of any of the equity interests was the direct or indirect funding of a substantial part of the relevant distribution or the relevant part; and
(d) the issue of the equity interests was not a direct response in order to meet a requirement, direction or recommendation from *APRA or *ASIC.
(ii) any entity that issued, or facilitated the issue of, any of the equity interests did so for a purpose (other than an incidental purpose) of funding a substantial part of the relevant distribution or the relevant part;
When an entity has a practice of making distributions of a certain kind on a regular basis
207-159(2)
In considering whether the condition in paragraph (1)(a) is satisfied, take the following matters into account: (a) the nature of distributions made by the entity before the time at which the relevant distribution was made (including the extent to which such distributions were a return on capital); (b) the timing of such distributions; (c) the amount of such distributions; (d) any explanations given by the entity for making such distributions; (e) the amount of the *franking credits on, and the *franking percentages for, such distributions; (f) any other relevant consideration.
Distributions funded by issuing equity interests are to be disregarded in determining past practice
207-159(3)
In considering whether the condition in paragraph (1)(a) is satisfied, disregard a distribution if: (a) the distribution:
(i) is a *franked distribution; or
(b) subsection (1) would apply to all or any part of the distribution if paragraph (1)(a) were omitted.
(ii) would be a franked distribution if subsection (1) did not apply to it; and
When issue of equity interests has the effect or purpose of funding all or part of a distribution
207-159(4)
In considering whether the condition in paragraph (1)(c) is satisfied, take the following matters into account: (a) the extent to which the time (or times) at which any of the *equity interests mentioned in that paragraph were issued differs (or differ) from the time at which the relevant distribution was made; (b) the extent to which the amount of the funds from the issue of any of those equity interests differs from the amount of the relevant distribution or the relevant part (as the case may be); (c) the extent to which the financial position of any of the following entities changed as a result of the relevant distribution (or any part of the relevant distribution) and the issue of any of those equity interests:
(i) the entity that made the relevant distribution;
(ii) an entity that, before, at or after the time at which the relevant distribution was made, was a *connected entity of that entity;
(d) the use of the funds from the issue of any of those equity interests; (e) whether there are any reasons for the issue of any of those equity interests other than the funding of the relevant distribution (or any part of the relevant distribution); (f) the extent to which the issue of any of those equity interests was underwritten (whether formally or informally); (g) how the history of the amounts of *franking surplus or *franking deficit for the *franking account of the entity that made the relevant distribution compares to:
(iii) if the entity in which those equity interests were issued is not the entity that made the relevant distribution - the entity in which those equity interests were issued;
(i) the history of profits and or loss of that entity; and
(h) if the entity that made the relevant distribution is not the entity in which those equity interests were issued - the nature and extent of the relationship between those entities; (i) the extent to which:
(ii) the history of the balance of the share capital account of that entity;
(i) the entity to which the relevant distribution was made; and
(ii) other entities to which analogous distributions were made;
are the same as the entities to which those equity interests were issued; (j) other distributions (if any) made by the entity that made the relevant distribution (whether before, at or after the time at which the relevant distribution was made); (k) any other relevant consideration.
(iii) other entities to which analogous distributions were not made, but which were entitled to analogous distributions;
For the purposes of this Subdivision, a *franked distribution is treated as an interest payment for an entity to whom the distribution *flows indirectly if:
(a) all or a part of the entity ' s individual interest or share amount in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in subsection 207-50(2) , (3) or (4) could reasonably be regarded as the payment of interest on a loan, having regard to:
(i) the way in which that individual interest or share amount was calculated; and
(ii) the conditions applying to the payment or application of that individual interest or share amount; and
(iii) any other relevant matters; and
(b) the entity ' s interest in the last intermediary entity (see subsection (2)):
(i) was acquired, or was acquired for a period that was extended, at or after 7.30 pm by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory on 13 May 1997; or
(ii) was acquired as part of a *financing arrangement for the entity (including an arrangement extending to an earlier arrangement) that was entered into at or after that time.
207-160(2)
The entity ' s interest in the last intermediary entity is:
(a) if the distribution *flows indirectly to the entity as a partner in a partnership under subsection 207-50(2) - the entity ' s interest in the partnership; or
(b) if the distribution flows indirectly to the entity as a beneficiary of a trust under subsection 207-50(3) - the entity ' s interest in the trust; or
(c) if the distribution flows indirectly to the entity as the trustee of a trust under subsection 207-50(4) - the entity ' s interest in the trust in respect of which the entity is liable to be assessed.
207-165 (Repealed) SECTION 207-165 Interest payments - distributions that flow indirectly to the trustee of a trust
(Repealed by No 83 of 2004)
(Repealed by No 83 of 2004)
An exempting entity is a corporate tax entity that is effectively owned by entities that, either because they are not Australian residents or because they receive distributions as exempt income or non-assessable non-exempt income, would not be able to fully utilise franking credits on distributions by the corporate tax entity.
208-5(2)
In deciding whether a corporate tax entity is effectively owned by such entities, these rules:
(a) look at the membership interests in the entity that involve the holder of the interest in bearing the risks and accruing the opportunities of ownership of the entity; and
(b) ask whether at least 95% of those membership interests, and 95% of any interests in those membership interests, are held by Australian residents or entities that receive distributions as exempt income or non-assessable non-exempt income.
SECTION 208-10 208-10 Former exempting entities
When an entity ceases to be an exempting entity, it becomes a former exempting entity.
To ensure that franking credits accumulated by an exempting entity are not the target of franking credit trading, these rules:
(a) limit the circumstances in which a distribution franked with those credits can give rise to benefits under the imputation system; and
(b) quarantine those credits by moving them into a separate account, called the exempting account, when the entity ceases to be an exempting entity; and
(c) deny a recipient of a distribution franked with a credit from that account any benefit under the imputation system as a result of that distribution, unless the recipient was a member of the entity immediately before it became a former exempting entity.
A *corporate tax entity is an exempting entity at a particular time if, at that time, the entity is effectively owned by prescribed persons.
Note:
Prescribed persons are identified in sections 208-40 and 208-45 .
An entity is effectively owned by prescribed persons at a particular time if:
(a) at that time:
(i) not less than 95% of the *accountable membership interests in the entity; or
are held by, or held indirectly for the benefit of, prescribed persons; or
(ii) not less than 95% of the *accountable partial interests in the entity;
(b) paragraph (a) does not apply but it would nevertheless be reasonable to conclude that, at that time, the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding accountable membership interests, or accountable partial interests, in the entity that are not held by, or directly or indirectly for the benefit of, prescribed persons are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, prescribed persons.
208-25(2)
In deciding whether it would be reasonable to concludeas mentioned in paragraph (1)(b):
(a) have regard to any *arrangement in respect of *membership interests (including unissued membership interests), or in respect of *partial interests, in the entity (including any derivatives held or issued in connection with those membership interests or partial interests) of which the entity is aware; but
(b) do not have regard to risks involved in the ownership of membership interests, or partial interests, in the entity that are substantially borne by any person in the person ' s capacity as a secured creditor.
208-25(3)
An entity has a partial interest in a *corporate tax entity if it has an interest in a *membership interest in the corporate tax entity.
SECTION 208-30 Accountable membership interests 208-30(1)
The purpose of this section is to identify which *membership interests in an entity are relevant in determining whether the entity is effectively owned by prescribed persons.
208-30(2)
A *membership interest in an entity is an accountable membership interest if it is not an excluded membership interest.
208-30(3)
A *membership interest in an entity is an excluded membership interest if, having regard to:
(a) the purposes for which the membership interest was issued; and
(b) any special or limited rights connected with, arising from, or attached to:
(i) the membership interest; or
(ii) other membership interests in the entity held by the holder of the membership interest; or
(iii) membership interests in the entity held by persons other than the holder of the membership interest; or
including rights that are conferred or exercisable only if the holder of the membership interest or interests concerned is, or is not, a prescribed person; and
(iv) interests in any of the above;
(c) the extent to which any such special or limited rights are similar to or differ from the rights that are normally attached to the ownership of *ordinary membership interests in *corporate tax entities; and
(d) the relationship between the value of the membership interest and the value of the entity; and
(e) any relationship or connection (whether of a personal or business nature) between holders of membership interests in the entity of which the entity is aware; and
(f) any *arrangement in respect of membership interests (including unissued membership interests) in the entity, or interests in membership interests in the entity, of which the entity is aware;
it would be reasonable to conclude that the membership interest is not relevant in determining whether the entity is effectively owned by prescribed persons because holding the membership interest does not involve the holder bearing the risks, or result in the accrual to the holder of the opportunities, of ownership of the entity that ordinarily arise from, or are ordinarily attached to, the holding of ordinary membership interests in an entity.
208-30(4)
In applying subsection (3), the fact that a person is a trustee is to be disregarded.
208-30(5)
Without limiting subsection (3), a *membership interest in an entity held by a person who is not a prescribed person is an excluded membership interest if:
(a) it is a finance membership interest; or
(b) it is a distribution access membership interest; or
(c) it does not carry the right to receive distributions; or
(d) it was issued, transferred or acquired for a purpose (other than an incidental purpose) of ensuring that the entity is not effectively owned by prescribed persons.
208-30(6)
A *membership interest is a finance membership interest if:
(a) the membership interest is a *non-equity share in the entity; or
(b) having regard to the rights attached to the membership interest and to any *arrangement with respect to the membership interest of which the entity is aware, the membership interest is equivalent to a debt owed by the entity to the holder of the membership interest.
208-30(7)
A *membership interest to which subsection (6) does not apply is a finance membership interest if:
(a) the manner in which the *distributions payable in respect of the membership interest are calculated, and the conditions applying to the payment of such distributions, indicate that the distributions paid are equivalent to the receipt by the person to whom they are paid of interest or an amount in the nature of or similar to interest; or
(b) the capital invested by the holder of the membership interest will be redeemed or, because of an *arrangement between the holder and the entity or an *associate of the entity, it is reasonable for the holder to expect that the capital will be redeemed, for an amount that is not less than, or for property (including other membership interests in the entity) the value of which is not less than, the amount paid for the membership interest; or
(c) the membership interest is redeemable by the entity by payment of a lump sum or by the transfer of property, or the membership interest has a preferred right to a repayment of capital on a winding up, where the amount of the lump sum or the value of the property, or the amount of the capital to be repaid, as the case may be, is to be calculated by reference to an implicit interest rate.
208-30(8)
A *membership interest in an entity is a distribution access membership interest if, having regard to:
(a) the terms of the issue of the membership interest, including any guarantee of payment of distributions; and
(b) the amounts of the *distributions paid on the membership interest relative to the issue price of the membership interest; and
(c) whether there is any guaranteed rate at which *franked distributions are to be paid on the membership interest; and
(d) the duration of the period within which the membership interest was issued; and
(e) the rights attached to other membership interests in the entity; and
(f) any other relevant matters;
it could be concluded that the membership interest was issued only for the purpose of paying distributions to the holder of the membership interest.
SECTION 208-35 Accountable partial interests 208-35(1)
The purpose of this section is to identify which *partial interests in an entity are relevant in determining whether the entity is effectively owned by prescribed persons.
208-35(2)
A *partial interest in an entity is an accountable partial interest if it is not an excluded partial interest.
208-35(3)
A *partial interest in an entity is an excluded partial interest if, having regard to:
(a) the purposes for which the interest was granted; and
(b) the nature of the interest; and
(c) any special or limited rights connected with or arising from:
(i) the interest; or
(ii) other *membership interests, or partial interests, in the entity held by the holder of the interest; or
including rights that are conferred or exercisable only if the holder of the membership interests or partial interests concerned is, or is not, a prescribed person; and
(iii) membership interests, or partial interests, in the entity held by persons other than the holder of the interest;
(d) the extent to which the interest is similar to or differs from beneficial ownership; and
(e) the relationship between the value of the interest and the value of the entity; and
(f) any relationship or connection (whether of a personal or business nature) between holders of partial interests in the entity, and the holders of membership interests in the entity, of which the entity is aware; and
(g) any *arrangement in respect of membership interests (including unissued membership interests) in the entity, or partial interests in the entity, of which the entity is aware;
it would be reasonable to conclude that the partial interest is not relevant in determining whether the entity is effectively owned by prescribed persons because holding the membership interest to which the partial interest relates does not involve the holder bearing the risks, or result in the accrual to the holder of the opportunities, of ownership of the entity that ordinarily arise from, or are ordinarily attached to, the holding of *ordinary membership interests in an entity.
208-35(4)
In applying subsection (3), the fact that a person is a trustee is to be disregarded.
208-35(5)
Without limiting subsection (3), a *partial interest in an entity is also an excluded partial interest if it was granted or otherwise created, or was transferred or acquired, for a purpose (other than an incidental purpose) of ensuring that the entity is not effectively owned by prescribed persons.
SECTION 208-40 Prescribed persons 208-40(1)
A company is a prescribed person in relation to another *corporate tax entity if:
(a) the company is a foreign resident; or
(b) were the company to receive a *distribution made by the other corporate tax entity, the distribution would be *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income of the company.
208-40(2)
A trustee is a prescribed person in relation to a *corporate tax entity if:
(a) all the beneficiaries in the trust are prescribed persons under other provisions of this section; or
(b) were the trustee to receive a *distribution made by the corporate tax entity, the distribution would be *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income of the trust estate.
208-40(3)
A partnership is a prescribed person in relation to a *corporate tax entity if:
(a) all the partners are prescribed persons under other provisions of this section; or
(b) were the partnership to receive a *distribution made by the corporate tax entity, the distribution would be *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income of the partnership.
208-40(4)
An individual (other than a trustee) is a prescribed person in relation to a *corporate tax entity if:
(a) he or she is a foreign resident; or
(b) were he or she to receive a *distribution made by the corporate tax entity, the distribution would be *exempt income or *non-assessable non-exempt income of the individual.
208-40(5)
The Commonwealth, each of the States, the Australian Capital Territory, the Northern Territory and Norfolk Island are prescribed persons in relation to any *corporate tax entity.
208-40(6)
An *exempt institution that is eligible for a refund cannot be a prescribed person in relation to a *corporate tax entity under this section.
SECTION 208-45 Persons who are taken to be prescribed persons 208-45(1)
This section applies to a person that:
(a) is a company, a trustee, or a partnership, that holds *membership interests (whether *accountable membership interests or excluded membership interests), or *partial interests (whether *accountable partial interests or excluded partial interests), in a *corporate tax entity (the relevant entity ); and
(b) is not a prescribed person under section 208-40 .
208-45(2)
A company that holds *membership interests, or *partial interests, in the relevant entity is taken to be a prescribed person in relation to the relevant entity if the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding the membership interests or partial interests are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, as the case may be, one or more prescribed persons.
208-45(3)
A trustee of a trust who holds *membership interests, or *partial interests, in the relevant entity is taken to be a prescribed person in relation to the relevant entity if the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding the membership interests or partial interests are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, as the case may be, one or more prescribed persons.
208-45(4)
A trustee of a trust who holds *membership interests, or *partial interests, in the relevant entity is taken to be a prescribed person in relation to the relevant entity if:
(a) unless subsection (7) applies, the trust is controlled by one or more persons who are prescribed persons; or
(b) all the beneficiaries who are presently entitled to, or during the relevant income year become presently entitled to, income from the trust are prescribed persons.
208-45(5)
In determining whether subsection (3) or (4) applies in respect of a trust that is controlled by a person, have regard to the way in which the person, or any *associate of the person, exercises powers in relation to the trust.
208-45(6)
A person controls a trust if:
(a) the person has the power, either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities, to control the application of the income, or the distribution of the property, of the trust; or
(b) the person has the power, either directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, to appoint or remove the trustee of the trust; or
(c) the person has the power, either directly, or indirectly through one or more entities, to appoint or remove beneficiaries of the trust; or
(d) the trustee of the trust is accustomed or under an obligation, whether formal or informal, to act according to the directions, instructions or wishes of the person or of an *associate of the person.
208-45(7)
Paragraph (4)(a) does not apply in relation to a trust if some of the beneficiaries receiving income from the trust are not prescribed persons and the Commissioner considers that it is reasonable to conclude that the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding the *membership interests or *partial interests in the relevant entity are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, as the case may be, one or more persons who are not prescribed persons.
208-45(8)
A partnership that holds *membership interests, or *partial interests, in the relevant entity is taken to be a prescribed person in relation to the relevant entity if the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding the membership interests or partial interests are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, as the case may be, one or more prescribed persons.
208-45(9)
If any of the prescribed persons referred to in subsection (2), (3), (4) or (8) is a *corporate tax entity, that subsection applies even if the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding any of the *membership interests, or *partial interests, in that entity are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, as the case may be, one or more persons who are not prescribed persons.
208-45(10)
An *exempt institution that is eligible for a refund cannot be taken to be a prescribed person in relation to a *corporate tax entity under this section.
SECTION 208-50 Former exempting companies 208-50(1)
Subject to subsection (2), a *corporate tax entity is a former exempting entity if it has, at any time, ceased to be an *exempting entity and is not again an exempting entity.
208-50(2)
If an entity that, at any time, becomes effectively owned by prescribed persons ceases to be so effectively owned within 12 months after that time, the entity is not taken, by so ceasing, to become a former exempting entity.
Subdivision 208-B - Franking with an exempting credit
If a former exempting entity makes a distribution in circumstances where it could be franked, the entity can frank the distribution with an exempting credit.
SECTION 208-60 208-60 Franking with an exempting credit
An entity franks a *distribution with an exempting credit if:
(a) the entity is a *former exempting entity when the distribution is made; and
(b) the entity is a *franking entity that satisfies the *residency requirement when the distribution is made; and
(c) the distribution is a *frankable distribution; and
(d) the entity allocates an *exempting credit to the distribution.
Note:
The residency requirement for an entity making a distribution is set out in section 202-20 .
The amount of the exempting credit on a distribution is that stated in the distribution statement, unless the amount stated exceeds the maximum franking credit for the distribution. In that case, it is nil.
SECTION 208-70 Amount of the exempting credit on a distribution 208-70(1)
Subject to subsection (2), the amount of the *exempting credit on a *distribution is that stated in the *distribution statement for the distribution.
208-70(2)
If the sum of the *franking credit and the *exempting credit stated in the *distribution statement for a *distribution exceeds the *maximum franking credit for the distribution, the amount of the exempting credit on the distribution is taken to be nil.
Note:
If the franking credit stated in the distribution statement exceeds the maximum franking credit for the distribution, the amount of the franking credit on the distribution is taken to equal that maximum under section 202-65 .
Subdivision 208-D - Distribution statements
Former exempting entities and exempting entities that make certain distributions must provide additional information in the distribution statement given to the recipient.
SECTION 208-80 Additional information to be included by a former exempting entity or exempting entity 208-80(1)
A *former exempting entity that makes a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit must include in the *distribution statement given to the recipient, a statement that there is an *exempting credit of a specified amount on the distribution.
208-80(2)
An *exempting entity that makes a *frankable distribution to a *member must include in the *distribution statement given to the member, a statement to the effect that members who are Australian residents are not entitled to a *tax offset or *franking credit as a result of the distribution, except for certain *corporate tax entities, and employees who receive the distribution in connection with certain *employee share schemes.
208-80(3)
If, under subsection (1) or (2), a statement must be included in a *distribution statement, the distribution statement is taken not to have been given unless the statement is included.
Subdivision 208-E - Distributions to be franked with exempting credits to the same extent
All frankable distributions made within a franking period must be franked to the same extent with an exempting credit.
SECTION 208-90 All frankable distributions made within a franking period must be franked to the same extent with an exempting credit 208-90(1)
If an entity *franks a *distribution with an exempting credit, it must frank each other *frankable distribution made within the same *franking period with an exempting credit worked out at the same *exempting percentage.
208-90(2)
If an entity is not a *former exempting entity for the whole of a *franking period (the longer period ), then, for the purposes of subsection (1), each period within that longer period during which the entity is a former exempting entity is taken to be a franking period .
SECTION 208-95 208-95 Exempting percentage
The exempting percentage for a *frankable distribution is worked out using the formula:
Amount of the *exempting credit
on the distribution *Maximum franking credit for the distribution |
× | 100 |
If an entity *franks a *distribution with an exempting credit in breach of section 208-90 :
(a) that distribution is taken not to have been franked with an exempting credit; and
(b) each other *frankable distribution made by the entity within the relevant *franking period is taken not to have been franked with an exempting credit.
This Subdivision:
SECTION 208-110 208-110 Exempting account
Each *former exempting entity has an exempting account .
The following table sets out when a credit arises in the *exempting account of a *former exempting entity. A credit in the former exempting entity ' s account is called an exempting credit .
Exempting Credits | |||
Item | If: | A credit of: | Arises: |
1 | the entity had a *franking surplus at the time it became a *former exempting entity (at the time of its transition ) | an amount equal to:
(a) in a case not covered by paragraph (b) - the franking surplus; or |
immediately after its transition |
(b) if the entity has been a former exempting entity at any time within a period of 12 months before its transition - so much of the franking surplus as would have been the entity ' s *exempting surplus had it remained a former exempting entity throughout the period | |||
2 | the entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit; and | an amount worked out under subsection 208-165(1) | on the day on which the distribution is made |
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made and at the time the distribution is made; and | |||
some part of the distribution is neither *exempt income nor *non-assessable non-exempt income of the entity; and | |||
the entity is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and | |||
the distribution is not affected by a manipulation of the imputation system mentioned in section 208-160 | |||
3 | the entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit; and | an amount worked out under subsection 208-170(1) | on the day on which the distribution is made |
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made and at the time the distribution is made; and | |||
some part of the distribution is neither *exempt income nor *non-assessable non-exempt income of the entity; and | |||
the entity is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and | |||
the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no franking credit benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of a specified part of the distribution | |||
4 | a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit *flows indirectly to the entity (the
ultimate recipient
); and
the recipient of the distribution is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and except for the fact that the ultimate recipient is not an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution, it would have been entitled to an *exempting credit because of the distribution had the distribution been made to the ultimate recipient |
an amount equal to the exempting credit that would have arisen for the ultimate recipient if:
(a) the ultimate recipient had been an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and (b) the distribution had been made to the ultimate recipient; and (c) the distribution had been franked with an exempting credit equal to the ultimate recipient ' s *share of the actual exempting credit |
on the day on which the distribution is made |
5 | the entity *pays a *PAYG instalment; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in relation to which the PAYG instalment is paid; and the entity was an *exempting entity for the whole or part of the relevant *PAYG instalment period |
an amount equal to that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was an exempting entity | on the day on which the payment is made |
6 | the entity *pays income tax; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year for which the tax is paid; and the entity was an *exempting entity for the whole or part of that income year |
an amount equal to that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was an exempting entity | on the day on which the payment is made |
7 | the *exempting account of the entity would, apart from this item, be in *deficit immediately before the end of an income year | an amount equal to the deficit | immediately before the end of the income year |
8 | the entity becomes an *exempting entity; and
the entity has an *exempting deficit at the time it becomes an exempting entity |
an amount equal to the exempting deficit | immediately after the entity becomes an exempting entity |
9 | the entity *pays diverted profits tax; and
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year for which the tax is paid; and the entity was an *exempting entity for the whole or part of that income year |
an amount equal to that part of the payment that is attributable to the period during which the entity was an exempting entity, multiplied by the proportion worked out under subsection (2) | on the day on which the payment is made |
208-115(2)
The proportion is the standard corporate tax rate (within the meaning of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) divided by 40%.
SECTION 208-120 Exempting debits 208-120(1)
The following table sets out when a debit arises in the *exempting account of the *former exempting entity. A debit in the *former exempting entity ' s exempting account is called an exempting debit .
Exempting debits | |||
Item | If: | A debit of: | Arises: |
1 | the entity had a *franking deficit at the time it became a *former exempting entity (at the time of its transition ) | an amount equal to:
(a) in a case not covered by paragraph (b) - the franking deficit; or (b) if the entity has been a former exempting entity at any time within a period of 12 months before its transition - so much of the franking deficit as would have been the entity ' s *exempting deficit had it remained a former exempting entity throughout the period |
immediately after its transition |
2 | the entity makes a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit | an amount equal to the *exempting credit on the distribution | on the day on which the distribution is made |
3 | the entity *receives a refund of income tax; and
the entity was an *exempting entity during all or part of the income year to which the refund relates; and the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates |
an amount equal to that part of the refund that is attributable to the period during which the entity is an exempting entity | on the day on which the refund is received |
4 | the Commissioner makes a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(b) giving rise to an *exempting debit for the entity (streaming distributions) | the amount specified in the determination | on the day specified in section 204-35 |
5 | a *franking debit arises for the entity under section 204-15 (linked distributions), 204-25 (substituting tax-exempt bonus shares for franked distributions) or a determination made under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) (streaming distributions); and | an amount equal to that part of the franking debit that relates to the period during which the entity was an exempting entity | when the franking debit arises |
the entity was an *exempting entity for the whole or part of the period to which the franking debit relates | |||
6 | the Minister makes a determination under paragraph 208-185(4)(a) giving rise to an *exempting debit for the entity | the amount specified in the determination | on the day specified in the determination |
7 | the entity becomes an *exempting entity; and
the entity has an *exempting surplus at the time it becomes an exempting entity |
an amount equal to the exempting surplus | immediately after the entity becomes an exempting entity |
8 | the entity *receives a refund of diverted profits tax; and
the entity was an *exempting entity during all or part of the income year to which the refund relates; and the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates |
an amount equal to that part of the refund that is attributable to the period during which the entity is an exempting entity, multiplied by the proportion worked out under subsection (2) | on the day on which the refund is received |
208-120(2)
The proportion is the standard corporate tax rate (within the meaning of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936) divided by 40%.
SECTION 208-125 Exempting surplus and deficit 208-125(1)
An entity ' s *exempting account is in surplus at a particular time if, at that time, the sum of the *exempting credits in the account exceeds the sum of the *exempting debits in the account. The amount of the exempting surplus is the amount of the excess.
208-125(2)
An entity ' s *exempting account is in deficit at a particular time if, at that time, the sum of the *exempting debits in the account exceeds the sum of the *exempting credits in the account. The amount of the exempting deficit is the amount of the excess.
SECTION 208-130 208-130 Franking credits arising because of status as exempting entity or former exempting entity
The following table sets out when a credit arises in the *franking account of an entity because of its status as an *exempting entity or *former exempting entity.
Franking credits arising because of status as an exempting entity or former exempting entity | |||
Item | If: | A credit of: | Arises: |
1 | an entity becomes a *former exempting entity; and
the entity has a *franking deficit at the time it becomes a former exempting entity |
an amount equal to the franking deficit | immediately after the entity becomes a former exempting entity |
2 | an entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit; and | an amount worked out under subsection 208-165(1) | on the day on which the distribution is made |
the entity is an *exempting entity at the time the distribution is made; and | |||
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made and at the time the distribution is made; and | |||
some part of the distribution is neither *exempt income nor *non-assessable non-exempt income of the entity; and | |||
the entity is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and | |||
the distribution is not affected by a manipulation of the imputation system mentioned in section 208-160 | |||
3 | the entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit; and | an amount worked out under subsection 208-170(1) | on the day on which the distribution is made |
the entity is an *exempting entity at the time the distribution is made; and | |||
the entity satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made and at the time the distribution is made; and | |||
some part of the distribution is neither *exempt income nor *non-assessable non-exempt income of the entity; and | |||
the entity is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and | |||
the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no franking credit benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of a specified part of the distribution | |||
4 | a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit *flows indirectly to the entity (the
ultimate recipient
); and
the recipient of the distribution is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and except for the fact that the ultimate recipient is not an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution, it would have been entitled to a *franking credit because of the distribution had the distribution been made to the ultimate recipient |
an amount equal to the franking credit that would have arisen for the ultimate recipient if:
(a) the ultimate recipient had been an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and (b) the distribution had been made to the ultimate recipient; and (c) the distribution had been franked with a franking credit equal to the ultimate recipient ' s *share of the actual franking credit |
on the day on which the distribution is made |
5 | an *exempting entity makes a *franked distribution to the entity (the
recipient
); and
at the time the distribution is made: |
an amount worked out using the formula in subsection 208-165(2) | on the day on which the distribution is made |
(a) the recipient is an exempting entity; and | |||
(b) the recipient satisfies the *residency requirement; and | |||
(c) the relationship between the entities is of the type mentioned in section 208-135; and | |||
the recipient satisfies the residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made; and | |||
some part of the distribution is neither *exempt income nor *non-assessable non-exempt income of the recipient; and | |||
the distribution is not affected by a manipulation of the imputation system mentioned in section 208-160 | |||
6 | an *exempting entity makes a *franked distribution to the entity (the
recipient
); and
at the time the distribution is made: |
an amount worked out using the formula in subsection 208-170(2) | on the day on which the distribution is made |
(a) the recipient is an exempting entity; and | |||
(b) the recipient satisfies the *residency requirement; and | |||
(c) the relationship between the entities is of the type mentioned in section 208-135; and | |||
the recipient satisfies the residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made; and | |||
some part of the distribution is neither *exempt income nor *non-assessable non-exempt income of the recipient; and | |||
the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no franking credit benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of a specified part of the distribution | |||
7 | a *distribution made by an *exempting entity *flows indirectly to the entity (the
ultimate recipient
); and
the recipient of the distribution is an *eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and except for the fact that the ultimate recipient is not an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution, it would have been entitled to a *franking credit because of the distribution had the distribution been made to the ultimate recipient |
an amount equal to the franking credit that would have arisen for the ultimate recipient if:
(a) the ultimate recipient had been an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution; and (b) the distribution had been made to the ultimate recipient; and (c) the distribution had been franked with a franking credit equal to the ultimate recipient ' s *share of the actual franking credit |
on the day on which the distribution is made |
8 | the Minister makes a determination under paragraph 208-185(4)(b) giving rise to a *franking credit for the entity | the amount of the credit specified in the determination | on the day specified in the determination |
9 | an *exempting debit arises for the entity under item 3, 5 or 8 of the table in section 208-120 | an amount equal to the exempting debit | when the exempting debit arises |
10 | a *former exempting entity becomes an *exempting entity; and
the entity has an *exempting surplus at the time it becomes an *exempting entity |
an amount equal to the *exempting surplus | immediately after it becomes an exempting entity |
Note:
Item 9 is designed to reverse out franking debits that arise in relation to a period during which the entity is an exempting entity. The entity will receive an exempting debit instead.
A relationship between an entity making a *franked distribution and the recipient of the distribution is of a type that gives rise to a *franking credit under item 5 or 6 of the table in section 208-130 if either:
(a) both entities are members of the same effectively wholly-owned group; or
(b) the recipient holds more than 5% of the *membership interests in the entity making the distribution (other than finance membership interests or distribution access membership interests within the meaning of section 208-30 or membership interests that do not carry the right to receive distributions) and it would be reasonable to conclude that the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding those membership interests are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, the recipient.
208-135(2)
In deciding whether it would be reasonable to make the conclusion mentioned in paragraph (1)(b):
(a) have regard to any *arrangement in respect of the *membership interests (including unissued membership interests) in the entity making the distribution (including derivatives held or issued in connection with those membership interests); and
(b) do not have regard to risks involved in the ownership of membership interests in the entity making the distribution that are substantially borne by any person in the person's capacity as a secured creditor.
SECTION 208-140 Membership of the same effectively wholly-owned group 208-140(1)
Two *corporate tax entities are members of the same effectively wholly-owned group of entities on a particular day if:
(a) throughout that day, not less than 95% of the *accountable membership interests in each of the entities, and not less than 95% of the *accountable partial interests in each of the entities, are held by, or are held indirectly for the benefit of, the same persons; or
(b) paragraph (a) does not apply but it would nevertheless be reasonable to conclude, having regard to the matters mentioned in subsection (2), that, throughout that day, the risks involved in, and the opportunities resulting from, holding accountable membership interests, or accountable partial interests, in each of the entities are substantially borne by, or substantially accrue to, the same persons.
208-140(2)
The matters to which regard is to be had as mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) are:
(a) any special or limited rights attaching to *accountable membership interests, or *accountable partial interests, in each of the entities held by persons other than the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their *associates; and
(b) any special rights attaching only to accountable membership interests, or accountable partial interests, in each of the entities held by the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates; and
(c) the respective proportions:
(i) that accountable membership interests in each of the entities held by the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates, and other accountable membership interests in the entity concerned, bear to all the accountable membership interests in that entity; and
(ii) that accountable partial interests in each of the entities held by the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates, and other accountable partial interests in the entity concerned, bear to all the accountable partial interests in that entity; and
(d) the respective proportions that:
(i) the total value of accountable membership interests in each of the entities held by the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates, and the total value of other accountable membership interests in the entity concerned, bear to the total value of all the accountable membership interests in that entity; and
(ii) the total value of accountable partial interests in each of the entities held by the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates, and the total value of other accountable partial interests in the entity concerned, bear to the total value of all the accountable partial interests in that entity; and
(e) the purposes for which accountable membership interests, or accountable partial interests, in each of the entities were issued or granted to persons other than the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates; and
(f) any *arrangement in respect of accountable membership interests, or accountable partial interests, in each of the entities held by persons other than the persons mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) or their associates (including any derivatives held or issued in connection with those membership interests or interests) of which the entity concerned is aware.
SECTION 208-145 208-145 Franking debits arising because of status as exempting entity or former exempting entity
The following table sets out when a debit arises in the *franking account of an entity because of its status as an *exempting entity or *former exempting entity.
Franking debits arising because of status as an exempting entity or former exempting entity | |||
Item | If: | A debit of: | Arises: |
1 | an entity becomes a *former exempting entity; and
the entity has a *franking surplus at the time it becomes a former exempting entity |
the amount of the franking surplus | immediately after the entity becomes a former exempting entity |
2 | the *exempting account of a *former exempting entity would, apart from item 7 of the table in section 208-115, be in *deficit immediately before the end of an income year | an amount equal to the deficit | immediately before the end of the income year |
3 | an *exempting credit arises in the *exempting account of the entity under item 5, 6 or 9 of the table in section 208-115 | an amount equal to the exempting credit | when the exempting credit arises |
4 | a *former exempting entity becomes an *exempting entity; and
the entity has an *exempting deficit at the time it becomes an *exempting entity |
an amount equal to the exempting deficit | immediately after it becomes an exempting entity |
5 | a *franking credit arises in the *franking account of an entity under item 3 or 4 of the table in section 205-15 because a *distribution is made by an *exempting entity to the entity, or a distribution made by an exempting entity *flows indirectly to the entity | an amount equal to the amount of the franking credit | when the franking credit arises |
Note 1:
Item 3 of the table is designed to reverse out franking credits that arise in relation to a period during which the entity is an exempting entity. The entity will receive an exempting credit instead.
Note 2:
Item 5 of the table is designed to reverse out franking credits that arise under the core rules because an entity receives a franked distribution from an exempting entity. Only a recipient who is itself an exempting entity is entitled to a franking credit in these circumstances.
The tables in sections 208-115 , 208-120 , 208-130 and 208-145 are relevant for the purposes of subsection 205-25(1) .
Note 1:
Subsection 205-25(1) sets out the residency requirement for an income year in which, or in relation to which, an event specified in one of the tables occurs.
Note 2:
Section 207-75 sets out the residency requirement that must be satisfied by the entity receiving a distribution when the distribution is made.
A *member of a *former exempting entity is an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to a *distribution made by the entity if the following provisions apply.
208-155(2)
At both the time when the *distribution was made, and the time immediately before the entity ceased to be an *exempting entity, the *member was entitled to not less than 5% of:
(a) where the entity is a company:
(i) if the voting shares (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 ) in the relevant former exempting entity are not divided into classes - those voting shares; or
(ii) if the voting shares (as so defined) in the relevant former exempting entity are divided into 2 or more classes - the shares in one of those classes; and
(b) where the entity is a *public trading trust - the units in the trust; and
(c) where the entity is a *corporate limited partnership - the income of the partnership.
208-155(3)
At both the time when the *distribution was made, and the time immediately before the entity ceased to be an *exempting entity, the *member was a person referred to in one or more of the following paragraphs:
(a) a person who is a foreign resident;
(b) a *life insurance company;
(c) an exempting entity;
(d) a *former exempting entity;
(e) a trustee of a trust in which an interest was held by a person referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (d);
(f) a partnership in which an interest was held by a person referred to in any of paragraphs (a) to (d).
208-155(4)
If the assumptions set out in subsection (5) are made:
(a) if the *member was a person referred to in any of paragraphs (3)(a) to (d) - the member; or
(b) if the member was a trustee of a trust or a partnership, being a trust or partnership in which a person referred to in any of those paragraphs held an interest - the holder of the interest;
would (if a foreign resident) be exempt from *withholding tax on the distribution or (if an Australian resident) be entitled to a *franking credit or a *tax offset in respect of the distribution.
208-155(5)
The assumptions referred to in subsection (4) are that:
(a) the relevant former exempting entity was an *exempting entity at the time it made the *distribution; and
(b) the distribution was a *franked distribution made to the member; and
(c) if the *member was a *former exempting entity - the member was an exempting entity; and
(d) if the member was a trustee of a trust or partnership in which a former exempting entity had an interest - the former exempting entity was an exempting entity.
208-155(6)
A person is taken to hold an interest in a trust, for the purposes of paragraph (3)(e), if:
(a) the person is a beneficiary under the trust; or
(b) the person *derives, or will derive, income indirectly, through interposed trusts or partnerships, from *distributions received by the trustee.
208-155(7)
A person is taken to hold an interest in a partnership, for the purposes of paragraph (3)(f), if:
(a) the person is a partner in the partnership; or
(b) the person *derives, or will derive, income indirectly, through interposed trusts or partnerships, from *distributions received by the partnership.
SECTION 208-160 208-160 Distributions that are affected by a manipulation of the imputation system
For the purposes of item 2 of the table in section 208-115 and items 2 and 5 of the table in section 208-130 , a *distribution to an entity is affected by a manipulation of the imputation system if:
(a) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) that no *imputation benefit is to arise for the entity in respect of the distribution; or
(b) the Commissioner has made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 that no franking credit benefit (within the meaning of that section) is to arise in respect of the distribution to the entity; or
(c) the distribution is part of a *dividend stripping operation.
Use the following formula to work out:
(a) the amount of an *exempting credit arising under item 2 of the table in section 208-115 because a *former exempting entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit; or
(b) the amount of a *franking credit arising under item 2 of the table in section 208-130 because an *exempting entity receives a distribution franked with an exempting credit;
*Exempting credit
on the *distribution |
× | Amount of the distribution
that is not *exempt income of the recipient Amount of the distribution |
208-165(2)
Use the following formula to work out the amount of a *franking credit arising under item 5 of the table in section 208-130 because an *exempting entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit:
*Franking credit
on the *distribution |
× | Amount of the distribution that is not
*exempt income of the recipient Amount of the distribution |
SECTION 208-170 Where a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 affects part of the distribution 208-170(1)
Use the following formula to work out:
(a) the amount of an *exempting credit arising under item 3 of the table in section 208-115 because a *former exempting entity receives a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit; or
(b) the amount of a *franking credit arising under item 3 of the table in section 208-130 because an *exempting entity receives a distribution franked with an exempting credit;

208-170(2)
Use the following formula to work out the amount of a *franking credit arising under item 6 of the table in section 208-130 because an *exempting entity receives *a distribution *franked with an exempting credit:
*Franking
credit on the *distribution |
× | Amount of the distribution
that is not *exempt income of the recipient |
× | Amount of the
distribution |
− |
Specified part of
the distribution |
|
Amount of the distribution | Amount of the distribution |
SECTION 208-175 208-175 When does a distribution franked with an exempting credit flow indirectly to an entity?
A *distribution *franked with an exempting credit is taken to flow indirectly to an entity if, had it been a *franked distribution, it would have been taken to have flowed indirectly to the entity under section 207-50 .
To work out an entity ' s share of the *exempting credit on a *distribution *franked with that credit, use sections 207-55 and 207-57 to work out what the entity ' s share of the credit would be it if were a *franking credit on a *franked distribution. The entity ' s share of the exempting credit is equal to that amount.
The Minister may make a determination or determinations under this section if:
(a) at a particular time, a *corporate tax entity is an *exempting entity; and
(b) at that time all of the *membership interests in the entity are owned by the Commonwealth; and
(c) the Commonwealth has offered for sale or sold, or proposes to offer for sale, some or all of the membership interests; and
(d) the Minister is satisfied, having regard to the matters mentioned in subsection (2), that it is desirable to make a determination or determinations under this section in relation to the entity.
208-185(2)
The matters to which the Minister must have regard under paragraph (1)(d) are:
(a) whether the making of the determination or determinations is necessary to enable the entity to make *distributions *franked at a *franking percentage of 100% after the sale; and
(b) the extent to which the success of the sale or proposed sale depended or will depend upon the ability of the entity to make *franked distributions; and
(c) the extent to which the reduction in receipts of income tax resulting from the making of the determination or determinations would be offset by the receipt of increased proceeds from the sale; and
(d) any other matters that the Minister thinks relevant.
208-185(3)
The following provisions of this section apply after the *exempting entity becomes a *former exempting entity.
208-185(4)
If the *former exempting entity would, apart from this section, have an *exempting surplus at the end of an income year, the Minister may, in writing, determine that:
(a) an *exempting debit of the entity (not exceeding the exempting surplus) specified in the determination is taken to have arisen immediately before the end of that income year; and
(b) a *franking credit of the entity equal to the amount of the exempting debit is taken to have arisen immediately before the end of that income year.
208-185(5)
A determination under this section may be expressed to be subject to compliance by the *former exempting entity with such conditions as are specified in the determination.
208-185(6)
If a condition specified in a determination is not complied with, the Minister may revoke the determination and, if the Minister thinks it appropriate, make a further determination under subsection (4).
208-185(7)
A determination, unless it is revoked, has effect according to its terms.
Subdivision 208-G - Tax effects of distributions by exempting entities
Generally, a franked distribution from an exempting entity will only generate a tax effect for the recipient under Division 207 if the recipient is also an exempting entity.
A concession is made to employees of the entity who receive a franked distribution because they hold shares acquired under an eligible employee share scheme.
SECTION 208-195 208-195 Division 207 does not generally apply
Division 207 does not apply to a *distribution by an *exempting entity, unless expressly applied under this Subdivision.
Division 207 applies to a *franked distribution made by an *exempting entity to another exempting entity if the distribution gives rise to a *franking credit for the other exempting entity under item 5 or 6 of the table in section 208-130 .
208-200(2)
Division 207 applies to a *franked distribution that is made by an *exempting entity and *flows indirectly to another exempting entity if the distribution gives rise to a *franking credit for that other entity under item 7 of the table in section 208-130 .
SECTION 208-205 208-205 Distributions to employees acquiring shares under eligible employee share schemes
Division 207 also applies to a *franked distribution made by an *exempting entity if:
(a) the distribution is made to an individual who, at the time the distribution is made, is an employee of:
(i) the exempting entity; or
(ii) a *subsidiary of the exempting entity; and
(b) the employee acquired a beneficial interest in the *share on which the distribution is made:
(i) under an *employee share scheme; and
(ii) in circumstances specified as relevant in section 208-215 ; and
(c) the employee does not hold that beneficial interest as a trustee.
(Repealed by No 133 of 2009)
An individual acquires a beneficial interest in a *share in a company under an *employee share scheme in circumstances that are relevant for the purposes of paragraphs 208-205(b) and 208-235(b) if:
(a) all the *ESS interests available for acquisition under the scheme relate to:
(i) ordinary shares; or
(ii) preference shares to which are attached substantially the same rights as are attached to ordinary shares; and
(b) immediately after the individual acquires the interest:
(i) he or she does not hold a beneficial interest in more than 10% of the shares in the company; and
(ii) he or she is not in a position to control, or to control the casting of, more than 10% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of the company; and
(c) the share is not a *non-equity share.
208-215(2)
An individual also acquires a beneficial interest in a *share in a company under an *employee share scheme in circumstances that are relevant for the purposes of paragraphs 208-205(b) and 208-235(b) if:
(a) the share is part of a stapled security; and
(b) Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the beneficial interest in the stapled security.
208-215(3)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), you are taken to:
(a) hold a beneficial interest in any *shares in the company that you can acquire under an *ESS interest that is a beneficial interest in a right to acquire a beneficial interest in such shares; and
(b) be in a position to cast votes as a result of holding that interest in those shares.
Generally, a distribution franked with an exempting credit will only generate a tax effect for the recipient under Division 207 if a tax effect would have been generated for the recipient had the recipient received a franked distribution when the distributing entity was an exempting entity.
SECTION 208-225 208-225 Division 207 does not generally apply
Division 207 does not apply to a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit, unless the Division is expressly applied to the distribution under this Subdivision.
Division 207 applies to a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit by a *former exempting entity as if it were a *franked distribution if:
(a) the recipient of the distribution is a former exempting entity and the distribution gives rise to an *exempting credit for the recipient; or
(b) the recipient of the distribution is an *exempting entity and the distribution gives rise to a *franking credit for the recipient; or
(c) the distribution *flows indirectly to a former exempting entity and gives rise to an exempting credit for that entity; or
(d) the distribution flows indirectly to an exempting entity and gives rise to a franking credit for that entity.
Division 207 also applies to a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit made by a *former exempting entity as if it were a *franked distribution if:
(a) the distribution is made to an individual who, at the time the distribution is made, is an employee of:
(i) the former exempting entity; or
(ii) a *subsidiary of the former exempting entity; and
(b) the employee acquired a beneficial interest in the *share on which the distribution is made:
(i) under an *employee share scheme; and
(ii) in circumstances specified as relevant in section 208-215 ; and
(c) the employee does not hold that beneficial interest as a trustee.
Division 207 also applies to a *distribution *franked with an exempting credit made by a *former exempting entity as if it were a *franked distribution if:
(a) a *corporate tax entity other than a former exempting entity became an *exempting entity; and
(b) immediately before the entity became an exempting entity all the accountable membership interests and accountable partial interests were beneficially owned (whether directly or indirectly) by individuals who were Australian residents; and
(c) the entity became an exempting entity because some or all of the individuals ceased to be Australian residents; and
(d) the entity becomes a former exempting entity because all of the individuals are or have become Australian residents; and
(e) an amount attributable to a distribution *franked with an exempting credit made by the entity is included in the assessable income of such an individual; and
(f) all the accountable membership interests or accountable partial interests in the entity were, throughout the period beginning when the entity became an exempting entity and ending when the amount was received by the individual mentioned in paragraph (e), beneficially owned (directly or indirectly) by that individual; and
(g) the individual is an eligible continuing substantial member in relation to the distribution.
The purpose of these rules is to encourage venture capital investment by superannuation funds and other entities that deal with superannuation.
This is done by giving tax benefits to those entities when they invest inPDFs, which are the vehicles for venture capital investment. If the PDF makes a distribution franked with a venture capital credit, the relevant venture capital investor receives a certain part of a distribution from the PDF as exempt income and, in addition, is entitled to a tax offset equal to the venture capital credit.
There is a venture capital franking sub-account in the franking account of each PDF.
210-10(2)
Venture capital credits arise in the sub-account if the PDF pays income tax that is reasonably attributable to capital gains from venture capital investments.
SECTION 210-15 210-15 What does the PDF have to do to distribute the credits?
Only a participating PDF can distribute venture capital credits. A PDF elects to participate by keeping a record of its venture capital sub-account.
The venture capital credit on a distribution cannot exceed the franking credit on the distribution. It is, in this sense, a species of franking credit.
210-20(2)
A PDF can only distribute venture capital credits if it does it so that all members of the PDF receive venture capital credits in proportion to their holdings.
210-20(3)
If a PDF has a venture capital surplus when it makes a distribution, it must frank the distribution with venture capital credits.
210-20(4)
There are measures to ensure that a PDF does not maintain a venture capital deficit over a prolonged period.
Subdivision 210-A - Franking a distribution with a venture capital credit
A PDF can only frank a distribution with a venture capital credit if certain conditions are met. These conditions are set out in this Subdivision.
SECTION 210-30 210-30 Franking a distribution with a venture capital credit
An entity franks a *distribution with a venture capital credit if:
(a) the entity is a *participating PDF at the time the distribution is made; and
(b) the distribution is *frankable with a venture capital credit; and
(c) the entity allocates a *venture capital credit to the distribution.
A PDF may participate if it elects to keep a record of its venture capital sub-account.
SECTION 210-40 210-40 What is a participating PDF
A *PDF is a participating PDF at a particular time if it keeps a record of its *venture capital sub-account at that time.
A distribution can only be franked with a venture capital credit if all members of the PDF receive distributions in proportion to their holdings.
SECTION 210-50 210-50 Which distributions can be franked with a venture capital credit?
A *distribution by a *participating PDF is frankable with a venture capital credit if:
(a) the distribution is a *franked distribution; and
(b) the distribution is made under a resolution under which:
(i) distributions are made to all members of the PDF; and
(ii) the amount of the distribution per *membership interest is the same for each of those distributions.
The amount of the venture capital credit on a distribution is that stated in the distribution statement, unless the amount exceeds the franking credit on the distribution.
In that case, the amount of the venture capital credit on the distribution is taken to be the same as the franking credit.
SECTION 210-60 Amount of the venture capital credit on a distribution 210-60(1)
The amount of the *venture capital credit on a *distribution is that stated in the *distribution statement for the distribution, unless that amount exceeds the *franking credit on the distribution.
210-60(2)
If the amount of the *venture capital credit stated in the *distribution statement for a *distribution exceeds the *franking credit on the distribution, the amount of the venture capital credit is taken to be the same as the amount of the franking credit, and not the amount stated in the distribution statement.
Subdivision 210-E - Distribution statements
A participating PDF that makes a distribution franked with a venture capital credit must provide additional information in the distribution statement given to the recipient.
SECTION 210-70 Additional information to be included when a distribution is franked with a venture capital credit 210-70(1)
A *participating PDF that makes a *distribution *franked with a venture capital credit must include in the *distribution statement given to the recipient:
(a) a statement that there is a *venture capital credit of a specified amount on the distribution; and
(b) a statement to the effect that the venture capital credit is only relevant for a taxpayer who is:
(i) the trustee of an entity that is a complying superannuation entity in relation to the income year in which the distribution is made and is not a *self managed superannuation fund; or
(ii) (Repealed by No 64 of 2020)
(iii) (Repealed by No 64 of 2020)
(iv) a *life insurance company.
210-70(2)
If, under subsection (1), a statement must be included in a *distribution statement, the distribution statement is taken not to have been given unless the statement is included.
Subdivision 210-F - Rules affecting the allocation of venture capital credits
If a PDF has a venture capital surplus when it makes a distribution frankable with venture capital credits, it must frank the distribution with venture capital credits.
SECTION 210-80 Draining the venture capital surplus when a distribution frankable with venture capital credits is made 210-80(1)
If a *participating PDF would otherwise have a *venture capital surplus at the time a *distribution that is *frankable with a venture capital credit is made, the PDF must either:
(a) allocate a *venture capital credit to the distribution that is equal to the *franking credit on the distribution; or
(b) allocate a venture capital credit to the distribution that either alone or when added to venture capital credits allocated to other distributions made under the resolution of the PDF under which the distribution in question is made, reduces the surplus to nil, or creates a *venture capital deficit.
210-80(2)
A *venture capital debit arises for a *participating PDF when a *distribution is made if the PDF does not allocate a *venture capital credit in accordance with subsection (1). The amount of the debit is:
Subsection (1) franked amount − Actual franked amount |
where:
actual franked amount
is the amount of the *venture capital credit that is allocated to the *distribution by the PDF (this may be nil).
subsection (1) franked amount
is the amount of the *venture capital credit that would have been allocated to the *distribution if the PDF had made the smallest allocation needed to satisfy subsection (1).
SECTION 210-81 Distributions to be franked with venture capital credits to the same extent 210-81(1)
If a *PDF *franks a *distribution with a venture capital credit, it must frank each other distribution made under the same resolution with a venture capital credit worked out using the same venture capital percentage.
210-81(2)
The venture capital percentage for a *distribution is worked out using the formula:
Amount of the *venture capital credit
on the distribution Maximum franking credit for the distribution |
× | 100 |
SECTION 210-82 210-82 Consequences of breaching the rule in section 210-81
If a *PDF *franks a *distribution with a venture capital credit in breach of section 210-81 :
(a) the distribution is taken not to have been franked with a venture capital credit; and
(b) each other distribution made under the same resolution is taken not to have been franked with a venture capital credit.
This Subdivision:
Each PDF has a venture capital sub-account in its franking account. The sub-account exists even if the PDF does not elect to become a participating PDF by keeping a record of it.
210-90(2)
To the extent that income tax is reasonably attributable to capital gains from venture capital investments, it generates a venture capital credit in the sub-account. There are other circumstances in which a venture capital credit arises.
210-90(3)
If a PDF receives a refund of that tax, a venture capital debit will arise for the PDF. There are other circumstances in which a venture capital debit will arise, such as on the payment of a distribution franked with a venture capital credit.
SECTION 210-95 Venture capital deficit tax 210-95(1)
Venture capital deficit tax is payable if a PDF's venture capital sub-account is in deficit at the end of the PDF's income year, or immediately before it ceases to be a PDF.
210-95(2)
A PDF's venture capital sub-account may be in deficit, even if its franking account is not. This can happen because only income tax on income of a particular kind (capital gains on venture capital investments) gives rise to venture capital credits. This means that when a PDF anticipates a venture capital credit, it is not only anticipating that income tax will be paid, but that income tax on income of that kind will be paid. Although income tax may, in fact, later be paid, it will not necessarily be income of the kind that would give rise to a venture capital credit. This results in franking credits arising even while the venture capital sub-account remains in deficit.
210-95(3)
The discrepancy between the franking account balance and the venture capital sub-account balance can also arise because venture capital credits do not necessarily arise at the same time as the relevant franking credits and debits (see item 1 of the table in section 210-105 and item 2 of the table in section 210-120 ).
Operative provisions
SECTION 210-100 210-100 Venture capital sub-account
Each *PDF has a venture capital sub-account within its *franking account.
Note:
The balance in the venture capital sub-account on 1 July 2002 will be either nil or, if the entity has a venture capital surplus or deficit immediately before 1 July 2002 under the imputation scheme existing at that time, an amount calculated under the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
The table sets out when a credit arises in the *venture capital sub-account of a *PDF. A credit in a PDF's venture capital sub-account is called a venture capital credit .
Credits in the venture capital sub-account | |||
Item | If: | A credit of: | Arises on: |
1 | the *PDF has a *franking credit because it has *paid a PAYG instalment; and
the whole or part of the instalment is reasonably attributable to a *CGT event in relation to a *qualifying SME investment of the PDF |
that part of the franking credit that is reasonably attributable to the CGT event | the day on which the franking credit arises; or
if the PDF elects to have the *venture capital credit arise on the assessment day under section 210-115 - on that day |
2 | the *PDF has a *franking credit because it has *paid income tax; and
the whole or part of the payment is reasonably attributable to a *CGT event in relation to a *qualifying SME investment of the PDF |
that part of the franking credit that is reasonably attributable to the CGT event | the day on which the franking credit arises; or
if the PDF elects to have the *venture capital credit arise on the assessment day under section 210-115 - on that day |
3 | the *PDF incurs a liability to pay *venture capital deficit tax | the amount of the liability | immediately after the liability is incurred |
In determining the extent to which a *franking credit is reasonably attributable to a *CGT event in relation to a *qualifying SME investment of the *PDF, have regard to:
(a) the extent to which the credit can reasonably be attributed to the *payment of a PAYG instalment or the payment of income tax by the PDF in relation to its *section 124ZZB SME assessable income for an income year; and
(b) the extent to which the section 124ZZB SME assessable income can reasonably be attributed to the CGT event.
Before a *PDF's assessment day for an income year, the PDF may elect to have the *venture capital credits that arise because of the*payment of PAYG instalments and income tax during that income year arise on the assessment day.
210-115(2)
The *PDF's assessment day for an income year is the earlier of:
(a) the day on which the PDF furnishes its *income tax return for the income year; or
(b) the day on which the Commissioner makes an assessment of the amount of the PDF's taxable income for that year under section 166 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
SECTION 210-120 210-120 Venture capital debits
The table sets out when a debit arises in the *venture capital sub-account of a *PDF. A debit in a PDF ' s venture capital sub-account is called a venture capital debit .
Debits in the venture capital sub-account | |||
Item | If: | A debit of: | Arises on: |
1 | the *PDF makes a *distribution *franked with a venture capital credit | the amount of the *venture capital credit | the day on which the distribution is made |
2 | the *PDF receives a *franking debit as a result of *receiving a refund of income tax; and
all or part of the refund is attributable to a *payment of a PAYG instalment or a payment of income tax that gave rise to a *venture capital credit of the PDF |
that part of the refund that is attributable to a payment of a PAYG instalment or a payment of income tax that gave rise to a venture capital credit of the PDF | the day on which the franking debit arises; or
if the venture capital credit did not arise until a later day - that later day |
3 | a *venture capital debit arises for the *PDF under subsection 210-80(2) | the amount of the venture capital debit arising under that subsection | the day on which the *distribution giving rise to the venture capital debit is made |
4 | the Commissioner makes a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(a) giving rise to a *franking debit for the *PDF (streaming distributions); and
the *imputation benefit underlying the determination is a *tax offset under section 210-170 |
the amount of the tax offset | on the day on which the franking debit arises |
5 | a *venture capital debit arises for the *PDF under section 210-125 because its net venture capital credits for an income year exceed certain limits | the amount of the excess | the last day of the income year |
A *venture capital debit arises for a *PDF where the PDF's net venture capital credits for the income year exceed whichever is the lesser of:
(a) the PDF's CGT limit for that income year; and
(b) the tax paid by the PDF on its *SME income component for that income year.
Net venture capital credits
210-125(2)
The *PDF's net venture capital credits for the income year is:
Venture capital credits − Venture capital debits |
where:
venture capital credits
is the total *venture capital credits of the *PDF that relate to tax in relation to taxable income of that income year.
venture capital debits
is the total *venture capital debits of the *PDF that relate to tax in relation to taxable income of that income year.
CGT limit
210-125(3)
The *PDF's CGT limit for the income year is worked out using the formula:
Ordinary capital gains from
venture capital CGT events Ordinary capital gains from all SME CGT events |
× | *Section 124ZZB SME
assessable income |
× SME tax rate |
where:
ordinary capital gains from all SME CGT events
means the total of the *ordinary capital gains for the income year for *CGT events in relation to *SME investments of the *PDF.
ordinary capital gains from venture capital CGT events
means the total of *ordinary capital gains for the income year for *CGT events in relation to shares in companies that are *qualifying SME investments.
SME tax rate
is the tax rate applicable to the *SME income component of the *PDF for the income year.
Tax paid by the PDF on its SME income component
210-125(4)
The tax paid by the PDF on its SME income component for the income year is the tax paid by the *PDF on its *SME income component after allowing *tax offsets referred to in section 4-10 .
SECTION 210-130 Venture capital surplus and deficit 210-130(1)
A *PDF's *venture capital sub-account is in surplus at a particular time if, at that time, the sum of the *venture capital credits in the account exceeds the sum of the *venture capital debits in the account. The amount of the venture capital surplus is the amount of the excess.
210-130(2)
A *PDF's *venture capital sub-account is in deficit at a particular time if, at that time, the sum of the *venture capital debits in the account exceeds the sum of the *venture capital credits in the account. The amount of the venture capital deficit is the amount of the excess.
210-130(3)
A *PDF's *venture capital sub-account may be in *deficit even though its *franking account as a whole is in *surplus. Similarly, a PDF's venture capital sub-account may be in surplus even though its franking account as a whole is in deficit.
SECTION 210-135 Venture capital deficit tax 210-135(1)
While recognising that an entity may anticipate *venture capital credits when *franking *distributions, the object of this section is to prevent those credits from being anticipated indefinitely by requiring the entity to reconcile its *venture capital sub-account at certain times and levying tax if the account is in *deficit.
210-135(2)
An entity is liable to pay *venture capital deficit tax imposed by the New Business Tax System (Venture Capital Deficit Tax) Act 2003 if its *venture capital sub-account is in *deficit at the end of an income year.
210-135(3)
An entity is liable to pay *venture capital deficit tax imposed by the New Business Tax System (Venture Capital Deficit Tax) Act 2003 if:
(a) it ceases to be a *PDF; and
(b) immediately before it ceases to be a PDF, its *venture capital sub-account is in *deficit.
SECTION 210-140 Effect of a liability to pay venture capital deficit tax on franking deficit tax 210-140(1)
If an entity is liable to pay *venture capital deficit tax under subsection 210-135(2) because its *venture capital sub-account is in *deficit at the end of an income year, the amount (if any) of *franking deficit tax that the entity would otherwise be liable to pay under subsection 205-45(2) because its *franking account is in *deficit at that time is reduced by the amount of the liability for venture capital deficit tax.
210-140(2)
If an entity is liable to pay *venture capital deficit tax under subsection 210-135(3) because it ceases to be a *PDF during an income year, the amount (if any) of *franking deficit tax that the entity would otherwise be liable to pay under subsection 205-45(3) because it ceases to be a *franking entity at that time is reduced by the amount of the liability for *venture capital deficit tax.
SECTION 210-145 Effect of a liability to pay venture capital deficit tax on the franking account 210-145(1)
If an entity incurs a liability to pay *venture capital deficit tax, a *franking credit arises for the entity immediately after the liability arises (the relevant day ).
210-145(2)
The amount of the *franking credit is equal to:
(a) if no liability to pay *franking deficit tax arises on the relevant day - the amount of the *venture capital deficit tax; or
(b) if a liability to pay franking deficit tax also arises on the relevant day - the amount of the venture capital deficit tax reduced by the amount of the franking deficit tax.
SECTION 210-150 Deferring venture capital deficit 210-150(1)
The object of this section is to ensure that an entity does not avoid *venture capital deficit tax by deferring the time at which a *venture capital debit occurs.
210-150(2)
An entity is taken to have *received a refund of income tax for an income year immediately before the end of that year for the purposes of subsection 210-135(2) if:
(a) the refund is paid within 3 months after the end of that year; and
(b) the entity ' s *venture capital sub-account would have been in *deficit, or in deficit to a greater extent, at the end of the previous income year if the refund had been received in the previous income year.
210-150(3)
If an entity ceases to be a *PDF during an income year, it is taken to have *received a refund of income tax immediately before it ceased to be a PDF for the purposes of subsection 210-135(3) if:
(a) the refund is attributable to a period in the year during which the entity was a PDF; and
(b) the refund is paid within 3 months after the entity ceases to be a PDF; and
(c) the *venture capital sub-account of the entity would have been in *deficit, or in deficit to a greater extent, immediately before it ceased to be a PDF if the refund had been received before it ceased to be a PDF.
Subdivision 210-H - Effect of receiving a distribution franked with a venture capital credit
A superannuation fund or other entity that deals with superannuation that receives a distribution franked with a venture capital credit is entitled to a tax offset equal to the credit.
The venture capital credit on a distribution is only significant in the hands of a relevant venture capital investor (basically a superannuation fund or other entity that deals with superannuation).
210-160(2)
That investor receives a tax offset. In most cases, this will be equal to the venture capital credit.
210-160(3)
Under section 124ZM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , that part of the distribution that is franked with a venture capital credit is also treated as exempt income in the hands of the entity.
SECTION 210-165 Recipients for whom the venture capital credit is not significant 210-165(1)
For other entities, the fact that all or part of the franking credit on a distribution is also a venture capital credit can be ignored.
210-165(2)
The franking credit will either generate a gross-up of the entity's assessable income and a corresponding tax offset under Division 207 or, if the right to make an election under section 124ZM of the Income Tax Assessment 1936 is exercised, the franked part of the distribution will be treated as exempt income.
210-165(3)
The unfranked part of the distribution is treated as exempt income under section 124ZM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Operative provisions
SECTION 210-170 Tax offset for certain recipients of distributions franked with venture capital credits 210-170(1)
The recipient of a *distribution *franked with a venture capital credit is entitled to a *tax offset for the income year in which the distribution is made if:
(a) the recipient is a relevant venture capital investor; and
(b) the recipient is not:
(i) a partnership; or
(ii) a trustee (other than the trustee of a *complying superannuation entity, a *non-complying superannuation fund or a *non-complying approved deposit fund); and
(c) the recipient satisfies the *residency requirement for an entity receiving a distribution; and
(d) the distribution is not *exempt income of the recipient (ignoring section 124ZM of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ); and
(e) the recipient is a qualified person in relation to the distribution for the purposes of Division 1A of former Part IIIAA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and
(f) the distribution is not part of a *dividend stripping operation; and
(g) the Commissioner has not made a determination under paragraph 204-30(3)(c) that no *imputation benefit is to arise for the receiving entity in respect of the distribution; and
(h) the Commissioner has not made a determination under paragraph 177EA(5)(b) that no imputation benefit is to arise in respect of the distribution to the recipient.
Relevant venture capital investors
210-170(2)
The following entities are relevant venture capital investors :
(a) the trustee of an entity that is a *complying superannuation entity in relation to the income year in which the *distribution is made and is not a *self managed superannuation fund;
(b) (Repealed by No 64 of 2020)
(c) (Repealed by No 64 of 2020)
(d) a *life insurance company.
Where the recipient is not a life insurance company
210-175(1)
If the entity receiving the *distribution is not a *life insurance company, the *tax offset is equal to the *venture capital credit on the distribution.
Where the recipient is a life insurance company
210-175(2)
If the entity receiving the *distribution is a *life insurance company, the *tax offset is worked out using the formula:
Tax offset to which
the entity would otherwise be entitled |
× | *Complying superannuation
class of taxable income Total income |
where:
complying superannuation class of taxable income
means the *complying superannuation class of taxable income of the company for the income year in which the *distribution is made.
complying superannuation/FHSA class of taxable income
(Repealed by No 70 of 2015)
tax offset to which the entity would otherwise be entitled
is the *tax offset that the company would be entitled to under subsection (1) if the entity were not a life insurance company.
total income
is the company
'
s assessable income for the income year.
If the recipient of a *distribution *franked with a venture capital credit is entitled to a *tax offset under section 210-170 , Division 207 does not apply to that *part of the distribution that is venture capital franked.
These provisions:
(a) allow the Commissioner to gather sufficient information to determine whether tax is payable by a corporate tax entity under the imputation system; and
(b) provide for the Commissioner to assess the amount of tax that is payable; and
(c) specify when the tax is payable; and
(d) establish systems to support the assessment and collection of the tax.
Initial information about a corporate tax entity ' s franking activities is provided by means of a return, called a franking return, given by the entity to the Commissioner.
214-5(2)
The Commissioner is able to make a legislative instrument requiring corporate tax entities to give a franking return for an income year.
214-5(3)
The Commissioner is also able to require a particular corporate tax entity to give a franking return for one or more income years. The Commissioner might do this, for example,if the Commissioner wishes to audit the corporate tax entity ' s franking activities over a number of years.
214-5(4)
The Commissioner may assess whether tax is payable under the imputation system and the amount of that tax.
214-5(5)
In most cases, this is done by treating the first franking return of a corporate tax entity for an income year as an assessment by the Commissioner. To this extent, there is self-assessment.
214-5(6)
An assessment by the Commissioner is conclusive evidence of a corporate tax entity ' s tax liabilities under the imputation system, except for the purposes of objection, review and appeal processes under Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (see section 350-10 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 ).
214-5(7)
Assessments can be amended by the Commissioner within certain time limits.
A franking return for an income year provides the Commissioner with information about a corporate tax entity's franking activities during that year.
SECTION 214-15 Requirement to give franking return - general 214-15(1)
The Commissioner may, by legislative instrument, require each *corporate tax entity to which the instrument applies to give the Commissioner a *franking return for a specified income year.
214-15(2)
An entity to which the instrument applies must comply with the requirement within the time specified in the instrument.
Note:
The Commissioner may defer the time for giving the return: see section 388-55 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
The Commissioner may give a *corporate tax entity a written notice requiring the entity to give the Commissioner a *franking return for an income year specified in the notice.
214-20(2)
The entity must comply with the requirement within the time specified in the notice, or within any further time allowed by the Commissioner.
214-20(3)
The entity must comply with the requirement regardless of whether the entity has given, or has been required to give, the Commissioner a *franking return.
SECTION 214-25 Content and form of a franking return 214-25(1)
A *corporate tax entity must include the following information in its *franking return for an income year:
(a) if the entity is a *franking entity at the end of the income year - its *franking account balance at the end of the income year; and
(b) if the entity ceased to be a franking entity during the income year - its franking account balance immediately before it ceased to be a franking entity; and
(c) if the entity is a *PDF at the end of the income year - its *venture capital sub-account balance at the end of the income year; and
(d) if the entity ceased to be a PDF during the income year - its venture capital sub-account balance immediately before it ceased to be a PDF; and
(e) the amounts (if any) of *franking tax which the entity is liable to pay because of events that have occurred, or are taken to have occurred, during the income year; and
(f) any other information required by the Commissioner for the purposes of administering this Part.
214-25(2)
The return must be in the *approved form.
SECTION 214-30 214-30 Franking account balance
A *corporate tax entity's franking account balance at a particular time is:
(a) if the entity has a *franking surplus or a *franking deficit at that time - the amount of the surplus or deficit; or
(b) if the entity does not have a franking surplus or a franking deficit at that time - nil.
A *PDF's venture capital sub-account balance at a particular time is:
(a) if the PDF has a *venture capital surplus or a *venture capital deficit at that time - the amount of the surplus or deficit; or
(b) if the entity does not have a venture capital surplus or a venture capital deficit at that time - nil.
Each of the following is a franking tax :
(a) *franking deficit tax;
(b) *over-franking tax;
(c) *venture capital deficit tax.
If no franking return is outstanding
214-45(1)
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity *receives a refund of income tax or *receives a refund of diverted profits tax; and
(b) the receipt of the refund gives rise to a liability, or an increased liability, to pay *franking deficit tax because of the operation of subsection 205-50(2) or (3); and
(c) when the refund is received, the entity does not have a *franking return that is *outstanding for the income year in which the liability arose;
the entity must give the Commissioner a franking return for the income year within 14 days after the refund is received.
Refund received within 14 days before an outstanding franking return is due
214-45(2)
If:
(a) an entity *receives a refund of income tax or *receives a refund of diverted profits tax; and
(b) the receipt of the refund gives rise to a liability, or an increased liability, to pay *franking deficit tax because of the operation of subsection 205-50(2) or (3); and
(c) when the refund is received, the entity has a *franking return that is *outstanding for the income year in which the liability arose; and
(d) the entity receives the refund within the period of 14 days ending on the day by which the outstanding return must be given to the Commissioner;
the entity may, instead of accounting for the liability, or increased liability, in the outstanding return, account for it in a further return given to the Commissioner within 14 days after the refund is received.
Meaning of outstanding
214-45(3)
A *franking return for an income year is outstanding at a particular time if each of the following is true at that time:
(a) the *corporate tax entity has been required to give a *franking return for the income year;
(b) the time within which the franking return must be given has not yet passed;
(c) the franking return has not yet been given.
(Repealed by No 2 of 2015)
The Commissioner may make an assessment of a corporate tax entity ' s liability to pay franking tax, and the franking account balance and the venture capital sub-account balance on which that liability is based. An entity ' s first franking return for an income year is treated as an assessment by the Commissioner. To this extent, there is self-assessment.
SECTION 214-60 Commissioner may make a franking assessment 214-60(1)
The Commissioner may make an assessment of:
(a) if a *corporate tax entity is a *franking entity at the end of the income year - its *franking account balance at the end of the income year; and
(b) if a corporate tax entity ceased to be a franking entity during the income year - its franking account balance immediately before it ceased to be a franking entity; and
(c) if a corporate tax entity is a *PDF at the end of the income year - its *venture capital sub-account balance at the end of the income year; and
(d) if a corporate tax entity ceased to be a PDF during the income year - its venture capital sub-account balance immediately before it ceased to be a PDF; and
(e) the amounts (if any) of *franking tax which the entity is liable to pay because of events that have occurred, or are taken to have occurred, during the income year.
This is a franking assessment for the entity for the income year.
214-60(1A)
However, the Commissioner must not make an assessment under subsection (1) for an entity for an income year if:
(a) the entity is not required under Subdivision 214-A to give the Commissioner a *franking return for the income year; and
(b) the entity is not required under Division 214 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 to give the Commissioner a franking return for the balancing period ending within the income year; and
(c) the entity was required to lodge an *income tax return for the income year by a particular time; and
(d) the entity has lodged that income tax return; and
(e) 3 years have passed since the later of the following:
(i) the time mentioned in paragraph (c);
(ii) the time when the entity lodged that income tax return.
214-60(2)
The Commissioner must give the entity notice of the assessment as soon as practicable after making the assessment.
214-60(3)
(Repealed by No 81 of 2016)
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity gives the Commissioner a *franking return for an income year on a particular day (the return day ); and
(b) the return is the first franking return given by the entity for the year; and
(c) the Commissioner has not already made a *franking assessment for the entity for the year;
the Commissioner is taken to have made a franking assessment for the entity for the year on the return day, and to have assessed:
(d) the entity's *franking account balance at a particular time as that stated in the return as the balance at that time; and
(e) the entity's *venture capital sub-account balance (if any) at a particular time as that stated in the return as the balance at that time; and
(f) the amounts (if any) of *franking tax payable by the entity because of events that have occurred, or are taken to have occurred, during that income year as those stated in the return.
214-65(2)
The return is taken to be notice of the assessment signed by the Commissioner and given to the entity on the return day.
SECTION 214-70 Part-year assessment 214-70(1)
The Commissioner may, at any time during an income year, make a *franking assessment for a *corporate tax entity for a particular period within that year as if the beginning and end of that period were the beginning and end of an income year.
214-70(2)
This Part applies, for the purposes of that assessment, as if the beginning and end of the period were the beginning and end of an income year.
SECTION 214-75 214-75 Validity of assessment
The validity of a *franking assessment is not affected because any of the provisions of this Act have not been complied with.
If a *corporate tax entity is dissatisfied with a *franking assessment made in relation to the entity, the entity may object against the assessment in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
(Repealed by No 2 of 2015)
The Commissioner may amend franking assessments within certain time limits.
SECTION 214-95 Amendments within 3 years of the original assessment 214-95(1)
The Commissioner may amend a *franking assessment for a *corporate tax entity for an income year at any time during the period of 3 years after the *original franking assessment day for the entity for that year.
214-95(2)
The original franking assessment day for a *corporate tax entity for an income year is the day on which the first *franking assessment for the entity for the income year is made.
SECTION 214-100 214-100 Amended assessments are treated as franking assessments
Once an amended *franking assessment for a corporate tax entity for an income year is made, it is taken to be a franking assessment for the entity for the year.
If:
(a) a *franking assessment for a *corporate tax entity for an income year has been made; and
(b) on a particular day (the further return day ) the entity gives the Commissioner a further *franking return for the income year under subsection 214-45(1) (because the entity has *received a refund of income tax that affects its liability to pay *franking deficit tax);
the Commissioner is taken to have amended the entity ' s franking assessment on the further return day, and to have assessed:
(c) the entity ' s *franking account balance at a particular time as that stated in the further return as the balance at that time; and
(d) the entity ' s *venture capital sub-account balance (if any) at a particular time as that stated in the further return as the balance at that time; and
(e) the amounts (if any) of *franking tax payable by the entity because of events that have occurred, or are taken to have occurred, during that income year as those stated in the further return.
214-105(2)
The further return is taken to be notice of the amended assessment signed by the Commissioner and given to the entity on the further return day.
The Commissioner may amend a *franking assessment for a *corporate tax entity for an income year after the end of the period of 3 years after the *original franking assessment day for the entity for the year if, within that 3 year period:
(a) the entity applies for the amendment; and
(b) the entity gives the Commissioner all the information necessary for making the amendment.
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity does not make a full and true disclosure to the Commissioner of the information necessary for a *franking assessment for the entity for an income year; and
(b) in making the assessment, the Commissioner makes an *under-assessment; and
(c) the Commissioner is not of the opinion that the under-assessment is due to fraud or evasion;
the Commissioner may amend the assessment at any time during the period of 6 years after the *original franking assessment day for the entity for the year.
214-115(2)
The Commissioner makes an under-assessment in a *franking assessment (the earlier assessment ) if, in amending the earlier assessment, the Commissioner would have to do one or more of the following for the amended assessment to be correct:
(a) reduce the *franking surplus (including to a nil balance);
(b) increase the *franking deficit (including from a nil balance);
(c) increase *franking tax payable.
SECTION 214-120 214-120 Later amendments - fraud or evasion
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity does not make a full and true disclosure to the Commissioner of the information necessary for a *franking assessment for the entity for an income year; and
(b) in making the assessment, the Commissioner makes an *under-assessment; and
(c) the Commissioner is of the opinion that the under-assessment is due to fraud or evasion;
the Commissioner may amend the assessment at any time.
If:
(a) a *franking assessment has been amended (the first amendment ) in any particular; and
(b) the Commissioner is of the opinion that it would be just to further amend the assessment in that particular so as to *reduce the assessment;
the Commissioner may do so within a period of 3 years after the first amendment.
214-125(2)
The Commissioner reduces a franking assessment if the Commissioner amends the assessment by doing one or more of the following:
(a) increasing the *franking surplus (including from a nil balance);
(b) decreasing the *franking deficit (including to a nil balance);
(c) decreasing *franking tax payable.
214-130 (Repealed) SECTION 214-130 Other later amendments
(Repealed by No 75 of 2010 )
Nothing in this Subdivision prevents the amendment of a *franking assessment:
(a) to give effect to a decision on a review or appeal; or
(b) to *reduce the assessment as a result of an objection made under this Act or pending an appeal or review.
If the Commissioner amends an entity ' s *franking assessment, the Commissioner must give the entity notice of the amendment as soon as practicable after making the amendment.
(Repealed by No 81 of 2016)
Franking tax is due and payable at certain times and the general interest charge applies to unpaid amounts.
SECTION 214-150 Due date for payment of franking tax
General rule
214-150(1)
Unless this section provides otherwise, *franking tax assessed for a *corporate tax entity because of events that have occurred, or are taken to have occurred, during an income year is due and payable on the last day of the month immediately following the end of the income year.
Part-year assessments
214-150(2)
*Franking tax payable because of an assessment under section 214-70 (a part-year assessment) is due and payable on the day specified in the notice of assessment as the day on which it is due and payable.
Amended assessments - other than because of deficit deferral
214-150(3)
If:
(a) the Commissioner amends a *franking assessment (the earlier assessment ) other than because of the operation of section 214-105 (an amendment because of a refund of tax that affects *franking deficit tax liability); and
(b) the amount of *franking tax of a particular type payable under the amended assessment exceeds the amount of franking tax of that type payable under the earlier assessment;
the excess amount is due and payable one month after the day on which the assessment was amended.
Tax payable because of deficit deferral
214-150(4)
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity *receives a refund of income tax or *receives a refund of diverted profits tax; and
(b) the receipt of the refund gives rise to a liability, or an increased liability, to pay *franking deficit tax because of the operation of subsection 205-50(2) or (3);
the franking deficit tax or, if there is an increase in an existing liability to pay franking deficit tax, the difference between the original liability and the increased liability, is due and payable on:
(c) if the entity accounts for the liability, or increased liability, in a *franking return that is *outstanding for the income year in which the liability arose - the day on which the outstanding return is required to be given to the Commissioner; or
(d) in any other case - 14 days after the day on which the refund was received.
SECTION 214-155 214-155 General interest charge
If:
(a) *franking tax of a particular type payable by a *corporate tax entity remains unpaid after the time by which it is due and payable; and
(b) the Commissioner has not allocated the unpaid amount to an *RBA;
the entity is liable to pay the *general interest charge on the unpaid amount for each day in the period that:
(c) starts at the beginning of the day on which the franking tax was due to be paid; and
(d) ends at the end of the last day on which, at the end of the day, any of the following remains unpaid:
(i) the franking tax;
(ii) general interest charge on any of the franking tax.
Note:
The general interest charge is worked out under Part IIA of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
Section 172 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies for the purposes of this Part as if references in that section to tax included references to *franking tax.
(Repealed by No 79 of 2010 )
SECTION 214-170 What this Subdivision is about
Generally applicable provisions to do with record keeping apply for the purposes of the imputation system.
Operative provisions | |
214-175 | Record keeping |
214-180 | (Repealed by No 2 of 2015) |
214-185 | (Repealed by No 114 of 2009 ) |
SECTION 214-175 Record keeping 214-175(1)
Section 262A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies for the purposes of this Part as if:
(a) the reference in that section to a person carrying on a business were a reference to a *corporate tax entity; and
(b) the reference in paragraph (2)(a) of that section to the person's income and expenditure were a reference to:
(i) the entity's *franking account balance; and
(ii) the entity's liability to pay *franking tax; and
(c) paragraph (5)(a) of that section were omitted.
214-175(2)
A *PDF does not need to maintain records under section 262A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 in relation to a *venture capital sub-account if the *PDF does not elect to be a *participating PDF.
214-180 (Repealed) SECTION 214-180 Power of Commissioner to obtain information
(Repealed by No 2 of 2015)
(Repealed by No 114 of 2009)
The *imputation system applies to a *non-share equity interest in the same way as it applies to a *membership interest.
215-1(2)
The *imputation system applies to an equity holder in an entity who is not a member of the entity in the same way as it applies to a member of the entity.
Subdivision 215-B - Non-share dividends that are unfrankable to some extent
While non-share dividends are, as a general rule, frankable, all or part of some non-share dividends are taken to be unfrankable by virtue of these rules.
A *non-share dividend paid by an ADI (an authorised deposit-taking institution) for the purposes of the Banking Act 1959 is unfrankable if:
(a) the ADI is an Australian resident; and
(b) the non-share dividend is paid in respect of a *non-share equity interest that:
(i) by itself; or
forms part of the ADI ' s Tier 1 capital either on a solo or consolidated basis (within the meaning of the *prudential standards); and
(ii) in combination with one or more *schemes that are *related schemes to the scheme under which the interest arises;
(c) the non-share equity interest is issued at or through a *permanent establishment of the ADI in a *listed country; and
(d) the funds from the issue of the non-share equity interest are raised and applied solely for one or more purposes permitted under subsection (2) in relation to the non-share equity interest.
215-10(2)
The permitted purposes in relation to the *non-share equity interest (the relevant interest ) are the following:
(a) the purpose of the business of the ADI carried on at or through the permanent establishment other than the transfer of funds directly or indirectly to:
(i) the Australian head office of the permanent establishment; or
(ii) any *connected entity of the ADI that is an Australian resident; or
(iii) a permanent establishment of the ADI, or of a connected entity of the ADI, located in Australia;
(b) the purpose of redeeming:
(i) a *debt interest; or
that is issued, before the relevant interest is issued, at or through the permanent establishment and is held by a connected entity of the ADI that is an Australian resident;
(ii) a non-share equity interest;
(c) the purpose of returning funds to:
(i) the Australian head office of the permanent establishment; or
if the funds are contributed, before the relevant interest is issued, for use in the business of the ADI carried on at or through the permanent establishment.
(ii) a permanent establishment of the ADI or of a connected entity of the ADI, located in Australia;
SECTION 215-15 Non-share dividends are unfrankable if profits are unavailable 215-15(1)
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity pays a *non-share dividend; and
(b) immediately before the payment, the amount of the *available frankable profits of the entity is nil, or less than nil;
the non-share dividend is unfrankable .
215-15(2)
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity pays a *non-share dividend that is not one of a number of non-share dividends paid at the same time; and
(b) immediately before the payment, the amount of the *available frankable profits of the entity, although greater than nil, are less than the amount of the non-share dividend;
the entity is taken to have made a frankable distribution equal to the amount of the available frankable profits. The remainder of the dividend is taken to be an unfrankable distribution.
215-15(3)
If:
(a) a *corporate tax entity pays a *non-share dividend that is one of a number paid at the same time; and
(b) immediately before the payment, the amount of the *available frankable profits of the entity, although greater than nil are less than the sum of the amounts of the non-share dividends;
the entity is taken to have made a frankable distribution equal to the amount worked out using the formula:
Amount of the *non-share dividend
Sum of the amounts of all the non-share dividends |
× | *Available frankable profits |
The remainder of the dividend is taken to be an unfrankable distribution.
SECTION 215-20 Working out the available frankable profits 215-20(1)
Use the following formula to work out the amount of a *corporate tax entity ' s available frankable profits at a particular time:

where:
committed share dividends
means the sum of:
(a) the amounts of any *distributions that are not *non-share dividends and are paid by the entity at that time; and
(b) if the entity has announced that it will pay distributions that are not non-share dividends at a later time, or is committed or has resolved (formally or informally) to paying such distributions at a later time - the amounts of those distributions.
maximum frankable amount
means the maximum amount of *frankable *distributions (other than *non-share dividends) that the *corporate tax entity could pay at that time having regard to its available profits at that time.
undebited non-share dividends
means the sum of the amounts of the franked parts of the *non-share dividends (worked out under subsection (2)) that:
(a) were not debited to available profits; and
(b) were paid within the preceding 2 income years or were paid under the same *scheme under which the entity pays the non-share dividend.
215-20(2)
The amount of the franked part of a *non-share dividend is worked out using the following formula:
*Franking credit on the dividend | × | Applicable gross-up rate |
where:
applicable gross-up rate
means the *corporate tax gross-up rate of the entity making the distribution for the income year in which the distribution is made.
A *corporate tax entity that pays a *non-share dividend may anticipate *available frankable profits if:
(a) the entity:
(i) has announced the payment of; or
*distributions other than non-share dividends (the committed distributions ) after payment of the non-share dividend; and
(ii) is committed or has resolved (formally or informally) to pay;
(b) but for this subsection, section 215-15 would apply to the non-share dividend; and
(c) the entity ' s available frankable profits would be greater than nil at the relevant time if the committed distributions were ignored; and
(d) it is reasonable to expect that available profits will arise after payment of the non-share dividend and before payment of the committed distributions; and
(e) it is reasonable to expect that, having regard to the available profits mentioned in paragraph (d), the amount of the entity ' s *adjusted available frankable profits immediately after each of the committed distributions is paid will be greater than nil.
The available frankable profits immediately before the entity pays the non-share dividend is then the smallest of the amounts of the adjusted available frankable profits mentioned in paragraph (e).
215-25(2)
The entity ' s adjusted available frankable profits immediately after a committed distribution is paid is the amount that would be its *available frankable profits at that time if all committed distributions to be paid after that time, and the *non-share dividend, were ignored.
215-25(3)
A *franking debit arises for the entity if:
(a) the entity anticipates *available frankable profits under subsection (1); and
(b) the available frankable profits of the entity are less than nil:
(i) immediately after the last of the committed distributions is made; or
(ii) immediately before the end of the income year following the income year in which the *non-share dividend is paid;
whichever is earlier.
215-25(4)
The *franking debit is equal to the lesser of:
(a) the amount by which the *available frankable profits is below nil; and
(b) the amount of the franked part of the *non-share dividend (worked out using subsection 215-20(2) ) or, if more than one non-share dividend is made at the relevant time, the sum of the amounts of the franked parts of those non-share dividends.
215-25(5)
In working out the entity ' s *available frankable profits for the purposes of subsection (3) or (4), disregard:
(a) any *distributions that:
(i) the entity announces, or becomes committed to or resolves (formally or informally) to pay after the payment of the *non-share dividend; and
(ii) have not been paid; and
(b) any estimate made by the entity under subsection (1) after the non-share dividend is paid.
Division 216 - Cum dividend sales and securities lending arrangements
There are 2 situations in which a *franked distribution, or a distribution *franked with an exempting credit, that is made to a *member of a *corporate tax entity is taken to have been made to another entity.
The first situation is one in which:
(a) the *corporate tax entity makes a *franked distribution, or a *distribution franked with an exempting credit, to a *member of the entity in respect of a *membership interest in the entity; and
(b) at the *distribution closing time, the member is under an obligation to transfer the membership interest to another person under a contract for the sale of the membership interest; and
(c) the contract:
(i) requires that the distribution be paid on to the other person; and
(ii) is entered into in the ordinary course of trading on an *approved stock exchange in Australia or elsewhere.
216-5(2)
The *distribution is taken to have been made to the other person as a *member of the entity (and not to the member).
Note:
As the other person is the entity receiving the distribution, there may be tax effects for the other person under Division 207 or 208 .
216-5(3)
The *distribution referred to in paragraph (1)(a) includes a distribution that is taken to be made as a result of one or more previous applications of this section or section 216-10 .
SECTION 216-10 Second situation (securities lending arrangements) 216-10(1)
The second situation is one in which:
(a) the *corporate tax entity makes a *franked distribution, or a *distribution franked with an exempting credit, to a *member of the entity in respect of a *membership interest in the entity; and
(b) at the time the distribution was made, the member was under an obligation to pay the distribution to another person under a securities lending arrangement; and
(c) the obligation was incurred in the member's capacity as the borrower under the securities lending arrangement; and
(d) the *distribution closing time occurred during the borrowing period.
216-10(2)
The *distribution is taken to have been made to the other person as a *member of the entity (and not to the member).
Note:
As the other person is the entity receiving the distribution, there may be tax effects for the other person under Division 207 or 208 .
216-10(3)
The distribution referred to in paragraph (1)(a) includes a distribution that is taken to be made as a result of one or more previous applications of this section or section 216-5 .
SECTION 216-15 216-15 Distribution closing time
If *distributions by a *corporate tax entity are made to those *members who were members as at a particular time at or before the distribution is made, that time is the distribution closing time in relation to those distributions.
If:
(a) section 216-5 applies in relation to a *franked distribution or a *distribution franked with an exempting credit (cum dividend sales); and
(b) a *securities dealer has acted for a particular party to the contract concerned;
the securities dealer must, as soon as practicable after the making of the distribution, give to the other party to the contract a statement in the *approved form setting out such information in relation to the distribution as is required by the approved form.
If:
(a) section 216-5 applies in relation to a *franked distribution or a *distribution franked with an exempting credit (cum dividend sales); and
(b) a particular party to the contract concerned has not had a *securities dealer acting for him or her;
that party must, as soon as practicable after the making of the distribution, give to the other party to the contract a statement in the *approved form setting out such information in relation to the distribution as is required by the approved form.
If section 216-10 (securities lending arrangements) applies in relation to a *franked distribution, or a *distribution franked with an exempting credit, the borrower must, as soon as practicable after the making of the distribution, give to the lender a statement in the *approved form setting out such information in relation to the distribution as is required by the approved form.
The *imputation system applies to a *co-operative company in the same way as it applies to any other company but with the modifications set out in this section.
218-5(2)
Each reference to a *distribution is taken to include a reference to an amount distributed as mentioned in paragraph 120(1)(a) or (b) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
218-5(3)
Despite subsection 202-75(1) (about giving distribution statements), a *co-operative company does not have to give the recipient of a *frankable distribution a *distribution statement unless the *franking percentage for the distribution is greater than zero.
Division 219 - Imputation for life insurance companies
This Division sets out how the imputation rules are applied to a life insurance company.
This Part (except this Division) applies to a *life insurance company in the same way as it applies to any other company.
219-10(2)
However, that application is subject to the modifications set out in this Division.
Subdivision 219-B - Franking accounts of life insurance companies
The table in section 205-15 does not apply to a *life insurance company.
219-15(2)
The following table sets out when a *franking credit arises under this section in the *franking account of a *life insurance company.
Franking credits in the franking account | |||
Item | If: | A credit of: | Arises: |
1 | the company *pays a PAYG instalment; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in relation to which the PAYG instalment is paid; and the payment is made before the company ' s *assessment day for that income year; and the company is a *franking entity for the whole or part of the relevant *PAYG instalment period |
that part of the payment that:
(a) the company estimates will be attributable to the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) is attributable to the period during which the company was a franking entity |
on the day on which the payment is made (see note 1 to this subsection) |
2 | the company *paid a PAYG instalment; and
the company satisfied the *residency requirement for the income year in relation to which the PAYG instalment was paid; and the payment was made before the company ' s *assessment day for that income year; and the company was a *franking entity for the whole or part of the relevant *PAYG instalment period |
that part of the payment that is attributable to:
(a) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) the period during which the company was a franking entity |
on the company ' s assessment day for that income year (see note 1 to this subsection) |
3 | the company *pays a PAYG instalment; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in relation to which the PAYG instalment is paid; and the payment is made on or after the company ' s *assessment day for that income year; and the company is a *franking entity for the whole or part of the relevant *PAYG instalment period |
that part of the payment that is attributable to:
(a) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) the period during which the company was a franking entity |
on the day on which the payment is made |
4 | the company *pays income tax; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year for which the tax is paid; and the company is a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the payment that is attributable to:
(a) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) the period during which the company was a franking entity |
on the day on which the payment is made |
5 | a *franked distribution is made to the company; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which the distribution is made; and |
the amount of the tax offset | on the day on which the distribution is made |
the company is a *franking entity when it receives the distribution; and | |||
the company is entitled to a *tax offset under Division 207 because of the distribution; and | |||
the tax offset is not subject to the refundable tax offset rules (see Division 67 ) | |||
6 | a *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the company through a partnership or the trustee of a trust; and | the amount of the tax offset | at the time specified in subsection (3) |
the company is a *franking entity when the franked distribution is made; and | |||
the company is entitled to a *tax offset under Division 207 because of the distribution; and | |||
the tax offset is not subject to the refundable tax offset rules (see Division 67 ) | |||
6A | a *franking debit arises under item 2 or 3 of the table in subsection
219-30(2)
because the company receives a *tax offset refund; and
the company ' s tax offset refund is subsequently reduced and the company is liable to pay to the Commonwealth the amount of the excess mentioned in subsection 172A(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and the company pays the amount of the excess |
the difference (if any) between:
(a) the amount of the franking debit; and (b) the amount the franking debit would have been if the tax offset refund were reduced by the amount of the excess |
on the day on which the amount of the excess is paid |
7 | the company incurs a liability to pay *franking deficit tax under section 205-45 or 205-50 | the amount of the liability | immediately after the liability is incurred |
8 | a *franking credit arises under subsection 418-55(1) in relation to an *exploration credit | the amount of the *franking credit specified in subsection 418-55(2) | at the time provided by subsection 418-55(3) |
9 | the company *pays diverted profits tax; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year for which the tax is paid; and the company is a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the payment that is attributable to:
(a) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) the period during which the company was a franking entity; multiplied by the proportion worked out under subsection (4) |
on the day on which the payment is made |
Note 1:
On the assessment day, a franking credit that arose under item 1 of the table:
Note 2:
Section 219-50 tells you how to work out the part of an amount that is attributable to the shareholders ' share of the income tax liability of the company for the income year.
Note 3:
To find out whether a tax offset under Division 207 is subject to the refundable tax offset rules: see section 67-25 .
219-15(3)
A *franking credit covered by item 6 of the table arises at the end of the income year: (a) that is an income year of the last partnership or trust interposed between:
(i) the *life insurance company; and
(b) during which the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the life insurance company.
(ii) the *corporate tax entity that made the distribution; and
219-15(4)
The proportion is the standard corporate tax rate (within the meaning of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) divided by 40%.
SECTION 219-30 Franking debits 219-30(1)
The table in section 205-30 (except items 2 and 2A) applies to a *life insurance company in the same way as it applies to any other company.
219-30(2)
The following table sets out when a *franking debit arises under this section in the *franking account of a *life insurance company.
Franking debits in the franking account | |||
Item | If: | A debit of: | Arises: |
1 | a *franking credit arises for the company under item 1 of the table in section 219-15 (*payment of a PAYG instalment) | the amount of the franking credit | on the company's *assessment day for the income year mentioned in that item |
2 | the company *receives a refund of income tax; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates; and the company was a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the refund that is attributable to:
(a) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) the period during which the company was a franking entity |
on the day on which the refund is received |
3 | the company *receives a *tax offset refund; and
the company does not satisfy the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates; and the company was a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year; and the company ' s *franking account is in *surplus on the day on which the refund is received |
the lesser of:
(a) that part of the refund that is attributable to: (i) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (ii) the period during which the company was a franking entity; and (b) the amount of the *franking surplus |
on the day on which the refund is received |
4 | the company *receives a refund of diverted profits tax; and
the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year to which the refund relates; and the company was a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year |
that part of the refund that is attributable to:
(a) the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for that income year; and (b) the period during which the company was a franking entity; multiplied by the proportion worked out under subsection (3) |
on the day on which the refund is received |
Note 1:
On the assessment day, a franking debit that arises under item 1 of this table reverses the effect of a franking credit that arose under item 1 of the table in section 219-15 .
Note 2:
Section 219-50 tells you how to work out the part of an amount that is attributable to the shareholders ' share of the income tax liability of the company for the income year.
219-30(3)
The proportion is the standard corporate tax rate (within the meaning of Part IVA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) divided by 40%.
SECTION 219-40 219-40 Residency requirement
The tables in sections 219-15 and 219-30 are relevant for the purposes of subsection 205-25(1) (about the residency requirement).
A *life insurance company's assessment day for an income year is the earlier of:
(a) the day on which the company furnishes its *income tax return for that income year; or
(b) the day on which the Commissioner makes an assessment of the amount of the company's taxable income for that income year under section 166 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
Subsection (2) applies to a *life insurance company in relation to the payment or refund mentioned in an item of a table in this Subdivision (except item 1 of the table in section 219-15 ).
Note:
The operation of this section is affected by section 219-75 if a tax offset under section 205-70 is applied to work out the company ' s income tax liability.
219-50(2)
For the purposes of this Part, the part of the payment or refund that is attributable to the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for an income year must be worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the part of the company ' s total *income tax liability for the income year that is attributable to the company ' s shareholders.
The result of this step is the shareholders ' share of the income tax liability of the company for the income year.
Step 2.
Divide the step 1 result by that total *income tax liability.
The result of this step is the shareholders ' ratio for the income year.
Step 3.
Multiply the amount of the payment or refund by the *shareholders ' ratio.
The result of this step is the part of the payment or refund that is attributable to the *shareholders ' share of the *income tax liability of the company for the income year.
219-50(3)
For the purposes of this Part, the estimate mentioned in item 1 of the table in section 219-15 (the part of a payment estimated to be attributable to the *shareholders ' share of a company ' s *income tax liability for an income year) must be worked out on the basis of:
(a) subject to paragraph (b), the method statement in subsection (2); and
(b) the company ' s reasonable estimate of the amounts that, on the company ' s *assessment day for the income year, will be:
(i) its total income tax liability for the income year; and
(ii) the part of that total income tax liability that is attributable to its shareholders.
219-50(4)
In working out the part of the *income tax liability of a *life insurance company that is attributable to the shareholders of the company for the purposes of this section, regard is to be had to the accounting records of the company.
This section applies in relation to the *franking account of a *life insurance company if:
(a) the assessment of the company ' s *income tax liability for an income year is amended on a particular day (the adjustment day ); and
(b) the *shareholders ' ratio (the new ratio ) based on the amended assessment is different from the shareholders ' ratio used previously in relation to that income year to work out a *franking credit or *franking debit for the company; and
(c) the franking account would have a different balance on the adjustment day if the new ratio had been used to work out all the franking credits and franking debits covered by paragraph (b).
Note:
The operation of this section is affected by section 219-75 if a tax offset under section 205-70 is, or has been, applied to work out the company ' s income tax liability.
219-55(2)
On the adjustment day, a *franking credit or *franking debit (as appropriate) of the amount worked out under subsection (3) arises in the *franking account.
219-55(3)
The amount is an adjustment that will bring the *franking account to the balance that it would have on the adjustment day if the new ratio had been used to work out all the *franking credits and *franking debits covered by paragraph (1)(b).
Example:
On the basis of a shareholders ' ratio of 60% for the income year, franking credits of the amounts of $6,000, $6,000, $6,000 and $6,000 arose under item 2 of the table in section 219-15 for Company X.
An amended assessment results in a new shareholders ' ratio of 70%. Under this section, a franking credit of $4,000 arises on the day of the amended assessment to bring the balance of the franking account from $24,000 to $28,000, which would be the account ' s balance if the new shareholders ' ratio had been used.
SECTION 219-70 Tax offset under section 205-70 219-70(1)
For the purposes of paragraph 205-70(1)(c) , if a *life insurance company was entitled to a *tax offset under section 205-70 for a previous income year, assume section 63-10 applied to the part of the company ' s basic income tax liability for that previous income year that was attributable to its shareholders.
219-70(2)
In working out the part of the company ' s basic income tax liability that was attributable to its shareholders, have regard to the company ' s accounting records.
Example:
The following apply to a life insurance company that satisfies the residency requirement for an income year:
(a) the company has a tax offset of $60,000 under section 205-70 (the franking deficit offset) for that year; (b) the company ' s basic income tax liability for that year would be $100,000 if the franking deficit offset were disregarded; (c) 20% of the $100,000 is attributable to the company ' s shareholders (the shareholders ' part). As a result of applying $20,000 of the franking deficit offset to reduce the shareholders ' part to nil, the company ' s basic income tax liability becomes $80,000. The remaining $40,000 of the offset will be included in a franking deficit tax offset for the next income year for which the company satisfies the residency requirement.
Revised shareholders ' ratio - modification of section 219-50
219-75(1)
Subsection (2) applies to a *life insurance company if a *tax offset under section 205-70 is applied to work out the company ' s *income tax liability for an income year.
Note:
This means subsection (2) applies if the tax offset is applied to reduce the part of the company ' s basic income tax liability mentioned in subsection 219-70(1) in relation to the income year.
219-75(2)
For the purposes of working out the amount of a *franking credit or *franking debit for the company in relation to the income year (other than a franking credit covered by item 1 of the table in section 219-15 ), section 219-50 has effect as if:
(a) steps 1 and 2 of the method statement in section 219-50 were omitted; and
(b) the reference in step 3 of that method statement to the *shareholders ' ratio were a reference to the revised shareholders ' ratio worked out as follows: Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the remainder (if any) of the part of the company
'
s basic income tax liability mentioned in subsection
219-70(1)
after the *tax offset is applied to reduce that part.
Note:
The part mentioned in that subsection is the part of an amount of the company ' s income tax liability for the income year that is attributable to its shareholders.
Step 2.
Divide the step1 result by the company ' s total *income tax liability for the income year (after applying the *tax offset).
The result (which can be nil) is the company ' s revised shareholders ' ratio for the income year.
Example:
For the 2002-2003 income year X Co (which is a life insurance company) has a tax offset of $68,000 under section 205-70 . Its income tax liability for that year would have been $400,000 on the assessment day (1 February 2004) if the tax offset were disregarded. Of that liability, $80,000 is attributable to the shareholders. The step 1 result is therefore $12,000 ($80,000 minus $68,000).
X Co ' s income tax liability after applying the tax offset is $332,000 ($400,000 minus $68,000). The revised shareholders ' ratio is therefore 3/83 ($12,000 divided by $332,000).
For that income year, the company paid $249,000 of PAYG instalments before the assessment day and $83,000 of income tax one month after that day.
On the assessment day, a franking credit of $9,000 arises under item 2 of the table in section 219-15 ($249,000 multiplied by 3/83). On the day the additional amount of tax is paid, another franking credit of $3,000 arises under item 4 of that table ($83,000 multiplied by 3/83).
Adjustment resulting from amended assessment - modification of section 219-55
219-75(3)
Subsection (4) applies to a *life insurance company if:
(a) the assessment of the company ' s *income tax liability for an income year (the previous assessment ) is amended; and
(b) at least one of the following applies:
(i) a *tax offset under section 205-70 is applied in making that amended assessment;
(ii) a tax offset under section 205-70 was applied in making the previous assessment.
219-75(4)
Section 219-55 has effect in relation to the company as if:
(a) if subparagraph (3)(b)(i) of this section applies - a reference in that section to the new ratio were a reference to the revised shareholders ' ratio that is based on the amended assessment; and
(b) if subparagraph (3)(b)(ii) of this section applies - the reference in paragraph (1)(b) of that section to the *shareholders ' ratio used previously were a reference to the revised shareholders ' ratio that is based on the previous assessment.
Example:
Continuing the example in subsection (2), the assessment of X Co for the 2002-2003 income year is amended on 31 March 2004. Under the amended assessment, X Co ' s income tax liability would be $300,000 if the tax offset were disregarded.
Of that liability, $60,000 is attributable to the shareholders. That amount is reduced by the tax offset of $68,000 to nil.
X Co ' s liability to pay income tax is therefore reduced to $240,000 ($300,000 minus $60,000) and it will receive a refund of $92,000 ($332,000 minus $240,000). As the revised shareholders ' ratio has become nil, no franking debit arises from the refund.
The franking credits that previously arose from the payments of PAYG instalments and income tax would not have arisen if the new revised shareholders ' ratio had been used. Section 219-55 (as applied by subsection (4) of this section) therefore operates to create an adjustment to cancel those franking credits. The adjustment is a franking debit of $12,000 that arises on the day of the amendment of the assessment.
Division 220 - Imputation for NZ resident companies and related companies
A company resident in New Zealand may choose that the imputation system apply in relation to it. If it does, the rest of this Part applies in relation to it as if it were an Australian resident company, but with modifications. Some of the modifications also affect:
The main objects of this Division are:
(a) to allow a company that is an *NZ resident to choose that the *imputation system apply in relation to it; and
(b) if the company makes that choice, to apply the rest of this Part in relation to the company generally as if it were an Australian resident.
220-15(2)
Another object of this Division is to prevent the benefits of the *imputation system from being inappropriately made available to or through a *member of a company that is a foreign resident, by modifying the way in which the rest of this Part applies to:
(a) a company that has chosen that the system apply in relation to it; and
(b) other companies that are members of the same *wholly-owned group as that company; and
(c) other entities that receive (directly or indirectly) *distributions from that company.
SECTION 220-20 What is an NZ resident ?
Company
220-20(1)
A company is an NZ resident if:
(a) the company is incorporated in New Zealand; or
(b) the company is not incorporated in New Zealand but carries on business there and either:
(i) has its central management and control there; or
(ii) has its voting power controlled by *members who are NZ residents.
Natural person
220-20(2)
A natural person is an NZ resident if he or she resides in New Zealand.
220-20(3)
A natural person is also an NZ resident if his or her domicile is in New Zealand, unless the Commissioner is satisfied that the person's permanent place of abode is outside New Zealand.
220-20(4)
A natural person is also an NZ resident if he or she has actually been in New Zealand, continuously or intermittently, during more than half of the income year, unless the Commissioner is satisfied that:
(a) the person's usual place of abode is outside New Zealand; and
(b) the person does not intend to take up residence in New Zealand.
Not an NZ resident if an Australian resident
220-20(5)
A person is not an NZ resident if the person is an Australian resident. This has effect despite subsections (1), (2), (3) and (4).
The provisions of Part 3-6 outside this Division apply in relation to a company that is an *NZ franking company at a time as if it were an Australian resident at that time.
220-25(2)
They apply with the modifications made by the other sections of this Division.
SECTION 220-30 220-30 What is an NZ franking company ?
A company is an NZ franking company at a time if, at the time, the company is an *NZ resident and has an *NZ franking choice in force.
A company that is an *NZ resident may, by notice in the *approved form given to the Commissioner, choose that the *imputation system is to apply in relation to the company. The choice is an NZ franking choice .
A company's *NZ franking choice comes into force:
(a) at the start of the company's income year in which the notice was given to the Commissioner; or
(b) at the start of a later income year specified in the notice.
220-40(2)
The *NZ franking choice continues in force until it is revoked by the company or cancelled by the Commissioner.
SECTION 220-45 Revoking an NZ franking choice 220-45(1)
A company may revoke its *NZ franking choice by notice in the *approved form given to the Commissioner.
220-45(2)
To avoid doubt, the revocation takes effect when the notice is given to the Commissioner.
SECTION 220-50 Cancelling an NZ franking choice 220-50(1)
The Commissioner may cancel a company's *NZ franking choice by written notice given to the company, but only if the Commissioner is satisfied that either:
(a) the company was liable to pay *franking deficit tax or *over-franking tax (whether or not because of section 220-800 (about joint and several liability for the tax)) and the company did not pay the tax by the day on which it was due and payable; or
(b) the company has not complied with subsection 214-15(2) or 214-20(2) (about giving the Commissioner a *franking return).
220-50(2)
To avoid doubt, the cancellation takes effect when the notice is given to the company.
Review of cancellation
220-50(3)
If the company is dissatisfied with the cancellation of the choice, it may object against the cancellation in the manner set out in Part IVC of the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
Note:
That Part provides for review of the cancellation objected against.
Effect of cancelling a choice on making another choice in future
220-50(4)
If the company makes another *NZ franking choice, it does not come into force unless the Commissioner consents in writing to the choice coming into force.
220-50(5)
In consenting, the Commissioner may specify when the choice is to come into force. The consent has effect according to its terms, despite section 220-40 .
220-50(6)
The Commissioner must give a copy of the consent to the company.
SECTION 220-100 Residency requirement for franking 220-100(1)
An *NZ franking company satisfies the residency requirement when making a *distribution only if the distribution is made at least one month after the notice constituting the company's *NZ franking choice was given to the Commissioner.
Note:
This section is relevant to both section 202-5 and section 208-60 , which let a company frank a distribution, or frank a distribution with an exempting credit, only if the company satisfies the residency requirement when making the distribution.
220-100(2)
Section 202-20, as applying because of section 220-25 , has effect subject to this section.
Note:
Section 202-20 sets out how a company satisfies the residency requirement when making a distribution.
SECTION 220-105 Unfrankable distributions by NZ franking companies 220-105(1)
These *distributions by an *NZ franking company are *unfrankable:
(a) a conduit tax relief additional dividend (as defined in section OB1 of the Income Tax Act 1994 of New Zealand);
(b) a supplementary dividend (as defined in that section).
220-105(2)
This section does not limit section 202-45 (about *unfrankable distributions).
SECTION 220-110 220-110 Maximum franking credit under section 202-60
For the purposes of working out the *maximum franking credit for a *frankable distribution made by an *NZ franking company in a *foreign currency, translate the amount of the distribution into Australian currency at the exchange rate applicable at the time of the decision to make the *distribution.
220-200 (Repealed) SECTION 220-200 Keeping franking accounts in Australian currency
(Repealed by No 67 of 2003)
A *franking credit arises in the *franking account of a company on the day a payment is made of *withholding tax that the company is liable under section 128B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 to pay, if:
(a) because of section 220-25 , the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year in which it *derived the income on which it was liable to pay the withholding tax; and
(b) the company is a *franking entity for the whole or part of that income year.
The amount of the credit equals the amount of the payment.
220-205(2)
For the purposes of determining whether the company satisfies the *residency requirement for the income year described in paragraph (1)(a), section 205-25 has effect as if the derivation of the income described in that paragraph were an event specified in a relevant table for the purposes of that section.
SECTION 220-210 Effect of franked distribution to NZ franking company or flowing indirectly to NZ franking company
No tax offset for NZ franking company
220-210(1)
An *NZ franking company to which a *franked distribution is made or *flows indirectly is not entitled under Division 207 to a *tax offset for the *distribution. That Division has effect subject to this section.
Denial of tax offset does not stop franking credit or debit arising
220-210(2)
However, subsection (1) does not prevent a *franking credit or *franking debit from arising in the *NZ franking company's *franking account under Division 205 or 208 . To avoid doubt, the amount of the credit or debit, and the time at which it arises, are the same as they would be apart from subsection (1).
Note:
This has the effect that the amount and timing of the credit or debit are worked out as if the NZ franking company had been entitled to the tax offset that subsection (1) prevents the company from being entitled to.
This section has effect if:
(a) a company has made an *NZ franking choice; and
(b) the choice is revoked or cancelled at a time (the end time ); and
(c) immediately before the end time the company is a foreign resident.
Franking debit if franking surplus just before end time
220-215(2)
A *franking debit arises in the company ' s *franking account on the day during which the end time occurs if the account was in *surplus immediately before that time. The amount of the debit equals the *franking surplus.
Franking deficit tax if franking deficit just before end time
220-215(3)
If the company ' s *franking account was in *deficit immediately before the end time, subsection 205-45(3) applies in relation to the company as if it ceased to be a *franking entity at the end time.
Note:
Subsection 205-45(3) makes an entity liable to pay franking deficit tax if the entity ceases to be a franking entity and had a franking deficit immediately before ceasing to be a franking entity.
220-215(4)
Subsection (3) does not limit the effect of subsection 205-45(3) .
Take account of franking debit arising under section 220-605
220-215(5)
Take account of any *franking debit arising under section 220-605 because of the revocation or cancellation in working out for the purposes of this section whether the company ' s *franking account is in *surplus or *deficit immediately before the end time.
Note:
Section 220-605 provides for a franking debit to arise in the company ' s franking account immediately before the end time if, immediately before the end time, the company was a former exempting entity and its exempting account was in deficit.
SECTION 220-300 NZ franking company ' s franking account affected by franking accounts of some of its 100% subsidiaries 220-300(1)
This section has effect if all these conditions are met in relation to a company (the franking donor company ) at a time:
(a) the franking donor company is at the time:
(i) an Australian resident or a *post-choice NZ franking company; and
(ii) a *100% subsidiary of a post-choice NZ franking company (the parent company ) that is not a 100% subsidiary of another company that is a member of the same *wholly-owned group as the parent company;
(b) the franking donor company is at the time a 100% subsidiary of a post-choice NZ franking company (the NZ recipient company ) in relation to which these requirements are met:
(i) there must be no companies that are *NZ residents and 100% subsidiaries of the NZ recipient company interposed between it and the franking donor company;
(ii) the NZ recipient company must be either the parent company or a 100% subsidiary of the parent company;
(c) there are interposed between the NZ recipient company and the franking donor company at the time one or more companies, each of which:
(i) is a 100% subsidiary of the NZ recipient company; and
(ii) is neither an Australian resident nor an NZ resident.
What is a post-choice NZ franking company ?
220-300(2)
A company is a post-choice NZ franking company at a time if:
(a) at the time, the company is an *NZ franking company; and
(b) the notice constituting the *NZ franking choice that makes the company an NZ franking company at the time was given to the Commissioner at or before the time.
Franking donor company ' s franking surplus when conditions met
220-300(3)
If the franking donor company ' s *franking account is in *surplus at the first time all the conditions in subsection (1) are met:
(a) a *franking debit equal to the surplus arises in the franking donor company ' s franking account immediately after that time; and
(b) a *franking credit equal to the surplus arises in the NZ recipient company ' s franking account immediately after that time.
Franking donor company ' s franking deficit when conditions met
220-300(4)
If the franking donor company ' s *franking account is in *deficit at the first time all the conditions in subsection (1) are met, subsection 205-45(3) applies in relation to the franking donor company as if:
(a) it ceased to be a *franking entity at that time; and
(b) its franking account had been in deficit to the same extent immediately before that cessation.
Note:
Subsection 205-45(3) makes an entity liable to pay franking deficit tax if the entity ceases to be a franking entity and had a franking deficit immediately before ceasing to be a franking entity.
NZ recipient company ' s franking account after conditions are met
220-300(5)
If, apart from paragraph (a), a *franking credit or *franking debit would arise in the franking donor company ' s *franking account at a time (the accounting time ) that is a time when all the conditions in subsection (1) are met but after the first time at which all those conditions are met in relation to the franking donor company:
(a) the credit or debit does not arise in the franking donor company ' s franking account; and
(b) a credit or debit of the same amount arises at the accounting time in the NZ recipient company ' s franking account instead.
220-300(6)
However, subsection (5) does not apply in relation to:
(a) a *franking debit arising in the franking donor company ' s *franking account under subsection (3); or
(b) a *franking credit arising in that account because of item 5 of the table in section 205-15 in conjunction with subsection (4) of this section; or
(c) a franking debit arising in that account under paragraph 220-605(3)(a) .
Note 1:
Item 5 of the table in section 205-15 gives rise to a franking credit immediately after a liability to franking deficit tax arises. Subsection (4) of this section causes such a liability to arise under section 205-45 .
Note 2:
Paragraph 220-605(3)(a) gives rise to a franking debit if the NZ franking choice of a company that is a former exempting entity is revoked or cancelled and the company ' s exempting account is in deficit immediately before the revocation or cancellation.
Franking donor company ' s benchmark franking percentage
220-300(7)
Subsection (5) does not affect the franking donor company ' s *benchmark franking percentage.
Special rules if franking donor company is former exempting entity
220-300(8)
If the franking donor company becomes a *former exempting entity at the first time all the conditions in subsection (1) are met:
(a) subsections (3) and (4) do not apply; and
(b) subsection (5) does not apply in relation to:
(i) a *franking credit arising in the franking donor company ' s *franking account under item 1 of the table in section 208-130 immediately after that time; or
(ii) a *franking debit arising in the franking donor company ' s franking account under item 1 of the table in section 208-145 immediately after that time.
Note:
Subsection (8) ensures that the franking donor company ' s franking account has a nil balance immediately after the company becomes a former exempting entity and that there is an appropriate balance in the company ' s exempting account that is not made available for use by the NZ recipient company in franking distributions.
SECTION 220-350 Providing for a franking credit to arise 220-350(1)
This section has effect if:
(a) an *NZ franking company makes a *franked distribution to a company (the receiving company ); and
(b) the distribution does not *flow indirectly through the receiving company to another entity; and
(c) because of section 768-5 , or section 23AI or 23AK of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 :
(i) all of the distribution is *exempt income, or is *non-assessable non-exempt income, in the hands of the receiving company; or
(ii) part of the distribution is exempt income, or is non-assessable non-exempt income, in the hands of the receiving company.
220-350(2)
A *franking credit arises in the receiving company ' s *franking account on the day on which the distribution is made.
Note:
If only part of the distribution is exempt income or non-assessable non-exempt income:
220-350(3)
The amount of the *franking credit that so arises is:
(a) if subparagraph (1)(c)(i) applies - the amount of the franking credit on the distribution made by the *NZ franking company; or
(b) if subparagraph (1)(c)(ii) applies - so much of the franking credit on the distribution made by the NZ franking company as is attributable to the part of the distribution referred to in that subparagraph.
220-350(4)
The table in subsection 205-15(1) has effect subject to this section.
SECTION 220-400 Gross-up and tax offset for distribution from NZ franking company reduced by supplementary dividend 220-400(1)
This section has effect if:
(a) an *NZ franking company:
(i) makes a *franked distribution to an entity (the recipient ) in an income year; and
(ii) pays a supplementary dividend (as defined in section OB1 of the Income Tax Act 1994 of New Zealand) to the recipient in connection with the franked distribution; and
(b) an amount is included in the recipient ' s assessable income for the income year under section 207-20 , and the recipient is entitled to a *tax offset for the income year under that section or section 207-110 ; and
(c) the recipient is entitled to a tax offset under Division 770 because of the inclusion of the *distribution in the recipient ' s assessable income for the income year.
(d) (Repealed by No 83 of 2004)
Reduced gross-up
220-400(2)
The amount included in the recipient ' s assessable income under section 207-20 is reduced by the amount of the supplementary dividend (but not below zero).
Reduced tax offset
220-400(3)
The amount of the *tax offset under section 207-20 is reduced by the amount of the supplementary dividend (but not below zero).
What happens if certain provisions apply
220-400(4)
Subsections (2) and (3) do not apply to the recipient in relation to the *franked distribution if one or more of the following provisions also apply to the recipient in relation to the distribution:
(a) subsection 207-90(1) ;
(b) subsection 207-90(2) ;
(c) subsection 207-145(1) ;
(d) subsection 207-145(2) .
220-400(5)
If subsection 207-90(2) or 207-145(2) would also apply to the recipient in relation to the *franked distribution, apply that subsection on the basis that:
(a) the amount of the *franking credit on the distribution;
had been reduced by:
(b) so much of the supplementary dividend as does not exceed that amount of the franking credit.
Relationship with sections 207-20, 207-90 and 207-145
220-400(6)
Sections 207-20 , 207-90 and 207-145 have effect subject to this section.
SECTION 220-405 Franked distribution and supplementary dividend flowing indirectly 220-405(1)
This section has effect if:
(a) an *NZ franking company:
(i) makes a *franked distribution; and
(ii) pays a supplementary dividend (as defined in section OB1 of the Income Tax Act 1994 of New Zealand) in connection with the franked distribution; and
(b) the franked distribution and the supplementary dividend *flow indirectly to an entity (the recipient ) in an income year because the recipient is a partner in a partnership or a beneficiary or trustee of a trust; and
(c) the recipient is entitled under section 207-45 to a *tax offset in connection with the *distribution; and
(d) the recipient is entitled to a tax offset under Division 770 for the income year because of the distribution.
(e) (Repealed by No 83 of 2004)
Recipient that is a partner or beneficiary
220-405(2)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the recipient under subsection 207-50(2) or (3), then:
(a) the recipient can deduct an amount for the income year that is equal to so much of its share of the supplementary dividend as does not exceed:
(i) if the distribution flows indirectly to the recipient under subsection 207-50(2) - the recipient ' s individual interest in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in that subsection; or
(ii) if the distribution flows indirectly to the recipient under subsection 207-50(3) - the recipient ' s share amount in relation to the distribution that is mentioned in that subsection; and
(b) the recipient ' s *tax offset under section 207-45 is reduced by so much of the deduction under paragraph (a) as does not exceed its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
Recipient that is a trustee
220-405(3)
If the *franked distribution *flows indirectly to the recipient under subsection 207-50(4) , then:
(a) the share amount mentioned in that subsection in relation to the distribution is reduced by so much of the recipient ' s share of the supplementary dividend as does not exceed that share amount; and
(b) the recipient ' s *tax offset under section 207-45 is reduced by so much of the reduction under paragraph (a) as does not exceed its *share of the *franking credit on the distribution.
What happens if certain provisions apply
220-405(4)
Subsection (2) or (3) (as appropriate) does not apply to the recipient in relation to the *franked distribution if one or more of the following provisions also apply to the recipient in relation to the distribution:
(a) subsection 207-95(1) ;
(b) subsection 207-95(5);
(c) subsection 207-150(1) ;
(d) subsection 207-150(5) .
220-405(5)
If subsection 207-90(5) or 207-150(5) would also apply to the recipient in relation to the *franked distribution, apply that subsection on the basis that:
(a) the amount of the recipient ' s *share of the *franking credit on the distribution;
had been reduced by:
(b) so much of the recipient ' s share of the supplementary dividend as does not exceed the amount of that share of the franking credit.
When does a supplementary dividend flow to an entity?
220-405(6)
A supplementary dividend flows indirectly to an entity if it would have *flowed indirectly to the entity under subsection 207-50(2) , (3) or (4), if:
(a) the dividend had been a *franked distribution; and
(b) a reference in that subsection to the entity ' s *share of the franked distribution had been a reference to the entity ' s share of the supplementary dividend.
Share of supplementary dividend
220-405(7)
The entity ' s share of the supplementary dividend is worked out as follows:
Amount of the
supplementary dividend |
× | Entity
'
s *share
of the *franked distribution Amount of the *franked distribution |
220-405(8)
Nothing in this section has the effect of including in the entity ' s assessable income its share of the supplementary dividend.
Relationship with Subdivisions 207-B, 207-D, 207-E and 207-F
220-405(9)
Subdivisions 207-B , 207-D , 207-E and 207-F have effect subject to this section.
SECTION 220-410 Franking credit reduced if tax offset reduced 220-410(1)
If, under section 220-400 or 220-405 , a *corporate tax entity's *tax offset (the reduced tax offset ) for the *franked distribution described in that section is less than it would be apart from that section, the *franking credit arising in that entity's *franking account because of the *distribution is equal to the reduced tax offset.
220-410(2)
The following provisions have effect subject to this section:
(a) items 3 and 4 of the table in section 205-15 ;
(b) items 5 and 6 of the table in section 219-15 .
Note:
Each of those items gives rise to a franking credit for a franked distribution if the recipient is entitled under Division 207 to a tax offset for the distribution. Those items provide that the amount of the credit equals the amount of that offset.
Rules about exempting entities
SECTION 220-500 Publicly listed post-choice NZ franking company and its 100% subsidiaries are not exempting entities 220-500(1)
A company is not an *exempting entity at a particular time if:
(a) it is a *post-choice NZ franking company at the time; and
(b) the company is a *listed public company at the time.
220-500(2)
A company (the non-exempting company ) is not an *exempting entity at a particular time if at the time:
(a) the non-exempting company is a *100% subsidiary of a company (the listed company ) that is not an exempting entity because of subsection (1); and
(b) the non-exempting company is an Australian resident or a *post-choice NZ franking company; and
(c) if:
(i) there are one or more companies interposed between the non-exempting company and the listed company; and
all of the interposed companies that are NZ residents are post-choice NZ franking companies.
(ii) one or more of the interposed companies are *NZ residents;
220-500(3)
This section has effect despite section 208-20 (about an entity being an *exempting entity).
SECTION 220-505 Post-choice NZ franking company is not automatically prescribed person 220-505(1)
A *post-choice NZ franking company is not a prescribed person under section 208-40 for the purposes of working out whether another *corporate tax entity is an *exempting entity at a particular time because it is effectively owned by prescribed persons within the meaning of section 208-25 .
220-505(2)
However, this section does not prevent the company from being taken under section 208-45 to be a prescribed person for those purposes.
SECTION 220-510 Parent company ' s status as prescribed person sets status of all other members of same wholly-owned group 220-510(1)
This section has effect for the purposes of working out whether a company is an *exempting entity at a particular time because it is effectively owned by prescribed persons within the meaning of section 208-25 , if:
(a) at the time the company is a *100% subsidiary of another company (the parent company ) that is not a 100% subsidiary of another member of the same *wholly-owned group; and
(b) at the time the parent company is a *post-choice NZ franking company; and
(c) there is at least one company (the non-Tasman company ) that meets all these conditions:
(i) the non-Tasman company is neither an Australian resident nor an *NZ resident at the time;
(ii) the non-Tasman company is a member of the same wholly-owned group at the time;
(iii) the non-Tasman company is interposed between the parent company and a company that, at the time, is an Australian resident or a post-choice NZ franking company.
220-510(2)
At the time, each company that is a *100% subsidiary of the parent company is a prescribed person if the parent company is a prescribed person at the time for those purposes because of section 208-40 or 208-45 (taking account of section 220-505 , if relevant).
220-510(3)
At the time, each company that is a *100% subsidiary of the parent company is not a prescribed person if the parent company is not a prescribed person for those purposes because of section 208-40 or 208-45 (taking account of section 220-505 , if relevant).
220-510(4)
This section has effect despite sections 208-40 , 208-45 and 220-505 so far as those sections apply in relation to a *100% subsidiary of the parent company.
NZ franking companies' exempting accounts
220-600 (Repealed) SECTION 220-600 Keeping exempting accounts in Australian currency
(Repealed by No 67 of 2003)
This section has effect if:
(a) a company has made an *NZ franking choice; and
(b) the choice is revoked or cancelled at a time (the end time ); and
(c) immediately before the end time:
(i) the company is a foreign resident; and
(ii) the company is a *former exempting entity.
Exempting debit if exempting surplus just before end time
220-605(2)
An *exempting debit arises in the company ' s *exempting account at the end time if the account was in *surplus immediately before that time. The amount of the debit equals the *exempting surplus.
If exempting deficit just before end time
220-605(3)
If the company ' s *exempting account was in *deficit immediately before the end time:
(a) a *franking debit equal to that deficit arises in the company ' s *franking account immediately before the end time; and
(b) an *exempting credit equal to that deficit arises in the company ' s exempting account at the end time.
SECTION 220-700 Tax effect of distribution franked by NZ franking company with an exempting credit 220-700(1)
This section has effect if an *NZ franking company *franks with an exempting credit a *distribution the company makes when it is a *former exempting entity.
220-700(2)
If, under Subdivision 208-H , Division 207 applies in relation to the *distribution, it applies subject to the provisions of this Division that modify the effect of that Division.
Note 1:
Subdivision 208-H provides in some cases for the tax effect of a distribution franked with an exempting credit by applying Division 207 as if the distribution were a franked distribution.
Note 2:
Sections 220-400 and 220-405 modify the effect of Division 207 so far as it relates to the tax effect of distributions by NZ franking companies that pay supplementary dividends in connection with the distributions.
220-700(3)
Subdivision 208-H has effect subject to this section.
Joint and several liability for NZ resident company's unmet franking liabilities
SECTION 220-800 Joint and several liability for NZ resident company's franking tax etc. 220-800(1)
This section has effect if:
(a) a company (the defaulter ) became liable under another section to pay an amount described in subsection (2) because the company was an *NZ franking company; and
(b) the amount was unpaid by the time (the defaulter's due time ) it was due and payable by the defaulter; and
(c) at any time during the period for the amount (see subsection (2)), the defaulter was a member of the same *wholly-owned group as one or more other companies (each of which is a contributor ).
220-800(2)
For the purposes of subsection (1), the amount and period are shown in the table:
Amount and period | ||
Item | For an amount of this kind: | The period is: |
1 | *Franking deficit tax | Whichever of these periods is relevant:
(a) if the defaulter was liable to pay the tax because its franking account was in deficit at the end of an income year - that income year; (b) if the defaulter was liable to pay the tax because of another event - the period starting at the start of the income year in which the event occurred and ending when the event occurred |
2 | *Over-franking tax | The income year in which the defaulter made the *frankable distribution that made the defaulter liable to pay the tax |
3 | *General interest charge on *franking deficit tax or *over-franking tax | The period identified under item 1 or 2 for the tax |
4 | Administrative penalty that:
(a) is mentioned in section 284-75, 284-145, 286-75 or 288-25 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 ; and (b) relates entirely to *franking deficit tax or *over-franking tax |
The period identified under item 1 or 2 for the tax |
220-800(3)
Just after the defaulter's due time, these companies become jointly and severally liable to pay the unpaid amount:
(a) the defaulter;
(b) each contributor, other than one that, at that time:
(i) is neither an Australian resident nor an *NZ resident; or
(ii) is prohibited by an *Australian law or a law of New Zealand from entering into an *arrangement that would make the contributor jointly or severally liable for the unpaid amount.
220-800(4)
The joint and several liability of a particular contributor becomes due and payable by the contributor 14 days after the Commissioner gives it written notice of the liability.
Note 1:
Two or more contributors will have different due and payable dates for the same liability if the Commissioner gives them notice of their liability on different days.
Note 2:
This section does not affect the time at which the liability for the unpaid amount arose for, or became due and payable by, the defaulter.
220-800(5)
If:
(a) the unpaid amount (the first interest amount ) is *general interest charge for a day in relation to another unpaid amount (the primary liability ) that consists of *franking deficit tax or *over-franking tax; and
(b) on a day the Commissioner gives a particular contributor written notice under subsection (4) of the contributor's liability for the first interest amount; and
(c) general interest charge arises:
(i) for a day (the later day ) after the days mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b); and
(ii) in relation to the primary liability; and
(d) the general interest charge for the later day has not been paid or otherwise discharged in full by the time it became due and payable;
the Commissioner is taken to have given the contributor written notice under subsection (4) of the general interest charge for the later day on that later day.
220-800(6)
Section 254 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies in relation to the contributors ' liability as if it were a liability for tax.
Note:
Section 254 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 deals with the payment of tax by agents and trustees.
PART 3-10 - FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS
This Division is about the tax treatment of gains and losses from your financial arrangements.
You recognise the gains and losses, as appropriate, over the life of a financial arrangement and ignore distinctions between income and capital unless specific rules apply.
If it is sufficiently certain that you will make a gain or loss, you use a compounding accruals method to recognise the gain or loss. Otherwise you use a realisation method. Instead of either, you may be able to choose to use a fair value or hedging method or to rely on your financial reports. You may also be able to choose to recognise foreign exchange gains and losses using a retranslation method.
You have a financial arrangement if you have one or more cash settlable legal or equitable rights and/or obligations to receive or provide a financial benefit.
230-5(2)
This Division does not apply to all financial arrangements. The main exceptions are if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) a superannuation entity or fund, managed investment scheme or an entity substantially similar to a managed investment scheme under foreign law with assets of less than $100 million; or
(iii) an ADI, securitisation vehicle or other financial sector entity with an aggregated turnover of less than $20 million; or
and either:
(iv) another entity with an aggregated turnover of less than $100 million, financial assets of less than $100 million and assets of less than $300 million;
(iva) the arrangement is to end not more than 12 months after you start to have it; or
(v) the arrangement is not a qualifying security; or
(b) the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 (equity interests etc) and neither a fair value election, a hedging financial arrangement election nor an election to rely on financial reports applies to the arrangement.
Note:
Section 230-455 provides for the exceptions referred to in paragraph (a).
Subdivision 230-A - Core rules
SECTION 230-10 230-10 Objects of this Division
The objects of this Division are:
(a) to minimise the extent to which the tax treatment of gains and losses from your *financial arrangements distorts, by providing inappropriate impediments and stimulation, your trading, financing and investment decisions and your risk taking and risk management; and
(b) to do so by aligning more closely the tax and commercial recognition of gains and losses from your financial arrangements in the following ways:
(i) by allocating the gains and losses to income years throughout the life of your financial arrangements on a reasonable basis;
(ii) by generally recognising gains and losses on revenue rather than capital account; and
(c) to appropriately take account of, and minimise, your compliance costs.
SECTION 230-15 Gains are assessable and losses deductible
Gains
230-15(1)
Your assessable income includes a gain you make from a *financial arrangement.
Note:
This Division does not apply to gains that are subject to exceptions under Subdivision 230-H .
Losses
230-15(2)
You can deduct a loss you make from a *financial arrangement, but only to the extent that: (a) you make it in gaining or producing your assessable income; or (b) you necessarily make it in carrying on a *business for the purpose of gaining or producing your assessable income.
Note:
This Division does not apply to losses that are subject to exceptions under Subdivision 230-H .
230-15(3)
You can also deduct a loss you make from a *financial arrangement if: (a) you are an *Australian entity; and (b) you make the loss in deriving income from a foreign source; and (c) the income is *non-assessable non-exempt income under section 768-5 , or section 23AI or 23AK of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; and (d) the loss is, in whole or in part, a cost that is covered by paragraph 820-40(1)(a) .
You can deduct the loss only to the extent to which it is a cost that is covered by paragraph 820-40(1)(a) .
Note:
This Division does not apply to losses that are subject to exceptions under Subdivision 230-H .
230-15(4)
If the *financial arrangement is a *debt interest, the loss is not prevented from being deductible for an income year under subsection (2) merely because of either or both of the following: (a) one or more of the *financial benefits that are taken into account in working out the amount of the loss are *contingent on aspects of the economic performance (whether past, current or future) of:
(i) you or a part of your activities; or
(b) one or more of the financial benefits that are taken into account in working out the amount of the loss secure a permanent or enduring benefit for you or a connected entity of yours.
(ii) a *connected entity of yours or a part of the activities of a connected entity of yours;
230-15(4A)
A *dividend on a *debt interest is a loss you can deduct to the extent to which it would have been a deductible loss under subsection (2) if: (a) the payment of the amount of the dividend were the incurring of a liability to pay the same amount as interest; and (b) that interest were incurred in respect of the finance raised by you in respect of which the dividend was paid or provided; and (c) the debt interest retained its character as a debt interest for the purposes of subsection (4) .
230-15(5)
Subject to subsection (6) , subsection (4) does not apply to the loss to the extent to which the annually compounded internal rate of return on the *debt interest exceeds the *benchmark rate of return for the debt interest increased by 150 basis points.
230-15(6)
If: (a) regulations made for the purposes of subsection 25-85(6) provide that a specified number of basis points is to apply for the purposes of applying subsection 25-85(5) in particular circumstances; and (b) those circumstances exist in relation to the *debt interest;
subsection (5) applies as if the reference in that subsection to 150 basis points were a reference to the number of basis points specified in the regulations.
Division does not affect foreign residence rules
230-15(7)
Nothing in this Division affects the operation of the provisions of Division 6 that provide for the significance of foreign residence for the assessability of ordinary and statutory income.
Note 1:
Gains that you make under this Division may be ordinary or statutory income for the purposes of Division 6 .
Note 2:
For the effect of a change of residence during an income year, see sections 230-485 and 230-490 .
Application of section
230-20(1)
This section applies to the following:
(a) a gain that is included in your assessable income for an income year under this Division;
(b) a loss that is allowable as a deduction to you for an income year under this Division;
(c) a gain or a loss that is dealt with in accordance with subsection 230-310(4) in relation to an income year.
Purpose of this section
230-20(2)
The purpose of this section is to ensure that your gains and losses, and *financial benefits, to which this section applies are taken into account only once under this Act in working out your taxable income.
Gain or loss to be taken into account only once
230-20(3)
A gain or loss to which this section applies is not to be (to any extent):
(a) included in your assessable income; or
(b) allowable as a deduction to you; or
(c) dealt with in accordance with subsection 230-310(4) ;
again under this Division for the same or any other income year.
230-20(4)
A gain or loss to which this section applies is not to be (to any extent):
(a) included in your assessable income; or
(b) allowable as a deduction to you;
under any provisions of this Act outside this Division for the same or any other income year.
Section does not give rise to exempt income
230-20(5)
A gain is not to be treated as *exempt income merely because it is not included in your assessable income under this section.
Application of section
230-25(1)
This section applies to a *financial benefit whose amount or value is taken into account in working out whether you make, or the amount of, a gain or loss to which paragraph 230-20(1)(a), (b) or (c) applies.
Associated financial benefit to be taken into account only once
230-25(2)
A *financial benefit to which this section applies is not to be (to any extent):
(a) included in your assessable income; or
(b) allowable as a deduction to you;
under any provision of this Act outside this Division for the same or any other income year.
Exception for certain bad debts
230-25(3)
If:
(a) a *financial benefit has been included in your assessable income under a provision of this Act outside this Division; and
(b) a bad debt deduction would have been allowed under section 25-35 in relation to the financial benefit;
subsection (2) does not prevent that bad debt deduction from being allowed under section 25-35 in relation to the financial benefit as if the debt were still outstanding.
Section does not give rise to exempt income
230-25(4)
A *financial benefit is not to be treated as *exempt income merely because it is not included in your assessable income under this section.
Despite section 230-15 , a gain that you make from a *financial arrangement:
(a) to the extent that it reflects an amount that would be treated, or would reasonably expected to be treated, as *exempt income under a provision of this Act if this Division were disregarded - is exempt income; and
(b) to the extent that it reflects an amount that would be treated or would reasonably expected to be treated, as *non-assesable non-exempt income under a provision of this Act if this Division were disregarded - is not assessable income and is not exempt income.
230-30(2)
Despite section 230-15 , a gain that you make from a *financial arrangement:
(a) to the extent that, if it had been a loss, you would have made it in gaining or producing *exempt income - is exempt income; and
(b) to the extent to which, if it had been a loss, you would have made it in gaining or producing *non-assessable non-exempt income - is not assessable income and is not exempt income.
230-30(3)
A loss you make from a *financial arrangement is not allowable as a deduction to you under any provision of this Act (other than subsection 230-15(3) ) to the extent that you make it in gaining or producing your:
(a) *exempt income; or
(b) *non-assessable non-exempt income.
Borrowings etc. used for private or domestic purpose
230-35(1)
Subsections (2) and (3) apply if:
(a) a *borrowing is made by you, or credit is provided to you, under a *financial arrangement; and
(b) you use some or all of the funds borrowed or the credit provided for a private or domestic purpose.
230-35(2)
This Division does not apply to a gain you make from the arrangement to the extent that you use the funds raised or the credit provided for a private or domestic purpose.
230-35(3)
A loss you make from the arrangement is not allowable as a deduction to you under any provision of this Act to the extent that you use the funds raised or the credit provided for a private or domestic purpose.
Derivative financial arrangement held for private or domestic purpose
230-35(4)
Subsections (5) and (6) apply if:
(a) you are an individual; and
(b) you make a gain or loss from a *derivative financial arrangement; and
(c) the arrangement is held, wholly or in part, for a private or domestic purpose.
230-35(5)
This Division does not apply to a gain you make from the arrangement to the extent that the arrangement is held or used for a private or domestic purpose.
230-35(6)
A loss you make from the arrangement is not allowable as a deduction to you under any provision of this Act to the extent that the arrangement is held or used for a private or domestic purpose.
SECTION 230-40 Methods for taking gain or loss into account
Methods available
230-40(1)
The methods that can be applied to take account of a gain or loss you make from a *financial arrangement are:
(a) the accruals and realisation methods provided for in Subdivision 230-B ; or
(b) the fair value method provided for in Subdivision 230-C ; or
(c) the foreign exchange retranslation method provided for in Subdivision 230-D ; or
(d) the hedging financial arrangement method provided for in Subdivision 230-E ; or
(e) the method of relying on your financial reports provided for in Subdivision 230-F ; or
(f) a balancing adjustment provided for in Subdivision 230-G .
Note:
The methods referred to in paragraphs (b) to (e) only apply if you make an election under the relevant Subdivision and you must meet certain requirements before you can make such an election.
230-40(2)
A gain or loss is not taken into account under any of the methods referred to in paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (e) to the extent to which it is taken into account under the method referred to in paragraph (1)(f) (balancing adjustment).
230-40(3)
A gain or loss is not taken into account under the method referred to in paragraph (1)(f) (balancing adjustment) to the extent to which it is taken into account under the method referred to in paragraph (1)(d) (hedging financial arrangement method).
Note:
The hedging financial arrangement method may take some account of the gain or loss by reference to the balancing adjustment method (see subsection 230-300(5) ).
Elections override accruals and realisation methods
230-40(4)
Subdivision 230-B (accruals and realisation method) does not apply to a gain or loss you make from a *financial arrangement:
(a) to the extent that Subdivision 230-C (fair value method) applies to the gain or loss; or
Note:
See subsection (5) of this section and subsection 230-230(4) .
(b) to the extent that Subdivision 230-D (foreign exchange retranslation method) applies to the gain or loss; or
(c) to the extent that Subdivision 230-E (hedging financial arrangements method) applies to the arrangement; or
(d) if Subdivision 230-F (method of relying on financial reports) applies to the arrangement; or
(e) if the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 (equity interests etc.).
Priorities among election methods
230-40(5)
Subdivision 230-C (fair value method) does not apply to a gain or loss you make from a *financial arrangement:
(a) to the extent that Subdivision 230-E (hedging financial arrangements method) applies to the arrangement; or
(b) if Subdivision 230-F (method of relying on financial reports) applies to the arrangement.
230-40(6)
Subdivision 230-D (foreign exchange retranslation method) does not apply to a gain or loss you make from a *financial arrangement:
(a) if Subdivision 230-C (fair value method) applies to the arrangement; or
(b) to the extent that Subdivision 230-E (hedging financial arrangements method) applies to the arrangement; or
(c) if Subdivision 230-F (method of relying on financial reports) applies to the arrangement.
230-40(7)
Subdivision 230-F (method of relying on financial reports) does not apply to a gain or loss you make from a *financial arrangement to the extent that Subdivision 230-E (hedging financial arrangements method) applies to the arrangement.
SECTION 230-45 Financial arrangement 230-45(1)
You have a financial arrangement if you have, under an *arrangement:
(a) a *cash settlable legal or equitable right to receive a *financial benefit; or
(b) a cash settlable legal or equitable obligation to provide a financial benefit; or
(c) a combination of one or more such rights and/or one or more such obligations;
unless:
(d) you also have under the arrangement one or more legal or equitable rights to receive something and/or one or more legal or equitable obligations to provide something; and
(e) for one or more of the rights and/or obligations covered by paragraph (d):
(i) the thing that you have the right to receive, or the obligation to provide, is not a financial benefit; or
(ii) the right or obligation is not cash settlable; and
(f) the one or more rights and/or obligations covered by paragraph (e) are not insignificant in comparison with the right, obligation or combination covered by paragraph (a), (b) or (c).
The right, obligation or combination covered by paragraph (a), (b) or (c) constitutes the financial arrangement.
Note 1:
Whether your rights and/or obligations under an arrangement constitute a financial arrangement can change over time depending on changes either to the terms of the arrangement or external circumstances (such as particular rights or obligations under the arrangement being satisfied by the parties). For example, a contract may provide for the transfer of a boat in 6 months time and payment of the contract price at the end of 2 years. Until the boat is delivered, there is no financial arrangement because of the operation of paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) above. Once the boat is delivered, there is a financial arrangement because those paragraphs are no longer applicable.
Note 2:
The operative provisions of this Division do not apply to all financial arrangements, and only apply partially to some: see the exceptions in Subdivision 230-H .
Note 3:
There are some rules in this Division that tell you what happens if an arrangement ceases to be a financial arrangement (see Subdivision 230-G and section 230-505 ).
230-45(2)
A right you have to receive, or an obligation you have to provide, a *financial benefit is cash settlable if, and only if:
(a) the benefit is money or a *money equivalent; or
(b) in the case of a right - you intend to satisfy or settle it by receiving money or a money equivalent or by starting to have, or ceasing to have, another *financial arrangement; or
(c) in the case of an obligation - you intend to satisfy or settle it by providing money or a money equivalent or by starting to have, or ceasing to have, another financial arrangement; or
(d) you have a practice of satisfying or settling similar rights or obligations as mentioned in paragraph (b) or (c) (whether or not you intend to satisfy or settle the right or obligation in that way); or
(e) you deal with the right or obligation, or with similar rights or obligations, in order to generate a profit from short-term fluctuations in price, from a dealer ' s margin, or from both; or
(f) none of paragraphs (a) to (e) applies but you satisfy subsection (3); or
(g) you are able to settle the right or obligation as mentioned in paragraph (b) or (c) (whether or not you intend to satisfy or settle the right or obligation in that way) and you do not have, as your sole or dominant purpose for entering into the arrangement under which you are to receive or provide the financial benefit, the purpose of receiving or delivering the financial benefit as part of your expected purchase, sale or usage requirements.
A reference in paragraph (b) or (c) to a financial arrangement does not include a reference to something that is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 .
Note:
Examples of dealing of the kind covered by paragraph (e) are:
230-45(3)
You satisfy this subsection if:
(a) the *financial benefit is readily convertible into money or a *money equivalent; and
(b) there is a market for the financial benefit that has a high degree of liquidity; and
(c) subsection (4) or (5) is satisfied.
230-45(4)
This subsection is satisfied if, for the recipient of the *financial benefit, the amount of the money or *money equivalent referred to in paragraph (3)(a) is not subject to a substantial risk of substantial decrease in value.
230-45(5)
This subsection is satisfied if your purpose, or one of your purposes, for entering into the arrangement under which you are to receive or provide the *financial benefit, is to receive or deliver the financial benefit:
(a) to raise or provide finance; or
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply - so that it may be converted or liquidated into money or a money equivalent (other than as part of your expected purchase, sale or usage requirements).
SECTION 230-50 Financial arrangement (equity interest or right or obligation in relation to equity interest) 230-50(1)
You also have a financial arrangement if you have an *equity interest. The equity interest constitutes the financial arrangement.
230-50(2)
You also have a financial arrangement if:
(a) you have, under an *arrangement:
(i) a legal or equitable right to receive something that is a financial arrangement under this section; or
(ii) a legal or equitable obligation to provide something that is a financial arrangement under this section; or
(iii) a combination of one or more such rights and/or obligations; and
(b) the right, obligation or combination does not constitute, or form part of, a financial arrangement under subsection 230-45(1) .
The right, obligation or combination referred to in paragraph (a) constitutes the financial arrangement.
Note 1:
Paragraph 230-40(4)(e) prevents the accruals method or the realisation method being applied to something that is a financial arrangement under this section.
Note 2:
Subsection 230-270(1) prevents the retranslation method being applied to something that is a financial arrangement under this section.
Note 3:
Subsection 230-330(1) prevents the hedging method being applied to something that is a financial arrangement under this section.
Single right or obligation or multiple rights or obligations?
230-55(1)
If you have a right to receive 2 or more *financial benefits, you are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have a separate right to receive each of those financial benefits.
230-55(2)
If you have an obligation to provide 2 or more *financial benefits, you are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have a separate obligation to provide each of those financial benefits.
230-55(3)
Subsections (1) and (2) apply for the avoidance of doubt.
Matters relevant to determining what rights and/or obligations constitute particular arrangements
230-55(4)
For the purposes of this Division, whether a number of rights and/or obligations are themselves an *arrangement or are 2 or more separate arrangements is a question of fact and degree that you determine having regard to the following:
(a) the nature of the rights and/or obligations;
(b) their terms and conditions (including those relating to any payment or other consideration for them);
(c) the circumstances surrounding their creation and their proposed exercise or performance (including what can reasonably be seen as the purposes of one or more of the entities involved);
(d) whether they can be dealt with separately or must be dealt with together;
(e) normal commercial understandings and practices in relation to them (including whether they are regarded commercially as separate things or as a group or series that forms a whole);
(f) the objects of this Division.
In applying this subsection, have regard to the matters referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) both in relation to the rights and/or obligations separately and in relation to the rights and/or obligations in combination with each other.
Example 1:
Your rights and obligations under a typical convertible note, including the right to convert the note into a share or shares, would constitute one arrangement.
Example 2:
Your rights and obligations under a typical price-linked or index-linked bond would constitute one arrangement.
Note 1:
If you raised funds by means of a contract that you would not have entered into without entering into another contract, and neither contract could be assigned to a third party without the other also being assigned, this would tend to indicate that your rights and obligations under the 2 contracts together constitute one arrangement.
Note 2:
If the commercial effect of your individual rights and/or obligations in a group or series cannot be understood without reference to the group or series as a whole, this would tend to indicate that all of your rights and/or obligations in the group or series together constitute one arrangement.
SECTION 230-60 When financial benefit provided or received under financial arrangement
Financial benefit provided under financial arrangement
230-60(1)
You are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have (or to have had) an obligation to provide a *financial benefit under a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you have (or had) an obligation to provide the financial benefit in relation to the arrangement; and
(b) the financial benefit would not otherwise be treated as one that you have (or had) an obligation to provide under the arrangement; and
(c) the financial benefit plays an integral role in determining:
(i) whether you make a gain or loss from the arrangement; or
(ii) the amount of such a gain or loss.
Paragraph (a) applies even if the entity to which you provide the financial benefit is not a party to the arrangement.
Note:
This means that the financial benefits you provide to acquire the financial arrangement (whether to the issuer, a previous holder or a third party) are taken to be financial benefits you provide under the arrangement. The financial benefits you provide may include, for example, fees paid or the forgoing of rights to receive a financial benefit.
Financial benefit received under financial arrangement
230-60(2)
You are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have (or to have had) a right to receive a *financial benefit under a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you have (or had) a right to receive the financial benefit in relation to the arrangement; and
(b) the financial benefit would not otherwise be treated as one that you have (or had) a right to receive under the arrangement; and
(c) the financial benefit plays an integral role in determining:
(i) whether you make a gain or loss from the arrangement; or
(ii) the amount of such a gain or loss.
Paragraph (a) applies even if the entity that provides the financial benefit is not a party to the arrangement.
Note:
The financial benefits you receive may include, for example, the waiving of an obligation you have to provide a financial benefit.
This section applies if:
(a) a *financial benefit plays the integral role mentioned in paragraph 230-60(1)(c) or (2)(c) in relation to a *financial arrangement; and
(b) either or both of the following apply:
(i) the financial benefit plays that role in relation to one or more other financial arrangements;
(ii) the financial benefit is provided or received for one or more other things that are not financial arrangements.
230-65(2)
For the purposes of this Division, determine the amount of the *financial benefit that plays that role in relation to a particular *financial arrangement by apportioning the actual amount of the financial benefit, on a reasonable basis, between:
(a) that financial arrangement; and
(b) each other financial arrangement (if any) in relation to which the benefit plays that role; and
(c) each other thing (if any) mentioned in subparagraph (1)(b)(ii).
Apply subsection (2) in working out whether you make, or will make, a gain or loss (and the amount of the gain or loss) at a time when:
(a) you receive a particular *financial benefit under a *financial arrangement; or
(b) one of your rights under a financial arrangement ceases.
The gain or loss is to be calculated in nominal (and not *present value) terms.
230-70(2)
You must have regard to the extent to which the *financial benefits that you have provided, or are to provide or might provide, under the *financial arrangement are reasonably attributable, at the time mentioned in subsection (1), to the benefit or right referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b).
230-70(3)
Any attribution made under subsection (2) must reflect appropriate and commercially accepted valuation principles that properly take into account:
(a) the nature of the rights and obligations under the *financial arrangement; and
(b) the risks associated with each *financial benefit, right and obligation under the arrangement; and
(c) the time value of money.
230-70(4)
(Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
Note:
Generally, no financial benefit you have provided, or are to provide or might provide, under a financial arrangement is reasonably attributable to an amount you receive that is in the nature of interest.
Apply subsection (2) in working out whether you make, or will make, a gain or loss (and the amount of the gain or loss) at a time when:
(a) you provide a particular *financial benefit under the *financial arrangement; or
(b) one of your obligations under a financial arrangement ceases.
The gain or loss is to be calculated in nominal (and not *present value) terms.
230-75(2)
You must have regard to the extent to which the *financial benefits that you have received, or are to receive or might receive, under the *financial arrangement are reasonably attributable, at the time mentioned in subsection (1), to the benefit or obligation referred to in paragraph (1)(a) or (b).
230-75(3)
Any attribution made under subsection (2) must reflect appropriate and commercially accepted valuation principles that properly take into account:
(a) the nature of the rights and obligations under the *financial arrangement; and
(b) the risks associated with each *financial benefit, right and obligation under the arrangement; and
(c) the time value of money.
230-75(4)
(Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
Note:
Generally, no financial benefit you have received, or are to receive or might receive, under a financial arrangement is reasonably attributable to an amount you provide that is in the nature of interest.
Object of section
230-80(1)
The object of this section is to stop you obtaining an inappropriate tax benefit from not working out your gains and losses in a consistent manner.
Consistent treatment for particular financial arrangement
230-80(2)
If:
(a) this Division provides that a particular method applies to gains or losses you have from a *financial arrangement; and
(b) that method allows you to choose the particular manner in which you apply that method;
you must use that manner consistently for the arrangement for all income years.
Consistent treatment for financial arrangements of essentially the same nature
230-80(3)
If:
(a) this Division provides that a particular method applies to gains or losses you have from 2 or more *financial arrangements; and
(b) that method allows you to choose the particular manner in which you apply that method;
you must use that same manner consistently for all of those financial arrangements that are essentially of the same nature.
230-80(4)
Subsection (3) does not require you to use that same manner consistently for:
(a) a * financial arrangement that you start to have on or after the time a * Commonwealth law that amends the method is made; and
(b) a financial arrangement that you start to have before that time;
if:
(c) the Commonwealth law allows you to choose to apply the method in a particular manner (being a manner in which you are not, apart from the Commonwealth law, allowed to apply the method); and
(d) the inconsistency is entirely due to you choosing to apply the method in that manner to the financial arrangement mentioned in paragraph (a).
To avoid doubt:
(a) a right is treated as a right for the purposes of this Division even if it is subject to a contingency; and
(b) an obligation is treated as an obligation for the purposes of this Division even if it is subject to a contingency.
SECTION 230-90 What this Subdivision is about
This Subdivision applies the accruals method to determine the amount and timing of gains and losses from a financial arrangement if they are sufficiently certain for such accrual to be done.
This Subdivision applies the realisation method to determine the amount and timing of gains and losses if they are not sufficiently certain to be dealt with under the accruals method.
If the accruals method is applied to a gain or loss on the basis of an estimate of a financial benefit and the benefit when received or provided is more or less than the estimate, a balancing adjustment is made to correct for the underestimate or overestimate.
If the accruals method is being applied to gains and losses from the arrangement and there is a material change to the arrangement, or the circumstances in which it operates, a reassessment is made of whether the accruals method or the realisation method should apply to gains and losses from the arrangement.
A change in circumstances may also cause a re-estimation of gains and losses that the accruals method is being applied to.
SECTION 230-95 230-95 Objects of this Subdivision
The objects of this Subdivision are:
(a) to properly recognise gains and losses from *financial arrangements by allocating them to appropriate periods of time; and
(b) to reduce compliance costs by reflecting commercial accounting concepts where appropriate; and
(c) to minimise tax deferral.
SECTION 230-100 When accruals method or realisation method applies
When accruals method applies and when realisation method applies
230-100(1)
This section tells you when to apply the accruals method and when to apply the realisation method if this Subdivision applies to gains and losses from a *financial arrangement.
Accruals method - sufficiently certain overall gain or loss at start time
230-100(2)
The accruals method provided for in this Subdivision applies to a gain or loss you have from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the gain or loss is an overall gain or loss from the arrangement; and
(b) the gain or loss is sufficiently certain at the time when you start to have the arrangement; and
(c) you choose to apply the accruals method to the gain or loss, or subsection (4) applies to the gain or loss.
Note:
Subsection 230-105(1) tells you when you have a sufficiently certain overall gain or loss.
Accruals method - sufficiently certain particular gain or loss
230-100(3)
The accruals method provided for in this Subdivision also applies to a gain or loss you have from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the gain or loss arises from a *financial benefit that you are to receive or are to provide under the arrangement; and
(b) the gain or loss:
(i) is sufficiently certain before or at the time when you start to have the arrangement and before you are to receive or provide the benefit; or
(ii) becomes sufficiently certain after the time when you start to have the arrangement and before you are to receive or provide the benefit; and
(c) the benefit has not already been taken into account in applying:
(i) the accruals method provided for in this Subdivision; or
to another gain or loss from the arrangement.
(ii) the realisation method provided for in this Subdivision;
This subsection has effect subject to subsection (4).
Note:
Subsection 230-110(1) tells you when you have a sufficiently certain gain or loss at a particular time.
Accruals method - particular gain or loss becomes sufficiently certain
230-100(3A)
The accruals method provided for in this Subdivision also applies to a gain or loss you have from a * financial arrangement if:
(a) the gain or loss arises from a * financial benefit that you are to receive or are to provide under the arrangement; and
(b) the gain or loss becomes sufficiently certain at the time you receive or provide the benefit; and
(c) at least part of the period over which the gain or loss would be spread under that method (assuming that method applied) occurs after the time you receive or provide the benefit.
This subsection has effect subject to subsection (4).
Note 1:
Subsection 230-110(1) tells you when you have a sufficiently certain gain or loss at a particular time.
Note 2:
For the period over which the gain or loss would be spread, see subsections 230-130(3) to (5) .
Accruals method - particular gain or loss from qualifying security
230-100(4)
Subsection (3) or (3A) does not apply to a gain or loss that you have from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) an entity (other than an individual) that satisfies subsection 230-455(2) , (3) or (4) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(b) the arrangement is a *qualifying security; and
(c) you have not made an election under subsection 230-455(7) .
Realisation method - gain or loss not sufficiently certain
230-100(5)
The realisation method provided for in this Subdivision applies to a gain or loss that you have from a *financial arrangement if the accruals method provided for in this Subdivision does not apply to that gain or loss.
Note:
Section 230-180 tells you how to apply the realisation method to the gain or loss.
You have a sufficiently certain overall gain or loss from a *financial arrangement at the time when you start to have the arrangement only if it is sufficiently certain at that time that you will make an overall gain or loss from the arrangement of:
(a) a particular amount; or
(b) at least a particular amount.
The amount of the gain or loss is the amount referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
Note:
Sections 230-70 and 230-75 (about apportionment of financial benefits) only apply in working out whether you make, or will make, a gain or loss (and the amount of the gain or loss) when particular events happen. They do not apply in working out, at the time when you start to have a financial arrangement, whether it is sufficiently certain that you will make an overall gain or loss from the arrangement.
230-105(2)
In applying subsection (1), you must:
(a) assume that you will continue to have the *financial arrangement for the rest of its life; and
(b) have regard to the extent of the risk that a *financial benefit that you are not sufficiently certain to provide or receive under the arrangement may reduce the amount of the gain or loss.
You have a sufficiently certain gain or loss from a *financial arrangement at a particular time if it is sufficiently certain at that time that you make, or will make, a gain or loss from the arrangement of:
(a) a particular amount; or
(b) at least a particular amount;
when one of the following occurs:
(c) you receive a particular *financial benefit under the arrangement or one of your rights under the arrangement ceases;
(d) you provide a particular financial benefit under the arrangement or one of your obligations under the arrangement ceases.
The amount of the gain or loss is the amount referred to in paragraph (a) or (b).
230-110(2)
In applying subsection (1) to work out whether you have a sufficiently certain gain or loss at a particular time:
(a) have regard to the extent of the risk that a *financial benefit that you are not sufficiently certain to provide or receive under the arrangement may reduce the amount of the gain or loss, and the extent to which such a financial benefit is, for the purposes of subsection 230-70(2) or 230-75(2) , reasonably attributable to the benefit, right or obligation mentioned in paragraph (1)(c) or (d) of this section at the time mentioned in subsection (1); and
(b) disregard any financial benefit that has already been taken into account, under subsection 230-105(1) , in working out, at the time when you started to have the arrangement, the amount of a sufficiently certain overall gain or loss from the * financial arrangement to which the accruals method applies; and
(c) disregard any financial benefit (or that part of any financial benefit) that has already been taken into account in working out the amount of a sufficiently certain gain or loss from the *financial arrangement under subsection (1).
Note:
Sections 230-70 and 230-75 allow you to apportion financial benefits provided and financial benefits received in working out the amount of a gain or loss.
In deciding for the purposes of this Subdivision whether it is sufficiently certain at a particular time that you make, or will make, a gain or loss from a *financial arrangement:
(a) have regard only to:
(i) *financial benefits that you are sufficiently certain to receive; and
(ii) financial benefits that you are sufficiently certain to provide; and
(b) have regard to those financial benefits only to the extent that the amount or value of the benefits is, at that time, fixed or determinable with reasonable accuracy.
Note:
The particular time may be the time at which you start to have the arrangement.
230-115(2)
A *financial benefit that you are to receive or provide is to be treated as one that you are sufficiently certain to receive or to provide only if:
(a) it is reasonably expected that you will receive or provide the financial benefit (assuming that you will continue to have the *financial arrangement for the rest of its life); and
(b) at least some of the amount or value of the benefit is, at that time, fixed or determinable with reasonable accuracy.
230-115(3)
In applying subsection (2) to the *financial benefit:
(a) you must have regard to:
(i) the terms and conditions of the *financial arrangement; and
(ii) accepted pricing and valuation techniques; and
(iii) the economic or commercial substance and effect of the arrangement; and
(iv) the contingencies that attach to the other financial benefits that are to be provided or received under the arrangement; and
(b) you must treat the financial benefit as if it were not contingent if it is appropriate to do so having regard to the contingencies that attach to the other financial benefits that are to be received or provided under the arrangement.
230-115(4)
In applying paragraph (2)(b) at a particular time (the reference time ) to a *financial benefit that depends on a variable that is based on:
(a) an interest rate; or
(b) a rate that solely or primarily reflects the time value of money; or
(c) a rate that solely or primarily reflects a consumer price index; or
(d) a rate that solely or primarily reflects an index prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph;
you must assume that that variable will continue to have the value it has at the reference time.
230-115(5)
Despite subsection (4), in applying paragraph (2)(b) at a particular time to a *financial benefit that depends on a rate of change to a variable that is based on:
(a) a rate that solely or primarily reflects a consumer price index; or
(b) a rate that solely or primarily reflects an index prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph;
you must assume that the rate of change to that variable will continue to be the rate of change that is current at that time.
230-115(6)
If subsection (4) or (5) applies to a gain or loss and you are determining the amount of the gain or loss at a particular time, you must also assume that that variable will continue to have the value that it has at that time.
230-115(7)
Subsections (4) and (5) do not limit paragraph (2)(b).
230-115(8)
If all of the *financial benefits provided and received under the *financial arrangement are denominated in a particular *foreign currency, those financial benefits are not to be translated into:
(a) your *applicable functional currency; or
(b) if you do not have an applicable functional currency - Australian currency;
for the purposes of applying subsection (2) to the arrangement.
230-115(9)
To avoid doubt:
(a) a *financial benefit that you have already provided at a particular time is taken to be one that it is, at that time, a financial benefit that you are sufficiently certain to provide; and
(b) a financial benefit that you have already received at a particular time is taken to be one that it is, at that time, a financial benefit that you are sufficiently certain to receive.
This section applies to a *financial arrangement that you have if, in substance or effect, and having regard to the pricing, terms and conditions of the arrangement:
(a) the arrangement consists of these things:
(i) a leg, the *financial benefits to be provided or received in respect of which are calculated by reference to, or are reasonably related to, a notional principal;
(ii) another leg, the financial benefits to be provided or received in respect of which also are calculated by reference to, or are reasonably related to, a notional principal;
(iii) if the arrangement includes one or more other things - those things; and
(b) when you start to have the arrangement, the value of the notional principal in relation to one leg is equal to the value of the notional principal in relation to the other leg; and
(c) all or part of the notional principal in relation to each leg is provided or received at a time, regardless of whether that time is different in relation to each leg.
Example:
A swap contract.
230-120(2)
To avoid doubt, the *financial benefits mentioned in subparagraphs (1)(a)(i) and (ii), and the notional principal in relation to each leg, need not actually be provided or received.
230-120(3)
In applying this Subdivision to the *financial arrangement:
(a) work out the *financial benefits from the arrangement as follows:
(i) work out the financial benefits from each thing of which the arrangement consists separately from the financial benefits from each other thing of which the arrangement consists;
(ii) ensure that results under subparagraph (i) are consistent with the timing and amount of financial benefits to be actually provided or received under the arrangement; and
(b) work out your gains and losses from the arrangement as follows:
(i) work out the gains and losses from each thing of which the arrangement consists separately from the gains and losses from each other thing of which the arrangement consists;
(ii) treat the gains and losses mentioned in subparagraph (i) for all of those things as your gains and losses from the arrangement; and
(c) in working out a gain or loss from a thing for the purposes of subparagraph (b)(i), and, if the accruals method applies to the gain or loss, howit is to be spread and allocated:
(i) if the thing is a leg - take into account the amount of the notional principal at a time and in a manner that properly reflects the way in which the financial benefits in respect of that leg are calculated; and
(ii) if the thing is not a leg - take into account an amount relevant to the thing at a time and in a manner that properly reflects the way in which the financial benefits in respect of that thing are calculated.
SECTION 230-125 230-125 Overview of the accruals method
If the accruals method applies to a gain or loss you have from a *financial arrangement:
(a) you use section 230-130 to work out the period over which the gain or loss is to be spread; and
(b) you use section 230-135 to work out how to allocate the gain or loss to particular intervals within the period over which the gain or loss is to be spread; and
(c) if an interval to which part of the gain or loss is allocated straddles 2 income years, you use section 230-170 to work out how to allocate that part of the gain or loss allocated between those 2 income years.
Period over which overall gain or loss is to be spread
230-130(1)
If you have a sufficiently certain overall gain or loss from a *financial arrangement under subsection 230-105(1) , the period over which the gain or loss is to be spread is the period that:
(a) starts when you start to have the arrangement; and
(b) ends when you will cease to have the arrangement.
In applying paragraph (b), you must assume that you will continue to have the arrangement for the rest of its life.
230-130(2)
(Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
Period over which particular gain or loss is to be spread
230-130(3)
If you have a sufficiently certain gain or loss from a *financial arrangement under subsection 230-110(1) , the period over which the gain or loss is to be spread is the period to which the gain or loss relates. Have regard to the pricing, terms and conditions of the arrangement in working out the period to which the gain or loss relates. This subsection has effect subject to subsections (4) and (5).
230-130(4)
The start of the period over which a gain or loss to which subsection (3) applies is to be spread must:
(a) not start earlier than the time when you start to have the *financial arrangement; and
(b) other than in the case of a gain or loss to which subsection 230-100(3A) or subsection (4A) of this section applies - not start earlier than the start of the income year during which it becomes sufficiently certain that you will make the gain or loss.
230-130(4A)
This subsection applies to a gain or loss to which subsection (3) applies, if:
(a) there is an impairment (within the meaning of the * accounting principles) of:
(i) the * financial arrangement; or
(ii) a financial asset or financial liability that forms part of the arrangement; and
(b) because of the impairment, you make a reassessment under section 230-185 in relation to the arrangement; and
(c) you determine on the reassessment that the gain or loss is not sufficiently certain (whether or not the gain or loss was sufficiently certain before the reassessment); and
(d) there is a reversal of the impairment loss (within the meaning of the accounting principles) that resulted from the impairment; and
(e) because of the reversal, you make a reassessment under section 230-185 in relation to the arrangement; and
(f) you determine on the reassessment that the gain or loss has become sufficiently certain.
Note:
For the income years to which the gain or loss is allocated, see section 230-170 .
230-130(5)
The end of the period over which a gain or loss to which subsection (3) applies is to be spread must not end later than the time when you will cease to have the * financial arrangement.
SECTION 230-135 How gain or loss is spread
How to spread gain or loss
230-135(1)
This section tells you how to spread a gain or loss to which the accruals method applies.
Compounding accruals or approximation
230-135(2)
The gain or loss is to be spread using:
(a) compounding accruals; or
(b) a method whose results approximate those obtained using the method referred to in paragraph (a) (having regard to the length of the period over which the gain or loss is to be spread).
230-135(3)
The following subsections of this section clarify the way in which the gain or loss is to be spread in accordance with paragraph (2)(a).
Intervals to which parts of gain or loss allocated
230-135(4)
The intervals to which parts of the gain or loss are allocated must:
(a) not exceed 12 months; and
(b) all be of the same length.
Paragraph (b) does not apply to the first and last intervals. These may be shorter than the other intervals.
Fixing of amount and rate for interval
230-135(5)
For each interval:
(a) determine a rate of return; and
(b) determine an amount to which you apply the rate of return.
230-135(6)
For the purposes of paragraph (5)(b), in determining the amount to which you apply the rate of return for an interval, have regard to:
(a) the amount or value; and
(b) the timing;
of *financial benefits that are to be taken into account in working out the amount of the gain or loss, and were provided or received by you during the interval.
230-135(6A)
However, if there is only one * financial benefit that is to be taken into account in working out the amount of the gain or loss, then, for the purposes of paragraph (5)(b), in determining the amount to which you apply the rate of return, have regard to a notional principal:
(a) by reference to which the financial benefit is calculated; or
(b) which is reasonably related to the financial benefit.
Assumption of continuing to hold arrangement for rest of its life
230-135(7)
The gain or loss is to be spread assuming that you will continue to have the *financial arrangement for the rest of its life.
Regard to be had to financial benefits provided or received in interval
230-135(8)
In allocating the gain or loss to intervals, have regard to the *financial benefits to be provided or received in each of those intervals.
This section clarifies that the method mentioned in subsection (2) of spreading gains and losses is a method covered by paragraph 230-135(2)(b) (methods approximating compounding accruals).
230-140(2)
The method is the effective interest method mentioned in *accounting standard AASB 139 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection).
230-140(3)
However, this section applies to a particular *financial arrangement you have only if:
(a) in a case where there is a discount or premium under the arrangement - when you start to have the arrangement, the annually compounded rate of return applicable to the discount or premium does not exceed 1%; and
(b) when you start to have the arrangement, neither the maximum life of the arrangement (as determined under the terms and conditions of the arrangement) nor the expected life of the arrangement exceeds:
(i) unless subparagraph (ii) applies - 30 years; or
(ii) if the regulations prescribe a different period for the purposes of this subparagraph - that period; and
(c) each *financial benefit that you have an obligation to provide or a right to receive under the arrangement, and that gives rise to a gain or loss from the arrangement (other than a gain or loss that is attributable to any discount or premium):
(i) relates to a period not exceeding 12 months; and
(ii) is to be provided or received in the period to which it relates; and
Note:
Different financial benefits may relate to different periods.
(d) you prepare a financial report for the year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(e) that financial report is:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-210(2)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-210(2)(b) ; and
(f) all gains and losses from the arrangement to which the accrual method applies are spread in a way that is consistent with that financial report.
230-140(4)
For the purposes of paragraph (3)(a), assume that you will continue to have the arrangement for the rest of its expected life.
This section applies if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for a year (the first year ); and
(b) you prepare a financial report for the subsequent year (the second year ); and
(c) your income year starts in the first year and ends in the second year; and
(d) both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year are:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-210(2)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-210(2)(b) ; and
(e) the auditor ' s reports are unqualified for both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year.
230-145(2)
For the purposes of paragraph 230-140(3)(d) , treat yourself as having prepared a financial report for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement.
230-145(3)
Work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the income year as follows:
(a) firstly, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the first year in accordance with paragraph 230-140(3)(f) (treating the first year as an income year);
(b) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (a) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(c) next, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the second year in accordance with paragraph 230-140(3)(f) (treating the second year as an income year);
(d) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (c) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(e) next:
(i) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both gains - add them together to work out the gain from the arrangement for the income year; or
(ii) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both losses - add them together to work out the loss from the arrangement for the income year; or
(iii) if one of the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) is a loss and the other is a gain - subtract the loss from the gain. If the result is positive, this is the gain from the arrangement for the income year. If the result is negative, this is the loss from the arrangement for the income year.
230-145(4)
For the purposes of paragraphs (3)(b) and (d), work out how much of the gain or loss is attributable to the income year by:
(a) using a methodology that is reasonable; and
(b) using the same methodology for the first and second years.
230-145(5)
(Repealed by No 136 of 2010 )
SECTION 230-150 Election for portfolio treatment of fees 230-150(1)
You may make an election for an income year under this section if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for the income year in accordance with:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting made under a *foreign law that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a foreign law; and
(b) the financial report is audited in accordance with:
(i) the *auditing principles; or
(ii) if the auditing principles do not apply to the auditing of the financial report - comparable standards for auditing made under a foreign law.
230-150(2)
An election under this section is irrevocable.
This section applies if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for a year (the first year ); and
(b) you prepare a financial report for the subsequent year (the second year ); and
(c) your income year starts in the first year and ends in the second year; and
(d) both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year are:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-150(1)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-150(1)(b) ; and
(e) the auditor ' s reports are unqualified for both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year.
230-155(2)
Treat yourself as eligible to make an election for the income year under subsection 230-150(1) .
230-155(3)
Work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the income year as follows:
(a) firstly, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the first year in accordance with subsections 230-160(3) and (4) or 230-165(3) and (4) (treating the first year as an income year);
(b) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (a) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(c) next, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the second year in accordance with subsections 230-160(3) and (4) or 230-165(3) and (4) (treating the second year as an income year);
(d) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (c) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(e) next:
(i) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both gains - add them together to work out the gain from the arrangement for the income year; or
(ii) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both losses - add them together to work out the loss from the arrangement for the income year; or
(iii) if one of the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) is a loss and the other is a gain - subtract the loss from the gain. If the result is positive, this is the gain from the arrangement for the income year. If the result is negative, this is the loss from the arrangement for the income year.
230-155(4)
For the purposes of paragraphs (3)(b) and (d), work out how much of the gain or loss is attributable to the income year by:
(a) using a methodology that is reasonable; and
(b) using the same methodology for the first and second years.
230-155(5)
(Repealed by No 136 of 2010 )
SECTION 230-160 Portfolio treatment of fees 230-160(1)
This section applies in relation to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you have made an election under section 230-150 in an income year; and
(b) you start to have the financial arrangement in that income year or a later income year; and
(c) the financial arrangement is part of a portfolio of similar financial arrangements; and
(d) a gain or loss to which subsection 230-130(3) applies arises in part from fees in respect of the *financial arrangement; and
(e) the fees play an integral role in determining the amount of the gain or loss; and
(f) the net amount of the fees is not expected to be significant relative to an overall gain or loss from the arrangement.
230-160(2)
For the purposes of this Division, split the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (1)(d) as follows:
(a) to the extent that it arises from the fees, treat it as a gain or loss from the *financial arrangement (the fees gain or loss ) to which subsection 230-130(3) applies;
(b) to the extent that it does not arise from the fees, treat it as a separate gain or loss from the financial arrangement to which subsection 230-130(3) applies.
Note:
The separate gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (b) may itself be split under subsection 230-165(2) (premium/discount gain or loss).
Determination of period for fees gain or loss
230-160(3)
The period over which the fees gain or loss is to be spread is the period that you determine to be the expected life of the portfolio, if:
(a) the basis on which you determine the period accords with the spreading of the fees gain or loss for the purposes of the profit or loss statement of the financial report mentioned in paragraph 230-150(1)(a) ; and
(b) the basis on which you determine the period is set and recorded before any fees in respect of the *financial arrangement fall due; and
(c) the period can be justified objectively; and
(d) the period is reasonable in the circumstances.
Spreading the fees gain or loss
230-160(4)
The method by which the fees gain or loss is to be spread is the method that you determine, if:
(a) the basis on which you determine the method accords with the spreading of the fees gain or loss for the purposes of the profit or loss statement of the financial report mentioned in paragraph 230-150(1)(a) ; and
(b) the method is determined before any fees in respect of the *financial arrangement fall due; and
(c) the method can be justified objectively; and
(d) the method is reasonable in the circumstances.
230-160(5)
To avoid doubt, subsections (3) and (4) apply despite sections 230-130 and 230-135 .
This section applies in relation to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you have made an election under section 230-150 in an income year; and
(b) you start to have the financial arrangement in that income year or a later income year; and
(c) the financial arrangement is part of a portfolio of similar financial arrangements; and
(d) a gain or loss to which subsection 230-130(3) applies arises in part from a premium or discount in starting to have the portfolio; and
(e) the gain or loss is not expected to be significant relative to the amount of the gain or loss on the portfolio.
230-165(2)
For the purposes of this Division, split the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (1)(d) as follows:
(a) to the extent that it arises from the premium or discount, treat it as a gain or loss from the *financial arrangement (the premium/discount gain or loss ) to which subsection 230-130(3) applies;
(b) to the extent that it does not arise from the premium or discount, treat it as a separate gain or loss from the financial arrangement to which subsection 230-130(3) applies.
Note:
The separate gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (b) may itself be split under subsection 230-160(2) (portfolio fees gain or loss).
Determination of period for premium/discount gain or loss
230-165(3)
The period over which the premium/discount gain or loss is to be spread is the period that you determine to be the expected life of the portfolio, if:
(a) the basis on which you determine the period accords with the spreading of the premium/discount gain or loss for the purposes of the profit or loss statement of the financial report mentioned in paragraph 230-150(1)(a) ; and
(b) the basis on which you determine the period is set and recorded before you start to have the *financial arrangement; and
(c) the period can be justified objectively; and
(d) the period is reasonable in the circumstances.
Spreading the premium/discount gain or loss
230-165(4)
The method by which the premium/discount gain or loss is to be spread is the method that you determine, if:
(a) the basis on which you determine the method accords with the spreading of the premium/discount gain or loss for the purposes of the profit or loss statement of the financial report mentioned in paragraph 230-150(1)(a) ; and
(b) the method is determined before you start to have the *financial arrangement; and
(c) the method can be justified objectively; and
(d) the method is reasonable in the circumstances.
230-165(5)
To avoid doubt, subsections (3) and (4) apply despite sections 230-130 and 230-135 .
You are taken, for the purposes of section 230-15 , to make, for an income year, a gain or loss equal to a part of a gain or loss if:
(a) that part of the gain or loss is allocated to an interval under section 230-135 ; and
(b) that interval falls wholly within that income year.
230-170(2)
If:
(a) a part of a gain or loss is allocated to an interval under section 230-135 ; and
(b) that interval straddles 2 income years;
you are taken, for purposes of section 230-15 , to make a gain or loss equal to so much of that part of the gain or loss as is allocated between those income years on a reasonable basis.
230-170(2A)
Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to a part of a gain or loss if:
(a) subsection 230-100(3A) or 230-130(4A) applies to the gain or loss; and
(b) that part of the gain or loss is allocated to an interval under section 230-135 ; and
(c) that interval ends before or during the income year during which the gain or loss becomes sufficiently certain (as mentioned in paragraph 230-100(3A)(b) or 230-130(4A)(f) , whichever is applicable).
Instead, you are taken, for the purposes of section 230-15 , to make, for that income year, a gain or loss equal to that part of that gain or loss.
230-170(3)
If:
(a) a *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group has a *financial arrangement; and
(b) a subsidiary member of the group ceases to be a member of the group at a particular time (the leaving time ); and
(c) immediately after the leaving time, the head company no longer has the arrangement because the subsidiary member ceased to be a member of the group;
an income year of the group is taken, for the purposes of applying this section to the group and the arrangement, to end at the leaving time.
This section applies if:
(a) there is an impairment (within the meaning of the * accounting principles) of:
(i) a * financial arrangement; or
(ii) a financial asset or financial liability that forms part of a financial arrangement; and
(b) you make a loss from the financial arrangement as a result of the impairment; and
(c) the accruals method applies to the loss.
230-172(2)
You cannot deduct a loss you make for an income year under section 230-15 , to the extent that the loss results from the impairment (including as affected by any later reversal of the impairment loss (within the meaning of the * accounting principles) that resulted from the impairment).
230-172(3)
Disregard subsection (2) for the purposes of paragraph (c) of step 1 of the method statement in subsection 230-445(1) .
SECTION 230-175 Running balancing adjustments
Overestimate of financial benefit to be received
230-175(1)
You are taken for the purposes of this Division to make a loss from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) a provision of this Subdivision has applied on the basis that you were sufficiently certain, at a particular time, to receive a *financial benefit of, or of at least, a particular amount under the arrangement; and
(b) when you receive the benefit (or the time comes for you to receive the benefit), the amount you receive (or are to receive) is nil or is less than the amount estimated.
The amount of the loss is equal to the difference between the amount estimated and the amount you receive (or are to receive). You are taken to have made the loss for the income year in which you receive the benefit (or in which the time comes for you to receive the benefit).
230-175(1A)
Subsection (1) does not apply to the extent that the difference results from:
(a) an impairment (within the meaning of the * accounting principles) of:
(i) the * financial arrangement; or
(ii) a financial asset or financial liability that forms part of the arrangement; or
(b) you writing off, as a bad debt, a right to a * financial benefit (or a part of a financial benefit).
Underestimate of financial benefit to be received
230-175(2)
You are taken for the purposes of this Division to make a gain from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) a provision of this Subdivision has applied on the basis that you were sufficiently certain at a particular time to receive a *financial benefit of, or of at least, a particular amount under the arrangement; and
(b) when you receive the benefit, or the time comes for you to receive the benefit, the amount you receive, or are to receive, is more than the amount estimated.
The amount of the gain is equal to the difference between the amount estimated and the amount you receive or are to receive. You are taken to have made that gain in the income year in which you receive the benefit or in which the time comes for you to receive the benefit.
230-175(2A)
Subsection (2) does not apply to the extent that the difference results from the reversal of an impairment loss (within the meaning of the * accounting principles) that resulted from an impairment (within the meaning of the accounting principles) of:
(a) the * financial arrangement; or
(b) a financial asset or financial liability that forms part of the arrangement.
Overestimate of financial benefit to be provided
230-175(3)
You are taken for the purposes of this Division to make a gain from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) a provision of this Subdivision has applied on the basis that you were sufficiently certain at a particular time to provide a *financial benefit of, or of at least, a particular amount under the arrangement; and
(b) when you provide the benefit, or the time comes for you to provide the benefit, the amount you provide, or are to provide, is nil or is less than the amount estimated.
The amount of the gain is equal to the difference between the amount estimated and the amount you provide or are to provide. You are taken to have made that gain in the income year in which you provide the benefit or in which the time comes for you to provide the benefit.
Underestimate of financial benefit to be provided
230-175(4)
You are taken for the purposes of this Division to make a loss from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) a provision of this Subdivision has applied on the basis that you were sufficiently certain at a particular time to provide a *financial benefit of, or of at least, a particular amount under the arrangement; and
(b) when you provide the benefit, or the time comes for you to provide the benefit, the amount you are to provide is more than the estimated amount referred to in paragraph (a).
The amount of the loss is equal to the difference between the amount estimated and the amount you are to provide. You are taken to have made that loss in the income year in which you provide the benefit or in which the time comes for you to provide the benefit.
SECTION 230-180 Realisation method 230-180(1)
If a gain or loss is to be taken into account using the realisation method, you are taken, for the purposes of section 230-15 , to make the gain or loss for the income year in which the gain or loss occurs.
Note:
Sections 230-70 and 230-75 allow you to apportion financial benefits provided and financial benefits received in working out the amount of the gain or loss.
230-180(2)
For the purposes of subsection (1), a gain or loss from a * financial arrangement is taken to occur at:
(a) if the last of the * financial benefits, rights and obligations taken into account in determining the amount of the gain or loss is a financial benefit - the time the financial benefit:
(i) is provided; or
(ii) if the financial benefit is not provided at the time when it is due to be provided under the arrangement and it is reasonable to expect that the financial benefit will be provided - is due to be provided; or
(b) if the last of the financial benefits, rights and obligations taken into account in determining the amount of the gain or loss is a right to receive a financial benefit or an obligation to provide a financial benefit - the time:
(i) if the right or obligation ceases before the financial benefit is provided - the right or obligation ceases; or
(ii) otherwise - the financial benefit is provided.
This subsection has effect subject to subsection (3).
230-180(3)
For the purposes of subsection (1), you make a loss from a *financial arrangement from writing off, as a bad debt, a right to a *financial benefit (or a part of a financial benefit) if:
(a) the financial benefit was taken into account in working out the amount of a gain from the arrangement and the gain has been included in your assessable income under this Division; or
(b) the right is one in respect of money that you lent in the ordinary course of your *business of lending money; or
(c) the right is one that you bought in the ordinary course of your business of lending money.
230-180(4)
The loss referred to in subsection (3) occurs when you write off the right to the *financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit) as a bad debt.
230-180(5)
The amount of the loss referred to in subsection (3) is:
(a) if paragraph (3)(a) applies - so much of the gain referred to in that paragraph as is reasonably attributable to the *financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit); or
(b) if paragraph (3)(b) applies - the amount of the financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit); or
(c) if paragraph (3)(c) applies - the amount of the financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit) but only up to the value of the financial benefit you provided to acquire the right to the financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit).
230-180(6)
For the purposes of this Act, a deduction for the loss referred to in subsection (3) is to be treated as a deduction of a bad debt.
Note:
Various provisions in this Act and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 restrict the availability of deductions for bad debts and make provision in relation to the recoupment of amounts in relation to bad debts that have been written off. These provisions are set out in subsection 25-35(5) .
SECTION 230-185 Reassessment 230-185(1)
You must make a fresh assessment of which gains and losses from a *financial arrangement the accruals method should apply to, and which gains and losses from that arrangement the realisation method should apply to, if:
(a) the accruals method, or the realisation method, provided for in this Subdivision applies to gains and losses from the arrangement; and
(b) there is a material change to:
(i) the terms and conditions of the arrangement; or
(ii) circumstances that affect the arrangement.
230-185(2)
Without limiting subsection (1), the following changes are material changes to the terms and conditions of, or circumstances that affect, the *financial arrangement:
(a) a change to the terms or conditions of the arrangement in a way that alters the essential nature of the arrangement (for example, by altering it from a *debt interest to an *equity interest or from an equity interest to a debt interest);
(b) a change to the terms or conditions of the arrangement in a way that materially affects the contingencies on which significant obligations and rights under the arrangement are dependent (for example, by introducing such a contingency or removing such a contingency);
(c) a change in circumstances that makes something that:
(i) materially affects significant obligations and rights under the arrangement; and
no longer dependent on a contingency (because, for example, only one of a number of previously possible contingencies is realised);
(ii) was previously dependent on a contingency;
(d) a change to:
(i) the terms on which credit is to be provided to an entity that is not a party to the arrangement; or
if a significant obligation or right under the arrangement is dependent on that credit being provided or that rating being maintained;
(ii) the credit rating of an entity that is not a party to the arrangement;
(e) if the arrangement is, or includes, a financial asset or financial liability and you prepare your financial reports in accordance with:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
a change to the terms or conditions of, or circumstances that affect, the arrangement that are sufficient for the financial asset or financial liability to be treated as impaired for the purposes of those principles or standards.
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting made under a *foreign law that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a foreign law;
230-185(3)
You do not need to make a reassessment under this section merely because of a change in the fair value of the *financial arrangement.
When re-estimation necessary
230-190(1)
You re-estimate a gain or loss from a *financial arrangement under subsection (5) if:
(a) the accruals method applies to the gain or loss; and
(b) circumstances arise that materially affect:
(i) the amount or value; or
of *financial benefits that were taken into account in working out the amount of the gain or loss; and
(ii) the timing;
(c) the circumstances do not give rise to a re-estimation under section 230-200 .
(d) (Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
230-190(2)
You must re-estimate the gain or loss as soon as reasonably practicable after you become aware of the circumstances referred to in paragraph (1)(b), if subsection (1) applies.
230-190(3)
Without limiting subsection (1), the following are circumstances of the kind referred to in paragraph (1)(b):
(a) a material change in market conditions that are relevant to the amount or value of the *financial benefits to be received or provided under the *financial arrangement;
(b) cash flows that were previously estimated becoming known and the difference between the cash flows that become known and the cash flows that were previously estimates is not insignificant;
(c) a right to, or a part of a right to, a financial benefit under the arrangement is written off as a bad debt;
(d) you have made a reassessment under section 230-185 in relation to gains or losses under the arrangement and you have determined on the reassessment under that section that the accruals method should continue to apply to those gains or losses.
230-190(3A)
You also re-estimate a gain or loss from a * financial arrangement under subsection (5) if:
(a) the gain or loss is spread using the method referred to in paragraph 230-135(2)(b) in accordance with section 230-140 (effective interest method); and
(b) you recalculate the effective interest rate in accordance with that method; and
(c) the terms and conditions of the arrangement provide for reset dates to occur no more than 12 months apart; and
(d) the maximum life of the arrangement (as determined under the terms and conditions of the arrangement) is more than 12 months.
230-190(3B)
You must re-estimate the gain or loss at the relevant reset date if subsection (3A) applies.
230-190(4)
You do not re-estimate the gain or loss from a *financial arrangement under subsection (5) merely because of a change in the credit rating, or the creditworthiness, of a party or parties to the arrangement.
Nature of re-estimation
230-190(5)
Making a re-estimation in relation to a gain or loss under this subsection involves:
(a) a fresh determination of the amount of the gain or loss; and
(b) a reapplication of the accruals method to the redetermined gain or loss to make a fresh allocation of the part of the redetermined gain or loss that has not already been allocated to intervals ending before the re-estimation is made to intervals ending after the re-estimation is made.
Basis for re-estimation
230-190(6)
You may make the fresh allocation of the gain or loss under subsection (5) on these bases:
(a) if you satisfy subsection (7) in relation to the *financial arrangement - by maintaining the rate of return being used and adjusting the amount to which you apply the rate of return to the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the maintained rate of return;
(b) in any case - by adjusting the rate of return and maintaining the amount to which the adjusted rate of return is to be applied.
The object to be achieved by both bases is to allow you to bring the remainder of the gain or loss based on the new estimates properly to account over the remainder of the period over which you spread the gain or loss.
Note:
The amount referred to in paragraph (b) is the amount to which the previous rate of return was being applied immediately before the re-estimation.
230-190(7)
You satisfy this subsection in relation to a *financial arrangement if every re-estimation you make under subsection (5) in relation to a gain or loss from the arrangement is made in accordance with:
(a) financial reports of the kind referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) that are audited as referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(b) (regardless of whether Subdivision 230-F (reliance on financial reports method) is to apply to a particular financial arrangement); and
(b) *accounting standard AASB 139 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph).
230-190(8)
(Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
230-190(9)
(Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
230-190(10)
(Repealed by No 85 of 2013)
This section applies if the re-estimation mentioned in section 230-190 arises because of:
(a) an impairment (within the meaning of the * accounting principles) of:
(i) the * financial arrangement; or
(ii) a financial asset or financial liability that forms part of the arrangement; or
(b) a reversal of an impairment loss (within the meaning of the accounting principles) that resulted from such an impairment.
230-192(2)
Despite paragraph 230-190(6)(a) , you must make the fresh allocation in accordance with paragraph 230-190(6)(b) .
Losses non-deductible
230-192(3)
You cannot deduct a loss you make for an income year under section 230-15 , to the extent that the loss results from:
(a) the impairment (including as affected by any later reversal of the impairment loss that resulted from the impairment); or
(b) the operation of subsection (7).
230-192(4)
Disregard subsection (3) for the purposes of paragraph (c) of step 1 of the method statement in subsection 230-445(1) .
Reversals
230-192(5)
Subsections (7) and (8) apply to the part of the gain or loss that is to be reallocated in accordance with paragraph 230-190(6)(b) , if:
(a) the fresh determination under paragraph 230-190(5)(a) that arose because of the reversal resulted in that part being a gain; and
(b) there are losses that:
(i) resulted from the impairment; and
(ii) you could have deducted apart from subsection 230-172(2) or subsection (3) of this section.
230-192(6)
Paragraph (5)(b) does not apply to a loss to the extent that:
(a) the loss reflects the amount of a loss you make under paragraph 230-195(1)(b) or (c) ; and
(b) the loss you make under paragraph 230-195(1)(b) or (c) relates to you writing off, as a bad debt, a right to receive a * financial benefit (or a part of a financial benefit).
230-192(7)
Treat the fresh determination as having resulted in that part being a loss, if the total of the losses mentioned in paragraph (5)(b) of this section exceeds the amount of the gain mentioned in paragraph (5)(a). The amount of the loss is equal to the amount of the excess.
230-192(8)
Otherwise, reduce the amount of that gain by the total of those losses.
SECTION 230-195 Balancing adjustment if rate of return maintained on re-estimation 230-195(1)
If you make a fresh allocation of the gain or loss on the basis referred to in paragraph 230-190(6)(a) , you must make the following balancing adjustment:
(a) if you re-estimate a gain and the amount to which you apply the rate of return increases - you make a gain from the *financial arrangement, for the income year in which you make the re-estimation, equal to the amount of the increase;
(b) if you re-estimate a gain and the amount to which you apply the rate of return decreases - you make a loss from the arrangement, for the income year in which you make the re-estimation, equal to the amount of the decrease;
(c) if you re-estimate a loss and the amount to which you apply the rate of return increases - you make a loss from the arrangement, for the income year in which you make the re-estimation, equal to the amount of the increase;
(d) if you re-estimate a loss and the amount to which you apply the rate of return decreases - you make a gain from the arrangement, for the income year in which you make the re-estimation, equal to the amount of the decrease.
230-195(2)
Subsection (3) applies if:
(a) the re-estimation is made wholly or partly on the basis that you have written off, as a bad debt, a right to receive a *financial benefit (or a part of a financial benefit); and
(b) the right:
(i) is not one in respect of money that you lent in the ordinary course of your *business of lending money; and
(ii) is not one that you bought in the ordinary course of your business of lending money.
230-195(3)
The balancing adjustment to be made under paragraph (1)(b), to the extent that it relates to the writing off of the bad debt, must not exceed so much of the gain in relation to the *financial arrangement as:
(a) has been assessed under this Division; and
(b) is reasonably attributable to the *financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit).
230-195(4)
Subsection (5) applies if:
(a) the re-estimation is made wholly or partly on the basis that you have written off, as a bad debt, a right to receive a *financial benefit; and
(b) the right is one that you bought in the ordinary course of your *business of lending money.
230-195(5)
The balancing adjustment to be made under paragraph (1)(b), to the extent that it relates to the writing off of the bad debt, must not exceed the value of the *financial benefit you provided to acquire the right to the financial benefit (or the part of the financial benefit).
230-195(6)
For the purposes of this Act, a deduction for the balancing adjustment referred to in subsection (3) is to be treated as a deduction of a bad debt.
Note:
Various provisions in this Act and the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 restrict the availability of deductions for bad debts and make provision in relation to the recoupment of amounts in relation to bad debts that have been written off. These provisions are set out in subsection 25-35(5) .
Re-estimation if balancing adjustment on partial disposal
230-200(1)
You also re-estimate a gain or loss from a *financial arrangement under subsection (2) if:
(a) the accruals method applies to the gain or loss; and
(b) a balancing adjustment is made in relation to the arrangement under Subdivision 230-G because you transfer to another entity:
(i) a proportionate share of all of your rights and/or obligations under the arrangement; or
(ii) a right or obligation that you have under the arrangement to a specifically identified *financial benefit; or
(iii) a proportionate share of a right or obligation that you have under the arrangement to a specifically identified financial benefit.
You must re-estimate the gain or loss as soon as reasonably practicable after the transfer occurs.
Nature of re-estimation
230-200(2)
Making a re-estimation in relation to a gain or loss under this subsection involves:
(a) a fresh determination of the amount of the gain or loss disregarding:
(i) *financial benefits; and
to the extent to which they are reasonably attributable to the proportionate share, or the right or obligation, referred to in paragraph (1)(b); and
(ii) amounts of the gain or loss that have already been allocated to intervals ending before the re-estimation is made;
(b) a reapplication of the accruals method to the redetermined gain or loss to make a fresh allocation of the part of that gain or loss that has not already been allocated to intervals ending before the re-estimation is made to intervals ending after the re-estimation is made.
Basis for re-estimation
230-200(3)
You make the fresh allocation of the gain or loss under subsection (2) by maintaining the rate of return being used and adjusting the amount to which you apply the rate of return to the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the maintained rate of return. The object to be achieved by the fresh allocation is to allow you to bring the redetermined gain or loss properly to account over the remainder of the period over which you spread the gain or loss.
The objects of this Subdivision are:
(a) to allow you to align the tax treatment of gains and losses from *financial arrangements with the accounting treatment that applies where assets and liabilities are classified or designated as at fair value through profit or loss; and
(b) to facilitate efficient price-making; and
(c) to achieve the above objects without allowing you to obtain an inappropriate tax benefit.
Election
230-210(1)
You may make a fair value election under this section if you are eligible under subsection (2) to make the election for the income year in which you make the election.
Eligibility to make fair value election for an income year
230-210(2)
You are eligible to make a fair value election for an income year if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for that income year in accordance with:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting made under a *foreign law that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a foreign law; and
(b) the financial report is audited in accordance with:
(i) the *auditing principles; or
(ii) if the auditing principles do not apply to the auditing of the financial report - comparable standards for auditing made under a foreign law.
Note:
Section 230-500 allows regulations to be made specifying particular foreign accounting and auditing standards as ones that are to be treated as comparable with Australian accounting and auditing principles for the purposes of this Division.
Election irrevocable
230-210(3)
A *fair value election is irrevocable.
Note:
The election may cease to have effect, or cease to apply to a particular financial arrangement, under section 230-240 .
This section applies if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for a year (the first year ); and
(b) you prepare a financial report for the subsequent year (the second year ); and
(c) your income year starts in the first year and ends in the second year; and
(d) both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year are:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-210(2)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-210(2)(b) ; and
(e) the auditor ' s reports are unqualified for both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year.
230-215(2)
Treat yourself as eligible to make an election for the income year under subsection 230-210(2) .
230-215(3)
Work out the gain or loss you make from the *financial arrangement for the income year as follows:
(a) firstly, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the first year in accordance with section 230-230 (treating the first year as an income year);
(b) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (a) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(c) next, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the second year in accordance with section 230-230 (treating the second year as an income year);
(d) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (c) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(e) next:
(i) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both gains - add them together to work out the gain from the arrangement for the income year; or
(ii) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both losses - add them together to work out the loss from the arrangement for the income year; or
(iii) if one of the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) is a loss and the other is a gain - subtract the loss from the gain. If the result is positive, this is the gain from the arrangement for the income year. If the result is negative, this is the loss from the arrangement for the income year.
230-215(4)
For the purposes of paragraphs (3)(b) and (d), work out how much of the gain or loss is attributable to the income year by:
(a) using a methodology that is reasonable; and
(b) using the same methodology for the first and second years.
230-215(5)
For the purposes of paragraph (4)(a), treat a methodology that attributes the gain or loss on a pro-rata basis as not being reasonable.
A *fair value election applies in relation to *financial arrangements that:
(a) are *Division 230 financial arrangements; and
(b) are recognised in financial reports of the kind referred to in paragraph 230-210(2)(a) that are audited, or required to be audited, as referred to in paragraph 230-210(2)(b) ; and
(c) are assets or liabilities that you are required (whether or not as a result of a choice you make) by:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
to classify, designate or (in whole or in part) otherwise treat, in the financial reports, as at fair value through profit or loss; and
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
(d) you start to have in the income year in which you make the election or in a later income year.
This subsection has effect subject to section 230-225 .
230-220(2)
If, but for this subsection, paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) would not be satisfied in relation to a *financial arrangement because the arrangement is an intra-group transaction for the purposes of:
(a) *accounting standard AASB 127 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph); or
(b) if that standard does not apply to the preparation of the financial report - a comparable accounting standard that applies to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the arrangement.
Note:
Financial arrangements between members of a consolidated group or MEC group are not covered by this subsection because the single entity rule in subsection 701-1(1) operates to treat them as not being financial arrangements for the purposes of this Division.
230-220(3)
If:
(a) the *financial arrangement would not be a financial arrangement if the following provisions were disregarded:
(i) Division 9A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which deals with offshore banking units);
(ii) Part IIIB of that Act (which deals with Australian branches of foreign banks etc); and
(b) paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) would be satisfied in relation to the financial arrangement if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities; and
(c) the *fair value election is made by:
(i) if section 121EB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies - the OBU mentioned in that section (disregarding the operation of that section); or
(ii) if section 160ZZW of that Act applies - the bank mentioned in that section (disregarding the operation of that section);
paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the arrangement.
A *fair value election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the arrangement is an *equity interest; and
(b) you are the issuer of the equity interest.
230-225(2)
A *fair value election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) an entity (other than an individual) that satisfies subsection 230-455(2) , (3) or (4) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(b) the arrangement is a *qualifying security; and
(c) you have not made an election under subsection 230-455(7) .
230-225(3)
A *fair value election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the election is made by the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group; and
(b) the election specifies that the election is not to apply to financial arrangements in relation to *life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group; and
(c) the arrangement is one that relates to the life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group.
230-225(4)
A *fair value election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if the arrangement is associated with a business of a kind specified in regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
You make a gain or loss for an income year from a * financial arrangement to which a * fair value election applies if:
(a) the principles or standards mentioned in paragraph 230-210(2)(a) require you to recognise a gain or loss in profit or loss for the income year from the asset or liability mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) ; or
(b) in the case of an arrangement to which subsection 230-220(2) applies - the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) would have required you to recognise a gain or loss in profit or loss for the year from the asset or liability mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in paragraph 230-220(2)(b) ; or
(c) in the case of an arrangement to which subsection 230-220(3) applies - the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) would have required you to recognise a gain or loss in profit or loss for the year from the asset or liability mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities.
Note:
Subsection 230-40(7) provides that an election under Subdivision 230-E (hedging financial arrangements method) or Subdivision 230-F (method of relying on financial reports) may override a fair value election.
230-230(1A)
The gain or loss you make is the gain or loss the principles or standards require, or would have required, you to recognise in profit or loss as mentioned in subsection (1).
230-230(2)
Subsection (3) applies if:
(a) a *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group has a *financial arrangement; and
(b) a *fair value election applies to the arrangement; and
(c) a subsidiary member of the group ceases to be a member of the group at a particular time (the leaving time ); and
(d) immediately after the leaving time, the head company no longer has the arrangement because the subsidiary member ceased to be a member of the group.
230-230(3)
The gain or loss the group makes from the arrangement for the income year in which the leaving time occurs is taken to be the gain or loss that the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-210(2)(a) would require the group to recognise as at fair value through profit or loss for the income year from the asset or liability mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) if:
(a) the circumstances that existed in relation to the arrangement (including its value) immediately before the leaving time had continued to exist until the end of the income year; and
(b) any circumstances that arise in relation to the financial arrangement after the leaving time were disregarded.
Subdivision does not apply to extent gains or losses not recognised as at fair value
230-230(4)
This Subdivision does not apply to a gain or loss you make from the * financial arrangement, to the extent:
(a) you are required, as mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) , to otherwise treat as at fair value through profit and loss the assets or liabilities that the financial arrangement is; and
(b) the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-210(2)(a) do not require you to recognise the gain or loss as at fair value through profit or loss.
Note:
See also subsection 230-40(5) .
If:
(a) a *financial arrangement is constituted only in part by an asset or liability mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) ; and
(b) a *fair value election would apply to the arrangement if it were constituted solely by that asset or liability;
the provisions of this Division (other than this section) apply to the arrangement as if it were instead 2 separate financial arrangements.
230-235(2)
The 2 separate *financial arrangements are:
(a) one consisting of the part referred to in paragraph (1)(a); and
(b) one consisting of the remaining part.
A *fair value election ceases to have effect from the start of an income year if you cease to be eligible under subsection 230-210(2) to make the fair value election for that income year.
230-240(2)
Subsection (1) does not prevent you from making a new *fair value election at a later time if you become, at that later time, eligible under subsection 230-210(2) to make a fair value election for an income year.
Note:
The new election will only apply to financial arrangements you start to have after the start of the income year in which the new election is made.
230-240(3)
A *fair value election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement from the start of an income year if the arrangement ceases to satisfy a requirement of paragraph 230-220(1)(b) or (c) during that income year.
230-240(4)
If the election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection (3), the election cannot subsequently reapply to that arrangement (even if the requirements of paragraphs 230-220(1)(b) and (c) are satisfied once more in relation to the arrangement).
You must make balancing adjustments under subsection (2) if a *fair value election ceases to have effect under subsection 230-240(1) .
230-245(2)
The balancing adjustments under this subsection are the balancing adjustments you would make under Subdivision 230-G for each of the *financial arrangements to which the election applied if you disposed of the arrangement for its fair value when the election ceases to have effect.
230-245(3)
You must make a balancing adjustment under subsection (4) if a *fair value election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection 230-240(3) .
230-245(4)
The balancing adjustment under this subsection is the balancing adjustment you would make under Subdivision 230-G if you disposed of the *financial arrangement for its fair value when the election ceases to apply to the arrangement.
If a balancing adjustment is made under subsection (2) or (4) in relation to a *financial arrangement, you are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have reacquired the arrangement at its fair value immediately after the election ceased to have effect or ceased to apply to the arrangement.
230-245(6)
In determining, for the purposes of the balancing adjustment under subsection (2) or (4) or for the purposes of subsection (5), the fair value of the * financial arrangement at a time, disregard any changes in the fair value to the extent that:
(a) you are required, as mentioned in paragraph 230-220(1)(c) , to otherwise treat the financial arrangement as at fair value through profit and loss; and
(b) the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-210(2)(a) do not require you to recognise the changes as at fair value through profit or loss.
The objects of this Subdivision are:
(a) to allow you to align the tax treatment of gains and losses from foreign exchange rate changes with the accounting treatment of profits and losses from such changes; and
(b) to achieve this without allowing you to obtain an inappropriate tax benefit.
General election
230-255(1)
You may make a foreign exchange retranslation election under this subsection if you are eligible under subsection (2) to make the election for the income year in which you make the election.
Eligibility to make election
230-255(2)
You are eligible to make a *foreign exchange retranslation election for an income year if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for that income year in accordance with:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting made under a *foreign law that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a foreign law; and
(b) the *financial report is audited in accordance with:
(i) the *auditing principles; or
(ii) if the auditing principles do not apply to the auditing of the financial report - comparable standards for auditing made under a foreign law.
Note:
Section 230-500 allows regulations to be made specifying particular foreign accounting and auditing standards as ones that are to be treated as comparable with Australian accounting and auditing principles for the purposes of this Division.
Election in relation to qualifying forex accounts
230-255(3)
You may make a foreign exchange retranslation election under this subsection in relation to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the arrangement is a *qualifying forex account; and
(b) you have not made a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection (1) that applies to the account.
You may make the election even if you start to have the arrangement before you make the election.
Financial arrangements to which election in relation to qualifying forex accounts applies
230-255(4)
The election under subsection (3) applies to the *financial arrangement:
(a) from the time when you start to have the arrangement if the election is made before you start to have the arrangement; or
(b) from the start of the income year in which the election is made if you make the election after you start to have the arrangement.
Election irrevocable
230-255(5)
A *foreign exchange retranslation election is irrevocable.
Note:
The election may cease to apply under section 230-285 .
This section applies if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for a year (the first year ); and
(b) you prepare a financial report for the subsequent year (the second year ); and
(c) your income year starts in the first year and ends in the second year; and
(d) both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year are:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-255(2)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-255(2)(b) ; and
(e) the auditor ' s reports are unqualified for both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year.
230-260(2)
Treat yourself as eligible to make an election for the income year under subsection 230-255(2).
230-260(3)
Work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the income year as follows:
(a) firstly, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the first year in accordance with section 230-280 (treating the first year as an income year);
(b) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (a) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(c) next, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the second year in accordance with section 230-280 (treating the second year as an income year);
(d) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (c) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(e) next:
(i) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both gains - add them together to work out the gain from the arrangement for the income year; or
(ii) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both losses - add them together to work out the loss from the arrangement for the income year; or
(iii) if one of the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) is a loss and the other is a gain - subtract the loss from the gain. If the result is positive, this is the gain from the arrangement for the income year. If the result is negative, this is the loss from the arrangement for the income year.
230-260(4)
For the purposes of paragraphs (3)(b) and (d), work out how much of the gain or loss is attributable to the income year by:
(a) using a methodology that is reasonable; and
(b) using the same methodology for the first and second years.
230-260(5)
For the purposes of paragraph (4)(a), treat a methodology that attributes the gain or loss on a pro-rata basis as not being reasonable.
A *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) applies to each of your *financial arrangements:
(a) that are Division 230 financial arrangements; and
(b) that are recognised in financial reports of a kind referred to in paragraph 230-255(2)(a) that are audited, or required to be audited, as referred to in paragraph 230-255(2)(b) ; and
(c) in relation to which you are required by:
(i) *accounting standard AASB 121 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph); or
to recognise, in the financial reports, amounts in profit or loss (if any) that are attributable to changes in currency exchange rates; and
(ii) if that standard does not apply to the preparation of the financial report - a comparable accounting standard that applies to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
(d) that you start to have in the income year in which you make the election or in a later income year.
This subsection has effect subject to section 230-270 .
Note:
The election also has consequences under Subdivision 775-F for arrangements that are not Division 230 financial arrangements.
230-265(2)
If, but for this subsection, paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) would not be satisfied in relation to a *financial arrangement because the arrangement is an intra-group transaction for the purposes of:
(a) *accounting standard AASB 127 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph); or
(b) if that standard does not apply to the preparation of the financial report - a comparable accounting standard that applies to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the arrangement.
Note:
Financial arrangements between members of a consolidated group or MEC group are not covered by this subsection because the single entity rule in subsection 701-1(1) operates to treat them as not being financial arrangements for the purposes of this Division.
230-265(3)
If:
(a) the *financial arrangement would not be a financial arrangement if the following provisions were disregarded:
(i) Division 9A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which deals with offshore banking units);
(ii) Part IIIB of that Act (which deals with Australian branches of foreign banks etc); and
(b) paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) would be satisfied in relation to the financial arrangement if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities; and
(c) the *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) is made by:
(i) if section 121EB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies - the OBU mentioned in that section (disregarding the operation of that section); or
(ii) if section 160ZZW of that Act applies - the bank mentioned in that section (disregarding the operation of that section);
paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the arrangement.
For the purposes of this Division, a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) does not apply to a *financial arrangement if the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 (equity interests etc).
230-270(2)
For the purposes of this Division, a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) an entity (other than an individual) that satisfies subsection 230-455(2) , (3) or (4) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(b) the arrangement is a *qualifying security; and
(c) you have not made an election under subsection 230-455(7) .
230-270(3)
A *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the election is made by the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group; and
(b) the election specifies that the election is not to apply to financial arrangements in relation to *life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group; and
(c) the arrangement is one that relates to the life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group.
230-270(4)
A *foreign exchange retranslation election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if the arrangement is associated with a business of a kind specified in regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
If you make a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(3) in relation to a *financial arrangement after you start to have the arrangement, you must make a balancing adjustment under subsection (2).
230-275(2)
The balancing adjustment under this subsection is the balancing adjustment you would make under Subdivision 230-G if you ceased to have the arrangement for its fair value at the time when the election started to apply to the arrangement (but only to the extent to which the balancing adjustment is reasonably attributable to a *currency exchange rate effect).
SECTION 230-280 Applying foreign exchange retranslation method to gains and losses
General election
230-280(1)
You make a gain or loss from a *financial arrangement for an income year if:
(a) a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) applies to the arrangement; and
(b) any of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(1)(c) requires you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss in relation to that arrangement for that income year;
(ii) if subsection 230-265(2) applies to the arrangement - the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(1)(c) would have required you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss in relation to that arrangement for that income year if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(2)(b) ;
(iii) if subsection 230-265(3) applies to the arrangement - the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(1)(c) would have required you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss for the year that is attributable to currency exchange rates mentioned in paragraph 230-265(1)(c) if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities.
The amount of the gain or loss is the amount the standard requires, or would have required, you to recognise.
Note:
See subsection 230-40(6) .
Election in relation to qualifying forex accounts
230-280(2)
You make a gain or loss from a *financial arrangement for an income year if:
(a) a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(3) applies to the arrangement; and
(b) the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(1)(c) :
(i) requires you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss in relation to that arrangement for that income year; or
(ii) would require you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss in relation to that arrangement for that income year if that standard applied to the arrangement; or
(iii) would require you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss in relation to that arrangement for that income year if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(2)(b) ; or
(iv) would require you to recognise a particular amount in profit or loss in relation to that arrangement for that income year if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(2)(b) and if that standard applied to the arrangement.
The amount of the gain or loss is the amount the standard requires, or would require, you to recognise.
Subsidiary leaving group
230-280(3)
Subsection (4) applies if:
(a) a *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group has a *financial arrangement; and
(b) a *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) or (3) applies to the arrangement; and
(c) a subsidiary member of the group ceases to be a member of the group at a particular time (the leaving time ); and
(d) immediately after the leaving time, the head company no longer has the arrangement because the subsidiary member ceased to be a member of the group.
230-280(4)
The gain or loss the group makes from the *financial arrangement for the income year in which the leaving time occurs is taken to be the gain or loss that the standard referred to in paragraph 230-265(1)(c) would require the group to recognise in profit or loss in relation to the arrangement for that income year if:
(a) the circumstances that existed in relation to the arrangement (including its value) immediately before the leaving time had continued to exist until the end of the income year; and
(b) any circumstances that arise in relation to the arrangement after the leaving time were disregarded.
General election
230-285(1)
A *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) ceases to have effect from the start of an income year if you cease to be eligible under subsection 230-255(2) to make a foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) for that income year.
230-285(2)
Subsection (1) does not prevent you from making a new *foreign exchange retranslation election at a later time if you become, at that later time, eligible under subsection 230-255(2) , to make a foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) for that income year.
Note:
The new election will only apply to financial arrangements you start to have after the start of the income year in which the new election is made.
230-285(3)
A *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(1) ceases to apply to a *financial arrangement from the start of an income year if the arrangement ceases to satisfy a requirement of paragraph 230-265(1)(b) or (c) during that income year.
230-285(4)
If the election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection (3), the election cannot subsequently reapply to that arrangement (even if the requirements of paragraphs 230-265(1)(b) and (c) are satisfied once more in relation to the arrangement).
Election in relation to qualifying forex accounts
230-285(5)
A *foreign exchange retranslation election under subsection 230-255(3) ceases to apply to a *financial arrangement from the start of an income year if the arrangement ceases to satisfy a requirement of subsection 230-255(3) during that income year.
230-285(6)
If the election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection (5), the election cannot subsequently reapply to that arrangement (even if the requirements of subsection 230-255(3) are satisfied once more in relation to the arrangement).
You must make balancing adjustments under subsection (2) if a * foreign exchange retranslation election ceases to have effect under subsection 230-285(1) .
230-290(2)
The balancing adjustments under this subsection are the balancing adjustments you would make under Subdivision 230-G for each of the *financial arrangements to which the election applied if you disposed of the arrangement for its fair value when the election ceases to have effect (but only to the extent to which the balancing adjustment is reasonably attributable to a *currency exchange rate effect).
230-290(3)
You must make a balancing adjustment under this section if a * foreign exchange retranslation election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection 230-285(3) or (5) .
230-290(4)
The balancing adjustment under this subsection is the balancing adjustment you would make under Subdivision 230-G if you disposed of the *financial arrangement for its fair value when the election ceases to apply to the arrangement (but only to the extent to which the balancing adjustment is reasonably attributable to a *currency exchange rate effect).
230-290(5)
If a balancing adjustment is made under subsection (2) or (4) in relation to a *financial arrangement, you are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have reacquired the arrangement at its fair value immediately after the election ceased to have effect or ceased to apply to the arrangement.
The objects of this Subdivision are:
(a) to facilitate the efficient management of financial risk by reducing after-tax mismatches and better aligning tax treatment where hedging takes place; and
(b) to minimise tax deferral and tax motivated practices (including tax deferral arising from such practices as tax advantaged selection from among possible hedges and inappropriate selection of tax treatment).
If you have a *hedging financial arrangement to which a *hedging financial arrangement election applies, the gain or loss you make for an income year from the arrangement is worked out under this section and section 230-310 instead of under Subdivision 230-B , 230-C , 230-D , 230-F or 230-G .
230-300(2)
Except where subsection (5) applies, the gain or loss you make from the *hedging financial arrangement is equal to the overall gain or loss you make from the arrangement.
230-300(3)
The gain or loss you make from the *hedging financial arrangement is allocated over income years according to the determination referred to in subsection 230-360(1) .
Note 1:
The allocation is capable of extending to income years after you cease to have the hedging financial arrangement (see subsection 230-360(3) ).
Note 2:
The determination must be included in the record made under section 230-355 .
230-300(4)
If the *hedging financial arrangement is a *foreign currency hedge and is a *debt interest, split a gain or loss you make from the arrangement as follows:
(a) to the extent to which the gain or loss represents a *currency exchange rate effect attributable to the outstanding balance in relation to the debt interest, treat it as a separate gain or loss to which subsections (1) and (2) apply;
(b) to the extent that it does not represent that effect, treat it as a separate gain or loss from the financial arrangement that is allocated under Subdivision 230-B , 230-F or 230-G .
230-300(5)
If an event listed in the table in subsection 230-305(1) occurs:
(a) the gain or loss you make from the *hedging financial arrangement is equal to any gain or loss that you would have made:
(i) while the arrangement was hedging the *hedged item or items; and
if you ceased to have the arrangement for its fair value at the time of the event; and
(ii) on ceasing to have the arrangement;
(b) this Division further applies as if, just after the event, you had acquired the arrangement for its fair value at the time of the event.
Despite subsection (3), the gain or loss referred to in paragraph (a) is allocated over income years according to the table.
230-300(6)
(Repealed by No 136 of 2010 )
230-300(7)
Subsection (8) applies if the *hedging financial arrangement:
(a) is a *financial arrangement under section 230-50 (equity interests etc); and
(b) is a *foreign currency hedge; and
(c) is one that you issue.
230-300(8)
Split a gain or loss you make from the arrangement as follows:
(a) to the extent to which the gain or loss represents a *currency exchange rate effect, treat it as a separate gain or loss to which subsections (1) and (2) apply;
(b) to the extent that it does not represent that effect, treat it as a separate gain or loss from the financial arrangement to which this Division does not apply.
230-300(9)
Subsections (10) and (11) apply if:
(a) a *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group has a *hedging financial arrangement; and
(b) a *hedging financial arrangement election applies to the arrangement; and
(c) a subsidiary member of the group ceases to be a member of the group at a particular time (the leaving time ); and
(d) immediately after the leaving time:
(i) the head company no longer has the arrangement because the subsidiary member ceased to be a member of the group; and
(ii) the head company no longer has the *hedged item (or all of the hedged items) because the subsidiary member ceased to be a member of the group.
230-300(10)
The gain or loss the group makes from the arrangement for the income year in which the leaving time occurs is taken to be the gain or loss that would be allocated to the group in accordance with this section (disregarding subsection (5)) if:
(a) the circumstances that existed in relation to the arrangement (including its value) immediately before the leaving time had continued to exist until the end of the income year; and
(b) any circumstances that arise in relation to the *financial arrangement after the leaving time were disregarded.
230-300(11)
For the purposes of applying paragraph (5)(a) to the *head company of the group at the leaving time, disregard item 2 of the table in subsection 230-305(1) .
SECTION 230-305 Table of events and allocation rules 230-305(1)
For the purposes of paragraph 230-300(5)(a) , the following table lists events and their consequences:
Table of events and allocation rules | ||
Item | If this event occurs … | Your gain or loss is allocated … |
1 | (a) you revoke the hedging designation; or
(b) you redesignate your * hedging financial arrangement; or (c) you cease to meet the requirement of section 230-365 in relation to your hedging financial arrangement |
over income years according to the basis determined under subsection 230-360(1). |
2 | (a) you cease to have the
*
hedged item or all of the hedged items; or
(b) you cease to expect that the hedged item or items will come into existence; or (c) you cease to expect that you will have the hedged item or items |
to the income year in which the event occurs. |
2A | (a) you cease to have one or more (but not all) of the
*
hedged items; or
(b) you cease to expect that one or more (but not all) of the hedged items will come into existence; or (c) you cease to expect that you will have one or more (but not all) of the hedged items |
(a) to the extent to which the gain or loss is reasonably attributable to those one or more hedged items
-
to the income year in which the event occurs; and
(b) to the extent to which the gain or loss is reasonably attributable to the remaining hedged item or items - over income years according to the basis determined under subsection 230-360(1). |
3 | a risk being hedged by your * hedging financial arrangement ceases to exist | to the income year in which the risk ceases to exist. |
230-305(2)
For the purposes of item 2A of the table in subsection (1), determine the extent to which the gain or loss is reasonably attributable to a particular *hedged item having regard to the following:
(a) the fair value of the hedged item;
(b) the length of the period over which you have held the hedged item;
(c) commercially accepted valuation principles;
(d) any other relevant factors.
SECTION 230-310 Aligning tax classification of gain or loss from hedging financial arrangement with tax classification of hedged item 230-310(1)
The object of this section is to better align, in particular circumstances, the tax classification of a gain or loss you make from a *hedging financial arrangement with the tax classification of the *hedged item.
230-310(2)
This section applies if:
(a) you make a gain or loss from a *hedging financial arrangement for an income year; and
(b) a *hedging financial arrangement election applies to the arrangement.
230-310(3)
Subject to subsection (4):
(a) if you make a gain from the arrangement - your assessable income includes the gain in accordance with subsection 230-15(1) ; and
(b) if you make a loss from the arrangement - you may deduct the loss in accordance with subsections 230-15(2) and (3) .
Note:
Section 230-300 tells you how to allocate the gain or loss to an income year or years.
230-310(4)
A gain or loss you make from a *hedging financial arrangement, to the extent to which it is reasonably attributable to a *hedged item referred to in the following table, is dealt with in the way indicated in that item:
Special tax classification for gains and losses | |||
Item | For a hedged item that is or produces … | the gain … | the loss … |
1 | a * CGT asset any * net capital gain in relation to which would be assessable under Parts 3-1 and 3-3 in relation to which a * CGT event (the hedged item CGT event ) occurs | is treated as a * capital gain from a CGT event (but only to the extent to which the gain is reasonably attributable to the hedged item CGT event) | is treated as a * capital loss from a CGT event (but only to the extent to which the loss is reasonably attributable to the hedged item CGT event) |
2 | a * CGT asset that is * taxable Australian property | is treated as a * capital gain from a * CGT event for a CGT asset that is taxable Australian property | is treated as a * capital loss from a CGT event for a CGT asset that is taxable Australian property |
3 | a * CGT asset your capital gains and losses in relation to which are disregarded, or reduced by a particular percentage, under Division 855 | is disregarded or reduced by the same percentage | is disregarded or reduced by the same percentage |
4 | * exempt income | is treated as exempt income | is not deductible |
5 | * non-assessable non-exempt income of an Australian resident | is treated as non-assessable non-exempt income | is not deductible |
6 | a share in a company that is a foreign resident if the capital gain or loss you make from a * CGT event that happens to the share is reduced by a particular percentage under Subdivision 768-G | is treated as a * capital gain from a CGT event that is reduced by the same percentage | is treated as a * capital loss from a CGT event that is reduced by the same percentage |
7 | * ordinary income or * statutory income from an * Australian source | is treated as ordinary income or statutory income from an Australian source | is treated as a loss incurred in gaining or producing ordinary income or statutory income from an Australian source |
8 | * ordinary income or * statutory income from a source out of Australia | is treated as ordinary income or statutory income from a source out of Australia | is treated as a loss incurred in gaining or producing ordinary income or statutory income from a source out of Australia |
9 | a loss or outgoing incurred in gaining or producing * ordinary income or * statutory income from a source out of Australia | is treated as ordinary income or statutory income from a source out of Australia | is treated as a loss incurred in gaining or producing ordinary income or statutory income from a source out of Australia |
10 | a loss or outgoing incurred in gaining or producing * ordinary income or * statutory income from an * Australian source | is treated as ordinary income or statutory income from an Australian source | is treated as a loss incurred in gaining or producing ordinary income or statutory income from an Australian source |
11 | a loss or outgoing that is not allowed as a deduction | is treated as * non-assessable non-exempt income | is treated as a loss that is not allowed as a deduction |
12 | a net investment in a foreign operation (within the meaning of the
*
accounting principles) that is not carried on through:
(a) a company in which you hold shares; or (b) a company that is a subsidiary of yours (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ). |
(a) to the extent that the net investment would give rise to income that is
*
non-assessable non-exempt income under section 23AH of the
Income Tax Assessment Act 1936
-
is treated as non-assessable non-exempt income; and
(b) otherwise - is treated in accordance with the item or items in this table that are applicable to the gain. |
(a) to the extent that the net investment would give rise to income that is non-assessable non-exempt income under section 23AH of the
Income Tax Assessment Act 1936
-
is not deductible; and
(b) otherwise - is treated in accordance with the item or items in this table that are applicable to the loss. |
230-310(5)
Subsection (6) applies if:
(a) a * hedged item is your net investment in a foreign operation (within the meaning of the * accounting principles); and
(b) the foreign operation is carried on through:
(i) a company in which you hold * shares; or
(ii) a company that is a subsidiary of yours (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ).
230-310(6)
The table in subsection (4) has effect as if:
(a) to the extent that the * hedging financial arrangement hedges a risk or risks in relation to * shares you hold in the company - the reference in that table to the * hedged item were a reference to your interest in those shares; and
(b) to the extent that the hedging financial arrangement hedges a risk or risks in relation to another interest you have in the company - the reference in that table to the hedged item were a reference to that interest.
Election
230-315(1)
You can make a hedging financial arrangement election if you are eligible under subsection (2) to make the election for the income year in which you make the election.
Eligibility to make hedging financial arrangement election for an income year
230-315(2)
You are eligible to make a hedging financial arrangement election for an income year if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for that income year in accordance with:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting made under a *foreign law that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a foreign law; and
(b) the financial report is audited in accordance with:
(i) the *auditing principles; or
(ii) if the auditing principles do not apply to the auditing of the financial report - comparable standards for auditing made under a foreign law.
Note:
Section 230-500 allows regulations to be made specifying particular foreign accounting and auditing standards as ones that are to be treated as comparable with Australian accounting and auditing principles for the purposes of this Division.
Election irrevocable
230-315(3)
The *hedging financial arrangement election is irrevocable.
Note:
The election may cease to apply under section 230-385 .
This section applies if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for a year (the first year ); and
(b) you prepare a financial report for the subsequent year (the second year ); and
(c) your income year starts in the first year and ends in the second year; and
(d) both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year are:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-315(2)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-315(2)(b) ; and
(e) the auditor ' s reports are unqualified for both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year.
230-320(2)
Treat yourself as eligible to make an election for the income year under subsection 230-315(2) .
A * hedging financial arrangement election applies to a * hedging financial arrangement:
(a) that you start to have in the income year in which you make the election or in a later income year; and
(b) that is not excluded from the application of the election by section 230-330 .
Note:
Subject to a determination by the Commissioner, the hedging financial arrangement election does not apply to a financial arrangement you start to have after you fail to comply with the requirements in sections 230-355 and 230-360 and paragraph 230-365(c) in relation to a hedging financial arrangement to which the election does apply: see section 230-385 . See also subsection 230-305(1) .
A *hedging financial arrangement election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 (equity interests etc).
230-330(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply to a *hedging financial arrangement if:
(a) the hedging financial arrangement is a *foreign currency hedge; and
(b) you issue the hedging financial arrangement.
230-330(3)
A *hedging financial arrangement election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) an entity (other than an individual) that satisfies subsection 230-455(2) , (3) or (4) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(b) the arrangement is a *qualifying security; and
(c) you have not made an election under subsection 230-455(7) .
230-330(4)
A *hedging financial arrangement election does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the election is made by the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group; and
(b) the election specifies that the election is not to apply to financial arrangements in relation to *life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group; and
(c) the arrangement is one that relates to the life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group.
230-330(5)
A *hedging financial arrangement election does not to apply to a *financial arrangement if the arrangement is associated with a business of a kind specified in regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
Hedging financial arrangement
230-335(1)
A *financial arrangement that you have that is a *derivative financial arrangement, or is not a derivative financial arrangement but is a *foreign currency hedge, is a hedging financial arrangement if:
(a) you create, acquire or apply the arrangement for the purpose of hedging a risk or risks in relation to a *hedged item or items; and
(b) at the time you create, acquire or apply the arrangement, the arrangement satisfies the requirements of the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-315(2)(a) to be a hedging instrument; and
(c) the arrangement is recorded as a hedging instrument in:
(i) your financial report (including documents and records on which the report is based); or
for the income year in which the rights and/or obligations are created, acquired or applied.
(ii) if the arrangement hedges a risk in relation to *foreign currency - your financial report or the financial report of a consolidated entity in which you are included (including documents and records on which the report is based);
Note:
For document and record , see section 2B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 .
230-335(2)
If:
(a) the *financial arrangement would not be a financial arrangement if the following provisions were disregarded:
(i) Division 9A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which deals with offshore banking units);
(ii) Part IIIB of that Act (which deals with Australian branches of foreign banks etc); and
(b) paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) would be satisfied in relation to the financial arrangement if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities;
paragraphs (1)(b) and (c) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the arrangement.
230-335(3)
A *financial arrangement that is a *derivative financial arrangement, or is not a derivative financial arrangement but is a *foreign currency hedge, is a hedging financial arrangement if:
(a) you create, acquire or apply the arrangement for the purpose of hedging a risk or risks in relation to something; and
(b) one or more of subsections (4), (5), (6) or (7) is satisfied; and
(c) the requirements of paragraphs (1)(b) or (c) are not able to be satisfied:
(i) because of the requirements of the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-315(2)(a) ; and
(ii) not because of any act or omission on your part to deliberately fail to satisfy those requirements; and
(d) in a case in which none of subsections (5), (6) and (7) are satisfied - you satisfy the additional recording requirements of subsection 230-355(5) ; and
(e) in any case - you satisfy the requirements (if any) prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph.
230-335(3A)
Disregard paragraph (3)(d) if subsection (4) is satisfied and:
(a) a * hedging financial arrangement election applies to the * financial arrangement (because you previously satisfied the additional recording requirements mentioned in that paragraph at a time when the election applied); or
(b) all of the following subparagraphs apply:
(i) a hedging financial arrangement election would apply to the financial arrangement if you satisfied the additional recording requirements mentioned in paragraph (3)(d);
(ii) the election and subsection (3) apply to another financial arrangement;
(iii) subsection (4) is or was satisfied in relation to that other arrangement at a time when the election applied to that other arrangement.
230-335(4)
This subsection is satisfied if:
(a) the *financial arrangement hedges a foreign currency risk in relation to an anticipated *foreign equity distribution from a *connected entity; and
(b) the distribution is *non-assessable non-exempt income under section 768-5 .
230-335(5)
This subsection is satisfied if:
(a) you enter into a *financial arrangement with a *connected entity; and
(b) the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-315(2)(a) require that a consolidated financialreport be prepared that deals with both your affairs and the affairs of the connected entity; and
(c) the report properly reflects your affairs; and
(d) the arrangement satisfies the requirements of paragraph (1)(a); and
(e) the arrangement would satisfy the requirements of paragraph (1)(b) or (c) but for the fact that the consolidated report disregards the arrangement.
230-335(6)
This subsection is satisfied if:
(a) the period for which the risk or risks are hedged does not straddle 2 or more income years; and
(b) the *financial arrangement satisfies the requirements of paragraph (1)(a); and
(c) the arrangement would satisfy the requirements of paragraph (1)(c) if the period for which the risk or risks that are hedged did straddle 2 or more income years.
230-335(7)
This subsection is satisfied if the requirements prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this subsection are satisfied.
Financial arrangement hedging more than one type of risk
230-335(8)
A *financial arrangement that hedges more than one type of risk may only be a hedging financial arrangement if the principles or standards referred to in paragraph (1)(b) allow the arrangement to be designated as a hedge of those risks.
More than one financial arrangement hedging the same risk or risks
230-335(9)
If 2 or more *financial arrangements hedge the same risk or risks, each of the arrangements may only be a hedging financial arrangement if the principles or standards referred to in paragraph (1)(b) allow those arrangements to be viewed in combination and jointly designated as hedging that risk or those risks.
Hedged item
230-335(10)
If a *financial arrangement that you have hedges a risk in relation to:
(a) an asset or a part of an asset; or
(b) a liability or a part of a liability; or
(c) a firm commitment (within the meaning of the *accounting principles) or a part of such a commitment; or
(d) a highly probable forecast transaction (within the meaning of the accounting principles) or a part of such a transaction; or
(e) a net investment in a foreign operation (within the meaning of the accounting principles) or a part of such an investment; or
(f) something prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph;
the asset (or that part of the asset), the liability (or that part of the liability), the commitment (or that part of the commitment), the transaction (or that part of the transaction) or the investment (or that part of the investment) is a hedged item for the arrangement.
230-335(11)
If a *financial arrangement is a *hedging financial arrangement because of paragraph (4)(a), the anticipated dividend referred to in that subparagraph is a hedged item for the arrangement even if subsection (10) is not satisfied in relation to the anticipated dividend.
Subject to subsections (2), (3) and (4), the whole of a *financial arrangement must satisfy the requirements of subsection 230-335(1) or (3) for the arrangement to be a hedging financial arrangement .
Partial hedges
230-340(2)
If a *financial arrangement:
(a) is an options contract; and
(b) hedges risk only in part by reference to changes in the intrinsic value of the options contract;
the arrangement may be treated as a hedging financial arrangement to the extent to which the part of the arrangement referred to in paragraph (b) satisfies the requirements of subsection 230-335(1) or (3) .
230-340(3)
If a *financial arrangement:
(a) is a forward contract; and
(b) has a spot price element and an interest element;
the arrangement may be treated as a hedging financial arrangement to the extent to which the spot price element satisfies the requirements of subsection 230-335(1) or (3) .
Proportionate hedges
230-340(4)
A specified proportion of a *financial arrangement may be treated as a hedging financial arrangement to the extent to which that proportion of the arrangement satisfies the requirements of subsection 230-335(1) or (3) .
Separate financial arrangements if partial or proportionate hedge
230-340(5)
If a part (or parts), or a proportion (or proportions), of a *financial arrangement is (or are) treated as a *hedging financial arrangement under subsection (2), (3) or (4):
(a) the part (or each of the parts), or the proportion (or each of the proportions), of the arrangement that is (or are) treated as a hedging financial arrangement is taken to be a separate financial arrangement for the purposes of this Division; and
(b) the remaining part or proportion (if any) of the arrangement is taken to be a separate financial arrangement for the purposes of this Division.
230-340(6)
Subsection (5) has effect even if there would not be separate *arrangements under subsection 230-55(4) .
If a *derivative financial arrangement, or a *foreign currency hedge, that you have would not be a *hedging financial arrangement only because the requirements of paragraph 230-335(1)(b) or (c), or both, are not satisfied because of an honest mistake or inadvertence, it is nevertheless a hedging financial arrangement if the Commissioner considers this appropriate having regard to:
(a) your documented risk management practices and policies; and
(b) your record keeping practices; and
(c) your accounting systems and controls; and
(d) your internal governance processes; and
(e) the circumstances surrounding the mistake or inadvertence (including the steps (if any) taken to correct or address the mistake or inadvertence and the steps (if any) taken to prevent a recurrence); and
(f) the extent to which the requirements of paragraphs 230-335(1)(b) and (c) have been met; and
(g) the objects of this Subdivision.
Derivative financial arrangement
230-350(1)
A derivative financial arrangement is a *financial arrangement that you have where:
(a) its value changes in response to changes in a specified variable or variables; and
(b) there is no requirement for a net investment, or there is such a requirement but the net investment is smaller than would be required for other types of financial arrangement that would be expected to have a similar response to changes in market factors.
Note:
Paragraph (a) - a specified variable includes an interest rate, foreign exchange rate, credit rating, index or commodity or financial instrument price.
Foreign currency hedge
230-350(2)
A foreign currency hedge is a *financial arrangement that you have if:
(a) paragraph (1)(a) is satisfied but paragraph (1)(b) is not; and
(b) the arrangement hedges a risk in relation to movements in currency exchange rates.
The requirement of this section is that you must make, or have in place, a record that:
(a) contains a description of the following:
(i) the *hedging financial arrangement in relation to which the election is made;
(ii) the nature of the risk or risks being hedged;
(iii) the *hedged item or items;
(iv) how you will assess the effectiveness of hedging the risk in reducing your exposure to changes in the fair value of the hedged item or items or cash flows or foreign currency exposure attributable to them;
(v) the risk management objective for, and the risk management strategy to be followed in, acquiring, creating or applying the arrangement; and
(b) contains any further details that the *accounting principles require, by way of documentation, for an arrangement to be recorded in a financial report as a hedging instrument; and
(c) sets out the terms of the determinations you make under section 230-360 .
To avoid doubt, paragraph (b) applies even if the arrangement is not recorded in your financial report as a hedging instrument.
230-355(2)
To avoid doubt, the record may consist of a single document or 2 or more documents.
230-355(3)
The record must be made or in place:
(a) at, or soon after, the time when you create, acquire or apply the *hedging financial arrangement; or
(b) at such other time as is provided for in the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph.
230-355(4)
The description must be sufficiently precise and detailed that the following are clear:
(a) that the risk in respect of the particular *hedged item or items was the one hedged by the *hedging financial arrangement;
(b) the extent to which the risk was hedged;
(c) that the rights and/or obligations comprising the hedging financial arrangement were in fact those created, acquired or applied for the purpose of hedging the risk.
230-355(5)
If a *financial arrangement is a *hedging financial arrangement under subsection 230-335(2) or (3) , the following requirements must be met in addition to the requirements of subsections (1), (3) and (4):
(a) you must make or have in place, at, or soon before or soon after, the time when you create, acquire or apply the arrangement, a record that sets out:
(i) a statement of why, and the way in which, the arrangement operates commercially or economically as a hedge of the *hedged item or items; and
(ii) the reasons why the arrangement does not satisfy the requirements of the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-315(2)(a) to be a hedging instrument;
(b) you must, at the end of each income year during which you have the arrangement, make a record of the accumulated gains and/or losses (whether realised or unrealised) as at the end of that income year from the arrangement or arrangements relating to the hedged item or items that are yet to be included in your assessable income or allowed to you as deductions;
(c)you must have, at the time when you create, acquire or apply the arrangement, a record that sets out your risk management policies and practices;
(d) you must have in place, at the time when you create, acquire or apply the arrangement, internal risk management systems and controls that record the arrangement and the hedged item or items.
230-355(6)
For the purposes of paragraph (5)(b), you must assume that:
(a) all the gains from the *financial arrangement would be assessable income; and
(b) all the losses from the financial arrangement would be allowed to you as deductions.
A requirement of this section is that you must determine the basis on which your gain or loss from the *hedging financial arrangement is to be allocated to an income year, or over 2 or more income years, for the purposes of this Division.
230-360(2)
It is also a requirement of this section that the basis that you determine must:
(a) fairly and reasonably correspond with the basis on which gains, losses or other amounts in relation to the *hedged item or items are recognised or allocated under this Act; and
(b) be objective; and
(c) be sufficiently precise and detailed that, when your gain, loss or other amount from the *hedged item or items is taken into account for the purposes of this Act, the following will be clear from the record made under section 230-355 :
(i) the time at which the gain or loss from the *hedging financial arrangement is to be taken into account for the purposes of this Division;
(ii) the way in which that gain or loss will be dealt with under section 230-310 .
Note:
Paragraph (a) refers to an amount in relation to the hedged item or items being recognised or allocated under this Act. This would include an amount being allowed as a deduction or an amount being included in assessable income. If the hedged item were an asset, an amount referable to a part of the cost of the asset might, for example, be allowed as a deduction for a particular income year.
230-360(3)
To avoid doubt, the income years over which your gain or loss is to be allocated may include an income year that starts after you cease to have the *hedging financial arrangement.
The requirement of this section is that:
(a) hedging the risk must be expected to be effective (within the meaning of the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-315(2)(a) ), for the period for which you expect to have the *hedging financial arrangement, in reducing your exposure to changes in the fair value of the *hedged item or items or cash flows attributable to your hedged risk; and
(b) the fair value of the hedged item or items or cash flows relating to them and the fair value of the arrangement must be able to be reliably measured; and
(c) you must assess the hedging of the risk by the arrangement:
(i) on a regular basis in accordance with the *accounting principles; and
(ii) at least once in each 12 month period; and
(d) your assessment must be that the hedging of the risk will be effective (within the meaning of the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-315(2)(a) ) in reducing your exposure to changes in the fair value of the hedged item or items or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk throughout the remainder of the period for which you expect to have the arrangement.
A *hedging financial arrangement election ceases to have effect from the start of an income year if you cease to be eligible under subsection 230-315(2) to make the election for that income year.
230-370(2)
Subsection (1) does not prevent you from making a new *hedging financial arrangement election at a later time if you become, at that later time, eligible under subsection 230-315(2) to make an election for an income year.
Note:
The new election will only apply to financial arrangements you start to have after the start of the income year in which the new election is made.
This section applies if a *hedging financial arrangement election ceases to have effect under subsection 230-370(1) .
230-375(2)
You are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have:
(a) disposed of each *hedging financial arrangement to which the election applies for its fair value immediately before the election ceases to have effect; and
(b) reacquired the arrangement at its fair value immediately after the election ceases to have effect.
230-375(3)
To avoid doubt, this Subdivision applies, for the purposes of working out the consequences of the disposal referred to in paragraph (2)(a), as if the *hedging financial arrangement were one to which the *hedging financial arrangement election applied at the time of the disposal.
Commissioner may determine that requirement met
230-380(1)
If (apart from this section) the requirements of sections 230-355 to 230-365 are not met in relation to a *hedging financial arrangement that you have, treat those requirements as having been so met if the Commissioner makes a determination under subsection (1A) in relation to the arrangement.
230-380(1A)
The Commissioner may make the determination if the Commissioner considers that this is appropriate, having regard to:
(a) the respects in which the arrangement does not meet those requirements; and
(b) the extent to which it does not meet those requirements; and
(c) the reasons why it does not meet those requirements; and
(d) if the Commissioner is considering whether to impose conditions under subsection (2) - the likelihood that you will comply with those conditions; and
(e) the objects of this Subdivision.
Commissioner may impose additional record keeping requirements
230-380(2)
The Commissioner may make a determination under subsection (1A) conditional on your keeping records in addition to those required by section 230-355 .
230-380(3)
A determination under subsection (1A) ceases to have effect if you breach a condition imposed under subsection (2).
230-380(4)
Subsection (3) ceases to apply to you if the Commissioner determines that that subsection ceases to apply to you. The determination takes effect from the date specified in the determination.
230-380(5)
In deciding whether to make the determination under subsection (4), the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) your record keeping practices; and
(b) your compliance history; and
(c) any changes that have been made to:
(i) your accounting systems and controls; and
to ensure that breaches of the kind referred to in subsection (3) do not happen again; and
(ii) your internal governance processes;
(d) any other relevant matter.
Commissioner may determine matter under section 230-360
230-380(6)
If:
(a) the Commissioner makes a determination under subsection (1A) in relation to a *hedging financial arrangement; and
(b) either or both of the following applies:
(i) you fail to determine a matter in relation to the arrangement under section 230-360 ;
(ii) you determine a matter in relation to the arrangement under section 230-360 but the determination does not satisfy the requirements of subsection 230-360(2) ;
the Commissioner may determine that matter, in a way that satisfies the requirements of section 230-360 . The Commissioner ' s determination has effect as if you had made the determination and recorded it under that section.
When this section applies
230-385(1)
This section applies if:
(a) your * hedging financial arrangement election applies to a * hedging financial arrangement; and
(b) you do not meet a requirement of section 230-355 or 230-360 or paragraph 230-365(c) in relation to the arrangement.
230-385(2)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), treat the requirement in paragraph 230-365(c) as being met even if you do not assess the hedging of the risk mentioned in that paragraph, but you can demonstrate that you intend to do so.
Commissioner may determine matter under section 230-360
230-385(3)
If:
(a) you fail to determine a matter in relation to the * hedging financial arrangement under section 230-360 ; or
(b) you determine a matter in relation to the arrangement under section 230-360 but the determination does not satisfy the requirements of subsection 230-360(2) ;
the Commissioner may determine that matter, in a way that satisfies the requirements of section 230-360 . A reference in this Division to a determination made under that section is treated as including a reference to a determination under this subsection.
Election does not apply to hedging financial arrangements you start to have after failing to comply with requirements
230-385(4)
Your * hedging financial arrangement election does not apply to a * hedging financial arrangement you start to have:
(a) after you fail to meet the requirement mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) in relation to the arrangement mentioned in that paragraph; and
(b) before a date (if any) determined by the Commissioner.
230-385(5)
The Commissioner may make a determination under paragraph (4)(b) only if satisfied that you are unlikely to fail again to meet a requirement of section 230-355 or 230-360 or paragraph 230-365(c) in relation to a * hedging financial arrangement.
230-385(6)
In deciding whether to make a determination under paragraph (4)(b), the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) your record keeping practices; and
(b) your compliance history; and
(c) any changes that have been made to:
(i) your accounting systems and controls; and
to ensure that failures of the kind mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) do not happen again; and
(ii) your internal governance processes;
(d) any other relevant matter.
Commissioner may still exercise powers under section 230-380
230-385(7)
This section does not prevent the Commissioner from exercising the Commissioner ' s powers under section 230-380 in relation to the * hedging financial arrangement mentioned in subsection (1).
The objects of this Subdivision are:
(a) to reduce administration and compliance costs by allowing you to align the tax treatment of your gains and losses from a *financial arrangement with the accounting treatment that applies to the arrangement; and
(b) to achieve those objects without your obtaining inappropriate tax benefits.
Election
230-395(1)
You may make an election to rely on financial reports if you are eligible under subsection (2) to make the election for the income year in which you make the election.
Eligibility to make election
230-395(2)
You are eligible to make an election to rely on financial reports for an income year if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for that income year in accordance with:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting made under a *foreign law that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a foreign law; and
(b) the financial report is audited in accordance with:
(i) the *auditing principles; or
(ii) if the auditing principles do not apply to the auditing of the financial report - comparable standards for auditing made under a foreign law; and
(c) your auditor has not qualified the auditor ' s report on your financial report for that income year or any of the last 4 financial years in a respect that is relevant to the taxation treatment of *financial arrangements; and
(d) your accounting systems and controls and your internal governance processes are reliable; and
(e) no report of an audit or review conducted in the income year, or any of the preceding 4 income years, has included an adverse assessment of your accounting systems in a respect that is relevant to the taxation treatment of financial arrangements.
Note 1:
Paragraph (b) - section 230-500 allows regulations to be made specifying particular foreign accounting and auditing standards as ones that are to be treated as comparable with Australian accounting and auditing principles for the purposes of this Division.
Note 2:
For the purposes of paragraphs (c) and (e), a qualification or assessment may be relevant to the taxation treatment of financial arrangements even though it does not deal with the amount or timing of recognition of gains or losses (but relates, for example, to the reliability of the accounting systems through which information about financial arrangements is recorded).
230-395(3)
Paragraph (2)(e) does not apply to a report of:
(a) an internal audit or review that you conduct; or
(b) an audit or review of a kind prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph.
Election irrevocable
230-395(4)
An election under subsection (1) is irrevocable.
Note:
The election may cease to apply under section 230-425 .
This section applies if:
(a) you prepare a financial report for a year (the first year ); and
(b) you prepare a financial report for the subsequent year (the second year ); and
(c) your income year starts in the first year and ends in the second year; and
(d) both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year are:
(i) prepared in accordance with paragraph 230-395(2)(a) ; and
(ii) audited in accordance with paragraph 230-395(2)(b) ; and
(e) the auditor ' s reports are unqualified for both the financial report for the first year and the financial report for the second year.
230-400(2)
Treat yourself as eligible to make an election for the income year under subsection 230-395(2) .
230-400(3)
Work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the income year as follows:
(a) firstly, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the first year in accordance with section 230-420 (treating the first year as an income year);
(b) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (a) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(c) next, work out the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for the second year in accordance with section 230-420 (treating the second year as an income year);
(d) next, work out how much of the gain or loss mentioned in paragraph (c) is attributable to the income year in accordance with subsection (4);
(e) next:
(i) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both gains - add them together to work out the gain from the arrangement for the income year; or
(ii) if the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) are both losses - add them together to work out the loss from the arrangement for the income year; or
(iii) if one of the amounts worked out under paragraphs (b) and (d) is a loss and the other is a gain - subtract the loss from the gain. If the result is positive, this is the gain from the arrangement for the income year. If the result is negative, this is the loss from the arrangement for the income year.
230-400(4)
For the purposes of paragraphs (3)(b) and (d), work out how much of the gain or loss is attributable to the income year by:
(a) using a methodology that is reasonable; and
(b) using the same methodology for the first and second years.
230-400(5)
For the purposes of paragraph (4)(a), treat a methodology that attributes the gain or loss on a pro-rata basis as not being reasonable.
Paragraph 230-395(2)(c) or (e) does not apply in relation to your *election to rely on financial reports for a particular income year or income years if the Commissioner determines that the paragraph does not apply to the election for that income year or those income years.
230-405(2)
In deciding whether to make the determination under subsection (1), the Commissioner must have regard to:
(a) the reasons for the non-compliance with the principles or standards concerned; and
(b) the remedial action (if any) that you have undertaken to ensure that non-compliance with those principles or standards does not occur in future (such as changes to your accounting systems and controls or to your internal governance structures); and
(c) if you, or your activities, are subject to regulatory oversight or review - any opinions expressed by the regulator about the adequacy of remedial action of the kind referred to in paragraph (b); and
(d) any other relevant matter.
An *election to rely on financial reports applies in relation to a *financial arrangement that you have if:
(a) the arrangement is a *Division 230 financial arrangement; and
(b) you start to have the arrangement in the income year in which you make the election or in a later income year; and
(c) the arrangement is recognised in financial reports of the kind referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) that are audited as referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(b) ; and
(d) if the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 - the arrangement is an asset or liability that you are required (whether or not as a result of a choice you make) by:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
to classify or designate, in the financial reports, as at fair value through profit or loss; and
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
(e) it is reasonably expected that the following is, or will be, the same:
(i) the amount of the overall gain or loss you make from the arrangement (as determined in accordance with the financial reports);
(ii) the amount of the overall gain or loss you make from the arrangement (as determined in accordance with the provisions of this Division if the election under this subsection did not apply to the arrangement); and
(f) the differences between the results of the following methods would reasonably be expected not to be substantial:
(i) the method used in your financial reports to work out the amounts of the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for each income year;
(ii) the method that would be applied by this Division to work out the amounts of those gains or losses if the election did not apply to the arrangement.
This subsection has effect subject to section 230-415 .
230-410(2)
In applying paragraph (1)(f) at the time when you start to have the *financial arrangement, disregard any differences between the results of the methods referred to in subparagraphs (1)(f)(i) and (ii) that are attributable solely to the provision for the possible impairment of debts required by the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) .
230-410(3)
Subsections (4), (5) and (6) apply if, but for this subsection, paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) would not be satisfied in relation to a *financial arrangement because the arrangement is an intra-group transaction for the purposes of:
(a) *accounting standard AASB 127 (or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph); or
(b) if that standard does not apply to the preparation of the financial report - a comparable accounting standard that applies to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law.
Note:
Financial arrangements between members of a consolidated group or MEC group are not covered by this subsection because the single entity rule in subsection 701-1(1) operates to treat them as not being financial arrangements for the purposes of this Division.
230-410(4)
Paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the *financial arrangement.
230-410(5)
Paragraph (1)(e) applies as if the reference in subparagraph (1)(e)(i) to the amount of the overall gain or loss you make from the *financial arrangement (as determined in accordance with the financial reports) were a reference to the amount of that overall gain or loss (as would bedetermined in accordance with the financial reports if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in subsection (3)).
230-410(6)
Paragraph (1)(f) applies as if the reference in subparagraph (1)(f)(i) to the method used in your financial reports to work out the amounts of the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for each income year were a reference to the method that would be used in your financial reports to work out those amounts if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in subsection (3).
230-410(7)
For the purposes of applying subparagraphs (1)(e)(ii) and (f)(ii) to a *financial arrangement, assume that you had made any election that:
(a) you could make under Subdivision 230-C or 230-D ; and
(b) could apply to the arrangement.
230-410(8)
If:
(a) the *financial arrangement would not be a financial arrangement if the following provisions were disregarded:
(i) Division 9A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which deals with offshore banking units);
(ii) Part IIIB of that Act (which deals with Australian branches of foreign banks etc); and
(b) paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) would be satisfied in relation to the financial arrangement if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities; and
(c) the *election to rely on financial reports is made by:
(i) if section 121EB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies - the OBU mentioned in that section (disregarding the operation of that section); or
(ii) if section 160ZZW of that Act applies - the bank mentioned in that section (disregarding the operation of that section);
paragraphs (1)(c) and (d) are taken to be satisfied in relation to the arrangement.
An *election to rely on financial reports does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the arrangement is an *equity interest; and
(b) you are the issuer of the equity interest.
230-415(2)
An *election to rely on financial reports does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) an entity (other than an individual) that satisfies subsection 230-455(2) , (3) or (4) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(b) the arrangement is a *qualifying security; and
(c) you have not made an election under subsection 230-455(7) .
230-415(3)
An *election to rely on financial reports does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the election is made by the *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group; and
(b) the election specifies that the election is not to apply to financial arrangements in relation to *life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group; and
(c) the arrangement is one that relates to the life insurance business carried on by a member of the consolidated group or MEC group.
230-415(4)
An *election to rely on financial reports does not apply to a *financial arrangement if the arrangement is associated with a business of a kind specified in regulations made for the purposes of this subsection.
If an *election to rely on financial reports applies to a *financial arrangement, the gain or loss you make from the arrangement for an income year is:
(a) the gain or loss that the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) require you to recognise in profit or loss from that arrangement for that income year; or
(b) if subsection 230-410(3) applies to the arrangement - the gain or loss that the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) would have required you to recognise in profit or loss from that arrangement for that income year if the arrangement had not been an intra-group transaction for the purposes of the standard referred to in paragraph 230-410(3)(b) ; or
(c) if subsection 230-410(8) applies to the arrangement - the gain or loss that the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-410(1)(d) would have required you to recognise in profit or loss for the year from the asset or liability mentioned in paragraph 230-410(1)(d) if the arrangement had been between 2 separate entities.
Note:
Subsection 230-40(7) provides that this Subdivision does not apply to a gain or loss from a financial arrangement to the extent to which Subdivision 230-E (hedging financial arrangements method) applies to the arrangement.
230-420(2)
Subsection (3) applies if:
(a) a *head company of a *consolidated group or *MEC group has a *financial arrangement; and
(b) an *election to rely on financial reports applies to the arrangement; and
(c) a subsidiary member of the group ceases to be a member of the group at a particular time (the leaving time ); and
(d) immediately after the leaving time, the subsidiary member has the arrangement.
230-420(3)
The gain or loss the group makes from the *financial arrangement for the income year in which the leaving time occurs is taken to be the gain or loss that the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) would require the group to recognise in profit or loss from the arrangement for that income year if:
(a) the circumstances that existed in relation to the arrangement (including its value) immediately before the leaving time had continued to exist until the end of the income year; and
(b) any circumstances that arise in relation to the arrangement after the leaving time were disregarded.
An election under subsection 230-395(1) ceases to have effect from the start of an income year if you cease to be eligible to make an *election to rely on financial reports for that income year.
230-425(2)
Subsection (1) does not prevent you from making a new election under subsection 230-395(1) at a later time if you become, at that later time, eligible to make an *election to rely on financial reports for an income year.
Note:
The new election will only apply to financial arrangements you start to have after the start of the income year in which the new election is made.
230-425(3)
An election under subsection 230-395(1) ceases to apply to a *financial arrangement from the start of an income year if the arrangement ceases to satisfy a requirement of paragraph 230-410(1)(c) , (d), (e) or (f) during that income year.
230-425(4)
If the election ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection (3), the election cannot subsequently apply to that arrangement (even if the requirements of paragraphs 230-410(1)(c) , (d), (e) and (f) are satisfied once more in relation to the arrangement).
You must make balancing adjustments under subsection (2) if an election under subsection 230-395(1) ceases to have effect under subsection 230-425(1) .
230-430(2)
The balancing adjustments under this subsection are the balancing adjustments you would make under Subdivision 230-G in relation to each of the *financial arrangements to which the election applied if you disposed of the arrangement for its fair value when the election ceases to have effect.
230-430(3)
You must make balancing adjustments under subsection (5) if an election under subsection 230-395(1) ceases to apply to a particular *financial arrangement under subsection 230-425(3) .
230-430(4)
Subsection (3) does not apply to a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the arrangement is not one that you are required (whether or not as a result of a choice you make) by the principles or standards referred to in paragraph 230-395(2)(a) to classify or designate, in your financial reports, as at fair value through profit or loss; and
(b) the election under subsection 230-395(1) ceases to apply to the arrangement because the arrangement fails to satisfy the requirements of paragraph 230-410(1)(e) or (f); and
(c) the arrangement ceases to satisfy the requirements of that paragraph because the arrangement becomes impaired for the purposes of those principles or standards.
230-430(5)
The balancing adjustment under this subsection is the balancing adjustment you would make under Subdivision 230-G if you disposed of the *financial arrangement for its fair value when the election ceases to apply to the arrangement.
230-430(6)
If a balancing adjustment is made under subsection (2) or (5) in relation to a *financial arrangement, you are taken, for the purposes of this Division, to have reacquired the arrangement at its fair value immediately after the election ceased to have effect or ceased to apply to the arrangement.
When balancing adjustment made
230-435(1)
A balancing adjustment is made under this Subdivision if:
(a) you transfer to another entity all of your rights and/or obligations under a *financial arrangement; or
(b) all of your rights and/or obligations under a financial arrangement otherwise cease; or
(c) you transfer to another entity:
(i) a proportionate share of all of your rights and/or obligations under a financial arrangement; or
(ii) a right or obligation that you have under a financial arrangement to a specifically identified *financial benefit; or
(iii) a proportionate share of a right or obligation that you have under a financial arrangement to a specifically identified financial benefit; or
(d) an *arrangement that is a *Division 230 financial arrangement ceases to be a financial arrangement.
230-435(2)
Paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c) do not apply to a right or obligation under a *financial arrangement unless that right or obligation is one of the rights or obligations that constitute the financial arrangement.
Note:
See subsections 230-45(1) and 230-50(1) and (2) for the rights and/or obligations that constitute a financial arrangement.
Modifications for arrangements that are assets
230-435(3)
If the *financial arrangement is an asset of yours at the time the event referred to in subsection (1) occurs, paragraphs (1)(a) and (c) do not apply unless the effect of the transfer is to transfer to the other entity substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the interest transferred.
230-435(4)
If a *financial arrangement is an asset of yours, for the purposes of applying this Subdivision to the arrangement, you are treated as transferring a right under the arrangement to another entity if:
(a) you retain the right but assume a new obligation; and
(b) your assumption of the new obligation has the same effect, in substance, as transferring the right to another entity; and
(c) the new obligation arises only to the extent to which the right to *financial benefits under the arrangement is satisfied; and
(d) you cannot sell or pledge the right (other than as security in relation to the new obligation); and
(e) you must, under the new obligation, provide financial benefits you receive in relation to the right to the entity to which you owe the new obligation without delay.
Historic rate rollover of derivative financial arrangement
230-435(5)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(b), all of your rights and/or obligations under a *financial arrangement that is a *derivative financial arrangement are taken to cease if there is an historic rate rollover of the arrangement.
Equity interests etc.
230-440(1)
A balancing adjustment is not made under this Subdivision in relation to a *financial arrangement at a time if:
(a) the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-50 (equity interests etc); and
(b) neither Subdivision 230-C nor Subdivision 230-F apply to the arrangement immediately before that time.
Financial arrangements to which hedging financial arrangement elections apply
230-440(2)
Balancing adjustments are not made under this Subdivision in relation to a *financial arrangement in relation to which a *hedging financial arrangement election applies.
Bad debts, margining and conversion into, or exchange for, ordinary shares
230-440(3)
A balancing adjustment is not made under this Subdivision in relation to the following events:
(a) a *financial arrangement being written off in whole or part as a bad debt;
(b) a financial arrangement that is a *derivative financial arrangement being settled or closed out for margining purposes;
(c) the ceasing of obligations or rights under a financial arrangement that is a *traditional security if:
(i) the ceasing occurs because the traditional security is converted into ordinary shares in, or transferred to, a company that is the issuer of the traditional security or a *connected entity; and
(ii) the traditional security was issued on the basis that it will or may convert into ordinary shares in, or be transferred to, the issuer of the traditional security or the connected entity;
(d) the ceasing of obligations or rights under a financial arrangement that is a traditional security if:
(i) the ceasing occurs because the traditional security is exchanged for ordinary shares in a company that is neither the issuer of the traditional security nor a connected entity; and
(ii) if the ceasing of the obligations or rights occurs because of a disposal - the disposal is to the issuer of the traditional security or a connected entity; and
(iii) the traditional security was issued on the basis that it will or may be exchanged for ordinary shares in the company.
Note:
Paragraph (a) - for the treatment of bad debts, see paragraph 230-190(3)(c) .
Subsidiary member leaving consolidated group or MEC group
230-440(4)
A balancing adjustment is not made under this Subdivision in relation to a subsidiary member of a *consolidated group or *MEC group that has a *financial arrangement ceasing to be a member of the group.
Complete cessation or transfer
230-445(1)
Use the following method statement to make the balancing adjustment if paragraph 230-435(1)(a) , (b) or (d) applies: Method statement for balancing adjustment
Step 1.
Add up the following:
Note:
This would include financial benefits you receive in relation to the transfer or cessation (see paragraph 230-60(2)(c) ).
Note:
The losses from the arrangement here include losses made in gaining or producing exempt income or non-assessable non-exempt income.
Step 2.
Add up the following:
Note:
This would include financial benefits you provide in relation to the transfer or cessation (see paragraph 230-60(1)(c) ).
Note:
The gains from the arrangements here include amounts of exempt income or non-assessable non-exempt income.
Step 3.
Compare the amount obtained under step 1 (the step 1 amount ) with the amount obtained under step 2 (the step 2 amount ). If the step 1 amount exceeds the step 2 amount, an amount equal to the excess is taken, as a balancing adjustment, to be a gain you make from the *financial arrangement for the purposes of this Division. If the step 2 amount exceeds the step 1 amount, an amount equal to the excess is taken, as a balancing adjustment, to be a loss that you make from the arrangement. If the step 1 amount and the step 2 amount are equal, no balancing adjustment is made.
Proportionate transfer of all rights and/or obligations under financial arrangement
230-445(2)
If subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(i) applies, you make the balancing adjustment by applying the method statement in subsection (1) but reduce:
(a) the amounts referred to in step 1; and
(b) the amounts referred to in step 2;
by applying the proportion referredto in subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(i) to them.
Transfer of specifically identified right or obligation under financial arrangement
230-445(3)
If subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(ii) applies, you make the balancing adjustment by applying the method statement in subsection (1) as if the references to:
(a) the amounts referred to in step 1; and
(b) the amounts referred to in step 2;
were references to those amounts to the extent to which they are reasonably attributable to the right or obligation referred to in subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(ii) .
Proportionate transfer of specifically identified right or obligation under financial arrangement
230-445(4)
If subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(iii) applies, you make the balancing adjustment by applying the method statement:
(a) as if the references to:
(i) the amounts referred to in step 1; and
were references to those amounts to the extent to which they are reasonably attributable to the right or obligation referred to in subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(iii) ; and
(ii) the amounts referred to in step 2;
(b) by reducing those amounts by applying the proportion referred to in subparagraph 230-435(1)(c)(iii) to them.
Attribution must reflect appropriate and commercially accepted valuation principles
230-445(5)
Any attribution made under subsection (3) or paragraph (4)(a) must reflect appropriate and commercially accepted valuation principles that properly take into account:
(a) the nature of the rights and obligations under the *financial arrangement; and
(b) the risks associated with each *financial benefit, right and obligation under the arrangement; and
(c) the time value of money.
Income year for which gain or loss is made
230-445(6)
The gain or loss you are taken to make under subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) is a gain or loss for the income year in which the event referred to in subsection 230-435(1) occurs.
Treatment of bad debts in relation to financial arrangements
230-445(7)
For the purposes of applying paragraph (b) of step 1 of the method statement in subsection (1) to a *financial arrangement, a bad debt deduction in relation to the arrangement to which subsection 230-25(3) applies is taken to be a deduction for a loss from the arrangement.
This Division does not apply in relation to your gains and losses from a *financial arrangement if:
(a) the arrangement is a financial arrangement under section 230-45 ; and
(b) either:
(i) you acquired goods or other property (other than goods that are, or property that is, money or a *money equivalent) or services (other than services that are a money equivalent) from another entity and the *financial benefits you are to provide under the arrangement are consideration for those goods, that property, or those services; or
(ii) you provided goods or other property (other than goods that are, or other property that is, money or a money equivalent) or services (other than services that are a money equivalent) to another entity and the financial benefits you are to receive under the arrangement are consideration for those goods, that property or those services; and
(c) the period between the following is not more than 12 months:
(i) the time when you are to provide or receive the consideration (or a substantial proportion of it);
(ii) the time when you acquired or provided the property, goods or services (or a substantial proportion of them); and
(d) the arrangement is not a *derivative financial arrangement for any income year; and
(e) a *fair value election does not apply to the arrangement.
This Division does not apply in relation to your gains or losses from a *financial arrangement for any income year if:
(a) you are:
(i) an individual; or
(ii) a superannuation entity (within the meaning of section 10 of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 ), a *superannuation fund that is not such an entity, a managed investment scheme (within the meaning of the Corporations Act 2001 ) or an entity with a similar status to such a scheme under a *foreign law relating to corporate regulation; or
(iii) an *ADI, a *securitisation vehicle, an entity that is required to register under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001 or an entity that would be required to register under that Act if it were a corporation; or
(iv) an entity other than an entity of a kind mentioned in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii); and
(b) where subparagraph (a)(ii) applies - you satisfy subsection (2) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(c) where subparagraph (a)(iii) applies - you satisfy subsection (3) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(d) where subparagraph (a)(iv) applies - you satisfy subsection (4) for the income year in which you start to have the arrangement; and
(e) either:
(i) the arrangement is to end not more than 12 months after you start to have it; or
(ii) the arrangement is not a *qualifying security.
230-455(2)
An entity satisfies this subsection for an income year if:
(a) the value of the entity ' s assets (see subsection (5)) for the income year (worked out at the end of the income year) is less than $100 million if the income year is the one in which the entity comes into existence; or
(b) the value of the entity ' s assets for the immediately preceding income year (worked out at the end of that immediately preceding income year) is less than $100 million if the income year is an income year after the one in which the entity comes into existence.
230-455(3)
An entity satisfies this subsection for an income year if:
(a) the entity ' s *aggregated turnover for the income year (worked out at the end of the income year) is less than $20 million if the income year is the one in which the entity comes into existence; or
(b) the entity ' s aggregated turnover for the immediately preceding income year (worked out at the end of that immediately preceding income year) is less than $20 million if the income year is an income year after the one in which the entity comes into existence.
230-455(4)
An entity satisfies this subsection for an income year if:
(a) either:
(i) the entity ' s *aggregated turnover for the income year (worked out at the end of the income year) is less than $100 million if the income year is the one in which the entity comes into existence; or
(ii) the entity ' s aggregated turnover for the immediately preceding income year (worked out at the end of that immediately preceding income year) is less than $100 million if the income year is an income year after the one in which the entity comes into existence; and
(b) either:
(i) the value of the entity ' s financial assets (see subsection (5)) for the income year (worked out at the end of the income year) is less than $100 million if the income year is the one in which the entity comes into existence; or
(ii) the value of the entity ' s financial assets for the immediately preceding income year (worked out at the end of that immediately preceding income year) is less than $100 million if the income year is an income year after the one in which the entity comes into existence; and
(c) either:
(i) the value of the entity ' s assets (see subsection (5)) for the income year (worked out at the end of the income year) is less than $300 million if the income year is the one in which the entity comes into existence; or
(ii) the value of the entity ' s assets for the immediately preceding income year (worked out at the end of that immediately preceding income year) is less than $300 million if the income year is an income year after the one in which the entity comes into existence.
230-455(5)
For the purposes of subsections (2) and (4), the value of the entity ' s assets or financial assets is to be determined in accordance with:
(a) if the entity applies *accounting standard AAS 25 in preparation of its financial reports - that accounting standard or another accounting standard prescribed by the regulations for the purposes of this paragraph; or
(b) if paragraph (a) does not apply and the entity prepares its financial reports in accordance with the *accounting principles - the entity ' s financial reports; or
(c) if paragraphs (a) and (b) do not apply and the entity prepares its financial reports in accordance with an accounting standard comparable to accounting standard AAS 25 under a *foreign law - that comparable standard; or
(d) if paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) do not apply - commercially accepted valuation principles.
230-455(6)
Subsection (1) does not apply to your gains or losses from a *financial arrangement for an income year if:
(a) you have made an election under subsection (7) in that income year or an earlier income year; and
(b) you start to have the arrangement after the beginning of the income year in which you make the election.
230-455(7)
An election under this subsection is an election to have this Division apply to all of the *financial arrangements that you start to have in the income year in which the election is made or a later income year.
230-455(8)
An election under subsection (7) is irrevocable.
230-455(9)
This section does not apply in relation to your gains or losses from a *financial arrangement that you start to have after a time if you are not an individual and you failed to satisfy subsection (2), (3) or (4) (as the case may be) for an income year ending before that time.
Rights and/or obligations subject to an exception
230-460(1)
This Division does not apply to your gains and losses from a *financial arrangement for any income year to the extent that your rights and/or obligations under the arrangement are the subject of an exception under any of the following subsections.
Note:
Further exceptions are also provided for in section 230-475 .
Leasing or property arrangement
230-460(2)
A right or obligation arising under:
(a) an *arrangement to which Division 242 (about luxury car leases) applies; or
(b) an arrangement to which Division 240 (about arrangements treated as a sale and loan) applies; or
(c) an arrangement that relates to an asset to which Division 250 (about assets put to tax preferred use) applies; or
(d) an arrangement that, in substance or effect, depends on the use of a specific asset that is:
(i) real property; or
(ii) goods or a personal chattel (other than money or a *money equivalent); or
and gives a right to control the use of the asset; or
(iii) intellectual property;
(e) an arrangement that is a licence to use:
(i) real property; or
(ii) goods or a personal chattel (other than money or a money equivalent); or
(iii) intellectual property;
is the subject of an exception.
Interest in partnership or trust
230-460(3)
A right carried by an interest in a partnership or a trust, or an obligation that corresponds to such a right, is the subject of an exception if:
(a) there is only one class of interest in the partnership or trust; or
(b) the interest is an *equity interest in the partnership or trust; or
(c) for a right or obligation relating to a trust - the trust is managed by a funds manager or custodian, or a responsible entity (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 ) of a registered scheme (as so defined).
230-460(4)
Subsection (3) does not apply if, assuming that the *financial arrangement were a *Division 230 financial arrangement, a *fair value election, or an *election to rely on financial reports, would apply to it.
Certain insurance policies
230-460(5)
A right or obligation under a *life insurance policy is the subject of an exception unless:
(a) you are not a *life insurance company that is the insurer under the policy; and
(b) the policy is an annuity that is a *qualifying security.
230-460(6)
A right or obligation under a *general insurance policy is the subject of an exception unless:
(a) you are not a *general insurance company; and
(b) the policy is a *derivative financial arrangement.
Certain workers ' compensation arrangements
230-460(7)
A right or obligation in relation to a liability for workers ' compensation claims to which Subdivision 321-C applies is the subject of an exception.
Certain guarantees and indemnities
230-460(8)
A right or obligation under a guarantee or indemnity is the subject of an exception unless:
(a) assuming that the *financial arrangement were a *Division 230 financial arrangement, it would be the subject of a *fair value election or an *election to rely on financial reports; or
(b) the financial arrangement is a *derivative financial arrangement; or
(c) the guarantee or indemnity is given in relation to a financial arrangement.
Personal arrangements and personal injury
230-460(9)
The following rights and obligations are the subject of an exception:
(a) a right to receive, or an obligation to provide, consideration for providing personal services;
(b) a right, or obligation, arising from the administration of a deceased person ' s estate;
(c) a right to receive, or an obligation to provide, a gift under a deed;
(d) a right to receive, or an obligation to provide, a *financial benefit by way of maintenance:
(i) to an individual who is or has been the *spouse of the person liable to provide the benefit; or
(ii) to or for the benefit of an individual who is or has been a child of the person liable to provide the benefit; or
(iii) to or for the benefit of an individual who is or has been a child of an individual who is or has been a spouse of the person liable to provide the benefit;
(e) a right to receive, or an obligation to provide, a financial benefit in relation to personal injury to an individual;
(f) a right to receive, or an obligation to provide, a financial benefit in relation to an injury to an individual ' s reputation.
230-460(10)
Without limiting paragraph (9)(e), that paragraph applies:
(a) even if the person to whom the *financial benefit is to be provided is not the individual who was injured; and
(b) even if the personal injury to the individual takes the form of:
(i) a wrong to the individual; or
(ii) illness of the individual.
Note:
The person referred to in paragraph (a) may, for example, be a relative of the individual who was injured.
Superannuation and pension benefits
230-460(11)
A right to receive, or an obligation to provide, *financial benefits is the subject of an exception if the right or obligation arises from a person ' s membership of a superannuation or pension scheme, including:
(a) a right of a dependant of a member to receive financial benefits or an obligation to provide financial benefits to a dependant of a member; and
(b) a right or obligation arising from an interest in:
(i) a *complying superannuation entity; or
(ii) a *non-complying superannuation fund or *non-complying approved deposit fund; or
(iii) an *RSA.
Interest in controlled foreign companies
230-460(12)
A right or obligation that arises under a *direct participation interest of an *attributable taxpayer in a *controlled foreign company is the subject of an exception.
Proceeds from certain business sales
230-460(13)
A right to receive, or an obligation to provide, *financial benefits arising from the sale of:
(a) a business; or
(b) shares in a company that operates a business; or
(c) interests in a trust that operates a business;
is the subject of an exception if the amounts, or the values, of those benefits are only *contingent on aspects of the economic performance of the business after the sale.
Infrastructure borrowings
230-460(14)
(Repealed by No 4 of 2018)
Farm management deposits
230-460(15)
A right to receive, or an obligation to provide, *financial benefits is the subject of an exception if:
(a) the right or obligation is the right or obligation of an *owner of a *farm management deposit; and
(b) the right or obligation relates to the deposit.
Rights and obligations to which section 121EK of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies
230-460(16)
A right or obligation that arises because of a payment of an amount to which section 121EK of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies is the subject of an exception.
Forestry managed investment scheme interests
230-460(17)
A right or obligation under a *forestry interest in a *forestry managed investment scheme in relation to which you can claim deductions under Division 394 is the subject of an exception.
Exploration benefits
230-460(17A)
A right or obligation that arises because of the provision of an *exploration benefit under a *farm-in farm-out arrangement is the subject of an exception.
Regulations may provide for exceptions
230-460(18)
A right or obligation of a kind specified in the regulations for the purposes of this subsection is the subject of an exception.
This section applies if:
(a) you cease to have a *financial arrangement (or part of a financial arrangement); and
(b) you make a loss from ceasing to have the arrangement (or that part of the arrangement); and
(c) if the arrangement is a marketable security (within the meaning of section 70B of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ):
(i) you did not acquire the arrangement in the ordinary course of trading on a securities market (within the meaning of that section); and
(ii) at the time you acquired the arrangement, it was not open to you to acquire an identical financial arrangement in the ordinary course of trading on a securities market; and
(d) if the arrangement is a marketable security - you did not dispose of the arrangement in the course of trading on a securities market; and
(e) it would be concluded that you ceased to have the arrangement wholly or partly because there was an apprehension or belief that the other party or other parties to the arrangement were, or would be likely to be, unable or unwilling to discharge all their liabilities to pay amounts under the arrangement.
230-465(2)
The amount of the loss is reduced by so much of that amount as is a loss of capital or a loss of a capital nature.
Note:
However, the amount by which the loss is reduced is a capital loss.
230-465(3)
In applying paragraph (1)(e), you must have regard to:
(a) the financial position of the other party or parties to the *financial arrangement; and
(b) the perceptions of the financial position of the other party or parties to the arrangement; and
(c) other relevant matters.
If a gain that you make from a *financial arrangement arises from the *forgiveness of a debt to which Subdivisions 245-C to 245-G apply, the gain is reduced by:
(a) if section 245-90 (about agreements to forgo capital losses or deductions) applies - the debt's provisional net forgiven amount mentioned in that section; or
(b) if that section does not apply - the debt's *net forgiven amount.
Note:
Section 51AAA (about a net capital gains limit) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 also has the effect of preventing you from deducting losses.
Exceptions
230-475(1)
To avoid doubt, this Division does not apply to your gains and losses from a *financial arrangement for any income year to the extent that your rights and/or obligations are the subject of an exception under any of the following subsections.
230-475(2)
This section is not intended to limit, expand or otherwise affect the operation of sections 230-45 to 230-55 (which tell you what is covered by the concept of financial arrangement ) in relation to rights and/or obligations other than those dealt with in this section.
Retirement village and residential or flexible care arrangements
230-475(3)
The following rights and obligations are the subject of an exception:
(a) a right or obligation arising under a *retirement village residence contract;
(b) a right or obligation arising under a *retirement village services contract;
(c) a right or obligation arising under an *arrangement under which *residential care or *flexible care is provided.
230-475(4)
For the purposes of subsection (3):
(a) a retirement village residence contract is a contract that gives rise to a right to occupy *residential premises in a *retirement village; and
(b) a retirement village services contract is a contract under which a resident of a retirement village is provided with general or personal services in the retirement village.
This section applies if a gain you make from a *financial arrangement is in the form of:
(a) a *franked distribution (including a franked distribution that *flows indirectly to you); or
(b) a right to receive a franked distribution (including a franked distribution that will flow indirectly to you).
230-480(2)
This Division does not apply to the gain to the extent that the *franked distribution has a *franked part.
A *registered emissions unit is exempt from this Division.
The object of this section is to deal with your gains and losses for an income year in which you change residence by:
(a) allocating the gains and losses to your periods of Australian and foreign residence in that income year; and
(b) determining the assessability of the gains and the deductibility of the losses according to:
(i) your residency in each period; and
(ii) the sources of the gains and the connection of the losses with your assessable income.
230-485(2)
This section applies if:
(a) you are a foreign resident for part of an income year (the foreign residency period ) and an Australian resident for the other part of the income year (the Australian residency period ); and
(b) section 230-490 does not apply in respect of the change of residence.
Note:
See section 230-490 if you change residence, and after the change the gains and losses you make from the arrangement are not assessable or deductible under this Division.
Realisation method
230-485(3)
Subsection (4) applies if:
(a) you have a *financial arrangement at the time (the residence change time ):
(i) you cease to be an Australian resident; or
(ii) you become an Australian resident; and
(b) you apply the realisation method to determine the amount of a gain or loss you make from the arrangement.
230-485(4)
You are taken for the purposes of this Division:
(a) to have disposed of the arrangement just before the residence change time for its fair value just before that time; and
(b) to have acquired the arrangement again at the residence change time for its fair value at that time.
Accruals and hedging financial arrangement methods
230-485(5)
Subsection (6) applies if:
(a) assuming that you disregarded this section and subsection 230-40(2) , you would apply the accruals or hedging financial arrangement method to determine the amount of:
(i) a gain included in your assessable income under section 230-15 for the income year; or
(ii) a loss you can deduct under section 230-15 for the income year; and
(b) subsection (4) does not apply in relation to any gain or loss under the arrangement.
230-485(6)
Apply that method by apportioning the gain or loss on a reasonable basis between those periods so as to work out:
(a) a gain or loss from the arrangement for the foreign residency period; and
(b) a gain or loss from the arrangement for the Australian residency period.
Fair value, foreign exchange retranslation and financial reports methods
230-485(7)
Subsection (8) applies if:
(a) assuming that you disregarded this section and subsection 230-40(2) , you would apply the fair value or foreign exchange retranslation method or the method of relying on your financial reports to determine the amount of:
(i) a gain included in your assessable income under section 230-15 for the income year; or
(ii) a loss you can deduct under section 230-15 for the income year; and
(b) subsection (4) does not apply in relation to any gain or loss under the arrangement.
230-485(8)
Apply that method to work out:
(a) a gain or loss from the arrangement for the foreign residency period; and
(b) a gain or loss from the arrangement for the Australian residency period.
This section applies if:
(a) you cease to be an Australian resident at a particular time (the residence change time ); and
(b) you have a *financial arrangement at the residence change time; and
(c) at the residence change time you expect that any gains and losses you make from the arrangement after that time will not be assessable or deductible under this Division.
230-490(2)
You are taken for the purposes of this Division:
(a) to have disposed of the arrangement just before that time for its fair value just before that time; and
(b) to have acquired the arrangement again at the residence change time for its fair value at that time.
This section applies if:
(a) one of these methods apply to take account of a gain or loss you make from a *financial arrangement:
(i) the fair value method provided for in Subdivision 230-C ; or
(ii) the foreign exchange retranslation method provided for in Subdivision 230-D ; or
(iii) the method of relying on your financial reports provided for in Subdivision 230-F ; and
(b) there is a change in, or in the application of, the relevant principles or standards (as mentioned in section 230-230 (fair value method), 230-280 (foreign exchange retranslation method) or 230-420 (method of relying on financial reports)) that apply in relation to the arrangement; and
(c) that change applies to a particular income year and later years; and
(d) as a result of the change, those principles or standards require you to recognise in your statement of financial position an amount (the equity amount ), in order to avoid the need to increase or decrease gains or losses recognised in profit or loss from the financial arrangement in respect of previous income years.
230-495(2)
If the equity amount is positive, include in your assessable income for the particular income year mentioned in paragraph (1)(c) so much of it as relates to the *financial arrangement mentioned in paragraph (1)(a).
230-495(3)
If the equity amount is negative, you are entitled to a deduction for the particular income year mentioned in paragraph (1)(c) equal to so much of it as relates to the *financial arrangement mentioned in paragraph (1)(a).
The regulations may:
(a) specify that particular standards that apply under a *foreign law are to be taken for the purposes of this Division to be comparable to the *accounting principles; and
(b) specify that particular standards that apply under a foreign law are to be taken for the purposes of this Division to be comparable to the *auditing principles.
This section applies if you start or cease to have a *Division 230 financial arrangement as consideration for the provision or acquisition of a thing.
230-505(2)
Work out the *market value of the thing at the time at which you (in fact) provide or acquire it. For the purposes of applying this Act to you, treat the amount:
(a) you obtain for providing the thing; or
(b) you provide for acquiring the thing;
as being that market value.
Note 1:
The amount may be relevant, for example, for the purposes of applying the provisions of this Act dealing with capital gains, capital allowances or trading stock to the thing.
Note 2:
This subsection does not affect the financial benefits received or provided under the financial arrangement from you starting or ceasing to have it (except in the circumstances described in Note 3). However:
Note 3:
If the thing is itself a Division 230 financial arrangement and subsection (3) does not apply, this subsection will determine the financial benefits received or provided under the financial arrangement from you starting or ceasing to have it.
230-505(3)
Subsection (2) does not apply if:
(a) you start or cease to have the *financial arrangement as mentioned in subsection (1) under an arrangement (the starting or ceasing arrangement ); and
(b) the thing is itself a *Division 230 financial arrangement; and
(c) the starting or ceasing arrangement is not itself a Division 230 financial arrangement.
Example:
An arrangement for exchanging a share subject to Subdivision 230-C for another share subject to Subdivision 230-C , where the arrangement itself is not a Division 230 financial arrangement.
230-505(4)
For the purposes of this section:
(a) treat yourself as providing a thing to another entity if:
(i) you have provided, or are to provide, the thing to the other entity; or
(ii) you cease to have, have ceased to have or are to cease to have, the thing; or
(iii) the other entity starts to have, has started having or is to start to have, the thing; and
(b) treat yourself as acquiring a thing if:
(i) another entity has provided, or is to provide, the thing to you; or
(ii) another entity ceases to have, has ceased to have or is to cease to have, the thing; or
(iii) you start to have, have started to have or are to start to have, the thing.
230-505(5)
For the purposes of this section, treat part of a *Division 230 financial arrangement as a Division 230 financial arrangement.
230-505(6)
Without limiting subsection (1), the thing provided, or the thing acquired, need not be a tangible thing and may take the form of services, conferring a right, incurring an obligation or extinguishing or varying a right or obligation.
230-505(7)
To avoid doubt, this section applies even if your starting or ceasing to have the *financial arrangement mentioned in subsection (1) is only part of the consideration for the provision or acquisition of the thing.
230-505(8)
For the purposes of this section, treat your starting or ceasing to have the *financial arrangement mentioned in subsection (1) as consideration for the provision or acquisition of the thing if that starting or ceasing is, in substance or effect, done for the provision or acquisition of the thing.
Example:
Starting to have a financial arrangement in satisfaction of an obligation, where the obligation itself was incurred as consideration for the thing.
This section applies if:
(a) a balancing adjustment is made under Subdivision 230-G in relation to a *Division 230 financial arrangement you have; and
(b) if the balancing adjustment was made because of paragraph 230-435(1)(b) or (d) (cessations without transfer) - the arrangement is not a *debt interest or loan.
Non-arm ' s length transaction resulting in you starting to have the arrangement
230-510(2)
Subsection (3) applies if the parties to the dealing that resulted in you starting to have the arrangement were not dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the dealing.
230-510(3)
For the purposes of this Division:
(a) disregard the amount of the *financial benefit (if any) that you provided or received in relation to you starting to have the arrangement; and
(b) instead, treat yourself as having provided or received a financial benefit in relation to you starting to have the arrangement that is equal to the amount of the financial benefit that you would have provided or received if the parties to the dealing mentioned in subsection (2) were dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the dealing.
Non-arm ' s length transaction resulting in change of an amount of a financial benefit that you provided or received under the financial arrangement
230-510(4)
Subsection (5) applies if the parties to a dealing that resulted in a change of an amount of a *financial benefit that you provide or receive under the *financial arrangement were not dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the dealing.
230-510(5)
For the purposes of this Division:
(a) disregard the amount of the *financial benefit (if any) that you provide or receive under the *financial arrangement as a result of the dealing; and
(b) instead, treat yourself as providing or receiving a financial benefit under the financial arrangement as a result of the dealing that is equal to the amount of the financial benefit that you would have provided or received if the parties to the dealing were dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the dealing.
Non-arm ' s length transaction resulting in balancing adjustment
230-510(6)
Subsection (7) applies if the parties to the dealing that resulted in the balancing adjustment mentioned in subsection (1) being made were not dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the dealing.
230-510(7)
For the purposes of this Division:
(a) disregard the amount of the *financial benefit (if any) that you provide or receive in relation to the balancing adjustment; and
(b) instead, treat yourself as providing or receiving a financial benefit in relation to the balancing adjustment that is equal to the amount of the financial benefit that you would have provided or received if the parties to the dealing mentioned in subsection (6) were dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the dealing.
This section applies if:
(a) disregarding this Division, a provision mentioned in subsection (2) makes an adjustment to an amount (including a nil amount) (the relevant amount ); and
(b) the relevant amount is relevant in determining the amount of a gain or loss you make from a *Division 230 financial arrangement.
230-515(2)
The provisions are as follows:
(a) section 52A of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(b) (Repealed by No 93 of 2011)
(c) Division 16J of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(d) Division 16K of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(e) item 3 of the table in subsection 245-65(1) of this Act;
(f) section 775-40 of this Act.
230-515(3)
In determining the amount of the gain or loss, treat the relevant amount as having been adjusted by the provision mentioned in subsection (2).
230-515(4)
However, if the circumstances that gave rise to the adjustment result in section 230-510 having the effect of altering the amount of the gain or loss, do not treat the relevant amount as having been adjusted under subsection (3) to the extent of that alteration.
Disregard a gain or loss under this Division from a *financial arrangement to the extent that it is attributable to:
(a) a shifting of value that has consequences under Division 723 ; or
(b) a *direct value shift that has consequences under Division 725 ; or
(c) an *indirect value shift that has consequences under Division 727 ; or
(d) a shifting of value that has consequences analogous to those under Division 725 or 727 under a repealed provision of this Act or of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 .
230-520(2)
Determine whether a shifting of value has the consequences mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) on the assumption that a *realisation event in respect of all or part of the *financial arrangement happens in the income year for the gain or loss.
This section applies if a provision of Division 832 would, apart from section 832-785 , apply to make not allowable an amount (the relevant amount ) that is all or a part of the deduction for:
(a) a loss from a *Division 230 financial arrangement; or
(b) an amount treated under section 832-790 as a separate loss from a Division 230 financial arrangement.
230-522(2)
The following have effect:
(a) if (disregarding section 832-790 ) you made a loss from the *financial arrangement, and the relevant amount does not exceed the amount of the loss - the amount of the loss you made is reduced by the relevant amount;
(b) if (disregarding section 832-790 ) you made a loss from the financial arrangement, and the relevant amount exceeds the amount of the loss:
(i) you do not make a loss from the financial arrangement; and
(ii) instead, you make a gain from the financial arrangement equal to the amount of the excess;
(c) if (disregarding section 832-790 ) you made a gain from the financial arrangement - the amount of the gain is increased by the relevant amount.
230-522(3)
The effect of subsection (2) is to be disregarded for the purposes of paragraph (c) of step 1 and paragraph (c) of step 2 of subsection 230-445(1) (about balancing adjustments).
For the purposes of this Division, treat a financial report prepared by another entity as being prepared by you if:
(a) the other entity is a *connected entity of yours; and
(b) the report is a consolidated financial report that deals with both your affairs and the affairs of the connected entity; and
(c) the report properly reflects your affairs.
So much of a Statement of Financial Performance and a Statement of Financial Position, given to * APRA by a foreign ADI (within the meaning of the Banking Act 1959 ) as required under section 13 of the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 2001 , as:
(a) cover the activities of an * Australian permanent establishment of the foreign ADI for the year; and
(b) are prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement standards under the * accounting principles; and
(c) are audited in accordance with the * auditing principles;
are treated, for the purposes of the provisions mentioned in subsection (2), as being a financial report for a year:
(d) prepared by the foreign ADI in accordance with the accounting principles; and
(e) audited in accordance with the auditing principles.
230-527(2)
The provisions are as follows:
(a) sections 230-150 to 230-165 (election for portfolio treatment of fees);
(b) sections 230-210 to 230-220 (fair value election);
(c) sections 230-255 to 230-265 (foreign exchange retranslation election);
(d) sections 230-315 to 230-335 (hedging financial arrangement election);
(e) sections 230-395 , 230-400 , 230-410 and 230-430 (election to rely on financial reports).
Subdivision 230-J - Additional operation of Division
Foreign currency
230-530(1)
This Division also applies to *foreign currency as if the currency were a right that constituted a *financial arrangement.
Non-equity shares
230-530(2)
This Division also applies to a *non-equity share in a company as if the share were a right that constituted a *financial arrangement.
Commodities held by traders
230-530(3)
This Division also applies to a commodity that you hold as if the commodity were a right that constituted a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you are an entity that trades or deals both in:
(i) that commodity; and
(ii) financial arrangements whose values change in response to changes in the price or value of that commodity; and
(b) you hold that commodity for the purposes of dealing in the commodity; and
(c) a *fair value election or an *election to rely on financial reports applies to financial arrangements that you start to have when you start to have the commodity; and
(d) the commodity is an asset that you are required (whether or not as a result of a choice you make) by:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
to classify or designate, in your financial reports, as at fair value through profit or loss.
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
Offsetting commodity contracts held by traders
230-530(4)
This Division also applies to a contract to which you are a party as if the contract were a *financial arrangement if:
(a) you have a right to receive or an obligation to provide a commodity under the contract; and
(b) you have a practice of dealing in the commodity through the performance of offsetting contracts to receive and provide the commodity; and
(c) you do not have, as your sole or dominant purpose for entering into the contract, the purpose of receiving or delivering the commodity as part of your expected purchase, sale or usage requirements; and
(d) a *fair value election or an *election to rely on financial reports applies to financial arrangements that you start to have when you enter into the contract; and
(e) the contract is an asset or liability that you are required (whether or not as a result of a choice you make) by:
(i) the *accounting principles; or
to classify or designate, in your financial reports, as at fair value through profit or loss.
(ii) if the accounting principles do not apply to the preparation of the financial report - comparable standards for accounting that apply to the preparation of the financial report under a *foreign law;
This Division is about the tax treatment of particular kinds of financial transactions.
SECTION 235-805 What this Subdivision is about
An entity that invests in an asset through an instalment warrant, instalment receipt, or other similar arrangement, is treated for most income tax purposes as if it had invested in the asset directly.
A regulated superannuation fund that invests in an asset through a limited recourse borrowing is treated in the same way.
Operative provisions | |
235-810 | Object of this Subdivision |
235-815 | Application of Subdivision |
235-820 | Look-through treatment for instalment trusts |
235-825 | Meaning of instalment trust and instalment trust asset |
235-830 | What trusts are covered - instalment trust arrangements |
235-835 | Requirement for underlying investments to be listed or widely held |
235-840 | What trusts are covered - limited recourse borrowings by regulated superannuation funds |
235-845 | Interactions with other provisions |
SECTION 235-810 235-810 Object of this Subdivision
The object of this Subdivision is to ensure that, for most income tax purposes, the consequences of ownership of an *instalment trust asset flow to the entity that has the beneficial interest in the asset, instead of to the trustee.
This Subdivision applies to:
(a) the entity that has the beneficial interest in an *instalment trust asset as the beneficiary of an *instalment trust; and
(b) the trustee of the instalment trust.
235-815(2)
This Subdivision applies for the purposes of this Act, apart from:
(a) Part VA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (which is about tax file numbers); and
(b) Subdivisions 12-E , 12-F and 12-H in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (which are about PAYG withholding).
Joint investments
235-815(3)
This Subdivision applies in relation to 2 or more entities that hold an interest in a trust as joint tenants, or as tenants in common, in the same way it applies in relation to a single entity that holds such an interest.
Note:
Each investor that is treated by this Subdivision as jointly owning an instalment trust asset is treated for CGT purposes as owning a separate asset: see section 108-7 .
If an entity (the investor ) has a beneficial interest in an *instalment trust asset under an *instalment trust, the asset is treated as being the investor ' s asset (instead of being an asset of the trust).
Example:
A dividend in respect of the asset is paid to the trustee. It is treated (but not for the purposes of the PAYG withholding provisions mentioned in paragraph 235-815(2)(b) ) as if it had been paid directly to the investor.
235-820(2)
An act done in relation to an *instalment trust asset of an *instalment trust by the trustee of the trust is treated as if the act had been done by the investor (instead of by the trustee).
Example:
A trustee disposes of the asset. Any capital gain or loss is made by the investor, not by the trustee.
235-820(3)
The investor is treated as having the *instalment trust asset in the same circumstances as the investor actually has the interest in the *instalment trust.
235-820(4)
Without limiting subsection (3), the circumstances include:
(a) whether the interest is held on capital account or on revenue account; and
(b) whether the interest is held as a joint tenant or tenant in common.
235-820(5)
Any consequence arising under the *GST Act for the trustee of the *instalment trust, as a result of anything done in relation to the *instalment trust asset, is treated as if it had arisen for the investor (instead of for the trustee), even if that consequence would not have arisen had the thing been done by or to the investor.
Example:
If the trustee has a net input tax credit under the GST Act, the investor must apply the credit to reduce the investor ' s cost base for the instalment trust asset (even if the investor is not registered or required to be registered for GST purposes): see section 103-30 .
A trust is an instalment trust if:
(a) the trust is covered by section 235-830 (about instalment trust arrangements) and satisfies the requirements in section 235-835 (about requirements for underlying investments to be listed or widely held); or
(b) the trust is covered by section 235-840 (about limited recourse borrowings by *regulated superannuation funds).
235-825(2)
An instalment trust asset is an asset that is, or is part of, the underlying investment of an *instalment trust (as mentioned in section 235-830 or 235-840 , as the case requires).
This section covers a trust if, under an *arrangement:
(a) an entity (the investor ) makes a *borrowing, or is provided with credit; and
(b) to secure the borrowing or provision of credit, the trustee of the trust acquires an asset or assets (the underlying investment ); and
(c) the investor has a beneficial interest in the underlying investment as the sole beneficiary of the trust; and
(d) for a provision of credit - the credit was provided to the investor to acquire the asset, or one of the assets, that comprises the underlying investment; and
(e) the investor is entitled to the benefit of all income from the underlying investment; and
(f) the investor is entitled to acquire legal ownership of the underlying investment on discharging its obligations relating to the borrowing or provision of credit.
Note:
For paragraph (c), the sole beneficiary of the trust may be 2 or more entities that have an interest in the trust as joint tenants or tenants in common: see subsection 235-815(3) .
235-830(2)
However, this section does not cover a trust if the investor is a trustee of a *regulated superannuation fund and the *arrangement includes a *borrowing.
235-830(3)
This section does not cover a trust if the underlying investment is subject to any charge, security or other encumbrance (apart from any charge securing the obligations relating to the *borrowing or provision of credit).
A trust satisfies the requirements in this section if:
(a) each asset that is, or is part of, the underlying investment is:
(i) a *share, a unit in a unit trust or a stapled security; or
(ii) an interest in an entity that holds an interest in a share, a unit in a unit trust or a stapled security either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities; and
(b) each such share, unit or stapled security:
(i) is listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; or
(ii) meets the widely held requirement set out in the applicable item of the following table.
Widely held requirements | ||
Item |
Column 1
Type of asset |
Column 2
Widely held requirement |
1 | A *share in a company | The company is a *widely held company |
2 | A unit in a unit trust | The unit trust is a widely held unit trust as defined in section 272-105 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
3 | A stapled security | All companies involved are *widely held companies and all trusts involved are such widely held unit trusts |
235-835(2)
A *share, unit in a unit trust or a stapled security that fails the widely held requirement set out in the table in subsection (1) is treated as satisfying that requirement if the failure:
(a) is of a temporary nature only; and
(b) is caused by circumstances outside the investor ' s control.
235-835(3)
In applying subsection (1), disregard an asset, or the cash proceeds from disposing of an asset, if:
(a) the trustee became entitled to the asset in respect of a *share, unit or stapled security that was, or was part of, the underlying investment just before the entitlement arose; and
(b) the asset is not a *share, unit in a unit trust, or stapled security; and
(c) if the asset is an interest in an entity, or a right, option or similar interest that gives the holder an entitlement to acquire an interest in an entity:
(i) an interest in the entity is listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; or
(ii) the entity meets a widely held requirement set out in column 2 of item 1 or 2 of the table in subsection (1); and
(d) the underlying investment comprises one or more other assets that are not disregarded under this subsection.
Example:
Examples of the types of assets disregarded by this subsection are:
(a) assets that represent distributions and capital payments in respect of the underlying investment; and (b) bonus rights issued in respect of the underlying investment.
235-835(4)
Despite subsections (1) to (3), the underlying investment does not satisfy the requirement in this section if an asset that is, or is part of, the underlying investment is an *ESS interest to which Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies.
This section covers a trust if:
(a) under an *arrangement, an asset or assets (the underlying investment ) is acquired by the trustee of the trust for the benefit of a trustee of a *regulated superannuation fund to secure a *borrowing; and
(b) until the borrowing is repaid, the arrangement is covered by:
(i) the exception in subsection 67A(1) of the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (which is about limited recourse borrowing arrangements); or
(ii) the exception in former subsection 67(4A) of that Act (which was about instalment warrants).
Section 106-50 (about absolutely entitled beneficiaries) does not apply to an *instalment trust asset.
235-845(2)
Section 106-60 (about securities, charges and encumbrances) does not apply to an *instalment trust asset.
235-845(3)
Nothing in this Subdivision limits Division 247 (which is about capital protected borrowings).
Note:
Division 247 may apply to an arrangement to which this Subdivision applies.
For income tax purposes, some arrangements (such as hire purchase agreements) are recharacterised as a sale of property, combined with a loan, by the notional seller to the notional buyer, to finance the purchase price.
Effect of notional sale
240-3(1)
The consideration for the notional sale is either the price stated as the cost or value of the property or its arm's length value. If the notional seller is disposing of the property as trading stock, the normal consequences of disposing of trading stock follow. In particular, the notional seller will be assessed on the sale price.
240-3(2)
Where the property is not trading stock the notional seller's assessable income will include any profit made by the notional seller on the notional sale or on the sale of the property after a notional re-acquisition.
Effect of notional loan
240-3(3)
The notional seller's assessable income will include notional interest over the period of the loan.
Other effects
240-3(4)
These effects displace the income tax consequences that would otherwise arise from the arrangement. For example, the actual payments to the notional seller are not included in its assessable income. Also, the notional seller loses the right to deduct amounts under Division 40 (about capital allowances).
SECTION 240-7 How the recharacterisation affects the notional buyer
Effect of notional purchase
240-7(1)
The cost of the acquisition is either the price stated as the cost or value of the property or its arm's length value. If the notional buyer is acquiring the property as trading stock, the normal consequences of acquiring trading stock follow. In particular, the notional buyer can usually deduct the purchase price.
240-7(2)
If the property is not trading stock, the notional buyer may be able to deduct amounts for the expenditure under Division 40 (about capital allowances).
Effect of notional loan
240-7(3)
The notional buyer may be able to deduct notional interest payments over the period of the loan.
Other effects
240-7(4)
These effects displace the income tax consequences that would otherwise arise from the arrangement. For example, the notional buyer cannot deduct the actual payments to the notional seller.
SECTION 240-10 240-10 Application of this Division
An *arrangement is treated as a notional sale and notional loan if:
(a) the arrangement is listed in the table below; and
(b) the arrangement relates to the kind of property listed in the table; and
(c) any conditions listed in the table are satisfied.
Special provisions that apply to particular arrangements are also listed in the table.
This Division applies to: | ||||
*Arrangements of this kind: | That relate to this kind of property: | If these conditions are satisfied: | Special provisions: | |
1 | *Hire purchase agreement | Any goods | None | See Subdivision 240-I |
This Division has effect for the purposes of this Act and for the purposes of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 other than:
(a) Parts 3-1 and 3-3 of this Act (capital gains tax); and
(b) Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (certain payments to non-residents etc.).
SECTION 240-17 Who is the notional seller and the notional buyer? 240-17(1)
An entity is the notional seller if it is a party to the *arrangement and:
(a) actually owns the property; or
(b) is the owner of the property because of a previous operation of this Division.
240-17(2)
An entity is the notional buyer if it is a party to the *arrangement and, under the arrangement, has the *right to use the property.
Example:
If the arrangement is a hire purchase agreement, the finance provider will be the notional seller and the hirer will be the notional buyer.
SECTION 240-20 Notional sale of property by notional seller and notional acquisition of property by notional buyer 240-20(1)
The *notional seller is taken to have disposed of the property by way of sale to the *notional buyer, and the notional buyer is taken to have acquired it, at the start of the *arrangement.
240-20(2)
The *notional buyer is taken to own the property until:
(a) the *arrangement ends; or
(b) the notional buyer becomes the *notional seller under a later arrangement to which this Division applies.
SECTION 240-25 Notional loan by notional seller to notional buyer 240-25(1)
On entering into the *arrangement, the *notional seller is taken to have made a loan (the notional loan ) to the *notional buyer.
240-25(2)
The notional loan is for a period:
(a) starting at the start of the *arrangement; and
(b) ending on the day on which the arrangement is to cease to have effect or, if the arrangement is of indefinite duration, on the day on which it would be reasonable to conclude, having regard to the terms and conditions of the arrangement, that the arrangement will cease to have effect.
240-25(3)
The notional loan is of an amount (the notional loan principal ) equal to the consideration for the sale of the property less any amount paid, or credited by the *notional seller as having been paid, by the *notional buyer to the notional seller, at or before the start of the *arrangement, for the cost of the property.
Note:
Section 240-80 affects the amount of the notional loan principal where the arrangement is an extension or renewal of another arrangement.
240-25(4)
The notional loan is subject to payment of interest.
240-25(5)
The consideration for the sale of the property by the *notional seller, and the cost of the acquisition of the property by the *notional buyer, are each taken to have been:
(a) if an amount is stated to be the cost or value of the property for the purposes of the *arrangement and the notional seller and the notional buyer were dealing with each other at *arm's length in connection with the arrangement - the amount so stated; or
(b) otherwise - the amount that could reasonably have been expected to have been paid by the notional buyer for the purchase of the property if:
(i) the notional seller had actually sold the property to the notional buyer at the start of the arrangement; and
(ii) the notional seller and the notional buyer were dealing with each other at arm's length in connection with the sale.
240-25(6)
The notional loan principal is taken to be repaid, and the interest is taken to be paid, by the making of the payments under the *arrangement.
This Subdivision provides for the inclusion in the notional seller ' s assessable income of:
SECTION 240-35 Amounts to be included in notional seller's assessable income
Notional interest
240-35(1)
The *notional seller's assessable income of an income year includes the *notional interest for *arrangement payment periods, and parts of arrangement payment periods, in the income year.
Profit on notional sale
240-35(2)
If the property is not *trading stock of the *notional seller and the consideration for the notional sale of the property exceeds the cost of the acquisition of the property by the notional seller, the excess is included in the notional seller's assessable income of the income year of the notional sale.
Profit on actual sale after notional re-acquisition
240-35(3)
If:
(a) the *notional seller is taken under this Division to have re-acquired the property from the *notional buyer; and
(b) the notional seller afterwards sells the property; and
(c) the consideration for the sale exceeds the cost of the re-acquisition;
the excess is included in the notional seller's assessable income of the income year in which the sale occurred.
The *arrangement payments that the *notional seller receives, or is entitled to receive, under the *arrangement:
(a) are not to be included in the *notional seller's assessable income of any income year; but
(b) are not taken to be *exempt income of the notional seller.
240-40(2)
However, those *arrangement payments are taken into account in calculating *notional interest that is included in the *notional seller's assessable income under section 240-35 .
240-40(3)
A loss or outgoing incurred by the *notional seller in deriving any such *arrangement payments is not taken to be a loss or outgoing incurred by the notional seller in relation to gaining or producing *exempt income.
Subdivision 240-D - Deductions allowable to notional buyer
This Subdivision provides that the notional buyer may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to deductions for the notional interest for the notional loan that the notional seller is taken to have made to the notional buyer.
SECTION 240-50 Extent to which deductions are allowable to notional buyer 240-50(1)
The *notional buyer is only entitled to deduct *notional interest for an income year to the extent that the notional buyer would, apart from this Division, have been entitled to deduct *arrangement payments for that income year if no part of those payments were capital in nature.
240-50(2)
The *notional buyer is entitled to deduct *notional interest for *arrangement payment periods, and parts of arrangement payment periods, in the income year.
SECTION 240-55 240-55 Arrangement payments not to be deductions
The *notional buyer is not entitled to deduct *arrangement payments that the *notional buyer makes under the *arrangement, but those payments are taken into account in calculating *notional interest that may be deducted under section 240-50 .
SECTION 240-60 Notional interest 240-60(1)
The * notional interest for an *arrangement payment period is worked out as follows: Calculating * notional interest
Step 1.
Add the *notional interest from previous *arrangement payment periods to the notional loan principal.
Step 2.
Subtract any *arrangement payments that have already been made or that are due but that have not been made. The result is the outstanding notional loan principal as at the start of the *arrangement payment period.
Step 3.
Work out the implicit interest rate for the *arrangement payment period, taking into account the *arrangement payments payable by the *notional buyer under the *arrangement and any *termination amounts.
Step 4.
Multiply the outstanding notional loan principal by the implicit interest rate. The result is the notional interest for the *arrangement payment period.
240-60(2)
If only part of an *arrangement payment period occurs during an income year, the *notional interest for that part of the arrangement payment period is so much of the notional interest for that arrangement payment period as may appropriately be related to that income year in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
240-60(3)
In calculating the implicit interest rate, if any of the relevant amounts are not known at the start of the *arrangement, a reasonable estimate of the amount is to be made and is to be used for the purposes of calculating the implicit interest rate for each income year of the *notional seller.
240-60(4)
If a reasonable estimate cannot be made at that time, an estimate of the amount is to be made at the end of each income year of the *notional seller for the purposes of calculating the implicit interest rate for each income year of the notional seller.
SECTION 240-65 240-65 Arrangement payments
An arrangement payment is an amount that the *notional buyer is required to pay under the *arrangement but does not include:
(a) an amount in the nature of a penalty payable for failure to make a payment on time; or
(b) a *termination amount.
An * arrangement payment period is a period for which a payment under the *arrangement is allocated or expressed to be payable.
240-70(2)
However, if a period exceeds 6 months, the period is not an *arrangement payment period but each of the following parts of the period is a separate arrangement payment period:
(a) the part of the period beginning at the start of that period and ending 6 months later;
(b) each part of the period:
(i) beginning immediately after a part of the period that is an arrangement payment period under paragraph (a) or under a previous application of this paragraph; and
(ii) ending 6 months after the start of that later part or at the end of the period, whichever first occurs.
Subdivision 240-F - The end of the arrangement
SECTION 240-75 When is the end of the arrangement? 240-75(1)
If the *arrangement is stated to cease to have effect at a particular time, it is taken for the purposes of this Division to end (even if it is extended or renewed) at the earlier of:
(a) that time; or
(b) the time at which the arrangement ceases to have effect (whether because the arrangement is terminated or for any other reason).
Note:
Section 240-80 deals with extensions and renewals.
240-75(2)
An *arrangement is taken to have ended if it is extended or renewed.
240-75(3)
If the *arrangement is of indefinite duration, it ends at the time at which the arrangement ceases to have effect even if the *arrangement is renewed.
Note:
Section 240-80 deals with extensions and renewals.
240-75(4)
An *arrangement is taken to have ended if it is reasonable to conclude, having regard to the terms and conditions of the *arrangement, that the arrangement has ceased to have effect.
240-75(5)
An *arrangement is also taken to have ended if the property has been lost or destroyed.
240-78 (Repealed) SECTION 240-78 Termination amounts
(Repealed by No 79 of 2010 )
This section sets out what happens if, after the end of the *arrangement, the *notional buyer and *notional seller extend or renew the *arrangement.
240-80(2)
This Division applies as if the original *arrangement has ended and the extended arrangement or renewed arrangement is a separate arrangement (the new arrangement ).
240-80(3)
There is not, however, taken to beany disposal or acquisition as a result of the original arrangement ending or of the new arrangement starting and the *notional buyer does not cease to own the property.
240-80(4)
Also, the notional loan principal for the new loan is:
(a) if the *arrangement as extended or renewed states an amount as the cost or value of the property for the purposes of the extension or renewal and the *notional seller and the *notional buyer were dealing with each other at *arm's length in connection with the extension or renewal - the amount so stated; or
(b) otherwise - the amount that could reasonably have been expected to have been paid by the notional buyer for the purchase of the property if:
(i) the notional seller had actually sold the property to the notional buyer when the arrangement was extended or renewed; and
(ii) the notional seller and notional buyer were dealing with each other at arm's length in connection with the sale.
240-80(5)
Subdivision 240-G applies to the notional loan for the original arrangement. For that purpose, the notional loan principal for the new arrangement is taken to be a *termination amount paid to the *notional seller under the original arrangement.
If, at or after the end of the *arrangement, an amount is paid to the *notional seller by, or on behalf of, the *notional buyer to acquire the property, the following provisions have effect:
(a) the amount paid is not included in the notional seller's assessable income;
(b) the notional buyer cannotdeduct the payment;
(c) the notional buyer is taken to continue to own the property;
(d) the transfer to the notional buyer of legal title to the property is not taken to be a disposal of the property by the notional seller.
This section applies if, at the end of the *arrangement:
(a) the arrangement is not extended or renewed in the way mentioned in subsection 240-80(1) ; and
(b) no amount is paid to the *notional seller by, or on behalf of, the *notional buyer to acquire the property; and
(c) the property is not lost or destroyed.
240-90(2)
The property is taken to have been disposed of by the *notional buyer by way of sale back to the *notional seller, and to have been acquired by the *notional seller, at the end of the *arrangement.
240-90(3)
The consideration for the sale of the property by the *notional buyer, and the cost of the acquisition of the property by the *notional seller, are each taken to be equal to the *market value of the property at the end of the *arrangement.
240-90(4)
Subsection (5) applies where the property is a *car and if it:
(a) had been bought from the notional seller, when this Division first applied to an *arrangement in respect of the car, by the *notional buyer for a price equal to the notional loan principal; and
(b) had been first used by the notional buyer for any purpose in the *financial year in which that time occurred;
the cost of the car, for the purpose of working out its decline in value for that person under Division 40 , would have been limited by section 40-230 .
240-90(5)
Where an associate of the *notional buyer acquires the *car, the *cost of the car for the purposes of the application of Division 40 to the associate is taken to be whichever is the lesser of:
(a) the sum of:
(i) the amount that would have been the *adjustable value of the car at that time for the purposes of the application of that Division to the notional buyer if the notional buyer were not taken under this Division to have disposed of the car; and
(ii) any amount that is included in the notional buyer's assessable income under section 40-285 because the notional buyer is taken to have disposed of the car; or
(b) the cost of the acquisition of the car by the associate.
Subdivision 240-G - Adjustments if total amount assessed to notional seller differs from amount of interest
This Subdivision provides for adjustments if the sum of the amounts included in the notional seller ' s assessable income are greater or less than the interest, worked out at the end of the arrangement, for the notional loan.
SECTION 240-105 Adjustments for notional seller 240-105(1)
This section applies at the end of the *arrangement.
240-105(2)
If the sum of:
(a) all amounts (other than *termination amounts) that were paid or payable to the *notional seller under the *arrangement; and
(b) any termination amounts paid or payable to the notional seller;
exceeds the amount worked out using the formula in subsection (4), the excess is included in the notional seller ' s assessable income of the income year in which the arrangement ends.
Note:
Subsection 240-80(5) provides that the amount of a notional loan that is taken to be made by an extended or renewed arrangement is a termination amount paid under the previous arrangement.
240-105(3)
If the amount worked out using the formula in subsection (4) exceeds:
(a) all amounts (other than *termination amounts) that were paid or payable to the *notional seller under the *arrangement; and
(b) any termination amounts paid or payable to the notional seller;
the notional seller is entitled to deduct the excess in the income year in which the arrangement ends.
Note:
Subsection 240-80(5) provides that the amount of a notional loan that is taken to be made by an extended or renewed arrangement is a termination amount paid under the previous arrangement.
240-105(4)
The formula for the purposes of subsections (2) and (3) is:
Notional loan principal + Assessed notional interest
where:
assessed notional interest
means the *notional interest that has been or is to be included in the *notional seller
'
s assessable income of any income year.
If:
(a) an amount is included in the *notional seller's assessable income of an income year under subsection 240-105(2) ; or
(b) an amount would have been so included if the notional seller had been subject to tax on assessable income;
the *notional buyer is entitled to deduct a corresponding amount in the notional buyer's income year.
240-110(2)
If:
(a) the *notional seller is entitled to deduct an amount for an income year under subsection 240-105(3) ; or
(b) the notional seller would have been so entitled if the *notional seller had been subject to tax on assessable income;
a corresponding amount is included in the notional buyer's assessable income for the notional buyer's income year.
240-110(3)
The *notional buyer is entitled to a deduction, and is required to include an amount in his or her assessable income only to the extent (if any) that the notional buyer would, apart from this Division, have been entitled to deduct *arrangement payments if no part of those payments were capital in nature.
Subdivision 240-H - Application of Division 16E to certain arrangements
Division 16E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 applies in relation to an arrangement (the assignment arrangement ) between the notional seller and another person (the holder ) to transfer the right to payments (the Division 240 payments ) under an arrangement that is treated as a sale and loan by this Division (the sale and loan arrangement ).
240-112(2)
In applying Division 16E, the following assumptions are to be made:
(a) the assignment arrangement is the qualifying security;
(b) the notional seller is the issuer;
(c) the qualifying security is issued when the assignment arrangement is entered into;
(d) the issue price is consideration provided to the notional seller under the assignment arrangement;
(e) the Division 240 payments are payments made by the notional seller under the assignment arrangement;
(f) no part of the payments represent periodic interest.
240-112(3)
This Subdivision does not apply if the assignment arrangement gives rise to a termination of the sale and loan arrangement for the purposes of this Division.
240-112(4)
To avoid doubt, Division 6A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 does not apply to an assignment arrangement to which this Subdivision applies.
Subdivision 240-I - Provisions applying to hire purchase agreements
SECTION 240-115 Another person, or no person taken to own property in certain cases 240-115(1)
This section sets out special modifications of the effect of this Division that apply in relation to a *hire purchase agreement unless:
(a) the notional buyer would have been the owner or the *quasi-owner of the property if the *arrangement had been a sale of the property; and
(b) it is reasonably likely that the right, obligation or contingent obligation to acquire the property will be exercised by, or in respect of, the notional buyer.
Note:
An example of a contingent obligation is a put option.
240-115(2)
The modifications also apply if the *notional buyer:
(a) disposes of his or her interest in the property; or
(b) enters into a lease covered by Division 242 (about luxury car leases) under which he or she leases the property to another person.
Modifications
240-115(3)
For the purpose of the *capital allowance provisions, if, apart from the operation of this Division, an entity other than the *notional seller would own the property that is the subject of an agreement covered by this section, that entity is taken to be the owner of the property.
240-115(4)
For the purpose of the *capital allowance provisions, if, apart from the operation of this Division, the *notional seller would own the property that is the subject of an agreement covered by this section, no entity is taken to be the owner of the property.
A luxury car is one whose market value exceeds the car limit set for a car's capital allowance deductions by section 40-230 .
If the lessor of a luxury car is tax exempt, or taxed at a lower rate than the lessee, the lease could be structured to give both parties a better after-tax outcome than if the lessee had bought the car. The lessee could fully deduct the lease payments, thereby avoiding the capital allowance limit for luxury cars, and the lessor would receive higher lease payments.
This Division removes the tax benefit for the lessee by putting both parties in the same position as if the lessor had sold the car to the lessee and lent the lessee the purchase price.
SECTION 242-5 242-5 What this Subdivision is about
A leased luxury car is treated for income tax purposes as if it had been sold by the lessor to the lessee for the car ' s market value. The lessor is treated as having lent the lessee the money to buy the car, and the lease payments are treated as payments of the principal and interest on that notional loan.
Operative provisions | |
242-10 | Application |
242-15 | Notional sale and acquisition |
242-20 | Consideration for notional sale, and cost, of car |
242-25 | Notional loan by lessor to lessee |
SECTION 242-10 Application 242-10(1)
This Division applies to a *car that:
(a) is leased (but not under a *short-term hire agreement or a *hire purchase agreement) for consideration; and
(b) was a *luxury car when the lessor first leased it; and
(c) is not *trading stock of the lessee; and
(d) is not a car covered by subsection 40-230(2) (about cars modified to carry individuals with a disability).
242-10(2)
The provisions of this Division do not have effect for the purposes of Division 11A of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (about withholding tax on dividends, interest and royalties.
Note:
This subsection prevents interest on the notional loan that this Division creates being subject to withholding tax under Division 11A .
242-10(3)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), the question whether an agreement is a *short-term hire agreement is determined on the basis that an employee or employer of an entity is an *associate of the entity.
Note:
Under the definition of short-term hire agreement in subsection 995-1(1) , successive agreements for the hire of the same asset to an entity or its associates are not short-term hire agreements if they result in substantial continuity of hiring.
This Act has effect as if:
(a) the *car had been disposed of (the notional sale ) by the lessor to the lessee; and
(b) the car had been acquired by the lessee;
at the start of the term of the lease.
Note:
This Act will apply as it would have if the lessor had actually disposed of the car to the lessee. For example, if the lessor had been deducting an amount for the car ' s decline in value, the notional disposal will activate the balancing adjustment rules in Subdivision 40-D because the lessor would be treated as no longer holding the car.
242-15(2)
This Act also has effect as if the lessee owns the *car until:
(a) the lease (not including any extension or renewal of the lease) ends; or
(b) the lessee enters into a sublease of the car and this Division applies to the car in relation to the sublease.
Note 1:
This means that the lessee (and not the lessor) may be able to deduct amounts for the decline in value of the car under Division 40 .
Note 2:
The lessee will be treated as continuing to own the car until the end of any extension or renewal: see section 242-80 .
The consideration for the notional sale by the lessor, and the first element of the *cost of the *car for the lessee, are the car ' s *market value at the start of the term of the lease.
242-20(2)
If:
(a) the lease is a sublease; and
(b) the lessee is one or more of the following:
(i) an *associate of the lessor;
(ii) an employer of the lessor;
(iii) an employee of the lessor;
the first element of the *cost of the *car to the lessee is the sum of:
(c) the amount that would have been the car ' s *adjustable value at the start of the term of the lease for the purposes of applying this Act to the lessor if the lessor were not taken under this Division to have disposed of the car; and
(d) any amount that is included in the lessor ' s assessable income under section 40-285 as a balancing adjustment because the lessor is treated as having disposed of the car.
Note:
Section 242-20 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 extends paragraph (2)(d) to cover amounts included in assessable income under former provisions corresponding to section 40-285 .
This Act has effect as if, on the grant of the lease, the lessor had made a loan (the notional loan ) to the lessee:
(a) for a period equal to the term of the lease (not including the term of any extension or renewal); and
(b) of an amount (the notional loan principal ) equal to the consideration for the notional sale of the *car less any amount paid, or credited by the lessor as having been paid, by the lessee to the lessor, at or before the start of the term of the lease, for the first element of the *cost of the car to the lessee; and
(c) subject to payment of interest.
Note:
There is a further notional loan if the lease is extended or renewed: see section 242-80 .
242-25(2)
This Act has effect as if the notional loan principal were repaid, and the interest were paid, by the making of the *luxury car lease payments.
SECTION 242-30 242-30 What this Subdivision is about
The lessor ' s assessable income includes the interest on the notional loan.
The lease payments to the lessor are non-assessable non-exempt income.
Note:
If the consideration for a notional sale of a car exceeds the adjustable value of the car to the lessor, the excess will be included in the lessor ' s assessable income under section 40-285 .
There would be a similar result if the lessor is treated as having reacquired the car and then sells the car for more than the cost of reacquisition.
Operative provisions | |
242-35 | Amount to be included in lessor ' s assessable income |
242-40 | Treatment of lease payments |
SECTION 242-35 Amount to be included in lessor ' s assessable income
Accrual amounts
242-35(1)
The lessor ' s assessable income for an income year includes:
(a) if a *luxury car lease payment period for the lease of a *car occurs wholly during that income year - the amount (an accrual amount ) worked out under subsection (2) for that luxury car lease payment period; and
(b) if part of a luxury car lease payment period for the lease of a car occurs during that income year - so much of the amount (also an accrual amount ) worked out under subsection (2) for that luxury car lease payment period as may appropriately be related to that income year in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
242-35(2)
The amount is:
Outstanding notional loan principal at the start of the lease payment period | × | Implicit interest rate |
where:
implicit interest rate
is the implicit interest rate under the lease for the *luxury car lease payment period, taking into account the payments to be made by the lessee under the lease and any *termination amounts.
outstanding notional loan principal at the start of the lease payment period
is:
(a) the sum of the notional loan principal and the accrual amounts for earlier *luxury car lease payment periods; less
(b) the sum of the *luxury car lease payments that the lessee was required to make before the start of the relevant luxury car lease payment period.
Excessive periods
242-35(3)
If, apart from this subsection, a *luxury car lease payment period for the lease of a *car would exceed 6 months, this Division applies as if each of the following were a separate luxury car lease payment period:
(a) the first 6 months of the original luxury car lease payment period;
(b) if the original luxury car lease payment period was not longer than 12 months - the remaining part of the original luxury car lease payment period;
(c) if the original luxury car lease payment period was longer than 12 months - each successive 6 month period in the original luxury car lease payment period;
(d) the period (if any) after the end of the last of the periods to which paragraph (c) applies.
The *luxury car lease payments under the lease are not assessable income and are not *exempt income of the lessor.
Note:
Those lease payments are instead taken into account in calculating accrual amounts that are included in the lessor ' s assessable income under section 242-35 .
242-40(2)
In working out the amounts the lessor can deduct for any income year, ignore the fact that subsection (1) makes the *luxury car lease payments *non-assessable non-exempt income.
Note:
This allows the lessor to continue to deduct amounts related to earning the lease payments (such as interest on an amount the lessor borrowed to acquire the car), just as if the amounts related to earning interest on the notional loan to the lessee.
SECTION 242-45 242-45 What this Subdivision is about
The lessee is entitled to deduct the interest on the notional loan to the same extent that the lessee would have been able to deduct the lease payments apart from this Division.
Operative provisions | |
242-50 | Extent to which deductions are allowable to lessee |
242-55 | Lease payments not deductible |
SECTION 242-50 Extent to which deductions are allowable to lessee 242-50(1)
If a *luxury car lease payment period for the lease of a *car occurs wholly during an income year of the lessee, the lessee can deduct the accrual amount for that period for that income year.
Note 1:
If a luxury car lease payment period would otherwise be longer than 6 months, subsection 242-35(3) divides the original period into periods of no longer than 6 months.
Note 2:
For accrual amount , see subsection 242-35(1) .
242-50(2)
If part of a *luxury car lease payment period for the lease of a *car occurs during an income year of the lessee, the lessee can deduct so much of the accrual amount for that period as many appropriately be related to that income year in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
242-50(3)
The lessee can deduct an accrual amount, or part of an accrual amount, for a *luxury car lease payment period under subsection (1) or (2) for an income year only to the extent that the lessee could deduct the luxury car lease payments made for that year apart from this Division.
The lessee cannot deduct the *luxury car lease payments that the lessee makes under the lease for any income year.
Note:
Those payments are instead taken into account in calculating accrual amounts that are deductible under section 242-50 .
SECTION 242-60 What this Subdivision is about
When a luxury car lease is extended, renewed or ends, the overall nominal gain to the lessor is compared to the nominal interest so far paid under the lease.
If the overall nominal gain is greater, the difference is assessable income of the lessor, and the lessee may be able to deduct it.
If the overall nominal gain is less, the lessor can deduct the difference, which may also be assessable income of the lessee.
This process ensures that the right amount has been taxed over the term of the lease.
Operative provisions | |
242-65 | Adjustments for lessor |
242-70 | Adjustments for lessee |
SECTION 242-65 Adjustments for lessor 242-65(1)
This section applies at the following times:
(a) if the term of the lease is extended - when the extension takes effect;
(b) if the lease is renewed - when the renewal takes effect;
(c) when the lease (including any extension or renewal of the lease) ends.
242-65(2)
If the sum of all amounts (whether *luxury car lease payments, a *termination amount or any other payments) that were paid or payable to the lessor under the lease exceeds the amount worked out under subsection (4), the excess is included in the lessor ' s assessable income for the income year in which the relevant time occurs.
Note:
Subsection 242-80(8) treats the amount of a notional loan is taken to be made by an extended or renewed lease to be a termination amount paid under the previous lease.
242-65(3)
If the sum of all amounts (whether *luxury car lease payments, a *termination amount or any other payments) that were paid or payable to the lessor under the lease is less than the amount worked out under subsection (4), the lessor can deduct the difference for the income year in which the relevant time occurs.
242-65(4)
The amount for the purposes of subsections (2) and (3) is the sum of:
(a) the notional loan principal; and
(b) the sum of the accrual amounts that have been or are to be included in the lessor ' s assessable income of any income year.
Note:
For accrual amount , see subsection 242-35(1) .
If:
(a) an amount is included in the lessor ' s assessable income for an income year under subsection 242-65(2) ; or
(b) an amount would have been so included if the lessor had been subject to tax on assessable income;
the lessee can deduct a corresponding amount for the same income year.
242-70(2)
If:
(a) the lessor can deduct an amount for an income year under subsection 242-65(3) ; or
(b) the lessor could have deducted an amount under that subsection if the lessor had been subject to tax on assessable income;
a corresponding amount is included in the lessee ' s assessable income for the same income year.
242-70(3)
The lessee cannot deduct an amount for any income year under subsection (1), and an amount is not included in the lessee ' s assessable income of any income year under subsection (2), except to the extent (if any) that the lessee could deduct the *luxury car lease payments made apart from this Division.
SECTION 242-75 What this Subdivision is about
When a luxury car lease ends (whether it expires or is terminated before its expiry date), one of 3 things will happen:
In each case, there may be adjustments under Subdivision 242-D to ensure that the right amount has been taxed over the term of the lease.
Operative provisions | |
242-80 | What happens if the term of the lease is extended or the lease is renewed |
242-85 | What happens if an amount is paid by the lessee to acquire the car |
242-90 | What happens if the lessee stops having the right to use the car |
SECTION 242-80 What happens if the term of the lease is extended or the lease is renewed 242-80(1)
The rules in this section have effect if, after the end of the lease (or the end of any extension of the lease term or renewal of the lease), the lessee continues to have the *right to use the *car because the term of the lease is extended (or further extended) or the lease is renewed (or further renewed).
242-80(2)
This Act has effect as if the lessee continued to be the owner of the *car until the end of the lease as extended or renewed.
242-80(3)
However, this Act has effect as if the lessee stopped being the owner of the *car if:
(a) the lessee enters into a sublease in respect of the car; and
(b) this Division applies to the car in respect of that sublease.
242-80(4)
This Act has effect as if the notional loan that arose because of the grant of the lease, or because of the previous extension or renewal, had been repaid.
Note:
Also, Subdivision 242-D (about balancing adjustments) will apply to the ending, extension or renewal.
242-80(5)
This Act has effect as if, on the grant of theextension or renewal, the lessor had made a new loan (the notional loan ) to the lessee:
(a) for the period of the extension of the term of the lease or the period of the renewed lease, as the case may be; and
(b) of an amount (the notional loan principal ) equal to the *car ' s *market value when the extension or renewal is granted; and
(c) subject to the payment of interest.
242-80(6)
This Act has effect as if the notional loan principal were repaid, and the interest were paid, by the making of the *luxury car lease payments under the lease as extended or renewed (or further extended or renewed).
242-80(7)
In determining whether subsection (1) applies to the lessee, disregard any period after the end of the lease (or the end of any extension of the lease term or renewal of the lease) and before the extension or renewal (or further extension or renewal) is granted and during which the lessee did not have the *right to use the *car if the extension or renewal (or further extension or renewal):
(a) has effect from the time immediately after the end of that term, extension or renewal; or
(b) otherwise results in substantial continuity of the leasing of the car to the lessee.
242-80(8)
The amount of the notional loan is treated, for the purposes of section 242-65 (about the lessor ' s balancing adjustments), as a *termination amount paid to the lessor under the lease or under the previous extension or renewal.
If, at the end of the lease or, if it is extended or renewed, at the end of any extension or renewal (the end time ), an amount is paid to the lessor by, or on behalf of, the lessee to acquire the *car, the following provisions have effect:
(a) the amount paid is not included in the lessor ' s assessable income;
(b) the lessee cannot deduct the payment;
(c) this Act has effect as if:
(i) the lessee continued to be the owner of the car until the lessee disposes of it; and
(ii) the transfer to the lessee of legal title to the car were not a disposal of the car by the lessor.
If, at the end time:
(a) the lessee stops having the *right to use the *car; and
(b) no amount is paid to the lessor by, or on behalf of, the lessee to acquire the car;
the following provisions have effect.
Note:
For end time , see section 242-85 .
242-90(2)
This Act has effect as if the *car:
(a) were sold by the lessee to the lessor; and
(b) were acquired by the lessor;
at the end time.
242-90(3)
The consideration for the sale of the *car by the lessee, and the first element of the *cost of the car to the lessor, are the *market value of the car at the end time.
242-90(4)
If the *car is afterwards acquired by an *associate of the lessee or an employer or employee of the lessee, this Act has effect as if the first element of the *cost of the car as a *depreciating asset were the lesser of:
(a) the sum of:
(i) the amount that would have been the *adjustable value of the car at that time for the purposes of applying this Act to the lessee if the lessee were not treated under this Division as having disposed of the car; and
(ii) any amount that is included in the lessee ' s assessable income under section 40-285 as a balancing adjustment because the lessee is treated as having disposed of the car; and
(b) the cost of the acquisition of the car by the associate, employer or employee.
Note:
Section 242-20 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 extends subparagraph (a)(ii) to cover amounts included in assessable income under former provisions corresponding to section 40-285 .
242-90(5)
For the purposes of paragraph (1)(a), the lessee is not treated as having stopped to have the *right to use the *car if:
(a) the term of the lease is extended (or further extended), or the lease is renewed (or further renewed), at a time after, but not immediately after, the end of that term, extension or renewal with effect from the time immediately after that end; or
(b) the extension or renewal (or further extension or renewal) otherwise results in substantial continuity of the leasing of the car to the lessee.
This Division tells you when you must include an additional amount in your assessable income at the termination of a limited recourse debt arrangement. It also tells you what the additional amount is.
Basically, the Division applies where the capital allowance deductions that have been obtained for expenditure that is funded by the debt and the deductions are excessive having regard to the amount of the debt that was repaid.
The reason for the adjustment is to ensure that, where you have not been fully at risk in relation to an amount of expenditure, you do not get a net deduction if you fail to pay that amount.
SECTION 243-15 When does this Division apply? 243-15(1)
This Division applies if:
(a) *limited recourse debt has been used to wholly or partly finance or refinance expenditure; and
(b) at the time that the debt *arrangement is terminated, the debt has not been paid in full by the debtor; and
(c) the debtor can deduct an amount as a *capital allowance for the income year in which the termination occurs, or has deducted or can deduct an amount for an earlier income year, in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property.
Note:
This Division does not apply to certain limited recourse debts that are used to refinance limited recourse debt to which this Division has applied (see subsection 243-50(4) ).
243-15(2)
However, unless the net *capital allowance deductions have been excessive having regard to the amount of the debt that remains unpaid (see section 243-35 ), no amount is included in the debtor ' s assessable income under this Division although future deductions may be reduced.
243-15(3)
In working out if the debt has been paid in full, and in working out the unpaid amount of the debt, the following amounts are to be treated as if they were not payments in respect of the debt:
(a) any reduction in the debt as a result of the *financed property being surrendered or returned to the creditor at the termination of the debt;
(b) any payment to reduce the debt that is funded directly or indirectly by *non-arm ' s length limited recourse debt or by proceeds from the disposal of the debtor ' s interest in the financed property.
However, any amounts accrued that are interest, *notional interest or in the nature of interest are taken not to be unpaid.
243-15(4)
In working out if the debt has been paid in full, and in working out the unpaid amount of the debt, payments are to be attributed first to the payment of any accrued amounts that are interest, *notional interest or in the nature of interest.
243-15(5)
A notional loan arising because of Division 240 (about arrangements treated as a sale and loan) is taken to be a debt that has been used to wholly or partly finance or refinance expenditure.
A limited recourse debt is an obligation imposed by law on an entity (the debtor ) to pay an amount to another entity (the creditor ) where the rights of the creditor as against the debtor in the event of default in payment of the debt or of interest are limited wholly or predominantly to any or all of the following:
(a) rights (including the right to money payable) in relation to any or all of the following:
(i) the *debt property or the use of the debt property;
(ii) goods produced, supplied, carried, transmitted or delivered, or services provided, by means of the debt property;
(iii) the loss or disposal of the whole or a part of the debt property or of the debtor ' s interest in the debt property;
(b) rights in respect of a mortgage or other security over the debt property or other property;
(c) rights that arise out of any *arrangement relating to the financial obligations of an end-user of the *financed property towards the debtor, and are financial obligations in relation to the financed property.
243-20(2)
An obligation imposed by law on an entity (the debtor ) to pay an amount to another entity (the creditor ) is also a limited recourse debt if it is reasonable to conclude that the rights of the creditor as against the debtor in the event of default in payment of the debt or of interest:
(a) are capable of being limited in the way mentioned in subsection (1); or
(b) are in substance or effect limited wholly or predominantly to rights (including the right to money payable) in relation to any or all of the following:
(i) the *debt property or the use of the debt property;
(ii) goods produced, supplied, carried, transmitted or delivered, or services provided, by means of the debt property;
(iii) the loss or disposal of the whole or a part of the debt property or of the debtor ' s interest in the debt property.
Note:
Paragraph (b) could apply to a special purpose entity. For example, an entity ' s only significant asset is one that it financed by way of a bank loan. The bank ' s rights to recover the debt (if the entity defaults) are not contractually limited, however they are in effect limited to rights in relation to the asset.
243-20(3)
An obligation imposed by law on an entity (the debtor ) to pay an amount to another entity (the creditor ) is also a limited recourse debt if there is no *debt property and it is reasonable to conclude that the rights of the creditor as against the debtor in the event of default in payment of the debt or of interest are capable of being limited.
243-20(3A)
In reaching a conclusion for the purposes of subsection (2) or (3), have regard to the following:
(a) the debtor ' s assets (other than assets that are indemnities or guarantees provided in relation to the debt);
(b) any *arrangement to which the debtor is a party;
(c) except for the purposes of paragraph (2)(b) - whether all of the debtor ' s assets would be available for the purpose of discharging the debt (other than assets that are security for other debts of the debtor or any other entity);
(d) whether the debtor and creditor are dealing at *arm ' s length in relation to the debt.
243-20(4)
A notional loan arising because of Division 240 (about arrangements treated as a sale and loan) under a *hire purchase agreement is also a limited recourse debt .
243-20(5)
However, an obligation that is covered by subsection (1) is not a limited recourse debt if the creditor ' s recourse is not in practice limited due to the creditor ' s rights in respect of a mortgage or other security over property of the debtor (other than the financed property) the value ofwhich exceeds, or is likely to exceed, the amount of the debt.
243-20(6)
Also, an obligation that is covered by subsection (1), (2) or (3) is not a limited recourse debt if, having regard to all relevant circumstances, it would be unreasonable for the obligation to be treated as limited recourse debt.
243-20(7)
A *limited recourse debt is a non-arm ' s length limited recourse debt if the debtor and creditor do not deal with each other at *arm ' s length in relation to the debt.
SECTION 243-25 When is a debt arrangement terminated? 243-25(1)
A debt arrangement is taken to have terminated if:
(a) it is actually terminated; or
(b) the debtor ' s obligation to repay the debt is waived, novated or otherwise varied so as to reduce, transfer or extinguish the debt; or
(c) an agreement is entered into to waive, novate or otherwise vary the debtor ' s obligation to repay the debt so as to reduce, transfer or extinguish the debt; or
(d) the creditor ceases to have an entitlement to recover the debt from the debtor (other than as a result of an *arm ' s length assignment of some or all of the creditor ' s rights under the debt arrangement); or
(e) the debtor ceases to be the owner or the *quasi-owner of some or all of the *debt property because that property is surrendered to the creditor because of the debtor ' s failure to pay the whole or a part of the debt; or
(f) the debtor ceases to be the owner of a beneficial interest in some or all of the debt property because the interest is surrendered to the creditor because of the debtor ' s failure to pay the whole or a part of the debt; or
(g) the debt becomes a bad debt.
243-25(2)
However, a debt arrangement that is a notional loan arising because of Division 240 (about arrangements treated as a sale and loan) is not taken to have terminated merely because it has been renewed or extended.
Note:
Under Division 240 , notional loans are taken to have ended if the relevant arrangement is renewed or extended.
243-25(3)
Where a debt is terminated under paragraph (1)(b) or (c) as a result of the debt being reduced, the remaining debt is taken to be a new debt to which section 243-15 applies.
SECTION 243-30 What is the financed property and the debt property? 243-30(1)
Property is the financed property if the expenditure referred to in paragraph 243-15(1)(a) is on the property, is on the acquisition of the property, results in the creation of the property or is otherwise connected with the property.
243-30(2)
If the debt agreement is a notional loan arising under Division 240 (about arrangements treated as a sale and loan), the property that is the subject of the agreement is the financed property .
243-30(3)
Property is the debt property if:
(a) it is the *financed property; or
(b) the property is provided as security for the debt.
SECTION 243-35 Working out the excessive deductions 243-35(1)
The *capital allowance deductions have been excessive having regard to the amount of the debt that remains unpaid if the amount worked out under subsection (2) exceeds the amount worked out under subsection (4).
243-35(2)
This is how to work out the total net *capital allowance deductions: Working out the total net capital allowance deductions
Step 1.
Add up all of the debtor
'
s *capital allowance deductions in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property (including deductions because of balancing adjustments) for the income year in which the termination occurs or an earlier income year.
Note:
The amount of a capital allowance deduction may be reduced under section 707-415 .
Step 2.
Deduct from that any amount that is included in the assessable income of the debtor of any income year by virtue of a provision of this Act (other than this Division) as a result of the disposal of the *financed property the effect of which is to reverse a deduction covered by Step 1.
Step 3.
Deduct from the result an amount equal to the sum of any amounts included in the entity ' s assessable income as a result of an earlier application of this Division to the debt.
Step 4.
Add to the result an amount equal to the sum of any deductions to which the entity is entitled under section 243-45 (repayments of the original debt after termination) or 243-50 (repayments of the replacement debt) because of payments in respect of the debt.
243-35(3)
The reference in step 2 of the method statement in subsection (2) to an amount that is included in the assessable income of a taxpayer as a result of the disposal of the *financed property includes a reference to an amount that is included under section 26AG of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 as a result of the disposal of the financed property.
Note:
Division 20 deals with amounts included to reverse the effect of past deductions.
243-35(4)
This is how to work out the total net capital allowance deductions that would otherwise be allowable taking into account the amount of the debt that is unpaid: Working out the total net capital allowance deductions that would otherwise be allowable
Work out the amount that would be worked out under subsection (2) if the deductions and the amounts included in assessable income had been calculated using the following assumptions:
(1)
The original expenditure in respect of which deductions were calculated was reduced by the amount of the debt that was unpaid by the debtor when the debt was terminated. (In calculating the amount unpaid the following are to be disregarded:
(2)
Deductions for income years after the income year in which the termination occurred were also taken into account.
(3)
The original expenditure in respect of which deductions were calculated was increased by any amount that is paid by the debtor as consideration for another person assuming a liability under the debt. (This assumption does not apply to the extent that the consideration is funded directly or indirectly by *non-arm ' s length limited recourse debt or by the consideration for the disposal of the debtor ' s interest in the *financed property.)
(4)
Step 2 were omitted from subsection (2).
SECTION 243-40 243-40 Amount included in debtor's assessable income
The debtor's assessable income for the income year in which the termination occurs is to include the excess referred to in subsection 243-35(1) .
Note:
Section 243-60 applies in relation to certain partnership debts.
This section applies if:
(a) an amount was included in the debtor's assessable income under section 243-40 or a deduction was reduced under section 243-55 ; and
(b) the debtor makes a payment to the creditor, after the termination of the debt arrangement, in respect of the debt (other than an amount to the extent to which it is a payment of interest, of *notional interest or in the nature of interest).
243-45(2)
This is how to work out the amount of the deduction: Working out the amount of the deduction
Step 1.
Work out the amount that would be worked out under subsection 243-35(2) if the debt were terminated immediately before the payment.
Step 2.
Work out the amount that would have been worked out under subsection 243-35(4) at that time if the payment had been taken into account.
Step 3.
The amount of the deduction is the amount (if any) by which the amount worked out under Step 2 exceeds the amount worked out under Step 1.
243-45(3)
The amount can be deducted for the income year in which the payment is made.
Limit on deductions
243-45(4)
The total amounts deducted under this section in respect of a debt, and under section 243-50 in respect of a replacement debt, cannot exceed the sum of:
(a) any amounts included in the debtor's assessable income under this Division in respect of the original debt; and
(b) any amount by which deductions in respect of the original debt were reduced under section 243-55 .
Payments where debt refinanced
243-50(1)
This section applies if:
(a) an amount was included in the debtor's assessable income under section 243-40 or a deduction was reduced under section 243-55 ; and
(b) an amount funded by a *non-arm's length limited recourse debt (the replacement debt ) was disregarded in calculations under subsection 243-35(4) ; and
(c) the debtor makes a payment, after the termination of the original debt arrangement, in respect of the replacement debt (other than to the extent to which it is a payment of interest, of *notional interest or in the nature of interest).
243-50(2)
This is how to work out the amount of the deduction: Working out the amount of the deduction
Step 1.
Work out the amount that would be worked out under subsection 243-35(2) if the replacement debt were terminated immediately before the payment.
Step 2.
Work out the amount that would have been worked out under subsection 243-35(4) at that time if the payment had been made in respect of the original debt and it had been taken into account.
Step 3.
The amount of the deduction is the amount (if any) by which the amount worked out under Step 2 exceeds the amount worked out under Step 1.
243-50(3)
The amount can be deducted for the income year in which the payment is made.
Division not to apply to termination of replacement debt
243-50(4)
This Division does not apply to termination of the replacement debt referred to in paragraph (1)(b).
Limit on deductions
243-50(5)
The total amounts deducted under section 243-45 in respect of the original debt, or under this section in respect of the replacement debt, cannot exceed the sum of:
(a) any amounts included in the debtor's assessable income under this Division in respect of the original debt; and
(b) any amount by which deductions in respect of the original debt were reduced under section 243-55 .
This section applies where this Division (other than section 243-65 ) has applied in relation to a debt and the debtor is entitled to a *capital allowance deduction in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property in relation to a time or period after the termination of the debt.
243-55(2)
The *capital allowance deduction is reduced if the amount that would have been worked out under subsection 243-35(2) would have exceeded the amount worked out under subsection 243-35(4) if the following assumptions were applied in both subsections: Assumptions to be applied
(1)
That the debt was terminated at the time, or at the end of the period, referred to in subsection (1) of this section.
(2)
That the amount unpaid at the time, or at the end of the period, is reduced by any amounts paid under a replacement debt.
(3)
The debtor's *capital allowance deductions in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property were increased by the amount of the capital allowance deduction referred to in subsection (1) of this section.
243-55(3)
The deduction is to be reduced by the amount of the excess.
SECTION 243-57 Effect of Division on later capital allowance balancing adjustments 243-57(1)
This section applies where this Division (other than section 243-65 ) has applied in relation to a debt and an amount is later included in the assessable income of an entity by virtue of a provision of this Act (other than this Division) as a result of the disposal of the *financed property the effect of which is to reverse a deduction covered by Step 1 in subsection 243-35(2) .
243-57(2)
Any amount that would be included in the debtor's assessable income is reduced if the amount that would have been worked out under subsection 243-35(4) would have exceeded the amount worked out under subsection 243-35(2) if the following assumptions were applied in both subsections: Assumptions to be applied
(1)
That the debt was terminated at the time of the disposal of the *financed property, referred to in subsection (1) of this section.
(2)
The amount in Step 2 in subsection 243-35(2) were increased by the amount that would otherwise be included in the debtor's assessable income.
(3)
The amount worked out under subsection 243-35(4) were reduced by any amount by which:
exceeds:
243-57(3)
The amount is to be reduced by the amount of the excess.
SECTION 243-58 243-58 Adjustment where debt only partially used for expenditure
If the debt is only partially used to finance the expenditure, or the property, in respect of which the *capital allowance deductions referred to in Step 1 in subsection 243-35(2) are allowed, the amount of any deduction, any reduction in a deduction or any amount included in assessable income is to be so much as is reasonable taking into account the proportion of the debt that is used for that purpose.
SECTION 243-60 243-60 Application of Division to partnerships
This Division applies to a partnership in respect of the partnership's debts and in respect of debts of a partner, and references to a debtor include a reference to a partnership.
This section applies to a debt in relation to a partner in a partnership if:
(a) in connection with an *arrangement, the partner's liability to pay the debt is reduced or eliminated and the partner's interest in the partnership ceases or is varied or transferred; and
(b) an excess would have been worked out under subsection 243-35(1) if, at the time when the debt is reduced or eliminated, the debt had been terminated and remained unpaid and this section had not applied.
243-65(2)
If this section applies to a debt in relation to a partner in a partnership, an amount is to be included in his or her assessable income.
243-65(3)
This is how to work out the amount to be included: Working out the amount included
Step 1.
Work out which income years the partner was a member of the partnership and the partnership was entitled to a *capital allowance deduction in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property (including deductions because of balancing adjustments).
Step 2.
For each of those income years, work out the proportion of net income of the partnership or the partnership loss (as the case requires) that was included in the assessable income of the partner or which the partner could deduct.
Step 3.
For each of those income years, multiply the *capital allowance deductions in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property (including deductions because of balancing adjustments) of the partnership by the corresponding proportion worked out under Step 2. Sum all of the amounts.
Step 4.
Divide the sum by the total of the *capital allowance deductions in respect of the expenditure or the *financed property (including deductions because of balancing adjustments) of the partnership for all of those income years.
Step 5.
Work out the amount that would have been included in the partnership's assessable income under section 243-40 if the debt had been terminated and remained unpaid and this section had not applied.
Step 6.
Multiply the amount worked out in Step 5 by the factor worked out in Step 4. The result is the amount to be included in the partner's assessable income.
SECTION 243-70 Application of Division to companies ceasing to be 100% subsidiary 243-70(1)
This section applies to a company if:
(a) the company ceases to be a *100% subsidiary in relation to at least one other company; and
(b) at that time, the company is the debtor for a *limited recourse debt that has not been paid in full by the company; and
(c) the creditor's rights under the debt are transferred or assigned to another entity.
243-70(2)
If this section applies, this Division applies as if the debt were terminated, and refinanced with *non-arm's length limited recourse debt, at the time the company ceased to be a *100% subsidiary of that other company.
SECTION 243-75 Application of Division where debt forgiveness rules also apply 243-75(1)
This section is to remove doubt about how this Division and Division 245 apply where both apply to the same debt.
243-75(2)
Where both apply:
(a) this Division is to be applied first and is to be applied disregarding any operation of Division 245 ; and
(b) any amounts included in assessable income under this Division are taken into account under paragraph 245-85(1)(a) .
When a creditor forgives a commercial debt you owe, you make a gain. This is usually not included in your assessable income. Instead, this Division offsets the forgiven amount against amounts that could otherwise reduce your taxable income in the same or a later income year. Those amounts are:
This Division applies to any commercial debt (or part of a commercial debt) you owe that is forgiven.
Note:
This Division does not apply if:
245-2(2)
The net forgiven amount of a debt is worked out by reducing the value of your forgiven debt by:
245-2(3)
The net forgiven amounts of all your forgiven debts in an income year are added up. This total net forgiven amount is applied to reduce the following amounts (in the following order):
(a) your tax losses from previous income years;
(b) your net capital losses from previous income years;
(c) the deductions you would otherwise get in the income year, or in a later year, because of expenditure from a previous year (e.g. the capital allowance deductions you would get for the cost of a depreciating asset);
(d) the cost bases of your CGT assets.
245-2(4)
Any unapplied total net forgiven amount is disregarded.
245-2(5)
Special rules apply to debts of partnerships.
SECTION 245-5 What this Subdivision is about
This Division applies to a debt if you can deduct interest payable on the debt.
Application of Division | |
245-10 | Commercial debts |
245-15 | Non-equity shares |
245-20 | Parts of debts |
SECTION 245-10 245-10 Commercial debts
Subdivisions 245-C to 245-G apply to a debt of yours if:
Note:
Paragraphs 8-1(2) (a), (b) and (c) prevent deductions for capital, private or domestic outgoings and for outgoings relating to exempt income or non-assessable non-exempt income.
This Division applies to a *non-equity share issued by a company as if it were a debt to which section 245-10 applies that is owed by the company to the relevant shareholder.
This Division applies to part of a debt in the same way as it applies to a whole debt.
Note:
This Division treats interest, or an amount in the nature of interest, payable on a debt as being a separate debt if the interest or amount has accrued but has not been paid.
SECTION 245-30 What this Subdivision is about
A debt is forgiven if you no longer have to pay it.
However, this Division does not apply to some cases of forgiveness, such as bankruptcy.
Operative provisions | |
245-35 | What constitutes forgiveness of a debt |
245-36 | What constitutes forgiveness of a debt if the debt is assigned |
245-37 | What constitutes forgiveness of a debt if a subscription for shares enables payment of the debt |
245-40 | Forgivenesses to which operative rules do not apply |
245-45 | Application of operative rules if forgiveness involves an arrangement |
SECTION 245-35 245-35 What constitutes forgiveness of a debt
A debt is forgiven if and when:
(a) the debtor ' s obligation to pay the debt is released or waived, or is otherwise extinguished other than by repaying the debt in full; or
(b) the period within which the creditor is entitled to sue for the recovery of the debt ends, because of the operation of a statute of limitations, without the debt having been paid.
A debt is forgiven if and when the creditor assigns the right to receive payment of the debt to another entity (the new creditor ) and the following conditions are met:
(a) either the new creditor is the debtor ' s *associate or the assignment occurred under an *arrangement to which the new creditor and debtor were parties;
(b) the right to receive payment of the debt was not acquired by the new creditor in the ordinary course of *trading on a market, exchange or other place on which, or facility by means of which, offers to sell, buy or exchange securities (within the meaning of Division 16E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ) are made or accepted.
Note 1:
Division 16E of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 brings to account gains and losses on some securities on an accruals basis.
Note 2:
This Division also applies if an assigned debt is subsequently forgiven by the new creditor. Section 245-61 tells you how to work out the value of the debt in that case.
If an entity subscribes for *shares in a company to enable the company to make a payment in or towards discharge of a debt it owes to the entity, the debt is forgiven when, and to the extent that, the company applies any of the money subscribed in or towards payment of the debt.
Subdivisions 245-C to 245-G do not apply to a *forgiveness of a debt if:
(a) the debt is waived and the waiver constitutes a *fringe benefit; or
Note:
The waiver by an employer of a debt owed by an employee is usually a fringe benefit: see section 14 of the Fringe Benefits Tax Assessment Act 1986 .
(b) the amount of the debt has been, or will be, included in the assessable income of the debtor in any income year; or
(c) the forgiveness is effected under an Act relating to bankruptcy; or
(d) the forgiveness is effected by will; or
(e) the forgiveness is for reasons of natural love and affection; or
(f) the debt is a *tax-related liability or a civil penalty under Division 290 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 (about penalties for promoters and implementers of tax avoidance schemes).
Note:
If the forgiveness of your debt involved an arrangement which was entered into before 28 June 1996, see section 245-10 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
If:
(a) the debtor and the creditor in relation to a debt enter into an *arrangement; and
(b) under the arrangement, the debtor ' s obligation to pay the debt is to cease at a particular future time; and
(c) the cessation of the obligation is to occur without the debtor incurring any financial or other obligation (other than an obligation that, having regard to the debtor ' s circumstances, is of a nominal or insignificant amount or kind);
Subdivisions 245-C to 245-G apply as if the debt were *forgiven when the arrangement is entered into.
245-45(2)
If, after the arrangement is entered into, the debt is forgiven, the later forgiveness is disregarded for the purposes of those Subdivisions.
SECTION 245-48 What this Subdivision is about
The amount of forgiveness (called the gross forgiven amount) for the debtor reflects the loss that the creditor makes for tax purposes. It is worked out in 2 steps:
The difference between the value of the debt and the amount offset is the gross forgiven amount.
If the debt was owed by several debtors, the gross forgiven amount is divided between them equally.
Working out the value of a debt | |
245-50 | Extent of forgiveness if consideration is given |
245-55 | General rule for working out the value of a debt |
245-60 | Special rule for working out the value of a non-recourse debt |
245-61 | Special rule for working out the value of a previously assigned debt |
Working out if an amount is offset against the value of the debt | |
245-65 | Amount offset against amount of debt |
Working out the gross forgiven amount | |
245-75 | Gross forgiven amount of a debt |
245-77 | Gross forgiven amount shared between debtors |
SECTION 245-50 245-50 Extent of forgiveness if consideration is given
If any consideration is paid or given in respect of the *forgiveness of a debt, the debt that is forgiven is:
(a) the obligation that existed before the forgiveness to pay so much of the debt as is expressed, or is taken, to be forgiven; and
(b) the obligation that existed before the forgiveness to pay any part of the debt to which paragraph (a) does not apply but which ceases to be payable as a result of the payment or giving of the consideration.
Example:
Daniel owes Samara $100. Samara agrees to accept $60 in full payment of the debt.
If their agreement specifies that Samara forgives the whole debt in return for $60, paragraph (a) provides that the forgiven debt is $100.
If their agreement instead requires Daniel to repay $60 and specifies that Samara forgives the remaining $40, paragraph (a) would deal with the $40 and paragraph (b) would add the remaining $60, again producing a forgiven amount of $100.
In either case, the $60 Daniel pays is offset against the forgiven amount of $100 in working out the gross forgiven amount of the debt: see sections 245-65 and 245-75 .
The value of your debt at the time (the forgiveness time ) when it is *forgiven is the amount that would have been its *market value (considered as an asset of the creditor) at the forgiveness time, assuming that:
(a) when you incurred the debt, you were able to pay all your debts (including thatone) as and when they fell due; and
(b) your capacity to pay the debt is the same at the forgiveness time as when you incurred it.
245-55(2)
However, the value of the debt at the forgiveness time is the sum of the following amounts, if that sum is less than the amount applicable under subsection (1):
(a) what would have been the amount applicable under subsection (1) if there had been no change, from the time the debt was incurred until the forgiveness time, in any rate of interest, or rate of exchange between currencies, that affects the *market value of the debt;
(b) each amount:
(i) that you have deducted or can deduct as a result of the *forgiveness of the debt; and
(ii) that is attributable to such a change.
245-55(3)
Paragraph (1)(a) does not apply to the debt if:
(a) either:
(i) the creditor was an Australian resident at the forgiveness time; or
(ii) the *forgiveness of the debt was a *CGT event involving a *CGT asset that was *taxable Australian property; and
(b) you and the creditor were not dealing with each other at *arm ' s length in respect of you incurring the debt; and
(c) the debt was not a *moneylending debt.
Note:
This subsection reduces your gross forgiven amount to reflect the reduction in the creditor ' s loss on the forgiven debt under the capital gains tax regime.
245-55(4)
This section has effect subject to sections 245-60 and 245-61 (about non-recourse and assigned debts).
The value of a debt when it is *forgiven is the lesser of:
(a) the amount of the debt outstanding at that time; and
(b) the *market value at that time of the creditor ' s rights mentioned in paragraph (2)(b).
245-60(2)
Subsection (1) applies to a debt if:
(a) you incurred the debt directly in respect of financing:
(i) the acquisition of property by you; or
(but not including the manufacture of goods); and
(ii) the construction or development of property by you;
(b) the creditor ' s rights against you in the event of default in the payment of the debt or interest were, just before the debt was forgiven, limited to all or any of the following:
(i) rights (including the right to money payable) in relation to all or any of the matters mentioned in subsection (3);
(ii) rights in respect of a mortgage or other security over the property;
(iii) rights arising out of any *arrangement relating to the financial obligations, in relation to the property, of the *end user of the propertyto you.
245-60(3)
For the purposes of subparagraph (2)(b)(i), the matters are as follows:
(a) the property or the use of the property;
(b) goods produced, supplied, carried, transmitted or delivered by means of the property;
(c) services provided by means of the property;
(d) the loss or *disposal of the whole or a part of the property or of your interest in the property.
If your debt has been assigned as mentioned in section 245-36 and is later *forgiven by the new creditor, the value of that debt when it is later forgiven is:
(a) if the debt was not a *moneylending debt and the creditor and the new creditor were not dealing with each other at *arm ' s length in connection with the assignment - the *market value of the debt at the time of the assignment; or
(b) in any other case - the sum of:
(i) the amount or market value of the consideration (if any) you paid or gave, or are required to pay or give, to the creditor in respect of the assignment; and
(ii) the amount or market value of the consideration (if any) the new creditor paid or gave in respect of the assignment.
SECTION 245-65 Amount offset against amount of debt 245-65(1)
The table explains how to work out the amount (if any) that is offset against the value of a debt when it is forgiven (calculated under section 245-55 , 245-60 or 245-61 ) in working out the *gross forgiven amount of the debt.
Amount offset against value of debt | ||
Item |
Column 1
In this case: |
Column 2
the amount offset is: |
1 | the debt is a * moneylending debt, and neither of items 4 and 6 applies | the sum of:
(a) each amount that the debtor has paid; and (b) the * market value, at the time of the * forgiveness, of each item of property (other than money) that the debtor has given; and (c) the market value, at that time, of each obligation of the debtor to pay an amount, or to give such an item of property; as a result of, or in respect of, the forgiveness of the debt. |
2 | the debt is
not
a
*
moneylending
debt, and none of items 3, 4, 5 and 6 applies |
the sum of:
(a) each amount that the debtor has paid, or is required to pay; and (b) the * market value, at the time of the * forgiveness, of each item of property (other than money) that the debtor has given, or is required to give; as a result of, or in respect of, the forgiveness of the debt. |
3 | the debt is not a * moneylending debt, the conditions in subsection (2) are met and none of items 4, 5 and 6 applies | the * market value of the debt at the time of the * forgiveness. |
4 | the debt is assigned as mentioned in section 245-36, and item 5 does not apply | the sum of:
(a) the amount or * market value of the consideration (if any) that the debtor has paid or given, or is required to pay or give, in respect of the assignment; and (b) the amount or market value of the consideration (if any) paid or given by the new creditor in respect of the assignment. |
5 | the debt is assigned as mentioned in section 245-36, and:
(a) the debt is not a * moneylending debt; and (b) the creditor and the new creditor were not dealing with each other at * arm ' s length in connection with the assignment |
the * market value of the debt at the time of the assignment. |
6 | the debt is * forgiven by subscribing for * shares in a company as mentioned in section 245-37 | the amount worked out using the formula in subsection (3). |
245-65(2)
The conditions for the purposes of item 3 of the table in subsection (1) are:
(a) at least one of the following is satisfied:
(i) at the time when the debt was *forgiven, the creditor was an Australian resident;
(ii) the forgiveness of the debt was a *CGT event involving a *CGT asset that was *taxable Australian property; and
(b) at least one of the following is satisfied:
(i) there is no amount, and no property, covered by column 2 of item 2 of the table;
(ii) the amount worked out under item 2 of the table is greater or less than the *market value of the debt at the time of the forgiveness and the debtor and creditor did not deal with each other at *arm ' s length in connection with the forgiveness.
245-65(3)
The formula for the purposes of item 6 of the table in subsection (1) is:
Amount applied | × | Market value of shares subscribed for |
Amount subscribed |
where:
amount applied
means the amount applied by the company as mentioned in section
245-37
.
amount subscribed
means the amount subscribed as mentioned in section
245-37
.
market value of shares subscribed for
means the *market value of all the shares in the company that were subscribed for as mentioned in section
245-37
, immediately after those shares were issued.
SECTION 245-75 Gross forgiven amount of a debt 245-75(1)
The gross forgiven amount of a debt is:
(a) if section 245-65 does not apply to the debt - the value of the debt when it was *forgiven (worked out under section 245-55 , 245-60 or 245-61 ); or
(b) if the value of the debt when it was forgiven exceeds the amount offset under section 245-65 in relation to the debt - the excess.
245-75(2)
If the value of the debt when it was *forgiven is equal to or less than the amount offset:
(a) there is no gross forgiven amount in respect of the debt; and
(b) Subdivisions 245-D to 245-F (about how to work out the net forgiven amount of a debt and how to treat it) do not apply in respect of the debt.
If 2 or more entities were liable (except as partners in a partnership) to pay a debt, whether their liability was joint or several, or joint and several, this Subdivision applies as if each entity had a *gross forgiven amount worked out using the formula:
*
Gross forgiven amount in relation to the debt
Number of entities liable to pay the debt |
SECTION 245-80 What this Subdivision is about
The net forgiven amount of a debt is worked out by subtracting, from the gross forgiven amount of the debt, any amount that this Act already takes into account for the debtor because the debt was forgiven (for example, if some part of the forgiven amount is treated as the debtor ' s ordinary income).
If the debtor and creditor were companies under common ownership, they may agree to transfer some of the net forgiven amount from the debtor to the creditor. The creditor must apply that amount to reduce the capital loss or deduction it has because of the forgiveness.
Operative provisions | |
245-85 | Reduction of gross forgiven amount |
245-90 | Agreement between companies under common ownership for creditor to forgo capital loss or deduction |
SECTION 245-85 Reduction of gross forgiven amount 245-85(1)
The *gross forgiven amount of your debt is reduced by the sum of the following amounts:
(a) any amount that, under a provision of this Act other than this Division, has been, or will be, included in your assessable income for any income year as a result of the *forgiveness of the debt;
(b) any amount by which, under a provision of this Act other than this Division, an amount you could otherwise have deducted for any income year has been, or will be, reduced as a result of the forgiveness of the debt (except a reduction under Division 727 (about indirect value shifting));
(c) any amount by which the *cost base of any of your *CGT assets has been, or will be, reduced under Part 3-1 or 3-3 as a result of the forgiveness of the debt.
Note:
Paragraph (1)(c) does not cover a reduction under Division 727 (indirect value shifting) because that Division is not in Part 3-1 or 3-3.
245-85(2)
Subject to section 245-90 , the amount remaining after reducing the *gross forgiven amount under subsection (1) is the net forgiven amount of the debt.
This section applies if:
(a) a debt owed by a company to another company is *forgiven; and
(b) from the time when the debt was incurred until the time when the debt is forgiven, the companies were *under common ownership.
245-90(2)
If, apart from this subsection, the creditor would have made a *capital loss as a result of the *forgiveness of the debt:
(a) the debtor and creditor may agree that the creditor is to forgo so much of the loss as is stated in the agreement and does not exceed the amount that would be the net forgiven amount of the debt apart from this section (the provisional net forgiven amount of the debt); and
(b) if such an agreement is made:
(i) the creditor ' s capital loss is reduced by the agreed amount; and
(ii) the provisional net forgiven amount of the debt is also reduced by the agreed amount; and
(iii) the amount remaining after the reduction of the provisional net forgiven amount of the debt under subparagraph (ii) is the net forgiven amount of the debt.
245-90(3)
If, apart from this subsection, the creditor could deduct an amount in respect of the debt under section 8-1 (about general deductions) or section 25-35 (about bad debts) for the *forgiveness income year:
(a) the debtor and creditor may agree that the creditor is to forgo so much of the deduction as is stated in the agreement and does not exceed the amount that would be the net forgiven amount of the debt apart from this section (the provisional net forgiven amount of the debt); and
(b) if such an agreement is made:
(i) the amount the creditor can deduct is reduced by the agreed amount; and
(ii) the provisional net forgiven amount of the debt is also reduced by the agreed amount; and
(iii) the amount remaining after the reduction of the provisional net forgiven amount of the debt under subparagraph (ii) is the net forgiven amount of the debt.
245-90(4)
Neither subsection (2) nor (3) applies in relation to an agreement unless the agreement:
(a) is in writing and signed by the public officer of each company; and
(b) is made before:
(i) the first of those companies lodges its *income tax return for the *forgiveness income year; or
(ii) any later day that the Commissioner determines in writing.
245-90(5)
A determination made under subparagraph (4)(b)(ii) is not a legislative instrument.
SECTION 245-95 What this Subdivision is about
The total of the net forgiven amounts of all your debts forgiven in an income year is applied to reduce 4 classes of amounts that could otherwise reduce your taxable income in the same or a later income year. It is applied in the following order:
You can choose the order in which the net forgiven amounts reduce the amounts within each class.
If all the amounts in the 4 classes are reduced to nil, any remaining net forgiven amounts are disregarded.
General operative provisions | |
245-100 | Subdivision not to apply to calculation of attributable income |
245-105 | How total net forgiven amount is applied |
Reduction of tax losses | |
245-115 | Total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of tax losses |
245-120 | Allocation of total net forgiven amount in respect of tax losses |
Reduction of net capital losses | |
245-130 | Remaining total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of net capital losses |
245-135 | Allocation of remaining total net forgiven amount in respect of net capital losses |
Reduction of expenditure | |
245-145 | Remaining total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of expenditure |
245-150 | Allocation of remaining total net forgiven amount in respect of expenditures |
245-155 | How expenditure is reduced - straight line deductions |
245-157 | How expenditure is reduced - diminishing balance deductions |
245-160 | Amount applied in reduction of expenditure included in assessable income in certain circumstances |
Reduction of cost bases of assets | |
245-175 | Remaining total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of cost bases of CGT assets |
245-180 | Allocation of remaining total net forgiven amount among relevant cost bases of CGT assets |
245-185 | Relevant cost bases of investments in associated entities are reduced last |
245-190 | Reduction of the relevant cost bases of a CGT asset |
Unapplied total net forgiven amount | |
245-195 | No further consequences if there is any remaining unapplied total net forgiven amount |
SECTION 245-100 245-100 Subdivision not to apply to calculation of attributable income
This Subdivision does not apply to the calculation of:
(a) attributable income of a non-resident trust estate within the meaning of section 102AAB of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ; or
(b) *attributable income of a *CFC.
Your total net forgiven amount for the *forgiveness income year is the total of the *net forgiven amounts of all your debts that are *forgiven in that year.
Note 1:
The total net forgiven amount may be reduced under section 707-415 .
Note 2:
The total net forgiven amount of a partner in a partnership is affected by section 245-215 .
245-105(2)
Your *total net forgiven amount is applied, in accordance with sections 245-115 to 245-195 , for the *forgiveness income year.
SECTION 245-115 245-115 Total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of tax losses
The *total net forgiven amount is applied first, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction, in accordance with section 245-120 , of your *tax losses (if any) for any income years, if the tax losses could, if you had enough assessable income, be deducted in:
(a) the *forgiveness income year; or
(b) a later income year.
You may choose:
(a) the order in which your *tax losses are reduced; and
(b) the amount applied to reduce each of those losses;
so long as the *total net forgiven amount is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction of those losses.
245-120(2)
If you do not make a choice for the purposes of subsection (1), the Commissioner may make the choice on your behalf in a reasonable way.
SECTION 245-130 Remaining total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of net capital losses 245-130(1)
The *total net forgiven amount (if any) remaining after being applied under section 245-115 is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction, in accordance with section 245-135 , of your *net capital losses (if any) specified in subsection (2).
245-130(2)
Those *net capital losses are your net capital losses for income years before the *forgiveness income year that you could apply in working out your *net capital gain for the forgiveness income year if you had enoughcapital gains.
You may choose:
(a) the order in which your *net capital losses are reduced; and
(b) the amount applied in reduction of each of those losses;
so long as the *total net forgiven amount remaining is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction of those losses.
245-135(2)
If you do not make a choice for the purposes of subsection (1), the Commissioner may make the choice on your behalf in a reasonable way.
SECTION 245-145 Remaining total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of expenditure 245-145(1)
The *total net forgiven amount (if any) remaining after being applied under sections 245-115 and 245-130 is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction, in accordance with sections 245-150 , 245-155 and 245-157 , of your expenditure that:
(a) is mentioned in the following table (other than expenditure covered by subsection (2)) and was incurred by you before the *forgiveness income year; and
(b) apart from this Subdivision, could be deducted by you for the forgiveness income year or a later income year if no event or circumstance (other than a *recoupment of the expenditure by you in the forgiveness income year) occurred that would affect its deductibility.
Table of expenditure | ||
Item |
Column 1
General description of expenditure |
Column 2
Provision under which a deduction is available for the expenditure |
1 | Expenditure deductible under Division 40 (Capital allowances) | Division 40 of this Act |
2 | Expenditure incurred in * borrowing money to produce assessable income | Section 25-25 of this Act |
3 | Expenditure on scientific research | Subsection 73A(2) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
4 | Expenditure deductible under Division 355 (R & D) | Division 355 of this Act |
5 | Advance revenue expenditure | Subdivision H of Division 3 of Part III of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
6 | Expenditure on acquiring a unit of industrial property to produce assessable income | Subsection 124M(1) of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
7 | Expenditure on Australian films | Section 124ZAFA of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 |
8 | Expenditure on assessable income-producing buildings and other capital works | Section 43-10 of this Act |
Note:
If the asset to which the expenditure relates was disposed of, lost or destroyed before 28 June 1996 or the expenditure was recouped before 28 June 1996, see section 245-10 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
245-145(2)
Expenditure is covered by this subsection if:
(a) it was incurred in respect of an asset you *disposed of to an entity that you dealt with at *arm ' s length in respect of the disposal; and
(b) the disposal occurred during the *forgiveness income year before the *forgiveness of any debt owed by you, and the forgiveness resulted in a *net forgiven amount; and
(c) no provision of this Act includes an amount in your assessable income, or allows you a deduction, as a result of the disposal.
You may choose:
(a) the order in which your expenditures are reduced; and
(b) the amount applied in reduction of each of those expenditures;
so long as that the *total net forgiven amount remaining is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction of your expenditures.
245-150(2)
If you do not make a choice for the purposes of subsection (1), the Commissioner may make the choice on your behalf in a reasonable way.
This section applies in respect of the reduction under section 245-145 of an expenditure of yours, if:
(a) the amount that you could deduct, apart from this Subdivision, in respect of the expenditure is a percentage, fraction or proportion of an amount (the base amount ); and
(b) the base amount is worked out without regard to any amount or amounts you previously deducted in respect of that expenditure.
245-155(2)
The amount of the reduction of the expenditure must not exceed:
(a) the base amount; less
(b) the amount of that part of the expenditure in respect of which you have deducted (disregarding subsection (4)), or can deduct, an amount for any income year before the *forgiveness income year.
245-155(3)
For the purpose of working out your deductions for the *forgiveness income year and later income years, any amount that is applied in reduction of your expenditure is taken to reduce the base amount.
245-155(4)
You are taken to have deducted the amount of the reduction in respect of the expenditure:
(a) before the *forgiveness income year; and
(b) for the purposes of any provision of this Act that includes an amount in your assessable income or allows you a deduction:
(i) because of the *disposal, loss or destruction of the asset in respect of which the expenditure was incurred; or
(ii) because of the *recoupment of any of the expenditure; or
(iii) because use of the asset for a particular purpose has been otherwise terminated; or
(iv) because a *balancing adjustment event occurs for that asset.
245-155(5)
The amount of that part of the expenditure in respect of which you have deducted (disregarding subsection (4), or can deduct, an amount for all income years (including income years before the *forgiveness income year) must not exceed the base amount as reduced under subsection (3).
Any amount applied in reduction under section 245-145 of an expenditure of yours is taken to have been deducted by you in respect of the expenditure before the *forgiveness income year, if the amount you could deduct, apart from this Subdivision, in respect of the expenditure is a percentage, fraction or proportion of an amount that is worked out after taking into account any amount previously deducted by you in respect of the expenditure.
If:
(a) after the *forgiveness income year you *recoup an amount of expenditure that is subject to reduction under section 245-145 ; and
(b) as a result of the recoupment, this Act applies to disallow any amount you have deducted in respect of the expenditure;
an amount equal to the amount, or the sum of the amounts, applied under this Subdivision in reduction of the expenditure is included in your assessable income in the income year in which the expenditure is recouped.
SECTION 245-175 Remaining total net forgiven amount is applied in reduction of cost bases of CGT assets 245-175(1)
The *total net forgiven amount (if any) remaining after being applied under sections 245-115 , 245-130 and 245-145 is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction, in accordance with sections 245-180 to 245-190 , of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of your *CGT assets.
245-175(2)
Subsection (1) does not apply to the following *CGT assets:
(a) a *pre-CGT asset;
(b) a CGT asset you *acquire after the start of the *forgiveness income year;
(c) a *personal use asset;
(d) a *dwelling that was your main residence at any time before the forgiveness income year;
(e) goodwill;
(f) a right of yours covered by section 118-305 (which exempts from CGT certain rights relating to a superannuation fund or approved deposit fund);
(g) a CGT asset that, throughout the period before the forgiveness income year when it was owned by you, was your *trading stock;
(h) a CGT asset if:
(i) expenditure by you (of a kind which is subject to reduction under section 245-145 ) relates to the asset; and
(ii) a *CGT event in relation to the asset would result in an amount being included in your assessable income, or in you being able to deduct an amount;
(i) if you are a foreign resident at the beginning of the forgiveness income year - an asset of yours that is not *taxable Australian property.
Subject to section 245-185 , you may choose:
(a) your *CGT assets whose *cost base and *reduced cost base are subject to reduction under section 245-175 ; and
(b) the amount applied in reduction of the cost base and reduced cost base of each of those assets;
so long as the *total net forgiven amount remaining is applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction of the cost base and reduced cost base of such assets.
245-180(2)
If you do not make a choice for the purposes of subsection (1), the Commissioner may make the choice on your behalf in a reasonable way.
If your *CGT assets that are subject to reduction under section 245-175 include investments in, or in relation to, an *associate of yours (including *membership interests, or *debt interests, in your associate), the:
(a) *cost base; and
(b) *reducedcost base;
of those assets are not subject to reduction under section 245-175 until the *total net forgiven amount (if any) remaining has been applied, to the maximum extent possible, in reduction of the cost bases of your other CGT assets.
Subject to subsection (3), if you choose to apply an amount in reduction of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a particular *CGT asset, the cost base and reduced cost base of the asset, as at any time on or after the beginning of the *forgiveness income year, are reduced by that amount.
245-190(2)
The reduction by a particular amount of the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a particular *CGT asset is, for the purpose of working out the amount by which the *total net forgiven amount remaining is applied, taken to be a reduction by the particular amount (and not by the sum of the amounts by which those cost bases are reduced).
245-190(3)
The maximum amount by which the *cost base and *reduced cost base of a *CGT asset may be reduced is the amount that, apart from sections 245-175 to 245-185 , would be the reduced cost base of the asset calculated as if a *CGT event had happened to the asset:
(a) subject to paragraph (b), on the first day of the *forgiveness income year; or
(b) if, after the beginning of that income year, an event occurred that would cause the reduced cost base of the asset to be reduced - on the day on which the event occurred;
and the asset had been *disposed of at its *market value on the day concerned.
SECTION 245-195 No further consequences if there is any remaining unapplied total net forgiven amount 245-195(1)
If any part of the *total net forgiven amount remains after the application of that amount in making reductions under the preceding provisions of this Subdivision, the remaining part is disregarded.
245-195(2)
This section has effect subject to section 245-215 (about partnerships and transferring the remaining part to the partners).
SECTION 245-200 What this Subdivision is about
Any part of a partnership ' s total net forgiven amount left over after applying it under Subdivision 245-E is divided between the partners. Each partner treats the partner ' s share as a net forgiven amount the partner has for the income year.
Operative provisions | |
245-215 | Unapplied total net forgiven amount of a partnership is transferred to partners |
SECTION 245-215 Unapplied total net forgiven amount of a partnership is transferred to partners 245-215(1)
This section applies if any part (the residual amount ) of the *total net forgiven amount in relation to a partnership in respect of the *forgiveness income year remains after the total net forgiven amount has been applied in accordance with Subdivision 245-E .
245-215(2)
If there is a *net income in relation to the partnership in respect of the *forgiveness income year:
(a) each partner is taken to have had a debt *forgiven during the forgiveness income year; and
(b) there is taken to be, in respect of the debt of each partner, a *net forgiven amount worked out in accordance with the following formula:
Partner ' s share of net income | × | Residual amount |
Net income |
where:
partner
'
s share of net income
means the part of the net income of the partnership for the forgiveness income year that is included in the partner
'
s assessable income.
245-215(3)
If there is a *partnership loss in relation to the partnership in respect of the *forgiveness income year:
(a) each partner is taken to have had a debt *forgiven during the forgiveness income year; and
(b) there is taken to be, in respect of the debt of each partner, a *net forgiven amount worked out in accordance with the following formula:
Partner ' s share of partnership loss | × | Residual amount |
Partnership loss |
where:
partner
'
s share of partnership loss
means the part of the partnership loss that the partner has deducted or can deduct.
245-215(4)
The *total net forgiven amount of a partner for the *forgiveness income year as worked out under subsection 245-105(1) includes the *net forgiven amount worked out in relation to the partner under this section.
245-215(5)
This section has effect in relation to a partnership irrespective of any agreement between the partners as to the operation of this section.
If you incur a debt, you must keep any records that are necessary to enable the following matters to be readily found out:
(a) the date on which you incurred the debt;
(b) the identity of the creditor;
(c) the amount of the debt;
(d) the terms of repayment of the debt;
(e) if the debt is not a *moneylending debt and you and the creditor were not dealing with each other at arm ' s length in respect of the incurring of the debt - your capacity at the time when the debt was incurred to pay the debt when it falls due;
(f) if your debt is *forgiven - the date of the forgiveness and the amount offset under section 245-65 (if any) in respect of the debt.
Note:
There is an administrative penalty if you do not keep or retain records as required by this section: see section 288-25 in Schedule 1 to the Taxation Administration Act 1953 .
245-265(2)
If a company and another company that are *under common ownership cease to be under common ownership, each company must keep any records that are necessary to enable the following matters to be readily found out:
(a) the date on which the companies ceased to be under common ownership;
(b) the identity of each entity that was a *controller (for CGT purposes) of the company immediately before the companies ceased to be under common ownership;
(c) the identity of each entity that was a controller (for CGT purposes) of the company immediately after the companies ceased to be under common ownership.
245-265(3)
You must keep the records required by subsection (1) or (2) in writing in the English language or so as to enable them to be readily accessible and convertible into writing in the English language.
245-265(4)
Subject to subsection (5), you must keep the records required by subsection (1) until:
(a) if paragraph (b) does not apply - the end of 5 years after the debt was *forgiven; or
(b) if the period within which the Commissioner may, under section 170 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 , amend your assessment for the income year to which the records relate, or in which a transaction or act to which the records relate was completed, is extended under subsection 170(7) of that Act - the later of:
(i) the end of the assessment period as so extended; and
(ii) the end of the period of 5 years mentioned in paragraph (a).
245-265(5)
Subsection (4) does not require you to keep records after the debt is paid.
245-265(6)
Subject to subsection (7), each company that keeps any records required by subsection (2) must retain the records until the end of the second income year after the income year in which the companies ceased to be *under common ownership.
245-265(7)
If a debt of one of the companies mentioned in subsection (2) was *forgiven at any time after the companies ceased to be *under common ownership and before the end of the second income year after the income year in which the cessation occurred, each company that keeps records required by that subsection must retain the records until the time specified in subsection (4).
245-265(8)
You commit an offence if you fail to comply with a provision of this section.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
245-265(9)
An offence against subsection (8) is an offence of strict liability.
Note:
For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code .
245-265(10)
This section does not limit the application of any other provision of this Act relating to the keeping or retention of records.
Capital protection provided under a relevant capital protected borrowing to the extent that it is not provided by an explicit put option is treated (for the borrower) as if it were a put option.
An amount attributable to capital protection under any relevant capital protected borrowing is treated (for the borrower) as a payment for a put option.
The object of this Division is to ensure that amounts for *capital protection under all relevant *capital protected borrowings are treated (for the borrower) under this Act as a payment for a put option.
An *arrangement under which a *borrowing is made, or credit is provided, is a capital protected borrowing if the borrower is wholly or partly protected against a fall in the *market value of a thing (the protected thing ) to the extent that:
(a) the borrower uses the amount borrowed or credit provided to acquire the protected thing; or
(b) the borrower uses the protected thing as security for the borrowing or provision of credit.
247-10(2)
That protection is called capital protection .
This Division applies to a *capital protected borrowing only if the protected thing is a beneficial interest in:
(a) a *share, a unit in a unit trust or a stapled security; or
(b) an entity that holds a beneficial interest in a share, unit in a unit trust or stapled security either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities.
247-15(2)
This Division applies only to borrowers under *capital protected borrowings.
247-15(3)
This Division does not apply to a *capital protected borrowing if:
(a) an *ESS interest is acquired under the borrowing; and
(b) Subdivision 83A-B or 83A-C (about employee share schemes) applies to the ESS interest.
247-15(4)
This Division does not apply to a *capital protected borrowing entered into before 1 July 2007 (except to the extent that it is extended on or after that day) unless the *share, unit in a unit trust or stapled security is listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange.
247-15(5)
This Division does not apply to a *capital protected borrowing entered into on or after 1 July 2007 if:
(a) the protected thing is a beneficial interest in:
(i) a *share, unit or stapled security that is not listed for quotation in the official list of an *approved stock exchange; or
(ii) an entity that holds a beneficial interest in a share, unit in a unit trust or stapled security either directly, or indirectly through one or more interposed entities, that is not so listed; and
(b) one of these conditions is satisfied:
(i) for a non-listed share - the company is not a *widely held company;
(ii) for a non-listed unit - the trust is not a widely held unit trust as defined in section 272-105 in Schedule 2F to the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 ;
(iii) for a non-listed stapled security - any company involved is not a widely held company and any trust involved is not such a widely held unit trust.
This section applies to a borrower if:
(aa) the borrower has an excess using the method statement in subsection (3) for:
(i) a *capital protected borrowing entered into after 7.30 pm, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 13 May 2008 (the 2008 Budget time ); or
(ii) an extension of the capital protected borrowing; or
(a) the borrower has an amount that is reasonably attributable to the *capital protection as mentioned in subsection (2) for a capital protected borrowing entered into or extended on or after 1 July 2007 and at or before the 2008 Budget time; or
(b) the borrower has an amount that is reasonably attributable to the capital protection as mentioned in subsection (2) for a capital protected borrowing entered into or extended at or after 9.30 am, by legal time in the Australian Capital Territory, on 16 April 2003 and before 1 July 2007.
Note:
If a capital protected borrowing covered by paragraph (1)(a) or (b) is extended or otherwise changed after the 2008 Budget time, section 247-85 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 applies to the capital protected borrowing.
247-20(2)
For paragraphs (1)(a) and (b), the amount that is reasonably attributable to the *capital protection is worked out under Division 247 of the Income Tax (Transitional Provisions) Act 1997 .
247-20(3)
This is the method statement. Method statement
Step 1.
Work out the total amount incurred by the borrower under or in respect of the *capital protected borrowing for the income year, ignoring amounts that are not in substance for *capital protection or interest.
Step 2.
Work out the total interest that would have been incurred for the income year on a *borrowing or provision of credit of the same amount as under the *capital protected borrowing at the rate applicable under either or both of subsections (4) and (5A).
Step 3.
If the step 1 amount exceeds the step 2 amount, the excess is reasonably attributable to the *capital protection for the income year.
Example:
Amounts that would be ignored under step 1 include amounts that are in substance the repayment of a loan or credit, the payment of an application fee or brokerage commission and the payment of stamp duty or other tax.
247-20(4)
If:
(a) the *capital protected borrowing is at a fixed rate for all or part of the term of the capital protected borrowing; and
(b) that fixed rate is applicable to the capital protected borrowing for all or part of the income year;
use the rate worked out under subsection (5) at the first time an amount covered by step 1 of the method statement in subsection (3) was incurred, in any income year, during the term of the capital protected borrowing or that part of the term.
247-20(5)
The rate (the adjusted loan rate ), at a particular time, is the sum of:
(a) the Reserve Bank of Australia ' s Indicator Lending Rate for Standard Variable Housing Loans at that time; and
(b) 100 basis points.
S 247-20(5) substituted by No 61 of 2011, s 3 and Sch 2 item 7, effective 29 June 2011. S 247-20(5) formerly read:
247-20(5)
If the *capital protected borrowing is at a variable rate for all or part of the term of the *borrowing, use the average of the benchmark rates published by the Reserve Bank of Australia during the term of the borrowing or the relevant part of the term.
247-20(5A)
If:
(a) the *capital protected borrowing is at a variable rate for all or part of the term of the capital protected borrowing; and
(b) a variable rate is applicable to the capital protected borrowing for all or part of the income year;
use the average of the adjusted loan rates applicable during those parts of the income year when the capital protected borrowing is at a variable rate.
247-20(6)
If this section applies to a borrower, this Act applies as if:
(a) the borrower ' s excess from the method statement in subsection (3); or
(b) the amount that is reasonably attributable to *capital protection as mentioned in paragraph (1)(a) or (b);
(reduced by any amount the borrower incurred under or in respect of the *capital protected borrowing for an explicit put option) were incurred only for a put option granted by the lender or by another entity under the *arrangement.
If a *capital protected borrowing specifies more than one occasion on which the *capital protection can be invoked, this Act applies as if there were a separate put option for each of those occasions. So much of the amount to which subsection 247-20(6) applies as is reasonably attributable to each option is taken to have been incurred for that option.
247-25(2)
However, if a borrower may invoke the *capital protection under a *capital protected borrowing at any time up to the end of a period, or only at the end of a period, for which there is capital protection, this Act applies as if there were a single put option for that period.
If the *capital protection under a *capital protected borrowing is invoked:
(a) the borrower is taken to have exercised the put option; and
(b) any interest in a *share, unit in a unit trust or stapled security that is acquired by the lender or another entity under the *arrangement as a result of that capital protection being invoked is taken to have been disposed of by the borrower as a result of the exercise of the option.
247-30(2)
If the *capital protection under a *capital protected borrowing is not invoked on or before the last occasion on which it could have been, the put option is taken to have expired.
Note:
If a borrower under a capital protected borrowing holds the protected things on capital account, the exercise or expiry of the put option may give rise to a capital gain or capital loss: see sections 104-25 (CGT event C2) and 134-1 (exercise of options).